From fa6e3fed4716fa93292ea84f4151c9d550ca191a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Danilo G. Baio" Date: Thu, 20 Apr 2023 20:58:36 -0300 Subject: doc: Update source files (en .po), for translations --- .../content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.po | 5846 +++++----- .../content/en/articles/contributing/_index.po | 413 +- .../content/en/articles/contributors/_index.po | 453 +- .../content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.po | 186 +- .../content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.po | 223 +- .../content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.po | 814 +- .../content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.po | 596 +- documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.po | 818 +- .../en/books/developers-handbook/ipv6/_index.po | 14 +- .../en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.po | 275 +- .../en/books/developers-handbook/tools/_index.po | 4 +- documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.po | 1980 ++-- .../en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.po | 4 +- .../content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.po | 4 +- .../content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.po | 151 +- .../en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.po | 10 +- .../books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po | 295 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po | 336 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.po | 1263 +-- .../en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po | 64 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po | 272 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po | 1081 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po | 960 +- .../en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po | 667 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po | 2192 ++-- .../content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po | 1338 +-- .../content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po | 98 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po | 3316 +----- .../en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po | 44 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po | 1432 +-- .../content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po | 598 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po | 4 +- .../en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po | 176 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po | 664 +- .../en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po | 176 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po | 464 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po | 172 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po | 600 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po | 632 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po | 522 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po | 2451 ++-- .../en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po | 1644 +-- .../content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po | 725 +- .../en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po | 526 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po | 454 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po | 1309 ++- .../en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po | 876 +- .../en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po | 146 +- .../en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po | 735 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po | 30 +- .../content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po | 2989 ++--- .../content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po | 1176 +- .../en/books/porters-handbook/flavors/_index.po | 132 +- .../books/porters-handbook/porting-dads/_index.po | 102 +- .../books/porters-handbook/quick-porting/_index.po | 47 +- .../en/books/porters-handbook/security/_index.po | 46 +- .../en/books/porters-handbook/special/_index.po | 4003 ++++--- .../en/books/porters-handbook/uses/_index.po | 2478 +++-- .../en/books/porters-handbook/versions/_index.po | 11079 ++++++++++--------- 59 files changed, 27777 insertions(+), 32328 deletions(-) diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.po index da585d7800..b0c44503ce 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -810,29 +810,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Daily use" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:345 msgid "Clone the repository:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "% git clone -o freebsd --config remote.freebsd.fetch='+refs/notes/*:refs/notes/*' https://git.freebsd.org/${repo}.git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:352 msgid "Then you should have the official mirrors as your remote:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git remote -v\n" @@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:361 msgid "Configure the FreeBSD committer data:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "The commit hook in repo.freebsd.org checks the \"Commit\" field matches the " "committer's information in FreeBSD.org. The easiest way to get the " @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% gen-gitconfig.sh\n" @@ -865,25 +865,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:374 msgid "Set the push URL:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "% git remote set-url --push freebsd git@gitrepo.freebsd.org:${repo}.git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "Then you should have separated fetch and push URLs as the most efficient " "setup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git remote -v\n" @@ -892,19 +892,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "Again, note that `gitrepo.freebsd.org` has been canonicalized to `repo." "freebsd.org`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:392 msgid "Install commit message template hook:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% fetch https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/plain/tools/tools/git/hooks/prepare-commit-msg -o .git/hooks\n" @@ -912,27 +912,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "\"admin\" branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "The `access` and `mentors` files are stored in an orphan branch, `internal/" "admin`, in each repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Following example is how to check out the `internal/admin` branch to a local " "branch named `admin`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git config --add remote.freebsd.fetch '+refs/internal/*:refs/internal/*'\n" @@ -941,56 +941,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:413 msgid "Alternatively, you can add a worktree for the `admin` branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "git worktree add -b admin ../${repo}-admin internal/admin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "For browsing `internal/admin` branch on web: `https://cgit.freebsd.org/" "${repo}/log/?h=internal/admin`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:423 msgid "For pushing, either specify the full refspec:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "git push freebsd HEAD:refs/internal/admin\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:429 -msgid "" -"Or set `push.default` to `freebsd` which will make `git push` to push the " -"current branch back to its upstream by default, which is more suitable for " -"our workflow:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:433 -#, no-wrap -msgid "git config push.default freebsd\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping Current With The FreeBSD src Tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "First step: cloning a tree. This downloads the entire tree. There are two " "ways to download. Most people will want to do a deep clone of the " @@ -999,13 +985,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "Branch names" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "The branch names in the new Git repository are similar to the old names. " "For the stable branches, they are stable/X where X is the major release " @@ -1017,20 +1003,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "Repositories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Please see the <> for the latest information " "on where to get FreeBSD sources. $URL below can be obtained from that page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Note: The project doesn't use submodules as they are a poor fit for our " "workflows and development model. How we track changes in third-party " @@ -1039,13 +1025,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:452 #, no-wrap msgid "Deep Clone" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "A deep clone pulls in the entire tree, as well as all the history and " "branches. It is the easiest to do. It also allows you to use Git's " @@ -1054,13 +1040,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "% git clone -o freebsd $URL -b branch [dir]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "is how you make a deep clone. 'branch' should be one of the branches listed " "in the previous section. It is optional if it is the main branch. 'dir' is " @@ -1069,7 +1055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "You will want a deep clone if you are interested in the history, plan on " "making local changes, or plan on working on more than one branch. It is the " @@ -1081,13 +1067,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "Shallow Clone" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "A shallow clone copies just the most current code, but none or little of the " "history. This can be useful when you need to build a specific revision of " @@ -1097,13 +1083,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "% git clone -o freebsd -b branch --depth 1 $URL [dir]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "This clones the repository, but only has the most recent version in the " "repository. The rest of the history is not downloaded. Should you change " @@ -1111,7 +1097,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "When you make a shallow clone, you will lose the commit count in your uname " "output. This can make it more difficult to determine if your system needs " @@ -1119,19 +1105,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "Building" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "Once you've downloaded, building is done as described in the handbook, e.g.:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd src\n" @@ -1142,12 +1128,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:505 msgid "so that won't be covered in depth here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "If you want to build a custom kernel, extref:{handbook}[the kernel config " "section, kernelconfig] of the FreeBSD Handbook recommends creating a file " @@ -1156,26 +1142,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "To update both types of trees uses the same commands. This pulls in all the " "revisions since your last update." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "% git pull --ff-only\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "will update the tree. In Git, a 'fast forward' merge is one that only needs " "to set a new branch pointer and doesn't need to re-create the commits. By " @@ -1185,7 +1171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "See below for how to manage local changes. The simplest is to use --" "autostash on the 'git pull' command, but more sophisticated options are " @@ -1193,20 +1179,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting a Specific Version" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "In Git, the 'git checkout' checks out both branches and specific versions. " "Git's versions are the long hashes rather than a sequential number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "When you checkout a specific version, just specify the hash you want on the " "command line (the git log command can help you decide which hash you might " @@ -1214,26 +1200,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "% git checkout 08b8197a74\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "and you have that checked out. You will be greeted with a message similar " "to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Note: checking out '08b8197a742a96964d2924391bf9fdfeb788865d'.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You are in a 'detached HEAD' state. You can look around, make experimental\n" @@ -1242,29 +1228,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:553 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2067 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "" "If you want to create a new branch to retain commits you create, you may\n" "do so (now or later) by using -b with the checkout command again. Example:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:555 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2069 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1697 #, no-wrap msgid " git checkout -b \n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "HEAD is now at 08b8197a742a hook gpiokeys.4 to the build\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "where the last line is generated from the hash you are checking out and the " "first line of the commit message from that revision. The hash can be " @@ -1273,13 +1258,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "Bisecting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Sometimes, things go wrong. The last version worked, but the one you just " "updated to does not. A developer may ask you to bisect the problem to track " @@ -1287,7 +1272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "Git makes bisecting changes easy with a powerful 'git bisect' command. " "Here's a brief outline of how to use it. For more information, you can view " @@ -1299,7 +1284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "`git bisect start --first-parent` will start the bisection process. Next, " "you need to tell a range to go through. 'git bisect good XXXXXX' will tell " @@ -1312,14 +1297,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "If you want to know the last version you checked out, you should use 'git " "reflog':" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "" "5ef0bd68b515 (HEAD -> main, freebsd/main, freebsd/HEAD) HEAD@{0}: pull --ff-only: Fast-forward\n" @@ -1328,7 +1313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "shows me moving the working tree to the main branch (a816...) and then " "updating from upstream (to 5ef0...). In this case, bad would be HEAD (or " @@ -1338,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "Set the 'good' version first, then set the bad (though the order doesn't " "matter). When you set the bad version, it will give you some statistics on " @@ -1346,7 +1331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git bisect start --first-parent\n" @@ -1357,7 +1342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "You would then build/install that version. If it's good you'd type 'git " "bisect good' otherwise 'git bisect bad'. If the version doesn't compile, " @@ -1370,13 +1355,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "Signing the commits, tags, and pushes, with GnuPG" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "Git knows how to sign commits, tags, and pushes. When you sign a Git commit " "or a tag, you can prove that the code you submitted came from you and wasn't " @@ -1385,7 +1370,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "A more in-depth documentation on signing commits and tags can be found in " "the https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Signing-Your-Work[Git Tools - " @@ -1393,7 +1378,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "The rationale behind signing pushes can be found in the https://github.com/" "git/git/commit/a85b377d0419a9dfaca8af2320cc33b051cbed04[commit that " @@ -1401,14 +1386,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "The best way is to simply tell Git you always want to sign commits, tags, " "and pushes. You can do this by setting a few configuration variables:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git config --add user.signingKey LONG-KEY-ID\n" @@ -1419,14 +1404,14 @@ msgstr "" #. push.gpgSign should probably be set to `yes` once we enable it, or be set with --global, so that it is enabled for all repositories. #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "To avoid possible collisions, make sure you give a long key id to Git. You " "can get the long id with: `gpg --list-secret-keys --keyid-format LONG`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "To use specific subkeys, and not have GnuPG to resolve the subkey to a " "primary key, attach `!` to the key. For example, to encrypt for the subkey " @@ -1434,20 +1419,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:642 #, no-wrap msgid "Verifying signatures" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "Commit signatures can be verified by running either `git verify-commit " "`, or `git log --show-signature`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Tag signatures can be verified with `git verity-tag `, or `git tag " "-v `." @@ -1459,20 +1444,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Git pushes are a bit different, they live in a special ref in the repository. #. TODO: write how to verify them #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "The ports tree operates the same way. The branch names are different and " "the repositories are in different locations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "The cgit repository web interface for use with web browsers is at https://" "cgit.FreeBSD.org/ports/ . The production Git repository is at https://git." @@ -1481,7 +1466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "There is also a mirror on GitHub, see extref:{handbook}/mirrors[External " "mirrors, mirrors] for an overview. The 'current' branch is 'main' . The " @@ -1489,13 +1474,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit message formats" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "A hook is available in the ports repository to help you write up your commit " "messages in https://cgit.freebsd.org/ports/tree/.hooks/prepare-commit-msg[." @@ -1504,32 +1489,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "The main point being that a commit message should be formatted in the " "following way:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "category/port: Summary.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "Description of why the changes where made.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "PR:\t 12345\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "The first line is the subject of the commit, it contains what port was " "changed, and a summary of the commit. It should contain 50 characters or " @@ -1537,39 +1522,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:689 msgid "A blank line should separate it from the rest of the commit message." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "The rest of the commit message should be wrapped at the 72 characters " "boundary." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "Another blank line should be added if there are any metadata fields, so that " "they are easily distinguishable from the commit message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Local Changes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "This section addresses tracking local changes. If you have no local " "changes, you can stop reading now (it is the last section and OK to skip)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:704 msgid "" "One item that is important for all of them: all changes are local until " "pushed. Unlike Subversion, Git uses a distributed model. For users, for " @@ -1580,13 +1565,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping local changes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "The simplest way to keep local changes (especially trivial ones) is to use " "'git stash'. In its simplest form, you use 'git stash' to record the " @@ -1598,7 +1583,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "This method is suitable when you have tiny tweaks to the tree. When you " "have anything non trivial, you'll likely be better off keeping a local " @@ -1607,13 +1592,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping a local branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "It is much easier to keep a local branch with Git than Subversion. In " "Subversion you need to merge the commit, and resolve the conflicts. This is " @@ -1624,7 +1609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "In addition to merging, Git supports the concept of 'rebasing' which avoids " "these issues. The 'git rebase' command replays all the commits of a branch " @@ -1633,12 +1618,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:730 msgid "====== Create a branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" "Let's say you want to make a change to FreeBSD's ls command to never, ever " "do color. There are many reasons to do this, but this example will use that " @@ -1648,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd src\n" @@ -1674,7 +1659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "The commit will pop you into an editor to describe what you've done. Once " "you enter that, you have your own **local** branch in the Git repo. Build " @@ -1686,12 +1671,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:766 msgid "====== Time to update" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "When it is time to bring in a new version, it is almost the same as w/o the " "branches. You would update like you would above, but there is one extra " @@ -1701,7 +1686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git checkout main\n" @@ -1710,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "This will bring up an editor that lists all the commits in it. For this " "example, do not change it at all. This is typically what you are doing " @@ -1719,14 +1704,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "Once you are done with the above, you have to move the commits to ls.c " "forward from the old version of FreeBSD to the newer one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "Sometimes there are merge conflicts. That is OK. Do not panic. Instead, " "handle them the same as any other merge conflicts. To keep it simple, I " @@ -1735,7 +1720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "Let's say the includes changes upstream in a radical shift to terminfo as " "well as a name change for the option. When you updated, you might see " @@ -1743,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Auto-merging bin/ls/ls.c\n" @@ -1757,117 +1742,113 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "which looks scary. If you bring up an editor, you will see it is a typical " "3-way merge conflict resolution that you may be familiar with from other " "source code systems (the rest of ls.c has been omitted):" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:823 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"<<<<<<< HEAD\n" -"#ifdef COLORLS_NEW\n" -"#include \n" -"=======\n" -"#undef COLORLS\n" -"#ifdef COLORLS\n" -"#include \n" -">>>>>>> 646e0f9cda11... no color ls\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:816 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"The new code is first, and your code is second. The right fix here is to " -"just add a #undef COLORLS_NEW before #ifdef and then delete the old changes:" +" <<<<<<< HEAD\n" +" #ifdef COLORLS_NEW\n" +" #include \n" +" =======\n" +" #undef COLORLS\n" +" #ifdef COLORLS\n" +" #include \n" +" >>>>>>> 646e0f9cda11... no color ls\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"#undef COLORLS_NEW\n" -"#ifdef COLORLS_NEW\n" -"#include \n" +"The new code is first, and your code is second.\n" +"The right fix here is to just add a #undef COLORLS_NEW before #ifdef and then delete the old changes:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:834 -msgid "save the file. The rebase was interrupted, so you have to complete it:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:824 +msgid "#undef COLORLS_NEW #ifdef COLORLS_NEW #include " msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git add ls.c\n" -"% git rebase --continue\n" +"save the file.\n" +"The rebase was interrupted, so you have to complete it:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:831 +msgid "% git add ls.c % git rebase --continue" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:836 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"which tells Git that ls.c has been fixed and to continue the rebase " -"operation. Since there was a conflict, you will get kicked into the editor " -"to update the commit message if necessary. If the commit message is still " -"accurate, just exit the editor." +"which tells Git that ls.c has been fixed and to continue the rebase operation.\n" +"Since there was a conflict, you will get kicked into the editor to update the commit message if necessary.\n" +"If the commit message is still accurate, just exit the editor.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:848 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:841 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"If you get stuck during the rebase, do not panic. git rebase --abort will " -"take you back to a clean slate. It is important, though, to start with an " -"unmodified tree. An aside: The above mentioned 'git reflog' comes in handy " -"here, as it will have a list of all the (intermediate) commits that you can " -"view or inspect or cherry-pick." +"If you get stuck during the rebase, do not panic.\n" +"git rebase --abort will take you back to a clean slate.\n" +"It is important, though, to start with an unmodified tree.\n" +"An aside: The above mentioned 'git reflog' comes in handy here, as it will have a list of all the (intermediate) commits that you can view or inspect or cherry-pick.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:851 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:844 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"For more on this topic, https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/the-ultimate-guide-" -"to-git-merge-and-git-rebase/ provides a rather extensive treatment. It is a " -"good resource for issues that arise occasionally but are too obscure for " -"this guide." +"For more on this topic, https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/the-ultimate-guide-to-git-merge-and-git-rebase/ provides a rather extensive treatment.\n" +"It is a good resource for issues that arise occasionally but are too obscure for this guide.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "Switching to a Different FreeBSD Branch" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:855 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "If you wish to shift from stable/12 to the current branch. If you have a " -"deep clone, the following will suffice:" +"deep clone, the following will suffice: [source,shell]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:852 +msgid "% git checkout main % # build and install here..." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% # build and install here...\n" +"If you have a local branch, though, there are one or two caveats.\n" +"First, rebase will rewrite history, so you will likely want to do something to save it.\n" +"Second, jumping branches tends to cause more conflicts.\n" +"If we pretend the example above was relative to stable/12, then to move to main, I'd suggest the following:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:864 -msgid "" -"If you have a local branch, though, there are one or two caveats. First, " -"rebase will rewrite history, so you will likely want to do something to save " -"it. Second, jumping branches tends to cause more conflicts. If we pretend " -"the example above was relative to stable/12, then to move to main, I'd " -"suggest the following:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git checkout no-color-ls\n" @@ -1875,136 +1856,144 @@ msgid "" "% git rebase -i stable/12 no-color-ls --onto main\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:876 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:869 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"What the above does is checkout no-color-ls. Then create a new name for it " -"(no-color-ls-stable-12) in case you need to get back to it. Then you rebase " -"onto the main branch. This will find all the commits to the current no-" -"color-ls branch (back to where it meets up with the stable/12 branch) and " -"then it will replay them onto the main branch creating a new no-color-ls " -"branch there (which is why I had you create a place holder name)." +"What the above does is checkout no-color-ls.\n" +"Then create a new name for it (no-color-ls-stable-12) in case you need to get back to it.\n" +"Then you rebase onto the main branch.\n" +"This will find all the commits to the current no-color-ls branch (back to where it meets up with the stable/12 branch) and then it will\n" +"replay them onto the main branch creating a new no-color-ls branch there (which is why I had you create a place holder name).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "Migrating from an existing Git clone" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:879 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "If you have work based on a previous Git conversion or a locally running git-" "svn conversion, migrating to new repository can encounter problems because " "Git has no knowledge about the connection between the two." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:881 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:875 msgid "" "When you have only a few local changes, the easiest way would be to cherry-" -"pick those changes to the new base:" +"pick those changes to the new base: [source,shell]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:878 +msgid "% git checkout main % git cherry-pick old_branch..your_branch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:881 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git cherry-pick old_branch..your_branch\n" +"Or alternatively, do the same thing with rebase:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:887 -msgid "Or alternatively, do the same thing with rebase:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:883 +msgid "% git rebase --onto main master your_branch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git rebase --onto main master your_branch\n" +msgid "" +"If you do have a lot of changes, you would probably want to perform a merge instead.\n" +"The idea is to create a merge point that consolidates the history of the old_branch, and the new FreeBSD repository (main).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:894 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:890 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"If you do have a lot of changes, you would probably want to perform a merge " -"instead. The idea is to create a merge point that consolidates the history " -"of the old_branch, and the new FreeBSD repository (main)." +"You can find out by looking up the same commit that are found on both parents:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:896 -msgid "" -"You can find out by looking up the same commit that are found on both " -"parents:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:892 +msgid "% git show old_branch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git show old_branch\n" +msgid "" +"You will see a commit message, now search for that in the new branch:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:901 -msgid "You will see a commit message, now search for that in the new branch:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:897 +msgid "% git log --grep=\"commit message on old_branch\" freebsd/main" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git log --grep=\"commit message on old_branch\" freebsd/main\n" +msgid "" +"You would help locate the commit hash on the new main branch, create a helper branch (in the example we call it 'stage') from that hash:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:906 -msgid "" -"You would help locate the commit hash on the new main branch, create a " -"helper branch (in the example we call it 'stage') from that hash:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:902 +msgid "% git checkout -b stage _hash_found_from_git_log_" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git checkout -b stage _hash_found_from_git_log_\n" +msgid "" +"Then perform a merge of the old branch:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:911 -msgid "Then perform a merge of the old branch:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:907 +msgid "% git merge -s ours -m \"Mark old branch as merged\" old_branch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git merge -s ours -m \"Mark old branch as merged\" old_branch\n" +msgid "" +"With that, it's possible to merge your work branch or the main branch in any order without problem.\n" +"Eventually, when you are ready to commit your work back to main, you can perform a rebase to main, or do a squash commit by combining everything into one commit.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:917 -msgid "" -"With that, it's possible to merge your work branch or the main branch in any " -"order without problem. Eventually, when you are ready to commit your work " -"back to main, you can perform a rebase to main, or do a squash commit by " -"combining everything into one commit." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:912 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[[mfc-with-git]]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "MFC (Merge From Current) Procedures" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:924 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "MFC workflow can be summarized as `git cherry-pick -x` plus `git commit --" "amend` to adjust the commit message. For multiple commits, use `git rebase -" @@ -2012,157 +2001,193 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "Single commit MFC" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:931 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout stable/X\n" -"% git cherry-pick -x $HASH --edit\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1374 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1485 +msgid "[source,shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:935 -msgid "" -"For MFC commits, for example a vendor import, you would need to specify one " -"parent for cherry-pick purposes. Normally, that would be the \"first " -"parent\" of the branch you are cherry-picking from, so:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:924 +msgid "% git checkout stable/X % git cherry-pick -x $HASH --edit" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout stable/X\n" -"% git cherry-pick -x $HASH -m 1 --edit\n" +"For MFC commits, for example a vendor import, you would need to specify one parent for cherry-pick purposes.\n" +"Normally, that would be the \"first parent\" of the branch you are cherry-picking from, so:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:943 -msgid "" -"If things go wrong, you'll either need to abort the cherry-pick with `git " -"cherry-pick --abort` or fix it up and do a `git cherry-pick --continue`." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1533 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1587 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1620 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1784 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1847 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1977 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2037 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:933 +msgid "% git checkout stable/X % git cherry-pick -x $HASH -m 1 --edit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:936 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If things go wrong, you'll either need to abort the cherry-pick with `git cherry-pick --abort` or fix it up and do a `git cherry-pick --continue`.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:939 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Once the cherry-pick is finished, push with `git push`. If you get an error " -"due to losing the commit race, use `git pull --rebase` and try to push again." +"Once the cherry-pick is finished, push with `git push`.\n" +"If you get an error due to losing the commit race, use `git pull --rebase` and try to push again.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "MFC to RELENG branch" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:951 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "MFCs to branches that require approval require a bit more care. The process " "is the same for either a typical merge or an exceptional direct commit." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:953 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:949 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Merge or direct commit to the appropriate `stable/X` branch first before " -"merging to the `releng/X.Y` branch." +"* Merge or direct commit to the appropriate `stable/X` branch first before merging to the `releng/X.Y` branch.\n" +"* Use the hash that's in the `stable/X` branch for the MFC to `releng/X.Y` branch.\n" +"* Leave both \"cherry picked from\" lines in the commit message.\n" +"* Be sure to add the `Approved by:` line when you are in the editor.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:954 -msgid "" -"Use the hash that's in the `stable/X` branch for the MFC to `releng/X.Y` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:955 -msgid "Leave both \"cherry picked from\" lines in the commit message." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:956 -msgid "Be sure to add the `Approved by:` line when you are in the editor." +msgid "% git checkout releng/13.0 % git cherry-pick -x $HASH --edit" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout releng/13.0\n" -"% git cherry-pick -x $HASH --edit\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:964 -msgid "" -"If you forget to to add the `Approved by:` line, you can do a `git commit --" -"amend` to edit the commit message before you push the change." +msgid "If you forget to to add the `Approved by:` line, you can do a `git commit --amend` to edit the commit message before you push the change.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple commit MFC" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:976 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout -b tmp-branch stable/X\n" -"% for h in $HASH_LIST; do git cherry-pick -x $h; done\n" -"% git rebase -i stable/X\n" -"# mark each of the commits after the first as 'squash'\n" -"# Update the commit message to reflect all elements of commit, if necessary.\n" -"# Be sure to retain the \"cherry picked from\" lines.\n" -"% git push freebsd HEAD:stable/X\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:979 -msgid "If the push fails due to losing the commit race, rebase and try again:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:969 +msgid "" +"% git checkout -b tmp-branch stable/X % for h in $HASH_LIST; do git cherry-" +"pick -x $h; done % git rebase -i stable/X # mark each of the commits after " +"the first as 'squash' # Update the commit message to reflect all elements of " +"commit, if necessary. # Be sure to retain the \"cherry picked from\" " +"lines. % git push freebsd HEAD:stable/X" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout stable/X\n" -"% git pull\n" -"% git checkout tmp-branch\n" -"% git rebase stable/X\n" -"% git push freebsd HEAD:stable/X\n" +msgid "If the push fails due to losing the commit race, rebase and try again:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:990 -msgid "Once the MFC is complete, you can delete the temporary branch:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:980 +msgid "" +"% git checkout stable/X % git pull % git checkout tmp-branch % git rebase " +"stable/X % git push freebsd HEAD:stable/X" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout stable/X\n" -"% git branch -d tmp-branch\n" +msgid "Once the MFC is complete, you can delete the temporary branch:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:988 +msgid "% git checkout stable/X % git branch -d tmp-branch" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "MFC a vendor import" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1002 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Vendor imports are the only thing in the tree that creates a merge commit in " "the main line. Cherry picking merge commits into stable/XX presents an " @@ -2171,229 +2196,177 @@ msgid "" "mainline (though there may be some exceptions)." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1006 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git cherry-pick -x -m 1 $HASH\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1009 -msgid "" -"is typically what you want. This will tell cherry-pick to apply the correct " -"diff." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:999 +msgid "% git cherry-pick -x -m 1 $HASH" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1013 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1002 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"There are some, hopefully, rare cases where it's possible that the mainline " -"was merged backwards by the conversion script. Should that be the case (and " -"we've not found any yet), you'd change the above to '-m 2' to pickup the " -"proper parent. Just do" +"is typically what you want.\n" +"This will tell cherry-pick to apply the correct diff.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1007 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git cherry-pick --abort\n" -"% git cherry-pick -x -m 2 $HASH\n" +"There are some, hopefully, rare cases where it's possible that the mainline was merged backwards by the conversion script.\n" +"Should that be the case (and we've not found any yet), you'd change the above to '-m 2' to pickup the proper parent.\n" +"Just do\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1019 -msgid "to do that. The `--abort` will cleanup the failed first attempt." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1010 +msgid "% git cherry-pick --abort % git cherry-pick -x -m 2 $HASH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1012 +#, no-wrap +msgid "to do that. The `--abort` will cleanup the failed first attempt.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "Redoing a MFC" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1024 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "" "If you do a MFC, and it goes horribly wrong and you want to start over, then " -"the easiest way is to use `git reset --hard` like so:" +"the easiest way is to use `git reset --hard` like so: [source,shell]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1027 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git reset --hard freebsd/stable/12\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1020 +msgid "% git reset --hard freebsd/stable/12" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1030 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1023 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"though if you have some revs you want to keep, and others you don't, using " -"'git rebase -i' is better." +"though if you have some revs you want to keep, and others you don't,\n" +"using 'git rebase -i' is better.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "Considerations when MFCing" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1034 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "" "When committing source commits to stable and releng branches, we have the " "following goals:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1036 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1031 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Clearly mark direct commits distinct from commits that land a change from " -"another branch." +"* Clearly mark direct commits distinct from commits that land a change from another branch.\n" +"* Avoid introducing known breakage into stable and releng branches.\n" +"* Allow developers to determine which changes have or have not been landed from one branch to another.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1037 -msgid "Avoid introducing known breakage into stable and releng branches." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1033 +#, no-wrap +msgid "With Subversion, we used the following practices to achieve these goals:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1038 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1037 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Allow developers to determine which changes have or have not been landed " -"from one branch to another." +"* Using 'MFC' and 'MFS' tags to mark commits that merged changes from another branch.\n" +"* Squashing fixup commits into the main commit when merging a change.\n" +"* Recording mergeinfo so that `svn mergeinfo --show-revs` worked.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1040 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1041 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"With Subversion, we used the following practices to achieve these goals:" +"With Git, we will need to use different strategies to achieve the same goals.\n" +"This document aims to define best practices when merging source commits using Git that achieve these goals.\n" +"In general, we aim to use Git's native support to achieve these goals rather than enforcing practices built on Subversion's model.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1042 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1044 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Using 'MFC' and 'MFS' tags to mark commits that merged changes from another " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1043 -msgid "Squashing fixup commits into the main commit when merging a change." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1044 -msgid "Recording mergeinfo so that `svn mergeinfo --show-revs` worked." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1048 -msgid "" -"With Git, we will need to use different strategies to achieve the same " -"goals. This document aims to define best practices when merging source " -"commits using Git that achieve these goals. In general, we aim to use Git's " -"native support to achieve these goals rather than enforcing practices built " -"on Subversion's model." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1051 -msgid "" -"One general note: due to technical differences with Git, we will not be " -"using Git \"merge commits\" (created via `git merge`) in stable or releng " -"branches. Instead, when this document refers to \"merge commits\", it means " -"a commit originally made to `main` that is replicated or \"landed\" to a " -"stable branch, or a commit from a stable branch that is replicated to a " -"releng branch with some variation of `git cherry-pick`." +"One general note: due to technical differences with Git, we will not be using Git \"merge commits\" (created via `git merge`) in stable or releng branches.\n" +"Instead, when this document refers to \"merge commits\", it means a commit originally made to `main` that is replicated or \"landed\" to a stable branch, or a commit from a stable branch that is replicated to a releng branch with some variation of `git cherry-pick`.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Eligible Hashes to MFC" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1057 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "Git provides some built-in support for this via the `git cherry` and `git " "log --cherry` commands. These commands compare the raw diffs of commits " "(but not other metadata such as log messages) to determine if two commits " "are identical. This works well when each commit from head is landed as a " "single commit to a stable branch, but it falls over if multiple commits from " -"main are squashed together as a single commit to a stable branch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1059 -msgid "There are a few options for resolving this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1063 -msgid "" -"We could ban squashing of commits and instead require that committers stage " -"all of the fixup / follow-up commits to stable into a single push. This " -"would still achieve the goal of stability in stable and releng branches " -"since pushes are atomic and users doing a simple pull will never end up with " -"a tree that has the main commit without the fixup(s). `git bisect` is also " -"able to cope with this model via `git bisect skip`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1067 -msgid "" -"We could adopt a consistent style for describing MFCs and write our own " -"tooling to wrap around `git cherry` to determine the list of eligible " -"commits. A simple approach here might be to use the syntax from `git cherry-" -"pick -x`, but require that a squashed commit list all of the hashes (one " -"line per hash) at the end of the commit message. Developers could do this " -"by using `git cherry-pick -x` of each individual commit into a branch and " -"then use `git rebase` to squash the commits down into a single commit, but " -"collecting the `-x` annotations at the end of the landed commit log." +"main are squashed together as a single commit to a stable branch. The " +"project makes extensive use of `git cherry-pick -x` with all lines preserved " +"to work around these difficulties and is working on automated tooling to " +"take advantage of this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit message standards" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "Marking MFCs" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1072 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "The project has adopted the following practice for marking MFCs:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1074 -msgid "" -"Use the `-x` flag with `git cherry-pick`. This adds a line to the commit " -"message that includes the hash of the original commit when merging. Since it " -"is added by Git directly, committers do not have to manually edit the commit " -"log when merging." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1058 +#, no-wrap +msgid "* Use the `-x` flag with `git cherry-pick`. This adds a line to the commit message that includes the hash of the original commit when merging. Since it is added by Git directly, committers do not have to manually edit the commit log when merging.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1076 -msgid "" -"When merging multiple commits, keep all the \"cherry picked from\" lines." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1060 +#, no-wrap +msgid "When merging multiple commits, keep all the \"cherry picked from\" lines.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "Trim Metadata?" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1081 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "One area that was not clearly documented with Subversion (or even CVS) is " "how to format metadata in log messages for MFC commits. Should it include " @@ -2401,8 +2374,8 @@ msgid "" "reflect information about the MFC commit itself?" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1090 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "Historical practice has varied, though some of the variance is by field. " "For example, MFCs that are relevant to a PR generally include the PR field " @@ -2420,8 +2393,8 @@ msgid "" "guidelines can be agreed upon." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1094 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1078 msgid "" "For MFCs regulated by re@, new metadata fields are added, such as the " "Approved by tag for approved commits. This new metadata will have to be " @@ -2430,15 +2403,15 @@ msgid "" "MFC commits such as Phabricator URLs for use by re@ in the future." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1097 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "Preserving existing metadata provides a very simple workflow. Developers " -"can just use `git cherry-pick -x` without having to edit the log message." +"use `git cherry-pick -x` without having to edit the log message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1100 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "If instead we choose to adjust metadata in MFCs, developers will have to " "edit log messages explicitly via the use of `git cherry-pick --edit` or `git " @@ -2447,3143 +2420,2222 @@ msgid "" "without having to re-enter the entire commit message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1102 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "The bottom line is that developers will likely need to curate their commit " "message for MFCs that are non-trivial." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Examples" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1088 +msgid "[[vendor-import-git]]" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1105 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1088 #, no-wrap -msgid "Merging a Single Subversion Commit" +msgid "Vendor Imports with Git" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1109 -msgid "" -"This walks through the process of merging a commit to stable/12 that was " -"originally committed to head in Subversion. In this case, the original " -"commit is r368685." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1091 +msgid "This section describes the vendor import procedure with Git in detail." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1112 -msgid "" -"The first step is to map the Subversion commit to a Git hash. Once you have " -"fetched refs/notes/commits, you can pass the revision number to `git log --" -"grep`:" +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1092 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Branch naming convention" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1119 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" -"% git log main --grep 368685\n" -"commit ce8395ecfda2c8e332a2adf9a9432c2e7f35ea81\n" -"Author: John Baldwin \n" -"Date: Wed Dec 16 00:11:30 2020 +0000\n" +"All vendor branches and tags start with `vendor/`. These branches and tags " +"are visible by default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1121 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1160 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Use the 't' modifier to print a ptrdiff_t.\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1101 +msgid "" +"[NOTE] ==== This chapter follows the convention that the `freebsd` origin is " +"the origin name for the official FreeBSD Git repository. If you use a " +"different convention, replace `freebsd` with the name you use instead in the " +"examples below. ====" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1126 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1104 msgid "" -" Reviewed by: imp\n" -" Obtained from: CheriBSD\n" -" Sponsored by: DARPA\n" -" Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D27576\n" +"We will explore an example for updating NetBSD's mtree that is in our tree. " +"The vendor branch for this is `vendor/NetBSD/mtree`." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1129 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap +msgid "Updating an old vendor import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" -"Notes:\n" -" svn path=/head/; revision=368685\n" +"The vendor trees usually have only the subset of the third-party software " +"that is appropriate to FreeBSD. These trees are usually tiny in comparison " +"to the FreeBSD tree. Git worktrees are thus quite small and fast and the " +"preferred method to use. Make sure that whatever directory you choose below " +"(the `../mtree`) does not currently exist." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1132 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1225 -msgid "Next, MFC the commit to a `stable/12` checkout:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1115 +msgid "% git worktree add ../mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1137 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"git checkout stable/12\n" -"git cherry-pick -x ce8395ecfda2c8e332a2adf9a9432c2e7f35ea81 --edit\n" +msgid "Update the Sources in the Vendor Branch" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1142 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" -"Git will invoke the editor. Use this to remove the metadata that only " -"applied to the original commit (Phabricator URL and Reviewed by). After the " -"editor saves the updated log message, Git completes the commit:" +"Prepare a full, clean tree of the vendor sources. Import everything but " +"merge only what is needed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1148 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" -"[stable/12 3e3a548c4874] Use the 't' modifier to print a ptrdiff_t.\n" -" Date: Wed Dec 16 00:11:30 2020 +0000\n" -" 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)\n" +"This example assumes the NetBSD source is checked out from their GitHub " +"mirror in `~/git/NetBSD`. Note that \"upstream\" might have added or " +"removed files, so we want to make sure deletions are propagated as well. " +"package:net/rsync[] is commonly installed, so I'll use that." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1151 -msgid "The contents of the MFCd commit can be examined via `git show`:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% cd ../mtree\n" +"% rsync -va --del --exclude=\".git\" ~/git/NetBSD/usr.sbin/mtree/ .\n" +"% git add -A\n" +"% git status\n" +"...\n" +"% git diff --staged\n" +"...\n" +"% git commit -m \"Vendor import of NetBSD's mtree at 2020-12-11\"\n" +"[vendor/NetBSD/mtree 8e7aa25fcf1] Vendor import of NetBSD's mtree at 2020-12-11\n" +" 7 files changed, 114 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-)\n" +"% git tag -a vendor/NetBSD/mtree/20201211\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git show\n" -"commit 3e3a548c487450825679e4bd63d8d1a67fd8bd2d (HEAD -> stable/12)\n" -"Author: John Baldwin \n" -"Date: Wed Dec 16 00:11:30 2020 +0000\n" +"Note: I run the `git diff` and `git status` commands to make sure nothing weird was present.\n" +"Also I used `-m` to illustrate, but you should compose a proper message in an editor (using a commit message template).\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1147 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" Obtained from: CheriBSD\n" -" Sponsored by: DARPA\n" +"It is also important to create an annotated tag using `git tag -a`, otherwise the push will be rejected.\n" +"Only annotated tags are allowed to be pushed.\n" +"The annotated tag gives you a chance to enter a commit message.\n" +"Enter the version you are importing, along with any salient new features or fixes in that version.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1165 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1148 #, no-wrap -msgid " (cherry picked from commit ce8395ecfda2c8e332a2adf9a9432c2e7f35ea81)\n" +msgid "Updating the FreeBSD Copy" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"diff --git a/sys/compat/linuxkpi/common/include/linux/printk.h b/sys/compat/linuxkpi/common/include/linux/printk.h\n" -"index 31802bdd2c99..e6510e9e9834 100644\n" -"--- a/sys/compat/linuxkpi/common/include/linux/printk.h\n" -"+++ b/sys/compat/linuxkpi/common/include/linux/printk.h\n" -"@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ print_hex_dump(const char *level, const char *prefix_str,\n" -" printf(\"[%p] \", buf);\n" -" break;\n" -" case DUMP_PREFIX_OFFSET:\n" -"- printf(\"[%p] \", (const char *)((const char *)buf -\n" -"+ printf(\"[%#tx] \", ((const char *)buf -\n" -" (const char *)buf_old));\n" -" break;\n" -" default:\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1151 +msgid "At this point you can push the import to `vendor` into our repo." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1182 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1344 -msgid "The MFC commit can now be published via `git push`" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1155 +msgid "% git push --follow-tags freebsd vendor/NetBSD/mtree" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git push freebsd\n" -"Enumerating objects: 17, done.\n" -"Counting objects: 100% (17/17), done.\n" -"Delta compression using up to 4 threads\n" -"Compressing objects: 100% (7/7), done.\n" -"Writing objects: 100% (9/9), 817 bytes | 204.00 KiB/s, done.\n" -"Total 9 (delta 5), reused 1 (delta 1), pack-reused 0\n" -"To gitrepo-dev.FreeBSD.org:src.git\n" -" 525bd9c9dda7..3e3a548c4874 stable/12 -> stable/12\n" +msgid "`--follow-tags` tells `git push` to also push tags associated with the locally committed revision.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1196 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1159 #, no-wrap -msgid "Merging a Single Subversion Commit with a Conflict" +msgid "Updating the FreeBSD source tree" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1200 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1163 msgid "" -"This example is similar to the previous example except that the commit in " -"question encounters a merge conflict. In this case, the original commit is " -"r368314." +"Now you need to update the mtree in FreeBSD. The sources live in `contrib/" +"mtree` since it is upstream software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1202 -msgid "As above, the first step is to map the Subversion commit to a Git hash:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1168 +msgid "% cd ../src % git subtree merge -P contrib/mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git log main --grep 368314\n" -"commit 99963f5343a017e934e4d8ea2371a86789a46ff9\n" -"Author: John Baldwin \n" -"Date: Thu Dec 3 22:01:13 2020 +0000\n" +"This would generate a subtree merge commit of `contrib/mtree` against the local `vendor/NetBSD/mtree` branch.\n" +"If there were conflicts, you would need to fix them before committing.\n" +"Include details about the changes being merged in the merge commit message.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1211 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1299 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap -msgid " Don't transmit mbufs that aren't yet ready on TOE sockets.\n" +msgid "Rebasing your change against latest FreeBSD source tree" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1214 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1302 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" -" This includes mbufs waiting for data from sendfile() I/O requests, or\n" -" mbufs awaiting encryption for KTLS.\n" +"Because the current policy recommends against using merges, if the upstream " +"FreeBSD `main` moved forward before you get a chance to push, you would have " +"to redo the merge." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1219 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" -" Reviewed by: np\n" -" MFC after: 2 weeks\n" -" Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications\n" -" Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D27469\n" +"Regular `git rebase` or `git pull --rebase` doesn't know how to rebase a " +"merge commit **as a merge commit**, so instead of that you would have to " +"recreate the commit." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1222 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "" -"Notes:\n" -" svn path=/head/; revision=368314\n" +"The following steps should be taken to easily recreate the merge commit as " +"if `git rebase --merge-commits` worked properly: * cd to the top of the repo " +"* Create a side branch `XXX` with the **contents** of the merged tree. * " +"Update this side branch `XXX` to be merged and up-to-date with FreeBSD's " +"`main` branch. ** In the worst case scenario, you would still have to " +"resolve merge conflicts, if there was any, but this should be really rare. " +"** Resolve conflicts, and collapse multiple commits down to 1 if need be " +"(without conflicts, there's no collapse needed) * checkout main * create a " +"branch `YYY` (allows for easier unwinding if things go wrong) * Re-do the " +"subtree merge * Instead of resolving any conflicts from the subtree merge, " +"checkout the contents of XXX on top of it. ** The trailing '.' is " +"important, as is being at the top level of the repo. ** Rather than " +"switching branches to XXX, it splats the contents of XXX on top of the repo " +"* Commit the results with the prior commit message (the example assumes " +"there's only one merge on the XXX branch). * Make sure the branches are the " +"same. * Do whatever review you need, including having others check it out " +"if you think that's needed. * Push the commit, if you 'lost the race' " +"again, just redo these steps again (see below for a recipe) * Delete the " +"branches once the commit is upstream. They are throw-a-way." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1238 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1200 msgid "" -"% git checkout stable/12\n" -"% git cherry-pick -x 99963f5343a017e934e4d8ea2371a86789a46ff9 --edit\n" -"Auto-merging sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" -"CONFLICT (content): Merge conflict in sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" -"warning: inexact rename detection was skipped due to too many files.\n" -"warning: you may want to set your merge.renamelimit variable to at least 7123 and retry the command.\n" -"error: could not apply 99963f5343a0... Don't transmit mbufs that aren't yet ready on TOE sockets.\n" -"hint: after resolving the conflicts, mark the corrected paths\n" -"hint: with 'git add ' or 'git rm '\n" -"hint: and commit the result with 'git commit'\n" +"The commands one would use, following the above example of mtree, would be " +"like so (the `#` starts a comment to help link commands to descriptions " +"above):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1213 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"In this case, the commit encountered a merge conflict in sys/dev/cxge/tom/" -"t4_cpl_io.c as kernel TLS is not present in stable/12. Note that Git does " -"not invoke an editor to adjust the commit message due to the conflict. `git " -"status` confirms that this file has merge conflicts:" +"% cd ../src\t\t\t# CD to top of tree\n" +"% git checkout -b XXX\t\t# create new throw-away XXX branch for merge\n" +"% git fetch freebsd\t\t# Get changes from upstream from upstream\n" +"% git merge freebsd/main\t# Merge the changes and resolve conflicts\n" +"% git checkout -b YYY freebsd/main # Create new throw-away YYY branch for redo\n" +"% git subtree merge -P contrib/mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree # Redo subtree merge\n" +"% git checkout XXX .\t\t# XXX branch has the conflict resolution\n" +"% git commit -c XXX~1\t\t# -c reuses the commit message from commit before rebase\n" +"% git diff XXX YYY\t\t# Should be empty\n" +"% git show YYY\t\t\t# Should only have changes you want, and be a merge commit from vendor branch\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1249 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1217 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git status\n" -"On branch stable/12\n" -"Your branch is up to date with 'upstream/stable/12'.\n" +"Note: if things go wrong with the commit, you can reset the `YYY` branch by reissuing the checkout command that created it with -B to start over:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1254 -#, no-wrap +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1219 msgid "" -"You are currently cherry-picking commit 99963f5343a0.\n" -" (fix conflicts and run \"git cherry-pick --continue\")\n" -" (use \"git cherry-pick --skip\" to skip this patch)\n" -" (use \"git cherry-pick --abort\" to cancel the cherry-pick operation)\n" +"% git checkout -B YYY freebsd/main # Create new throw-away YYY branch if " +"starting over is just going to be easier" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1258 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1221 #, no-wrap +msgid "Pushing the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1226 msgid "" -"Unmerged paths:\n" -" (use \"git add ...\" to mark resolution)\n" -" both modified: sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" +"Once you think you have a set of changes that are good, you can push it to a " +"fork off GitHub or GitLab for others to review. One nice thing about Git is " +"that it allows you to publish rough drafts of your work for others to " +"review. While Phabricator is good for content review, publishing the " +"updated vendor branch and merge commits lets others check the details as " +"they will eventually appear in the repository." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1260 -#, no-wrap -msgid "no changes added to commit (use \"git add\" and/or \"git commit -a\")\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1228 +msgid "" +"After review, when you are sure it is a good change, you can push it to the " +"FreeBSD repo:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" -"After editing the file to resolve the conflict, `git status` shows the " -"conflict as resolved:" +"% git push freebsd YYY:main\t# put the commit on upstream's main branch % " +"git branch -D XXX\t\t# Throw away the throw-a-way branches. % git branch -D " +"YYY" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"You are currently cherry-picking commit 99963f5343a0.\n" -" (all conflicts fixed: run \"git cherry-pick --continue\")\n" -" (use \"git cherry-pick --skip\" to skip this patch)\n" -" (use \"git cherry-pick --abort\" to cancel the cherry-pick operation)\n" +"Note: I used `XXX` and `YYY` to make it obvious they are terrible names and should not leave your machine.\n" +"If you use such names for other work, then you'll need to pick different names, or risk losing the other work.\n" +"There is nothing magic about these names.\n" +"Upstream will not allow you to push them, but never the less, please pay attention to the exact commands above.\n" +"Some commands use syntax that differs only slightly from typical uses and that different behavior is critical to this recipe working.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1277 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1242 #, no-wrap +msgid "How to redo things if need be" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" -"Changes to be committed:\n" -" modified: sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" +"If you've tried to do the push in the previous section and it fails, then " +"you should do the following to 'redo' things. This sequence keeps the " +"commit with the commit message always at XXX~1 to make committing easier." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1280 -msgid "The cherry-pick can now be completed:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1255 +msgid "" +"% git checkout -B XXX YYY\t# recreate that throw-away-branch XXX and switch " +"to it % git merge freebsd/main\t# Merge the changes and resolve conflicts % " +"git checkout -B YYY freebsd/main # Recreate new throw-away YYY branch for " +"redo % git subtree merge -P contrib/mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree # Redo subtree " +"merge % git checkout XXX .\t\t# XXX branch has the conflict resolution % git " +"commit -c XXX~1\t\t# -c reuses the commit message from commit before rebase" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1258 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git cherry-pick --continue\n" +msgid "Then go check it out as above and push as above when ready.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1288 -msgid "" -"Since there was a merge conflict, Git invokes the editor to adjust the " -"commit message. Trim the metadata fields from the commit log from the " -"original commit to head and save the updated log message." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a new vendor branch" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1290 -msgid "The contents of the MFC commit can be examined via `git show`:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1266 +msgid "" +"There are a number of ways to create a new vendor branch. The recommended " +"way is to create a new repository and then merge that with FreeBSD. If one " +"is importing `glorbnitz` into the FreeBSD tree, release 3.1415. For the " +"sake of simplicity, we will not trim this release. It is a simple user " +"command that puts the nitz device into different magical glorb states and is " +"small enough trimming will not save much." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1297 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap +msgid "Create the repo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" -"% git show\n" -"commit 525bd9c9dda7e7c7efad2d4570c7fd8e1a8ffabc (HEAD -> stable/12)\n" -"Author: John Baldwin \n" -"Date: Thu Dec 3 22:01:13 2020 +0000\n" +"% cd /some/where % mkdir glorbnitz % cd glorbnitz % git init % git checkout -" +"b vendor/glorbnitz" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1279 #, no-wrap -msgid " Sponsored by: Chelsio Communications\n" +msgid "At this point, you have a new repo, where all new commits will go on the `vendor/glorbnitz` branch.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap -msgid " (cherry picked from commit 99963f5343a017e934e4d8ea2371a86789a46ff9)\n" +msgid "Git experts can also do this right in their FreeBSD clone, using `git checkout --orphan vendor/glorbnitz` if they are more comfortable with that.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1314 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1282 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"diff --git a/sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c b/sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" -"index 8e8c2b8639e6..43861f10b689 100644\n" -"--- a/sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" -"+++ b/sys/dev/cxgbe/tom/t4_cpl_io.c\n" -"@@ -746,6 +746,8 @@ t4_push_frames(struct adapter *sc, struct toepcb *toep, int drop)\n" -" for (m = sndptr; m != NULL; m = m->m_next) {\n" -" int n;\n" +msgid "Copy the sources in" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1321 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1286 msgid "" -"+ if ((m->m_flags & M_NOTAVAIL) != 0)\n" -"+ break;\n" -" if (IS_AIOTX_MBUF(m))\n" -" n = sglist_count_vmpages(aiotx_mbuf_pages(m),\n" -" aiotx_mbuf_pgoff(m), m->m_len);\n" -"@@ -821,8 +823,9 @@ t4_push_frames(struct adapter *sc, struct toepcb *toep, int drop)\n" +"Since this is a new import, you can just cp the sources in, or use tar or " +"even rsync as shown above. And we will add everything, assuming no dot " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1291 +msgid "% cp -r ~/glorbnitz/* . % git add *" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1294 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" /* nothing to send */\n" -" if (plen == 0) {\n" -"- KASSERT(m == NULL,\n" -"- (\"%s: nothing to send, but m != NULL\", __func__));\n" -"+ KASSERT(m == NULL || (m->m_flags & M_NOTAVAIL) != 0,\n" -"+ (\"%s: nothing to send, but m != NULL is ready\",\n" -"+ __func__));\n" -" break;\n" -" }\n" +msgid "At this point, you should have a pristine copy of glorbnitz ready to commit.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1298 +msgid "% git commit -m \"Import GlorbNitz frobnosticator revision 3.1415\"" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"@@ -910,7 +913,7 @@ t4_push_frames(struct adapter *sc, struct toepcb *toep, int drop)\n" -" toep->txsd_avail--;\n" +"As above, I used `-m` for simplicity, but you should likely create a commit message that explains what a Glorb is and why you'd use a Nitz to get it.\n" +"Not everybody will know so, for your actual commit, you should follow the <> section instead of emulating the brief style used here.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1338 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" t4_l2t_send(sc, wr, toep->l2te);\n" -"- } while (m != NULL);\n" -"+ } while (m != NULL && (m->m_flags & M_NOTAVAIL) == 0);\n" +msgid "Now import it into our repository" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1341 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1306 +msgid "Now you need to import the branch into our repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" -" /* Send a FIN if requested, but only if there's no more data to send */\n" -" if (m == NULL && toep->flags & TPF_SEND_FIN)\n" +"% cd /path/to/freebsd/repo/src % git remote add glorbnitz /some/where/" +"glorbnitz % git fetch glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1356 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1317 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"git push freebsd\n" -"Enumerating objects: 13, done.\n" -"Counting objects: 100% (13/13), done.\n" -"Delta compression using up to 4 threads\n" -"Compressing objects: 100% (7/7), done.\n" -"Writing objects: 100% (7/7), 819 bytes | 117.00 KiB/s, done.\n" -"Total 7 (delta 6), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 0\n" -"To gitrepo.FreeBSD.org:src.git\n" -" f4d0bc6aa6b9..525bd9c9dda7 stable/12 -> stable/12\n" +"Note the vendor/glorbnitz branch is in the repo. At this point the `/some/where/glorbnitz` can be deleted, if you like.\n" +"It was only a means to an end.\n" +"// perhaps the real treasure was the friends it made along the way...\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1359 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1318 #, no-wrap -msgid "Vendor Imports with Git" +msgid "Tag and push" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1321 +msgid "" +"Steps from here on out are much the same as they are in the case of updating " +"a vendor branch, though without the updating the vendor branch step." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1362 -msgid "This section describes the vendor import procedure with Git in detail." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1329 +msgid "" +"% git worktree add ../glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz % cd ../glorbnitz % git tag " +"--annotate vendor/glorbnitz/3.1415 # Make sure the commit is good with \"git " +"show\" % git push --follow-tags freebsd vendor/glorbnitz" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1363 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap -msgid "Branch naming convention" +msgid "By 'good' we mean:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1366 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1338 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"All vendor branches and tags start with `vendor/`. These branches and tags " -"are visible by default." +". All the right files are present\n" +". None of the wrong files are present\n" +". The vendor branch points at something sensible\n" +". The tag looks good, and is annotated\n" +". The commit message for the tag has a quick summary of what's new since the last tag\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1371 -msgid "" -"This chapter follows the convention that the `freebsd` origin is the origin " -"name for the official FreeBSD Git repository. If you use a different " -"convention, replace `freebsd` with the name you use instead in the examples " -"below." +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Time to finally merge it into the base tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1348 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"We will explore an example for updating NetBSD's mtree that is in our tree. " -"The vendor branch for this is `vendor/NetBSD/mtree`." +"% cd ../src\n" +"% git subtree add -P contrib/glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz\n" +"# Make sure the commit is good with \"git show\"\n" +"% git commit --amend # one last sanity check on commit message\n" +"% git push freebsd\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1376 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap -msgid "Updating an old vendor import" +msgid "Here 'good' means:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1382 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1356 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"The vendor trees usually have only the subset of the third-party software " -"that is appropriate to FreeBSD. These trees are usually tiny in comparison " -"to the FreeBSD tree. Git worktrees are thus quite small and fast and the " -"preferred method to use. Make sure that whatever directory you choose below " -"(the `../mtree`) does not currently exist." +". All the right files, and none of the wrong ones, were merged into contrib/glorbnitz.\n" +". No other changes are in the tree.\n" +". The commit messages look <>. It should contain a summary of what's changed since the last merge to the FreeBSD main line and any caveats.\n" +". UPDATING should be updated if there is anything of note, such as user visible changes, important upgrade concerns, etc.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git worktree add ../mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree\n" +msgid "" +"[NOTE]\n" +"====\n" +"This hasn't connected `glorbnitz` to the build yet.\n" +"How so do that is specific to the software being imported and is beyond the scope of this tutorial.\n" +"====\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1388 +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1363 #, no-wrap -msgid "Update the Sources in the Vendor Branch" +msgid "Keeping current" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1391 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1369 msgid "" -"Prepare a full, clean tree of the vendor sources. Import everything but " -"merge only what is needed." +"So, time passes. It's time now to update the tree for the latest changes " +"upstream. When you checkout `main` make sure that you have no diffs. It's " +"a lot easier to commit those to a branch (or use `git stash`) before doing " +"the following." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1395 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "" -"This example assumes the NetBSD source is checked out from their GitHub " -"mirror in `~/git/NetBSD`. Note that \"upstream\" might have added or " -"removed files, so we want to make sure deletions are propagated as well. " -"package:net/rsync[] is commonly installed, so I'll use that." +"If you are used to `git pull`, we strongly recommend using the `--ff-only` " +"option, and further setting it as the default option. Alternatively, `git " +"pull --rebase` is useful if you have changes staged in the main branch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1376 +msgid "% git config --global pull.ff only" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1379 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% cd ../mtree\n" -"% rsync -va --del --exclude=\".git\" ~/git/NetBSD/usr.sbin/mtree/ .\n" -"% git add -A\n" -"% git status\n" -"...\n" -"% git diff --staged\n" -"...\n" -"% git commit -m \"Vendor import of NetBSD's mtree at 2020-12-11\"\n" -"[vendor/NetBSD/mtree 8e7aa25fcf1] Vendor import of NetBSD's mtree at 2020-12-11\n" -" 7 files changed, 114 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-)\n" -"% git tag -a vendor/NetBSD/mtree/20201211\n" +msgid "You may need to omit the --global if you want this setting to apply to only this repository.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1413 -msgid "" -"Note: I run the `git diff` and `git status` commands to make sure nothing " -"weird was present. Also I used `-m` to illustrate, but you should compose a " -"proper message in an editor (using a commit message template)." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1385 +msgid "% cd freebsd-src % git checkout main % git pull (--ff-only|--rebase)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1418 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1389 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"It is also important to create an annotated tag using `git tag -a`, " -"otherwise the push will be rejected. Only annotated tags are allowed to be " -"pushed. The annotated tag gives you a chance to enter a commit message. " -"Enter the version you are importing, along with any salient new features or " -"fixes in that version." +"There is a common trap, that the combination command `git pull` will try to perform a merge, which would sometimes creates a merge commit that didn't exist before.\n" +"This can be harder to recover from.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1419 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1391 #, no-wrap -msgid "Updating the FreeBSD Copy" +msgid "The longer form is also recommended.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1422 -msgid "At this point you can push the import to `vendor` into our repo." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1398 +msgid "" +"% cd freebsd-src % git checkout main % git fetch freebsd % git merge --ff-" +"only freebsd/main" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1403 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git push --follow-tags freebsd vendor/NetBSD/mtree\n" +msgid "" +"These commands reset your tree to the main branch, and then update it from where you pulled the tree from originally.\n" +"It's important to switch to `main` before doing this so it moves forward.\n" +"Now, it's time to move the changes forward:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1407 +msgid "% git rebase -i main working" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1414 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"`--follow-tags` tells `git push` to also push tags associated with the " -"locally committed revision." +"This will bring up an interactive screen to change the defaults.\n" +"For now, just exit the editor.\n" +"Everything should just apply.\n" +"If not, then you'll need to resolve the diffs.\n" +"https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/github/using-git/resolving-merge-conflicts-after-a-git-rebase[This github document] can help you navigate this process.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1430 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1416 #, no-wrap -msgid "Updating the FreeBSD source tree" +msgid "[[git-push-upstream]]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Time to push changes upstream" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1419 +msgid "" +"First, ensure that the push URL is properly configured for the upstream " +"repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1423 msgid "" -"Now you need to update the mtree in FreeBSD. The sources live in `contrib/" -"mtree` since it is upstream software." +"% git remote set-url --push freebsd ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1427 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd ../src\n" -"% git subtree merge -P contrib/mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree\n" +"Then, verify that user name and email are configured right.\n" +"We require that they exactly match the passwd entry in FreeBSD cluster.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1429 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1444 -msgid "" -"This would generate a subtree merge commit of `contrib/mtree` against the " -"local `vendor/NetBSD/mtree` branch. If there were conflicts, you would need " -"to fix them before committing. Include details about the changes being " -"merged in the merge commit message." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1433 +msgid "freefall% gen-gitconfig.sh" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1445 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1436 #, no-wrap -msgid "Rebasing your change against latest FreeBSD source tree" +msgid "on freefall.freebsd.org to get a recipe that you can use directly, assuming /usr/local/bin is in the PATH.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1448 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1441 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Because the current policy recommends against using merges, if the upstream " -"FreeBSD `main` moved forward before you get a chance to push, you would have " -"to redo the merge." +"The below command merges the `working` branch into the upstream main line.\n" +"It's important that you curate your changes to be just like you want them in the FreeBSD source repo before doing this.\n" +"This syntax pushes the `working` branch to main, moving the `main` branch forward.\n" +"You will only be able to do this if this results in a linear change to `main` (e.g. no merges).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1451 -msgid "" -"Regular `git rebase` or `git pull --rebase` doesn't know how to rebase a " -"merge commit **as a merge commit**, so instead of that you would have to " -"recreate the commit." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1445 +msgid "% git push freebsd working:main" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If your push is rejected due to losing a commit race, rebase your branch before trying again:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1455 msgid "" -"The easiest way to do this would be to create a side branch with the " -"**contents** of the merged tree:" +"% git checkout working % git fetch freebsd % git rebase freebsd/main % git " +"push freebsd working:main" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1460 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1458 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% cd ../src\n" -"% git fetch freebsd\n" -"% git checkout -b merge_result\n" -"% git merge freebsd/main\n" +msgid "[[git-push-upstream-alt]]\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1458 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Time to push changes upstream (alternative)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1464 msgid "" -"Typically, there would be no merge conflicts here (because developers tend " -"to work on different components). In the worst case scenario, you would " -"still have to resolve merge conflicts, if there was any, but this should be " -"really rare." +"Some people find it easier to merge their changes to their local `main` " +"before pushing to the remote repository. Also, `git arc stage` moves " +"changes from a branch to the local `main` when you need to do a subset of a " +"branch. The instructions are similar to the prior section: [source,shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1466 -msgid "Now, checkout `freebsd/main` again as `new_merge`, and redo the merge:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1468 +msgid "% git checkout main % git merge --ff-only `working` % git push freebsd" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1472 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout -b new_merge freebsd/main\n" -"% git subtree merge -P contrib/mtree vendor/NetBSD/mtree\n" +"If you lose the race, then try again with\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1474 -msgid "Instead of resolving the conflicts, perform this instead:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1475 +msgid "% git pull --rebase % git push freebsd" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1478 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git checkout merge_result .\n" +msgid "" +"These commands will fetch the most recent `freebsd/main` and then rebase the local `main` changes on top of that, which is what you want when you lose the commit race.\n" +"Note: merging vendor branch commits will not work with this technique.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1481 -msgid "" -"Which will overwrite the files with conflicts with the version found in " -"`merge_result`." +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1479 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Finding the Subversion Revision" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1483 msgid "" -"Examine the tree against `merge_result` to make sure that you haven't missed " -"deleted files:" +"You'll need to make sure that you've fetched the notes (see the <> for details). Once you have these, notes will show up in the " +"git log command like so:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 +#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1487 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git diff merge_result\n" +msgid "% git log" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1489 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1490 #, no-wrap -msgid "Pushing the changes" +msgid "If you have a specific version in mind, you can use this construct:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1494 -msgid "" -"Once you are sure that you have a set of deltas you think is good, you can " -"push it to a fork off GitHub or GitLab for others to review. One nice thing " -"about Git is that it allows you to publish rough drafts of your work for " -"others to review. While Phabricator is good for content review, publishing " -"the updated vendor branch and merge commits lets others check the details as " -"they will eventually appear in the repository." +msgid "% git log --grep revision=XXXX" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1496 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1498 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"After review, when you are sure it is a good change, you can push it to the " -"FreeBSD repo:" +"to find the specific revision.\n" +"The hex number after 'commit' is the hash you can use to refer to this commit.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1500 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git push freebsd main\n" +msgid "[[git-faq]]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1500 #, no-wrap -msgid "Creating a new vendor branch" +msgid "Git FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1503 +msgid "" +"This section provides a number of targeted answers to questions that are " +"likely to come up often for users and developers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1509 msgid "" -"There are a number of ways to create a new vendor branch. The recommended " -"way is to create a new repository and then merge that with FreeBSD. If one " -"is importing `glorbnitz` into the FreeBSD tree, release 3.1415. For the " -"sake of simplicity, we will not trim this release. It is a simple user " -"command that puts the nitz device into different magical glorb states and is " -"small enough trimming will not save much." +"[NOTE] ==== We use the common convention of having the origin for the " +"FreeBSD repository being 'freebsd' rather than the default 'origin' to allow " +"people to use that for their own development and to minimize \"whoops\" " +"pushes to the wrong repository. ====" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1510 #, no-wrap -msgid "Create the repo" +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1512 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I track -current and -stable with only one copy of the repository?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1519 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1517 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd /some/where\n" -"% mkdir glorbnitz\n" -"% cd glorbnitz\n" -"% git init\n" -"% git checkout -b vendor/glorbnitz\n" +"**Q:** Although disk space is not a huge issue, it's more efficient to use only one copy of the repository.\n" +"With SVN mirroring, I could checkout multiple trees from the same repository.\n" +"How do I do this with Git?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1522 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1521 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"At this point, you have a new repo, where all new commits will go on the " -"`vendor/glorbnitz` branch." +"**A:** You can use Git worktrees.\n" +"There's a number of ways to do this, but the simplest way is to use a clone to track -current, and a worktree to track stable releases.\n" +"While using a 'bare repository' has been put forward as a way to cope, it's more complicated and will not be documented here.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1524 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Git experts can also do this right in their FreeBSD clone, using `git " -"checkout --orphan vendor/glorbnitz` if they are more comfortable with that." +"First, you need to clone the FreeBSD repository, shown here cloning into `freebsd-current` to reduce confusion.\n" +"$URL is whatever mirror works best for you:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1525 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1528 +msgid "" +"% git clone -o freebsd --config remote.freebsd.fetch='+refs/notes/*:refs/" +"notes/*' $URL freebsd-current" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1531 #, no-wrap -msgid "Copy the sources in" +msgid "then once that's cloned, you can simply create a worktree from it:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1529 -msgid "" -"Since this is a new import, you can just cp the sources in, or use tar or " -"even rsync as shown above. And we will add everything, assuming no dot " -"files." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1536 +msgid "% cd freebsd-current % git worktree add ../freebsd-stable-12 stable/12" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1540 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cp -r ~/glorbnitz/* .\n" -"% git add *\n" +"this will checkout `stable/12` into a directory named `freebsd-stable-12` that's a peer to the `freebsd-current` directory.\n" +"Once created, it's updated very similarly to how you might expect:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1537 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1550 msgid "" -"At this point, you should have a pristine copy of glorbnitz ready to commit." +"% cd freebsd-current % git checkout main % git pull --ff-only # changes from " +"upstream now local and current tree updated % cd ../freebsd-stable-12 % git " +"merge --ff-only freebsd/stable/12 # now your stable/12 is up to date too" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1553 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git commit -m \"Import GlorbNitz frobnosticator revision 3.1415\"\n" +msgid "I recommend using `--ff-only` because it's safer and you avoid accidentally getting into a 'merge nightmare' where you have an extra change in your tree, forcing a complicated merge rather than a simple one.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1545 -msgid "" -"As above, I used `-m` for simplicity, but you should likely create a commit " -"message that explains what a Glorb is and why you'd use a Nitz to get it. " -"Not everybody will know so, for your actual commit, you should follow the " -"<> section instead of emulating the " -"brief style used here." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1555 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Here's https://adventurist.me/posts/00296[a good writeup] that goes into more detail.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1556 #, no-wrap -msgid "Now import it into our repository" +msgid "Developers" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1549 -msgid "Now you need to import the branch into our repository." +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1558 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ooops! I committed to `main` instead of a branch." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1561 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% cd /path/to/freebsd/repo/src\n" -"% git remote add glorbnitz /some/where/glorbnitz\n" -"% git fetch glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz\n" -msgstr "" - -#. perhaps the real treasure was the friends it made along the way... -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1559 -msgid "" -"Note the vendor/glorbnitz branch is in the repo. At this point the `/some/" -"where/glorbnitz` can be deleted, if you like. It was only a means to an end." +msgid "**Q:** From time to time, I goof up and commit to main instead of to a branch. What do I do?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1561 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1563 #, no-wrap -msgid "Tag and push" +msgid "**A:** First, don't panic.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1564 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1567 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Steps from here on out are much the same as they are in the case of updating " -"a vendor branch, though without the updating the vendor branch step." +"Second, don't push.\n" +"In fact, you can fix almost anything if you haven't pushed.\n" +"All the answers in this section assume no push has happened.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1569 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git worktree add ../glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz\n" -"% cd ../glorbnitz\n" -"% git tag --annotate vendor/glorbnitz/3.1415\n" -"# Make sure the commit is good with \"git show\"\n" -"% git push --follow-tags freebsd vendor/glorbnitz\n" +msgid "The following answer assumes you committed to `main` and want to create a branch called `issue`:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1575 -msgid "By 'good' we mean:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"% git branch issue # Create the 'issue' branch\n" +"% git reset --hard freebsd/main # Reset 'main' back to the official tip\n" +"% git checkout issue # Back to where you were\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ===== #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1577 -msgid "All the right files are present" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1578 -msgid "None of the wrong files are present" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1579 -msgid "The vendor branch points at something sensible" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1580 -msgid "The tag looks good, and is annotated" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ooops! I committed something to the wrong branch!" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1581 -msgid "" -"The commit message for the tag has a quick summary of what's new since the " -"last tag" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1582 #, no-wrap -msgid "Time to finally merge it into the base tree" +msgid "" +"**Q:** I was working on feature on the `wilma` branch, but accidentally committed a change relevant to the `fred` branch in 'wilma'.\n" +"What do I do?\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1591 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1585 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd ../src\n" -"% git subtree add -P contrib/glorbnitz vendor/glorbnitz\n" -"# Make sure the commit is good with \"git show\"\n" -"% git commit --amend # one last sanity check on commit message\n" -"% git push freebsd\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1594 -msgid "Here 'good' means:" +"**A:** The answer is similar to the previous one, but with cherry picking.\n" +"This assumes there's only one commit on wilma, but will generalize to more complicated situations.\n" +"It also assumes that it's the last commit on wilma (hence using wilma in the `git cherry-pick` command), but that too can be generalized.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" -"All the right files, and none of the wrong ones, were merged into contrib/" -"glorbnitz." +"# We're on branch wilma % git checkout fred\t\t# move to fred branch % git " +"cherry-pick wilma\t\t# copy the misplaced commit % git checkout wilma\t\t# " +"go back to wilma branch % git reset --hard HEAD^\t# move what wilma refers " +"to back 1 commit" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1597 -msgid "No other changes are in the tree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1598 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"The commit messages look <>. It should contain a " -"summary of what's changed since the last merge to the FreeBSD main line and " -"any caveats." +"Git experts would first rewind the wilma branch by 1 commit, switch over to fred and then use `git reflog` to see what that 1 deleted commit was and\n" +"cherry-pick it over.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1599 -msgid "" -"UPDATING should be updated if there is anything of note, such as user " -"visible changes, important upgrade concerns, etc." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Q:** But what if I want to commit a few changes to `main`, but keep the rest in `wilma` for some reason?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1604 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1605 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"This hasn't connected `glorbnitz` to the build yet. How so do that is " -"specific to the software being imported and is beyond the scope of this " -"tutorial." +"**A:** The same technique above also works if you are wanting to 'land' parts of the branch you are working on into `main` before the rest of the branch is ready (say you noticed an unrelated typo, or fixed an incidental bug).\n" +"You can cherry pick those changes into main, then push to the parent repository.\n" +"Once you've done that, cleanup couldn't be simpler: just `git rebase -i`.\n" +"Git will notice you've done this and skip the common changes automatically (even if you had to change the commit message or tweak the commit slightly).\n" +"There's no need to switch back to wilma to adjust it: just rebase!\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1606 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1607 #, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD Src Committer Transition Guide" +msgid "**Q:** I want to split off some changes from branch `wilma` into branch `fred`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1609 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1613 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"This section is designed to walk people through the conversion process from " -"Subversion to Git, written from the source committer's point of view." +"**A:** The more general answer would be the same as the previous.\n" +"You'd checkout/create the `fred` branch, cherry pick the changes you want from `wilma` one at a time, then rebase `wilma` to remove those changes you cherry picked.\n" +"`git rebase -i main wilma` will toss you into an editor, and remove the `pick` lines that correspond to the commits you copied to `fred`.\n" +"If all goes well, and there are no conflicts, you're done.\n" +"If not, you'll need to resolve the conflicts as you go.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1610 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1618 #, no-wrap -msgid "Migrating from a Subversion tree" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1614 msgid "" -"This section will cover a couple of common scenarios for migrating from " -"using the FreeBSD Subversion repo to the FreeBSD source Git repo. The " -"FreeBSD Git conversion is still in beta status, so some minor things may " -"change between this and going into production." +"The other way to do this would be to checkout `wilma` and then create the branch `fred` to point to the same point in the tree.\n" +"You can then `git rebase -i` both these branches, selecting the changes you want in `fred` or `wilma` by retaining the pick likes, and deleting the rest from the editor.\n" +"Some people would create a tag/branch called `pre-split` before starting in case something goes wrong in the split.\n" +"You can undo it with the following sequence:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "" -"The first thing to do is install Git. Any version of Git will do, though the " -"latest one in ports / packages generally will be good. Either build it from " -"ports, or install it using pkg (though some folks might use `su` or `doas` " -"instead of `sudo`):" +"% git checkout pre-split\t# Go back % git branch -D fred\t\t# delete the " +"fred branch % git checkout -B wilma\t\t# reset the wilma branch % git branch " +"-d pre-split\t# Pretend it didn't happen" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1621 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% sudo pkg install git\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1623 -#, no-wrap -msgid "No staged changes migration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1629 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"If you have no changes pending, the migration is straightforward. In this, " -"you abandon the Subversion tree and clone the Git repository. It's likely " -"best to retain your Subversion tree, in case there's something you've " -"forgotten about there. First, let's clone the repository:" +"The last step is optional.\n" +"If you are going to try again to split, you'd omit it.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git clone -o freebsd --config remote.freebsd.fetch='+refs/notes/*:refs/notes/*' https://git.freebsd.org/src.git freebsd-src\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1641 msgid "" -"will create a clone of the FreeBSD src repository into a subdirectory called " -"`freebsd-src` and include the 'notes' about the revisions. We are currently " -"mirroring the source repository to https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src." -"git as well. https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-legacy.git has the old " -"GitHub mirror with the old hashes should you need that for your migration. " -"The GitHub `master` branch has been frozen. As the default in Git has " -"changed, we've shifted from `master` to `main`; the new repository uses " -"`main`. We also mirror the repository to GitLab at https://gitlab.com/" -"FreeBSD/src.git ." +"**Q:** But I did things as I read along and didn't see your advice at the end to create a branch, and now `fred` and `wilma` are all screwed up.\n" +"How do I find what `wilma` was before I started.\n" +"I don't know how many times I moved things around.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1646 -msgid "" -"It's useful to have the old Subversion revisions available. This data is " -"stored using Git notes, but Git doesn't fetch those by default. The --" -"config and the argument above changed the default to fetch the notes. If " -"you've cloned the repository without this, or wish to add notes to a " -"previously cloned repository, use the following commands:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1635 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**A:** All is not lost. You can figure out it, so long as it hasn't been too long, or too many commits (hundreds).\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1639 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git config --add remote.freebsd.fetch \"+refs/notes/*:refs/notes/*\"\n" -"% git fetch\n" +"So I created a wilma branch and committed a couple of things to it, then decided I wanted to split it into fred and wilma.\n" +"Nothing weird happened when I did that, but let's say it did.\n" +"The way to look at what you've done is with the `git reflog`:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1654 msgid "" -"At this point you have the src checked out into a Git tree, ready to do " -"other things." +"% git reflog 6ff9c25 (HEAD -> wilma) HEAD@{0}: rebase -i (finish): returning " +"to refs/heads/wilma 6ff9c25 (HEAD -> wilma) HEAD@{1}: rebase -i (start): " +"checkout main 869cbd3 HEAD@{2}: rebase -i (start): checkout wilma a6a5094 " +"(fred) HEAD@{3}: rebase -i (finish): returning to refs/heads/fred a6a5094 " +"(fred) HEAD@{4}: rebase -i (pick): Encourage contributions 1ccd109 (freebsd/" +"main, main) HEAD@{5}: rebase -i (start): checkout main 869cbd3 HEAD@{6}: " +"rebase -i (start): checkout fred 869cbd3 HEAD@{7}: checkout: moving from " +"wilma to fred 869cbd3 HEAD@{8}: commit: Encourage contributions ... %" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1655 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1662 #, no-wrap -msgid "But I have changes that I've not committed" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1658 msgid "" -"If you are migrating from a tree that has changes you've not yet committed " -"to FreeBSD, you'll need to follow the steps from the previous section first, " -"and then follow these." +"Here we see the changes I've made.\n" +"You can use it to figure out where things went wrong.\n" +"I'll just point out a few things here.\n" +"The first one is that HEAD@{X} is a 'commitish' thing, so you can use that as an argument to a command.\n" +"Although if that command commits anything to the repository, the X numbers change.\n" +"You can also use the hash (first column).\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1665 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1670 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd path-to-svn-checkout-tree\n" -"% svn diff > /tmp/src.diff\n" -"% cd _mumble_/freebsd-src\n" -"% git checkout -b working\n" +"Next, 'Encourage contributions' was the last commit I made to `wilma` before I decided to split things up.\n" +"You can also see the same hash is there when I created the `fred` branch to do that.\n" +"I started by rebasing `fred` and you see the 'start', each step, and the 'finish' for that process.\n" +"While we don't need it here, you can figure out exactly what happened.\n" +"Fortunately, to fix this, you can follow the prior answer's steps, but with the hash `869cbd3` instead of `pre-split`.\n" +"While that seems a bit verbose, it's easy to remember since you're doing one thing at a time.\n" +"You can also stack:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1669 -msgid "" -"This will create a diff of your current changes. The last command creates a " -"branch called `working` though you can call it whatever you want." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1675 +msgid "% git checkout -B wilma 869cbd3 % git branch -D fred" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1673 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1682 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git apply /tmp/src.diff\n" +msgid "" +"and you are ready to try again.\n" +"The 'checkout -B' with the hash combines checking out and creating a branch for it.\n" +"The -B instead of -b forces the movement of a pre-existing branch.\n" +"Either way works, which is what's great (and awful) about Git.\n" +"One reason I tend to use `git checkout -B xxxx hash` instead of checking out the hash, and then creating / moving the branch is purely to avoid the slightly distressing message about detached heads:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1677 -msgid "" -"this will apply all your pending changes to the working tree. This doesn't " -"commit the change, so you'll need to make this permanent:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1688 +msgid "% git checkout 869cbd3 M\tfaq.md Note: checking out '869cbd3'." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1682 -#, no-wrap +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1692 msgid "" -"% git add _files_\n" -"% git commit\n" +"You are in 'detached HEAD' state. You can look around, make experimental " +"changes and commit them, and you can discard any commits you make in this " +"state without impacting any branches by performing another checkout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1687 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1695 msgid "" -"The last command will commit these changes to the branch. The editor will " -"prompt you for a commit message. Enter one as if you were committing to " -"FreeBSD." +"If you want to create a new branch to retain commits you create, you may do " +"so (now or later) by using -b with the checkout command again. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1689 -msgid "At this point, your work is preserved, and in the Git repository." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1700 +msgid "HEAD is now at 869cbd3 Encourage contributions % git checkout -B wilma" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1703 +#, no-wrap +msgid "this produces the same effect, but I have to read a lot more and severed heads aren't an image I like to contemplate.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1704 #, no-wrap -msgid "Keeping current" +msgid "Ooops! I did a `git pull` and it created a merge commit, what do I do?" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1696 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1708 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"So, time passes. It's time now to update the tree for the latest changes " -"upstream. When you checkout `main` make sure that you have no diffs. It's " -"a lot easier to commit those to a branch (or use `git stash`) before doing " -"the following." +"**Q:** I was on autopilot and did a `git pull` for my development tree and that created a merge commit on the mainline.\n" +"How do I recover?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1699 -msgid "" -"If you are used to `git pull`, we strongly recommend using the `--ff-only` " -"option, and further setting it as the default option. Alternatively, `git " -"pull --rebase` is useful if you have changes staged in the main branch." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1710 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**A:** This can happen when you invoke the pull with your development branch checked out.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1713 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git config --global pull.ff only\n" +msgid "" +"Right after the pull, you will have the new merge commit checked out.\n" +"Git supports a `HEAD^#` syntax to examine the parents of a merge commit:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1718 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"You may need to omit the --global if you want this setting to apply to only " -"this repository." +"git log --oneline HEAD^1 # Look at the first parent's commits\n" +"git log --oneline HEAD^2 # Look at the second parent's commits\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1722 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd freebsd-src\n" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git pull (--ff-only|--rebase)\n" +"From those logs, you can easily identify which commit is your development work.\n" +"Then you simply reset your branch to the corresponding `HEAD^#`:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1716 -msgid "" -"There is a common trap, that the combination command `git pull` will try to " -"perform a merge, which would sometimes creates a merge commit that didn't " -"exist before. This can be harder to recover from." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1726 +msgid "git reset --hard HEAD^2" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1718 -msgid "The longer form is also recommended." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1729 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Q:** But I also need to fix my `main` branch. How do I do that?\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1732 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% cd freebsd-src\n" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git fetch freebsd\n" -"% git merge --ff-only freebsd/main\n" +"**A:** Git keeps track of the remote repository branches in a `freebsd/` namespace.\n" +"To fix your `main` branch, just make it point to the remote's `main`:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1730 -msgid "" -"These commands reset your tree to the main branch, and then update it from " -"where you pulled the tree from originally. It's important to switch to " -"`main` before doing this so it moves forward. Now, it's time to move the " -"changes forward:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1736 +msgid "git branch -f main freebsd/main" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1734 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git rebase -i main working\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1741 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"This will bring up an interactive screen to change the defaults. For now, " -"just exit the editor. Everything should just apply. If not, then you'll " -"need to resolve the diffs. https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/" -"github/using-git/resolving-merge-conflicts-after-a-git-rebase[This github " -"document] can help you navigate this process." +"There's nothing magical about branches in Git: they are just labels on a graph that are automatically moved forward by making commits.\n" +"So the above works because you're just moving a label.\n" +"There's no metadata about the branch that needs to be preserved due to this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1742 #, no-wrap -msgid "Time to push changes upstream" +msgid "Mixing and matching branches" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1746 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"First, ensure that the push URL is properly configured for the upstream " -"repository." +"**Q:** So I have two branches `worker` and `async` that I'd like to combine into one branch called `feature`\n" +"while maintaining the commits in both.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1750 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1748 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git remote set-url --push freebsd ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git\n" +msgid "**A:** This is a job for cherry pick.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1754 msgid "" -"Then, verify that user name and email are configured right. We require that " -"they exactly match the passwd entry in FreeBSD cluster." +"% git checkout worker % git checkout -b feature\t# create a new branch % git " +"cherry-pick main..async\t# bring in the changes" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1756 -msgid "Use" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1759 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"You now have a new branch called `feature`.\n" +"This branch combines commits from both branches.\n" +"You can further curate it with `git rebase`.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1761 #, no-wrap -msgid "freefall% gen-gitconfig.sh\n" +msgid "**Q:** I have a branch called `driver` and I'd like to break it up into `kernel` and `userland` so I can evolve them separately and commit each branch as it becomes ready.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1763 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1764 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"on freefall.freebsd.org to get a recipe that you can use directly, assuming /" -"usr/local/bin is in the PATH." +"**A:** This takes a little bit of prep work, but `git rebase` will do the heavy\n" +"lifting here.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "" -"The below command merges the `working` branch into the upstream main line. " -"It's important that you curate your changes to be just like you want them in " -"the FreeBSD source repo before doing this. This syntax pushes the `working` " -"branch to main, moving the `main` branch forward. You will only be able to " -"do this if this results in a linear change to `main` (e.g. no merges)." +"% git checkout driver\t\t# Checkout the driver % git checkout -b kernel\t# " +"Create kernel branch % git checkout -b userland\t# Create userland branch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1775 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git push freebsd working:main\n" +msgid "" +"Now you have two identical branches.\n" +"So, it's time to separate out the commits.\n" +"We'll assume first that all the commits in `driver` go into either the `kernel` or the `userland` branch, but not both.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1775 -msgid "" -"If your push is rejected due to losing a commit race, rebase your branch " -"before trying again:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1779 +msgid "% git rebase -i main kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1782 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout working\n" -"% git fetch freebsd\n" -"% git rebase freebsd/main\n" -"% git push freebsd working:main\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1785 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Time to push changes upstream (alternative)" +msgid "and just include the changes you want (with a 'p' or 'pick' line) and just delete the commits you don't (this sounds scary, but if worse comes to worse, you can throw this all away and start over with the `driver` branch since you've not yet moved it).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1790 -msgid "" -"Some people find it easier to merge their changes to their local `main` " -"before pushing to the remote repository. Also, `git arc stage` moves " -"changes from a branch to the local `main` when you need to do a subset of a " -"branch. The instructions are similar to the prior section:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1786 +msgid "% git rebase -i main userland" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1789 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git merge --ff-only `working`\n" -"% git push freebsd\n" +msgid "and do the same thing you did with the `kernel` branch.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1798 -msgid "If you lose the race, then try again with" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1792 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Q:** Oh great! I followed the above and forgot a commit in the `kernel` branch.\n" +"How do I recover?\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1795 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git pull --rebase\n" -"% git push freebsd\n" +"**A:** You can use the `driver` branch to find the hash of the commit is missing and\n" +"cherry pick it.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1805 -msgid "" -"These commands will fetch the most recent `freebsd/main` and then rebase the " -"local `main` changes on top of that, which is what you want when you lose " -"the commit race. Note: merging vendor branch commits will not work with " -"this technique." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1801 +msgid "% git checkout kernel % git log driver % git cherry-pick $HASH" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1806 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1807 #, no-wrap -msgid "Finding the Subversion Revision" +msgid "" +"**Q:** OK. I have the same situation as the above, but my commits are all mixed up.\n" +"I need parts of one commit to go to one branch and the rest to go to the other.\n" +"In fact, I have several.\n" +"Your rebase method to select sounds tricky.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1810 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"You'll need to make sure that you've fetched the notes (see the `No staged " -"changes migration` section above for details. Once you have these, notes " -"will show up in the git log command like so:" +"**A:** In this situation, you'd be better off to curate the original branch to separate\n" +"out the commits, and then use the above method to split the branch.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1814 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1815 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git log\n" +msgid "" +"So let's assume that there's just one commit with a clean tree.\n" +"You can either use `git rebase` with an `edit` line, or you can use this with the commit on the tip.\n" +"The steps are the same either way.\n" +"The first thing we need to do is to back up one commit while leaving the changes uncommitted in the tree:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1817 -msgid "If you have a specific version in mind, you can use this construct:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1819 +msgid "% git reset HEAD^" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1822 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git log --grep revision=XXXX\n" +msgid "Note: Do not, repeat do not, add `--hard` here since that also removes the changes from your tree.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1825 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1826 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"to find the specific revision. The hex number after 'commit' is the hash " -"you can use to refer to this commit." +"Now, if you are lucky, the change needing to be split up falls entirely along file lines.\n" +"In that case you can just do the usual `git add` for the files in each group than do a `git commit`.\n" +"Note: when you do this, you'll lose the commit message when you do the reset, so if you need it for some reason, you should save a copy (though `git log $HASH` can recover it).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1826 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1829 #, no-wrap -msgid "Migrating from GitHub fork" +msgid "" +"If you are not lucky, you'll need to split apart files.\n" +"There's another tool to do that which you can apply one file at a time.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1832 -msgid "" -"Note: as of this writing, https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src is " -"mirroring all official branches, along with a `master` branch which is the " -"legacy svn2git result. The `master` branch will not be updated anymore, and " -"the link:https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src/commit/" -"de1aa3dab23c06fec962a14da3e7b4755c5880cf[last commit] contains the " -"instructions for migrating to the new `main` branch. We'll retain the " -"`master` branch for a certain time, but in the future it will only be kept " -"in the link:https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-legacy[freebsd-legacy] " -"repository. In addition, link:https://github.com/freebsd/git_conv/wiki/" -"Migrating-merge-based-project-from-legacy-git-tree[this article] has an " -"earlier version of the last commit instructions that may be helpful." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1833 +msgid "git add -i foo/bar.c" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1836 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1839 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"When migrating branches from a GitHub fork from the old GitHub mirror to the " -"official repo, the process is straight forward. This assumes that you have " -"a `freebsd` upstream pointing to GitHub, adjust if necessary. This also " -"assumes a clean tree before starting..." +"will step through the diffs, prompting you, one at time, whether to include or exclude the hunk.\n" +"Once you're done, `git commit` and you'll have the remainder in your tree.\n" +"You can run it multiple times as well, and even over multiple files (though I find it easier to do one file at a time\n" +"and use the `git rebase -i` to fold the related commits together).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1837 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap -msgid "Add the new `freebsd` upstream repository:" +msgid "Cloning and Mirroring" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1843 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git remote add freebsd https://git.freebsd.org/src.git\n" -"% git fetch freebsd\n" -"% git checkout --track freebsd/main\n" +msgid "**Q:** I'd like to mirror the entire Git repository, how do I do that?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1846 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1845 #, no-wrap -msgid "Rebase all your WIP branches." +msgid "**A:** If all you want to do is mirror, then\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1849 -msgid "" -"For each branch FOO, do the following after fetching the `freebsd` sources " -"and creating a local `main` branch with the above checkout:" +msgid "% git clone --mirror $URL" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1853 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git rebase -i freebsd/master FOO --onto main\n" +msgid "" +"will do the trick.\n" +"However, there are two disadvantages to this if you want to use it for anything other than a mirror you'll reclone.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1857 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"And you'll now be tracking the official repository. You can then follow the " -"`Keeping Current` section above to stay up to date." +"First, this is a 'bare repository' which has the repository database, but no checked out worktree.\n" +"This is great for mirroring, but terrible for day to day work.\n" +"There's a number of ways around this with 'git worktree':\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1865 msgid "" -"If you need to then commit work to FreeBSD, you can do so following the " -"`Time to push changes upstream` instructions. You'll need to do the " -"following once to update the push URL if you are a FreeBSD committer:" +"% git clone --mirror https://git.freebsd.org/ports.git ports.git % cd ports." +"git % git worktree add ../ports main % git worktree add ../quarterly " +"branches/2020Q4 % cd ../ports" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1867 -msgid "" -"(Note that gitrepo.freebsd.org now points to the same addresses as repo." -"freebsd.org.)" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1868 +#, no-wrap +msgid "But if you aren't using your mirror for further local clones, then it's a poor match.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1870 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1871 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"You will also need to add `freebsd` as the location to push to. The author " -"recommends that your upstream GitHub repository remain the default push " -"location so that you only push things into FreeBSD you intend to by making " -"it explicit." +"The second disadvantage is that Git normally rewrites the refs (branch name, tags, etc) from upstream so that your local refs can evolve independently of upstream.\n" +"This means that you'll lose changes if you are committing to this repository on anything other than private project branches.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1872 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1873 #, no-wrap -msgid "Git FAQ" +msgid "**Q:** So what can I do instead?\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1875 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1876 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"This section provides a number of targeted answers to questions that are " -"likely to come up often for users and developers." +"**A:** Well, you can stuff all of the upstream repository's refs into a private namespace in your local repository.\n" +"Git clones everything via a 'refspec' and the default refspec is:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 +#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1880 -msgid "" -"We use the common convention of having the origin for the FreeBSD repository " -"being 'freebsd' rather than the default 'origin' to allow people to use that " -"for their own development and to minimize \"whoops\" pushes to the wrong " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1882 #, no-wrap -msgid "Users" +msgid " fetch = +refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/freebsd/*\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1884 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1883 #, no-wrap -msgid "How do I track -current and -stable with only one copy of the repository?" +msgid "which says just fetch the branch refs.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1889 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1887 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**Q:** Although disk space is not a huge issue, it's more efficient to use only one copy of the repository.\n" -"With SVN mirroring, I could checkout multiple trees from the same repository.\n" -"How do I do this with Git?\n" +"However, the FreeBSD repository has a number of other things in it.\n" +"To see those, you can add explicit refspecs for each ref namespace, or you can fetch everything.\n" +"To setup your repository to do that:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1893 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**A:** You can use Git worktrees.\n" -"There's a number of ways to do this, but the simplest way is to use a clone to track -current, and a worktree to track stable releases.\n" -"While using a 'bare repository' has been put forward as a way to cope, it's more complicated and will not be documented here.\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1891 +msgid "git config --add remote.freebsd.fetch '+refs/*:refs/freebsd/*'" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1896 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1895 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"First, you need to clone the FreeBSD repository, shown here cloning into " -"`freebsd-current` to reduce confusion. $URL is whatever mirror works best " -"for you:" +"which will put everything in the upstream repository into your local repository's 'refs/freebsd/' namespace.\n" +"Please note, that this also grabs all the unconverted vendor branches and the number of refs associated with them is quite large.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1897 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git clone -o freebsd --config remote.freebsd.fetch='+refs/notes/*:refs/notes/*' $URL freebsd-current\n" +msgid "You'll need to refer to these 'refs' with their full name because they aren't in and of Git's regular namespaces.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1903 -msgid "then once that's cloned, you can simply create a worktree from it:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1901 +msgid "git log refs/freebsd/vendor/zlib/1.2.10" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% cd freebsd-current\n" -"% git worktree add ../freebsd-stable-12 stable/12\n" +msgid "would look at the log for the vendor branch for zlib starting at 1.2.10.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1912 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1905 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Collaborating with others" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1909 msgid "" -"this will checkout `stable/12` into a directory named `freebsd-stable-12` " -"that's a peer to the `freebsd-current` directory. Once created, it's " -"updated very similarly to how you might expect:" +"One of the keys to good software development on a project as large as " +"FreeBSD is the ability to collaborate with others before you push your " +"changes to the tree. The FreeBSD project's Git repositories do not, yet, " +"allow user-created branches to be pushed to the repository, and therefore if " +"you wish to share your changes with others you must use another mechanism, " +"such as a hosted GitLab or GitHub, in order to share changes in a user-" +"generated branch." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1922 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1911 msgid "" -"% cd freebsd-current\n" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git pull --ff-only\n" -"# changes from upstream now local and current tree updated\n" -"% cd ../freebsd-stable-12\n" -"% git merge --ff-only freebsd/stable/12\n" -"# now your stable/12 is up to date too\n" +"The following instructions show how to set up a user-generated branch, based " +"on the FreeBSD main branch, and push it to GitHub." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1925 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" -"I recommend using `--ff-only` because it's safer and you avoid accidentally " -"getting into a 'merge nightmare' where you have an extra change in your " -"tree, forcing a complicated merge rather than a simple one." +"Before you begin, make sure that your local Git repo is up to date and has " +"the correct origins set <>" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1927 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "" -"Here's https://adventurist.me/posts/00296[a good writeup] that goes into " -"more detail." +"[source,shell] ```` % git remote -v freebsd https://git.freebsd.org/src.git " +"(fetch) freebsd ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push) ````" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1928 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Developers" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1923 +msgid "" +"The first step is to create a fork of https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-" +"src[FreeBSD] on GitHub following these https://docs.github.com/en/github/" +"getting-started-with-github/fork-a-repo[guidelines]. The destination of the " +"fork should be your own, personal, GitHub account (gvnn3 in my case)." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1930 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Ooops! I committed to `main` instead of a branch." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1926 +msgid "" +"Now add a remote on your local system that points to your fork: [source," +"shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1933 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** From time to time, I goof up and commit to main instead of to a branch. What do I do?\n" +msgid "" +"% git remote add github git@github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git % git remote -v " +"github\tgit@github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git (fetch) github\tgit@github.com:" +"gvnn3/freebsd-src.git (push) freebsd\thttps://git.freebsd.org/src.git " +"(fetch) freebsd\tssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1935 #, no-wrap -msgid "**A:** First, don't panic.\n" +msgid "With this in place you can create a branch <>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1939 +msgid "% git checkout -b gnn-pr2001-fix" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1943 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Second, don't push. In fact, you can fix almost anything if you haven't " -"pushed. All the answers in this section assume no push has happened." +"Make whatever modifications you wish in your branch. Build, test, and once you're ready to collaborate with others it's time to push your changes into your hosted branch.\n" +"Before you can push you'll have to set the appropriate upstream, as Git will tell you the first time you try to push to your +github+ remote:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "" -"The following answer assumes you committed to `main` and want to create a " -"branch called `issue`:" +"% git push github fatal: The current branch gnn-pr2001-fix has no upstream " +"branch. To push the current branch and set the remote as upstream, use" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1947 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1951 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git branch issue # Create the 'issue' branch\n" -"% git reset --hard freebsd/main # Reset 'main' back to the official tip\n" -"% git checkout issue # Back to where you were\n" +msgid " git push --set-upstream github gnn-pr2001-fix\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1949 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1954 #, no-wrap -msgid "Ooops! I committed something to the wrong branch!" +msgid "Setting the push as +git+ advises allows it to succeed:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1970 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**Q:** I was working on feature on the `wilma` branch, but accidentally committed a change relevant to the `fred` branch in 'wilma'.\n" -"What do I do?\n" +"% git push --set-upstream github gnn-feature\n" +"Enumerating objects: 20486, done.\n" +"Counting objects: 100% (20486/20486), done.\n" +"Delta compression using up to 8 threads\n" +"Compressing objects: 100% (12202/12202), done.\n" +"Writing objects: 100% (20180/20180), 56.25 MiB | 13.15 MiB/s, done.\n" +"Total 20180 (delta 11316), reused 12972 (delta 7770), pack-reused 0\n" +"remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (11316/11316), completed with 247 local objects.\n" +"remote:\n" +"remote: Create a pull request for 'gnn-feature' on GitHub by visiting:\n" +"remote: https://github.com/gvnn3/freebsd-src/pull/new/gnn-feature\n" +"remote:\n" +"To github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**A:** The answer is similar to the previous one, but with cherry picking.\n" -"This assumes there's only one commit on wilma, but will generalize to more complicated situations.\n" -"It also assumes that it's the last commit on wilma (hence using wilma in the `git cherry-pick` command), but that too can be generalized.\n" +"[new branch] gnn-feature -> gnn-feature\n" +"Branch 'gnn-feature' set up to track remote branch 'gnn-feature' from 'github'.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1975 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# We're on branch wilma\n" -"% git checkout fred\t\t# move to fred branch\n" -"% git cherry-pick wilma\t\t# copy the misplaced commit\n" -"% git checkout wilma\t\t# go back to wilma branch\n" -"% git reset --hard HEAD^\t# move what wilma refers to back 1 commit\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1969 -msgid "" -"Git experts would first rewind the wilma branch by 1 commit, switch over to " -"fred and then use `git reflog` to see what that 1 deleted commit was and " -"cherry-pick it over." +msgid "Subsequent changes to the same branch will push correctly by default:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1971 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1988 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** But what if I want to commit a few changes to `main`, but keep the rest in `wilma` for some reason?\n" +msgid "" +"% git push\n" +"Enumerating objects: 4, done.\n" +"Counting objects: 100% (4/4), done.\n" +"Delta compression using up to 8 threads\n" +"Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.\n" +"Writing objects: 100% (3/3), 314 bytes | 1024 bytes/s, done.\n" +"Total 3 (delta 1), reused 1 (delta 0), pack-reused 0\n" +"remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local object.\n" +"To github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git\n" +" 9e5243d7b659..cf6aeb8d7dda gnn-feature -> gnn-feature\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1977 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1992 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**A:** The same technique above also works if you are wanting to 'land' parts of the branch you are working on into `main` before the rest of the branch is ready (say you noticed an unrelated typo, or fixed an incidental bug).\n" -"You can cherry pick those changes into main, then push to the parent repository.\n" -"Once you've done that, cleanup couldn't be simpler: just `git rebase -i`.\n" -"Git will notice you've done this and skip the common changes automatically (even if you had to change the commit message or tweak the commit slightly).\n" -"There's no need to switch back to wilma to adjust it: just rebase!\n" +"At this point your work is now in your branch on +GitHub+ and you can\n" +"share the link with other collaborators.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1979 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1994 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** I want to split off some changes from branch `wilma` into branch `fred`\n" +msgid "[[github-pull-land]]\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1985 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1994 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**A:** The more general answer would be the same as the previous.\n" -"You'd checkout/create the `fred` branch, cherry pick the changes you want from `wilma` one at a time, then rebase `wilma` to remove those changes you cherry picked.\n" -"`git rebase -i main wilma` will toss you into an editor, and remove the `pick` lines that correspond to the commits you copied to `fred`.\n" -"If all goes well, and there are no conflicts, you're done.\n" -"If not, you'll need to resolve the conflicts as you go.\n" +msgid "Landing a github pull request" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1990 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1999 msgid "" -"The other way to do this would be to checkout `wilma` and then create the " -"branch `fred` to point to the same point in the tree. You can then `git " -"rebase -i` both these branches, selecting the changes you want in `fred` or " -"`wilma` by retaining the pick likes, and deleting the rest from the editor. " -"Some people would create a tag/branch called `pre-split` before starting in " -"case something goes wrong in the split. You can undo it with the following " -"sequence:" +"This section documents how to land a GitHub pull request that's submitted " +"against the FreeBSD Git mirrors at GitHub. While this is not an official " +"way to submit patches at this time, sometimes good fixes come in this way " +"and it is easiest just to bring them into a committer's tree and have them " +"pushed into the FreeBSD's tree from there. Similar steps can be used to " +"pull branches from other repositories and land those. When committing pull " +"requests from others, one should take extra care to examine all the changes " +"to ensure they are exactly as represented." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:1997 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2003 msgid "" -"% git checkout pre-split\t# Go back\n" -"% git branch -D fred\t\t# delete the fred branch\n" -"% git checkout -B wilma\t\t# reset the wilma branch\n" -"% git branch -d pre-split\t# Pretend it didn't happen\n" +"Before beginning, make sure that the local Git repo is up to date and has " +"the correct origins set <> In addition, " +"make sure to have the following origins: [source,shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2001 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2009 msgid "" -"The last step is optional. If you are going to try again to split, you'd " -"omit it." +"% git remote -v freebsd https://git.freebsd.org/src.git (fetch) freebsd " +"ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push) github https://github.com/" +"freebsd/freebsd-src (fetch) github https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src " +"(fetch)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2005 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2029 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**Q:** But I did things as I read along and didn't see your advice at the end to create a branch, and now `fred` and `wilma` are all screwed up.\n" -"How do I find what `wilma` was before I started.\n" -"I don't know how many times I moved things around.\n" +"Often pull requests are simple: requests that contain only a single commit.\n" +"In this case, a streamlined approach may be used, though the approach in the prior section will also work.\n" +"Here, a branch is created, the change is cherry picked, the commit message adjusted, and sanity-checked before being pushed.\n" +"The branch `staging` is used in this example but it can be any name.\n" +"This technique works for any number of commits in the pull request, especially when the changes apply cleanly to the FreeBSD tree.\n" +"However, when there's multiple commits, especially when minor adjustments are needed, `git rebase -i` works better than `git cherry-pick`.\n" +"Briefly, these commands create a branch; cherry-picks the changes from the pull request; tests it; adjusts the commit messages; and fast forward merges it back to `main`.\n" +"The PR number is `$PR` below.\n" +"When adjusting the message, add `Pull Request: https://github.com/freebsd-src/pull/$PR`.\n" +"All pull requests committed to the FreeBSD repository should be reviewed by at least one person.\n" +"This need not be the person committing it, but in that case the person committing it should trust the other reviewers competence to review the commit.\n" +"Committers that do a code review of pull requests before pushing them into the repo should add a `Reviewed by:` line to the commit, because in this case it is not implicit.\n" +"Add anybody that reviews and approves the commit on github to `Reviewed by:` as well.\n" +"As always, care should be taken to ensure the change does what it is supposed to, and that no malicious code is present.\n" +"[NOTE]\n" +"======\n" +"In addition, please check to make sure that the pull request author name is not anonymous.\n" +"Github's web editing interface generates names like:\n" +"[source,shell]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2031 #, no-wrap -msgid "**A:** All is not lost. You can figure out it, so long as it hasn't been too long, or too many commits (hundreds).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2011 -msgid "" -"So I created a wilma branch and committed a couple of things to it, then " -"decided I wanted to split it into fred and wilma. Nothing weird happened " -"when I did that, but let's say it did. The way to look at what you've done " -"is with the `git reflog`:" +msgid "Author: github-user <38923459+github-user@users.noreply.github.com>\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2026 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2035 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git reflog\n" -"6ff9c25 (HEAD -> wilma) HEAD@{0}: rebase -i (finish): returning to refs/heads/wilma\n" -"6ff9c25 (HEAD -> wilma) HEAD@{1}: rebase -i (start): checkout main\n" -"869cbd3 HEAD@{2}: rebase -i (start): checkout wilma\n" -"a6a5094 (fred) HEAD@{3}: rebase -i (finish): returning to refs/heads/fred\n" -"a6a5094 (fred) HEAD@{4}: rebase -i (pick): Encourage contributions\n" -"1ccd109 (freebsd/main, main) HEAD@{5}: rebase -i (start): checkout main\n" -"869cbd3 HEAD@{6}: rebase -i (start): checkout fred\n" -"869cbd3 HEAD@{7}: checkout: moving from wilma to fred\n" -"869cbd3 HEAD@{8}: commit: Encourage contributions\n" -"...\n" -"%\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2034 -msgid "" -"Here we see the changes I've made. You can use it to figure out where " -"things went wrong. I'll just point out a few things here. The first one is " -"that HEAD@{X} is a 'commitish' thing, so you can use that as an argument to " -"a command. Although if that command commits anything to the repository, the " -"X numbers change. You can also use the hash (first column)." +"A polite request to the author for a better name and/or email should be made.\n" +"Extra care should be taken to ensure no style issue or malicious code is introduced.\n" +"======\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2042 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2047 msgid "" -"Next, 'Encourage contributions' was the last commit I made to `wilma` before " -"I decided to split things up. You can also see the same hash is there when " -"I created the `fred` branch to do that. I started by rebasing `fred` and " -"you see the 'start', each step, and the 'finish' for that process. While we " -"don't need it here, you can figure out exactly what happened. Fortunately, " -"to fix this, you can follow the prior answer's steps, but with the hash " -"`869cbd3` instead of `pre-split`. While that seems a bit verbose, it's easy " -"to remember since you're doing one thing at a time. You can also stack:" +"% git fetch github pull/$PR/head:staging % git rebase -i main staging\t# to " +"move the staging branch forward, adjust commit message here % git checkout main % git pull --ff-only\t\t# to get the " +"latest if time has passed % git checkout main % git merge --ff-only staging " +" % git push freebsd --push-option=confirm-author" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2047 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2052 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout -B wilma 869cbd3\n" -"% git branch -D fred\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2054 -msgid "" -"and you are ready to try again. The 'checkout -B' with the hash combines " -"checking out and creating a branch for it. The -B instead of -b forces the " -"movement of a pre-existing branch. Either way works, which is what's great " -"(and awful) about Git. One reason I tend to use `git checkout -B xxxx hash` " -"instead of checking out the hash, and then creating / moving the branch is " -"purely to avoid the slightly distressing message about detached heads:" +"[.procedure]\n" +"====\n" +"For complicated pull requests that have multiple commits with conflicts, follow the following outline.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2060 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git checkout 869cbd3\n" -"M\tfaq.md\n" -"Note: checking out '869cbd3'.\n" +". checkout the pull request `git checkout github/pull/XXX`\n" +". create a branch to rebase `git checkout -b staging`\n" +". rebase the `staging` branch to the latest `main` with `git rebase -i main staging`\n" +". resolve conflicts and do whatever testing is needed\n" +". fast forward the `staging` branch into `main` as above\n" +". final sanity check of changes to make sure all is well\n" +". push to FreeBSD's Git repository.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2065 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"You are in 'detached HEAD' state. You can look around, make experimental\n" -"changes and commit them, and you can discard any commits you make in this\n" -"state without impacting any branches by performing another checkout.\n" +"This will also work when bringing branches developed elsewhere into the local tree for committing.\n" +"====\n" +"Once finished with the pull request, close it using GitHub's web interface.\n" +"It is worth noting that if your `github` origin uses `https://`, the only step you'll need a GitHub account for is closing the pull request.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2072 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2067 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"HEAD is now at 869cbd3 Encourage contributions\n" -"% git checkout -B wilma\n" +msgid "[[vcs-history]]\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2075 -msgid "" -"this produces the same effect, but I have to read a lot more and severed " -"heads aren't an image I like to contemplate." +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2067 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Version Control History" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2076 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Ooops! I did a `git pull` and it created a merge commit, what do I do?" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2070 +msgid "The project has moved to <>." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2080 -#, no-wrap +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2076 msgid "" -"**Q:** I was on autopilot and did a `git pull` for my development tree and that created a merge commit on the mainline.\n" -"How do I recover?\n" +"The FreeBSD source repository switched from CVS to Subversion on May 31st, " +"2008. The first real SVN commit is __r179447__. The source repository " +"switched from Subversion to Git on December 23rd, 2020. The last real svn " +"commit is __r368820__. The first real git commit hash is " +"__5ef5f51d2bef80b0ede9b10ad5b0e9440b60518c__." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2082 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A:** This can happen when you invoke the pull with your development branch checked out.\n" +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD `doc/www` repository switched from CVS to Subversion on May " +"19th, 2012. The first real SVN commit is __r38821__. The documentation " +"repository switched from Subversion to Git on December 8th, 2020. The last " +"SVN commit is __r54737__. The first real git commit hash is " +"__3be01a475855e7511ad755b2defd2e0da5d58bbe__." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2085 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2088 msgid "" -"Right after the pull, you will have the new merge commit checked out. Git " -"supports a `HEAD^#` syntax to examine the parents of a merge commit:" +"The FreeBSD `ports` repository switched from CVS to Subversion on July 14th, " +"2012. The first real SVN commit is __r300894__. The ports repository " +"switched from Subversion to Git on April 6, 2021. The last SVN commit is " +"__r569609__ The first real git commit hash is " +"__ed8d3eda309dd863fb66e04bccaa513eee255cbf__." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2090 +msgid "[[conventions]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2090 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"git log --oneline HEAD^1 # Look at the first parent's commits\n" -"git log --oneline HEAD^2 # Look at the second parent's commits\n" +msgid "Setup, Conventions, and Traditions" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2094 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2095 msgid "" -"From those logs, you can easily identify which commit is your development " -"work. Then you simply reset your branch to the corresponding `HEAD^#`:" +"There are a number of things to do as a new developer. The first set of " +"steps is specific to committers only. These steps must be done by a mentor " +"for those who are not committers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2098 -#, no-wrap -msgid "git reset --hard HEAD^2\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2097 +msgid "[[conventions-committers]]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2101 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2097 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** But I also need to fix my `main` branch. How do I do that?\n" +msgid "For New Committers" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2104 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2100 +msgid "" +"Those who have been given commit rights to the FreeBSD repositories must " +"follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2103 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**A:** Git keeps track of the remote repository branches in a `freebsd/` namespace.\n" -"To fix your `main` branch, just make it point to the remote's `main`:\n" +"* Get mentor approval before committing each of these changes!\n" +"* All [.filename]#src# commits go to FreeBSD-CURRENT first before being merged to FreeBSD-STABLE. The FreeBSD-STABLE branch must maintain ABI and API compatibility with earlier versions of that branch. Do not merge changes that break this compatibility.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2108 #, no-wrap -msgid "git branch -f main freebsd/main\n" +msgid "" +"[[commit-steps]]\n" +"[.procedure]\n" +"====\n" +"*Steps for New Committers*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +". Add an Author Entity\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#doc/shared/authors.adoc# - Add an author entity. Later steps depend on this entity, and missing this step will cause the [.filename]#doc/# build to fail. This is a relatively easy task, but remains a good first test of version control skills.\n" +". Update the List of Developers and Contributors\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#doc/shared/contrib-committers.adoc# - Add an entry, which will then appear in the \"Developers\" section of the extref:{contributors}[Contributors List, staff-committers]. Entries are sorted by last name.\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#doc/shared/contrib-additional.adoc# - _Remove_ the entry. Entries are sorted by first name.\n" +". Add a News Item\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#doc/website/data/en/news/news.toml# - Add an entry. Look for the other entries that announce new committers and follow the format. Use the date from the commit bit approval email.\n" +". Add a PGP Key\n" +"+\n" +"`{des}` has written a shell script ([.filename]#doc/documentation/tools/addkey.sh#) to make this easier. See the https://cgit.freebsd.org/doc/plain/documentation/static/pgpkeys/README[README] file for more information.\n" +"+\n" +"Use [.filename]#doc/documentation/tools/checkkey.sh# to verify that keys meet minimal best-practices standards.\n" +"+\n" +"After adding and checking a key, add both updated files to source control and then commit them. Entries in this file are sorted by last name.\n" +"+\n" +"[NOTE]\n" +"======\n" +"It is very important to have a current PGP/GnuPG key in the repository. The key may be required for positive identification of a committer. For example, the `{admins}` might need it for account recovery. A complete keyring of `FreeBSD.org` users is available for download from link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt[https://docs.FreeBSD.org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt].\n" +"======\n" +". Update Mentor and Mentee Information\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#src/share/misc/committers-.dot# - Add an entry to the current committers section, where _repository_ is `doc`, `ports`, or `src`, depending on the commit privileges granted.\n" +"+\n" +"Add an entry for each additional mentor/mentee relationship in the bottom section.\n" +". Generate a Kerberos Password\n" +"+\n" +"See <> to generate or set a Kerberos account for use with other FreeBSD services like the link:https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/[bug-tracking database] (you get a bug-tracking account as part of that step).\n" +". Optional: Enable Wiki Account\n" +"+\n" +"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org[FreeBSD Wiki] Account - A wiki account allows sharing projects and ideas.\n" +"Those who do not yet have an account can follow instructions on the link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Wiki/About[Wiki/About page] to obtain one.\n" +"Contact mailto:wiki-admin@FreeBSD.org[wiki-admin@FreeBSD.org] if you need help with your Wiki account.\n" +". Optional: Update Wiki Information\n" +"+\n" +"Wiki Information - After gaining access to the wiki, some people add entries to the https://wiki.freebsd.org/HowWeGotHere[How We Got Here], https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Nicknames[IRC Nicks], https://wiki.freebsd.org/Community/Dogs[Dogs of FreeBSD], and or https://wiki.freebsd.org/Community/Cats[Cats of FreeBSD] pages.\n" +". Optional: Update Ports with Personal Information\n" +"+\n" +"[.filename]#ports/astro/xearth/files/freebsd.committers.markers# and [.filename]#src/usr.bin/calendar/calendars/calendar.freebsd# - Some people add entries for themselves to these files to show where they are located or the date of their birthday.\n" +". Optional: Prevent Duplicate Mailings\n" +"+\n" +"Subscribers to {dev-commits-doc-all}, {dev-commits-ports-all} or {dev-commits-src-all} might wish to unsubscribe to avoid receiving duplicate copies of commit messages and followups.\n" +"====\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[[conventions-everyone]]\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2113 -msgid "" -"There's nothing magical about branches in Git: they are just labels on a " -"graph that are automatically moved forward by making commits. So the above " -"works because you're just moving a label. There's no metadata about the " -"branch that needs to be preserved due to this." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Mixing and matching branches" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Q:** So I have two branches `worker` and `async` that I'd like to combine into one branch called `feature`\n" -"while maintaining the commits in both.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2120 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A:** This is a job for cherry pick.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2126 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout worker\n" -"% git checkout -b feature\t# create a new branch\n" -"% git cherry-pick main..async\t# bring in the changes\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2131 -msgid "" -"You now have a new branch called `feature`. This branch combines commits " -"from both branches. You can further curate it with `git rebase`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2133 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** I have a branch called `driver` and I'd like to break it up into `kernel` and `userland` so I can evolve them separately and commit each branch as it becomes ready.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2136 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**A:** This takes a little bit of prep work, but `git rebase` will do the heavy\n" -"lifting here.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout driver\t\t# Checkout the driver\n" -"% git checkout -b kernel\t# Create kernel branch\n" -"% git checkout -b userland\t# Create userland branch\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2147 -msgid "" -"Now you have two identical branches. So, it's time to separate out the " -"commits. We'll assume first that all the commits in `driver` go into either " -"the `kernel` or the `userland` branch, but not both." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2151 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2157 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git rebase -i main kernel\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2154 -msgid "" -"and just include the changes you want (with a 'p' or 'pick' line) and just " -"delete the commits you don't (this sounds scary, but if worse comes to " -"worse, you can throw this all away and start over with the `driver` branch " -"since you've not yet moved it)." +msgid "For Everyone" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2158 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git rebase -i main userland\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2161 -msgid "and do the same thing you did with the `kernel` branch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2164 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Q:** Oh great! I followed the above and forgot a commit in the `kernel` branch.\n" -"How do I recover?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2167 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**A:** You can use the `driver` branch to find the hash of the commit is missing and\n" -"cherry pick it.\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2177 +msgid "" +"[[conventions-everyone-steps]] [.procedure] ==== . Introduce yourself to the " +"other developers, otherwise no one will have any idea who you are or what " +"you are working on. The introduction need not be a comprehensive biography, " +"just write a paragraph or two about who you are, what you plan to be working " +"on as a developer in FreeBSD, and who will be your mentor. Email this to the " +"{developers-name} and you will be on your way! . Log into `freefall.FreeBSD." +"org` and create a [.filename]#/var/forward/user# (where _user_ is your " +"username) file containing the e-mail address where you want mail addressed " +"to _yourusername_@FreeBSD.org to be forwarded. This includes all of the " +"commit messages as well as any other mail addressed to the {committers-name} " +"and the {developers-name}. Really large mailboxes which have taken up " +"permanent residence on `freefall` may get truncated without warning if space " +"needs to be freed, so forward it or save it elsewhere. + [NOTE] ====== If " +"your e-mail system uses SPF with strict rules, you should exclude `mx2." +"FreeBSD.org` from SPF checks. ====== + Due to the severe load dealing with " +"SPAM places on the central mail servers that do the mailing list processing, " +"the front-end server does do some basic checks and will drop some messages " +"based on these checks. At the moment proper DNS information for the " +"connecting host is the only check in place but that may change. Some people " +"blame these checks for bouncing valid email. To have these checks turned off " +"for your email, create a file named [.filename]#~/.spam_lover# on `freefall." +"FreeBSD.org`. + [NOTE] ====== Those who are developers but not committers " +"will not be subscribed to the committers or developers mailing lists. The " +"subscriptions are derived from the access rights. ====== ====" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2173 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git checkout kernel\n" -"% git log driver\n" -"% git cherry-pick $HASH\n" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2179 +msgid "[[smtp-setup]]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ==== #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2179 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Q:** OK. I have the same situation as the above, but my commits are all mixed up.\n" -"I need parts of one commit to go to one branch and the rest to go to the other.\n" -"In fact, I have several.\n" -"Your rebase method to select sounds tricky.\n" +msgid "SMTP Access Setup" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2182 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**A:** In this situation, you'd be better off to curate the original branch to separate\n" -"out the commits, and then use the above method to split the branch.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2187 msgid "" -"So let's assume that there's just one commit with a clean tree. You can " -"either use `git rebase` with an `edit` line, or you can use this with the " -"commit on the tip. The steps are the same either way. The first thing we " -"need to do is to back up one commit while leaving the changes uncommitted in " -"the tree:" +"For those willing to send e-mail messages through the FreeBSD.org " +"infrastructure, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git reset HEAD^\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2194 -msgid "" -"Note: Do not, repeat do not, add `--hard` here since that also removes the " -"changes from your tree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2198 -msgid "" -"Now, if you are lucky, the change needing to be split up falls entirely " -"along file lines. In that case you can just do the usual `git add` for the " -"files in each group than do a `git commit`. Note: when you do this, you'll " -"lose the commit message when you do the reset, so if you need it for some " -"reason, you should save a copy (though `git log $HASH` can recover it)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2203 msgid "" -"If you are not lucky, you'll need to split apart files. There's another " -"tool to do that which you can apply one file at a time." +"[.procedure] ==== . Point your mail client at `smtp.FreeBSD.org:587`. . " +"Enable STARTTLS. . Ensure your `From:` address is set to " +"`_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org`. . For authentication, you can use your " +"FreeBSD Kerberos username and password (see <>). The " +"`_yourusername_/mail` principal is preferred, as it is only valid for " +"authenticating to mail resources. + [NOTE] ====== Do not include `@FreeBSD." +"org` when entering in your username. ====== + .Additional Notes [NOTE] " +"====== * Will only accept mail from `_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org`. If you are " +"authenticated as one user, you are not permitted to send mail from another. " +"* A header will be appended with the SASL username: (`Authenticated sender: " +"_username_`). * Host has various rate limits in place to cut down on brute " +"force attempts. ====== ====" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "git add -i foo/bar.c\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2211 -msgid "" -"will step through the diffs, prompting you, one at time, whether to include " -"or exclude the hunk. Once you're done, `git commit` and you'll have the " -"remainder in your tree. You can run it multiple times as well, and even " -"over multiple files (though I find it easier to do one file at a time and " -"use the `git rebase -i` to fold the related commits together)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2212 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Cloning and Mirroring" +msgid "[[smtp-setup-local-mta]]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2215 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** I'd like to mirror the entire Git repository, how do I do that?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2217 +#. type: Title ===== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2205 #, no-wrap -msgid "**A:** If all you want to do is mirror, then\n" +msgid "Using a Local MTA to Forward Emails to the FreeBSD.org SMTP Service" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2221 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% git clone --mirror $URL\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2208 msgid "" -"will do the trick. However, there are two disadvantages to this if you want " -"to use it for anything other than a mirror you'll reclone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2229 -msgid "" -"First, this is a 'bare repository' which has the repository database, but no " -"checked out worktree. This is great for mirroring, but terrible for day to " -"day work. There's a number of ways around this with 'git worktree':" +"It is also possible to use a local MTA to forward locally sent emails to the " +"FreeBSD.org SMTP servers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2237 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git clone --mirror https://git.freebsd.org/ports.git ports.git\n" -"% cd ports.git\n" -"% git worktree add ../ports main\n" -"% git worktree add ../quarterly branches/2020Q4\n" -"% cd ../ports\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2240 -msgid "" -"But if you aren't using your mirror for further local clones, then it's a " -"poor match." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2213 +msgid "[[smtp-setup-local-postfix]] .Using Postfix [example] ====" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2243 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "" -"The second disadvantage is that Git normally rewrites the refs (branch name, " -"tags, etc) from upstream so that your local refs can evolve independently of " -"upstream. This means that you'll lose changes if you are committing to this " -"repository on anything other than private project branches." +"To tell a local Postfix instance that anything from `_yourusername_@FreeBSD." +"org` should be forwarded to the FreeBSD.org servers, add this to your [." +"filename]#main.cf#:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2245 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Q:** So what can I do instead?\n" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2217 +msgid "[.programlisting]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2248 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" -"**A:** Well, you can stuff all of the upstream repository's refs into a private namespace in your local repository.\n" -"Git clones everything via a 'refspec' and the default refspec is:\n" +"sender_dependent_relayhost_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/relayhost_maps " +"smtp_sasl_auth_enable = yes smtp_sasl_security_options = noanonymous " +"smtp_sasl_password_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd " +"smtp_use_tls = yes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2226 #, no-wrap -msgid " fetch = +refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/freebsd/*\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2255 -msgid "which says just fetch the branch refs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2259 -msgid "" -"However, the FreeBSD repository has a number of other things in it. To see " -"those, you can add explicit refspecs for each ref namespace, or you can " -"fetch everything. To setup your repository to do that:" +msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/relayhost_maps# with the following content:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2235 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2250 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2265 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2275 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2289 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2319 #, no-wrap -msgid "git config --add remote.freebsd.fetch '+refs/*:refs/freebsd/*'\n" +msgid "[.programlisting]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2267 -msgid "" -"which will put everything in the upstream repository into your local " -"repository's 'refs/freebsd/' namespace. Please note, that this also grabs " -"all the unconverted vendor branches and the number of refs associated with " -"them is quite large." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2269 -msgid "" -"You'll need to refer to these 'refs' with their full name because they " -"aren't in and of Git's regular namespaces." +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2230 +msgid "yourusername@FreeBSD.org [smtp.freebsd.org]:587" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2233 #, no-wrap -msgid "git log refs/freebsd/vendor/zlib/1.2.10\n" +msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd# with the following content:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2276 -msgid "" -"would look at the log for the vendor branch for zlib starting at 1.2.10." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2237 #, no-wrap -msgid "Collaborating with others" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2281 -msgid "" -"One of the keys to good software development on a project as large as " -"FreeBSD is the ability to collaborate with others before you push your " -"changes to the tree. The FreeBSD project's Git repositories do not, yet, " -"allow user-created branches to be pushed to the repository, and therefore if " -"you wish to share your changes with others you must use another mechanism, " -"such as a hosted GitLab or GitHub, in order to share changes in a user-" -"generated branch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2283 -msgid "" -"The following instructions show how to set up a user-generated branch, based " -"on the FreeBSD main branch, and push it to GitHub." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2285 -msgid "" -"Before you begin, make sure that your local Git repo is up to date and has " -"the correct origins set <>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2292 -msgid "" -"```` % git remote -v freebsd https://git.freebsd.org/src.git (fetch) " -"freebsd ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push) ````" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2295 -msgid "" -"The first step is to create a fork of https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-" -"src[FreeBSD] on GitHub following these https://docs.github.com/en/github/" -"getting-started-with-github/fork-a-repo[guidelines]. The destination of the " -"fork should be your own, personal, GitHub account (gvnn3 in my case)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2297 -msgid "Now add a remote on your local system that points to your fork:" +msgid "[smtp.freebsd.org]:587 yourusername:yourpassword\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2305 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2240 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git remote add github git@github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git\n" -"% git remote -v\n" -"github\tgit@github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git (fetch)\n" -"github\tgit@github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git (push)\n" -"freebsd\thttps://git.freebsd.org/src.git (fetch)\n" -"freebsd\tssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push)\n" +msgid "If the email server is used by other people, you may want to prevent them from sending e-mails from your address. To achieve this, add this to your [.filename]#main.cf#:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2307 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2245 msgid "" -"With this in place you can create a branch <>" +"smtpd_sender_login_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/sender_login_maps " +"smtpd_sender_restrictions = reject_known_sender_login_mismatch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2311 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2248 #, no-wrap -msgid "% git checkout -b gnn-pr2001-fix\n" +msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/sender_login_maps# with the following content:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2315 -msgid "" -"Make whatever modifications you wish in your branch. Build, test, and once " -"you're ready to collaborate with others it's time to push your changes into " -"your hosted branch. Before you can push you'll have to set the appropriate " -"upstream, as Git will tell you the first time you try to push to your " -"+github+ remote:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2252 +msgid "yourusername@FreeBSD.org yourlocalusername" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2321 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2256 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% git push github\n" -"fatal: The current branch gnn-pr2001-fix has no upstream branch.\n" -"To push the current branch and set the remote as upstream, use\n" +"Where _yourlocalusername_ is the SASL username used to connect to the local instance of Postfix.\n" +"====\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2323 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2261 #, no-wrap -msgid " git push --set-upstream github gnn-pr2001-fix\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2326 -msgid "Setting the push as +git+ advises allows it to succeed:" +msgid "" +"[[smtp-setup-local-opensmtpd]]\n" +".Using OpenSMTPD\n" +"[example]\n" +"====\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2344 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git push --set-upstream github gnn-feature\n" -"Enumerating objects: 20486, done.\n" -"Counting objects: 100% (20486/20486), done.\n" -"Delta compression using up to 8 threads\n" -"Compressing objects: 100% (12202/12202), done.\n" -"Writing objects: 100% (20180/20180), 56.25 MiB | 13.15 MiB/s, done.\n" -"Total 20180 (delta 11316), reused 12972 (delta 7770), pack-reused 0\n" -"remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (11316/11316), completed with 247 local objects.\n" -"remote:\n" -"remote: Create a pull request for 'gnn-feature' on GitHub by visiting:\n" -"remote: https://github.com/gvnn3/freebsd-src/pull/new/gnn-feature\n" -"remote:\n" -"To github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git\n" -" * [new branch] gnn-feature -> gnn-feature\n" -"Branch 'gnn-feature' set up to track remote branch 'gnn-feature' from 'github'.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2347 -msgid "Subsequent changes to the same branch will push correctly by default:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2360 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git push\n" -"Enumerating objects: 4, done.\n" -"Counting objects: 100% (4/4), done.\n" -"Delta compression using up to 8 threads\n" -"Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.\n" -"Writing objects: 100% (3/3), 314 bytes | 1024 bytes/s, done.\n" -"Total 3 (delta 1), reused 1 (delta 0), pack-reused 0\n" -"remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local object.\n" -"To github.com:gvnn3/freebsd-src.git\n" -" 9e5243d7b659..cf6aeb8d7dda gnn-feature -> gnn-feature\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2364 -msgid "" -"At this point your work is now in your branch on +GitHub+ and you can share " -"the link with other collaborators." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2366 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Landing a github pull request" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2371 -msgid "" -"This section documents how to land a GitHub pull request that's submitted " -"against the FreeBSD Git mirrors at GitHub. While this is not an official " -"way to submit patches at this time, sometimes good fixes come in this way " -"and it is easiest just to bring them into a committer's tree and have them " -"pushed into the FreeBSD's tree from there. Similar steps can be used to " -"pull branches from other repositories and land those. When committing pull " -"requests from others, one should take extra care to examine all the changes " -"to ensure they are exactly as represented." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2374 -msgid "" -"Before beginning, make sure that the local Git repo is up to date and has " -"the correct origins set <> In addition, " -"make sure to have the following origins:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2381 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git remote -v\n" -"freebsd https://git.freebsd.org/src.git (fetch)\n" -"freebsd ssh://git@gitrepo.freebsd.org/src.git (push)\n" -"github https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src (fetch)\n" -"github https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src (fetch)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2396 -msgid "" -"Often pull requests are simple: requests that contain only a single commit. " -"In this case, a streamlined approach may be used, though the approach in the " -"prior section will also work. Here, a branch is created, the change is " -"cherry picked, the commit message adjusted, and sanity-checked before being " -"pushed. The branch `staging` is used in this example but it can be any " -"name. This technique works for any number of commits in the pull request, " -"especially when the changes apply cleanly to the FreeBSD tree. However, " -"when there's multiple commits, especially when minor adjustments are needed, " -"`git rebase -i` works better than `git cherry-pick`. Briefly, these " -"commands create a branch; cherry-picks the changes from the pull request; " -"tests it; adjusts the commit messages; and fast forward merges it back to " -"`main`. The PR number is `$PR` below. When adjusting the message, add " -"`Pull Request: https://github.com/freebsd-src/pull/$PR`. All pull requests " -"committed to the FreeBSD repository should be reviewed by at least one " -"person. This need not be the person committing it, but in that case the " -"person committing it should trust the other reviewers competence to review " -"the commit. Committers that do a code review of pull requests before " -"pushing them into the repo should add a `Reviewed by:` line to the commit, " -"because in this case it is not implicit. Add anybody that reviews and " -"approves the commit on github to `Reviewed by:` as well. As always, care " -"should be taken to ensure the change does what it is supposed to, and that " -"no malicious code is present." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2400 -msgid "" -"In addition, please check to make sure that the pull request author name is " -"not anonymous. Github's web editing interface generates names like:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2403 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Author: github-user <38923459+github-user@users.noreply.github.com>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2406 -msgid "" -"A polite request to the author for a better name and/or email should be " -"made. Extra care should be taken to ensure no style issue or malicious code " -"is introduced." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2419 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% git fetch github pull/$PR/head:staging\n" -"% git rebase -i main staging\t# to move the staging branch forward, adjust commit message here\n" -"\n" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git pull --ff-only\t\t# to get the latest if time has passed\n" -"% git checkout main\n" -"% git merge --ff-only staging\n" -"\n" -"% git push freebsd --push-option=confirm-author\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2424 -msgid "" -"For complicated pull requests that have multiple commits with conflicts, " -"follow the following outline." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2426 -msgid "checkout the pull request `git checkout github/pull/XXX`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2427 -msgid "create a branch to rebase `git checkout -b staging`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2428 -msgid "" -"rebase the `staging` branch to the latest `main` with `git rebase -i main " -"staging`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2429 -msgid "resolve conflicts and do whatever testing is needed" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2430 -msgid "fast forward the `staging` branch into `main` as above" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2431 -msgid "final sanity check of changes to make sure all is well" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2432 -msgid "push to FreeBSD's Git repository." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2434 -msgid "" -"This will also work when bringing branches developed elsewhere into the " -"local tree for committing." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2437 -msgid "" -"Once finished with the pull request, close it using GitHub's web interface. " -"It is worth noting that if your `github` origin uses `https://`, the only " -"step you'll need a GitHub account for is closing the pull request." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2439 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Version Control History" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2442 -msgid "The project has moved to <>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2448 -msgid "" -"The FreeBSD source repository switched from CVS to Subversion on May 31st, " -"2008. The first real SVN commit is __r179447__. The source repository " -"switched from Subversion to Git on December 23rd, 2020. The last real svn " -"commit is __r368820__. The first real git commit hash is " -"__5ef5f51d2bef80b0ede9b10ad5b0e9440b60518c__." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2454 -msgid "" -"The FreeBSD `doc/www` repository switched from CVS to Subversion on May " -"19th, 2012. The first real SVN commit is __r38821__. The documentation " -"repository switched from Subversion to Git on December 8th, 2020. The last " -"SVN commit is __r54737__. The first real git commit hash is " -"__3be01a475855e7511ad755b2defd2e0da5d58bbe__." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2460 -msgid "" -"The FreeBSD `ports` repository switched from CVS to Subversion on July 14th, " -"2012. The first real SVN commit is __r300894__. The ports repository " -"switched from Subversion to Git on April 6, 2021. The last SVN commit is " -"__r569609__ The first real git commit hash is " -"__ed8d3eda309dd863fb66e04bccaa513eee255cbf__." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2462 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Setup, Conventions, and Traditions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2467 -msgid "" -"There are a number of things to do as a new developer. The first set of " -"steps is specific to committers only. These steps must be done by a mentor " -"for those who are not committers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "For New Committers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2472 -msgid "" -"Those who have been given commit rights to the FreeBSD repositories must " -"follow these steps." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2474 -msgid "Get mentor approval before committing each of these changes!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2475 -msgid "" -"All [.filename]#src# commits go to FreeBSD-CURRENT first before being merged " -"to FreeBSD-STABLE. The FreeBSD-STABLE branch must maintain ABI and API " -"compatibility with earlier versions of that branch. Do not merge changes " -"that break this compatibility." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2480 -#, no-wrap -msgid "*Steps for New Committers*\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2482 -msgid "Add an Author Entity" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2484 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#doc/shared/authors.adoc# - Add an author entity. Later steps " -"depend on this entity, and missing this step will cause the [.filename]#doc/" -"# build to fail. This is a relatively easy task, but remains a good first " -"test of version control skills." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2485 -msgid "Update the List of Developers and Contributors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2487 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#doc/shared/contrib-committers.adoc# - Add an entry, which will " -"then appear in the \"Developers\" section of the extref:{contributors}" -"[Contributors List, staff-committers]. Entries are sorted by last name." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2489 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#doc/shared/contrib-additional.adoc# - _Remove_ the entry. " -"Entries are sorted by first name." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2490 -msgid "Add a News Item" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2492 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#doc/website/data/en/news/news.toml# - Add an entry. Look for the " -"other entries that announce new committers and follow the format. Use the " -"date from the commit bit approval email from mailto:core@FreeBSD." -"org[core@FreeBSD.org]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2493 -msgid "Add a PGP Key" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2495 -msgid "" -"`{des}` has written a shell script ([.filename]#doc/documentation/tools/" -"addkey.sh#) to make this easier. See the https://cgit.freebsd.org/doc/plain/" -"documentation/static/pgpkeys/README[README] file for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2497 -msgid "" -"Use [.filename]#doc/documentation/tools/checkkey.sh# to verify that keys " -"meet minimal best-practices standards." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2499 -msgid "" -"After adding and checking a key, add both updated files to source control " -"and then commit them. Entries in this file are sorted by last name." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2503 -msgid "" -"It is very important to have a current PGP/GnuPG key in the repository. The " -"key may be required for positive identification of a committer. For example, " -"the `{admins}` might need it for account recovery. A complete keyring of " -"`FreeBSD.org` users is available for download from link:https://docs.FreeBSD." -"org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt[https://docs.FreeBSD.org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2505 -msgid "Update Mentor and Mentee Information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2507 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#src/share/misc/committers-.dot# - Add an entry to " -"the current committers section, where _repository_ is `doc`, `ports`, or " -"`src`, depending on the commit privileges granted." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2509 -msgid "" -"Add an entry for each additional mentor/mentee relationship in the bottom " -"section." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2510 -msgid "Generate a Kerberos Password" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2512 -msgid "" -"See <> to generate or set a Kerberos account for use with " -"other FreeBSD services like the link:https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/[bug-" -"tracking database] (you get a bug-tracking account as part of that step)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2513 -msgid "Optional: Enable Wiki Account" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2517 -msgid "" -"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org[FreeBSD Wiki] Account - A wiki account allows " -"sharing projects and ideas. Those who do not yet have an account can follow " -"instructions on the link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Wiki/About[Wiki/About " -"page] to obtain one. Contact mailto:wiki-admin@FreeBSD.org[wiki-" -"admin@FreeBSD.org] if you need help with your Wiki account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2518 -msgid "Optional: Update Wiki Information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2520 -msgid "" -"Wiki Information - After gaining access to the wiki, some people add entries " -"to the https://wiki.freebsd.org/HowWeGotHere[How We Got Here], https://wiki." -"freebsd.org/IRC/Nicknames[IRC Nicks], https://wiki.freebsd.org/Community/" -"Dogs[Dogs of FreeBSD], and or https://wiki.freebsd.org/Community/Cats[Cats " -"of FreeBSD] pages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2521 -msgid "Optional: Update Ports with Personal Information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2523 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#ports/astro/xearth/files/freebsd.committers.markers# and [." -"filename]#src/usr.bin/calendar/calendars/calendar.freebsd# - Some people add " -"entries for themselves to these files to show where they are located or the " -"date of their birthday." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2524 -msgid "Optional: Prevent Duplicate Mailings" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2526 -msgid "" -"Subscribers to {dev-commits-doc-all}, {dev-commits-ports-all} or {dev-" -"commits-src-all} might wish to unsubscribe to avoid receiving duplicate " -"copies of commit messages and followups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2529 -#, no-wrap -msgid "For Everyone" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2535 -msgid "" -"Introduce yourself to the other developers, otherwise no one will have any " -"idea who you are or what you are working on. The introduction need not be a " -"comprehensive biography, just write a paragraph or two about who you are, " -"what you plan to be working on as a developer in FreeBSD, and who will be " -"your mentor. Email this to the {developers-name} and you will be on your way!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2536 -msgid "" -"Log into `freefall.FreeBSD.org` and create a [.filename]#/var/forward/user# " -"(where _user_ is your username) file containing the e-mail address where you " -"want mail addressed to _yourusername_@FreeBSD.org to be forwarded. This " -"includes all of the commit messages as well as any other mail addressed to " -"the {committers-name} and the {developers-name}. Really large mailboxes " -"which have taken up permanent residence on `freefall` may get truncated " -"without warning if space needs to be freed, so forward it or save it " -"elsewhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2540 -msgid "" -"If your e-mail system uses SPF with strict rules, you should exclude `mx2." -"FreeBSD.org` from SPF checks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2543 -msgid "" -"Due to the severe load dealing with SPAM places on the central mail servers " -"that do the mailing list processing, the front-end server does do some basic " -"checks and will drop some messages based on these checks. At the moment " -"proper DNS information for the connecting host is the only check in place " -"but that may change. Some people blame these checks for bouncing valid " -"email. To have these checks turned off for your email, create a file named [." -"filename]#~/.spam_lover# on `freefall.FreeBSD.org`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2547 -msgid "" -"Those who are developers but not committers will not be subscribed to the " -"committers or developers mailing lists. The subscriptions are derived from " -"the access rights." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2551 -#, no-wrap -msgid "SMTP Access Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2554 -msgid "" -"For those willing to send e-mail messages through the FreeBSD.org " -"infrastructure, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2558 -msgid "Point your mail client at `smtp.FreeBSD.org:587`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2559 -msgid "Enable STARTTLS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2560 -msgid "Ensure your `From:` address is set to `_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2561 -msgid "" -"For authentication, you can use your FreeBSD Kerberos username and password " -"(see <>). The `_yourusername_/mail` principal is preferred, " -"as it is only valid for authenticating to mail resources." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2565 -msgid "Do not include `@FreeBSD.org` when entering in your username." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2567 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Additional Notes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2571 -msgid "" -"Will only accept mail from `_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org`. If you are " -"authenticated as one user, you are not permitted to send mail from another." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2572 -msgid "" -"A header will be appended with the SASL username: (`Authenticated sender: " -"_username_`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2573 -msgid "" -"Host has various rate limits in place to cut down on brute force attempts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2577 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using a Local MTA to Forward Emails to the FreeBSD.org SMTP Service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2580 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to use a local MTA to forward locally sent emails to the " -"FreeBSD.org SMTP servers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2582 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using Postfix" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2587 -msgid "" -"To tell a local Postfix instance that anything from `_yourusername_@FreeBSD." -"org` should be forwarded to the FreeBSD.org servers, add this to your [." -"filename]#main.cf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sender_dependent_relayhost_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/relayhost_maps\n" -"smtp_sasl_auth_enable = yes\n" -"smtp_sasl_security_options = noanonymous\n" -"smtp_sasl_password_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd\n" -"smtp_use_tls = yes\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2598 -msgid "" -"Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/relayhost_maps# with the following " -"content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2602 -#, no-wrap -msgid "yourusername@FreeBSD.org [smtp.freebsd.org]:587\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2605 -msgid "" -"Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd# with the following " -"content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2609 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[smtp.freebsd.org]:587 yourusername:yourpassword\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2612 -msgid "" -"If the email server is used by other people, you may want to prevent them " -"from sending e-mails from your address. To achieve this, add this to your [." -"filename]#main.cf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2617 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"smtpd_sender_login_maps = hash:/usr/local/etc/postfix/sender_login_maps\n" -"smtpd_sender_restrictions = reject_known_sender_login_mismatch\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2620 -msgid "" -"Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/postfix/sender_login_maps# with the " -"following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2624 -#, no-wrap -msgid "yourusername@FreeBSD.org yourlocalusername\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2627 -msgid "" -"Where _yourlocalusername_ is the SASL username used to connect to the local " -"instance of Postfix." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2630 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using OpenSMTPD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2635 -msgid "" -"To tell a local OpenSMTPD instance that anything from " -"`_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org` should be forwarded to the FreeBSD.org servers, " -"add this to your [.filename]#smtpd.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2640 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2263 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"action \"freebsd\" relay host smtp+tls://freebsd@smtp.freebsd.org:587 auth \n" -"match from any auth yourlocalusername mail-from \"_yourusername_@freebsd.org\" for any action \"freebsd\"\n" +msgid "To tell a local OpenSMTPD instance that anything from `_yourusername_@FreeBSD.org` should be forwarded to the FreeBSD.org servers, add this to your [.filename]#smtpd.conf#:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2643 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "" -"Where _yourlocalusername_ is the SASL username used to connect to the local " -"instance of OpenSMTPD." +"action \"freebsd\" relay host smtp+tls://freebsd@smtp.freebsd.org:587 auth " +" match from any auth yourlocalusername mail-from " +"\"_yourusername_@freebsd.org\" for any action \"freebsd\"" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2645 -msgid "" -"Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mail/secrets# with the following content:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Where _yourlocalusername_ is the SASL username used to connect to the local instance of OpenSMTPD.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2649 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2273 #, no-wrap -msgid "freebsd\tyourusername:yourpassword\n" +msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mail/secrets# with the following content:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2653 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2277 +msgid "freebsd\tyourusername:yourpassword" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2284 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using Exim" +msgid "" +"====\n" +"[[smtp-setup-local-exim]]\n" +".Using Exim\n" +"[example]\n" +"====\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2659 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2287 #, no-wrap msgid "" "To direct a local Exim instance to forward all mail from `_example_@FreeBSD.org`\n" " to FreeBSD.org servers, add this to Exim [.filename]#configuration#:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2668 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Routers section: (at the top of the list):\n" @@ -5594,8 +4646,8 @@ msgid "" " route_data = ${lookup {${lc:$sender_address}} lsearch {/usr/local/etc/exim/freebsd_send}}\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2680 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2308 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Transport Section:\n" @@ -5611,8 +4663,8 @@ msgid "" " hosts_require_auth = smtp.freebsd.org\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2686 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2314 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Authenticators:\n" @@ -5622,27 +4674,37 @@ msgid "" " client_send = ^example/mail^examplePassword\n" msgstr "" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2317 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/exim/freebsd_send# with the following content:\n" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2689 -msgid "" -"Create [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/exim/freebsd_send# with the following " -"content:" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2321 +msgid "example@freebsd.org:smtp.freebsd.org::587" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2324 +#, no-wrap +msgid "====\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2693 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2326 #, no-wrap -msgid "example@freebsd.org:smtp.freebsd.org::587\n" +msgid "[[mentors]]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2698 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2326 #, no-wrap msgid "Mentors" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2703 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2331 msgid "" "All new developers have a mentor assigned to them for the first few months. " "A mentor is responsible for teaching the mentee the rules and conventions of " @@ -5651,16 +4713,16 @@ msgid "" "initial period." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2706 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2334 msgid "" "For committers: do not commit anything without first getting mentor " "approval. Document that approval with an `Approved by:` line in the commit " "message." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2710 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2338 msgid "" "When the mentor decides that a mentee has learned the ropes and is ready to " "commit on their own, the mentor announces it with a commit to [." @@ -5669,14 +4731,19 @@ msgid "" "be found in <>." msgstr "" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2340 +msgid "[[pre-commit-review]]" +msgstr "" + #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2712 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2340 #, no-wrap msgid "Pre-Commit Review" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2717 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2345 msgid "" "Code review is one way to increase the quality of software. The following " "guidelines apply to commits to the `head` (-CURRENT) branch of the `src` " @@ -5685,129 +4752,80 @@ msgid "" "review:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2719 -msgid "" -"All non-trivial changes should be reviewed before they are committed to the " -"repository." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2720 -msgid "" -"Reviews may be conducted by email, in Bugzilla, in Phabricator, or by " -"another mechanism. Where possible, reviews should be public." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2721 -msgid "" -"The developer responsible for a code change is also responsible for making " -"all necessary review-related changes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2722 -msgid "" -"Code review can be an iterative process, which continues until the patch is " -"ready to be committed. Specifically, once a patch is sent out for review, it " -"should receive an explicit \"looks good\" before it is committed. So long as " -"it is explicit, this can take whatever form makes sense for the review " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2723 -msgid "Timeouts are not a substitute for review." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2725 -msgid "" -"Sometimes code reviews will take longer than you would hope for, especially " -"for larger features. Accepted ways to speed up review times for your patches " -"are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2727 -msgid "" -"Review other people's patches. If you help out, everybody will be more " -"willing to do the same for you; goodwill is our currency." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2728 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2351 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Ping the patch. If it is urgent, provide reasons why it is important to you " -"to get this patch landed and ping it every couple of days. If it is not " -"urgent, the common courtesy ping rate is one week. Remember that you are " -"asking for valuable time from other professional developers." +"* All non-trivial changes should be reviewed before they are committed to the repository.\n" +"* Reviews may be conducted by email, in Bugzilla, in Phabricator, or by another mechanism. Where possible, reviews should be public.\n" +"* The developer responsible for a code change is also responsible for making all necessary review-related changes.\n" +"* Code review can be an iterative process, which continues until the patch is ready to be committed. Specifically, once a patch is sent out for review, it should receive an explicit \"looks good\" before it is committed. So long as it is explicit, this can take whatever form makes sense for the review method.\n" +"* Timeouts are not a substitute for review.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2729 -msgid "" -"Ask for help on mailing lists, IRC, etc. Others may be able to either help " -"you directly, or suggest a reviewer." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sometimes code reviews will take longer than you would hope for, especially for larger features. Accepted ways to speed up review times for your patches are:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2730 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2360 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Split your patch into multiple smaller patches that build on each other. The " -"smaller your patch, the higher the probability that somebody will take a " -"quick look at it." +"* Review other people's patches. If you help out, everybody will be more willing to do the same for you; goodwill is our currency.\n" +"* Ping the patch. If it is urgent, provide reasons why it is important to you to get this patch landed and ping it every couple of days. If it is not urgent, the common courtesy ping rate is one week. Remember that you are asking for valuable time from other professional developers.\n" +"* Ask for help on mailing lists, IRC, etc. Others may be able to either help you directly, or suggest a reviewer.\n" +"* Split your patch into multiple smaller patches that build on each other. The smaller your patch, the higher the probability that somebody will take a quick look at it.\n" +"+\n" +"When making large changes, it is helpful to keep this in mind from the beginning of the effort as breaking large changes into smaller ones is often difficult after the fact.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2732 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2365 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"When making large changes, it is helpful to keep this in mind from the " -"beginning of the effort as breaking large changes into smaller ones is often " -"difficult after the fact." +"Developers should participate in code reviews as both reviewers and reviewees.\n" +"If someone is kind enough to review your code, you should return the favor for someone else.\n" +"Note that while anyone is welcome to review and give feedback on a patch, only an appropriate subject-matter expert can approve a change.\n" +"This will usually be a committer who works with the code in question on a regular basis.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2737 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2368 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Developers should participate in code reviews as both reviewers and " -"reviewees. If someone is kind enough to review your code, you should return " -"the favor for someone else. Note that while anyone is welcome to review and " -"give feedback on a patch, only an appropriate subject-matter expert can " -"approve a change. This will usually be a committer who works with the code " -"in question on a regular basis." +"In some cases, no subject-matter expert may be available.\n" +"In those cases, a review by an experienced developer is sufficient when coupled with appropriate testing.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2740 -msgid "" -"In some cases, no subject-matter expert may be available. In those cases, a " -"review by an experienced developer is sufficient when coupled with " -"appropriate testing." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[[commit-log-message]]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2742 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2370 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log Messages" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2745 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2373 msgid "" "This section contains some suggestions and traditions for how commit logs " "are formatted." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2746 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2374 #, no-wrap msgid "Why are commit messages important?" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2750 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2378 msgid "" "When you commit a change in Git, Subversion, or another version control " "system (VCS), you're prompted to write some text describing the commit -- a " @@ -5816,16 +4834,16 @@ msgid "" "fixed a bug?" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2753 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "Most projects have more than one developer and last for some length of " "time. Commit messages are a very important method of communicating with " "other developers, in the present and for the future." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2756 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2384 msgid "" "FreeBSD has hundreds of active developers and hundreds of thousands of " "commits spanning decades of history. Over that time the developer community " @@ -5833,78 +4851,65 @@ msgid "" "learned lessons." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2758 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2386 msgid "Commit messages serve at least three purposes:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2760 -msgid "Communicating with other developers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2765 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2393 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"FreeBSD commits generate email to various mailing lists. These include the " -"commit message along with a copy of the patch itself. Commit messages are " -"also viewed through commands like git log. These serve to make other " -"developers aware of changes that are ongoing; that other developer may want " -"to test the change, may have an interest in the topic and will want to " -"review in more detail, or may have their own projects underway that would " -"benefit from interaction." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2767 -msgid "Making Changes Discoverable" +"* Communicating with other developers\n" +"+\n" +"FreeBSD commits generate email to various mailing lists.\n" +"These include the commit message along with a copy of the patch itself.\n" +"Commit messages are also viewed through commands like git log.\n" +"These serve to make other developers aware of changes that are ongoing; that other developer may want to test the change, may have an interest in the topic and will want to review in more detail, or may have their own projects underway that would benefit from interaction.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2771 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2399 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"In a large project with a long history it may be difficult to find changes " -"of interest when investigating an issue or change in behaviour. Verbose, " -"detailed commit messages allow searches for changes that might be relevant. " -"For example, `git log --since 1year --grep 'USB timeout'`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2773 -msgid "Providing historical documentation" +"* Making Changes Discoverable\n" +"+\n" +"In a large project with a long history it may be difficult to find changes of interest when investigating an issue or change in behaviour.\n" +"Verbose, detailed commit messages allow searches for changes that might be relevant.\n" +"For example, `git log --since 1year --grep 'USB timeout'`.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2777 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2405 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Commit messages serve to document changes for future developers, perhaps " -"years or decades later. This future developer may even be you, the original " -"author. A change that seems obvious today may be decidedly not so much " -"later on." +"* Providing historical documentation\n" +"+\n" +"Commit messages serve to document changes for future developers, perhaps years or decades later.\n" +"This future developer may even be you, the original author.\n" +"A change that seems obvious today may be decidedly not so much later on.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2779 -msgid "" -"The `git blame` command annotates each line of a source file with the change " -"(hash and subject line) that brought it in." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The `git blame` command annotates each line of a source file with the change (hash and subject line) that brought it in.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2781 -msgid "" -"Having established the importance, here are elements of a good FreeBSD " -"commit message:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Having established the importance, here are elements of a good FreeBSD commit message:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2782 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2410 #, no-wrap msgid "Start with a subject line" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2786 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2414 msgid "" "Commit messages should start with a single-line subject that briefly " "summarizes the change. The subject should, by itself, allow the reader to " @@ -5912,13 +4917,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2787 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2415 #, no-wrap msgid "Keep subject lines short" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2792 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2420 msgid "" "The subject line should be as short as possible while still retaining the " "required information. This is to make browsing Git log more efficient, and " @@ -5928,86 +4933,86 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2793 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2421 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefix the subject line with a component, if applicable" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2796 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2424 msgid "" "If the change relates to a specific component the subject line may be " "prefixed with that component name and a colon (:)." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2798 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2426 msgid "✓ `foo: Add -k option to keep temporary data`" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2800 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2428 msgid "" "Include the prefix in the 63-character limit suggested above, so that `git " "log --oneline` avoids wrapping." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2801 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2429 #, no-wrap msgid "Capitalize the first letter of the subject" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2805 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2433 msgid "" "Capitalize the first letter of the subject itself. The prefix, if any, is " "not capitalized unless necessary (e.g., `USB:` is capitalized)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2806 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2434 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not end the subject line with punctuation" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2810 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2438 msgid "" "Do not end with a period or other punctuation. In this regard the subject " "line is like a newspaper headline." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2811 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2439 #, no-wrap msgid "Separate the subject and body with a blank line" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2814 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2442 msgid "Separate the body from the subject with a blank line." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2816 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "" "Some trivial commits do not require a body, and will have only a subject." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2818 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "✓ `ls: Fix typo in usage text`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2819 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2447 #, no-wrap msgid "Limit messages to 72 columns" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2825 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2453 msgid "" "`git log` and `git format-patch` indent the commit message by four spaces. " "Wrapping at 72 columns provides a matching margin on the right edge. " @@ -6018,13 +5023,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2826 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2454 #, no-wrap msgid "Use the present tense, imperative mood" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2831 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2459 msgid "" "This facilitates short subject lines and provides consistency, including " "with automatically generated commit messages (e.g., as generated by git " @@ -6033,8 +5038,8 @@ msgid "" "\"." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2836 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "✓ `foo: Implement the -k (keep) option`\n" @@ -6044,41 +5049,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2837 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2465 #, no-wrap msgid "Focus on what and why, not how" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2840 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2468 msgid "" "Explain what the change accomplishes and why it is being done, rather than " "how." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2844 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2472 msgid "" "Do not assume that the reader is familiar with the issue. Explain the " "background and motivation for the change. Include benchmark data if you " "have it." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2846 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2474 msgid "" "If there are limitations or incomplete aspects of the change, describe them " "in the commit message." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2847 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2475 #, no-wrap msgid "Consider whether parts of the commit message could be code comments instead" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2850 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2478 msgid "" "Sometimes while writing a commit message you may find yourself writing a " "sentence or two explaining some tricky or confusing aspect of the change. " @@ -6087,13 +5092,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2851 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2479 #, no-wrap msgid "Write commit messages for your future self" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2855 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2483 msgid "" "While writing the commit message for a change you have all of the context in " "mind - what prompted the change, alternate approaches that were considered " @@ -6103,13 +5108,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2856 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2484 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit messages should stand alone" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2860 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2488 msgid "" "You may include references to mailing list postings, benchmark result web " "sites, or code review links. However, the commit message should contain all " @@ -6117,8 +5122,8 @@ msgid "" "in the future." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2864 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2492 msgid "" "Similarly, a commit may refer to a previous commit, for example in the case " "of a bug fix or revert. In addition to the commit identifier (revision or " @@ -6129,50 +5134,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2865 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2493 #, no-wrap msgid "Include appropriate metadata in a footer" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2868 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2496 msgid "" "As well as including an informative message with each commit, some " "additional information may be needed." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2870 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2498 msgid "" "This information consists of one or more lines containing the key word or " "phrase, a colon, tabs for formatting, and then the additional information." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2872 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2500 msgid "The key words or phrases are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2878 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2505 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[.informaltable]\n" +"[cols=\"20%,80%\", frame=\"none\"]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2506 #, no-wrap msgid "`PR:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2880 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2508 #, no-wrap msgid "The problem report (if any) which is affected (typically, by being closed) by this commit. Multiple PRs may be specified on one line, separated by commas or spaces." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2881 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2509 #, no-wrap msgid "`Reported by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2885 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2513 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The name and e-mail address of the person that reported the issue; for developers, just the username on the FreeBSD cluster.\n" @@ -6181,25 +5194,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2886 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2514 #, no-wrap msgid "`Submitted by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2888 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2516 #, no-wrap msgid "This has been deprecated with git; submitted patches should have the author set by using `git commit --author` with a full name and valid email." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2889 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2517 #, no-wrap msgid "`Reviewed by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2904 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The name and e-mail address of the person or people that reviewed the change; for developers, just the username on the FreeBSD cluster. If a patch was submitted to a mailing list for review, and the review was favorable, then just include the list name. If the reviewer is not a member of the project, provide the name, email, and if ports an external role like maintainer:\n" @@ -6218,25 +5231,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2905 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2533 #, no-wrap msgid "`Tested by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2907 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2535 #, no-wrap msgid "The name and e-mail address of the person or people that tested the change; for developers, just the username on the FreeBSD cluster." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2908 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2536 #, no-wrap msgid "`Approved by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2933 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The name and e-mail address of the person or people that approved the change; for developers, just the username on the FreeBSD cluster.\n" @@ -6264,127 +5277,121 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2934 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2562 #, no-wrap msgid "`Obtained from:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2936 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2564 #, no-wrap msgid "The name of the project (if any) from which the code was obtained. Do not use this line for the name of an individual person." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2937 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2565 #, no-wrap msgid "`Fixes:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2939 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2567 #, no-wrap msgid "The Git short hash and the title line of a commit that is fixed by this change as returned by `git log -n 1 --oneline GIT-COMMIT-HASH`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2940 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2568 #, no-wrap msgid "`MFC after:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2942 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2570 #, no-wrap msgid "To receive an e-mail reminder to MFC at a later date, specify the number of days, weeks, or months after which an MFC is planned." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2943 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2571 #, no-wrap msgid "`MFC to:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2945 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2573 #, no-wrap msgid "If the commit should be merged to a subset of stable branches, specify the branch names." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2948 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the commit should be merged together with a previous one in a single MFC commit (for example, where this commit corrects a bug in the previous change), specify the corresponding Git hash." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2949 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2574 #, no-wrap msgid "`MFH:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2951 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2576 #, no-wrap msgid "If the commit is to be merged into a ports quarterly branch name, specify the quarterly branch. For example `2021Q2`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2952 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2577 #, no-wrap msgid "`Relnotes:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2954 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2579 #, no-wrap msgid "If the change is a candidate for inclusion in the release notes for the next release from the branch, set to `yes`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2955 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2580 #, no-wrap msgid "`Security:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2957 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2582 #, no-wrap msgid "If the change is related to a security vulnerability or security exposure, include one or more references or a description of the issue. If possible, include a VuXML URL or a CVE ID." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2958 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2583 #, no-wrap msgid "`Event:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2960 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2585 #, no-wrap msgid "The description for the event where this commit was made. If this is a recurring event, add the year or even the month to it. For example, this could be `FooBSDcon 2019`. The idea behind this line is to put recognition to conferences, gatherings, and other types of meetups and to show that these are useful to have. Please do not use the `Sponsored by:` line for this as that is meant for organizations sponsoring certain features or developers working on them." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2961 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2586 #, no-wrap msgid "`Sponsored by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2963 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2588 #, no-wrap msgid "Sponsoring organizations for this change, if any. Separate multiple organizations with commas. If only a portion of the work was sponsored, or different amounts of sponsorship were provided to different authors, please give appropriate credit in parentheses after each sponsor name. For example, `Example.com (alice, code refactoring), Wormulon (bob), Momcorp (cindy)` shows that Alice was sponsored by Example.com to do code refactoring, while Wormulon sponsored Bob's work and Momcorp sponsored Cindy's work. Other authors were either not sponsored or chose not to list sponsorship." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2964 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2589 #, no-wrap msgid "`Pull Request:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2968 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This change was submitted as a pull request or merge request against one of FreeBSD's public read-only Git repositories.\n" @@ -6393,73 +5400,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2969 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2594 #, no-wrap msgid "`Signed-off-by:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2971 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2596 #, no-wrap msgid "ID certifies compliance with https://developercertificate.org/" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2972 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2597 #, no-wrap msgid "`Differential Revision:`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2974 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2599 #, no-wrap msgid "The full URL of the Phabricator review. This line __must be the last line__. For example: `https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1708`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2976 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2601 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log for a Commit Based on a PR" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2982 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2607 msgid "" "The commit is based on a patch from a PR submitted by John Smith. The " "commit message \"PR\" field is filled." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2986 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3004 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3019 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3035 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3050 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2611 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2629 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2644 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2660 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2675 #, no-wrap msgid "...\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2988 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2613 #, no-wrap msgid "PR:\t\t12345\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2991 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2616 msgid "" "The committer sets the author of the patch with `git commit --author \"John " "Smith \"`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2994 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2619 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log for a Commit Needing Review" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3000 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2625 msgid "" "The virtual memory system is being changed. After posting patches to the " "appropriate mailing list (in this case, `freebsd-arch`) and the changes have " @@ -6467,73 +5474,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3006 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2631 #, no-wrap msgid "Reviewed by:\t-arch\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3010 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2635 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log for a Commit Needing Approval" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3015 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2640 msgid "" "Commit a port, after working with the listed MAINTAINER, who said to go " "ahead and commit." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3021 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2646 #, no-wrap msgid "Approved by:\tabc (maintainer)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3024 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2649 msgid "Where _abc_ is the account name of the person who approved." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3026 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2651 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log for a Commit Bringing in Code from OpenBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3031 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2656 msgid "Committing some code based on work done in the OpenBSD project." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3037 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2662 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtained from:\tOpenBSD\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3041 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2666 #, no-wrap msgid "Commit Log for a Change to FreeBSD-CURRENT with a Planned Commit to FreeBSD-STABLE to Follow at a Later Date." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3046 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2671 msgid "" "Committing some code which will be merged from FreeBSD-CURRENT into the " "FreeBSD-STABLE branch after two weeks." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3052 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2677 #, no-wrap msgid "MFC after:\t2 weeks\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3055 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2680 msgid "" "Where _2_ is the number of days, weeks, or months after which an MFC is " "planned. The _weeks_ option may be `day`, `days`, `week`, `weeks`, `month`, " @@ -6541,12 +5548,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3058 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2683 msgid "It is often necessary to combine these." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3062 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2687 msgid "" "Consider the situation where a user has submitted a PR containing code from " "the NetBSD project. Looking at the PR, the developer sees it is not an area " @@ -6556,19 +5563,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3064 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2689 msgid "" "The extra information to include in the commit would look something like" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3065 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2690 #, no-wrap msgid "Example Combined Commit Log" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3076 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2701 #, no-wrap msgid "" "PR:\t\t54321\n" @@ -6579,13 +5586,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3081 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2706 #, no-wrap msgid "Preferred License for New Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3087 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2712 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project's full license policy can be found at link:https://www." "FreeBSD.org/internal/software-license/[https://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/" @@ -6595,14 +5602,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3089 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2714 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project suggests and uses this text as the preferred license " "scheme:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3120 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2745 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*-\n" @@ -6636,7 +5643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3126 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2751 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project strongly discourages the so-called \"advertising " "clause\" in new code. Due to the large number of contributors to the " @@ -6647,7 +5654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3130 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2755 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project discourages completely new licenses and variations on " "the standard licenses. New licenses require the approval of the {core-" @@ -6658,7 +5665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3134 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2759 msgid "" "Project policy dictates that code under some non-BSD licenses must be placed " "only in specific sections of the repository, and in some cases, compilation " @@ -6669,7 +5676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3137 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2762 msgid "" "Developers are reminded that in open source, getting \"open\" right is just " "as important as getting \"source\" right, as improper handling of " @@ -6678,13 +5685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3139 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2764 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping Track of Licenses Granted to the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3144 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2769 msgid "" "Various software or data exist in the repositories where the FreeBSD project " "has been granted a special license to be able to use them. A case in point " @@ -6695,7 +5702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3149 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2774 msgid "" "It is clearly sensible to keep a record of any such license grants. To that " "end, the {core-email} has decided to keep an archive of them. Whenever the " @@ -6705,13 +5712,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3151 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2776 msgid "" "Contact details for people or organizations granting the special license." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3152 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2777 msgid "" "What files, directories etc. in the repositories are covered by the license " "grant including the revision numbers where any specially licensed material " @@ -6719,7 +5726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3153 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2778 msgid "" "The date the license comes into effect from. Unless otherwise agreed, this " "will be the date the license was issued by the authors of the software in " @@ -6727,24 +5734,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3154 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2779 msgid "The license text." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3155 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2780 msgid "" "A note of any restrictions, limitations or exceptions that apply " "specifically to FreeBSD's usage of the licensed material." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3156 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2781 msgid "Any other relevant information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3159 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2784 msgid "" "Once the {core-email} is satisfied that all the necessary details have been " "gathered and are correct, the secretary will send a PGP-signed " @@ -6754,7 +5761,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3162 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2787 msgid "" "The license archive should contain only details of license grants; this is " "not the place for any discussions around licensing or other subjects. " @@ -6763,13 +5770,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3164 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2789 #, no-wrap msgid "SPDX Tags in the tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3175 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2800 msgid "" "The project uses https://spdx.dev[SPDX] tags in our source base. At " "present, these tags are indented to help automated tools reconstruct license " @@ -6788,20 +5795,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3177 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2802 msgid "" "As of March 2021, approximately 25,000 out of 90,000 files in the tree have " "been marked." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3178 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2803 #, no-wrap msgid "Developer Relations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3184 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2809 msgid "" "When working directly on your own code or on code which is already well " "established as your responsibility, then there is probably little need to " @@ -6814,7 +5821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3188 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2813 msgid "" "To determine if an area of the tree is maintained, check the MAINTAINERS " "file at the root of the tree. If nobody is listed, scan the revision " @@ -6825,27 +5832,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block - 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3192 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2817 #, no-wrap msgid "% git -C /path/to/repo shortlog -sne --since=\"2 years\" -- relative/path/to/file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3195 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2820 msgid "" "If queries go unanswered or the committer otherwise indicates a lack of " "interest in the area affected, go ahead and commit it." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3200 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2825 msgid "" "Avoid sending private emails to maintainers. Other people might be " "interested in the conversation, not just the final output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3206 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2831 msgid "" "If there is any doubt about a commit for any reason at all, have it reviewed " "before committing. Better to have it flamed then and there rather than when " @@ -6856,7 +5863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3210 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2835 msgid "" "Do not impugn the intentions of others. If they see a different solution to " "a problem, or even a different problem, it is probably not because they are " @@ -6866,7 +5873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3213 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2838 msgid "" "Disagree honestly. Argue your position from its merits, be honest about any " "shortcomings it may have, and be open to seeing their solution, or even " @@ -6874,7 +5881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3219 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2844 msgid "" "Accept correction. We are all fallible. When you have made a mistake, " "apologize and get on with life. Do not beat up yourself, and certainly do " @@ -6883,7 +5890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3223 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2848 msgid "" "Ask for help. Seek out (and give) peer reviews. One of the ways open " "source software is supposed to excel is in the number of eyeballs applied to " @@ -6891,20 +5898,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3225 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2850 #, no-wrap msgid "If in Doubt..." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3229 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2854 msgid "" "When unsure about something, whether it be a technical issue or a project " "convention be sure to ask. If you stay silent you will never make progress." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3233 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2858 msgid "" "If it relates to a technical issue ask on the public mailing lists. Avoid " "the temptation to email the individual person that knows the answer. This " @@ -6912,32 +5919,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3235 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2860 msgid "For project specific or administrative questions ask, in order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3237 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2862 msgid "Your mentor or former mentor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3238 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2863 msgid "An experienced committer on IRC, email, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3239 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2864 msgid "Any team with a \"hat\", as they can give you a definitive answer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3240 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2865 msgid "If still not sure, ask on {developers-name}." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3242 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2867 msgid "" "Once your question is answered, if no one pointed you to documentation that " "spelled out the answer to your question, document it, as others will have " @@ -6945,13 +5952,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3244 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2869 #, no-wrap msgid "Bugzilla" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3249 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2874 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project utilizes Bugzilla for tracking bugs and change " "requests. Be sure that if you commit a fix or suggestion found in the PR " @@ -6960,26 +5967,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3251 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2876 msgid "" "Committers with non-``FreeBSD.org`` Bugzilla accounts can have the old " "account merged with the `FreeBSD.org` account by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3255 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2880 msgid "Log in using your old account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3256 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2881 msgid "" "Open new bug. Choose `Services` as the Product, and `Bug Tracker` as the " "Component. In bug description list accounts you wish to be merged." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3257 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2882 msgid "" "Log in using `FreeBSD.org` account and post comment to newly opened bug to " "confirm ownership. See <> for more details on how to generate " @@ -6987,35 +5994,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3258 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2883 msgid "" "If there are more than two accounts to merge, post comments from each of " "them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3261 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2886 msgid "You can find out more about Bugzilla at:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3263 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2888 msgid "extref:{pr-guidelines}[FreeBSD Problem Report Handling Guidelines]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3264 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2889 msgid "link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/support/[https://www.FreeBSD.org/support]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3266 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2891 #, no-wrap msgid "Phabricator" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3270 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2895 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project utilizes https://reviews.freebsd.org[Phabricator] for " "code review requests. See the https://wiki.freebsd.org/" @@ -7023,19 +6030,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3272 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2897 msgid "" "Committers with non-``FreeBSD.org`` Phabricator accounts can have the old " "account renamed to the ``FreeBSD.org`` account by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3276 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2901 msgid "Change your Phabricator account email to your `FreeBSD.org` email." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3277 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2902 msgid "" "Open new bug on our bug tracker using your `FreeBSD.org` account, see " "<> for more information. Choose `Services` as the Product, and " @@ -7045,19 +6052,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3282 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2907 msgid "" "Phabricator accounts cannot be merged, please do not open a new account." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3285 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2910 #, no-wrap msgid "Who's Who" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3288 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2913 msgid "" "Besides the repository meisters, there are other FreeBSD project members and " "teams whom you will probably get to know in your role as a committer. " @@ -7065,13 +6072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3289 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2914 #, no-wrap msgid "`{doceng}`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3295 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2920 msgid "" "doceng is the group responsible for the documentation build infrastructure, " "approving new documentation committers, and ensuring that the FreeBSD " @@ -7085,13 +6092,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3296 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2921 #, no-wrap msgid "`{re-members}`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3301 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2926 msgid "" "These are the members of the `{re}`. This team is responsible for setting " "release deadlines and controlling the release process. During code freezes, " @@ -7102,20 +6109,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3302 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2927 #, no-wrap msgid "`{so}`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3304 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2929 msgid "" "`{so-name}` is the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/security/[FreeBSD Security " "Officer] and oversees the `{security-officer}`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3309 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2934 msgid "" "{committers-name}:: {dev-src-all}, {dev-ports-all} and {dev-doc-all} are the " "mailing lists that the version control system uses to send commit messages " @@ -7124,7 +6131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3314 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2939 msgid "" "{developers-name}:: All committers are subscribed to -developers. This list " "was created to be a forum for the committers \"community\" issues. Examples " @@ -7132,7 +6139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3318 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2943 msgid "" "The {developers-name} is for the exclusive use of FreeBSD committers. To " "develop FreeBSD, committers must have the ability to openly discuss matters " @@ -7142,7 +6149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3322 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2947 msgid "" "All FreeBSD committers are expected not to not publish or forward messages " "from the {developers-name} outside the list membership without permission of " @@ -7152,7 +6159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3328 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2953 msgid "" "This list is _not_ intended as a place for code reviews or for any technical " "discussion. In fact using it as such hurts the FreeBSD Project as it gives " @@ -7165,13 +6172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3329 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2954 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Quick-Start Guide" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3334 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2959 msgid "" "If you do not wish to type your password in every time you use man:ssh[1], " "and you use keys to authenticate, man:ssh-agent[1] is there for your " @@ -7182,19 +6189,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3335 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2960 msgid "" "Generate a key pair using man:ssh-keygen[1]. The key pair will wind up in " "your [.filename]#$HOME/.ssh/# directory." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3339 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2964 msgid "Only ECDSA, Ed25519 or RSA keys are supported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3341 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2966 msgid "" "Send your public key ([.filename]#$HOME/.ssh/id_ecdsa.pub#, [." "filename]#$HOME/.ssh/id_ed25519.pub#, or [.filename]#$HOME/.ssh/id_rsa.pub#) " @@ -7203,7 +6210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3346 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2971 msgid "" "Now man:ssh-add[1] can be used for authentication once per session. It " "prompts for the private key's pass phrase, and then stores it in the " @@ -7212,32 +6219,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3348 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2973 msgid "Test with a simple remote command: `ssh freefall.FreeBSD.org ls /usr`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3350 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2975 msgid "" "For more information, see package:security/openssh-portable[], man:ssh[1], " "man:ssh-add[1], man:ssh-agent[1], man:ssh-keygen[1], and man:scp[1]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3352 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2977 msgid "" "For information on adding, changing, or removing man:ssh[1] keys, see " "https://wiki.freebsd.org/clusteradm/ssh-keys[this article]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3354 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2979 #, no-wrap msgid "Coverity(R) Availability for FreeBSD Committers" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3358 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2983 msgid "" "All FreeBSD developers can obtain access to Coverity analysis results of all " "FreeBSD Project software. All who are interested in obtaining access to the " @@ -7246,7 +6253,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3361 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2986 msgid "" "The FreeBSD wiki includes a mini-guide for developers who are interested in " "working with the Coverity(R) analysis reports: https://wiki.freebsd.org/" @@ -7257,7 +6264,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3363 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2988 msgid "" "Finally, all FreeBSD developers who are going to use Coverity(R) are always " "encouraged to ask for more details and usage information, by posting any " @@ -7265,13 +6272,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3365 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2990 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Committers' Big List of Rules" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3370 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2995 msgid "" "Everyone involved with the FreeBSD project is expected to abide by the _Code " "of Conduct_ available from link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/code-of-" @@ -7282,25 +6289,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3372 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3402 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2997 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3027 msgid "Respect other committers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3373 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3418 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2998 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3043 msgid "Respect other contributors." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3374 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3433 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:2999 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3058 msgid "Discuss any significant change _before_ committing." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3375 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3000 msgid "" "Respect existing maintainers (if listed in the `MAINTAINER` field in [." "filename]#Makefile# or in [.filename]#MAINTAINER# in the top-level " @@ -7308,8 +6315,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3376 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3448 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3001 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3073 msgid "" "Any disputed change must be backed out pending resolution of the dispute if " "requested by a maintainer. Security related changes may override a " @@ -7317,7 +6324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3377 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3002 msgid "" "Changes go to FreeBSD-CURRENT before FreeBSD-STABLE unless specifically " "permitted by the release engineer or unless they are not applicable to " @@ -7329,40 +6336,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3378 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3463 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3003 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3088 msgid "Do not fight in public with other committers; it looks bad." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3379 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3004 msgid "" "Respect all code freezes and read the `committers` and `developers` mailing " "lists in a timely manner so you know when a code freeze is in effect." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3380 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3478 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3005 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3103 msgid "When in doubt on any procedure, ask first!" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3381 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3483 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3006 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3108 msgid "Test your changes before committing them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3382 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3492 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3007 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3117 msgid "" "Do not commit to contributed software without _explicit_ approval from the " "respective maintainers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3393 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3018 msgid "" "As noted, breaking some of these rules can be grounds for suspension or, " "upon repeated offense, permanent removal of commit privileges. Individual " @@ -7388,7 +6395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3397 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3022 msgid "" "In all other aspects of project operation, core is a subset of committers " "and is bound by the __same rules__. Just because someone is in core this " @@ -7399,13 +6406,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3398 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3023 #, no-wrap msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3406 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3031 msgid "" "This means that you need to treat other committers as the peer-group " "developers that they are. Despite our occasional attempts to prove the " @@ -7417,7 +6424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3408 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3033 msgid "" "Being able to work together long term is this project's greatest asset, one " "far more important than any set of changes to the code, and turning " @@ -7427,7 +6434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3414 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3039 msgid "" "To comply with this rule, do not send email when you are angry or otherwise " "behave in a manner which is likely to strike others as needlessly " @@ -7446,7 +6453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3417 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3042 msgid "" "All of this is never an option which the project's leadership enjoys in the " "slightest, but unity comes first. No amount of code or good advice is worth " @@ -7454,7 +6461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3430 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3055 msgid "" "You were not always a committer. At one time you were a contributor. " "Remember that at all times. Remember what it was like trying to get help " @@ -7468,14 +6475,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3432 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3057 msgid "" "Consider the points raised under <> and " "apply them also to contributors." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3439 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3064 msgid "" "The repository is not where changes are initially submitted for correctness " "or argued over, that happens first in the mailing lists or by use of the " @@ -7491,17 +6498,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3441 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3066 msgid "When in doubt, ask for review!" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3442 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3067 msgid "Respect existing maintainers if listed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3447 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3072 msgid "" "Many parts of FreeBSD are not \"owned\" in the sense that any specific " "individual will jump up and yell if you commit a change to \"their\" area, " @@ -7517,7 +6524,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3453 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3078 msgid "" "This may be hard to swallow in times of conflict (when each side is " "convinced that they are in the right, of course) but a version control " @@ -7535,7 +6542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3454 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3079 msgid "" "Changes go to FreeBSD-CURRENT before FreeBSD-STABLE unless specifically " "permitted by the release engineer or unless they are not applicable to " @@ -7546,7 +6553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3460 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3085 msgid "" "This is another \"do not argue about it\" issue since it is the release " "engineer who is ultimately responsible (and gets beaten up) if a change " @@ -7565,7 +6572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3462 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3087 msgid "" "Changes to the security branches (for example, `releng/9.3`) must be " "approved by a member of the `{security-officer}`, or in some cases, by a " @@ -7573,7 +6580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3473 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3098 msgid "" "This project has a public image to uphold and that image is very important " "to all of us, especially if we are to continue to attract new members. " @@ -7598,14 +6605,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3474 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3099 msgid "" "Respect all code freezes and read the `committers` and `developers` mailing " "list on a timely basis so you know when a code freeze is in effect." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3477 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3102 msgid "" "Committing unapproved changes during a code freeze is a really big mistake " "and committers are expected to keep up-to-date on what is going on before " @@ -7616,7 +6623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3482 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3107 msgid "" "Many mistakes are made because someone is in a hurry and just assumes they " "know the right way of doing something. If you have not done it before, " @@ -7628,30 +6635,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3491 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3116 msgid "" -"This may sound obvious, but if it really were so obvious then we probably " -"would not see so many cases of people clearly not doing this. If your " -"changes are to the kernel, make sure you can still compile both GENERIC and " -"LINT. If your changes are anywhere else, make sure you can still make " -"world. If your changes are to a branch, make sure your testing occurs with " -"a machine which is running that code. If you have a change which also may " -"break another architecture, be sure and test on all supported " -"architectures. Please refer to the https://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/" -"[FreeBSD Internal Page] for a list of available resources. As other " -"architectures are added to the FreeBSD supported platforms list, the " -"appropriate shared testing resources will be made available." +"If your changes are to the kernel, make sure you can still compile both " +"GENERIC and LINT. If your changes are anywhere else, make sure you can " +"still make world. If your changes are to a branch, make sure your testing " +"occurs with a machine which is running that code. If you have a change " +"which also may break another architecture, be sure and test on all supported " +"architectures. Please ensure your change works for <>. Please refer to the https://www.FreeBSD.org/internal/[FreeBSD " +"Internal Page] for a list of available resources. As other architectures " +"are added to the FreeBSD supported platforms list, the appropriate shared " +"testing resources will be made available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3494 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3119 msgid "" "Contributed software is anything under the [.filename]#src/contrib#, [." "filename]#src/crypto#, or [.filename]#src/sys/contrib# trees." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3499 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3124 msgid "" "The trees mentioned above are for contributed software usually imported onto " "a vendor branch. Committing something there may cause unnecessary headaches " @@ -7661,7 +6667,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3503 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3128 msgid "" "Reasons for modifying upstream software range from wanting strict control " "over a tightly coupled dependency to lack of portability in the canonical " @@ -7673,7 +6679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3506 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3131 msgid "" "If a particular piece of software lacks a maintainer, you are encouraged to " "take up ownership. If you are unsure of the current maintainership email " @@ -7681,13 +6687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3507 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3132 #, no-wrap msgid "Policy on Multiple Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3511 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3136 msgid "" "FreeBSD has added several new architecture ports during recent release " "cycles and is truly no longer an i386(TM) centric operating system. In an " @@ -7696,7 +6702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3515 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3140 msgid "" "Our 32-bit reference platform is i386, and our 64-bit reference platform is " "amd64. Major design work (including major API and ABI changes) must prove " @@ -7706,41 +6712,155 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3517 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3144 msgid "" -"The i386 and amd64 platforms were chosen due to being more readily available " -"to developers and as representatives of more diverse processor and system " -"designs - big versus little endian, register file versus register stack, " -"different DMA and cache implementations, hardware page tables versus " -"software TLB management etc." +"Developers should also be aware of our Tier Policy for the long term support " +"of hardware architectures. The rules here are intended to provide guidance " +"during the development process, and are distinct from the requirements for " +"features and architectures listed in that section. The Tier rules for " +"feature support on architectures at release-time are more strict than the " +"rules for changes during the development process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Policy on Multiple Compilers" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3519 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3160 msgid "" -"We will continue to re-evaluate this policy as cost and availability of the " -"64-bit platforms change." +"FreeBSD builds with both Clang and GCC. The project does this in a careful " +"and controlled way to maximize benefits from this extra work, while keeping " +"the extra work to a minimum. Supporting both Clang and GCC improves the " +"flexibility our users have. These compilers have different strengths and " +"weaknesses, and supporting both allows users to pick the best one for their " +"needs. Clang and GCC support similar dialects of C and C++, necessitating a " +"relatively small amount of conditional code. The project gains increased " +"code coverage and improves the code quality by using features from both " +"compilers. The project is able to build in more user environments and " +"leverage more CI environments by supporting this range, increasing " +"convenience for users and giving them more tools to test with. By carefully " +"constraining the range of versions supported to modern versions of these " +"compilers, the project avoids unduely increasing the testing matrix. Older " +"and obscure compilers, as well as older dialects of the langauges, have " +"extremely limited support that allow user programs to build with them, but " +"without constraining the base system to being built with them. The exact " +"balance continues to evolve to ensure the benefits of extra work remain " +"greater than the burdens it imposes. The project used to support really old " +"Intel compilers or old GCC versions, but we traded supporting those obsolete " +"compilers for a carefully selected range of modern compilers. This section " +"documents where we use different compilers, and the expectations around that." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3523 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3165 msgid "" -"Developers should also be aware of our Tier Policy for the long term support " -"of hardware architectures. The rules here are intended to provide guidance " -"during the development process, and are distinct from the requirements for " -"features and architectures listed in that section. The Tier rules for " -"feature support on architectures at release-time are more strict than the " -"rules for changes during the development process." +"The FreeBSD project provides an in-tree Clang compiler. Due to being in the " +"tree, this compiler is the most supported compiler. All changes must " +"compile with it, prior to commit. Complete testing, as appropriate for the " +"change, should be done with this compiler." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3173 +msgid "" +"At any moment in time, the FreeBSD project also supports one or more out-of-" +"tree compilers. At present, this is GCC 12.x. Ideally, committers should " +"test compile with this compiler, especially for large or risky changes. " +"This compiler is available as the `${TARGET_ARCH}-gcc${VERSION}` package, " +"such as package:devel/freebsd-gcc12@aarch64[aarch64-gcc12] or package:devel/" +"freebsd-gcc12@riscv64[riscv64-gcc12]. The project runs automated CI jobs to " +"build everything with these compilers. Committers are expected to fix the " +"jobs they break with their changes. Committers may test build with, for " +"example `CROSS_TOOLCHAIN=aarch64-gcc12` or `CROSS_TOOLCHAIN=llvm15` where " +"necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3177 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD project also has some CI pipelines on github. For pull requests " +"on github and some branches pushed to the github forks, a number of cross " +"compilation jobs run. These test FreeBSD building using a version of Clang " +"that sometimes lags the in-tree compiler by a major version for a time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3183 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD project is also upgrading compilers. Both Clang and GCC are " +"fast moving targets. Some work to change things in the tree, for example " +"removing the old-style K&R function declarations and definitions, will land " +"in the tree prior to the compiler landing. Committers should try to be " +"mindful about this and be receptive to looking into problems with their code " +"or changes with these new compilers. Also, just after a new compiler " +"version hits the tree, people may need to compile things with the old " +"version if there was an undetected regression suspected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3187 +msgid "" +"In addition to the compiler, LLVM's LLD and GNU's binutils are used " +"indirectly by the compiler. Committers should be mindful of variations in " +"assembler syntax and features of the linkers and ensure both variants work. " +"These components will be tested as part of FreeBSD's CI jobs for Clang or " +"GCC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3193 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD project provides headers and libraries that allow other " +"compilers to be used to build software not in the base system. These " +"headers have support for making the environment as strict as the standard, " +"supporting prior dialects of ANSI-C back to C89, and other edge cases our " +"large ports collection has uncovered. This support constrains retirement of " +"older standards in places like header files, but does not constrain updating " +"the base system to newer dialects. Nor does it require the base system to " +"compile with these older standards as a whole. Breaking this support will " +"cause packages in the ports collection to fail, so should be avoided where " +"possible, and promptly fixed when it is easy to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3198 +msgid "" +"The FreeBSD build system currently accommodates these different " +"environments. As new warnings are added to compilers, the project tries to " +"fix them. However, sometimes these warnings require extensive rework, so " +"are suppressed in some way by using make variables that evaluate to the " +"proper thing depending on the compiler version. Developers should be " +"mindful of this, and ensure any compiler specific flags are properly " +"conditionalized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Current Compiler Versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3204 +msgid "" +"The in-tree compiler is currently Clang 15.x. Currently, GCC 12 and Clang " +"12, 13, 14 and 15 are tested in the github and project's CI jenkins jobs. " +"Work is underway to get the tree ready for Clang 16. The oldest project " +"supported branch has Clang 12, so the bootstrap portions of the build must " +"work for Clang major versions 12 to 15." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3524 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3205 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Suggestions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3528 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3209 msgid "" "When committing documentation changes, use a spell checker before " "committing. For all XML docs, verify that the formatting directives are " @@ -7748,7 +6868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3530 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3211 msgid "" "For manual pages, run package:sysutils/manck[] and package:textproc/igor[] " "over the manual page to verify all of the cross references and file " @@ -7757,7 +6877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3537 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3218 msgid "" "Do not mix style fixes with new functionality. A style fix is any change " "which does not modify the functionality of the code. Mixing the changes " @@ -7770,20 +6890,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3538 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3219 #, no-wrap msgid "Deprecating Features" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3541 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3222 msgid "" "When it is necessary to remove functionality from software in the base " "system, follow these guidelines whenever possible:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3543 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3224 msgid "" "Mention is made in the manual page and possibly the release notes that the " "option, utility, or interface is deprecated. Use of the deprecated feature " @@ -7791,14 +6911,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3544 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3225 msgid "" "The option, utility, or interface is preserved until the next major (point " "zero) release." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3545 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3226 msgid "" "The option, utility, or interface is removed and no longer documented. It is " "now obsolete. It is also generally a good idea to note its removal in the " @@ -7806,18 +6926,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3546 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3227 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy and Confidentiality" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3549 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3230 msgid "Most FreeBSD business is done in public." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3552 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3233 msgid "" "FreeBSD is an _open_ project. Which means that not only can anyone use the " "source code, but that most of the development process is open to public " @@ -7825,12 +6945,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3553 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3234 msgid "Certain sensitive matters must remain private or held under embargo." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3559 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3240 msgid "" "There unfortunately cannot be complete transparency. As a FreeBSD developer " "you will have a certain degree of privileged access to information. " @@ -7841,14 +6961,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3560 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3241 msgid "" "The Security Officer has sole control over the release of security " "advisories." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3565 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3246 msgid "" "Where there are security problems that affect many different operating " "systems, FreeBSD frequently depends on early access to be able to prepare " @@ -7861,13 +6981,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3566 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3247 msgid "" "Communications with Core are kept confidential for as long as necessary." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3571 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3252 msgid "" "Communications to core will initially be treated as confidential. " "Eventually however, most of Core's business will be summarized into the " @@ -7878,14 +6998,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3572 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3253 msgid "" "Non-disclosure Agreements may be required for access to certain commercially " "sensitive data." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3575 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3256 msgid "" "Access to certain commercially sensitive data may only be available under a " "Non-Disclosure Agreement. The FreeBSD Foundation legal staff must be " @@ -7893,12 +7013,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3576 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3257 msgid "Private communications must not be made public without permission." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3579 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3260 msgid "" "Beyond the specific requirements above there is a general expectation not to " "publish private communications between developers without the consent of all " @@ -7908,14 +7028,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3580 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3261 msgid "" "Communications on project-only or restricted access channels must be kept " "private." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3583 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3264 msgid "" "Similarly to personal communications, certain internal communications " "channels, including FreeBSD Committer only mailing lists and restricted " @@ -7924,12 +7044,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3584 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3265 msgid "Core may approve publication." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3586 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3267 msgid "" "Where it is impractical to obtain permission due to the number of " "correspondents or where permission to publish is unreasonably withheld, Core " @@ -7938,13 +7058,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3588 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3269 #, no-wrap msgid "Support for Multiple Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3595 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3276 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a highly portable operating system intended to function on many " "different types of hardware architectures. Maintaining clean separation of " @@ -7960,13 +7080,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3596 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3277 #, no-wrap msgid "Statement of General Intent" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3601 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3282 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project targets \"production quality commercial off-the-shelf " "(COTS) workstation, server, and high-end embedded systems\". By retaining a " @@ -7982,7 +7102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3608 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3289 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project differentiates platform targets into four tiers. Each " "tier includes a list of guarantees consumers may rely on as well as " @@ -7996,13 +7116,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3609 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3290 #, no-wrap msgid "Platform Targets" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3616 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3297 msgid "" "Support for a hardware platform consists of two components: kernel support " "and userland Application Binary Interfaces (ABIs). Kernel platform support " @@ -8017,7 +7137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3618 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3299 msgid "" "A FreeBSD kernel also uses an ABI (sometimes referred to as the Kernel " "Binary Interface (KBI)) which includes the semantics and layouts of public " @@ -8026,7 +7146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3623 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3304 msgid "" "A FreeBSD kernel may support multiple userland ABIs. For example, FreeBSD's " "amd64 kernel supports FreeBSD amd64 and i386 userland ABIs as well as Linux " @@ -8037,20 +7157,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3625 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3306 msgid "" "Tiers are defined for both kernels and userland ABIs. In the common case, a " "platform's kernel and FreeBSD ABIs are assigned to the same tier." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3626 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3307 #, no-wrap msgid "Tier 1: Fully-Supported Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3631 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3312 msgid "" "Tier 1 platforms are the most mature FreeBSD platforms. They are supported " "by the security officer, release engineering, and Ports Management Team. " @@ -8060,42 +7180,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3633 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3314 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project provides the following guarantees to consumers of Tier 1 " "platforms:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3635 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3316 msgid "" "Official FreeBSD release images will be provided by the release engineering " "team." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3636 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3317 msgid "" "Binary updates and source patches for Security Advisories and Errata Notices " "will be provided for supported releases." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3637 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3318 msgid "" "Source patches for Security Advisories will be provided for supported " "branches." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3638 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3319 msgid "" "Binary updates and source patches for cross-platform Security Advisories " "will typically be provided at the time of the announcement." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3639 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3320 msgid "" "Changes to userland ABIs will generally include compatibility shims to " "ensure correct operation of binaries compiled against any stable branch " @@ -8105,7 +7225,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3640 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3321 msgid "" "Changes to certain portions of the kernel ABI will include compatibility " "shims to ensure correct operation of kernel modules compiled against the " @@ -8114,7 +7234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3641 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3322 msgid "" "Official binary packages for third party software will be provided by the " "ports team. For embedded architectures, these packages may be cross-built " @@ -8122,21 +7242,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3642 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3323 msgid "" "Most relevant ports should either build or have the appropriate filters to " "prevent inappropriate ones from building." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3643 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3324 msgid "" "New features which are not inherently platform-specific will be fully " "functional on all Tier 1 architectures." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3644 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3325 msgid "" "Features and compatibility shims used by binaries compiled against older " "stable branches may be removed in newer major versions. Such removals will " @@ -8144,19 +7264,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3645 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3326 msgid "" "Tier 1 platforms should be fully documented. Basic operations will be " "documented in the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3646 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3327 msgid "Tier 1 platforms will be included in the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3647 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3328 msgid "" "Tier 1 platforms should be self-hosting either via the in-tree toolchain or " "an external toolchain. If an external toolchain is required, official binary " @@ -8164,14 +7284,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3649 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3330 msgid "" "To maintain maturity of Tier 1 platforms, the FreeBSD Project will maintain " "the following resources to support development:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3651 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3332 msgid "" "Build and test automation support either in the FreeBSD.org cluster or some " "other location easily available for all developers. Embedded platforms may " @@ -8180,41 +7300,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3652 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3682 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3333 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3363 msgid "Inclusion in the `make universe` and `make tinderbox` targets." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3653 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3334 msgid "" "Dedicated hardware in one of the FreeBSD clusters for package building " "(either natively or via qemu-user)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3655 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3336 msgid "" "Collectively, developers are required to provide the following to maintain " "the Tier 1 status of a platform:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3657 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3338 msgid "" "Changes to the source tree should not knowingly break the build of a Tier 1 " "platform." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3658 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3339 msgid "" "Tier 1 architectures must have a mature, healthy ecosystem of users and " "active developers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3659 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3340 msgid "" "Developers should be able to build packages on commonly available, non-" "embedded Tier 1 systems. This can mean either native builds if non-embedded " @@ -8223,7 +7343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3660 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3341 msgid "" "Changes cannot break the userland ABI. If an ABI change is required, ABI " "compatibility for existing binaries should be provided via use of symbol " @@ -8231,7 +7351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3661 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3342 msgid "" "Changes merged to stable branches cannot break the protected portions of the " "kernel ABI. If a kernel ABI change is required, the change should be " @@ -8239,13 +7359,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3662 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3343 #, no-wrap msgid "Tier 2: Developmental and Niche Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3666 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3347 msgid "" "Tier 2 platforms are functional, but less mature FreeBSD platforms. They " "are not supported by the security officer, release engineering, and Ports " @@ -8253,7 +7373,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3670 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3351 msgid "" "Tier 2 platforms may be Tier 1 platform candidates that are still under " "active development. Architectures reaching end of life may also be moved " @@ -8263,14 +7383,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3672 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3353 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project provides the following guarantees to consumers of Tier 2 " "platforms:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3674 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3355 msgid "" "The ports infrastructure should include basic support for Tier 2 " "architectures sufficient to support building ports and packages. This " @@ -8279,19 +7399,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3675 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3356 msgid "" "New features which are not inherently platform-specific should be feasible " "on all Tier 2 architectures if not implemented." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3676 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3357 msgid "Tier 2 platforms will be included in the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3677 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3358 msgid "" "Tier 2 platforms should be self-hosting either via the in-tree toolchain or " "an external toolchain. If an external toolchain is required, official binary " @@ -8299,41 +7419,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3678 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3359 msgid "" "Tier 2 platforms should provide functional kernels and userlands even if an " "official release distribution is not provided." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3680 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3361 msgid "" "To maintain maturity of Tier 2 platforms, the FreeBSD Project will maintain " "the following resources to support development:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3684 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3365 msgid "" "Collectively, developers are required to provide the following to maintain " "the Tier 2 status of a platform:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3686 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3367 msgid "" "Changes to the source tree should not knowingly break the build of a Tier 2 " "platform." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3687 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3368 msgid "" "Tier 2 architectures must have an active ecosystem of users and developers." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3688 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3369 msgid "" "While changes are permitted to break the userland ABI, the ABI should not be " "broken gratuitously. Significant userland ABI changes should be restricted " @@ -8341,20 +7461,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3689 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3370 msgid "" "New features that are not yet implemented on Tier 2 architectures should " "provide a means of disabling them on those architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3690 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3371 #, no-wrap msgid "Tier 3: Experimental Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3694 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3375 msgid "" "Tier 3 platforms have at least partial FreeBSD support. They are _not_ " "supported by the security officer, release engineering, and Ports Management " @@ -8362,7 +7482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3697 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3378 msgid "" "Tier 3 platforms are architectures in the early stages of development, for " "non-mainstream hardware platforms, or which are considered legacy systems " @@ -8371,7 +7491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3700 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3381 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project provides no guarantees to consumers of Tier 3 platforms " "and is not committed to maintaining resources to support development. Tier " @@ -8380,20 +7500,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3701 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3382 #, no-wrap msgid "Unsupported Architectures" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3705 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3386 msgid "" "Other platforms are not supported in any form by the project. The project " "previously described these as Tier 4 systems." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3708 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3389 msgid "" "After a platform transitions to unsupported, all support for the platform is " "removed from the source, ports and documentation trees. Note that ports " @@ -8402,13 +7522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3709 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3390 #, no-wrap msgid "Policy on Changing the Tier of an Architecture" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3713 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3394 msgid "" "Systems may only be moved from one tier to another by approval of the " "FreeBSD Core Team, which shall make that decision in collaboration with the " @@ -8418,25 +7538,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3715 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3396 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports Specific FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3718 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3399 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a New Port" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3721 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3402 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I add a new port?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3725 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3406 msgid "" "Adding a port to the tree is relatively simple. Once the port is ready to be " "added, as explained later <>, you need to add " @@ -8446,20 +7566,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3729 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3410 #, no-wrap msgid "\tSUBDIR += newport\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3732 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3413 msgid "" "Once the port and its category's Makefile are ready, the new port can be " "committed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3737 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3418 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git add category/Makefile category/newport\n" @@ -8468,7 +7588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3741 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3422 msgid "" "Don't forget to <>; a specific hook has been developed to verify the " @@ -8476,19 +7596,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3744 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3425 #, no-wrap msgid "Any other things I need to know when I add a new port?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3747 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3428 msgid "" "Check the port, preferably to make sure it compiles and packages correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3750 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3431 msgid "" "The extref:{porters-handbook}testing[Porters Handbook's Testing Chapter] " "contains more detailed instructions. See the extref:{porters-handbook}" @@ -8497,14 +7617,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3752 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3433 msgid "" "You do not necessarily have to eliminate all warnings but make sure you have " "fixed the simple ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3754 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3435 msgid "" "If the port came from a submitter who has not contributed to the Project " "before, add that person's name to the extref:{contributors}[Additional " @@ -8512,14 +7632,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3757 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3438 msgid "" "Close the PR if the port came in as a PR. To close a PR, change the state " "to `Issue Resolved` and the resolution as `Fixed`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3761 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3442 msgid "" "If for some reason using extref:{porters-handbook}testing[Poudriere, testing-" "poudriere] to test the new port is not possible, the bare minimum of testing " @@ -8527,7 +7647,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3771 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3452 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make install\n" @@ -8540,85 +7660,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3774 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3455 msgid "" "Note that poudriere is the reference for package building, it the port does " "not build in poudriere, it will be removed." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3777 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3458 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing an Existing Port" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3780 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3461 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I remove an existing port?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3783 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3464 msgid "" "First, please read the section about repository copies. Before you remove " "the port, you have to verify there are no other ports depending on it." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3785 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3466 msgid "Make sure there is no dependency on the port in the ports collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3786 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3467 msgid "The port's PKGNAME appears in exactly one line in a recent INDEX file." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3787 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3468 msgid "" "No other ports contains any reference to the port's directory or PKGNAME in " "their Makefiles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3791 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3472 msgid "" "When using Git, consider using man:git-grep[1], it is much faster than `grep " "-r`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3794 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3475 msgid "Then, remove the port:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3798 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3479 msgid "Remove the port's files and directory with `git rm`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3799 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3480 msgid "" "Remove the `SUBDIR` listing of the port in the parent directory [." "filename]#Makefile#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3800 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3815 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3481 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3496 msgid "Add an entry to [.filename]#ports/MOVED#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3801 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3482 msgid "Remove the port from [.filename]#ports/LEGAL# if it is there." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3806 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3487 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can use the rmport script, from [.filename]#ports/Tools/" "scripts#. This script was written by {vd}. When sending questions about " @@ -8627,13 +7747,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3808 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3489 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I move a port to a new location?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3813 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3494 msgid "" "Perform a thorough check of the ports collection for any dependencies on the " "old port location/name, and update them. Running `grep` on [." @@ -8643,14 +7763,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3814 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3495 msgid "" "Remove the `SUBDIR` entry from the old category Makefile and add a `SUBDIR` " "entry to the new category Makefile." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3816 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3497 msgid "" "Search for entries in xml files inside [.filename]#ports/security/vuxml# and " "adjust them accordingly. In particular, check for previous packages with the " @@ -8658,51 +7778,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3817 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3498 msgid "Move the port with `git mv`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3818 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3829 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3499 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3510 msgid "Commit the changes." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3821 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3502 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I copy a port to a new location?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3826 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3507 msgid "Copy port with `cp -R old-cat/old-port new-cat/new-port`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3827 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3508 msgid "Add the new port to the [.filename]#new-cat/Makefile#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3828 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3509 msgid "Change stuff in [.filename]#new-cat/new-port#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3832 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3513 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports Freeze" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3835 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3516 #, no-wrap msgid "What is a “ports freeze”?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3842 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3523 msgid "" "A “ports freeze” was a restricted state the ports tree was put in before a " "release. It was used to ensure a higher quality for the packages shipped " @@ -8713,39 +7833,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3844 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3525 msgid "" "For more information on how to merge commits to the quarterly branch, see " "<>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3846 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3527 #, no-wrap msgid "Quarterly Branches" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3849 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3530 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the procedure to request authorization for merging a commit to the quarterly branch?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3852 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3533 msgid "" "As of November 30, 2020, there is no need to seek explicit approval to " "commit to the quarterly branch." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3854 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3535 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the procedure for merging commits to the quarterly branch?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3857 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3538 msgid "" "Merging commits to the quarterly branch (a process we call MFH for a " "historical reason) is very similar to MFC'ing a commit in the src " @@ -8753,7 +7873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3863 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git checkout 2021Q2\n" @@ -8763,7 +7883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3867 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3548 msgid "" "where '$HASH' is the hash of the commit you want to copy over to the " "quarterly branch. The -x parameter ensures the hash '$HASH' of the main " @@ -8771,19 +7891,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3869 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3550 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a New Category" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3872 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3553 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the procedure for creating a new category?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3877 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3558 msgid "" "Please see extref:{porters-handbook}[Proposing a New Category, proposing-" "categories] in the Porter's Handbook. Once that procedure has been followed " @@ -8792,42 +7912,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3881 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3562 msgid "Perform any needed moves. (This only applies to physical categories.)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3882 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3563 msgid "" "Update the `VALID_CATEGORIES` definition in [.filename]#ports/Mk/bsd.port." "mk#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3883 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3564 msgid "Assign the PR back to you." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3886 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3567 #, no-wrap msgid "What do I need to do to implement a new physical category?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3891 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3572 msgid "" "Upgrade each moved port's [.filename]#Makefile#. Do not connect the new " "category to the build yet." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3893 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3574 msgid "To do this, you will need to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3897 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3578 msgid "" "Change the port's `CATEGORIES` (this was the point of the exercise, " "remember?) The new category is listed first. This will help to ensure that " @@ -8835,7 +7955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3898 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3579 msgid "" "Run a `make describe`. Since the top-level `make index` that you will be " "running in a few steps is an iteration of `make describe` over the entire " @@ -8844,14 +7964,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3899 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3580 msgid "" "If you want to be really thorough, now might be a good time to run man:" "portlint[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3902 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3583 msgid "" "Check that the ``PKGORIGIN``s are correct. The ports system uses each port's " "`CATEGORIES` entry to create its `PKGORIGIN`, which is used to connect " @@ -8861,7 +7981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3904 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3585 msgid "" "To do this, use the [.filename]#chkorigin.sh# tool: `env PORTSDIR=/path/to/" "ports sh -e /path/to/ports/Tools/scripts/chkorigin.sh`. This will check " @@ -8871,7 +7991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3905 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3586 msgid "" "On your own local system, test the proposed changes: first, comment out the " "SUBDIR entries in the old ports' categories' [.filename]##Makefile##s; then " @@ -8883,7 +8003,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3906 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3587 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can commit the updated [.filename]#ports/Makefile# to " "connect the new category to the build and also commit the [." @@ -8891,25 +8011,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3907 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3588 msgid "Add appropriate entries to [.filename]#ports/MOVED#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3908 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3589 msgid "Update the documentation by modifying:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3909 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3918 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3590 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3599 msgid "" "the extref:{porters-handbook}[list of categories, PORTING-CATEGORIES] in the " "Porter's Handbook" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3911 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3592 msgid "" "Only once all the above have been done, and no one is any longer reporting " "problems with the new ports, should the old ports be deleted from their " @@ -8917,38 +8037,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3913 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3594 #, no-wrap msgid "What do I need to do to implement a new virtual category?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3916 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3597 msgid "" "This is much simpler than a physical category. Only a few modifications are " "needed:" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3920 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4014 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3601 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3695 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous Questions" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3923 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3604 #, no-wrap msgid "Are there changes that can be committed without asking the maintainer for approval?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3926 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3607 msgid "Blanket approval for most ports applies to these types of fixes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3928 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3609 msgid "" "Most infrastructure changes to a port (that is, modernizing, but not " "changing the functionality). For example, the blanket covers converting to " @@ -8957,19 +8077,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3929 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3610 msgid "Trivial and _tested_ build and runtime fixes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3930 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3611 msgid "" "Documentations or metadata changes to ports, like [.filename]#pkg-descr# or " "`COMMENT`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3935 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3616 msgid "" "Exceptions to this are anything maintained by the {portmgr}, or the " "{security-officer}. No unauthorized commits may ever be made to ports " @@ -8977,20 +8097,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3938 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3619 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I know if my port is building correctly or not?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3942 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3623 msgid "" "The packages are built multiple times each week. If a port fails, the " "maintainer will receive an email from `pkg-fallout@FreeBSD.org`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3944 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3625 msgid "" "Reports for all the package builds (official, experimental, and non-" "regression) are aggregated at link:pkg-status.FreeBSD.org[pkg-status.FreeBSD." @@ -8998,26 +8118,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3946 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3627 #, no-wrap msgid "I added a new port. Do I need to add it to the [.filename]#INDEX#?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3949 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3630 msgid "" "No. The file can either be generated by running `make index`, or a pre-" "generated version can be downloaded with `make fetchindex`." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3951 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3632 #, no-wrap msgid "Are there any other files I am not allowed to touch?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3955 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3636 msgid "" "Any file directly under [.filename]#ports/#, or any file under a " "subdirectory that starts with an uppercase letter ([.filename]#Mk/#, [." @@ -9027,13 +8147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3957 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3638 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the proper procedure for updating the checksum for a port distfile when the file changes without a version change?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3961 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3642 msgid "" "When the checksum for a distribution file is updated due to the author " "updating the file without changing the port revision, the commit message " @@ -9046,20 +8166,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3963 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3644 #, no-wrap msgid "How can an experimental test build of the ports tree (exp-run) be requested?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3967 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3648 msgid "" "An exp-run must be completed before patches with a significant ports impact " "are committed. The patch can be against the ports tree or the base system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3969 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3650 msgid "" "Full package builds will be done with the patches provided by the submitter, " "and the submitter is required to fix detected problems _(fallout)_ before " @@ -9067,22 +8187,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3973 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3654 msgid "Go to the link:https://bugs.freebsd.org/submit[Bugzilla new PR page]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3974 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3655 msgid "Select the product your patch is about." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3975 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3656 msgid "Fill in the bug report as normal. Remember to attach the patch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3976 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3657 msgid "" "If at the top it says “Show Advanced Fields” click on it. It will now say " "“Hide Advanced Fields”. Many new fields will be available. If it already " @@ -9090,56 +8210,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3977 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3658 msgid "" "In the “Flags” section, set the “exp-run” one to `?`. As for all other " "fields, hovering the mouse over any field shows more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3978 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3659 msgid "Submit. Wait for the build to run." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3979 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3660 msgid "{portmgr} will reply with a possible fallout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3980 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3661 msgid "Depending on the fallout:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3981 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3662 msgid "" "If there is no fallout, the procedure stops here, and the change can be " "committed, pending any other approval required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3982 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3663 msgid "" "If there is fallout, it _must_ be fixed, either by fixing the ports directly " "in the ports tree, or adding to the submitted patch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3983 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3664 msgid "" "When this is done, go back to step 6 saying the fallout was fixed and wait " "for the exp-run to be run again. Repeat as long as there are broken ports." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3986 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3667 #, no-wrap msgid "Issues Specific to Developers Who Are Not Committers" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3991 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3672 msgid "" "A few people who have access to the FreeBSD machines do not have commit " "bits. Almost all of this document will apply to these developers as well " @@ -9148,17 +8268,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3993 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3674 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3994 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3675 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3998 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3679 msgid "" "Get your mentor to add you to the \"Additional Contributors\" ([." "filename]#doc/shared/contrib-additional.adoc#), if you are not already " @@ -9166,47 +8286,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4000 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3681 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4001 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3682 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4002 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3683 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4004 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3685 #, no-wrap msgid "Information About Google Analytics" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4007 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3688 msgid "" "As of December 12, 2012, Google Analytics was enabled on the FreeBSD Project " "website to collect anonymized usage statistics regarding usage of the site." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4011 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3692 msgid "" "As of March 3, 2022, Google Analytics was removed from the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4016 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3697 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I access people.FreeBSD.org to put up personal or project information?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4020 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3701 msgid "" "`people.FreeBSD.org` is the same as `freefall.FreeBSD.org`. Just create a [." "filename]#public_html# directory. Anything you place in that directory will " @@ -9215,45 +8335,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4021 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3702 #, no-wrap msgid "Where are the mailing list archives stored?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4024 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3705 msgid "" "The mailing lists are archived under [.filename]#/local/mail# on `freefall." "FreeBSD.org`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4025 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3706 #, no-wrap msgid "I would like to mentor a new committer. What process do I need to follow?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4028 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3709 msgid "" "See the https://www.freebsd.org/internal/new-account/[New Account Creation " "Procedure] document on the internal pages." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4030 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3711 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefits and Perks for FreeBSD Committers" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4033 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3714 #, no-wrap msgid "Recognition" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4037 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3718 msgid "" "Recognition as a competent software engineer is the longest lasting value. " "In addition, getting a chance to work with some of the best people that " @@ -9261,33 +8381,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4039 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3720 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Mall" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4042 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3723 msgid "" "FreeBSD committers can get a free 4-CD or DVD set at conferences from http://" "www.freebsdmall.com[FreeBSD Mall, Inc.]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4044 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3725 #, no-wrap msgid "`Gandi.net`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4047 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3728 msgid "" "https://gandi.net[Gandi] provides website hosting, cloud computing, domain " "registration, and X.509 certificate services." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4051 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3732 msgid "" "Gandi offers an E-rate discount to all FreeBSD developers. In order to " "streamline the process of getting the discount first set up a Gandi account, " @@ -9297,20 +8417,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4053 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3734 #, no-wrap msgid "`rsync.net`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4056 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3737 msgid "" "https://rsync.net[rsync.net] provides cloud storage for offsite backup that " "is optimized for UNIX users. Their service runs entirely on FreeBSD and ZFS." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4058 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3739 msgid "" "rsync.net offers a free-forever 500 GB account to FreeBSD developers. Simply " "sign up at https://www.rsync.net/freebsd.html[https://www.rsync.net/freebsd." @@ -9318,13 +8438,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4060 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3741 #, no-wrap msgid "`JetBrains`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4063 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3744 msgid "" "https://www.jetbrains.com[JetBrains] is a software development company which " "makes tools for software developers and project managers. The company offers " @@ -9333,7 +8453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4065 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3746 msgid "" "JetBrains offers 100 free yearly licenses for all https://www.jetbrains.com/" "products[JetBrains IDE products]. Simply sign up at https://account." @@ -9344,7 +8464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:4069 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/committers-guide/_index.adoc:3750 msgid "" "Please, only use these licences personally and do not share them with anyone " "outside of the FreeBSD project, as that would be a violation of the terms of " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.po index f7e17252ab..55bbc4aebb 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-08-07 10:21-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -374,8 +374,107 @@ msgid "" "more information about this and other mailing lists." msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:152 +msgid "" +"If you are submitting a simple patch to the src repo, please consider " +"submitting it to the project's GitHub mirror as https://github.com/freebsd/" +"freebsd-src/pulls[a pull request]. Suitable submissions should:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:154 +msgid "" +"It is ready or nearly ready to be committed. A committer should be able to " +"land this patch with less than 10 minutes of additional work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:155 +msgid "It passes all the GitHub CI jobs." +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:156 +msgid "You can respond to feedback quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:157 +msgid "" +"It touches fewer than about 10 files and the changes are less than about 200 " +"lines. Changes larger than this may be OK, or you may be asked to submit " +"multiple pull requests of a more manageable size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:158 +msgid "" +"Each logical change is a separate commit within the pull request. Commit " +"messages for each change should follow extref:{committers-guide}#commit-log-" +"message[commit log guide]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:159 +msgid "" +"All commits have your name and valid email address as you'd like to see them " +"in the FreeBSD repository as the author. Fake github.com addresses cannot be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:160 +msgid "" +"The scope of the pull request should not change during review. If the review " +"suggests changes that expand the scope, please create an independent pull " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:161 +msgid "" +"Fixup commits should be squashed with the commit they are fixing. Each " +"commit in your branch should be suitable for FreeBSD's repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:162 +msgid "" +"Commits should include one or more `Signed-off-by:` lines with full name and " +"email address certifying https://developercertificate.org/[Developer " +"Certificate of Origin]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:167 +msgid "" +"When updating pull request, please rebase with a forced push rather than a " +"merge commit. More complex changes may be submitted as pull requests, but " +"they may be closed if they are too large, too unwieldy, become inactive, " +"need further discussion in the community, or need extensive revision. " +"Please avoid creating large, wide-ranging cleanup patches: they are too " +"large and lack the focus needed for a good review. Misdirected patches may " +"be redirected to a more appropriate forum for the patch to be resolved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:170 +msgid "" +"Pull requests submitted to the ports repository may or may not see action, " +"based on the whims of developers. For now, you will have a better " +"experience if you follow the ports submission process <>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:172 +msgid "" +"The docs team also accepts pull requests via GitHub, but has not established " +"any policy for them yet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "If you find a bug or are submitting a specific change, please report it " "using the https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/submit/[bug submission form]. Try to " @@ -389,7 +488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "After filing a report, you should receive confirmation along with a tracking " "number. Keep this tracking number so that you can update us with details " @@ -397,20 +496,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "See also extref:{problem-reports}[this article] on how to write good problem " "reports." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "Changes to the Documentation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "Changes to the documentation are overseen by the {freebsd-doc}. Please look " "at the extref:{fdp-primer}[FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer] for " @@ -419,13 +518,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Changes to Existing Source Code" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "An addition or change to the existing source code is a somewhat trickier " "affair and depends a lot on how far out of date you are with the current " @@ -437,7 +536,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "Working from older sources unfortunately means that your changes may " "sometimes be too obsolete or too divergent for easy re-integration into " @@ -447,7 +546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "Assuming that you can manage to secure fairly up-to-date sources to base " "your changes on, the next step is to produce a set of diffs to send to the " @@ -455,43 +554,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "The preferred man:diff[1] format for submitting patches is the unified " "output format generated by `diff -u`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "% diff -u oldfile newfile\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:211 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "% diff -u -r -N olddir newdir\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "would generate a set of unified diffs for the given source file or directory " "hierarchy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:220 msgid "See man:diff[1] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "Once you have a set of diffs (which you may test with the man:patch[1] " "command), you should submit them for inclusion with FreeBSD as a bug " @@ -503,7 +602,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "If you feel it appropriate (e.g. you have added, deleted, or renamed files), " "bundle your changes into a `tar` file. Archives created with man:shar[1] " @@ -511,7 +610,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "If your change is of a potentially sensitive nature, such as if you are " "unsure of copyright issues governing its further distribution then you " @@ -522,7 +621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "Please refer to man:intro[9] and man:style[9] for some information on coding " "style. We would appreciate it if you were at least aware of this " @@ -530,13 +629,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "New Code or Major Value-Added Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "In the case of a significant contribution of a large body work, or the " "addition of an important new feature to FreeBSD, it becomes almost always " @@ -547,7 +646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "When working with large amounts of code, the touchy subject of copyrights " "also invariably comes up. FreeBSD prefers free software licenses such as " @@ -557,13 +656,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Money or Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "We are always very happy to accept donations to further the cause of the " "FreeBSD Project and, in a volunteer effort like ours, a little can go a long " @@ -573,13 +672,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Donating Funds" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "The https://www.freebsdfoundation.org[FreeBSD Foundation] is a non-profit, " "tax-exempt foundation established to further the goals of the FreeBSD " @@ -589,12 +688,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:257 msgid "Donations may be sent in check form to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The FreeBSD Foundation\n" @@ -605,14 +704,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Foundation is also able to accept https://www.freebsdfoundation." "org/donate/[online donations] through various payment options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "More information about the FreeBSD Foundation can be found in https://people." "FreeBSD.org/~jdp/foundation/announcement.html[The FreeBSD Foundation -- an " @@ -621,13 +720,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "Donating Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project happily accepts donations of hardware that it can find " "good use for. If you are interested in donating hardware, please contact " @@ -635,25 +734,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "Adopting an unmaintained port" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing an unmaintained port" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Taking over maintainership of ports that are unmaintained is a great way to " "get involved. Unmaintained ports are only updated and fixed when somebody " @@ -663,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "Unmaintained ports have their `MAINTAINER` set to `ports@FreeBSD.org`. Many " "unmaintained ports can have pending updates, this can be seen at the https://" @@ -671,14 +770,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "On https://portsfallout.com/fallout?port=&maintainer=ports%40FreeBSD." "org[PortsFallout] can be seen a list of unmaintained ports with errors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "Some ports affect a large number of others due to dependencies and slave " "port relationships. Generally, we want people to have some experience " @@ -686,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "You can find out whether or not a port has dependencies or slave ports by " "looking at a master index of ports called [.filename]#INDEX#. (The name of " @@ -697,13 +796,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "How to adopt the port" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "First make sure you understand your <>. Also read the extref:" "{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook]. _Please do not commit yourself to " @@ -711,7 +810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "You may request maintainership of any unmaintained port as soon as you " "wish. Simply set `MAINTAINER` to your own email address and send a PR " @@ -723,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "File your PR with category `ports` and class `change-request`. A committer " "will examine your PR, commit the changes, and finally close the PR. " @@ -732,26 +831,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "The challenge for port maintainers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "This section will give you an idea of why ports need to be maintained and " "outline the responsibilities of a port maintainer." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Why ports require maintenance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "Creating a port is a once-off task. Ensuring that a port is up to date and " "continues to build and run requires an ongoing maintenance effort. " @@ -760,7 +859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "The foremost reason ports need maintenance is to bring the latest and " "greatest in third party software to the FreeBSD community. An additional " @@ -769,84 +868,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:334 msgid "As a maintainer, you will need to manage the following challenges:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "*New software versions and updates.* New versions and updates of existing ported software become available all the time, and these need to be incorporated into the Ports Collection in order to provide up-to-date software.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "*Changes to dependencies.* If significant changes are made to the dependencies of your port, it may need to be updated so that it will continue to work correctly.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "*Changes affecting dependent ports.* If other ports depend on a port that you maintain, changes to your port may require coordination with other maintainers.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "*Interaction with other users, maintainers and developers.* Part of being a maintainer is taking on a support role. You are not expected to provide general support (but we welcome it if you choose to do so). What you should provide is a point of coordination for FreeBSD-specific issues regarding your ports.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "*Bug hunting.* A port may be affected by bugs which are specific to FreeBSD. You will need to investigate, find, and fix these bugs when they are reported. Thoroughly testing a port to identify problems before they make their way into the Ports Collection is even better.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "*Changes to ports infrastructure and policy.* Occasionally the systems that are used to build ports and packages are updated or a new recommendation affecting the infrastructure is made. You should be aware of these changes in case your ports are affected and require updating.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "*Changes to the base system.* FreeBSD is under constant development. Changes to software, libraries, the kernel or even policy changes can cause flow-on change requirements to ports.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Maintainer responsibilities" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Keep your ports up to date" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "This section outlines the process to follow to keep your ports up to date." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "This is an overview. More information about upgrading a port is available " "in the extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:361 msgid "Watch for updates" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Monitor the upstream vendor for new versions, updates and security fixes for " "the software. Announcement mailing lists or news web pages are useful for " @@ -856,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "You may also receive automated email from the `FreeBSD Ports Version Check` " "informing you that a newer version of your port's distfile is available. " @@ -865,12 +964,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:370 msgid "Incorporate changes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "When they become available, incorporate the changes into the port. You need " "to be able to generate a patch between the original port and your updated " @@ -878,17 +977,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:374 msgid "Review and test" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:376 msgid "Thoroughly review and test your changes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Build, install and test your port on as many platforms and architectures as " "you can. It is common for a port to work on one branch or platform and fail " @@ -896,7 +995,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:379 msgid "" "Make sure your port's dependencies are complete. The recommended way of " "doing this is by installing your own ports tinderbox. See <> for " @@ -904,21 +1003,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "Check that the packing list is up to date. This involves adding in any new " "files and directories and removing unused entries." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "Verify your port using man:portlint[1] as a guide. See <> for " "important information about using portlint." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "Consider whether changes to your port might cause any other ports to break. " "If this is the case, coordinate the changes with the maintainers of those " @@ -929,13 +1028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:361 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:451 msgid "Submit changes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "Send your update by submitting a PR with an explanation of the changes and a " "patch containing the differences between the original port and the updated " @@ -944,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "Please do not submit a man:shar[1] archive of the entire port; instead, use " "man:git-format-patch[1] or man:diff[1] `-ruN`. In this way, committers can " @@ -954,12 +1053,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:395 msgid "Wait" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "At some stage a committer will deal with your PR. It may take minutes, or " "it may take one or two weeks - so please be patient. If it takes any " @@ -968,12 +1067,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:400 msgid "Give feedback" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "If a committer finds a problem with your changes, they will most likely " "refer it back to you. A prompt response will help get your PR committed " @@ -982,32 +1081,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:404 msgid "And Finally" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "Your changes will be committed and your port will have been updated. The PR " "will then be closed by the committer. That's it!" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "Ensure your ports continue to build correctly" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "This section is about discovering and fixing problems that stop your ports " "from building correctly." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "FreeBSD only guarantees that the Ports Collection works on the `-STABLE` " "branches. In theory, you should be able to get by with running the latest " @@ -1016,7 +1115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "Since the majority of FreeBSD installations run on PC-compatible machines " "(what is termed the `i386` architecture), we expect you to keep the port " @@ -1026,7 +1125,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "The usual failure modes for non-`x86` machines are that the original " "programmers assumed that, for instance, pointers are `int`-s, or that a " @@ -1037,19 +1136,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "These are the tasks you need to perform to ensure your port is able to be " "built:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:431 msgid "Watch for build failures" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "Check your mail for mail from `pkg-fallout@FreeBSD.org` and the http://" "portscout.FreeBSD.org[distfiles scanner] to see if any of the port which are " @@ -1057,13 +1156,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:411 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:482 msgid "Collect information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "Once you are aware of a problem, collect information to help you fix it. " "Build errors reported by `pkg-fallout` are accompanied by logs which will " @@ -1073,45 +1172,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:440 msgid "Build logs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "The commands and options used to build the port (including options set in [." "filename]#/etc/make.conf#)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "A list of packages installed on their system as shown by man:pkg-info[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:443 msgid "The version of FreeBSD they are running as shown by man:uname[1] `-a`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:444 msgid "When their ports collection was last updated" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:445 msgid "When their ports tree and [.filename]#INDEX# was last updated" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:447 msgid "Investigate and find a solution" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Unfortunately there is no straightforward process to follow to do this. " "Remember, though: if you are stuck, ask for help! The {freebsd-ports} is a " @@ -1119,19 +1218,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "Just as with updating a port, you should now incorporate changes, review and " "test, submit your changes in a PR, and provide feedback if required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:454 msgid "Send patches to upstream authors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "In some cases, you will have to make patches to the port to make it run on " "FreeBSD. Some (but not all) upstream authors will accept such patches back " @@ -1141,18 +1240,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "Investigate bug reports and PRs related to your port" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:464 msgid "This section is about discovering and fixing bugs." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "FreeBSD-specific bugs are generally caused by assumptions about the build " "and runtime environments that do not apply to FreeBSD. You are less likely " @@ -1161,19 +1260,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "These are the tasks you need to perform to ensure your port continues to " "work as intended:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:473 msgid "Respond to bug reports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "Bugs may be reported to you through email via the https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/" "search/[Problem Report database]. Bugs may also be reported directly to you " @@ -1181,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "You should respond to PRs and other reports within 14 days, but please try " "not to take that long. Try to respond as soon as possible, even if it is " @@ -1189,21 +1288,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "If you have not responded after 14 days, any committer may commit from a PR " "that you have not responded to via a `maintainer-timeout`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "If the person reporting the bug has not also provided a fix, you need to " "collect the information that will allow you to generate one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "If the bug is reproducible, you can collect most of the required information " "yourself. If not, ask the person who reported the bug to collect the " @@ -1211,41 +1310,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "A detailed description of their actions, expected program behavior and " "actual behavior" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:490 msgid "Copies of input data used to trigger the bug" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "Information about their build and execution environment - for example, a " "list of installed packages and the output of man:env[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:492 msgid "Core dumps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:493 msgid "Stack traces" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:495 msgid "Eliminate incorrect reports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "Some bug reports may be incorrect. For example, the user may have simply " "misused the program; or their installed packages may be out of date and " @@ -1256,24 +1355,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:502 msgid "Find a solution" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "As with build errors, you will need to sort out a fix to the problem. " "Again, remember to ask if you are stuck!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:506 msgid "Submit or approve changes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:509 msgid "" "Just as with updating a port, you should now incorporate changes, review and " "test, and submit your changes in a PR (or send a follow-up if a PR already " @@ -1282,13 +1381,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Providing support" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "Part of being a maintainer is providing support - not for the software in " "general - but for the port and any FreeBSD-specific quirks and problems. " @@ -1297,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "Occasionally you may have to invoke your skills in diplomacy, and kindly " "point users seeking general support to the appropriate resources. Less " @@ -1308,29 +1407,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "Sometimes users and developers will decide that you are a busy person whose " "time is valuable and do some of the work for you. For example, they might:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:525 msgid "submit a PR or send you patches to update your port," msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:526 msgid "investigate and perhaps provide a fix to a PR, or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:527 msgid "otherwise submit changes to your port." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "In these cases your main obligation is to respond in a timely manner. " "Again, the timeout for non-responsive maintainers is 14 days. After this " @@ -1340,7 +1439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "If you can make them feel that their contribution is appreciated (and it " "should be) you will have a better chance persuading them to do more things " @@ -1348,19 +1447,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding and fixing a broken port" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "There are some really good places to find a port that needs some attention." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "You can use the https://bugs.freebsd.org/search[web interface] to the " "Problem Report database to search through and view unresolved PRs. The " @@ -1370,21 +1469,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "https://portsfallout.com/[PortsFallout] shows port issues gathered from the " "FreeBSD package building." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "It is OK to send changes for a maintained port as well, but remember to ask " "the maintainer in case they are already working on the problem." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:551 msgid "" "Once you have found a bug or problem, collect information, investigate and " "fix! If there is an existing PR, follow up to that. Otherwise create a new " @@ -1392,13 +1491,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "When to call it quits" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "As your interests and commitments change, you may find that you no longer " "have time to continue some (or all) of your ports contributions. That is " @@ -1411,7 +1510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "In any case, the Ports Management Team (`portmgr`) reserves the right to " "reset your maintainership if you have not actively maintained your port in " @@ -1421,20 +1520,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources for ports maintainers and contributors" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] is your hitchhiker's guide " "to the ports system. Keep it handy!" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports] describes how to " "best formulate and submit a PR. In 2005 more than eleven thousand ports PRs " @@ -1443,13 +1542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "The https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/query.cgi[Problem Report database]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "The http://portscout.FreeBSD.org[FreeBSD Ports distfile scanner (portscout)] " "can show you ports for which the distfiles are not fetchable. You can check " @@ -1458,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] is the most thorough way to test a port " "through the entire cycle of installation, packaging, and deinstallation. " @@ -1467,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "man:portlint[1] is an application which can be used to verify that your port " "conforms to many important stylistic and functional guidelines. portlint is " @@ -1477,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "The {freebsd-ports} is for general ports-related discussion. It is a good " "place to ask for help. You can link:https://lists.freebsd.org/[subscribe, " @@ -1486,7 +1585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:590 msgid "" "https://portsfallout.com/[PortsFallout] is a place to help in searching for " "the https://lists.freebsd.org/archives/freebsd-pkg-fallout/[FreeBSD package-" @@ -1494,13 +1593,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting Started in Other Areas" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "Looking for something interesting to get started that is not mentioned " "elsewhere in this article? The FreeBSD Project has several Wiki pages " @@ -1509,7 +1608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "The https://wiki.freebsd.org/JuniorJobs[Junior Jobs] page has a list of " "projects that might be of interest to people just getting started in " @@ -1517,7 +1616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributing/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "The https://wiki.freebsd.org/IdeasPage[Ideas Page] contains various \"nice " "to have\" or \"interesting\" things to work on in the Project." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.po index faa9f81533..028980429f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-09-03 21:28-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -50,31 +50,171 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title == #: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap +msgid "The FreeBSD Developers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:75 +msgid "" +"This list, which includes all members of the Core Team, names everyone who " +"has commit privileges for one or more of the three source trees (doc, ports " +"and src). To see the current Core Team members you can take a look at the " +"link:https://www.freebsd.org/administration/#t-core[administration page]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:77 +msgid "(in alphabetical order by last name):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Core Team Alumni" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:85 +msgid "" +"The following people were members of the FreeBSD core team during the " +"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " +"the FreeBSD project." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:107 +msgid "_In rough reverse chronological order:_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Development Team Alumni" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"The following people were members of the FreeBSD development team during the " +"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " +"the FreeBSD project." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ports Management Team Alumni" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:105 +msgid "" +"The following people were members of the FreeBSD portmgr team during the " +"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " +"the FreeBSD project." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Development Team: In Memoriam" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:115 +msgid "" +"During the many years that the FreeBSD Project has been in existence, sadly, " +"some of our developers have passed away. Here are some remembrances." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:117 +msgid "_In rough reverse chronological order of their passing:_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Derived Software Contributors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:125 +msgid "" +"This software was originally derived from William F. Jolitz's 386BSD release " +"0.1, though almost none of the original 386BSD specific code remains. This " +"software has been essentially re-implemented from the 4.4BSD-Lite release " +"provided by the Computer Science Research Group (CSRG) at the University of " +"California, Berkeley and associated academic contributors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:127 +msgid "" +"There are also portions of NetBSD and OpenBSD that have been integrated into " +"FreeBSD as well, and we would therefore like to thank all the contributors " +"to NetBSD and OpenBSD for their work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Additional FreeBSD Contributors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:139 +msgid "(in alphabetical order by first name):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "386BSD Patch Kit Patch Contributors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:143 +#, no-wrap msgid "Donors Gallery" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:76 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" -"As of 2010, the following section is several years out-of-date. Donations " -"from the past several years appear https://www.FreeBSD.org/donations/donors/" -"[here]." +"The FreeBSD Foundation thanks https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-donors/" +"donors/[financial and in-kind donors]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" -"The FreeBSD Project is indebted to the following donors and would like to " -"publicly thank them here!" +"The https://www.freebsd.org/donations/[FreeBSD Donations Liaison] area " +"includes a https://www.freebsd.org/donations/donors/[list of donated " +"hardware]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:81 -msgid "_Contributors to the central server project:_" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:150 +msgid "The FreeBSD Project thanks all donors!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:154 +msgid "As of 2010, the section below was several years out-of-date." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributors to the central server project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "The following individuals and businesses made it possible for the FreeBSD " "Project to build a new central server machine, which has replaced `freefall." @@ -82,131 +222,133 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" -"{mbarkah} and his employer, http://www.hemi.com/[ Hemisphere Online], " -"donated a _Pentium Pro (P6) 200MHz CPU_" +"{mbarkah} and his employer, http://www.hemi.com/[Hemisphere Online], donated " +"a _Pentium Pro (P6) 200MHz CPU_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "http://www.asacomputers.com/[ASA Computers] donated a _Tyan 1662 " "motherboard_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "Joe McGuckin of http://www.via.net/[ViaNet " -"Communications] donated a _Kingston ethernet controller._" +"Communications] donated a _Kingston ethernet controller_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "Jack O'Neill " "donated an _NCR 53C875 SCSI controller card_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Ulf Zimmermann of http://www." "Alameda.net/[Alameda Networks] donated _128MB of memory_, a _4 Gb disk drive " -"and the case._" +"and the case_." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:91 -msgid "_Direct funding:_" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Direct funding" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "The following individuals and businesses have generously contributed direct " "funding to the project:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" -"Annelise Anderson " +"Annelise Anderson ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:96 -msgid "{dillon}" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:172 +msgid "{dillon}." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:97 -msgid "http://www.bluemountain.com/[Blue Mountain Arts]" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:173 +msgid "http://www.bluemountain.com/[Blue Mountain Arts]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:98 -msgid "http://www.epilogue.com/[Epilogue Technology Corporation]" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:174 +msgid "http://www.epilogue.com/[Epilogue Technology Corporation]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:99 -msgid "{sef}" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:175 +msgid "{sef}." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:100 -msgid "http://www.gta.com/[Global Technology Associates, Inc]" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:176 +msgid "http://www.gta.com/[Global Technology Associates, Inc]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:101 -msgid "Don Scott Wilde" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:177 +msgid "Don Scott Wilde." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:102 -msgid "Gianmarco Giovannelli " +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:178 +msgid "" +"Gianmarco Giovannelli ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:103 -msgid "Josef C. Grosch " +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:179 +msgid "Josef C. Grosch ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:104 -msgid "Robert T. Morris" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:180 +msgid "Robert T. Morris." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:105 -msgid "{chuckr}" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:181 +msgid "{chuckr}." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Kenneth P. Stox " -"of http://www.imagescape.com/[Imaginary Landscape, LLC.]" +"of http://www.imagescape.com/[Imaginary Landscape, LLC.]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:107 -msgid "Dmitry S. Kohmanyuk " +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:183 +msgid "Dmitry S. Kohmanyuk ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:184 msgid "" "http://www.cdrom.co.jp/[Laser5] of Japan (a portion of the profits from " "sales of their various FreeBSD CDROMs)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:185 msgid "" "http://www.mmjp.or.jp/fuki/[Fuki Shuppan Publishing Co.] donated a portion " "of their profits from _Hajimete no FreeBSD_ (FreeBSD, Getting started) to " @@ -214,55 +356,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "http://www.ascii.co.jp/[ASCII Corp.] donated a portion of their profits from " "several FreeBSD-related books to the FreeBSD project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "http://www.yokogawa.co.jp/[Yokogawa Electric Corp] has generously donated " "significant funding to the FreeBSD project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:112 -msgid "http://www.buffnet.net/[BuffNET]" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:188 +msgid "http://www.buffnet.net/[BuffNET]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:113 -msgid "http://www.pacificsolutions.com/[Pacific Solutions]" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:189 +msgid "http://www.pacificsolutions.com/[Pacific Solutions]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "http://www.siemens.de/[Siemens AG] via Andre Albsmeier " +"albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de[andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de]>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:115 -msgid "Chris Silva " +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:191 +msgid "Chris Silva ." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:117 -msgid "_Hardware contributors:_" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware contributors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "The following individuals and businesses have generously contributed " "hardware for testing and device driver development/support:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "BSDi for providing the Pentium P5-90 and 486/DX2-66 EISA/VL systems that are " "being used for our development work, to say nothing of the network access " @@ -270,7 +413,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "http://www.compaq.com[Compaq] has donated a variety of Alpha systems to the " "FreeBSD Project. Among the many generous donations are 4 AlphaStation DS10s, " @@ -281,37 +424,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "TRW Financial Systems, Inc. provided 130 PCs, three 68 GB file servers, " "twelve Ethernets, two routers and an ATM switch for debugging the diskless " -"code." +"code" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "Dermot McDonnell donated the Toshiba XM3401B CDROM drive currently used in " -"freefall." +"_freefall_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "Chuck Robey contributed " "his floppy tape streamer for experimental work." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" -"Larry Altneu and {wilko}, provided " +"Larry Altneu and {wilko}, provided " "Wangtek and Archive QIC-02 tape drives in order to improve the [." "filename]#wt# driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "Ernst Winter (http://berklix.org/ewinter/[Deceased]) contributed a 2.88 MB " "floppy drive to the project. This will hopefully increase the pressure for " @@ -319,7 +462,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "http://www.tekram.com/[Tekram Technologies] sent one each of their DC-390, " "DC-390U and DC-390F FAST and ULTRA SCSI host adapter cards for regression " @@ -330,7 +473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "Larry M. Augustin contributed not only a Symbios Sym8751S SCSI card, but " "also a set of data books, including one about the forthcoming Sym53c895 chip " @@ -340,27 +483,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "{kuku} donated an FX120 12 speed Mitsumi CDROM drive for IDE CDROM driver " "development." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Mike Tancsa donated four various ATM " "PCI cards in order to help increase support of these cards as well as help " "support the development effort of the netatm ATM stack." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:133 -msgid "_Special contributors:_" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:208 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Special contributors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "http://www.osd.bsdi.com/[BSDi] (formerly Walnut Creek CDROM) has donated " "almost more than we can say (see the 'About the FreeBSD Project' section of " @@ -373,148 +517,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "The http://www.interface-business.de/[interface business GmbH, Dresden] has " "been patiently supporting {joerg} who has often preferred FreeBSD work over " "paid work, and used to fall back to their (quite expensive) EUnet Internet " "connection whenever his private connection became too slow or flaky to work " -"with it..." +"with it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "http://www.bsdi.com/[Berkeley Software Design, Inc.] has contributed their " -"DOS emulator code to the remaining BSD world, which is used in the _doscmd_ " +"DOS emulator code to the remaining BSD world, which is used in the `doscmd` " "command." msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:139 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The FreeBSD Developers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"This list, which includes all members of the Core Team, names everyone who " -"has commit privileges for one or more of the three source trees (doc, ports " -"and src). To see the current Core Team members you can take a look at the " -"link:https://www.freebsd.org/administration/#t-core[administration page]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:145 -msgid "(in alphabetical order by last name):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Core Team Alumni" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"The following people were members of the FreeBSD core team during the " -"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " -"the FreeBSD project." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:155 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:165 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:175 -msgid "_In rough reverse chronological order:_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:159 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Development Team Alumni" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:163 -msgid "" -"The following people were members of the FreeBSD development team during the " -"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " -"the FreeBSD project." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:169 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Ports Management Team Alumni" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:173 -msgid "" -"The following people were members of the FreeBSD portmgr team during the " -"periods indicated. We thank them for their past efforts in the service of " -"the FreeBSD project." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:179 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Development Team: In Memoriam" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:183 -msgid "" -"During the many years that the FreeBSD Project has been in existence, sadly, " -"some of our developers have passed away. Here are some remembrances." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:185 -msgid "_In rough reverse chronological order of their passing:_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Derived Software Contributors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:193 -msgid "" -"This software was originally derived from William F. Jolitz's 386BSD release " -"0.1, though almost none of the original 386BSD specific code remains. This " -"software has been essentially re-implemented from the 4.4BSD-Lite release " -"provided by the Computer Science Research Group (CSRG) at the University of " -"California, Berkeley and associated academic contributors." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:195 -msgid "" -"There are also portions of NetBSD and OpenBSD that have been integrated into " -"FreeBSD as well, and we would therefore like to thank all the contributors " -"to NetBSD and OpenBSD for their work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:197 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Additional FreeBSD Contributors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:207 -msgid "(in alphabetical order by first name):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/contributors/_index.adoc:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "386BSD Patch Kit Patch Contributors" -msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.po index 206926dae4..20496c64f3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:23-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -39,100 +39,141 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:50 msgid "" "This guide is about setting up a FreeBSD src tree with language servers " -"performing source code indexing." +"performing source code indexing. The guide describes the steps for Vim/" +"NeoVim and VSCode. If you use a different text editor you can use this guide " +"as a reference and search the equivalent commands for your preferred editor." msgstr "" #. type: Title == #: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap -msgid "Required Ports" +msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" -"Some ports are required throughout the guide. Choose a favorite combination " -"of tools from each category below:" +"In order to follow this guide we need to install certain requirements. We " +"need a Language server, `ccls` or `clangd`, and optionally a compilation " +"database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:58 -msgid "Language server implementations" +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:57 +msgid "" +"The installation of the Language server can be performed via `pkg` or via " +"ports. If we chose `clangd` we need to install `llvm`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:59 +msgid "Using `pkg` to install `ccls`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install ccls\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:66 +msgid "" +"If we want to use `clangd` we need to install `llvm` (The example command " +"uses `llvm15` but choose the version you desire):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install llvm15\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:73 +msgid "" +"To install via ports choose a favorite combination of tools from each " +"category below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:75 +msgid "Language server implementations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:76 msgid "package:devel/ccls[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "package:devel/llvm12[] (Other versions are okay, but newer is better. " "Replace `clangd12` with clangdN in case other versions are used.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:78 msgid "Editors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:79 msgid "package:editors/vim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:80 msgid "package:editors/neovim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:81 msgid "package:editors/vscode[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:82 msgid "Compilation database generator" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:83 msgid "package:devel/python[] (For llvm's scan-build-py implementation)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:84 msgid "package:devel/py-pip[] (For rizsotto's scan-build implementation)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:85 msgid "package:devel/bear[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "Editor settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Vim/Neovim" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:75 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "LSP client plugins" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The built-in plugin manager is used for both editors in this example. The " "LSP client plugin used is link:https://github.com/prabirshrestha/vim-" @@ -140,12 +181,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:98 msgid "To set up the LSP client plugin for Neovim:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p ~/.config/nvim/pack/lsp/start\n" @@ -153,12 +194,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:106 msgid "and for Vim:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/lsp/start\n" @@ -166,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "To enable the LSP client plugin in the editor, add the following snippet " "into [.filepath]#~/.config/nvim/init.vim# when using Neovim, or [." @@ -174,14 +215,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:98 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "For ccls" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "au User lsp_setup call lsp#register_server({\n" @@ -196,26 +237,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:112 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For clangd" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "au User lsp_setup call lsp#register_server({\n" " \\ 'name': 'clangd',\n" -" \\ 'cmd': {server_info->['clangd12', '--background-index', '--header-insertion=never']},\n" +" \\ 'cmd': {server_info->['clangd15', '--background-index', '--header-insertion=never']},\n" " \\ 'allowlist': ['c', 'cpp', 'objc'],\n" " \\ 'initialization_options': {},\n" " \\ })\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:141 +msgid "" +"Depending on the version that you installed for `clangd` you might need to " +"update the `server-info` to point to the correct binary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "Please refer to link:https://github.com/prabirshrestha/vim-lsp/blob/master/" "README.md#registering-servers[] to learn about setting up key bindings and " @@ -225,7 +273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "Below are the reference settings of keybindings and code completions. Put " "the following snippet into [.filepath]#~/.config/nvim/init.vim#, or [." @@ -233,7 +281,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "function! s:on_lsp_buffer_enabled() abort\n" @@ -243,7 +291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "" " nmap (lsp-definition)\n" @@ -262,7 +310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "" "augroup lsp_install\n" @@ -272,13 +320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "VSCode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "LSP client plugins are required to launch the language server daemon. Press " "`Ctrl+Shift+X` to show the extension online search panel. Enter `llvm-vs-" @@ -287,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "Then, press `Ctrl+Shift+P` to show the editor commands palette. Enter " "`Preferences: Open Settings (JSON)` into the palette and hit `Enter` to open " @@ -297,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[\n" @@ -313,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[\n" @@ -325,80 +373,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Compilation database" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "A Compilation database contains an array of compile command objects. Each " "object specifies a way of compiling a source file. The compilation database " -"file is usually [.filename]#compile_commands.json#. The database is used " -"by language server implementations for indexing purpose." +"file is usually [.filename]#compile_commands.json#. The database is used by " +"language server implementations for indexing purpose." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Please refer to link:https://clang.llvm.org/docs/JSONCompilationDatabase." "html#format[] for details on the format of the compilation database file." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Generators" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Using scan-build-py" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "`intercept-build` tool from scan-build-py is used to generate compilation " "database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Install package:devel/python[] to get python interpreter first. To get " "`intercept-build` from LLVM:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project /path/to/llvm-project\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "where [.filename]#/path/to/llvm-project/# is your desired path for the " "repository. Make an alias in the shell configuration file for convenience:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "alias intercept-build='/path/to/llvm-project/clang/tools/scan-build-py/bin/intercept-build'\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "link:https://github.com/rizsotto/scan-build[rizsotto/scan-build] can be used " "instead of LLVM's scan-build-py. The LLVM's scan-build-py was rizsotto/scan-" @@ -408,27 +456,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:236 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "In the top-level directory of the FreeBSD src tree, generate the compilation " "database with `intercept-build`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "# intercept-build --append make buildworld buildkernel -j`sysctl -n hw.ncpu`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "The `--append` flag tells the `intercept-build` to read an existing " "compilation database (if a compilation database exists) and append the " @@ -438,26 +486,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Using devel/bear" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "In the top-level directory of the FreeBSD src tree, to generate compilation " "database with `bear`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "# bear --append -- make buildworld buildkernel -j`sysctl -n hw.ncpu`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "The `--append` flag tells `bear` to read an existing compilation database if " "it is present, and append the results to the database. Entries with " @@ -467,13 +515,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Final" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/freebsd-src-lsp/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Once the compilation database is generated, open any source files in the " "FreeBSD src tree and LSP server daemon will be launched as well in " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.po index 9f8d341a4b..5c9083d37f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-16 17:07-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -80,26 +80,26 @@ msgid "Default Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "Linux(R) users are often surprised to find that Bash is not the default " "shell in FreeBSD. In fact, Bash is not included in the default " -"installation. Instead, FreeBSD uses man:tcsh[1] as the default root shell, " -"and the Bourne shell-compatible man:sh[1] as the default user shell. man:" -"sh[1] is very similar to Bash but with a much smaller feature-set. " -"Generally shell scripts written for man:sh[1] will run in Bash, but the " -"reverse is not always true." +"installation. Instead, the Bourne shell-compatible man:sh[1] as the default " +"user shell. The root shell is man:tcsh[1] by default on FreeBSD 13 and " +"earlier and man:sh[1] on FreeBSD 14 and later. man:sh[1] is very similar to " +"Bash but with a much smaller feature-set. Generally shell scripts written " +"for man:sh[1] will run in Bash, but the reverse is not always true." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "However, Bash and other shells are available for installation using the " "FreeBSD extref:{handbook}[Packages and Ports Collection, ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "After installing another shell, use man:chsh[1] to change a user's default " "shell. It is recommended that the `root` user's default shell remain " @@ -111,58 +111,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "Packages and Ports: Adding Software in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides two methods for installing applications: binary packages " "and compiled ports. Each method has its own benefits:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "Binary Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Faster installation as compared to compiling large applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:85 msgid "Does not require an understanding of how to compile software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:86 msgid "No need to install a compiler." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:86 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:89 msgid "Ability to customize installation options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:90 msgid "Custom patches can be applied." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "If an application installation does not require any customization, " "installing the package is sufficient. Compile the port instead whenever an " @@ -171,20 +171,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "A complete list of all available ports and packages can be found https://www." "freebsd.org/ports/[here]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Packages are pre-compiled applications, the FreeBSD equivalents of [." "filename]#.deb# files on Debian/Ubuntu based systems and [.filename]#.rpm# " @@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install apache24\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "For more information on packages refer to section 5.4 of the FreeBSD " "Handbook: extref:{handbook}[Using pkgng for Binary Package Management, pkgng-" @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a framework of [.filename]#Makefiles# and " "patches specifically customized for installing applications from source on " @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "The Ports Collection, sometimes referred to as the ports tree, can be " "installed to [.filename]#/usr/ports# using link:{handbook}mirrors/" @@ -227,14 +227,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "To compile a port, change to the port's directory and start the build " "process. The following example installs Apache 2.4 from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/apache24\n" @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "A benefit of using ports to install software is the ability to customize the " "installation options. This example specifies that the mod_ldap module " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/www/apache24\n" @@ -258,20 +258,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "Refer to extref:{handbook}[Using the Ports Collection, ports-using] for more " "information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "System Startup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "Many Linux(R) distributions use the SysV init system, whereas FreeBSD uses " "the traditional BSD-style man:init[8]. Under the BSD-style man:init[8], " @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "The scripts found in [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/# are for applications that are " "part of the \"base\" system, such as man:cron[8], man:sshd[8], and man:" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD is developed as a complete operating system, user-installed " "applications are not considered to be part of the \"base\" system. User-" @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Services are enabled by adding an entry for the service in [.filename]#/etc/" "rc.conf#. The system defaults are found in [.filename]#/etc/defaults/rc." @@ -320,14 +320,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "The following entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# enable man:sshd[8], " "enable Apache 2.4, and specify that Apache should be started with SSL." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# enable SSHD\n" @@ -338,14 +338,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Once a service has been enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, it can be " "started without rebooting the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd start\n" @@ -353,26 +353,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "If a service has not been enabled, it can be started from the command line " "using `onestart`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd onestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Instead of a generic _ethX_ identifier that Linux(R) uses to identify a " "network interface, FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by a number. The " @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig\n" @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "An IP address can be assigned to an interface using man:ifconfig[8]. To " "remain persistent across reboots, the IP configuration must be included in [." @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"server1.example.com\"\n" @@ -418,12 +418,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:222 msgid "Use the following entries to instead configure an interface for DHCP:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"server1.example.com\"\n" @@ -431,35 +431,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not use Linux(R) IPTABLES for its firewall. Instead, FreeBSD " "offers a choice of three kernel level firewalls:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:236 msgid "extref:{handbook}[PF, firewalls-pf]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:237 msgid "extref:{handbook}[IPFILTER, firewalls-ipf]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:238 msgid "extref:{handbook}[IPFW, firewalls-ipfw]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "PF is developed by the OpenBSD project and ported to FreeBSD. PF was " "created as a replacement for IPFILTER and its syntax is similar to that of " @@ -467,18 +467,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:244 msgid "This sample PF entry allows inbound SSH:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on $ext_if inet proto tcp from any to ($ext_if) port 22\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "IPFILTER is the firewall application developed by Darren Reed. It is not " "specific to FreeBSD and has been ported to several operating systems " @@ -486,18 +486,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:254 msgid "The IPFILTER syntax to allow inbound SSH is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on $ext_if proto tcp from any to any port = 22\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "IPFW is the firewall developed and maintained by FreeBSD. It can be paired " "with man:dummynet[4] to provide traffic shaping capabilities and simulate " @@ -505,31 +505,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:264 msgid "The IPFW syntax to allow inbound SSH would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "ipfw add allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $ext_if\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "There are two methods for updating a FreeBSD system: from source or binary " "updates." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Updating from source is the most involved update method, but offers the " "greatest amount of flexibility. The process involves synchronizing a local " @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Binary updates are similar to using `yum` or `apt-get` to update a Linux(R) " "system. In FreeBSD, man:freebsd-update[8] can be used fetch new binary " @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "When using man:cron[8] to schedule updates, use `freebsd-update cron` in the " "man:crontab[1] to reduce the possibility of a large number of machines all " @@ -555,26 +555,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "0 3 * * * root /usr/sbin/freebsd-update cron\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "For more information on source and binary updates, refer to extref:{handbook}" -"[the chapter on updating, updating-upgrading] in the FreeBSD Handbook." +"[the chapter on updating, updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate] in the FreeBSD " +"Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "procfs: Gone But Not Forgotten" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "In some Linux(R) distributions, one could look at [.filename]#/proc/sys/net/" "ipv4/ip_forward# to determine if IP forwarding is enabled. In FreeBSD, man:" @@ -582,14 +583,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "For example, use the following to determine if IP forwarding is enabled on a " "FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding\n" @@ -597,210 +598,210 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:311 msgid "Use `-a` to list all the system settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -a | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "If an application requires procfs, add the following entry to [.filename]#/" "etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "proc /proc procfs rw,noauto 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "Including `noauto` will prevent [.filename]#/proc# from being automatically " "mounted at boot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:327 msgid "To mount the file system without rebooting:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /proc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:337 msgid "Some common command equivalents are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux(R) command (Red Hat/Debian)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD equivalent" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "`yum install _package_` / `apt-get install _package_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg install _package_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Install package from remote repository" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "`rpm -ivh _package_` / `dpkg -i _package_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg add _package_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "Install local package" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "`rpm -qa` / `dpkg -l`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg info`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "List installed packages" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "`lspci`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "`pciconf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "List PCI devices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "`lsmod`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "`kldstat`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "List loaded kernel modules" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "`modprobe`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "`kldload` / `kldunload`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Load/Unload kernel modules" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "`strace`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "`truss`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "Trace system calls" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/linux-users/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "This document has provided an overview of FreeBSD. Refer to the extref:" "{handbook}[FreeBSD Handbook] for more in-depth coverage of these topics as " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.po index 8d647f00b6..19147e25f4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -87,21 +87,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:78 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bapt}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:81 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bcr}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:84 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "`{grog}`" msgstr "" @@ -115,14 +115,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:90 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lwhsu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:93 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1350 #, no-wrap msgid "`{manu}`" msgstr "" @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:99 -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1041 #, no-wrap msgid "`{0mp}`" msgstr "" @@ -540,2285 +540,2315 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{nik}`" +msgid "`{fuz}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{benjsc}`" +msgid "`{nik}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{lcook}`" +msgid "`{benjsc}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ngie}`" +msgid "`{lcook}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{rakuco}`" +msgid "`{ngie}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{alc}`" +msgid "`{rakuco}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{olivier}`" +msgid "`{alc}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bcran}`" +msgid "`{olivier}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{culot}`" +msgid "`{bcran}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{alfredo}`" +msgid "`{cc}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ceri}`" +msgid "`{culot}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{edavis}`" +msgid "`{alfredo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{alexey}`" +msgid "`{ceri}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bsd}`" +msgid "`{edavis}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{carl}`" +msgid "`{alexey}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{carlavilla}`" +msgid "`{bsd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{vd}`" +msgid "`{carl}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{rdivacky}`" +msgid "`{carlavilla}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{danfe}`" +msgid "`{vd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dd}`" +msgid "`{rdivacky}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bdrewery}`" +msgid "`{danfe}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{gad}`" +msgid "`{dd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kd}`" +msgid "`{bdrewery}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{olivierd}`" +msgid "`{gad}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bruno}`" +msgid "`{kd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ale}`" +msgid "`{olivierd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{nemysis}`" +msgid "`{bruno}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{peadar}`" +msgid "`{ale}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{deischen}`" +msgid "`{nemysis}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{diizzy}`" +msgid "`{peadar}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ue}`" +msgid "`{deischen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{madpilot}`" +msgid "`{diizzy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{rafan}`" +msgid "`{ue}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kami}`" +msgid "`{madpilot}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{farrokhi}`" +msgid "`{rafan}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jedgar}`" +msgid "`{kami}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mfechner}`" +msgid "`{farrokhi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{feld}`" +msgid "`{jedgar}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{green}`" +msgid "`{mfechner}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{fanf}`" +msgid "`{feld}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{blackend}`" +msgid "`{green}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{petef}`" +msgid "`{fanf}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{decke}`" +msgid "`{blackend}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{landonf}`" +msgid "`{petef}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{billf}`" +msgid "`{decke}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{grembo}`" +msgid "`{landonf}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sgalabov}`" +msgid "`{billf}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{avg}`" +msgid "`{grembo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{beat}`" +msgid "`{sgalabov}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sjg}`" +msgid "`{avg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{gibbs}`" +msgid "`{beat}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pfg}`" +msgid "`{sjg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{girgen}`" +msgid "`{gibbs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{eugen}`" +msgid "`{pfg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pgollucci}`" +msgid "`{girgen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{trociny}`" +msgid "`{eugen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dmgk}`" +msgid "`{pgollucci}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{daichi}`" +msgid "`{trociny}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{grehan}`" +msgid "`{dmgk}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jamie}`" +msgid "`{daichi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{adridg}`" +msgid "`{grehan}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{wg}`" +msgid "`{jamie}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bar}`" +msgid "`{adridg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jmg}`" +msgid "`{wg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mjg}`" +msgid "`{bar}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jhale}`" +msgid "`{jmg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dannyboy}`" +msgid "`{mjg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dhartmei}`" +msgid "`{jhale}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ohauer}`" +msgid "`{jah}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ehaupt}`" +msgid "`{dannyboy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jhay}`" +msgid "`{dhartmei}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bhd}`" +msgid "`{ohauer}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sheldonh}`" +msgid "`{ehaupt}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mikeh}`" +msgid "`{jhay}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mheinen}`" +msgid "`{bhd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{niels}`" +msgid "`{sheldonh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ghelmer}`" +msgid "`{mikeh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mux}`" +msgid "`{mheinen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{wen}`" +msgid "`{niels}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dhn}`" +msgid "`{ghelmer}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jhibbits}`" +msgid "`{mux}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jhixson}`" +msgid "`{wen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pho}`" +msgid "`{dhn}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{oh}`" +msgid "`{jhibbits}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mhorne}`" +msgid "`{jhixson}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bhughes}`" +msgid "`{pho}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sunpoet}`" +msgid "`{oh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{foxfair}`" +msgid "`{mhorne}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{whu}`" +msgid "`{bhughes}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{chinsan}`" +msgid "`{sunpoet}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{zlei}`" +msgid "`{foxfair}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{davide}`" +msgid "`{whu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jkh}`" +msgid "`{chinsan}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{versus}`" +msgid "`{zlei}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pi}`" +msgid "`{davide}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:597 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{weongyo}`" +msgid "`{jkh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{peterj}`" +msgid "`{versus}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jinmei}`" +msgid "`{pi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ahze}`" +msgid "`{weongyo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{markj}`" +msgid "`{peterj}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{trevor}`" +msgid "`{jinmei}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{erj}`" +msgid "`{ahze}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{allanjude}`" +msgid "`{markj}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{bjk}`" +msgid "`{trevor}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{phk}`" +msgid "`{erj}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pluknet}`" +msgid "`{allanjude}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{cokane}`" +msgid "`{bjk}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{karels}`" +msgid "`{phk}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kato}`" +msgid "`{pluknet}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{vkashyap}`" +msgid "`{cokane}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:642 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{pkubaj}`" +msgid "`{karels}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kris}`" +msgid "`{kato}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{keramida}`" +msgid "`{vkashyap}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{fjoe}`" +msgid "`{pkubaj}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{manolis}`" +msgid "`{kris}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:657 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{stevek}`" +msgid "`{keramida}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jkim}`" +msgid "`{fjoe}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{zack}`" +msgid "`{manolis}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jceel}`" +msgid "`{stevek}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{andreas}`" +msgid "`{jkim}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:672 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kai}`" +msgid "`{zack}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{corvink}`" +msgid "`{jceel}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jkois}`" +msgid "`{andreas}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sergei}`" +msgid "`{kai}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{maxim}`" +msgid "`{corvink}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{taras}`" +msgid "`{jkois}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{tobik}`" +msgid "`{sergei}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jkoshy}`" +msgid "`{maxim}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{wkoszek}`" +msgid "`{taras}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{ak}`" +msgid "`{tobik}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{gabor}`" +msgid "`{jkoshy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{anchie}`" +msgid "`{wkoszek}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{rushani}`" +msgid "`{ak}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{kuriyama}`" +msgid "`{gabor}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{rene}`" +msgid "`{anchie}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jlaffaye}`" +msgid "`{rushani}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{clement}`" +msgid "`{kuriyama}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:723 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{mlaier}`" +msgid "`{rene}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:726 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{martymac}`" +msgid "`{jlaffaye}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{glarkin}`" +msgid "`{clement}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{dru}`" +msgid "`{mlaier}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{lawrance}`" +msgid "`{martymac}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{njl}`" +msgid "`{glarkin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jlh}`" +msgid "`{dru}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{leeym}`" +msgid "`{lawrance}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{sam}`" +msgid "`{njl}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{jylefort}`" +msgid "`{jlh}`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:753 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`{leeym}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap -msgid "`{oliver}`" +msgid "`{sam}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap +msgid "`{jylefort}`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:765 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`{oliver}`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:768 +#, no-wrap msgid "`{netchild}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "`{leitao}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:774 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ae}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lesi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:780 #, no-wrap msgid "`{achim}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cel}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "`{glewis}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "`{vishwin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "`{delphij}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "`{avatar}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ijliao}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rlibby}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "`{pclin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "`{yzlin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "`{linimon}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "`{arved}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dryice}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nemoliu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kevlo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "`{zml}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nox}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "`{avl}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "`{scottl}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rmacklem}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "`{vmaffione}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bmah}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mtm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dwmalone}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "`{marino}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cherry}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "`{matusita}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sem}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mckusick}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tmclaugh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jmelo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mmel}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jmmv}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kadesai}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ken}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:891 #, no-wrap msgid "`{markm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dinoex}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sanpei}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rmh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "`{driesm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jrm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:909 #, no-wrap msgid "`{freqlabs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mmoll}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cmt}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "`{stephen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "`{marcel}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dougm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kmoore}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "`{marck}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mav}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:936 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rich}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "`{knu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tmm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "`{max}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:948 #, no-wrap msgid "`{maho}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "`{yoichi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bland}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gnn}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "`{khng}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:963 #, no-wrap msgid "`{simon}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rnoland}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "`{anders}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lofi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "`{obrien}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "`{olgeni}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:981 #, no-wrap msgid "`{philip}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:984 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jpaetzel}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:987 #, no-wrap msgid "`{zirias}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "`{hiren}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:993 #, no-wrap msgid "`{hmp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "`{fluffy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sat}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "`{np}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "`{royger}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rpaulo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1011 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`{misha}`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rpokala}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "`{roam}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "`{den}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "`{csjp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "`{grahamperrin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gerald}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "`{scottph}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jacula}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1044 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jdp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "`{krion}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sepotvin}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cpm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "`{markp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "`{alepulver}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kp}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "`{thomas}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "`{hq}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bofh}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1074 #, no-wrap msgid "`{fox}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lbr}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap msgid "`{crees}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rees}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1086 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mr}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "`{trhodes}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "`{benno}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "`{beech}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "`{roberto}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rodrigc}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ler}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1110 #, no-wrap msgid "`{leres}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "`{robak}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "`{guido}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rea}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ray}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1125 #, no-wrap msgid "`{niklas}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "`{salvadore}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bsam}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "`{marks}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bschmidt}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1140 #, no-wrap msgid "`{wosch}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "`{das}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "`{scheidell}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "`{matthew}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1155 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tmseck}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "`{johans}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bakul}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gshapiro}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1167 #, no-wrap msgid "`{wxs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nork}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "`{syrinx}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1176 #, no-wrap msgid "`{vanilla}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1179 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ashish}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1182 #, no-wrap msgid "`{asiciliano}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "`{chs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bms}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "`{demon}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1194 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jesper}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1197 #, no-wrap msgid "`{scop}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "`{anray}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1203 #, no-wrap msgid "`{flo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1206 #, no-wrap msgid "`{glebius}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1209 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kensmith}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1212 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ben}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1215 #, no-wrap msgid "`{des}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1218 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sobomax}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1221 #, no-wrap msgid "`{asomers}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "`{brian}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sson}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1218 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nsouch}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ssouhlal}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1236 #, no-wrap msgid "`{loos}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "`{brnrd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1242 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rink}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1245 #, no-wrap msgid "`{vsevolod}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "`{pstef}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1251 #, no-wrap msgid "`{zi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1254 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lstewart}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1257 #, no-wrap msgid "`{murray}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1260 #, no-wrap msgid "`{vs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1263 #, no-wrap msgid "`{xride}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1266 #, no-wrap msgid "`{marius}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1269 #, no-wrap msgid "`{cs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "`{clsung}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1275 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gsutter}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1278 #, no-wrap msgid "`{metal}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ryusuke}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1284 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nyan}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1287 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sahil}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tota}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1293 #, no-wrap msgid "`{romain}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "`{eduardo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1299 #, no-wrap msgid "`{sylvio}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "`{itetcu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1308 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gordon}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1311 #, no-wrap msgid "`{lth}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "`{fabient}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1317 #, no-wrap msgid "`{thierry}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "`{thompsa}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1323 #, no-wrap msgid "`{flz}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1326 #, no-wrap msgid "`{jilles}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1317 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1329 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ganbold}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tuexen}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1335 #, no-wrap msgid "`{gonzo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ume}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ups}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "`{fsu}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mikael}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1353 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ram}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1356 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bryanv}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1359 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nectar}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "`{avilla}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nivit}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1356 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ivoras}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1359 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1371 #, no-wrap msgid "`{stefan}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1374 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kaiw}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "`{adamw}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1380 #, no-wrap msgid "`{naddy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "`{peter}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1374 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1386 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nwhitehorn}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1389 #, no-wrap msgid "`{miwi}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1392 #, no-wrap msgid "`{nate}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "`{twinterg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1398 #, no-wrap msgid "`{def}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1401 #, no-wrap msgid "`{wollman}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "`{joerg}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1407 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ygy}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "`{emax}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "`{oshogbo}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1416 #, no-wrap msgid "`{riggs}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1407 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1419 #, no-wrap msgid "`{egypcio}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1410 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1422 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bz}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dsl}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1428 #, no-wrap msgid "`{zeising}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1431 #, no-wrap msgid "`{phantom}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1434 #, no-wrap msgid "`{tz}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1425 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1437 #, no-wrap msgid "`{rigoletto}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1428 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1440 #, no-wrap msgid "`{kaktus}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1443 #, no-wrap msgid "`{samm}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1446 #, no-wrap msgid "`{arrowd}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1449 #, no-wrap msgid "`{ronald}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "`{meta}`" msgstr "" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`{rnagy}`" +msgstr "" + #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1444 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1459 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Cluster Account Holders" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1461 #, no-wrap msgid "`{bk}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1449 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1464 #, no-wrap msgid "`{deb}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1467 #, no-wrap msgid "`{debdrup}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1470 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dutchdaemon}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1473 #, no-wrap msgid "`{keymaster}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1476 #, no-wrap msgid "`{mwlucas}`" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1464 +#: documentation/content/en/articles/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:1479 #, no-wrap msgid "`{dhw}`" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.po index 48530d408d..a12cb2449a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-09-09 20:51-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -24,30 +24,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:1 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:16 #, no-wrap msgid "The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:49 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:50 msgid "'''" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:54 #, no-wrap msgid "Design Overview of 4.4BSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:57 #, no-wrap msgid "4.4BSD Facilities and the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The 4.4BSD kernel provides four basic facilities: processes, a filesystem, " "communications, and system startup. This section outlines where each of " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "Processes constitute a thread of control in an address space. Mechanisms for " "creating, terminating, and otherwise controlling processes are described in " @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "The user interface to the filesystem and devices is similar; common aspects " "are discussed in Chapter 6. The filesystem is a set of named files, " @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "Communication mechanisms provided by traditional UNIX systems include " "simplex reliable byte streams between related processes (see pipes, Section " @@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "Any real operating system has operational issues, such as how to start it " "running. Startup and operational issues are described in Chapter 14." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Sections 2.3 through 2.14 present introductory material related to Chapters " "3 through 14. We shall define terms, mention basic system calls, and " @@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "The Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "The _kernel_ is the part of the system that runs in protected mode and " "mediates access by all user programs to the underlying hardware (e.g., CPU, " @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "A _kernel_ in traditional operating-system terminology, is a small nucleus " "of software that provides only the minimal facilities necessary for " @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The 4.4BSD kernel is not partitioned into multiple processes. This basic " "design decision was made in the earliest versions of UNIX. The first two " @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Users ordinarily interact with the system through a command-language " "interpreter, called a _shell_, and perhaps through additional user " @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Sections 2.3 and 2.4 describe the services provided by the 4.4BSD kernel, " "and give an overview of the latter's design. Later chapters describe the " @@ -179,33 +179,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Organization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "In this section, we view the organization of the 4.4BSD kernel in two ways:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "As a static body of software, categorized by the functionality offered by " "the modules that make up the kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "By its dynamic operation, categorized according to the services provided to " "users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "The largest part of the kernel implements the system services that " "applications access through system calls. In 4.4BSD, this software has been " @@ -213,437 +213,437 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Basic kernel facilities: timer and system-clock handling, descriptor " "management, and process management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:112 msgid "Memory-management support: paging and swapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "Generic system interfaces: the I/O, control, and multiplexing operations " "performed on descriptors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "The filesystem: files, directories, pathname translation, file locking, and " "I/O buffer management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "Terminal-handling support: the terminal-interface driver and terminal line " "disciplines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:116 msgid "Interprocess-communication facilities: sockets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "Support for network communication: communication protocols and generic " "network facilities, such as routing" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine-independent software in the 4.4BSD kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:121 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "Category" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:121 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines of code" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:122 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Percentage of kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "headers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "9,393" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "4.6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "initialization" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "1,107" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "0.6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "kernel facilities" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "8,793" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "4.4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "generic interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "4,782" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "2.4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "interprocess communication" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "4,540" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "2.2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "terminal handling" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "3,911" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "1.9" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "virtual memory" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "11,813" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "5.8" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "vnode management" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "7,954" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "3.9" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "filesystem naming" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "6,550" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "3.2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "fast filestore" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "4,365" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "log-structure filestore" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "4,337" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "2.1" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "memory-based filestore" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "645" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "0.3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "cd9660 filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "4,177" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "miscellaneous filesystems (10)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "12,695" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "6.3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "network filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "17,199" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "8.5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "network communication" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "8,630" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "4.3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "internet protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "11,984" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "5.9" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "23,924" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "11.8" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "X.25 protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "10,626" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "5.3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "XNS protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "5,192" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "2.6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Most of the software in these categories is machine independent and is " "portable across different hardware architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "The machine-dependent aspects of the kernel are isolated from the mainstream " "code. In particular, none of the machine-independent code contains " @@ -654,153 +654,153 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:153 msgid "Low-level system-startup actions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:154 msgid "Trap and fault handling" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:155 msgid "Low-level manipulation of the run-time context of a process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:156 msgid "Configuration and initialization of hardware devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:157 msgid "Run-time support for I/O devices" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine-dependent software for the HP300 in the 4.4BSD kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "machine dependent headers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "1,562" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "0.8" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "device driver headers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "3,495" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "1.7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "device driver source" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "17,506" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "8.7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "3,087" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "1.5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "other machine dependent" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "6,287" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "3.1" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "routines in assembly language" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "3,014" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "HP/UX compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "4,683" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "2.3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "<> summarizes the machine-independent software that " "constitutes the 4.4BSD kernel for the HP300. The numbers in column 2 are " @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Only a small part of the kernel is devoted to initializing the system. This " "code is used when the system is _bootstrapped_ into operation and is " @@ -828,13 +828,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "The boundary between the kernel- and user-level code is enforced by hardware-" "protection facilities provided by the underlying hardware. The kernel " @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "A system call usually is implemented as a hardware trap that changes the " "CPU's execution mode and the current address-space mapping. Parameters " @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "User applications and the kernel operate independently of each other. " "4.4BSD does not store I/O control blocks or other operating-system-related " @@ -884,13 +884,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "Process Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:219 msgid "" "4.4BSD supports a multitasking environment. Each task or thread of " "execution is termed a _process_. The _context_ of a 4.4BSD process consists " @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "The kernel creates a process by duplicating the context of another process. " "The new process is termed a _child process_ of the original _parent process_ " @@ -916,18 +916,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "Process lifecycle" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:228 msgid "image:fig1.png[Process lifecycle]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "The process lifecycle is depicted in <>. A process " "may create a new process that is a copy of the original by using the _fork_ " @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "Although there are occasions when the new process is intended to be a copy " "of the parent, the loading and execution of a different program is a more " @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "A process may terminate by executing an _exit_ system call, sending 8 bits " "of exit status to its parent. If a process wants to communicate more than a " @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "A process can suspend execution until any of its child processes terminate " "using the _wait_ system call, which returns the PID and exit status of the " @@ -979,14 +979,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "The details of how the kernel creates and destroys processes are given in " "Chapter 5." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "Processes are scheduled for execution according to a _process-priority_ " "parameter. This priority is managed by a kernel-based scheduling " @@ -997,13 +997,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Signals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "The system defines a set of _signals_ that may be delivered to a process. " "Signals in 4.4BSD are modeled after hardware interrupts. A process may " @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "Alternatively, a process may specify that a signal is to be _ignored_, or " "that a default action, as determined by the kernel, is to be taken. The " @@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "Some signals cannot be caught or ignored. These signals include _SIGKILL_, " "which kills runaway processes, and the job-control signal _SIGSTOP_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "A process may choose to have signals delivered on a special stack so that " "sophisticated software stack manipulations are possible. For example, a " @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "All signals have the same _priority_. If multiple signals are pending " "simultaneously, the order in which signals are delivered to a process is " @@ -1058,20 +1058,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "The detailed design and implementation of signals is described in Section " "4.7." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Process Groups and Sessions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "Processes are organized into _process groups_. Process groups are used to " "control access to terminals and to provide a means of distributing signals " @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "The group of processes in a process group is sometimes referred to as a " "_job_ and is manipulated by high-level system software, such as the shell. " @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "A user process can send a signal to each process in a process group, as well " "as to a single process. A process in a specific process group may receive " @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "A terminal has a process-group identifier assigned to it. This identifier " "is normally set to the identifier of a process group associated with the " @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Just as a set of related processes can be collected into a process group, a " "set of process groups can be collected into a _session_. The main uses for " @@ -1130,13 +1130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Each process has its own private address space. The address space is " "initially divided into three logical segments: _text_, _data_, and _stack_. " @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "The entire contents of a process address space do not need to be resident " "for a process to execute. If a process references a part of its address " @@ -1171,13 +1171,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD Memory-Management Design Decisions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "The support of large sparse address spaces, mapped files, and shared memory " "was a requirement for 4.2BSD. An interface was specified, called _mmap_, " @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Further development of the _mmap_ interface continued during the work on " "4.3BSD. Over 40 companies and research groups participated in the " @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Once again, time pressure prevented 4.3BSD from providing an implementation " "of the interface. Although the latter could have been built into the " @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "Attempts to improve the old implementation incrementally seemed doomed to " "failure. A completely new design, on the other hand, could take advantage " @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "Another issue with the virtual-memory system is the way that information is " "passed into the kernel when a system call is made. 4.4BSD always copies " @@ -1252,14 +1252,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "Often, the user data are not page aligned and are not a multiple of the " "hardware page length." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "If the page is taken away from the process, it will no longer be able to " "reference that page. Some programs depend on the data remaining in the " @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "If the process is allowed to keep a copy of the page (as it is in current " "4.4BSD semantics), the page must be made _copy-on-write_. A copy-on-write " @@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "When pages are remapped to new virtual-memory addresses, most memory-" "management hardware requires that the hardware address-translation cache be " @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "The biggest incentives for memory mapping are the needs for accessing big " "files and for passing large quantities of data between processes. The " @@ -1297,13 +1297,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory Management Inside the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "The kernel often does allocations of memory that are needed for only the " "duration of a single system call. In a user process, such short-term memory " @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "Demands for dynamic memory allocation in the kernel have increased as more " "services have been added. A generalized memory allocator reduces the " @@ -1335,13 +1335,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "I/O System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "The basic model of the UNIX I/O system is a sequence of bytes that can be " "accessed either randomly or sequentially. There are no _access methods_ and " @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "Different programs expect various levels of structure, but the kernel does " "not impose structure on I/O. For instance, the convention for text files is " @@ -1366,13 +1366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "Descriptors and I/O" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "UNIX processes use _descriptors_ to reference I/O streams. Descriptors are " "small unsigned integers obtained from the _open_ and _socket_ system calls. " @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "Descriptors represent underlying objects supported by the kernel, and are " "created by system calls specific to the type of object. In 4.4BSD, three " @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "A _file_ is a linear array of bytes with at least one name. A file exists " "until all its names are deleted explicitly and no process holds a descriptor " @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "A _pipe_ is a linear array of bytes, as is a file, but it is used solely as " "an I/O stream, and it is unidirectional. It also has no name, and thus " @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "A _socket_ is a transient object that is used for interprocess " "communication; it exists only as long as some process holds a descriptor " @@ -1428,14 +1428,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "In systems before 4.2BSD, pipes were implemented using the filesystem; when " "sockets were introduced in 4.2BSD, pipes were reimplemented as sockets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "The kernel keeps for each process a _descriptor table_, which is a table " "that the kernel uses to translate the external representation of a " @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "Every valid descriptor has an associated _file offset_ in bytes from the " "beginning of the object. Read and write operations start at this offset, " @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "When a process terminates, the kernel reclaims all the descriptors that were " "in use by that process. If the process was holding the final reference to " @@ -1470,13 +1470,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "Descriptor Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "Most processes expect three descriptors to be open already when they start " "running. These descriptors are 0, 1, 2, more commonly known as _standard " @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "These (and other) descriptors can be mapped to objects other than the " "terminal; such mapping is called _I/O redirection_, and all the standard " @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Pipes allow the output of one program to be input to another program without " "rewriting or even relinking of either program. Instead of descriptor 1 " @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "The _open_, _pipe_, and _socket_ system calls produce new descriptors with " "the lowest unused number usable for a descriptor. For pipelines to work, " @@ -1533,13 +1533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "Hardware devices have filenames, and may be accessed by the user via the " "same system calls used for regular files. The kernel can distinguish a " @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "Hardware devices can be categorized as either _structured_ or " "_unstructured_; they are known as _block_ or _character_ devices, " @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "Structured or block devices are typified by disks and magnetic tapes, and " "include most random-access devices. The kernel supports read-modify-write-" @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "Unstructured devices are those devices that do not support a block " "structure. Familiar unstructured devices are communication lines, raster " @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "Unstructured files are called _character devices_ because the first of these " "to be implemented were terminal device drivers. The kernel interface to the " @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "Device special files are created by the _mknod_ system call. There is an " "additional system call, _ioctl_, for manipulating the underlying device " @@ -1606,13 +1606,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "Socket IPC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "The 4.2BSD kernel introduced an IPC mechanism more flexible than pipes, " "based on _sockets_. A socket is an endpoint of communication referred to by " @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "System V provides local interprocess communication through FIFOs (also known " "as _named pipes_). FIFOs appear as an object in the filesystem that " @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "The socket mechanism requires extensions to the traditional UNIX I/O system " "calls to provide the associated naming and connection semantics. Rather " @@ -1661,13 +1661,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "Scatter/Gather I/O" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "In addition to the traditional _read_ and _write_ system calls, 4.2BSD " "introduced the ability to do scatter/gather I/O. Scatter input uses the " @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "This facility allows buffers in different parts of a process address space " "to be written atomically, without the need to copy them to a single " @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "Just as _send_ and _recv_ could have been implemented as library interfaces " "to _sendto_ and _recvfrom_, it also would have been possible to simulate " @@ -1706,13 +1706,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Filesystem Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "With the expansion of network computing, it became desirable to support both " "local and remote filesystems. To simplify the support of multiple " @@ -1724,29 +1724,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:536 msgid "Local disk-based filesystems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:537 msgid "Files imported using a variety of remote filesystem protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:538 msgid "Read-only CD-ROM filesystems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "Filesystems providing special-purpose interfaces -- for example, the `/proc` " "filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "A few variants of 4.4BSD, such as FreeBSD, allow filesystems to be loaded " "dynamically when the filesystems are first referenced by the _mount_ system " @@ -1756,13 +1756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "A regular file is a linear array of bytes, and can be read and written " "starting at any byte in the file. The kernel distinguishes no record " @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "A _filename_ component is a string of up to 255 characters. These filenames " "are stored in a type of file called a _directory_. The information in a " @@ -1785,18 +1785,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "A small filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:558 msgid "image:fig2.png[A small filesystem]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "a small one is shown in <>. Directories may contain " "subdirectories, and there is no inherent limitation to the depth with which " @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The filesystem forms a tree, the beginning of which is the _root directory_, " "sometimes referred to by the name _slash_, spelled with a single solidus " @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "A process identifies a file by specifying that file's _pathname_, which is a " "string composed of zero or more filenames separated by slash (/) " @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "A pathname that does not begin with a slash is called a _relative pathname_, " "and is interpreted relative to the _current working directory_ of the " @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "A process may set its root directory with the _chroot_ system call, and its " "current directory with the _chdir_ system call. Any process may do _chdir_ " @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "Using the filesystem shown in Fig. 2.2, if a process has the root of the " "filesystem as its root directory, and has `/usr` as its current directory, " @@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "System utilities and databases are kept in certain well-known directories. " "Part of the well-defined hierarchy includes a directory that contains the " @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "The user usually knows of only one filesystem, but the system may know that " "this one virtual filesystem is really composed of several physical " @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "The _link_ system call takes the name of an existing file and another name " "to create for that file. After a successful _link_, the file can be " @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "Files are organized hierarchically in _directories_. A directory is a type " "of file, but, in contrast to regular files, a directory has a structure " @@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "The operation could be made atomic. If the system crashed, the directory " "would not be left half-constructed, as could happen when a series of link " @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "When a networked filesystem is being run, the creation and deletion of files " "and directories need to be specified atomically so that they can be " @@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "When supporting non-UNIX filesystems, such as an MS-DOS filesystem, on " "another partition of the disk, the other filesystem may not support link " @@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "The _chown_ system call sets the owner and group of a file, and _chmod_ " "changes protection attributes. _Stat_ applied to a filename can be used to " @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "The _truncate_ system call was added to 4.2BSD to allow files to be " "shortened to an arbitrary offset. The call was added primarily in support " @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "Once the filesystem had the ability to shorten files, the kernel took " "advantage of that ability to shorten large empty directories. The advantage " @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "Newly created files are assigned the user identifier of the process that " "created them and the group identifier of the directory in which they were " @@ -1993,29 +1993,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:637 msgid "The user who owns the file" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:638 msgid "The group that owns the file" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:639 msgid "Everyone else" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "Each level of access has separate indicators for read permission, write " "permission, and execute permission." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "Files are created with zero length, and may grow when they are written. " "While a file is open, the system maintains a pointer into the file " @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "Earlier UNIX systems had a limit of 14 characters per filename component. " "This limitation was often a problem. For example, in addition to the " @@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:662 msgid "" "It is possible to keep within these limits, but it is inconvenient or even " "dangerous, because other UNIX systems accept strings longer than the limit " @@ -2062,13 +2062,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "Filestores" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "The operations defined for local filesystems are divided into two parts. " "Common to all local filesystems are hierarchical naming, locking, quotas, " @@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "The other part of the local filesystem is the organization and management of " "the data on the storage media. Laying out the contents of files on the " @@ -2087,24 +2087,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:674 msgid "The traditional Berkeley Fast Filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:675 msgid "" "The log-structured filesystem, based on the Sprite operating-system design " "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:676 msgid "A memory-based filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "Although the organizations of these filestores are completely different, " "these differences are indistinguishable to the processes using the " @@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "The Fast Filesystem organizes data into cylinder groups. Files that are " "likely to be accessed together, based on their locations in the filesystem " @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "The log-structured filesystem organizes data as a log. All data being " "written at any point in time are gathered together, and are written at the " @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "The memory-based filesystem is designed to store data in virtual memory. It " "is used for filesystems that need to support fast but temporary data, such " @@ -2143,13 +2143,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Filesystem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "Initially, networking was used to transfer data from one machine to " "another. Later, it evolved to allowing users to log in remotely to another " @@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "Bringing the filesystem to a local machine was among the first of the major " "client-server applications. The _server_ is the remote machine that exports " @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" "When the local client does an operation on a remote filesystem, the request " "is packaged and is sent to the server. The server does the requested " @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "Although many remote-filesystem protocols have been developed over the " "years, the most pervasive one in use among UNIX systems is the Network " @@ -2198,13 +2198,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "Terminals support the standard system I/O operations, as well as a " "collection of terminal-specific operations to control input-character " @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "Layered above the terminal device drivers are line disciplines that provide " "various degrees of character processing. The default line discipline is " @@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "Screen editors and programs that communicate with other computers generally " "run in _noncanonical mode_ (also commonly referred to as _raw mode_ or " @@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "It is possible to configure the terminal in thousands of combinations " "between these two extremes. For example, a screen editor that wanted to " @@ -2250,31 +2250,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" "On output, the terminal handler provides simple formatting services, " "including" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "Converting the line-feed character to the two-character carriage-return-line-" "feed sequence" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:738 msgid "Inserting delays after certain standard control characters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:739 msgid "Expanding tabs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:740 msgid "" "Displaying echoed nongraphic ASCII characters as a two-character sequence of " "the form `^C` (i.e., the ASCII caret character followed by the ASCII " @@ -2282,20 +2282,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "Each of these formatting services can be disabled individually by a process " "through control requests." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "Interprocess Communication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "Interprocess communication in 4.4BSD is organized in _communication " "domains_. Domains currently supported include the _local domain_, for " @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "Within a domain, communication takes place between communication endpoints " "known as _sockets_. As mentioned in Section 2.6, the _socket_ system call " @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "Each socket has associated with it a _communication protocol_. This " "protocol provides the semantics required by the socket according to the " @@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "Sockets may have addresses bound to them. The form and meaning of socket " "addresses are dependent on the communication domain in which the socket is " @@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "Normal data transmitted and received through sockets are untyped. Data-" "representation issues are the responsibility of libraries built on top of " @@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Networking implementations on UNIX before 4.2BSD usually worked by " "overloading the character-device interfaces. One goal of the socket " @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "Another benefit is that the new interface is highly portable. Shortly after " "a test release was available from Berkeley, the socket interface had been " @@ -2378,13 +2378,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Communication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "Some of the communication domains supported by the _socket_ IPC mechanism " "provide access to network protocols. These protocols are implemented as a " @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "At the time that 4.2BSD was being implemented, there were many networking " "protocols in use or under development, each with its own strengths and " @@ -2414,13 +2414,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Implementation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "The first protocol suite implemented in 4.2BSD was DARPA's Transmission " "Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). The CSRG chose TCP/IP as the " @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "The release of 4.3BSD added the Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol suite, " "partly building on work done at the University of Maryland and at Cornell " @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "The release of 4.4BSD added the ISO protocol suite because of the latter's " "increasing visibility both within and outside the United States. Because of " @@ -2457,13 +2457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "System Operation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "Bootstrapping mechanisms are used to start the system running. First, the " "4.4BSD kernel must be loaded into the main memory of the processor. Once " @@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "During multiuser operation, processes wait for login requests on the " "terminal lines and network ports that have been configured for user access. " @@ -2487,13 +2487,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "[[biblio-accetta]] Accetta et al, 1986 Mach: A New Kernel Foundation for " "UNIX Development\" M.Accetta R.Baron W.Bolosky D.Golub R.Rashid A.Tevanian M." @@ -2502,14 +2502,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "[[biblio-cheriton]] Cheriton, 1988 The V Distributed System D. R.Cheriton " "314-333 Comm ACM, 31, 3 March 1988" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "[[biblio-ewens]] Ewens et al, 1985 Tunis: A Distributed Multiprocessor " "Operating System P.Ewens D. R.Blythe M.Funkenhauser R. C.Holt 247-254 USENIX " @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "[[biblio-gingell]] Gingell et al, 1987 Virtual Memory Architecture in SunOS " "R.Gingell J.Moran W.Shannon 81-94 USENIX Association Conference Proceedings " @@ -2525,14 +2525,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:840 msgid "" "[[biblio-kernighan]] Kernighan & Pike, 1984 The UNIX Programming Environment " "B. W.Kernighan R.Pike Prentice-Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ 1984" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "[[biblio-macklem]] Macklem, 1994 The 4.4BSD NFS Implementation R.Macklem " "6:1-14 4.4BSD System Manager's Manual O'Reilly & Associates, Inc. Sebastopol " @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "[[biblio-mckusick-2]] McKusick & Karels, 1988 Design of a General Purpose " "Memory Allocator for the 4.3BSD UNIX Kernel M. K.McKusick M. J.Karels " @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "[[biblio-mckusick-1]] McKusick et al, 1994 Berkeley Software Architecture " "Manual, 4.4BSD Edition M. K.McKusick M. J.Karels S. J.Leffler W. N.Joy R. S." @@ -2557,14 +2557,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "[[biblio-ritchie]] Ritchie, 1988 Early Kernel Design private communication " "D. M.Ritchie March 1988" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "[[biblio-rosenblum]] Rosenblum & Ousterhout, 1992 The Design and " "Implementation of a Log-Structured File System M.Rosenblum K.Ousterhout " @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "[[biblio-rozier]] Rozier et al, 1988 Chorus Distributed Operating Systems M." "Rozier V.Abrossimov F.Armand I.Boule M.Gien M.Guillemont F.Herrmann C.Kaiser " @@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/design-44bsd/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "[[biblio-tevanian]] Tevanian, 1987 Architecture-Independent Virtual Memory " "Management for Parallel and Distributed Environments: The Mach Approach " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.po index 522024d082..081f3c2f88 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ msgstr "" #. SUCH DAMAGE. #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:38 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:39 #, no-wrap msgid "A project model for the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:72 msgid "'''" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:78 msgid "Foreword" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Up until now, the FreeBSD project has released a number of described " "techniques to do different parts of work. However, a project model " @@ -76,97 +76,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "I would like to thank the following people for taking the time to explain " "things that were unclear to me and for proofreading the document." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:88 msgid "Andrey A. Chernov mailto:ache@freebsd.org[ache@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:89 msgid "Bruce A. Mah mailto:bmah@freebsd.org[bmah@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:90 msgid "Dag-Erling Smørgrav mailto:des@freebsd.org[des@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:91 msgid "Giorgos Keramidas mailto:keramida@freebsd.org[keramida@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Ingvil Hovig mailto:ingvil.hovig@skatteetaten.no[ingvil.hovig@skatteetaten." "no]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:93 msgid "Jesper Holck mailto:jeh.inf@cbs.dk[jeh.inf@cbs.dk]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:94 msgid "John Baldwin mailto:jhb@freebsd.org[jhb@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:95 msgid "John Polstra mailto:jdp@freebsd.org[jdp@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:96 msgid "Kirk McKusick mailto:mckusick@freebsd.org[mckusick@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:97 msgid "Mark Linimon mailto:linimon@freebsd.org[linimon@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:98 msgid "Marleen Devos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:99 msgid "Niels Jørgenssen mailto:nielsj@ruc.dk[nielsj@ruc.dk]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:100 msgid "Nik Clayton mailto:nik@freebsd.org[nik@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:101 msgid "Poul-Henning Kamp mailto:phk@freebsd.org[phk@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:102 msgid "Simon L. Nielsen mailto:simon@freebsd.org[simon@freebsd.org]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "A project model is a means to reduce the communications overhead in a " "project. As shown by [<>], increasing the number of " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "During the Core elections in 2002, Mark Murray stated \"I am opposed to a " "long rule-book, as that satisfies lawyer-tendencies, and is counter to the " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project model will be described as of July 1st, 2004. It is " "based on the Niels Jørgensen's paper [<>], " @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "After providing definitions of terms used, this document will outline the " "organisational structure (including role descriptions and communication " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "[<>] Section 1.2 and 1.3 give " "the vision and the architectural guidelines for the project. The vision is " @@ -222,19 +222,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Definitions" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Activity" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "An \"activity\" is an element of work performed during the course of a " "project [<>]. It has an output and leads towards an " @@ -243,13 +243,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "A \"process\" is a series of activities that lead towards a particular " "outcome. A process can consist of one or more sub-processes. An example of " @@ -257,13 +257,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Hat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "A \"hat\" is synonymous with role. A hat has certain responsibilities in a " "process and for the process outcome. The hat executes activities. It is " @@ -272,13 +272,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "Outcome" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "An \"outcome\" is the final output of the process. This is synonymous with " "deliverable, that is defined as \"any measurable, tangible, verifiable " @@ -290,13 +290,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "When saying \"FreeBSD\" we will mean the BSD derivative UNIX-like operating " "system FreeBSD, whereas when saying \"the FreeBSD Project\" we will mean the " @@ -304,13 +304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "Organisational structure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "While no-one takes ownership of FreeBSD, the FreeBSD organisation is divided " "into core, committers and contributors and is part of the FreeBSD community " @@ -318,67 +318,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:170 msgid "The FreeBSD Project's structure (in order of descending authority)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:174 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "Group" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:176 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of people" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:177 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "Core members" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:179 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "9" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:180 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "Committers" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "318" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:183 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "Contributors" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:184 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "~3000" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "Number of committers has been determined by going through CVS logs from " "January 1st, 2004 to December 31st, 2004 and contributors by going through " @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "The main resource in the FreeBSD community is its developers: the committers " "and contributors. It is with their contributions that the project can move " @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Committers are developers with the privilege of being able to commit " "changes. These are usually the most active developers who are willing to " @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "The project can be grouped into four distinct separate parts, and most " "developers will focus their involvement in one part of FreeBSD. The four " @@ -416,71 +416,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:203 msgid "This split changes our table to look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:205 msgid "The FreeBSD Project's structure with committers in categories" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Category" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Base" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "164" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "Docs" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "45" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "166" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "Total" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "374" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "Number of committers per area has been determined by going through CVS logs " "from January 1st, 2004 to December 31st, 2004. Note that many committers " @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "Committers fall into three groups: committers who are only concerned with " "one area of the project (for instance file systems), committers who are " @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "The kernel is the main building block of FreeBSD. While the userland " "applications are protected against faults in other userland applications, " @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "The core utilities, known as userland, provide the interface that identifies " "FreeBSD, both user interface, shared libraries and external interfaces to " @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "Documentation is handled by <> and includes all " "documents surrounding the FreeBSD project, including the web pages. There " @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "Ports is the collection of meta-data that is needed to make software " "packages build correctly on FreeBSD. An example of a port is the port for " @@ -550,19 +550,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Methodology model" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Development model" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "There is no defined model for how people write code in FreeBSD. However, " "Niels Jørgenssen has suggested a model of how written code is integrated " @@ -570,96 +570,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:274 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:849 msgid "Jørgenssen's model for change integration" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:279 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:853 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stage" -msgstr "" - #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:280 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap -msgid "Next if successful" +msgid "Stage" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:282 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap -msgid "Next if unsuccessful" +msgid "Next if successful" msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:283 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:290 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:294 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:298 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:302 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:305 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:857 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:864 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:868 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:872 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:876 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap -msgid "code" +msgid "Next if unsuccessful" msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:284 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:306 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:858 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap -msgid "review" +msgid "code" msgstr "" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:285 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:288 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:859 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:862 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap -msgid "pre-commit test" +msgid "review" msgstr "" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:289 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:292 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:863 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:866 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:869 #, no-wrap -msgid "development release" +msgid "pre-commit test" msgstr "" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:293 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:296 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:867 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:870 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallel debugging" +msgid "development release" msgstr "" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:297 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:300 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:871 #: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:874 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:877 +#, no-wrap +msgid "parallel debugging" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "production release" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "The \"development release\" is the FreeBSD-CURRENT (\"-CURRENT\") branch and " "the \"production release\" is the FreeBSD-STABLE branch (\"-STABLE\") " @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "This is a model for one change, and shows that after coding, developers seek " "community review and try integrating it with their own systems. After " @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "Jørgensen found that most FreeBSD developers work individually, meaning that " "this model is used in parallel by many developers on the different ongoing " @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "As each commit represents an increment, this is a massively incremental " "model. The commits are in fact so frequent that during one year footnote:" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "Within the \"code\" bracket in Jørgensen's model, each programmer has their " "own working style and follows their own development models. The bracket " @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "From a stepwise model's perspective (such as the waterfall model), the other " "brackets can be seen as further verification and system integration. This " @@ -726,14 +726,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "It is important to notice the word \"change\". Most commits do not contain " "radical new features, but are maintenance updates." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "The only exceptions from this model are security fixes and changes to " "features that are deprecated in the -CURRENT branch. In these cases, " @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "In addition to many people working on the project, there are many related " "projects to the FreeBSD Project. These are either projects developing brand " @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "There is no standards to how design should be done, nor is design collected " "in a centralised repository. The main design is that of 4.4BSD. footnote:" @@ -777,13 +777,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Release branches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:355 msgid "" "The releases of FreeBSD are best illustrated by a tree with many branches " "where each major branch represents a major version. Minor versions are " @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "In the following release tree, arrows that follow one-another in a " "particular direction represent a branch. Boxes with full lines and diamonds " @@ -805,110 +805,110 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD release tree" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Refer to table below for a screen-reader friendly version." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "branches.png" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "Major release" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Forked from" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "Following minor releases" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:373 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "3.0 Current (development branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "Releng 3 branches: 3.0 Release to 3.5 Release, leading to 3.5.1 Release and the subsequent 3 Stable branch" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "4.0 Current (development branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "3.1 Release" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "Releng 4 branches: 4.1 Release to 4.6 Release (and 4.6.2 Release), then 4.7 Release to 4.11 Release (all starting at 4.3 Release also leading to a Releng_4_n branch), and the subsequent 4 Release branch" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "5.0 Current (development branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "4.0 Release" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "Releng 5 branches: 5.0 Release to 5.4 Release (all except 5.0 and 5.3 also leading to a Releng_5_n branch), and the subsequent 5 Release branch" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "6.0 Current (development branch)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "5.3 Release" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "The latest -CURRENT version is always referred to as -CURRENT, while the " "latest -STABLE release is always referred to as -STABLE. In this figure, -" @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "A \"major release\" is always made from the -CURRENT branch. However, the -" "CURRENT branch does not need to fork at that point in time, but can focus on " @@ -931,14 +931,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "A \"minor release\" is made from the -CURRENT branch following a major " "release, or from the -STABLE branch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "Following and including, 4.3-RELEASEfootnote:[The first release this " "actually happened for was 4.5-RELEASE, but security branches were at the " @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:418 msgid "" "Each update to a security branch is called a \"patchlevel\". For every " "security enhancement that is done, the patchlevel number is increased, " @@ -966,45 +966,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Model summary" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "To summarise, the development model of FreeBSD can be seen as the following " "tree:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "The overall development model" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "Refer to paragraphs below for a screen-reader friendly version." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "freebsd-code-model.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The tree of the FreeBSD development with ongoing development efforts and " "continuous integration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "The tree symbolises the release versions with major versions spawning new " "main branches and minor versions being versions of the main branch. The top " @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "Clouds of development efforts hang over the project where developers use the " "development models they see fit. The product of their work is then " @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "Many committers have a special area of responsibility. These roles are " "called hats. These hats can be either project roles, such as public " @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Many of these hats are not formalised. Formalised hats have a charter " "stating the exact purpose of the hat along with its privileges and " @@ -1047,25 +1047,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "Hats" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "General Hats" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "Contributor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "A Contributor contributes to the FreeBSD project either as a developer, as " "an author, by sending problem reports, or in other ways contributing to the " @@ -1074,13 +1074,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "Committer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "A person who has the required privileges to add their code or documentation " "to the repository. A committer has made a commit within the past 12 " @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "It is worth noting that there are no technical barriers to prevent someone, " "once having gained commit privileges to the main- or a sub-project, to make " @@ -1103,13 +1103,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "Core Team" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "The core team is elected by the committers from the pool of committers and " "serves as the board of directors of the FreeBSD project. It promotes active " @@ -1120,13 +1120,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "Maintainership" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "Maintainership means that the person is responsible for what is allowed to " "go into that area of the code and has the final say should disagreements " @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "With the FreeBSD source comes the MAINTAINERS file that contains a one-line " "summary of how each maintainer would like contributions to be made. Having " @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "If the maintainer is unavailable for an unreasonably long period of time, " "and other people do a significant amount of work, maintainership may be " @@ -1154,20 +1154,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "Maintainership of a particular piece of code is a hat that is not held as a " "group." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "Official Hats" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "The official hats in the FreeBSD Project are hats that are more or less " "formalised and mainly administrative roles. They have the authority and " @@ -1176,13 +1176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "Documentation project manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "<> architect is responsible for defining and " "following up documentation goals for the committers in the Documentation " @@ -1190,20 +1190,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "Hat held by: The DocEng team mailto:doceng@FreeBSD.org[doceng@FreeBSD.org]. " "The https://www.freebsd.org/internal/doceng/[ DocEng Charter]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "Postmaster" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "The Postmaster is responsible for mail being correctly delivered to the " "committers' email address. They are also responsible for ensuring that the " @@ -1212,62 +1212,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "Hat currently held by: the Postmaster Team mailto:postmaster@FreeBSD." "org[postmaster@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "Release Coordination" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:519 msgid "The responsibilities of the Release Engineering Team are" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "Setting, publishing and following a release schedule for official releases" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:522 msgid "Documenting and formalising release engineering procedures" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:523 msgid "Creation and maintenance of code branches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "Coordinating with the Ports and Documentation teams to have an updated set " "of packages and documentation released with the new releases" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "Coordinating with the Security team so that pending releases are not " "affected by recently disclosed vulnerabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "Further information about the development process is available in the " "<> section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Hat held by: the Release Engineering team mailto:re@FreeBSD.org[re@FreeBSD." "org]. The https://www.freebsd.org/releng/charter/[ Release Engineering " @@ -1275,55 +1275,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "Public Relations & Corporate Liaison" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:536 msgid "The Public Relations & Corporate Liaison's responsibilities are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "Making press statements when happenings that are important to the FreeBSD " "Project happen." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "Being the official contact person for corporations that are working close " "with the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "Take steps to promote FreeBSD within both the Open Source community and the " "corporate world." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:541 msgid "Handle the \"freebsd-advocacy\" mailing list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:543 msgid "This hat is currently not occupied." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Officer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "The Security Officer's main responsibility is to coordinate information " "exchange with others in the security community and in the FreeBSD project. " @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:552 msgid "" "Because of the fear that information about vulnerabilities may leak out to " "people with malicious intent before a patch is available, only the Security " @@ -1344,13 +1344,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "Source Repository Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "The Source Repository Manager is the only one who is allowed to directly " "modify the repository without using the <> tool. It is their " @@ -1361,20 +1361,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Hat held by: the Source Repository Manager mailto:clusteradm@FreeBSD." "org[clusteradm@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Election Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The Election Manager is responsible for the <> " "process. The manager is responsible for running and maintaining the " @@ -1384,18 +1384,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:570 msgid "Hat held only during elections." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "Web site Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "The Web site Management hat is responsible for coordinating the rollout of " "updated web pages on mirrors around the world, for the overall structure of " @@ -1405,19 +1405,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "Hat held by: the FreeBSD Webmasters mailto:www@FreeBSD.org[www@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "The Ports Manager acts as a liaison between <> and the " "core project, and all requests from the project should go to the ports " @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "Hat held by: the Ports Management Team mailto:portmgr@FreeBSD." "org[portmgr@FreeBSD.org]. The https://www.freebsd.org/portmgr/charter/" @@ -1433,13 +1433,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "Standards" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "The Standards hat is responsible for ensuring that FreeBSD complies with the " "standards it is committed to , keeping up to date on the development of " @@ -1449,20 +1449,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "Hat currently held by: Garrett Wollman mailto:wollman@FreeBSD." "org[wollman@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Core Secretary" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "The Core Secretary's main responsibility is to write drafts to and publish " "the final Core Reports. The secretary also keeps the core agenda, thus " @@ -1470,18 +1470,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:601 msgid "Hat currently held by: {carlavilla}." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "Bugmeister" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "The Bugmeister is responsible for ensuring that the maintenance database is " "in working order, that the entries are correctly categorised and that there " @@ -1489,27 +1489,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "Hat currently held by: the Bugmeister Team mailto:bugmeister@FreeBSD." "org[bugmeister@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "Donations Liaison Officer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "The task of the donations liaison officer is to match the developers with " "needs with people or organisations willing to make a donation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "Hat held by: the Donations Liaison Office mailto:donations@FreeBSD." "org[donations@FreeBSD.org]. The https://www.freebsd.org/donations/" @@ -1517,18 +1517,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Admin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:622 msgid "(Also called \"FreeBSD Cluster Admin\")" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "The admin team consists of the people responsible for administrating the " "computers that the project relies on for its distributed work and " @@ -1537,49 +1537,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "Hat held by: the Admin team mailto:admin@FreeBSD.org[admin@FreeBSD.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "Process dependent hats" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "Report originator" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:635 msgid "The person originally responsible for filing a Problem Report." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "Bugbuster" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "A person who will either find the right person to solve the problem, or " "close the PR if it is a duplicate or otherwise not an interesting one." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:642 #, no-wrap msgid "Mentor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "A mentor is a committer who takes it upon them to introduce a new committer " "to the project, both in terms of ensuring the new committer's setup is " @@ -1589,31 +1589,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "Vendor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "The person(s) or organisation whom external code comes from and whom patches " "are sent to." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Reviewers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:655 msgid "People on the mailing list where the request for review is posted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "The following section will describe the defined project processes. Issues " "that are not handled by these processes happen on an ad-hoc basis based on " @@ -1621,19 +1621,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "Processes" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding new and removing old committers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "The Core team has the responsibility of giving and removing commit " "privileges to contributors. This can only be done through a vote on the " @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "Normally a contributor is recommended to core by a committer. For " "contributors or outsiders to contact core asking to be a committer is not " @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "If the area of particular interest for the developer potentially overlaps " "with other committers' area of maintainership, the opinion of those " @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "When a contributor is given committer status, they are assigned a mentor. " "The committer who recommended the new committer will, in the general case, " @@ -1668,7 +1668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "When a contributor is given their commit bit, a <>-signed email is " "sent from either <>, <>, or " @@ -1681,29 +1681,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Process summary: adding a new committer" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:682 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:697 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:740 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:791 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "Refer to paragraph below for a screen-reader friendly version." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "proc-add-committer.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "When a contributor sends a piece of code, the receiving committer may choose " "to recommend that the contributor is given commit privileges. If they " @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "Recall that a committer is considered to be someone who has committed code " "during the past 12 months. However, it is not until after 18 months of " @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "There are, however, no automatic procedures for doing this. For reactions " "concerning commit privileges not triggered by time, see <>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:709 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:760 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:710 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:758 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:801 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:956 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:711 -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:925 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:713 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "Committing code" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "The committing of new or modified code is one of the most frequent processes " "in the FreeBSD project and will usually happen many times a day. Committing " @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "When code is written by the developer that is non-trivial, they should seek " "a code review from the community. This is done by sending mail to the " @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "When a change is committed to a part of the source that has been contributed " "from an outside <>, the maintainer should ensure that the patch " @@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:736 msgid "" "After the code has been available for review and no further changes are " "necessary, the code is committed into the development branch, -CURRENT. If " @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "Delaying the commit to -STABLE and other branches allows for \"parallel " "debugging\" where the committed code is tested on a wide range of " @@ -1857,19 +1857,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "Process summary: A committer commits code" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "proc-commit.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:749 msgid "" "When a committer has written a piece of code and wants to commit it, they " "first need to determine if it is trivial enough to go in without prior " @@ -1884,25 +1884,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "Process summary: A contributor commits code" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "Refer to paragraphs below and above for a screen-reader friendly version." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "proc-contrib.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "The difference when a contributor makes a code contribution is that they " "submit the code through the Bugzilla interface. This report is picked up by " @@ -1910,28 +1910,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:757 msgid "Hats included in this process are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:761 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:762 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "Core election" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Core elections are held at least every two years. footnote:[The first Core " "election was held September 2000] Nine core members are elected. New " @@ -1941,14 +1941,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "When an election is to take place, core announces this at least 6 weeks in " "advance, and appoints an election manager to run the elections." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "Only committers can be elected into core. The candidates need to submit " "their candidacy at least one week before the election starts, but can refine " @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "During elections, the rule that a committer must have committed during the " "12 past months is followed strictly. Only these committers are eligible to " @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "When voting, the committer may vote once in support of up to nine nominees. " "The voting is done over a period of four weeks with reminders being posted " @@ -1975,40 +1975,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "The election results are released one week after the election ends, and the " "new core team takes office one week after the results have been posted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "Should there be a voting tie, this will be resolved by the new, " "unambiguously elected core members." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "Votes and candidate statements are archived, but the archives are not " "publicly available." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Process summary: Core elections" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "proc-elections.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Core announces the election and selects an election manager who prepares the " "elections, and when ready, candidates can announce their candidacies through " @@ -2017,23 +2017,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:799 msgid "Hats in core elections are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:803 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "Development of new features" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "Within the project there are sub-projects that are working on new features. " "These projects are generally done by one person [<>] has made a figure showing the life " @@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "Here \"development release\" refers to the -CURRENT branch while " "\"production release\" refers to the -STABLE branch. The \"pre-commit " @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "As of this writing, there were 269 committers in the project. When they " "commit a change to a branch, that constitutes a new release. It is very " @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "Before making changes to code in parts of the tree that has a history " "unknown to the committer, the committer is required to read the commit logs " @@ -2164,13 +2164,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "Problem reporting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "Before FreeBSD 10, FreeBSD included a problem reporting tool called `send-" "pr`. Problems include bug reports, feature requests, feature enhancements " @@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "Problem reports are sent to an email address where it is inserted into the " "Problem Reports maintenance database. A <> classifies the " @@ -2201,19 +2201,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "Process summary: problem reporting" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "proc-pr.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "A problem is reported by the report originator. It is then classified by a " "bugbuster and handed to the correct maintainer. They verify the problem and " @@ -2223,28 +2223,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:922 msgid "The roles included in this process are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:924 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:926 msgid "<>" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "Reacting to misbehavior" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "[<>] has a number of rules that committers " "should follow. However, it happens that these rules are broken. The " @@ -2254,29 +2254,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "Committing during code freezes without the approval of the Release " "Engineering team - 2 days" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:939 msgid "Committing to a security branch without approval - 2 days" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:940 msgid "Commit wars - 5 days to all participating parties" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:941 msgid "Impolite or inappropriate behavior - 5 days" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "For the suspensions to be efficient, any single core member can implement a " "suspension before discussing it on the \"core\" mailing list. Repeat " @@ -2288,25 +2288,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "It is important that you cannot be suspended for making technical errors. " "All penalties come from breaking social etiquette." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:953 msgid "Hats involved in this process:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "Release engineering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project has a Release Engineering team with a principal release " "engineer that is responsible for creating releases of FreeBSD that can be " @@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "When a release is coming, the FreeBSD project changes shape somewhat. A " "release schedule is made containing feature- and code-freezes, release of " @@ -2336,12 +2336,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:973 msgid "There are three different kinds of releases:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" ".0 releases are the first release of a major version. These are branched of " "the -CURRENT branch and have a significantly longer release engineering " @@ -2349,14 +2349,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" ".X releases are releases of the -STABLE branch. They are scheduled to come " "out every 4 months." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" ".X.Y releases are security releases that follow the .X branch. These come " "out only when sufficient security fixes have been merged since the last " @@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:986 msgid "" "For releases of the -STABLE-branch, the release process starts 45 days " "before the anticipated release date. During the first phase, the first 15 " @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "The releases of the -CURRENT-branch (that is, all releases that end with " "\".0\") are very similar, but with twice as long timeframe. It starts 8 " @@ -2405,13 +2405,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "*.0 releases go into their own branch and are aimed mainly at early adopters. The branch then goes through a period of stabilisation, and it is not until the <> decides the demands to stability have been satisfied that the branch becomes -STABLE and -CURRENT targets the next major version. While this for the majority has been with *.1 versions, this is not a demand.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "" "Most releases are made when a given date that has been deemed a long enough " "time since the previous release comes. A target is set for having major " @@ -2423,60 +2423,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "Make release schedule" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "Feature freeze" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "Code freeze" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "Make branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Release candidate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "Stabilize release (loop back to previous step as many times as necessary; " "when release is considered stable, proceed with next step)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "Build packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "Warn mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1012 msgid "Publish release" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "Tools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "The major support tools for supporting the development process are Bugzilla, " "Mailman, and OpenSSH. These are externally developed tools and are commonly " @@ -2484,13 +2484,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "Git" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" "Git is a system to handle multiple versions of text files and tracking who " "committed what changes and why. A project lives within a \"repository\" and " @@ -2498,13 +2498,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "Bugzilla" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "" "Bugzilla is a maintenance database consisting of a set of tools to track " "bugs at a central site. It supports the bug tracking process for sending " @@ -2515,13 +2515,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailman" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "Mailman is a program that automates the management of mailing lists. The " "FreeBSD Project uses it to run 16 general lists, 60 technical lists, 4 " @@ -2535,13 +2535,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "Pretty Good Privacy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "Pretty Good Privacy, better known as PGP, is a cryptosystem using a public " "key architecture to allow people to digitally sign and/or encrypt " @@ -2554,13 +2554,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "Secure Shell is a standard for securely logging into a remote system and for " "executing commands on the remote system. It allows other connections, " @@ -2573,13 +2573,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "Sub-projects" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "Sub-projects are formed to reduce the amount of communication needed to " "coordinate the group of developers. When a problem area is sufficiently " @@ -2589,13 +2589,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "The Ports Subproject" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "A \"port\" is a set of meta-data and patches that are needed to fetch, " "compile and install correctly an external piece of software on a FreeBSD " @@ -2604,18 +2604,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of ports added between 1995 and 2022 [[fig-ports]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "image::portsstatus.svg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "<> shows the number of ports available to FreeBSD in the period " "1995 to 2022. It looks like the curve has first grown exponentially, and " @@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "As the external software described by the port often is under continued " "development, the amount of work required to maintain the ports is already " @@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "Ports has its own core team with the <> as its leader, " "and this team can appoint committers without FreeBSD Core's approval. " @@ -2644,7 +2644,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "Unlike the main project, the ports tree is not branched. Every release of " "FreeBSD follows the current ports collection and has thus available updated " @@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "With an unbranched ports repository it is not possible to guarantee that any " "port will run on anything other than -CURRENT and -STABLE, in particular " @@ -2663,20 +2663,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "For efficiency of communication, teams depending on Ports, such as the " "release engineering team, have their own ports liaisons." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Documentation project was started January 1995. From the " "initial group of a project leader, four team leaders and 16 members, they " @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "The goal of the Documentation project is to provide good and useful " "documentation of the FreeBSD project, thus making it easier for new users to " @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "The main tasks in the Documentation project are to work on current projects " "in the \"FreeBSD Documentation Set\", and translate the documentation to " @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "Like the FreeBSD Project, documentation is split in the same branches. This " "is done so that there is always an updated version of the documentation for " @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/dev-model/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "Like the ports sub-project, the Documentation project can appoint " "documentation committers without FreeBSD Core's approval. [<\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ msgid "" "When you specify scoped address to the command line, NEVER write the " "embedded form (such as ff02:1::1 or fe80:2::fedc). This is not supposed to " "work. Always use standard form, like ff02::1 or fe80::fedc, with command " -"line option for specifying interface (like `ping6 -I ne0 ff02::1`). In " +"line option for specifying interface (like `ping -6 -I ne0 ff02::1`). In " "general, if a command does not have command line option to specify outgoing " "interface, that command is not ready to accept scoped address. This may " "seem to be opposite from IPv6's premise to support \"dentist office\" " @@ -911,16 +911,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/ipv6/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" -"Then you can test jumbo payloads by the man:ping6[8] command with -b and -s " -"options. The -b option must be specified to enlarge the size of the socket " -"buffer and the -s option specifies the length of the packet, which should be " -"more than 65,535. For example, type as follows:" +"Then you can test jumbo payloads by the man:ping[8] command with -6, -b and -" +"s options. The -b option must be specified to enlarge the size of the " +"socket buffer and the -s option specifies the length of the packet, which " +"should be more than 65,535. For example, type as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/ipv6/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap -msgid "% ping6 -b 70000 -s 68000 ::1\n" +msgid "% ping -6 -b 70000 -s 68000 ::1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.po index 946ca418e3..f09822ceaa 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:21-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" @@ -1150,10 +1150,11 @@ msgid "" "#include \n" "#include \n" "#include \n" +"#include \n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "" "int main() {\n" @@ -1164,8 +1165,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:573 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((s = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) < 0) {\n" @@ -1175,14 +1176,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:575 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid " bzero(&sa, sizeof sa);\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "" " sa.sin_family = AF_INET;\n" @@ -1196,7 +1197,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "" " while ((bytes = read(s, buffer, BUFSIZ)) > 0)\n" @@ -1204,8 +1205,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:591 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "" " close(s);\n" @@ -1214,14 +1215,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "Go ahead, enter it in your editor, save it as [.filename]#daytime.c#, then " "compile and run it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cc -O3 -o daytime daytime.c\n" @@ -1229,7 +1230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "" "52079 01-06-19 02:29:25 50 0 1 543.9 UTC(NIST) *\n" @@ -1237,20 +1238,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "In this case, the date was June 19, 2001, the time was 02:29:25 UTC. " "Naturally, your results will vary." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Functions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "The typical server does not initiate the connection. Instead, it waits for " "a client to call it and request services. It does not know when the client " @@ -1260,25 +1261,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:617 msgid "The sockets interface offers three basic functions to handle this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "`bind`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "Ports are like extensions to a phone line: After you dial a number, you dial " "the extension to get to a specific person or department." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "There are 65535 IP ports, but a server usually processes requests that come " "in on only one of them. It is like telling the phone room operator that we " @@ -1287,13 +1288,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "int bind(int s, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen);\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "Beside specifying the port in `addr`, the server may include its IP " "address. However, it can just use the symbolic constant INADDR_ANY to " @@ -1303,13 +1304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "#define\tINADDR_ANY\t\t(u_int32_t)0x00000000\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "Suppose we were writing a server for the _daytime_ protocol over TCP/IP. " "Recall that it uses port 13. Our `sockaddr_in` structure would look like " @@ -1317,25 +1318,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "Example Server sockaddr_in" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "sainserv.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "`listen`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "To continue our office phone analogy, after you have told the phone central " "operator what extension you will be at, you now walk into your office, and " @@ -1345,18 +1346,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:655 msgid "The server ensures all of that with the man:listen[2] function." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:659 #, no-wrap msgid "int listen(int s, int backlog);\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "In here, the `backlog` variable tells sockets how many incoming requests to " "accept while you are busy processing the last request. In other words, it " @@ -1364,13 +1365,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "`accept`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "After you hear the phone ringing, you accept the call by answering the " "call. You have now established a connection with your client. This " @@ -1378,18 +1379,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:672 msgid "The server accepts the connection by using the man:accept[2] function." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:676 #, no-wrap msgid "int accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *addrlen);\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "Note that this time `addrlen` is a pointer. This is necessary because in " "this case it is the socket that fills out `addr`, the `sockaddr_in` " @@ -1397,21 +1398,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "The return value is an integer. Indeed, the `accept` returns a _new " "socket_. You will use this new socket to communicate with the client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:686 msgid "" "What happens to the old socket? It continues to listen for more requests " "(remember the `backlog` variable we passed to `listen`?) until we `close` it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "Now, the new socket is meant only for communications. It is fully " "connected. We cannot pass it to `listen` again, trying to accept additional " @@ -1419,13 +1420,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "Our First Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "Our first server will be somewhat more complex than our first client was: " "Not only do we have more sockets functions to use, but we need to write it " @@ -1433,7 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "This is best achieved by creating a _child process_ after binding the port. " "The main process then exits and returns control to the shell (or whatever " @@ -1441,14 +1442,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "The child calls `listen`, then starts an endless loop, which accepts a " "connection, serves it, and eventually closes its socket." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" @@ -1467,13 +1468,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "#define BACKLOG 4\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "" "int main() {\n" @@ -1486,7 +1487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((s = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) < 0) {\n" @@ -1496,13 +1497,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid " bzero(&sa, sizeof sa);\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "" " sa.sin_family = AF_INET;\n" @@ -1510,7 +1511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if (INADDR_ANY)\n" @@ -1518,7 +1519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if (bind(s, (struct sockaddr *)&sa, sizeof sa) < 0) {\n" @@ -1528,7 +1529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "" " switch (fork()) {\n" @@ -1546,13 +1547,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid " listen(s, BACKLOG);\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" " for (;;) {\n" @@ -1560,7 +1561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((c = accept(s, (struct sockaddr *)&sa, &b)) < 0) {\n" @@ -1570,7 +1571,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((client = fdopen(c, \"w\")) == NULL) {\n" @@ -1580,7 +1581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((t = time(NULL)) < 0) {\n" @@ -1588,7 +1589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" " return 6;\n" @@ -1596,7 +1597,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "" " tm = gmtime(&t);\n" @@ -1610,7 +1611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "" " fclose(client);\n" @@ -1619,14 +1620,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "We start by creating a socket. Then we fill out the `sockaddr_in` structure " "in `sa`. Note the conditional use of INADDR_ANY:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "" "if (INADDR_ANY)\n" @@ -1634,7 +1635,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "Its value is `0`. Since we have just used `bzero` on the entire structure, " "it would be redundant to set it to `0` again. But if we port our code to " @@ -1645,7 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" "After we have called `bind` successfully, we are ready to become a _daemon_: " "We use `fork` to create a child process. In both, the parent and the child, " @@ -1655,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "Meanwhile, the child process continues working in the background. It calls " "`listen` and sets its backlog to `4`. It does not need a large value here " @@ -1664,14 +1665,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "Finally, the daemon starts an endless loop, which performs the following " "steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "Call `accept`. It waits here until a client contacts it. At that point, it " "receives a new socket, `c`, which it can use to communicate with this " @@ -1679,7 +1680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "It uses the C function `fdopen` to turn the socket from a low-level _file " "descriptor_ to a C-style `FILE` pointer. This will allow the use of " @@ -1687,7 +1688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:825 msgid "" "It checks the time, and prints it in the _ISO 8601_ format to the `client` " "\"file\". It then uses `fclose` to close the file. That will automatically " @@ -1695,24 +1696,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:827 msgid "We can _generalize_ this, and use it as a model for many other servers:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "Sequential Server" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "serv.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "This flowchart is good for _sequential servers_, i.e., servers that can " "serve one client at a time, just as we were able to with our _daytime_ " @@ -1723,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "The advantage of this flowchart is that, except for the brief moment after " "the parent ``fork``s and before it exits, there is always only one _process_ " @@ -1731,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "Note that we have added _initialize daemon_ in our flowchart. We did not " "need to initialize our own daemon, but this is a good place in the flow of " @@ -1739,7 +1740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "Just about everything in the flow chart can be used literally on many " "different servers. The _serve_ entry is the exception. We think of it as a " @@ -1748,7 +1749,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "Not all protocols are that simple. Many receive a request from the client, " "reply to it, then receive another request from the same client. As a " @@ -1759,7 +1760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Now, go ahead, save the above source code as [.filename]#daytimed.c# (it is " "customary to end the names of daemons with the letter `d`). After you have " @@ -1767,7 +1768,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ./daytimed\n" @@ -1776,7 +1777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "What happened here? As you will recall, the _daytime_ protocol uses port " "13. But all ports below 1024 are reserved to the superuser (otherwise, " @@ -1785,12 +1786,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:867 msgid "Try again, this time as the superuser:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./daytimed\n" @@ -1798,18 +1799,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:875 msgid "What... Nothing? Let us try again:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "# ./daytimed\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bind: Address already in use\n" @@ -1817,7 +1818,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "Every port can only be bound by one program at a time. Our first attempt " "was indeed successful: It started the child daemon and returned quietly. It " @@ -1826,20 +1827,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "Fine, we know it is running in the background. But is it working? How do we " "know it is a proper _daytime_ server? Simple:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "% telnet localhost 13\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Trying ::1...\n" @@ -1853,14 +1854,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "telnet tried the new IPv6, and failed. It retried with IPv4 and succeeded. " "The daemon works." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "If you have access to another UNIX(R) system via telnet, you can use it to " "test accessing the server remotely. My computer does not have a static IP " @@ -1868,13 +1869,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "% who\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "" "whizkid ttyp0 Jun 19 16:59 (216.127.220.143)\n" @@ -1883,7 +1884,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Trying 216.127.220.143...\n" @@ -1895,18 +1896,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:929 msgid "Again, it worked. Will it work using the domain name?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "% telnet r47.bfm.org 13\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Trying 216.127.220.143...\n" @@ -1918,7 +1919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "By the way, telnet prints the _Connection closed by foreign host_ message " "after our daemon has closed the socket. This shows us that, indeed, using " @@ -1926,13 +1927,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:946 #, no-wrap msgid "Helper Functions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "FreeBSD C library contains many helper functions for sockets programming. " "For example, in our sample client we hard coded the `time.nist.gov` IP " @@ -1942,13 +1943,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "`gethostbyname`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "While there is no way to pass the domain name directly to any of the sockets " "functions, the FreeBSD C library comes with the man:gethostbyname[3] and man:" @@ -1956,7 +1957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:962 #, no-wrap msgid "" "struct hostent * gethostbyname(const char *name);\n" @@ -1964,7 +1965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "Both return a pointer to the `hostent` structure, with much information " "about the domain. For our purposes, the `h_addr_list[0]` field of the " @@ -1973,14 +1974,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "This allows us to create a much more flexible-and much more useful-version " "of our daytime program:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" @@ -1998,7 +1999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {\n" @@ -2011,7 +2012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "" " sa.sin_family = AF_INET;\n" @@ -2019,13 +2020,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid " host = (argc > 1) ? (char *)argv[1] : \"time.nist.gov\";\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if ((he = gethostbyname(host)) == NULL) {\n" @@ -2035,13 +2036,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid " bcopy(he->h_addr_list[0],&sa.sin_addr, he->h_length);\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1015 #, no-wrap msgid "" " if (connect(s, (struct sockaddr *)&sa, sizeof sa) < 0) {\n" @@ -2051,7 +2052,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "" " while ((bytes = read(s, buf, BUFSIZ)) > 0)\n" @@ -2059,7 +2060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1028 msgid "" "We now can type a domain name (or an IP address, it works both ways) on the " "command line, and the program will try to connect to its _daytime_ server. " @@ -2070,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "Since it takes virtually no time to get the time from your local server, you " "could run daytime twice in a row: First to get the time from `time.nist." @@ -2079,13 +2080,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "% daytime ; daytime localhost\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "" "52080 01-06-20 04:02:33 50 0 0 390.2 UTC(NIST) *\n" @@ -2094,18 +2095,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "As you can see, my system was two seconds ahead of the NIST time." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "`getservbyname`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Sometimes you may not be sure what port a certain service uses. The man:" "getservbyname[3] function, also declared in [.filename]#netdb.h# comes in " @@ -2113,27 +2114,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "struct servent * getservbyname(const char *name, const char *proto);\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "The `servent` structure contains the `s_port`, which contains the proper " "port, already in _network byte order_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "Had we not known the correct port for the _daytime_ service, we could have " "found it this way:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "" "struct servent *se;\n" @@ -2146,7 +2147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "You usually do know the port. But if you are developing a new protocol, you " "may be testing it on an unofficial port. Some day, you will register the " @@ -2158,13 +2159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "Concurrent Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "Unlike a sequential server, a _concurrent server_ has to be able to serve " "more than one client at a time. For example, a _chat server_ may be serving " @@ -2173,24 +2174,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "This requires a significant change in our flowchart:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "Concurrent Server" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "serv2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "We moved the _serve_ from the _daemon process_ to its own _server process_. " "However, because each child process inherits all open files (and a socket is " @@ -2200,7 +2201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "However, the _server process_ does not need this socket and should `close` " "it immediately. Similarly, the _daemon process_ no longer needs the " @@ -2209,14 +2210,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "After the _server process_ is done serving, it should close the _accepted " "socket_. Instead of returning to `accept`, it now exits." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "Under UNIX(R), a process does not really _exit_. Instead, it _returns_ to " "its parent. Typically, a parent process ``wait``s for its child process, " @@ -2227,7 +2228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "For that reason, the _daemon process_ needs to set _signal handlers_ in its " "_initialize daemon_ phase. At least a SIGCHLD signal has to be processed, " @@ -2236,7 +2237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/sockets/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "That is why our flowchart now contains a _process signals_ box, which is not " "connected to any other box. By the way, many servers also process SIGHUP, " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/tools/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/tools/_index.po index 82cafbde0f..5e333d24fb 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/tools/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/developers-handbook/tools/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To examine a core file, specify the name of the core file in addition to the " "program itself. Instead of starting up `lldb` in the usual way, type `lldb -" -"c _progname_.core -- _progname_`" +"c _progname_.core \\-- _progname_`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.po index 25702b5e61..a1a2dcc79c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -29,18 +29,18 @@ msgid "Frequently Asked Questions for FreeBSD 12.X and 13.X" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:12 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:13 #, no-wrap msgid "Frequently Asked Questions for FreeBSD {rel2-relx} and {rel-relx}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:58 msgid "Abstract" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "This is the Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for FreeBSD versions {rel-relx} " "and {rel2-relx}. Every effort has been made to make this FAQ as informative " @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "The latest version of this document is always available from the extref:{faq}" "[FreeBSD website]. It may also be downloaded as one large link:.[HTML] file " @@ -58,24 +58,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:66 msgid "'''" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "What is FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a modern operating system for desktops, laptops, servers, and " "embedded systems with support for a large number of https://www.FreeBSD.org/" @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "It is based on U.C. Berkeley's \"4.4BSD-Lite\" release, with some \"4.4BSD-" "Lite2\" enhancements. It is also based indirectly on William Jolitz's port " @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "FreeBSD is used by companies, Internet Service Providers, researchers, " "computer professionals, students and home users all over the world in their " @@ -100,20 +100,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "For more detailed information on FreeBSD, refer to the extref:{handbook}" "[FreeBSD Handbook]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the goal of the FreeBSD Project?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The goal of the FreeBSD Project is to provide a stable and fast general " "purpose operating system that may be used for any purpose without strings " @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Does the FreeBSD license have any restrictions?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "Yes. Those restrictions do not control how the code is used, but how to " "treat the FreeBSD Project itself. The license itself is available at " @@ -136,22 +136,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:97 msgid "Do not claim that you wrote this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:98 msgid "Do not sue us if it breaks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:99 msgid "Do not remove or modify the license." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Many of us have a significant investment in the project and would certainly " "not mind a little financial compensation now and then, but we definitely do " @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "Code in our source tree which falls under the https://www.FreeBSD.org/" "copyright/COPYING[GNU General Public License (GPL)] or https://www.FreeBSD." @@ -177,19 +177,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Can FreeBSD replace my current operating system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "For most people, yes. But this question is not quite that cut-and-dried." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "Most people do not actually use an operating system. They use " "applications. The applications are what really use the operating system. " @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "If an application is only available on one operating system, that operating " "system cannot just be replaced. Chances are, there is a very similar " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Users migrating to FreeBSD from another UNIX(R)-like environment will find " "FreeBSD to be similar. Windows(R) and Mac OS(R) users may be interested in " @@ -224,18 +224,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is it called FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:134 msgid "It may be used free of charge, even by commercial users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "Full source for the operating system is freely available, and the minimum " "possible restrictions have been placed upon its use, distribution and " @@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Anyone who has an improvement or bug fix is free to submit their code and " "have it added to the source tree (subject to one or two obvious provisions)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "It is worth pointing out that the word \"free\" is being used in two ways " "here: one meaning \"at no cost\" and the other meaning \"do whatever you " @@ -260,13 +260,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "What are the differences between FreeBSD and NetBSD, OpenBSD, and other open source BSD operating systems?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "James Howard wrote a good explanation of the history and differences between " "the various projects, called https://jameshoward.us/archive/bsd-family-tree/" @@ -276,33 +276,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Most of the BSDs share patches and code, even today. All of the BSDs have " "common ancestry." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "The design goals of FreeBSD are described in <>, above. The " "design goals of the other most popular BSDs may be summarized as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "OpenBSD aims for operating system security above all else. The OpenBSD team " "wrote man:ssh[1] and man:pf[4], which have both been ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:155 msgid "NetBSD aims to be easily ported to other hardware platforms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "DragonFly BSD is a fork of FreeBSD 4.8 that has since developed many " "interesting features of its own, including the HAMMER file system and " @@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the latest version of FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "At any point in the development of FreeBSD, there can be multiple parallel " "branches. {rel-relx} releases are made from the {rel-stable} branch, and " @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Up until the release of 12.0, the {rel2-relx} series was the one known as _-" "STABLE_. However, as of {rel-head-relx}, the {rel2-relx} branch will be " @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "Releases are made <>. While many people stay " "more up-to-date with the FreeBSD sources (see the questions on <>, and there are no restrictions on who may take part in the " @@ -536,20 +536,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "Where can I get FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "Every supported release of FreeBSD is available from the https://www.freebsd." "org/where/[FreeBSD release locator page]:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "For the latest {rel-stable} release, {rel131-current}-RELEASE, follow the " "link for link:https://www.freebsd.org/where/#download-rel131[the appropriate " @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "For the latest {rel2-stable} release, {rel123-current}-RELEASE, follow the " "link for link:https://www.freebsd.org/where/#download-rel123[the appropriate " @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/snapshots/[Snapshot] releases are made monthly " "for the <> and <> branches, these being of " @@ -573,27 +573,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "Information about obtaining FreeBSD on CD, DVD, and other media can be found " "in extref:{handbook}mirrors/[the Handbook, mirrors]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I access the Problem Report database?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "The Problem Report database of all user change requests may be queried by " "using our web-based PR https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/search/[query] interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "The link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/support/bugreports[web-based problem report " "submission interface] can be used to submit problem reports through a web " @@ -601,56 +601,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Before submitting a problem report, read extref:{problem-reports}[Writing " "FreeBSD Problem Reports], an article on how to write good problem reports." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Documentation and Support" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "What good books are there about FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "The project produces a wide range of documentation, available online from " "this link: https://www.FreeBSD.org/docs/[https://www.FreeBSD.org/docs/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Is the documentation available in other formats, such as PDF?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Yes. link:https://download.freebsd.org/doc/[The documentation is also " "available in several formats] on the FreeBSD download site." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:270 msgid "Documentation directories are categorized according to:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:272 msgid "The document's name, such as `faq`, or `handbook`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "The document's language, based on the locale names found under [.filename]#/" "usr/share/locale# on a FreeBSD system, with the encodings removed as all " @@ -658,253 +658,253 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:280 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "`en`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "English" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "`bn-bd`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "Bengali or Bangla (Bangladesh)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "`da`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "`de`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "German" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "`el`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "`es`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Spanish" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "`fr`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "French" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "`hu`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "`it`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "`ja`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "`ko`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "`mn`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "Mongolian" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "`nl`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "`pl`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "`pt-br`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "`ru`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "`tr`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "`zh-cn`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Simplified Chinese (China)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "`zh-tw`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:342 msgid "Some documents may not be available in all languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "The document's format. We produce the documentation in a number of " "different output formats. Each format has its own advantages and " @@ -917,43 +917,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Format" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "`html`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "Depending on the document: one large HTML file containing the entire document or a collection of small linked HTML files, both together with images, stylesheets, and JavaScript" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "`pdf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "Adobe's Portable Document Format" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "The compression and packaging scheme.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Where the format is `html`, the files are bundled up using man:tar[1].\n" @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The PDF format generates one file.\n" @@ -969,21 +969,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "After choosing the format, download the files, uncompress them if necessary, " "then copy the appropriate documents into place." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "For example, the HTML version of the FAQ can be found in [.filename]#doc/en/" "books/faq/faq_en.tar.gz# To download and uncompress that file, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% fetch https://download.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/faq/faq_en.tar.gz\n" @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "If the file is compressed, tar will automatically detect the appropriate " "format and decompress it correctly, resulting in a collection of files. The " @@ -1001,13 +1001,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Where do I find info on the FreeBSD mailing lists? What FreeBSD news groups are available?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "Refer to the extref:{handbook}eresources/[Handbook entry on mailing-lists, " "eresources-mail] and the extref:{handbook}eresources/[Handbook entry on " @@ -1015,13 +1015,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "Are there FreeBSD IRC (Internet Relay Chat) channels?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "Yes, most major IRC networks host a FreeBSD chat channel and the FreeBSD " "wiki holds an up to date https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[list of IRC " @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Each of these channels are distinct and are not connected to each other. " "Since their chat styles differ, try each to find one suited to your chat " @@ -1037,26 +1037,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "Are there any web based forums to discuss FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "The official FreeBSD forums are located at https://forums.FreeBSD.org/" "[https://forums.FreeBSD.org/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "Where can I get commercial FreeBSD training and support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "http://www.ixsystems.com[iXsystems, Inc.], parent company of the http://www." "freebsdmall.com/[FreeBSD Mall], provides commercial FreeBSD and TrueOS " @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "BSD Certification Group, Inc. provides system administration certifications " "for DragonFly BSD, FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD. Refer to http://www." @@ -1073,26 +1073,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "Any other organizations providing training and support should contact the " "Project to be listed here." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Which platform should I download? I have a 64 bit capable Intel(R) CPU, but I only see amd64." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:420 msgid "" "amd64 is the term FreeBSD uses for 64-bit compatible x86 architectures (also " "known as \"x86-64\" or \"x64\"). Most modern computers should use amd64. " @@ -1101,85 +1101,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "Which file do I download to get FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "On the https://www.freebsd.org/where/[Getting FreeBSD] page, select `[iso]` " "next to the architecture that matches the hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:427 msgid "Any of the following can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "file" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#disc1.iso#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "Contains enough to install FreeBSD and a minimal set of packages." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#dvd1.iso#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Similar to [.filename]#disc1.iso# but with additional packages." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#memstick.img#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "A bootable image sufficient for writing to a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#bootonly.iso#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "A minimal image that requires network access during installation to completely install FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Full instructions on this procedure and a little bit more about installation " "issues in general can be found in the extref:{handbook}bsdinstall[Handbook " @@ -1187,20 +1187,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "What do I do if the install image does not boot?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "This can be caused by not downloading the image in _binary_ mode when using " "FTP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "Some FTP clients default their transfer mode to _ascii_ and attempt to " "change any end-of-line characters received to match the conventions used by " @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "When using a command line FTP client, type _binary_ at the FTP command " "prompt after getting connected to the server and before starting the " @@ -1218,26 +1218,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "Where are the instructions for installing FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "Installation instructions can be found at extref:{handbook}bsdinstall/" "[Handbook entry on installing FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I make my own custom release or install disk?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "Customized FreeBSD installation media can be created by building a custom " "release. Follow the instructions in the extref:{releng}[Release " @@ -1245,13 +1245,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "Can Windows(R) co-exist with FreeBSD? (x86-specific)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "If Windows(R) is installed first, then yes. FreeBSD's boot manager will " "then manage to boot Windows(R) and FreeBSD. If Windows(R) is installed " @@ -1260,13 +1260,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "Another operating system destroyed my Boot Manager. How do I get it back? (x86-specific)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "This depends upon the boot manager. The FreeBSD boot selection menu can be " "reinstalled using man:boot0cfg[8]. For example, to restore the boot menu " @@ -1274,35 +1274,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "# boot0cfg -B ada0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:492 msgid "The non-interactive MBR bootloader can be installed using man:gpart[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr ada0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:499 msgid "For more complex situations, including GPT disks, see man:gpart[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to install the source?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "In general, no. There is nothing in the base system which requires the " "presence of the source to operate. Some ports, like package:sysutils/" @@ -1312,13 +1312,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to build a kernel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "Usually not. The supplied `GENERIC` kernel contains the drivers an ordinary " "computer will need. man:freebsd-update[8], the FreeBSD binary upgrade tool, " @@ -1329,13 +1329,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "Should I use DES, Blowfish, or MD5 passwords and how do I specify which form my users receive?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses _SHA512_ by default. DES passwords are still available for " "backwards compatibility with operating systems that still use the less " @@ -1347,13 +1347,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:526 #, no-wrap msgid "What are the limits for FFS file systems?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "For FFS file systems, the largest file system is practically limited by the " "amount of memory required to man:fsck[8] the file system. man:fsck[8] " @@ -1364,14 +1364,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "If there was not a man:fsck[8] memory limit the maximum filesystem size " "would be 2 ^ 64 (blocks) * 32 KB => 16 Exa * 32 KB => 512 ZettaBytes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "The maximum size of a single FFS file is approximately 2 PB with the default " "block size of 32 KB. Each 32 KB block can point to 4096 blocks. With " @@ -1381,58 +1381,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get an error message, readin failed after compiling and booting a new kernel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "The world and kernel are out of sync. This is not supported. Be sure to " "use `make buildworld` and `make buildkernel` to update the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "Boot the system by specifying the kernel directly at the second stage, " "pressing any key when the `|` shows up before loader is started." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "Is there a tool to perform post-installation configuration tasks?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "Yes. bsdconfig provides a nice interface to configure FreeBSD post-" "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "General" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "I want to get a piece of hardware for my FreeBSD system. Which model/brand/type is best?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "This is discussed continually on the FreeBSD mailing lists but is to be " "expected since hardware changes so quickly. Read through the Hardware Notes " @@ -1444,20 +1444,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "Before purchasing a laptop, check the archives for {freebsd-questions}, or " "possibly a specific mailing list for a particular hardware type." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "What are the limits for memory?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "FreeBSD as an operating system generally supports as much physical memory " "(RAM) as the platform it is running on does. Keep in mind that different " @@ -1468,13 +1468,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does FreeBSD report less than 4 GB memory when installed on an i386(TM) machine?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "The total address space on i386(TM) machines is 32-bit, meaning that at most " "4 GB of memory is addressable (can be accessed). Furthermore, some " @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "To access more than 3.2 GB to 3.7 GB of installed memory (meaning up to 4 GB " "but also more than 4 GB), a special tweak called PAE must be used. PAE " @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "The most common way to enable PAE is to build a new kernel with the special " "ready-provided kernel configuration file called [.filename]#PAE#, which is " @@ -1514,13 +1514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "options PAE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "PAE is not much used nowadays because most new x86 hardware also supports " "running in 64-bit mode, known as AMD64 or Intel(R) 64. It has a much larger " @@ -1530,19 +1530,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "Architectures and Processors" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "Does FreeBSD support architectures other than the x86?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "Yes. FreeBSD divides support into multiple tiers. Tier 1 architectures, " "such as i386 or amd64; are fully supported. Tiers 2 and 3 are supported on " @@ -1551,20 +1551,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "A complete list of supported architectures can be found on the https://www." "FreeBSD.org/platforms/[platforms page.]" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Does FreeBSD support Symmetric Multiprocessing (SMP)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports symmetric multi-processor (SMP) on all non-embedded " "platforms (e.g, i386, amd64, etc.). SMP is also supported in arm and MIPS " @@ -1574,18 +1574,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:626 msgid "man:smp[4] has more details." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "What is microcode? How do I install Intel(R) CPU microcode updates?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "Microcode is a method of programmatically implementing hardware level " "instructions. This allows for CPU bugs to be fixed without replacing the on " @@ -1593,35 +1593,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:634 msgid "Install package:sysutils/devcpu-data[], then add:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "microcode_update_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:641 msgid "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "Peripherals" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "What kind of peripherals does FreeBSD support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "See a list of hardware known to work and any applicable restrictions in the " "Hardware Notes for FreeBSD link:{u-rel123-hardware}[{rel123-current}] or " @@ -1629,19 +1629,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Keyboards and Mice" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "Is it possible to use a mouse outside the X Window system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "The default console driver, man:vt[4], provides the ability to use a mouse " "pointer in text consoles to cut & paste text. Run the mouse daemon, man:" @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# moused -p /dev/xxxx -t yyyy\n" @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "Where _xxxx_ is the mouse device name and _yyyy_ is a protocol type for the " "mouse. The mouse daemon can automatically determine the protocol type of " @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "For a PS/2 mouse, add `moused_enable=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# " "to start the mouse daemon at boot time. Additionally, to use the mouse " @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:675 msgid "" "When the mouse daemon is running, access to the mouse must be coordinated " "between the mouse daemon and other programs such as X Windows. Refer to the " @@ -1685,13 +1685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I cut and paste text with a mouse in the text console?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "It is not possible to remove data using the mouse. However, it is possible " "to copy and paste. Once the mouse daemon is running as described in the " @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "If the mouse does not have a middle button, it is possible to emulate one or " "remap buttons using mouse daemon options. See the man:moused[8] manual page " @@ -1710,13 +1710,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "My mouse has a fancy wheel and buttons. Can I use them in FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "The answer is, unfortunately, \"It depends\". These mice with additional " "features require specialized driver in most cases. Unless the mouse device " @@ -1725,114 +1725,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "For the possible usage of wheels in the X Window environment, refer to <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I use my delete key in sh and csh?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "For the Bourne Shell, add the following lines to [.filename]#~/.shrc#. See " "man:sh[1] and man:editrc[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "bind ^[[3~ ed-delete-next-char # for xterm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" "For the C Shell, add the following lines to [.filename]#~/.cshrc#. See man:" "csh[1]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "bindkey ^[[3~ delete-char # for xterm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "Workarounds for no sound from my man:pcm[4] sound card?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "Some sound cards set their output volume to 0 at every boot. On FreeBSD 13 " "and earlier, run the following command every time the machine boots:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:729 #, no-wrap msgid "# mixer pcm 100 vol 100 cd 100\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:732 msgid "Use the following command on FreeBSD 14 and later:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "# mixer pcm.volume=100 vol.volume=100 cd.volume=100\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "Does FreeBSD support power management on my laptop?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the ACPI features found in modern hardware. Further " "information can be found in man:acpi[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is FreeBSD finding the wrong amount of memory on i386(TM) hardware?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "The most likely reason is the difference between physical memory addresses " "and virtual addresses." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "The convention for most PC hardware is to use the memory area between 3.5 GB " "and 4 GB for a special purpose (usually for PCI). This address space is " @@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "What happens to the memory that should appear in that location is hardware " "dependent. Unfortunately, some hardware does nothing and the ability to use " @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Luckily, most hardware remaps the memory to a higher location so that it can " "still be used. However, this can cause some confusion when watching the " @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "On a 32-bit version of FreeBSD, the memory appears lost, since it will be " "remapped above 4 GB, which a 32-bit kernel is unable to access. In this " @@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "On a 64-bit version of FreeBSD, or when running a PAE-enabled kernel, " "FreeBSD will correctly detect and remap the memory so it is usable. During " @@ -1876,13 +1876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do my programs occasionally die with Signal 11 errors?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "Signal 11 errors are caused when a process has attempted to access memory " "which the operating system has not granted it access to. If something like " @@ -1891,19 +1891,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:777 msgid "These problems can usually be attributed to either:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "If the problem is occurring only in a specific custom application, it is " "probably a bug in the code." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "If it is a problem with part of the base FreeBSD system, it may also be " "buggy code, but more often than not these problems are found and fixed long " @@ -1912,14 +1912,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "It is probably not a FreeBSD bug if the problem occurs compiling a program, " "but the activity that the compiler is carrying out changes each time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "For example, if `make buildworld` fails while trying to compile [." "filename]#ls.c# into [.filename]#ls.o# and, when run again, it fails in the " @@ -1928,31 +1928,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "In the first case, use a debugger such as man:gdb[1] to find the point in " "the program which is attempting to access a bogus address and fix it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:790 msgid "In the second case, verify which piece of hardware is at fault." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:792 msgid "Common causes of this include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "The hard disks might be overheating: Check that the fans are still working, " "as the disk and other hardware might be overheating." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "The processor running is overheating: This might be because the processor " "has been overclocked, or the fan on the processor might have died. In " @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "Regarding overclocking, it is far cheaper to have a slow system than a fried " "system that needs replacing! Also the community is not sympathetic to " @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "Dodgy memory: if multiple memory SIMMS/DIMMS are installed, pull them all " "out and try running the machine with each SIMM or DIMM individually to " @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "Over-optimistic motherboard settings: the BIOS settings, and some " "motherboard jumpers, provide options to set various timings. The defaults " @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "Unclean or insufficient power to the motherboard. Remove any unused I/O " "boards, hard disks, or CD-ROMs, or disconnect the power cable from them, to " @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "Read the section on <> for a further explanation and a " "discussion on how memory testing software or hardware can still pass faulty " @@ -2009,20 +2009,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "Finally, if none of this has helped, it is possibly a bug in FreeBSD. " "Follow <> to send a problem report." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "My system crashes with either Fatal trap 12: page fault in kernel mode, or panic:, and spits out a bunch of information. What should I do?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "The FreeBSD developers are interested in these errors, but need more " "information than just the error message. Copy the full crash message. Then " @@ -2032,13 +2032,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the meaning of the error maxproc limit exceeded by uid %i, please see tuning(7) and login.conf(5)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel will only allow a certain number of processes to exist at " "one time. The number is based on the `kern.maxusers` man:sysctl[8] " @@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "To adjust the `kern.maxusers` value, see the extref:{handbook}config/[File/" "Process Limits, kern-maxfiles] section of the Handbook. While that section " @@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "If the machine is lightly loaded but running a very large number of " "processes, adjust the `kern.maxproc` tunable by defining it in [.filename]#/" @@ -2070,13 +2070,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do full screen applications on remote machines misbehave?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "The remote machine may be setting the terminal type to something other than " "`xterm` which is required by the FreeBSD console. Alternatively the kernel " @@ -2084,14 +2084,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "Check the value of the `TERM` environment variable is `xterm`. If the " "remote machine does not support that try `vt100`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Run `stty -a` to check what the kernel thinks the terminal dimensions are. " "If they are incorrect, they can be changed by running `stty rows _RR_ cols " @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the client machine has package:x11/xterm[] installed, then " "running `resize` will query the terminal for the correct dimensions and set " @@ -2107,13 +2107,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does it take so long to connect to my computer via ssh or telnet?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "The symptom: there is a long delay between the time the TCP connection is " "established and the time when the client software asks for a password (or, " @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "The problem: more likely than not, the delay is caused by the server " "software trying to resolve the client's IP address into a hostname. Many " @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "The remedy: if the problem occurs whenever connecting the client computer to " "any server, the problem is with the client. If the problem only occurs when " @@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "If the problem is with the client, the only remedy is to fix the DNS so the " "server can resolve it. If this is on a local network, consider it a server " @@ -2147,7 +2147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "If the problem is with the server on a local network, configure the server " "to resolve address-to-hostname queries for the local address range. See man:" @@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "Following a fresh install of FreeBSD, it is also possible that domain and " "name server information is missing from [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. This " @@ -2170,13 +2170,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does file: table is full show up repeatedly in man:dmesg[8]?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "This error message indicates that the number of available file descriptors " "have been exhausted on the system. Refer to the extref:{handbook}config/" @@ -2186,27 +2186,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does the clock on my computer keep incorrect time?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "The computer has two or more clocks, and FreeBSD has chosen to use the wrong " "one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "Run man:dmesg[8], and check for lines that contain `Timecounter`. The one " "with the highest quality value that FreeBSD chose." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dmesg | grep Timecounter\n" @@ -2217,12 +2217,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:905 msgid "Confirm this by checking the `kern.timecounter.hardware` man:sysctl[3]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.timecounter.hardware\n" @@ -2230,20 +2230,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "It may be a broken ACPI timer. The simplest solution is to disable the ACPI " "timer in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "debug.acpi.disabled=\"timer\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "Or the BIOS may modify the TSC clock-perhaps to change the speed of the " "processor when running from batteries, or going into a power saving mode, " @@ -2252,14 +2252,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:923 msgid "" "In this example, the `i8254` clock is also available, and can be selected by " "writing its name to the `kern.timecounter.hardware` man:sysctl[3]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.timecounter.hardware=i8254\n" @@ -2267,31 +2267,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:931 msgid "The computer should now start keeping more accurate time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "To have this change automatically run at boot time, add the following line " "to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.timecounter.hardware=i8254\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "What does the error swap_pager: indefinite wait buffer: mean?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "This means that a process is trying to page memory from disk, and the page " "attempt has hung trying to access the disk for more than 20 seconds. It " @@ -2302,13 +2302,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:948 #, no-wrap msgid "What is a lock order reversal?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel uses a number of resource locks to arbitrate contention " "for certain resources. When multiple kernel threads try to obtain multiple " @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "A run-time lock diagnostic system called man:witness[4], enabled in FreeBSD-" "CURRENT and disabled by default for stable branches and releases, detects " @@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "It is possible to get false positives, as man:witness[4] is conservative. A " "true positive report _does not_ mean that a system is dead-locked; instead " @@ -2340,27 +2340,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "Problematic LORs tend to get fixed quickly, so check the {freebsd-current} " "before posting to it." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "What does 'Called ... with the following non-sleepable locks held' mean?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "This means that a function that may sleep was called while a mutex (or other " "unsleepable) lock was held." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "The reason this is an error is because mutexes are not intended to be held " "for long periods of time; they are supposed to only be held to maintain " @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "To catch such errors, assertions may be added to the kernel that interact " "with the man:witness[4] subsystem to emit a warning or fatal error " @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "In summary, such warnings are non-fatal, however with unfortunate timing " "they could cause undesirable effects ranging from a minor blip in the " @@ -2389,18 +2389,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:980 msgid "For additional information about locking in FreeBSD see man:locking[9]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does buildworld/installworld die with the message touch: not found?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:987 msgid "" "This error does not mean that the man:touch[1] utility is missing. The " "error is instead probably due to the dates of the files being set sometime " @@ -2409,26 +2409,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "User Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Where are all the user applications?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Refer to link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[the ports page] for info on " "software packages ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "Most ports should work on all supported versions of FreeBSD. Those that do " "not are specifically marked as such. Each time a FreeBSD release is made, a " @@ -2437,33 +2437,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports compressed binary packages to easily install and uninstall " "ports. Use man:pkg[7] to control the installation of packages." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I download the Ports tree? Should I be using Git?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "" "See extref:{handbook}ports/[Installing the Ports Collection, ports-using-" "installation-methods]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not build this port on my {rel2-relx} -, or {rel-relx} -STABLE machine?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "If the installed FreeBSD version lags significantly behind _-CURRENT_ or _-" "STABLE_, update the Ports Collection using the instructions in extref:" @@ -2475,13 +2475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "I just tried to build INDEX using make index, and it failed. Why?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "First, make sure that the Ports Collection is up-to-date. Errors that " "affect building [.filename]#INDEX# from an up-to-date copy of the Ports " @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "There are rare cases where [.filename]#INDEX# will not build due to odd " "cases involving `OPTIONS_SET` being set in [.filename]#make.conf#. If you " @@ -2498,13 +2498,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1025 #, no-wrap msgid "I updated the sources, now how do I update my installed ports?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1029 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not include a port upgrading tool, but it does have some tools " "to make the upgrade process somewhat easier. Additional tools are available " @@ -2513,13 +2513,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to recompile every port each time I perform a major version update?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "Yes! While a recent system will run with software compiled under an older " "release, things will randomly crash and fail to work once other ports are " @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "When the system is upgraded, various shared libraries, loadable modules, and " "other parts of the system will be replaced with newer versions. " @@ -2536,20 +2536,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "" "For more information, see extref:{handbook}cutting-edge/[the section on " "upgrades, freebsdupdate-upgrade] in the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to recompile every port each time I perform a minor version update?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "In general, no. FreeBSD developers do their utmost to guarantee binary " "compatibility across all releases with the same major version number. Any " @@ -2558,13 +2558,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1049 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is /bin/sh so minimal? Why does FreeBSD not use bash or another shell?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "Many people need to write shell scripts which will be portable across many " "systems. That is why POSIX(R) specifies the shell and utility commands in " @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "The existing implementation is our best effort at meeting as many of these " "requirements simultaneously as we can. To keep `/bin/sh` small, we have not " @@ -2589,26 +2589,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "I would like to customize my kernel. Is it difficult?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "Not at all! Check out the extref:{handbook}kernelconfig/[kernel config " "section of the Handbook]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "The new [.filename]#kernel# will be installed to the [.filename]#/boot/" "kernel# directory along with its modules, while the old kernel and its " @@ -2618,13 +2618,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is my kernel so big?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "`GENERIC` kernels shipped with FreeBSD are compiled in _debug mode_. " "Kernels built in debug mode contain debug data in separate files that are " @@ -2637,74 +2637,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "When running low on disk space, there are different options to reduce the " "size of [.filename]#/boot/kernel/# and [.filename]#/usr/lib/debug/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "To not install the symbol files, make sure the following line exists in [." "filename]#/etc/src.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "WITHOUT_KERNEL_SYMBOLS=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "For more information see man:src.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "If you want to avoid building debug files altogether, make sure that both of " "the following are true:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "This line does not exist in the kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "makeoptions DEBUG=-g\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "Do not run man:config[8] with `-g`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "Either of the above settings will cause the kernel to be built in debug mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "To build and install only the specified modules, list them in [.filename]#/" "etc/make.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE= accf_http ipfw\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Replace _accf_httpd ipfw_ with a list of needed modules. Only the listed " "modules will be built. This reduces the size of the kernel directory and " @@ -2713,14 +2713,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "" "Unneeded devices can be removed from the kernel to further reduce the size. " "See <> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "To put any of these options into effect, follow the instructions to extref:" "{handbook}kernelconfig/[build and install, kernelconfig-building] the new " @@ -2728,25 +2728,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "" "For reference, the FreeBSD 11 amd64 kernel ([.filename]#/boot/kernel/" "kernel#) is approximately 25 MB." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does every kernel I try to build fail to compile, even GENERIC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "There are a number of possible causes for this problem:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "The source tree is different from the one used to build the currently " "running system. When attempting an upgrade, read [.filename]#/usr/src/" @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "The `make buildkernel` did not complete successfully. The `make " "buildkernel` target relies on files generated by the `make buildworld` " @@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "" "Even when building <>, it is possible that the source " "tree was fetched at a time when it was either being modified or it was " @@ -2774,20 +2774,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "Which scheduler is in use on a running system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "The name of the scheduler currently being used is directly available as the " "value of the `kern.sched.name` sysctl:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.sched.name\n" @@ -2795,45 +2795,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap msgid "What is kern.sched.quantum?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "" "`kern.sched.quantum` is the maximum number of ticks a process can run " "without being preempted in the 4BSD scheduler." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1159 #, no-wrap msgid "Disks, File Systems, and Boot Loaders" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1162 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I add my new hard disk to my FreeBSD system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "" "See the extref:{handbook}disks/[Adding Disks, disks-adding] section in the " "FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1167 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I move my system over to my huge new disk?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "The best way is to reinstall the operating system on the new disk, then move " "the user data over. This is highly recommended when tracking _-STABLE_ for " @@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "Alternatively, partition and label the new disk with either man:sade[8] or " "man:gpart[8]. If the disks are MBR-formatted, booteasy can be installed on " @@ -2853,7 +2853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "Once the new disk set up, the data cannot just be copied. Instead, use " "tools that understand device files and system flags, such as man:dump[8]. " @@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "When the disks are formatted with UFS, never use anything but man:dump[8] " "and man:restore[8] to move the root file system. These commands should also " @@ -2872,34 +2872,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1188 msgid "`newfs` the new partition." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "`mount` it on a temporary mount point." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1190 msgid "`cd` to that directory." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "`dump` the old partition, piping output to the new one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "For example, to move [.filename]#/dev/ada1s1a# with [.filename]#/mnt# as the " "temporary mount point, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs /dev/ada1s1a\n" @@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "" "Rearranging partitions with `dump` takes a bit more work. To merge a " "partition like [.filename]#/var# into its parent, create the new partition " @@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs /dev/ada1s1a\n" @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1217 msgid "" "To split a directory from its parent, say putting [.filename]#/var# on its " "own partition when it was not before, create both partitions, then mount the " @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs /dev/ada1s1a\n" @@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "The man:cpio[1] and man:pax[1] utilities are also available for moving user " "data. These are known to lose file flag information, so use them with " @@ -2961,19 +2961,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "Which partitions can safely use Soft Updates? I have heard that Soft Updates on / can cause problems. What about Journaled Soft Updates?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "Short answer: Soft Updates can usually be safely used on all partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "" "Long answer: Soft Updates has two characteristics that may be undesirable on " "certain partitions. First, a Soft Updates partition has a small chance of " @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1249 msgid "" "When using Soft Updates, the kernel can take up to thirty seconds to write " "changes to the physical disk. When a large file is deleted the file still " @@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "If a system should crash after the kernel accepts a chunk of data for " "writing to disk, but before that data is actually written out, data could be " @@ -3006,14 +3006,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1255 msgid "" "These issues affect all partitions using Soft Updates. So, what does this " "mean for the root partition?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "Vital information on the root partition changes very rarely. If the system " "crashed during the thirty-second window after such a change is made, it is " @@ -3023,7 +3023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "" "[.filename]#/# is traditionally one of the smallest partitions. If [." "filename]#/tmp# is on [.filename]#/#, there may be intermittent space " @@ -3032,31 +3032,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1266 msgid "" "Finally, man:dump[8] does not work in live mode (-L) on a filesystem, with " "Journaled Soft Updates (SU+J)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1268 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I mount other foreign file systems under FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1271 msgid "FreeBSD supports a variety of other file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "UFS CD-ROMs can be mounted directly on FreeBSD. Mounting disk partitions " "from Digital UNIX and other systems that support UFS may be more complex, " @@ -3065,53 +3065,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1276 #, no-wrap msgid "ext2/ext3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1279 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports `ext2fs`, `ext3fs`, and `ext4fs` partitions. See man:" "ext2fs[5] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "NTFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "FUSE based NTFS support is available as a port (package:sysutils/fusefs-" "ntfs[]). For more information, see man:ntfs-3g[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1284 #, no-wrap msgid "FAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1287 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a read-write FAT driver. For more information, see man:" "mount_msdosfs[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1287 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1526 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1292 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a port of Sun(TM)'s ZFS driver. The current recommendation " "is to use it only on amd64 platforms with sufficient memory. For more " @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1294 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes the Network File System NFS and the FreeBSD Ports " "Collection provides several FUSE applications to support many other file " @@ -3127,13 +3127,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I mount a secondary DOS partition?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1301 msgid "" "The secondary DOS partitions are found after _all_ the primary partitions. " "For example, if `E` is the second DOS partition on the second SCSI drive, " @@ -3142,19 +3142,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/da1s5 /dos/e\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1308 #, no-wrap msgid "Is there a cryptographic file system for FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "Yes, man:gbde[8] and man:geli[8]. See the extref:{handbook}disks/" "[Encrypting Disk Partitions, disks-encrypting] section of the FreeBSD " @@ -3162,13 +3162,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I boot FreeBSD and Linux(R) using GRUB?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1317 msgid "" "To boot FreeBSD using GRUB, add the following to either [.filename]#/boot/" "grub/menu.lst# or [.filename]#/boot/grub/grub.conf#, depending upon which is " @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "title FreeBSD 9.1\n" @@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1328 msgid "" "Where _hd0,a_ points to the root partition on the first disk. To specify " "the slice number, use something like this _(hd0,2,a)_. By default, if the " @@ -3194,33 +3194,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1330 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I boot FreeBSD and Linux(R) using BootEasy?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1334 msgid "" "Install LILO at the start of the Linux(R) boot partition instead of in the " "Master Boot Record. Then boot LILO from BootEasy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "" "This is recommended when running Windows(R) and Linux(R) as it makes it " "simpler to get Linux(R) booting again if Windows(R) is reinstalled." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I change the boot prompt from ??? to something more meaningful?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "" "This cannot be accomplished with the standard boot manager without rewriting " "it. There are a number of other boot managers in the [.filename]#sysutils# " @@ -3228,24 +3228,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I use a new removable drive?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1347 msgid "If the drive already has a file system on it, use a command like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/da0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1356 msgid "" "If the drive will only be used with FreeBSD systems, partition it with UFS " "or ZFS. This will provide long filename support, improvement in " @@ -3254,7 +3254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/da0 count=2\n" @@ -3263,61 +3263,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "Finally, create a new file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1369 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs /dev/da0p1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "and mount it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1376 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/da0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1379 msgid "" "It is a good idea to add a line to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# (see man:" "fstab[5]) so you can just type `mount /mnt` in the future:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da0p1 /mnt ufs rw,noauto 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1386 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get Incorrect super block when mounting a CD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1390 msgid "" "The type of device to mount must be specified. This is described in the " "Handbook section on extref:{handbook}disks/[Using Data CDs, mounting-cd]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1392 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get Device not configured when mounting a CD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1396 msgid "" "This generally means that there is no CD in the drive, or the drive is not " "visible on the bus. Refer to the extref:{handbook}disks/[Using Data CDs, " @@ -3325,13 +3325,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1398 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do all non-English characters in filenames show up as ? on my CDs when mounted in FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1402 msgid "" "The CD probably uses the \"Joliet\" extension for storing information about " "files and directories. This is discussed in the Handbook section on extref:" @@ -3339,13 +3339,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "A CD burned under FreeBSD cannot be read under any other operating system. Why?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1408 msgid "" "This means a raw file was burned to the CD, rather than creating an ISO 9660 " "file system. Take a look at the Handbook section on extref:{handbook}disks/" @@ -3353,13 +3353,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I create an image of a data CD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1414 msgid "" "This is discussed in the Handbook section on extref:{handbook}disks/[Writing " "Data to an ISO File System, mkisofs]. For more on working with CD-ROMs, see " @@ -3368,13 +3368,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1416 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not mount an audio CD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1422 msgid "" "Trying to mount an audio CD will produce an error like `cd9660: /dev/cd0: " "Invalid argument`. This is because `mount` only works on file systems. " @@ -3384,13 +3384,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1424 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I mount a multi-session CD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1429 msgid "" "By default, man:mount[8] will attempt to mount the last data track (session) " "of a CD. To load an earlier session, use the `-s` command line argument. " @@ -3398,43 +3398,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1431 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I let ordinary users mount CD-ROMs, DVDs, USB drives, and other removable media?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1434 msgid "As `root` set the sysctl variable `vfs.usermount` to `1`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1438 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "To make this persist across reboots, add the line `vfs.usermount=1` to [." "filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# so that it is reset at system boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1444 msgid "" "Users can only mount devices they have read permissions to. To allow users " "to mount a device permissions must be set in [.filename]#/etc/devfs.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1446 msgid "For example, to allow users to mount the first USB drive add:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow all users to mount a USB drive.\n" @@ -3443,14 +3443,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1455 msgid "" "All users can now mount devices they could read onto a directory that they " "own:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1460 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% mkdir ~/my-mount-point\n" @@ -3458,18 +3458,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1463 msgid "Unmounting the device is simple:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1467 #, no-wrap msgid "% umount ~/my-mount-point\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1471 msgid "" "Enabling `vfs.usermount`, however, has negative security implications. A " "better way to access MS-DOS(R) formatted media is to use the package:" @@ -3477,20 +3477,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1475 msgid "" "The device name used in the previous examples must be changed according to " "the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1478 #, no-wrap msgid "The du and df commands show different amounts of disk space available. What is going on?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1484 msgid "" "This is due to how these commands actually work. `du` goes through the " "directory tree, measures how large each file is, and presents the totals. " @@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1493 msgid "" "When a program is using a file, and the file is deleted, the file is not " "really removed from the file system until the program stops using it. The " @@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1500 msgid "" "This situation is common on web servers. Many people set up a FreeBSD web " "server and forget to rotate the log files. The access log fills up [." @@ -3526,33 +3526,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "Note that Soft Updates can delay the freeing of disk space and it can take " "up to 30 seconds for the change to be visible." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1504 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I add more swap space?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1507 msgid "" "This section extref:{handbook}config/[of the Handbook, adding-swap-space] " "describes how to do this." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1509 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does FreeBSD see my disk as smaller than the manufacturer says it is?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1513 msgid "" "Disk manufacturers calculate gigabytes as a billion bytes each, whereas " "FreeBSD calculates them as 1,073,741,824 bytes each. This explains why, for " @@ -3561,20 +3561,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1515 msgid "" "Also note that FreeBSD will (by default) <> 8% " "of the disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1517 #, no-wrap msgid "How is it possible for a partition to be more than 100% full?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1522 msgid "" "A portion of each UFS partition (8%, by default) is reserved for use by the " "operating system and the `root` user. man:df[1] does not count that space " @@ -3584,31 +3584,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1524 msgid "For more details, look up `-m` in man:tunefs[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1529 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the minimum amount of RAM one should have to run ZFS?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1532 msgid "" "A minimum of 4GB of RAM is required for comfortable usage, but individual " "workloads can vary widely." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1534 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the ZIL and when does it get used?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1542 msgid "" "The ZIL (ZFS intent log) is a write log used to implement posix write " "commitment semantics across crashes. Normally writes are bundled up into " @@ -3622,13 +3622,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need a SSD for ZIL?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1549 msgid "" "By default, ZFS stores the ZIL in the pool with all the data. If an " "application has a heavy write load, storing the ZIL in a separate device " @@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1551 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the L2ARC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1556 msgid "" "The L2ARC is a read cache stored on a fast device such as an SSD. This " "cache is not persistent across reboots. Note that RAM is used as the first " @@ -3652,7 +3652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "" "L2ARC needs space in the ARC to index it. So, perversely, a working set " "that fits perfectly in the ARC will not fit perfectly any more if a L2ARC is " @@ -3661,18 +3661,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1562 #, no-wrap msgid "Is enabling deduplication advisable?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1565 msgid "Generally speaking, no." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1570 msgid "" "Deduplication takes up a significant amount of RAM and may slow down read " "and write disk access times. Unless one is storing data that is very " @@ -3684,20 +3684,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1573 msgid "" "Deduplication can also lead to some unexpected situations. In particular, " "deleting files may become much slower." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1575 #, no-wrap msgid "I cannot delete or create files on my ZFS pool. How can I fix this?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1580 msgid "" "This could happen because the pool is 100% full. ZFS requires space on the " "disk to write transaction metadata. To restore the pool to a usable state, " @@ -3705,65 +3705,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1584 #, no-wrap msgid "% truncate -s 0 unimportant-file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "" "File truncation works because a new transaction is not started, new spare " "blocks are created instead." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1591 msgid "" "On systems with additional ZFS dataset tuning, such as deduplication, the " "space may not be immediately available." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "Is there TRIM support for ZFS on solid state drives?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1598 msgid "" "ZFS in FreeBSD 12.3 and 12.4: TRIM is enabled by default. To disable TRIM: " "add the line below to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#, then restart the system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1602 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs.zfs.trim.enabled=0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "" "OpenZFS in FreeBSD 13.0 and greater: see man:zpool-trim[8], and `autotrim` " "in man:zpoolprops[7]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1607 #, no-wrap msgid "System Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "Where are the system start-up configuration files?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1616 msgid "" "The primary configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf# which " "is described in man:rc.conf[5]. System startup scripts such as [.filename]#/" @@ -3774,29 +3774,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "For example, to start man:sshd[8], the included OpenSSH daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1622 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'sshd_enable=\"YES\"' >> /etc/rc.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "Alternatively, use man:sysrc[8] to modify [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1629 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1633 msgid "" "To start up local services, place shell scripts in the [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/rc.d# directory. These shell scripts should be set executable, " @@ -3804,33 +3804,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I add a user easily?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "Use the man:adduser[8] command, or the man:pw[8] command for more " "complicated situations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1640 msgid "" "To remove the user, use the man:rmuser[8] command or, if necessary, man:" "pw[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1642 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I keep getting messages like root: not found after editing /etc/crontab?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1649 msgid "" "This is normally caused by editing the system crontab. This is not the " "correct way to do things as the system crontab has a different format to the " @@ -3841,24 +3841,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1651 msgid "To delete the extra, incorrect crontab:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1655 #, no-wrap msgid "# crontab -r\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1658 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get the error, you are not in the correct group to su root when I try to su to root?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1663 msgid "" "This is a security feature. In order to `su` to `root`, or any other " "account with superuser privileges, the user account must be a member of the " @@ -3868,30 +3868,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1665 msgid "" "To allow someone to `su` to `root`, put them in the `wheel` group using `pw`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1669 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod wheel -m lisa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "The above example will add user `lisa` to the group `wheel`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1674 #, no-wrap msgid "I made a mistake in rc.conf, or another startup file, and now I cannot edit it because the file system is read-only. What should I do?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1680 msgid "" "Restart the system using `boot -s` at the loader prompt to enter single-user " "mode. When prompted for a shell pathname, press kbd:[Enter] and run `mount -" @@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "" "In order to use a full screen editor such as man:vi[1] or man:emacs[1], run " "`export TERM=xterm` so that these editors can load the correct data from the " @@ -3911,7 +3911,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1685 msgid "" "After performing these steps, edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to fix the " "syntax error. The error message displayed immediately after the kernel boot " @@ -3920,26 +3920,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1687 #, no-wrap msgid "Why am I having trouble setting up my printer?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "See the extref:{handbook}printing/[Handbook entry on printing] for " "troubleshooting tips." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1692 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I correct the keyboard mappings for my system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1695 msgid "" "Refer to the Handbook section on extref:{handbook}l10n/[using localization, " "using-localization], specifically the section on extref:{handbook}l10n/" @@ -3947,13 +3947,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1697 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not get user quotas to work properly?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1701 msgid "" "It is possible that the kernel is not configured to use quotas. In this " "case, add the following line to the kernel configuration file and recompile " @@ -3961,80 +3961,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1705 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1708 msgid "" "Refer to the extref:{handbook}disks/[Handbook entry on quotas, quotas] for " "full details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1709 msgid "Do not turn on quotas on [.filename]#/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "Put the quota file on the file system that the quotas are to be enforced on:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1717 #, no-wrap msgid "Quota file" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1718 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1720 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/admin/quotas#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1721 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/home#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1723 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/home/admin/quotas#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1723 #: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "..." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1728 #, no-wrap msgid "Does FreeBSD support System V IPC primitives?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "Yes, FreeBSD supports System V-style IPC, including shared memory, messages " "and semaphores, in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel. With a custom kernel, " @@ -4044,7 +4044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1738 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options SYSVSHM # enable shared memory\n" @@ -4053,18 +4053,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1741 msgid "Recompile and install the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1743 #, no-wrap msgid "What other mail-server software can I use instead of Sendmail?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "The http://www.sendmail.org/[Sendmail] server is the default mail-server " "software for FreeBSD, but it can be replaced with another MTA installed from " @@ -4074,13 +4074,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1750 #, no-wrap msgid "I have forgotten the root password! What do I do?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "" "Do not panic! Restart the system, type `boot -s` at the `Boot:` prompt to " "enter single-user mode. At the question about the shell to use, hit kbd:" @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1764 msgid "" "If you are still prompted to give the `root` password when entering the " "single-user mode, it means that the console has been marked as `insecure` in " @@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "" "If the root partition cannot be mounted from single-user mode, it is " "possible that the partitions are encrypted and it is impossible to mount " @@ -4114,61 +4114,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1773 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I keep kbd:[Control] + kbd:[Alt] + kbd:[Delete] from rebooting the system?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1776 msgid "" "When using man:vt[4], the default console driver, this can be done by " "setting the following man:sysctl[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1780 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.vt.kbd_reboot=0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1783 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I reformat DOS text files to UNIX(R) ones?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1786 msgid "Use this man:perl[1] command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1790 #, no-wrap msgid "% perl -i.bak -npe 's/\\r\\n/\\n/g' file(s)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1794 msgid "" "where _file(s)_ is one or more files to process. The modification is done " "in-place, with the original file stored with a [.filename]#.bak# extension." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1796 msgid "Alternatively, use man:tr[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1800 #, no-wrap msgid "% tr -d '\\r' < dos-text-file > unix-file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "_dos-text-file_ is the file containing DOS text while _unix-file_ will " "contain the converted output. This can be quite a bit faster than using " @@ -4176,7 +4176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1807 msgid "" "Yet another way to reformat DOS text files is to use the package:converters/" "dosunix[] port from the Ports Collection. Consult its documentation about " @@ -4184,18 +4184,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1809 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I re-read [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and re-start [.filename]#/etc/rc# without a reboot?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1812 msgid "Go into single-user mode and then back to multi-user mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1818 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# shutdown now\n" @@ -4204,13 +4204,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1821 #, no-wrap msgid "I tried to update my system to the latest _-STABLE_, but got _-BETAx_, _-RC_ or __-PRERELEASE__! What is going on?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1828 msgid "" "Short answer: it is just a name. _RC_ stands for \"Release Candidate\". It " "signifies that a release is imminent. In FreeBSD, _-PRERELEASE_ is " @@ -4219,7 +4219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "Long answer: FreeBSD derives its releases from one of two places. Major, " "dot-zero, releases, such as 9.0-RELEASE are branched from the head of the " @@ -4232,7 +4232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1842 msgid "" "When a release is about to be made, the branch from which it will be derived " "from has to undergo a certain process. Part of this process is a code " @@ -4249,41 +4249,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1844 msgid "" "For more information on version numbers and the various Subversion branches, " "refer to the extref:{releng}[Release Engineering] article." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1846 #, no-wrap msgid "I tried to install a new kernel, and the man:chflags[1] failed. How do I get around this?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1850 msgid "" "Short answer: the security level is greater than 0. Reboot directly to " "single-user mode to install the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1853 msgid "" "Long answer: FreeBSD disallows changing system flags at security levels " "greater than 0. To check the current security level:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1856 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1874 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.securelevel\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1861 msgid "" "The security level cannot be lowered in multi-user mode, so boot to single-" "user mode to install the kernel, or change the security level in [." @@ -4293,27 +4293,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1863 #, no-wrap msgid "I cannot change the time on my system by more than one second! How do I get around this?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1867 msgid "" "Short answer: the system is at a security level greater than 1. Reboot " "directly to single-user mode to change the date." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1870 msgid "" "Long answer: FreeBSD disallows changing the time by more that one second at " "security levels greater than 1. To check the security level:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1879 msgid "" "The security level cannot be lowered in multi-user mode. Either boot to " "single-user mode to change the date or change the security level in [." @@ -4323,13 +4323,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is rpc.statd using 256 MB of memory?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1886 msgid "" "No, there is no memory leak, and it is not using 256 MB of memory. For " "convenience, `rpc.statd` maps a large amount of memory into its address " @@ -4338,7 +4338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "" "man:rpc.statd[8] maps its status file ([.filename]#/var/db/statd.status#) " "into its address space; to save worrying about remapping the status file " @@ -4346,13 +4346,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1890 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not unset the schg file flag?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1895 msgid "" "The system is running at securelevel greater than 0. Lower the securelevel " "and try again. For more information, see <> for more information about running man:xdm[8] at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1992 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does my mouse not work with X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1998 msgid "" "When using man:vt[4], the default console driver, FreeBSD can be configured " "to support a mouse pointer on each virtual screen. To avoid conflicting " @@ -4617,14 +4617,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:1999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2000 msgid "" "Then edit [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf# and make sure the following lines " "exist:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2007 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -4634,7 +4634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2011 msgid "" "Starting with Xorg version 7.4, the `InputDevice` sections in [." "filename]#xorg.conf# are ignored in favor of autodetected devices. To " @@ -4643,13 +4643,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2015 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2019 msgid "" "Some people prefer to use [.filename]#/dev/mouse# under X. To make this " "work, [.filename]#/dev/mouse# should be linked to [.filename]#/dev/sysmouse# " @@ -4658,32 +4658,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2023 #, no-wrap msgid "link sysmouse mouse\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2026 msgid "" "This link can be created by restarting man:devfs[5] with the following " "command (as `root`):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2030 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devfs restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2033 #, no-wrap msgid "My mouse has a fancy wheel. Can I use it in X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2037 msgid "" "Yes, if X is configured for a 5 button mouse. To do this, add the lines " "`Buttons 5` and `ZAxisMapping 4 5` to the \"InputDevice\" section of [." @@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2048 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -4705,14 +4705,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2051 msgid "" "The mouse can be enabled in Emacs by adding these lines to [.filename]#~/." "emacs#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2057 #, no-wrap msgid "" ";; wheel mouse\n" @@ -4721,43 +4721,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2060 #, no-wrap msgid "My laptop has a Synaptics touchpad. Can I use it in X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2063 msgid "Yes, after configuring a few things to make it work." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2065 msgid "" "In order to use the Xorg synaptics driver, first remove `moused_enable` from " "[.filename]#rc.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "" "To enable synaptics, add the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2071 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.psm.synaptics_support=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2074 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2083 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -4769,56 +4769,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2086 msgid "Add the following into the \"ServerLayout\" section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2090 #, no-wrap msgid "InputDevice \"Touchpad0\" \"SendCoreEvents\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2093 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I use remote X displays?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2096 msgid "" "For security reasons, the default setting is to not allow a machine to " "remotely open a window." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2098 msgid "" "To enable this feature, start X with the optional `-listen_tcp` argument:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "% startx -listen_tcp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2105 #, no-wrap msgid "What is a virtual console and how do I make more?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2108 msgid "" "Virtual consoles provide several simultaneous sessions on the same machine " "without doing anything complicated like setting up a network or running X." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2111 msgid "" "When the system starts, it will display a login prompt on the monitor after " "displaying all the boot messages. Type in your login name and password to " @@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2115 msgid "" "To start another session, perhaps to look at documentation for a program or " "to read mail while waiting for an FTP transfer to finish, hold down kbd:" @@ -4835,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2118 msgid "" "The default FreeBSD installation has eight virtual consoles enabled. kbd:" "[Alt+F1], kbd:[Alt+F2], kbd:[Alt+F3], and so on will switch between these " @@ -4843,7 +4843,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2120 msgid "" "To enable more of virtual consoles, edit [.filename]#/etc/ttys# (see man:" "ttys[5]) and add entries for [.filename]#ttyv8# to [.filename]#ttyvc#, after " @@ -4851,7 +4851,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2129 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Edit the existing entry for ttyv8 in /etc/ttys and change\n" @@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2134 msgid "" "The more virtual terminals, the more resources that are used. This can be " "problematic on systems with 8 MB RAM or less. Consider changing `secure` to " @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2139 msgid "" "In order to run an X server, at least one virtual terminal must be left to " "`off` for it to use. This means that only eleven of the Alt-function keys " @@ -4879,43 +4879,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2142 msgid "" "For example, to run X and eleven virtual consoles, the setting for virtual " "terminal 12 should be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2146 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyvb \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm off secure\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2149 msgid "The easiest way to activate the virtual consoles is to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2151 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I access the virtual consoles from X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2155 msgid "" "Use kbd:[Ctrl+Alt+Fn] to switch back to a virtual console. Press kbd:" "[Ctrl+Alt+F1] to return to the first virtual console." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2157 msgid "Once at a text console, use kbd:[Alt+Fn] to move between them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2161 msgid "" "To return to the X session, switch to the virtual console running X. If X " "was started from the command line using `startx`, the X session will attach " @@ -4925,13 +4925,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2163 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I start XDM on boot?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2169 msgid "" "There are two schools of thought on how to start man:xdm[8]. One school " "starts `xdm` from [.filename]#/etc/ttys# (see man:ttys[5]) using the " @@ -4942,7 +4942,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2172 msgid "" "The man:ttys[5] method has the advantage of documenting which vty X will " "start on and passing the responsibility of restarting the X server on logout " @@ -4951,20 +4951,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "When using the man:rc[8] method, `xdm_tty` (default `ttyv8`) can be set in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to choose which vty man:xdm[8] opens on." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2176 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get Couldn't open console when I run xconsole?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2179 msgid "" "When X is started with `startx`, the permissions on [.filename]#/dev/" "console# will _not_ get changed, resulting in things like `xterm -C` and " @@ -4972,7 +4972,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2183 msgid "" "This is because of the way console permissions are set by default. On a " "multi-user system, one does not necessarily want just any user to be able to " @@ -4981,46 +4981,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2185 msgid "" "In a nutshell, make sure an uncommented line of the form is in [.filename]#/" "etc/fbtab# (see man:fbtab[5]):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2189 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ttyv0 0600 /dev/console\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2192 msgid "" "It will ensure that whomever logs in on [.filename]#/dev/ttyv0# will own the " "console." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does my PS/2 mouse misbehave under X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2198 msgid "" "The mouse and the mouse driver may have become out of synchronization. In " "rare cases, the driver may also erroneously report synchronization errors:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2202 #, no-wrap msgid "psmintr: out of sync (xxxx != yyyy)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2206 msgid "" "If this happens, disable the synchronization check code by setting the " "driver flags for the PS/2 mouse driver to `0x100`. This can be easiest " @@ -5029,79 +5029,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2208 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I reverse the mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2212 msgid "" "Type `xmodmap -e \"pointer = 3 2 1\"`. Add this command to [.filename]#~/." "xinitrc# or [.filename]#~/.xsession# to make it happen automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2214 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I install a splash screen and where do I find them?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "The detailed answer for this question can be found in the extref:{handbook}" "[Boot Time Splash Screens, boot-splash] section of the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2219 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I use the kbd:[Windows] keys on my keyboard in X?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "Yes. Use man:xmodmap[1] to define which functions the keys should perform." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "" "Assuming all Windows keyboards are standard, the keycodes for these three " "keys are the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2227 msgid "" "115 - kbd:[Windows] key, between the left-hand kbd:[Ctrl] and kbd:[Alt] keys" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2228 msgid "116 - kbd:[Windows] key, to the right of kbd:[AltGr]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "117 - kbd:[Menu], to the left of the right-hand kbd:[Ctrl]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "To have the left kbd:[Windows] key print a comma, try this." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2235 #, no-wrap msgid "# xmodmap -e \"keycode 115 = comma\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2238 msgid "" "To have the kbd:[Windows] key-mappings enabled automatically every time X is " "started, either put the `xmodmap` commands in [.filename]#~/.xinitrc# or, " @@ -5111,13 +5111,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2242 #, no-wrap msgid "xmodmap $HOME/.xmodmaprc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2246 msgid "" "For example, to map the 3 keys to be kbd:[F13], kbd:[F14], and kbd:[F15], " "respectively. This would make it easy to map them to useful functions " @@ -5125,12 +5125,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2248 msgid "To do this, put the following in [.filename]#~/.xmodmaprc#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2254 #, no-wrap msgid "" "keycode 115 = F13\n" @@ -5139,7 +5139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2257 msgid "" "For the package:x11-wm/fvwm2[] desktop manager, one could map the keys so " "that kbd:[F13] iconifies or de-iconifies the window the cursor is in, kbd:" @@ -5150,14 +5150,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "The following entries in [.filename]#~/.fvwmrc# implement the aforementioned " "setup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2265 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Key F13 FTIWS A Iconify\n" @@ -5166,13 +5166,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2268 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I get 3D hardware acceleration for OpenGL(R)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2272 msgid "" "The availability of 3D acceleration depends on the version of Xorg and the " "type of video chip. For an nVidia chip, use the binary drivers provided for " @@ -5180,34 +5180,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2274 msgid "" "The latest versions of nVidia cards are supported by the package:x11/nvidia-" "driver[] port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2276 msgid "Older drivers are available as:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2278 msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-390[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2279 msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-340[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2280 msgid "package:x11/nvidia-driver-304[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2282 msgid "" "nVidia provides detailed information on which card is supported by which " "driver on their web site: http://www.nvidia.com/object/IO_32667.html[http://" @@ -5215,31 +5215,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2284 msgid "" "For Matrox G200/G400, check the package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-mga[] port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2286 msgid "" "For ATI Rage 128 and Radeon see man:ati[4], man:r128[4] and man:radeon[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2288 #, no-wrap msgid "Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2291 #, no-wrap msgid "Where can I get information on diskless booting?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2295 msgid "" "\"Diskless booting\" means that the FreeBSD box is booted over a network, " "and reads the necessary files from a server instead of its hard disk. For " @@ -5248,13 +5248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2297 #, no-wrap msgid "Can a FreeBSD box be used as a dedicated network router?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2302 msgid "" "Yes. Refer to the Handbook entry on extref:{handbook}advanced-networking/" "[advanced networking, advanced-networking], specifically the section on " @@ -5262,13 +5262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2304 #, no-wrap msgid "Does FreeBSD support NAT or Masquerading?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2309 msgid "" "Yes. For instructions on how to use NAT over a PPP connection, see the " "extref:{handbook}ppp-and-slip/[Handbook entry on PPP, userppp]. To use NAT " @@ -5277,69 +5277,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2311 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I set up Ethernet aliases?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2314 msgid "" "If the alias is on the same subnet as an address already configured on the " "interface, add `netmask 0xffffffff` to this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2318 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig ed0 alias 192.0.2.2 netmask 0xffffffff\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "Otherwise, specify the network address and netmask as usual:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig ed0 alias 172.16.141.5 netmask 0xffffff00\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2328 msgid "" "More information can be found in the FreeBSD extref:{handbook}config/" "[Handbook, configtuning-virtual-hosts]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2330 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not NFS-mount from a Linux(R) box?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2333 msgid "" "Some versions of the Linux(R) NFS code only accept mount requests from a " "privileged port; try to issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2337 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -o -P linuxbox:/blah /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2340 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does mountd keep telling me it can't change attributes and that I have a bad exports list on my FreeBSD NFS server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2344 msgid "" "The most frequent problem is not understanding the correct format of [." "filename]#/etc/exports#. Review man:exports[5] and the extref:{handbook}" @@ -5348,13 +5348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2346 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I enable IP multicast support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2349 msgid "" "Install the package:net/mrouted[] package or port and add " "`mrouted_enable=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# start this service at " @@ -5362,63 +5362,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2351 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2354 msgid "" "See the answer in the FreeBSD extref:{handbook}mail/[Handbook, mail-trouble]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2356 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get an error, Permission denied, for all networking operations?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2359 msgid "" "If the kernel is compiled with the `IPFIREWALL` option, be aware that the " "default policy is to deny all packets that are not explicitly allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2361 msgid "" "If the firewall is unintentionally misconfigured, restore network " "operability by typing the following as `root`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2365 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw add 65534 allow all from any to any\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2368 msgid "Consider setting `firewall_type=\"open\"` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2370 msgid "" "For further information on configuring this firewall, see the extref:" "{handbook}firewalls/[Handbook chapter, firewalls-ipfw]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2372 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is my `ipfw` “fwd” rule to redirect a service to another machine not working?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2377 msgid "" "Possibly because network address translation (NAT) is needed instead of just " "forwarding packets. A \"fwd\" rule only forwards packets, it does not " @@ -5426,13 +5426,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2381 #, no-wrap msgid "01000 fwd 10.0.0.1 from any to foo 21\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2388 msgid "" "When a packet with a destination address of _foo_ arrives at the machine " "with this rule, the packet is forwarded to _10.0.0.1_, but it still has the " @@ -5444,7 +5444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2390 msgid "" "See the <>, the man:natd[8] " "manual, or one of the several port redirecting utilities in the link:https://" @@ -5452,13 +5452,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2392 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I redirect service requests from one machine to another?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2396 msgid "" "FTP and other service requests can be redirected with the package:sysutils/" "socket[] package or port. Replace the entry for the service in [.filename]#/" @@ -5466,26 +5466,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2400 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp stream tcp nowait nobody /usr/local/bin/socket socket ftp.example.com ftp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2403 msgid "" "where _ftp.example.com_ and _ftp_ are the host and port to redirect to, " "respectively." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2405 #, no-wrap msgid "Where can I get a bandwidth management tool?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2411 msgid "" "There are three bandwidth management tools available for FreeBSD. man:" "dummynet[4] is integrated into FreeBSD as part of man:ipfw[4]. http://www." @@ -5495,13 +5495,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2413 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I get /dev/bpf0: device not configured?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2417 msgid "" "The running application requires the Berkeley Packet Filter (man:bpf[4]), " "but it was removed from a custom kernel. Add this to the kernel config file " @@ -5509,19 +5509,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2421 #, no-wrap msgid "device bpf # Berkeley Packet Filter\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2424 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I mount a disk from a Windows(R) machine that is on my network, like smbmount in Linux(R)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2429 msgid "" "Use the SMBFS toolset. It includes a set of kernel modifications and a set " "of userland programs. The programs and information are available as man:" @@ -5529,13 +5529,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2431 #, no-wrap msgid "What are these messages about: Limiting icmp/open port/closed port response in my log files?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2437 msgid "" "This kernel message indicates that some activity is provoking it to send a " "large amount of ICMP or TCP reset (RST) responses. ICMP responses are often " @@ -5546,21 +5546,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2439 msgid "" "Brute-force denial of service (DoS) attacks (as opposed to single-packet " "attacks which exploit a specific vulnerability)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "" "Port scans which attempt to connect to a large number of ports (as opposed " "to only trying a few well-known ports)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "" "The first number in the message indicates how many packets the kernel would " "have sent if the limit was not in place, and the second indicates the " @@ -5569,26 +5569,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2448 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.icmp.icmplim=300\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2451 msgid "" "To disable these messages without disabling response limiting, use `net.inet." "icmp.icmplim_output` to disable the output:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2455 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.icmp.icmplim_output=0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2459 msgid "" "Finally, to disable response limiting completely, set `net.inet.icmp." "icmplim` to `0`. Disabling response limiting is discouraged for the reasons " @@ -5596,13 +5596,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "What are these arp: unknown hardware address format error messages?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2467 msgid "" "This means that some device on the local Ethernet is using a MAC address in " "a format that FreeBSD does not recognize. This is probably caused by " @@ -5612,31 +5612,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2469 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I keep seeing messages like: 192.168.0.10 is on fxp1 but got reply from 00:15:17:67:cf:82 on rl0, and how do I disable it?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2473 msgid "" "A packet is coming from outside the network unexpectedly. To disable them, " "set `net.link.ether.inet.log_arp_wrong_iface` to `0`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2475 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I compile an IPv6 only kernel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2478 msgid "Configure your kernel with these settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include GENERIC\n" @@ -5647,24 +5647,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2489 #, no-wrap msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "What is a sandbox?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2496 msgid "\"Sandbox\" is a security term. It can mean two things:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2498 msgid "" "A process which is placed inside a set of virtual walls that are designed to " "prevent someone who breaks into the process from being able to break into " @@ -5672,7 +5672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2501 msgid "" "The process is only able to run inside the walls. Since nothing the process " "does in regards to executing code is supposed to be able to breach the " @@ -5681,14 +5681,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2504 msgid "" "The walls might be a user ID, for example. This is the definition used in " "the man:security[7] and man:named[8] man pages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2509 msgid "" "Take the `ntalk` service, for example (see man:inetd[8]). This service used " "to run as user ID `root`. Now it runs as user ID `tty`. The `tty` user is " @@ -5698,7 +5698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2511 msgid "" "A process which is placed inside a simulation of the machine. It means that " "someone who is able to break into the process may believe that he can break " @@ -5707,7 +5707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2513 msgid "" "The most common way to accomplish this is to build a simulated environment " "in a subdirectory and then run the processes in that directory chrooted so " @@ -5716,7 +5716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "" "Another common use is to mount an underlying file system read-only and then " "create a file system layer on top of it that gives a process a seemingly " @@ -5726,28 +5726,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2518 msgid "" "An attempt is made to make this sort of sandbox so transparent that the user " "(or hacker) does not realize that he is sitting in it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2521 msgid "" "UNIX(R) implements two core sandboxes. One is at the process level, and one " "is at the userid level." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2524 msgid "" "Every UNIX(R) process is completely firewalled off from every other UNIX(R) " "process. One process cannot modify the address space of another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "A UNIX(R) process is owned by a particular userid. If the user ID is not " "the `root` user, it serves to firewall the process off from processes owned " @@ -5755,13 +5755,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2530 #, no-wrap msgid "What is securelevel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2536 msgid "" "`securelevel` is a security mechanism implemented in the kernel. When the " "securelevel is positive, the kernel restricts certain tasks; not even the " @@ -5770,46 +5770,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2538 msgid "Unset certain file flags, such as `schg` (the system immutable flag)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2539 msgid "" "Write to kernel memory via [.filename]#/dev/mem# and [.filename]#/dev/kmem#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2540 msgid "Load kernel modules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2541 msgid "Alter firewall rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2543 msgid "To check the status of the securelevel on a running system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2547 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl -n kern.securelevel\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2551 msgid "" "The output contains the current value of the securelevel. If it is greater " "than 0, at least some of the securelevel's protections are enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2554 msgid "" "The securelevel of a running system cannot be lowered as this would defeat " "its purpose. If a task requires that the securelevel be non-positive, " @@ -5818,21 +5818,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2556 msgid "" "For more information on securelevel and the specific things all the levels " "do, consult man:init[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2561 msgid "" "Securelevel is not a silver bullet; it has many known deficiencies. More " "often than not, it provides a false sense of security." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2565 msgid "" "One of its biggest problems is that in order for it to be at all effective, " "all files used in the boot process up until the securelevel is set must be " @@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2569 msgid "" "This point and others are often discussed on the mailing lists, particularly " "the {freebsd-security}. Search the archives link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/" @@ -5856,13 +5856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2572 #, no-wrap msgid "What is this UID 0 toor account? Have I been compromised?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2579 msgid "" "Do not worry. `toor` is an \"alternative\" superuser account, where toor is " "root spelled backwards. It is intended to be used with a non-standard shell " @@ -5877,7 +5877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2582 msgid "" "Some people use `toor` for day-to-day `root` tasks with a non-standard " "shell, leaving `root`, with a standard shell, for single-user mode or " @@ -5887,39 +5887,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2584 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2587 msgid "" "This section answers common questions about serial communications with " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2589 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I get the boot: prompt to show on the serial console?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2592 msgid "" "See extref:{handbook}serialcomms/[this section of the Handbook, " "serialconsole-setup]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2594 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I tell if FreeBSD found my serial ports or modem cards?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "" "As the FreeBSD kernel boots, it will probe for the serial ports for which " "the kernel is configured. Either watch the boot messages closely or run " @@ -5927,7 +5927,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2605 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% grep -E '^(sio|uart)[0-9]' < /var/run/dmesg.boot\n" @@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2611 msgid "" "This example shows two serial ports. The first is on IRQ4, port address " "`0x3f8`, and has a 16550-type UART chip. The second uses the same kind of " @@ -5947,7 +5947,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2614 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes support for two serial ports using " "the same IRQ and port address settings in the above example. If these " @@ -5957,13 +5957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2616 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I access the serial ports on FreeBSD? (x86-specific)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2620 msgid "" "The third serial port, [.filename]#sio2#, or [.filename]#COM3#, is on [." "filename]#/dev/cuad2# for dial-out devices, and on [.filename]#/dev/ttyd2# " @@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2626 msgid "" "When opening [.filename]#/dev/ttydX# in blocking mode, a process will wait " "for the corresponding [.filename]#cuadX# device to become inactive, and then " @@ -5986,13 +5986,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2628 #, no-wrap msgid "How do I enable support for a multi-port serial card?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2636 msgid "" "The section on kernel configuration provides information about configuring " "the kernel. For a multi-port serial card, place an man:sio[4] line for each " @@ -6003,20 +6003,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2640 #, no-wrap msgid "options COM_MULTIPORT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2643 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# example is for an AST 4-port " "serial card on IRQ 12:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2659 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hint.sio.4.at=\"isa\"\n" @@ -6035,33 +6035,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2662 msgid "" "The flags indicate that the master port has minor number `7` (`0x700`), and " "all the ports share an IRQ (`0x001`)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2664 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I set the default serial parameters for a port?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2667 msgid "" "See the extref:{handbook}serialcomms/[Serial Communications, serial-hw-" "config] section in the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2669 #, no-wrap msgid "Why can I not run tip or cu?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2673 msgid "" "The built-in man:tip[1] and man:cu[1] utilities can only access the [." "filename]#/var/spool/lock# directory via user `uucp` and group `dialer`. " @@ -6070,14 +6070,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2675 msgid "" "Alternatively, everyone can be configured to run man:tip[1] and man:cu[1] by " "typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chmod 4511 /usr/bin/cu\n" @@ -6085,19 +6085,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2683 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous Questions" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2686 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD uses a lot of swap space even when the computer has free memory left. Why?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2690 msgid "" "FreeBSD will proactively move entirely idle, unused pages of main memory " "into swap in order to make more main memory available for active use. This " @@ -6105,7 +6105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2693 msgid "" "Note that while FreeBSD is proactive in this regard, it does not arbitrarily " "decide to swap pages when the system is truly idle. Thus, the system will " @@ -6113,13 +6113,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2695 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does top show very little free memory even when I have very few programs running?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2702 msgid "" "The simple answer is that free memory is wasted memory. Any memory that " "programs do not actively allocate is used within the FreeBSD kernel as disk " @@ -6131,13 +6131,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2704 #, no-wrap msgid "Why will `chmod` not change the permissions on symlinks?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2708 msgid "" "Symlinks do not have permissions, and by default, man:chmod[1] will follow " "symlinks to change the permissions on the source file, if possible. For the " @@ -6146,18 +6146,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2712 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod g-w bar\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2715 msgid "However, the permissions on [.filename]#bar# will not have changed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2718 msgid "" "When changing modes of the file hierarchies rooted in the files instead of " "the files themselves, use either `-H` or `-L` together with `-R` to make " @@ -6165,7 +6165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2725 msgid "" "`-R` does a _recursive_ man:chmod[1]. Be careful about specifying " "directories or symlinks to directories to man:chmod[1]. To change the " @@ -6177,33 +6177,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2729 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod 555 foo/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2732 msgid "" "With the trailing slash, man:chmod[1] will follow the symlink, [." "filename]#foo#, to change the permissions of the directory, [.filename]#bar#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2735 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I run DOS binaries under FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2739 msgid "" "Yes. A DOS emulation program, package:emulators/doscmd[], is available in " "the FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2742 msgid "" "If doscmd will not suffice, package:emulators/pcemu[] emulates an 8088 and " "enough BIOS services to run many DOS text-mode applications. It requires " @@ -6211,7 +6211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2745 msgid "" "The Ports Collection also has package:emulators/dosbox[]. The main focus of " "this application is emulating old DOS games using the local file system for " @@ -6219,26 +6219,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2747 #, no-wrap msgid "What do I need to do to translate a FreeBSD document into my native language?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2750 msgid "" "See the extref:{fdp-primer}[Translation FAQ, translations] in the FreeBSD " "Documentation Project Primer." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2752 #, no-wrap msgid "Why does my email to any address at FreeBSD.org bounce?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2756 msgid "" "The `FreeBSD.org` mail system implements some Postfix checks on incoming " "mail and rejects mail that is either from misconfigured relays or otherwise " @@ -6246,40 +6246,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2758 msgid "" "The IP address of the SMTP client must \"reverse-resolve\" to a forward " "confirmed hostname." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2759 msgid "" "The fully-qualified hostname given in the SMTP conversation (either HELO or " "EHLO) must resolve to the IP address of the client." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2761 msgid "Other advice to help mail reach its destination include:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2763 msgid "" "Mail should be sent in plain text, and messages sent to mailing lists should " "generally be no more than 200KB in length." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2765 msgid "" "Avoid excessive cross posting. Choose _one_ mailing list which seems most " "relevant and send it there." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2769 msgid "" "If you still have trouble with email infrastructure at `FreeBSD.org`, send a " "note with the details to mailto:postmaster@freebsd.org[postmaster@freebsd." @@ -6289,13 +6289,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2771 #, no-wrap msgid "Where can I find a free FreeBSD account?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2775 msgid "" "While FreeBSD does not provide open access to any of their servers, others " "do provide open access UNIX(R) systems. The charge varies and limited " @@ -6303,7 +6303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2782 msgid "" "http://www.arbornet.org/[Arbornet, Inc], also known as _M-Net_, has been " "providing open access to UNIX(R) systems since 1983. Starting on an Altos " @@ -6316,13 +6316,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2784 #, no-wrap msgid "What is the cute little red guy's name?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2789 msgid "" "He does not have one, and is just called \"the BSD daemon\". If you insist " "upon using a name, call him \"beastie\". Note that \"beastie\" is " @@ -6330,20 +6330,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2791 msgid "" "More about the BSD daemon is available on his http://www.mckusick.com/" "beastie/index.html[home page]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2793 #, no-wrap msgid "Can I use the BSD daemon image?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2798 msgid "" "Perhaps. The BSD daemon is copyrighted by Marshall Kirk McKusick. Check " "his http://www.mckusick.com/beastie/mainpage/copyright.html[Statement on the " @@ -6351,7 +6351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2802 msgid "" "In summary, the image can be used in a tasteful manner, for personal use, so " "long as appropriate credit is given. Before using the logo commercially, " @@ -6360,37 +6360,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2804 #, no-wrap msgid "Do you have any BSD daemon images I could use?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2807 msgid "" "Xfig and eps drawings are available under [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/" "BSD_daemon/#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2809 #, no-wrap msgid "I have seen an acronym or other term on the mailing lists and I do not understand what it means. Where should I look?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2812 msgid "Refer to the extref:{handbook}glossary/[FreeBSD Glossary]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2814 #, no-wrap msgid "Why should I care what color the bikeshed is?" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2820 msgid "" "The really, really short answer is that you should not. The somewhat longer " "answer is that just because you are capable of building a bikeshed does not " @@ -6402,7 +6402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2823 msgid "" "The longer and more complete answer is that after a very long argument about " "whether man:sleep[1] should take fractional second arguments, {phk} posted a " @@ -6412,12 +6412,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2826 msgid "“What is it about this bike shed?” some of you have asked me." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2830 msgid "" "It is a long story, or rather it is an old story, but it is quite short " "actually. C. Northcote Parkinson wrote a book in the early 1960s, called " @@ -6426,14 +6426,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2834 msgid "" "In the specific example involving the bike shed, the other vital component " "is an atomic power-plant, I guess that illustrates the age of the book." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2836 msgid "" "Parkinson shows how you can go into the board of directors and get approval " "for building a multi-million or even billion dollar atomic power plant, but " @@ -6442,7 +6442,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2839 msgid "" "Parkinson explains that this is because an atomic plant is so vast, so " "expensive and so complicated that people cannot grasp it, and rather than " @@ -6453,7 +6453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2844 msgid "" "A bike shed on the other hand. Anyone can build one of those over a " "weekend, and still have time to watch the game on TV. So no matter how well " @@ -6463,7 +6463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2850 msgid "" "In Denmark we call it “setting your fingerprint”. It is about personal " "pride and prestige, it is about being able to point somewhere and say " @@ -6472,25 +6472,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2852 msgid "" "--Poul-Henning Kamp on freebsd-hackers, October 2, 1999" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2855 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Funnies" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2858 #, no-wrap msgid "How cool is FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2863 msgid "" "_Q._ Has anyone done any temperature testing while running FreeBSD? I know " "Linux(R) runs cooler than DOS, but have never seen a mention of FreeBSD. It " @@ -6498,7 +6498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2870 msgid "" "_A._ No, but we have done numerous taste tests on blindfolded volunteers who " "have also had 250 micrograms of LSD-25 administered beforehand. 35% of the " @@ -6512,7 +6512,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2873 msgid "" "Seriously, FreeBSD uses the HLT (halt) instruction when the system is idle " "thus lowering its energy consumption and therefore the heat it generates. " @@ -6521,13 +6521,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2875 #, no-wrap msgid "Who is scratching in my memory banks??" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2879 msgid "" "_Q._ Is there anything \"odd\" that FreeBSD does when compiling the kernel " "which would cause the memory to make a scratchy sound? When compiling (and " @@ -6537,7 +6537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2883 msgid "" "_A._ Yes! You will see frequent references to \"daemons\" in the BSD " "documentation, and what most people do not know is that this refers to " @@ -6548,7 +6548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2888 msgid "" "If the noise gets to you, a good `fdisk /mbr` from DOS will get rid of them, " "but do not be surprised if they react adversely and try to stop you. In " @@ -6562,67 +6562,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2890 #, no-wrap msgid "How many FreeBSD hackers does it take to change a lightbulb?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2893 msgid "One thousand, one hundred and sixty-nine:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2895 msgid "Twenty-three to complain to -CURRENT about the lights being out;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2897 msgid "" "Four to claim that it is a configuration problem, and that such matters " "really belong on -questions;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2899 msgid "" "Three to submit PRs about it, one of which is misfiled under doc and " "consists only of \"it's dark\";" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2901 msgid "" "One to commit an untested lightbulb which breaks buildworld, then back it " "out five minutes later;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2903 msgid "" "Eight to flame the PR originators for not including patches in their PRs;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2905 msgid "Five to complain about buildworld being broken;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2907 msgid "" "Thirty-one to answer that it works for them, and they must have updated at a " "bad time;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2909 msgid "One to post a patch for a new lightbulb to -hackers;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2911 msgid "" "One to complain that he had patches for this three years ago, but when he " "sent them to -CURRENT they were just ignored, and he has had bad experiences " @@ -6630,7 +6630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2913 msgid "" "Thirty-seven to scream that lightbulbs do not belong in the base system, " "that committers have no right to do things like this without consulting the " @@ -6638,22 +6638,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2915 msgid "Two hundred to complain about the color of the bicycle shed;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2917 msgid "Three to point out that the patch breaks man:style[9];" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2919 msgid "Seventeen to complain that the proposed new lightbulb is under GPL;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2921 msgid "" "Five hundred and eighty-six to engage in a flame war about the comparative " "advantages of the GPL, the BSD license, the MIT license, the NPL, and the " @@ -6661,61 +6661,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2923 msgid "Seven to move various portions of the thread to -chat and -advocacy;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2925 msgid "" "One to commit the suggested lightbulb, even though it shines dimmer than the " "old one;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2927 msgid "" "Two to back it out with a furious flame of a commit message, arguing that " "FreeBSD is better off in the dark than with a dim lightbulb;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2929 msgid "" "Forty-six to argue vociferously about the backing out of the dim lightbulb " "and demanding a statement from -core;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2931 msgid "" "Eleven to request a smaller lightbulb so it will fit their Tamagotchi if we " "ever decide to port FreeBSD to that platform;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2933 msgid "" "Seventy-three to complain about the SNR on -hackers and -chat and " "unsubscribe in protest;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2935 msgid "" "Thirteen to post \"unsubscribe\", \"How do I unsubscribe?\", or \"Please " "remove me from the list\", followed by the usual footer;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2937 msgid "" "One to commit a working lightbulb while everybody is too busy flaming " "everybody else to notice;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2939 msgid "" "Thirty-one to point out that the new lightbulb would shine 0.364% brighter " "if compiled with TenDRA (although it will have to be reshaped into a cube), " @@ -6723,59 +6723,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2941 msgid "One to complain that the new lightbulb lacks fairings;" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2943 msgid "Nine (including the PR originators) to ask \"what is MFC?\";" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2945 msgid "" "Fifty-seven to complain about the lights being out two weeks after the bulb " "has been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2947 msgid "_{nik} adds:_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2949 msgid "_I was laughing quite hard at this._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2951 msgid "" "_And then I thought, \"Hang on, shouldn't there be '1 to document it.' in " "that list somewhere?\"_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2953 msgid "_And then I was enlightened :-)_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2955 msgid "" "_{tabthorpe}_ says: \"None, _real_ FreeBSD hackers are not afraid of the " "dark!\"" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2957 #, no-wrap msgid "Where does data written to [.filename]#/dev/null# go?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2963 msgid "" "It goes into a special data sink in the CPU where it is converted to heat " "which is vented through the heatsink / fan assembly. This is why CPU " @@ -6793,12 +6793,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2965 msgid "_Paul Robinson adds:_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2971 msgid "" "There are other methods. As every good sysadmin knows, it is part of " "standard practice to send data to the screen of interesting variety to keep " @@ -6812,7 +6812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2975 msgid "" "To take your suggestions further, you could just throw the random data to " "console, thereby letting the pixies consume it. This causes no heat to be " @@ -6821,7 +6821,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2979 msgid "" "Incidentally, as an ex-admin of a large ISP who experienced many problems " "attempting to maintain a stable temperature in a server room, I would " @@ -6831,48 +6831,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2981 #, no-wrap msgid "My colleague sits at the computer too much, how can I prank her?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2984 msgid "Install package:games/sl[] and wait for her to mistype `sl` for `ls`." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2986 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2989 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I learn more about FreeBSD's internals?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2992 msgid "See the extref:{arch-handbook}[FreeBSD Architecture Handbook]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2994 msgid "" "Additionally, much general UNIX(R) knowledge is directly applicable to " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2996 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I contribute to FreeBSD? What can I do to help?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:2999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3000 msgid "" "We accept all types of contributions: documentation, code, and even art. " "See the article on extref:{contributing}[Contributing to FreeBSD] for " @@ -6880,18 +6880,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3002 msgid "And thanks for the thought!" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3004 #, no-wrap msgid "What are snapshots and releases?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3008 msgid "" "There are currently {rel-numbranch} active/semi-active branches in the " "FreeBSD http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/[Subversion Repository]. (Earlier " @@ -6900,29 +6900,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3010 msgid "{rel2-releng} AKA {rel2-stable}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3011 msgid "{rel-releng} AKA {rel-stable}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3012 msgid "{rel-head-releng} AKA _-CURRENT_ AKA {rel-head}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3015 msgid "" "`HEAD` is not an actual branch tag. It is a symbolic constant for the " "current, non-branched development stream known as _-CURRENT_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3017 msgid "" "Right now, _-CURRENT_ is the {rel-head-relx} development stream; the {rel-" "stable} branch, {rel-releng}, forked off from _-CURRENT_ in {rel-relengdate} " @@ -6931,18 +6931,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3019 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I make the most of the data I see when my kernel panics?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3022 msgid "Here is typical kernel panic:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3038 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Fatal trap 12: page fault while in kernel mode\n" @@ -6961,7 +6961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3043 msgid "" "This message is not enough. While the instruction pointer value is " "important, it is also configuration dependent as it varies depending on the " @@ -6972,12 +6972,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3045 msgid "To proceed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3050 msgid "" "Write down the instruction pointer value. Note that the `0x8:` part at the " "beginning is not significant in this case: it is the `0xf0xxxxxx` part that " @@ -6985,18 +6985,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3051 msgid "When the system reboots, do the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3055 #, no-wrap msgid "% nm -n kernel.that.caused.the.panic | grep f0xxxxxx\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3060 msgid "" "where `f0xxxxxx` is the instruction pointer value. The odds are you will " "not get an exact match since the symbols in the kernel symbol table are for " @@ -7006,13 +7006,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3064 #, no-wrap msgid "% nm -n kernel.that.caused.the.panic | grep f0xxxxx\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3070 msgid "" "If that does not yield any results, chop off another digit. Repeat until " "there is some sort of output. The result will be a possible list of " @@ -7021,7 +7021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3074 msgid "" "However, the best way to track down the cause of a panic is by capturing a " "crash dump, then using man:kgdb[1] to generate a stack trace on the crash " @@ -7029,70 +7029,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3076 msgid "In any case, the method is this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3080 msgid "" "Make sure that the following line is included in the kernel configuration " "file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3084 #, no-wrap msgid "makeoptions DEBUG=-g # Build kernel with gdb(1) debug symbols\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3087 msgid "Change to the [.filename]#/usr/src# directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3091 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3094 msgid "Compile the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3098 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3101 msgid "Wait for man:make[1] to finish compiling." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3105 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3108 msgid "Reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3113 msgid "" "If `KERNCONF` is not included, the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel will instead " "be built and installed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3118 msgid "" "The man:make[1] process will have built two kernels. [.filename]#/usr/obj/" "usr/src/sys/MYKERNEL/kernel# and [.filename]#/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/MYKERNEL/" @@ -7102,7 +7102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3123 msgid "" "To capture a crash dump, edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and set `dumpdev` to " "point to either the swap partition or `AUTO`. This will cause the man:rc[8] " @@ -7114,7 +7114,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3131 msgid "" "FreeBSD crash dumps are usually the same size as physical RAM. Therefore, " "make sure there is enough space in [.filename]#/var/crash# to hold the " @@ -7127,12 +7127,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3134 msgid "Once the crash dump has been recovered , get a stack trace as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% kgdb /usr/obj/usr/src/sys/MYKERNEL/kernel.debug /var/crash/vmcore.0\n" @@ -7140,7 +7140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3146 msgid "" "Note that there may be several screens worth of information. Ideally, use " "man:script[1] to capture all of them. Using the unstripped kernel image " @@ -7152,7 +7152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3150 msgid "" "If a second computer is available, man:kgdb[1] can be configured to do " "remote debugging, including setting breakpoints and single-stepping through " @@ -7160,7 +7160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3157 msgid "" "If `DDB` is enabled and the kernel drops into the debugger, a panic and a " "crash dump can be forced by typing `panic` at the `ddb` prompt. It may stop " @@ -7169,13 +7169,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3160 #, no-wrap msgid "Why has dlsym() stopped working for ELF executables?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3164 msgid "" "The ELF toolchain does not, by default, make the symbols defined in an " "executable visible to the dynamic linker. Consequently `dlsym()` searches " @@ -7184,7 +7184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3166 msgid "" "To search, using `dlsym()`, for symbols present in the main executable of a " "process, link the executable using the `--export-dynamic` option to the ELF " @@ -7192,13 +7192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3168 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I increase or reduce the kernel address space on i386?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3172 msgid "" "By default, the kernel address space is 1 GB (2 GB for PAE) for i386. When " "running a network-intensive server or using ZFS, this will probably not be " @@ -7206,33 +7206,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3174 msgid "" "Add the following line to the kernel configuration file to increase " "available space and rebuild the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3178 #, no-wrap msgid "options KVA_PAGES=N\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3182 msgid "" "To find the correct value of _N_, divide the desired address space size (in " "megabytes) by four. (For example, it is `512` for 2 GB.)" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3184 #, no-wrap msgid "Acknowledgments" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3188 msgid "" "This innocent little Frequently Asked Questions document has been written, " "rewritten, edited, folded, spindled, mutilated, eviscerated, contemplated, " @@ -7242,7 +7242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/faq/_index.adoc:3189 msgid "" "We wish to thank every one of the people responsible, and we encourage you " "to extref:{contributing}[join them] in making this FAQ even better." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.po index 98dce2722d..b9e821d4d7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Install link:https://github.com/dense-analysis/ale[Ale] to integrate into " -"package:editors/vim[], for using package:textproc/vale[]" +"package:editors/vim[], for using package:textproc/vale[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.po index 865c00c295..b8051b7894 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-02-01 09:20-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This is the first section in my article." msgstr "" -#. type: Title == +#. type: Title === #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/examples/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "My First Sub-Section" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.po index d1d5080dce..06772c5459 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:121 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:189 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "Install a local working copy of the documentation from the FreeBSD " "repository in [.filename]#~/doc# (see crossref:working-copy[working-copy,The " @@ -252,15 +252,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:125 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "% git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git ~/doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:128 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:196 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major " "changes, consult the mailing list for input." @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap -msgid "*_Always_* build and test the changes before submitting them. Running `make` in the top-level directory of the documentation will generate that documentation in HTML format.\n" +msgid "*_Always_* build and review the changes before submitting them. Running `make` in the `documentation` or `website` subdirectories will generate the documentation in HTML format.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 @@ -288,17 +288,44 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:140 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:208 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:292 +msgid "To reduce compile time, only one language can be compiled:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% make DOC_LANG=en\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:147 +msgid "" +"The build output is stored in [.filename]#~/documentation/public/articles/# " +"and [.filename]#~/documentation/public/books/#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:149 +msgid "" +"Review the build output and ensure the edits are free from typos, layout " +"problems, or errors. If any errors are found during the build process, edit " +"the problematic files to fix any issues that show up, then run the build " +"command again until all errors are resolved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "Add all the files with `git add .`, then review the diff with `git diff`. " "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:145 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:213 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git add .\n" @@ -306,18 +333,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:148 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:216 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "Make sure that all required files are included, then commit the change to " "your local branch and generate a patch with `git format-patch`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:153 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:221 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git commit\n" @@ -325,9 +352,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:157 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:225 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Patch generated with `git format-patch` will include author identity and " "email addresses, making it easier for developers to apply (with `git am`) " @@ -335,9 +362,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:162 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:230 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "To make it easier for committers to apply the patch on their working copy of " "the documentation tree, please generate the [.filename]#.diff# from the base " @@ -345,14 +372,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "In the example above, changes have been made to the *bsdinstall* portion of " "the Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Submit the patch or diff file using the web-based https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/" "bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation[Problem Report] system. If " @@ -365,19 +392,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "GNU/Linux installation process" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:177 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:259 msgid "Hugo version 0.90 or higher must be used" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "Install these packages in apt-based systems like Debian or Ubuntu. On other " "GNU/Linux distributions the package names may change. Consult your " @@ -385,14 +412,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "# apt install hugo ruby-asciidoctor ruby-asciidoctor-pdf ruby-rouge git bmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:199 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "Review the output and edit the files to fix any problems shown, then rerun " "the command to find any remaining problems. Repeat until all of the errors " @@ -400,23 +427,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "Always build and test the changes before submitting them. Running `bmake` in " -"the top-level directory of the documentation will generate that " +"the `documentation` or `website` subdirectories will generate the " "documentation in HTML format." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "% bmake run LOCALBASE=/usr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "Submit the patch or diff file using the web-based https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/" "bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation[Problem Report] system. If " @@ -429,81 +456,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS(R) installation process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "Install these packages using link:https://brew.sh/[Homebrew] and link:" "https://rubygems.org/[RubyGem]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "$ brew install hugo ruby git bmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:269 msgid "Add Ruby to the Path." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"$ echo 'export GEM_PATH=\"/usr/local/lib/ruby/gems/3.1.0\"' >> ~/.zshrc\n" +"$ echo 'export GEM_PATH=\"$(gem environment gemdir)\"' >> ~/.zshrc\n" "$ echo 'export PATH=\"$(brew --prefix ruby)/bin:$PATH\"' >> ~/.zshrc\n" "$ source ~/.zshrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:278 msgid "Install the rouge package using RubyGem." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "$ sudo gem install rouge asciidoctor asciidoctor-pdf asciidoctor-epub3\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "$ git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git ~/doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap -msgid "$ bmake run LOCALBASE=/usr USE_RUBYGEMS=YES\n" +msgid "$ bmake run LOCALBASE=/opt/homebrew USE_RUBYGEMS=YES\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:339 msgid "The FDP is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD documentation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "_Handbook_: The Handbook is the comprehensive online resource and reference " "for FreeBSD users." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "_FAQ_: The FAQ uses a short question and answer format to address questions " "that are frequently asked on the various mailing lists and forums devoted to " @@ -511,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "_Manual pages_: The English language system manual pages are usually not " "written by the FDP, as they are part of the base system. However, the FDP " @@ -520,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "_Web site_: This is the main FreeBSD presence on the web, visible at https://" "www.freebsd.org/[https://www.FreeBSD.org/] and many mirrors around the " @@ -528,42 +555,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Translation teams are responsible for translating the Handbook and web site " "into different languages. Manual pages are not translated at present." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "Documentation source for the FreeBSD web site, Handbook, and FAQ is " "available in the documentation repository at `https://cgit.freebsd.org/doc/`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Source for manual pages is available in a separate source repository located " "at `https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "Documentation commit messages are visible with `git log`. Commit messages " "are also archived at link:{dev-commits-doc-all}." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "Web frontends to both of these repositories are available at https://cgit." "freebsd.org/doc/[] and https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/overview/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" "Many people have written tutorials or how-to articles about FreeBSD. Some " "are stored as part of the FDP files. In other cases, the author has decided " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.po index 93538b0986..f5e9fecb74 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ msgid "" "of The FreeBSD Foundation *freebsd* should be written as *FreeBSD*. Similar " "to that care should be taken to be respective to other's brand value and " "write PostgreSQL, Node.js, Let's Encrypt etc. Missing brand names should be " -"added to the [.filename]#.vale/styles/FreeBSD/BrandTerms.yml#\" in the `doc` " +"added to the [.filename]#.vale/styles/FreeBSD/BrandTerms.yml# in the `doc` " "repository." msgstr "" @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ msgid "" "is controversial so at the moment the list of words are being evaluated and " "the severity level is marked as warning on. In case a frequently used word " "is marked as weasel word it should be removed from [.filename]#.vale/styles/" -"FreeBSD/Weasel.yml#\" in the `doc` repository." +"FreeBSD/Weasel.yml# in the `doc` repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" "ignore the FreeBSD specific terms. At the moment the list is a basic one " "with minimal words just as a proof of concept but if any word is found to be " "correct and not available in the dictionary the word should be added to the " -"[.filename]#.vale/styles/FreeBSD/spelling-exceptions.txt#\" in the `doc` " +"[.filename]#.vale/styles/FreeBSD/spelling-exceptions.txt# in the `doc` " "repository." msgstr "" @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/fdp-primer/writing-style/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Considering the fact that `doc` repository was cloned into [.filename]#~/" -"doc#\" the following commands are required to run:" +"doc# the following commands are required to run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po index c5acaaaa16..730f66a2b0 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,111 +35,111 @@ msgid "Chapter 33. Advanced Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:55 msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:57 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:59 msgid "The basics of gateways and routes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to set up USB tethering." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to set up IEEE(R) 802.11 and Bluetooth(R) devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to set up network PXE booting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to set up IPv6 on a FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy " "Protocol (CARP) in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Configure bluetooth headset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Understand the basics of the [.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Gateways and Routes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "_Routing_ is the mechanism that allows a system to find the network path to " "another system. A _route_ is a defined pair of addresses which represent " @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates " "how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some " @@ -161,18 +161,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Routing Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:93 msgid "To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use man:netstat[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -r\n" @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -197,18 +197,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:113 msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "default" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "The first route in this table specifies the `default` route. When the local " "system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it checks the routing " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the " "system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway " "to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service " @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "localhost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The second route is the `localhost` route. The interface specified in the " "`Netif` column for `localhost` is [.filename]#lo0#, also known as the " @@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "MAC address" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "The addresses beginning with `0:e0:` are MAC addresses. FreeBSD will " "automatically identify any hosts, `test0` in the example, on the local " @@ -271,13 +271,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "subnet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this " "example, `10.20.30.255` is the broadcast address for the subnet `10.20.30` " @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically " "configured by a daemon called man:routed[8]. If it is not running, only " @@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The `host1` line refers to the host by its Ethernet address. Since it is " "the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface ([." @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "The two `host2` lines represent aliases which were created using man:" "ifconfig[8]. The `=>` symbol after the [.filename]#lo0# interface says that " @@ -318,151 +318,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "224" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:155 msgid "The final line (destination subnet `224`) deals with multicasting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "Various attributes of each route can be seen in the `Flags` column. " "<> summarizes some of these flags and their meanings:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap -msgid "Command" +msgid "Flag" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "U" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "The route is active (up)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "H" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "The route destination is a single host." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "G" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out from there where to send it." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "S" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "This route was statically configured." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "C" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This type of route is normally used for local networks." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "W" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "L" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "On a FreeBSD system, the default route can defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf# by specifying the IP address of the default gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:196 msgid "It is also possible to manually add the route using `route`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add default 10.20.30.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more " "information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to man:" @@ -470,13 +470,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a " "network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must " "be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice " @@ -497,20 +497,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "To enable routing now, set the man:sysctl[8] variable `net.inet.ip." "forwarding` to `1`. To stop routing, reset this variable to `0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to " "reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static " @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes " "with the standard BSD routing daemon man:routed[8], which provides the " @@ -530,18 +530,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:235 msgid "Consider the following network:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "static-routes.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "In this scenario, `RouterA` is a FreeBSD machine that is acting as a router " "to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route set to `10.0.0.1` which " @@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "Before adding any static routes, the routing table on `RouterA` looks like " "this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -nr\n" @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "With the current routing table, `RouterA` does not have a route to the " "`192.168.2.0/24` network. The following command adds the `Internal Net 2` " @@ -585,13 +585,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Now, `RouterA` can reach any host on the `192.168.2.0/24` network. However, " "the routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "The `static_routes` configuration variable is a list of strings separated by " "a space, where each string references a route name. The variable " @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Using more than one string in `static_routes` creates multiple static " "routes. The following shows an example of adding static routes for the " @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "" "static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:290 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1366 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider " "configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be " @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and " "defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main " @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites " "that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a " @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are " "unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "When using `traceroute`, include the address of the remote host to connect " "to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of the attempt, " @@ -688,13 +688,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "Multicast Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast " "routing. Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in " @@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "options MROUTING\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "The multicast routing daemon, mrouted can be installed using the package:net/" "mrouted[] package or port. This daemon implements the DVMRP multicast " @@ -720,26 +720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "DVMRP has largely been replaced by the PIM protocol in many multicast " "installations. Refer to man:pim[4] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Networking Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Most wireless networks are based on the IEEE(R) 802.11 standards. A basic " "wireless network consists of multiple stations communicating with radios " @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "802.11 networks are organized in two ways. In _infrastructure mode_, one " "station acts as a master with all the other stations associating to it, the " @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "802.11 networks were first deployed in the 2.4GHz band using protocols " "defined by the IEEE(R) 802.11 and 802.11b standard. These specifications " @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Separate from the underlying transmission techniques, 802.11 networks have a " "variety of security mechanisms. The original 802.11 specifications defined " @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "The other standard to be aware of is 802.11e. It defines protocols for " "deploying multimedia applications, such as streaming video and voice over IP " @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports networks that operate using 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g. " "The WPA and 802.11i security protocols are likewise supported (in " @@ -826,27 +826,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Connecting a computer to an existing wireless network is a very common " "situation. This procedure shows the steps required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "Obtain the SSID (Service Set Identifier) and PSK (Pre-Shared Key) for the " "wireless network from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "Identify the wireless adapter. The FreeBSD [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel " "includes drivers for many common wireless adapters. If the wireless adapter " @@ -855,25 +855,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl net.wlan.devices\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "If a wireless adapter is not listed, an additional kernel module might be " "required, or it might be a model not supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:391 msgid "This example shows the Atheros `ath0` wireless adapter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "Add an entry for this network to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf#. If " "the file does not exist, create it. Replace _myssid_ and _mypsk_ with the " @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -891,13 +891,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "Add entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to configure the network on startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -905,32 +905,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "Restart the computer, or restart the network service to connect to the " "network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "To use wireless networking, a wireless networking card is needed and the " "kernel needs to be configured with the appropriate wireless networking " @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "The most commonly used wireless devices are those that use parts made by " "Atheros. These devices are supported by man:ath[4] and require the " @@ -947,13 +947,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "The Atheros driver is split up into three separate pieces: the driver (man:" "ath[4]), the hardware support layer that handles chip-specific functions " @@ -965,13 +965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "if_wi_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "The examples in this section use an man:ath[4] device and the device name in " "the examples must be changed according to the configuration. A list of " @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "In addition, the modules that implement cryptographic support for the " "security protocols to use must be loaded. These are intended to be " @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlan_wep_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "Once this information has been added to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, " "reboot the FreeBSD box. Alternately, load the modules by hand using man:" @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "For users who do not want to use modules, it is possible to compile these " "drivers into the kernel by adding the following lines to a custom kernel " @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device wlan # 802.11 support\n" @@ -1038,21 +1038,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "With this information in the kernel configuration file, recompile the kernel " "and reboot the FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "Information about the wireless device should appear in the boot messages, " "like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ath0: mem 0x88000000-0x8800ffff irq 11 at device 0.0 on cardbus1\n" @@ -1061,13 +1061,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Correct Region" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "Since the regulatory situation is different in various parts of the world, " "it is necessary to correctly set the domains that apply to your location to " @@ -1075,37 +1075,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "The available region definitions can be found in [.filename]#/etc/regdomain." "xml#. To set the data at runtime, use `ifconfig`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 regdomain ETSI country AT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:508 msgid "To persist the settings, add it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc create_args_wlan0=\"country AT regdomain ETSI\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "Infrastructure Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "Infrastructure (BSS) mode is the mode that is typically used. In this mode, " "a number of wireless access points are connected to a wired network. Each " @@ -1114,19 +1114,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "How to Find Access Points" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:528 msgid "" "To scan for available networks, use man:ifconfig[8]. This request may take " "a few moments to complete as it requires the system to switch to each " @@ -1139,7 +1139,8 @@ msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" -"# ifconfig wlan0 up scan\n" +"# ifconfig wlan0 up\n" +"# ifconfig wlan0 scan\n" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" "dlinkap 00:13:46:49:41:76 11 54M -90:96 100 EPS WPA WME\n" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -83:96 100 EPS WPA\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po index 0427e69384..66e75502d7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 18. Security Event Auditing" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Event Auditing" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. " "Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event " "auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit " @@ -68,54 +68,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:63 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:65 msgid "What event auditing is and how it works." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant " "system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as Xorg-based " @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs " "of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large " @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:89 msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "_event_: an auditable event is any event that can be logged using the audit " "subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of a " @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "_class_: a named set of related events which are used in selection " "expressions. Commonly used classes of events include \"file creation\" (fc), " @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "_record_: an audit log entry describing a security event. Records contain a " "record event type, information on the subject (user) performing the action, " @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "_trail_: a log file consisting of a series of audit records describing " "security events. Trails are in roughly chronological order with respect to " @@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "_selection expression_: a string containing a list of prefixes and audit " "event class names used to match events." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "_preselection_: the process by which the system identifies which events are " "of interest to the administrator. The preselection configuration uses a " @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "_reduction_: the process by which records from existing audit trails are " "selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, the process by " @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base " "FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the [." @@ -230,43 +230,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:110 msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "# service auditd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line " "in their custom kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tAUDIT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Event Selection Expressions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit " "configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions " @@ -276,393 +276,393 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:130 msgid "<> summarizes the default audit event classes:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "Default Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "Class Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "all" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Match all event classes." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "aa" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "authentication and authorization" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "ad" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "administrative" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "ap" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "application" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Application defined action." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "cl" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "file close" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit calls to the `close` system call." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "ex" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "exec" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and environmental variables is controlled via man:audit_control[5] using the `argv` and `envv` parameters to the `policy` setting." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "fa" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute access" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit the access of object attributes such as man:stat[1] and man:pathconf[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "fc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "file create" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "fd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "file delete" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "fm" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute modify" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by man:chown[8], man:chflags[1], and man:flock[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "fr" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "file read" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "fw" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "file write" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "io" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "ioctl" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit use of the `ioctl` system call." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "ipc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes and System V IPC operations." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "lo" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "login_logout" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit man:login[1] and man:logout[1] events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "na" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "non attributable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit non-attributable events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "no" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "invalid class" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Match no audit events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "nt" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "network" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events related to network actions such as man:connect[2] and man:accept[2]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "ot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "other" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit miscellaneous events." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "pc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "process" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit process operations such as man:exec[3] and man:exit[3]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the [." "filename]#audit_class# and [.filename]#audit_event# configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether " "successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or " @@ -671,118 +671,118 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "^" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "^+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "^-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event " "will be audited." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "The following example selection string selects both successful and failed " "login/logout events, but only successful execution events:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "lo,+ex\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in [." "filename]#/etc/security#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_class#: contains the definitions of the audit classes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_control#: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, such as " "default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume, " @@ -790,21 +790,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_event#: textual names and descriptions of system audit " "events and a list of which classes each event is in." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_user#: user-specific audit requirements to be combined " "with the global defaults at login." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_warn#: a customizable shell script used by man:auditd[8] " "to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such as when space " @@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as " "errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "In most cases, administrators will only need to modify [." "filename]#audit_control# and [.filename]#audit_user#. The first file " @@ -829,20 +829,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_control# File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in [." "filename]#audit_control#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dir:/var/audit\n" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "The `dir` entry is used to set one or more directories where audit logs will " "be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they will be used in " @@ -866,14 +866,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "If the `dist` field is set to `on` or `yes`, hard links will be created to " "all trail files in [.filename]#/var/audit/dist#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "The `flags` field sets the system-wide default preselection mask for " "attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed login/" @@ -882,14 +882,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "The `minfree` entry defines the minimum percentage of free space for the " "file system where the audit trail is stored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "The `naflags` entry specifies audit classes to be audited for non-attributed " "events, such as the login/logout process and authentication and " @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "The `policy` entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy flags " "controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The `cnt` indicates that the " @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "The `filesz` entry specifies the maximum size for an audit trail before " "automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value of `0` " @@ -916,20 +916,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "The `expire-after` field specifies when audit log files will expire and be " "removed." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_user# File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users " "in [.filename]#audit_user#. Each line configures auditing for a user via " @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful " "command execution for `root` and file creation and successful command " @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root:lo,+ex:no\n" @@ -957,13 +957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Working with Audit Trails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "Since audit trails are stored in the BSM binary format, several built-in " "tools are available to modify or convert these trails to text. To convert " @@ -975,25 +975,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain " "text:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:346 msgid "Where _AUDITFILE_ is the audit log to dump." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which " "`praudit` prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is of a specific " @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n" @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "This audit represents a successful `execve` call, in which the command " "`finger doug` has been run. The `exec arg` token contains the processed " @@ -1031,13 +1031,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "XML output format is also supported and can be selected by including `-x`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected " "using `auditreduce`. This example selects all audit records produced for " @@ -1045,13 +1045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "Members of the `audit` group have permission to read audit trails in [." "filename]#/var/audit#. By default, this group is empty, so only the `root` " @@ -1063,13 +1063,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the " "live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of " @@ -1081,13 +1081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /dev/auditpipe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the `root` user. " "To make them accessible to the members of the `audit` group, add a `devfs` " @@ -1095,20 +1095,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "See man:devfs.rules[5] for more information on configuring the devfs file " "system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of " "each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For " @@ -1120,13 +1120,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, " "man:auditd[8]. Administrators should not attempt to use man:newsyslog." @@ -1139,38 +1139,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "# audit -n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "If man:auditd[8] is not currently running, this command will fail and an " "error message will be produced." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "Adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/crontab# will schedule this " "rotation every twelve hours:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:437 msgid "The change will take effect once [.filename]#/etc/crontab# is saved." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible " "using `filesz` in [.filename]#audit_control# as described in <\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 3. FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD " "operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any UNIX(R)-like " @@ -56,73 +56,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How UNIX(R) file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to use basic text editors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 msgid "What devices and device nodes are." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to read manual pages for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical " "environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login " @@ -130,19 +130,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "login:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The first line contains some information about the system. The `amd64` " "indicates that the system in this example is running a 64-bit version of " @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish " "between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to " @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during " "system installation, as described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers," @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (MOTD) will be " "displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was " @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user " "working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will " @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for " "inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell " @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "The key combinations kbd:[Alt+F1] through kbd:[Alt+F8] have been reserved by " "FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use kbd:[Alt+F1] to switch " @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen " "output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and " @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "Refer to man:kbdcontrol[1], man:vidcontrol[1], man:atkbd[4], man:syscons[4], " "and man:vt[4] for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and " @@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this " "section of `/etc/ttys`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (`+#+`) at the beginning " "of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the " @@ -275,20 +275,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available " "options for the virtual consoles, refer to man:ttys[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "Single User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as \"Boot Single User\". " "If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known " @@ -303,14 +303,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of `/" "etc/ttys`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "By default, the status is set to `secure`. This assumes that who has " "physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled " @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "_Be careful when changing this setting to `insecure`!_ If the `root` " "password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but " @@ -342,13 +342,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Console Video Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, " "1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To " @@ -356,26 +356,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vesa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use man:" "vidcontrol[1]. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol -i mode\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the " "hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using man:" @@ -383,32 +383,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol MODE_279\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by " "adding it to `/etc/rc.conf`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Users and Basic Account Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While " "only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one " @@ -417,60 +417,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:220 msgid "This chapter describes:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:222 msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed " "to access." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all " "processes are run by users, user and account management is important." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and " "the superuser account." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "System Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web " "servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the " @@ -478,14 +478,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "Examples of system accounts are `daemon`, `operator`, `bind`, `news`, and " "`www`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "`nobody` is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more " "services that use `nobody`, the more files and processes that user will " @@ -493,13 +493,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the " "system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user " @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the " "system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and " @@ -516,20 +516,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated " "with it:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "User name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The user name is typed at the `login:` prompt. Each user must have a unique " "user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which " @@ -539,24 +539,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:263 msgid "Each account has an associated password." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "User ID (UID)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "The User ID (UID) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the " "FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first " @@ -565,13 +565,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Group ID (GID)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "The Group ID (GID) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group " "that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to " @@ -582,13 +582,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Login class" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide " "additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login " @@ -597,13 +597,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Password change time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be " "enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their " @@ -611,13 +611,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Account expiration time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that " "need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the " @@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "User's full name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not " "necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this " @@ -642,13 +642,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is " "the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is " @@ -658,13 +658,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "User shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the " "system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will " @@ -672,13 +672,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "The Superuser Account" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "The superuser account, usually called `root`, is used to manage the system " "with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used " @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and " "misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User " @@ -697,21 +697,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since " "an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as " "`root`, this is highly discouraged." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Instead, use man:su[1] to become the superuser. If `-` is specified when " "running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's " @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run `make " "install` as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command " @@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% configure\n" @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "The built-in man:su[1] framework works well for single systems or small " "networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install " @@ -759,13 +759,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. " "The most common commands are summarized in <>, " @@ -774,103 +774,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "man:adduser[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rmuser[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chpass[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "man:passwd[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "man:bsdconfig[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "A system configuration utility with account management support." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a user" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "The recommended program for adding new users is man:adduser[8]. When a new " "user is added, this program automatically updates `/etc/passwd` and `/etc/" @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "The man:adduser[8] utility is interactive and walks through the steps for " "creating a new user account. As seen in <>, either " @@ -892,13 +892,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# adduser\n" @@ -933,66 +933,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the " "password when creating the user account." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing a user" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "To completely remove a user from the system, run man:rmuser[8] as the " "superuser. This command performs the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:441 msgid "Removes the user's man:crontab[1] entry, if one exists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:442 msgid "Removes any man:at[1] jobs belonging to the user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:443 msgid "Sends a SIGKILL signal to all processes owned by the user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:444 msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "Removes the user's home directory (if it is owned by the user), including " "handling of symbolic links in the path to the actual home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:446 msgid "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from `/var/mail`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "Removes all files owned by the user from `/tmp`, `/var/tmp`, and `/var/tmp/" "vi.recover`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in `/etc/group`. " "(If a group becomes empty and the group name is the same as the username, " @@ -1001,33 +1001,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Removes all message queues, shared memory segments and semaphores owned by " "the user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "man:rmuser[8] cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is " "almost always an indication of massive destruction." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "`rmuser` Interactive Account Removal" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rmuser jru\n" @@ -1039,13 +1039,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:470 #, no-wrap msgid "Change user information" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "Any user can use man:chpass[1] to change their default shell and personal " "information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this " @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, man:chpass[1] " "displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from " @@ -1061,14 +1061,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, " "unless the utility is run as the superuser." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "In <>, the superuser has typed `chpass jru` and " "is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user. If `jru` runs " @@ -1077,13 +1077,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1104,13 +1104,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Regular User" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:532 msgid "" "The commands man:chfn[1] and man:chsh[1] are links to man:chpass[1], as are " "man:ypchpass[1], man:ypchfn[1], and man:ypchsh[1]. Since NIS support is " @@ -1133,13 +1133,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "Change user password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "Any user can easily change their password using man:passwd[1]. To prevent " "accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's " @@ -1147,13 +1147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Your Password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when " "running man:passwd[1]. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will " @@ -1175,13 +1175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# passwd jru\n" @@ -1193,20 +1193,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "As with man:chpass[1], man:yppasswd[1] is a link to man:passwd[1], so NIS " "works with either command." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "Create, remove, modify and display system users and groups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "The man:pw[8] utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and " "groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. " @@ -1216,13 +1216,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:586 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Groups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and " "GID. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the UID of a process, and the list of " @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "The group name to GID mapping is listed in `/etc/group`. This is a plain " "text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the group " @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "The superuser can modify `/etc/group` using a text editor, although editing " "the group file using man:vigr[8] is preferred because it can catch some " @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Care must be taken when using the operator group, as unintended superuser-" "like access privileges may be granted, including but not limited to " @@ -1260,13 +1260,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd teamtwo\n" @@ -1275,20 +1275,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "In this example, `1100` is the GID of `teamtwo`. Right now, `teamtwo` has " "no members. This command will add `jru` as a member of `teamtwo`." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru\n" @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "The argument to `-M` is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new " "(empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, " @@ -1310,13 +1310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -m db\n" @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "In this example, the argument to `-m` is a comma-delimited list of users who " "are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are " @@ -1333,13 +1333,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:id[1] to Determine Group Membership" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% id jru\n" @@ -1347,25 +1347,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:662 msgid "In this example, `jru` is a member of the groups `jru` and `teamtwo`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "For more information about this command and the format of `/etc/group`, " "refer to man:pw[8] and man:group[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions " "and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these " @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "This section discusses the traditional UNIX(R) permissions used in FreeBSD. " "For finer-grained file system access control, refer to crossref:security[fs-" @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "In UNIX(R), basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: " "read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file " @@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. " "When reading the \"Directory Listing\" column, a `-` is used to represent a " @@ -1405,175 +1405,175 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "Permission" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Listing" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "0" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "`---`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "`--x`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w-`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "`-wx`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "`r--`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "`r-x`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, no execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "`rw-`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "`rwx`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "Use the `-l` argument with man:ls[1] to view a long directory listing that " "includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, " @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ls -l\n" @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Focusing on the line for `myfile`, the first `(leftmost)` character " "indicates whether this file is a regular file, a directory, a special " @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most " "hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. " @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute " "permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different " @@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on " "the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is " @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special " "circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more " @@ -1647,13 +1647,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "Symbolic Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign " "permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of " @@ -1661,196 +1661,196 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "Letter" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "Represents" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:781 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "(who)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "u" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "User" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "g" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "Group owner" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "o" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "a" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "All (\"world\")" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:789 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:793 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "(action)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "=" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "Explicitly set permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:801 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:805 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:809 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:813 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "(permissions)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "r" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Read" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "w" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "Write" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "x" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "Execute" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "t" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "Sticky bit" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "s" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "Set UID or GID" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "These values are used with man:chmod[1], but with letters instead of " "numbers. For example, the following command would block both members of the " @@ -1858,13 +1858,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go= FILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to " "a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group " @@ -1873,19 +1873,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go-w,a+x FILE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD File Flags" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of \"file " "flags\". These flags add an additional level of security and control over " @@ -1894,50 +1894,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "File flags are modified using man:chflags[1]. For example, to enable the " "system undeletable flag on the file `file1`, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags sunlink file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a \"no\" in front of the " "`sunlink`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags nosunlink file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:858 msgid "To view the flags of a file, use `-lo` with man:ls[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -lo file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the `root` user. In " "other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to man:chflags[1] " @@ -1945,13 +1945,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "The setuid, setgid, and sticky Permissions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific " "settings that all administrators should know about. They are the `setuid`, " @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "These settings are important for some UNIX(R) operations as they provide " "functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the " @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "The real user ID is the UID who owns or starts the process. The effective " "UID is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, man:passwd[1] runs " @@ -1978,44 +1978,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:888 msgid "" "The setuid permission may be added symbolically by adding the `s` permission " "for the user as in the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod u+s suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:895 msgid "" "The setuid permission may also be set by prefixing a permission set with the " "number four (4) as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:902 msgid "The permissions on `suidexample.sh` now look like the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "Note that a `s` is now part of the permission set designated for the file " "owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need " @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "The `nosuid` man:mount[8] option will cause such binaries to silently fail " "without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a " @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type `passwd` as a " "normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and " @@ -2039,12 +2039,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:922 msgid "In terminal A:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" @@ -2052,18 +2052,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:930 msgid "In terminal B:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps aux | grep passwd\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes 5232 0.0 0.2 3420 1608 0 R+ 2:10AM 0:00.00 grep passwd\n" @@ -2071,14 +2071,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "Although man:passwd[1] is run as a normal user, it is using the effective " "UID of `root`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "The `setgid` permission performs the same function as the `setuid` " "permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application " @@ -2087,44 +2087,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "To set the `setgid` permission on a file symbolically, add the `s` " "permission for the group with man:chmod[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:952 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod g+s sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:955 msgid "Alternatively, provide man:chmod[1] with a leading two (2):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:959 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "In the following listing, notice that the `s` is now in the field designated " "for the group permission settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:966 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable " "file, it will not run with a different EUID or effective user ID. This is " @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "The `setuid` and `setgid` permission bits may lower system security, by " "allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the " @@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:980 msgid "" "When the `sticky bit` is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by " "the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public " @@ -2149,49 +2149,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:984 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod +t /tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:987 msgid "Alternatively, prefix the permission set with a one (1):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 1777 /tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "The `sticky bit` permission will display as a `t` at the very end of the " "permission set:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -al / | grep tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Structure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1012 msgid "" "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall " "understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, \"/" @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted " "onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further " @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in man:" "hier[7]. The following table provides a brief overview of the most common " @@ -2224,410 +2224,410 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1030 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1622 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "`/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "Root directory of the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "`/bin/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "`/boot/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "`/boot/defaults/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1041 #, no-wrap msgid "Default boot configuration files. Refer to man:loader.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "`/dev/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1044 #, no-wrap msgid "Device special files managed by man:devfs[5]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "System configuration files and scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/defaults/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "Default system configuration files. Refer to man:rc[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1051 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/periodic/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via man:cron[8]. Refer to man:periodic[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "`/lib/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "Critical system libraries needed for binaries in `/bin` and `/sbin`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1057 #, no-wrap msgid "`/libexec/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "Critical system files" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "`/media/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "Contains subdirectories to be used as mount points for removable media such as CDs, USB drives, and floppy disks" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1063 #, no-wrap msgid "`/mnt/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "`/net/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1068 #, no-wrap msgid "Automounted NFS shares; see man:auto_master[5]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1069 #, no-wrap msgid "`/proc/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "Process file system. Refer to man:procfs[5], man:mount_procfs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1072 #, no-wrap msgid "`/rescue/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1074 #, no-wrap msgid "Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in man:rescue[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "`/root/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory for the `root` account." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "`/sbin/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap msgid "System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "`/tmp/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually _not_ preserved across a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at `/tmp`. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of man:rc.conf[5] or with an entry in `/etc/fstab`; refer to man:mdmfs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1086 #, no-wrap msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1087 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/bin/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/include/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "Standard C include files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/lib/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "Archive libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/libdata/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/libexec/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/local/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework. Within `/usr/local`, the general layout sketched out by man:hier[7] for `/usr` should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is directly under `/usr/local` rather than under `/usr/local/share`, and the ports documentation is in `share/doc/port`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/ports/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/sbin/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1110 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/share/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "Architecture-independent files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/src/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD and/or local source files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/log/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous system log files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/tmp/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1125 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Organization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the " "filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that `readme.txt` and " @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it " "may contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other " @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "" "Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, " "followed by a forward slash, `/`, followed by any other directory names that " @@ -2659,13 +2659,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1145 #, no-wrap msgid "File systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system " "contains exactly one directory at the very top level, called the _root " @@ -2677,7 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1156 msgid "" "Consider three file systems, called `A`, `B`, and `C`. Each file system has " "one root directory, which contains two other directories, called `A1`, `A2` " @@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "Call `A` the root file system. If man:ls[1] is used to view the contents of " "this directory, it will show two subdirectories, `A1` and `A2`. The " @@ -2693,21 +2693,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1162 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1167 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory tree with the root directory and two subdirectories" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "" "A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. " "When mounting file system `B` on to the directory `A1`, the root directory " @@ -2715,13 +2715,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1166 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "Any files that are in the `B1` or `B2` directories can be reached with the " "path `/A1/B1` or `/A1/B2` as necessary. Any files that were in `/A1` have " @@ -2729,23 +2729,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "If `B` had been mounted on `A2` then the diagram would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "and the paths would be `/A2/B1` and `/A2/B2` respectively." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last " "example, the `C` file system could be mounted on top of the `B1` directory " @@ -2753,33 +2753,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1182 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "A complex directory tree. With different subdirectories hanging from root." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "Or `C` could be mounted directly on to the `A` file system, under the `A1` " "directory:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to " "create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one " @@ -2787,13 +2787,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1190 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1192 msgid "" "Different file systems can have different _mount options_. For example, the " "root file system can be mounted read-only, making it impossible for users to " @@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, " "depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that " @@ -2814,7 +2814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at " "a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By " @@ -2823,13 +2823,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1195 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefit of a Single File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1197 msgid "" "File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install " "FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to " @@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "" "FreeBSD features the man:growfs[8] command, which makes it possible to " "increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this limitation. A " @@ -2850,13 +2850,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1207 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "File systems are contained in _partitions_. Disks are divided into " "partitions using one of several partitioning schemes; see <> shows a conceptual model of a disk layout " "using MBR slices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices if using MBR, and create " "partitions within the slice to be used for FreeBSD. If using GPT, configure " @@ -3012,164 +3012,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1275 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Device Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1279 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Device Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1282 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE hard drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1284 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1285 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI hard drives and USB storage devices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1287 #, no-wrap msgid "`da`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "NVMe storage" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "`nvd` or `nda`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1291 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE CD-ROM drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1294 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "`cd`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1294 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI CD-ROM drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "Floppy drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1299 #, no-wrap msgid "`fd`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1300 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI tape drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "`sa`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID drives" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1304 #, no-wrap msgid "Examples include `aacd` for Adaptec(R) AdvancedRAID, `mlxd` and `mlyd` for Mylex(R), `amrd` for AMI MegaRAID(R), `idad` for Compaq Smart RAID, `twed` for 3ware(R) RAID." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1309 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1316 #, no-wrap msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1317 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada0s1a`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1319 #, no-wrap msgid "The first partition (`a`) on the first slice (`s1`) on the first SATA disk (`ada0`)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "`da1s2e`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1321 #, no-wrap msgid "The fifth partition (`e`) on the second slice (`s2`) on the second SCSI disk (`da1`)." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1332 msgid "" "This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first SATA disk attached to the " "system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains an 80 GB slice " @@ -3180,7 +3180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "" "The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition `a` is used for the " "root file system, `d` for `/var/`, `e` for `/tmp/`, and `f` for `/usr/`. " @@ -3189,25 +3189,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1337 #, no-wrap msgid "Layout of a shared drive between Windows and FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1337 #, no-wrap msgid "disk-layout.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at `/`. `/" "dev`, `/usr`, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, " @@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1348 msgid "" "There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate " "file systems. `/var` contains the directories `log/`, `spool/`, and various " @@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1350 msgid "" "Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file " "systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are " @@ -3235,13 +3235,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1352 #, no-wrap msgid "The fstab File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1356 msgid "" "During the boot process (crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process]), " "file systems listed in `/etc/fstab` are automatically mounted except for the " @@ -3250,54 +3250,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1360 #, no-wrap msgid "device /mount-point fstype options dumpfreq passno\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "`device`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "An existing device name as explained in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "`mount-point`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1367 msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "`fstype`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "The file system type to pass to man:mount[8]. The default FreeBSD file " "system is `ufs`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1372 #, no-wrap msgid "`options`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1376 msgid "" "Either `rw` for read-write file systems, or `ro` for read-only file systems, " "followed by any other options that may be needed. A common option is " @@ -3306,26 +3306,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "`dumpfreq`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Used by man:dump[8] to determine which file systems require dumping. If the " "field is missing, a value of zero is assumed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1381 #, no-wrap msgid "`passno`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1387 msgid "" "Determines the order in which UFS file systems should be checked by man:" "fsck[8] after a reboot. File systems that should be skipped should have " @@ -3337,72 +3337,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "Refer to man:fstab[5] for more information on the format of `/etc/fstab` and " "its options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1391 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:mount[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "" "File systems are mounted using man:mount[8]. The most basic syntax is as " "follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1401 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount device mountpoint\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1405 msgid "" "A file system listed in `/etc/fstab` can also be mounted by providing just " "the mountpoint." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1408 msgid "" "This command provides many options which are described in man:mount[8]. The " "most commonly used options include:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1409 #, no-wrap msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1410 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "Mount all the file systems listed in `/etc/fstab`, except those marked as " "\"noauto\", excluded by the `-t` flag, or those that are already mounted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1416 msgid "" "Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is " "useful in conjunction with the `-v` flag to determine what man:mount[8] is " @@ -3410,13 +3410,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1417 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of " "write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write " @@ -3424,95 +3424,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1420 #, no-wrap msgid "`-r`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1423 msgid "Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using `-o ro`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1424 #, no-wrap msgid "``-t _fstype_``" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1427 msgid "" "Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given " "type, if `-a` is included. \"ufs\" is the default file system type." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1428 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "Update mount options on the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1431 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1433 msgid "Be verbose." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1434 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1436 msgid "Mount the file system read-write." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1438 msgid "The following options can be passed to `-o` as a comma-separated list:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1439 #, no-wrap msgid "nosuid" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1442 msgid "" "Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a " "useful security option." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1444 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:umount[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1448 msgid "" "To unmount a file system use man:umount[8]. This command takes one " "parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, `-a` or `-A`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1451 msgid "" "All forms take `-f` to force unmounting, and `-v` for verbosity. Be warned " "that `-f` is not generally a good idea as it might crash the computer or " @@ -3520,7 +3520,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1454 msgid "" "To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed " "after `-t`, use `-a` or `-A`. Note that `-A` does not attempt to unmount " @@ -3528,13 +3528,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1456 #, no-wrap msgid "Processes and Daemons" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1461 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any " "one time is called a _process_. Every running command starts at least one " @@ -3543,7 +3543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1467 msgid "" "Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a _process ID_ " "(PID). Similar to files, each process has one owner and group, and the " @@ -3556,7 +3556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1474 msgid "" "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and " "disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web " @@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1480 msgid "" "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a " "trailing \"d\". For example, BIND is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but " @@ -3580,13 +3580,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1481 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing Processes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1486 msgid "" "To see the processes running on the system, use man:ps[1] or man:top[1]. To " "display a static list of the currently running processes, their PIDs, how " @@ -3597,14 +3597,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1489 msgid "" "By default, man:ps[1] only shows the commands that are running and owned by " "the user. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ps\n" @@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1506 msgid "" "The output from man:ps[1] is organized into a number of columns. The `PID` " "column displays the process ID. PIDs are assigned starting at 1, go up to " @@ -3628,7 +3628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1509 msgid "" "A number of different options are available to change the information that " "is displayed. One of the most useful sets is `auxww`, where `a` displays " @@ -3640,12 +3640,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1511 msgid "The output from man:top[1] is similar:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1521 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% top\n" @@ -3658,7 +3658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1534 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PID USERNAME THR PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE C TIME WCPU COMMAND\n" @@ -3676,7 +3676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six " "lines) shows the PID of the last process to run, the system load averages " @@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to " "the output from man:ps[1], such as the PID, username, amount of CPU time, " @@ -3701,20 +3701,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1548 msgid "" "man:top[1] automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different " "interval can be specified with `-s`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "Killing Processes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1556 msgid "" "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a " "_signal_ using man:kill[1]. There are a number of different signals; some " @@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "" "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application " "is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, " @@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "" "Two signals can be used to stop a process: `SIGTERM` and `SIGKILL`. " "`SIGTERM` is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the " @@ -3747,7 +3747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1567 msgid "" "`SIGKILL` cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a `SIGKILL` to a process " "will usually stop that process there and then. footnote:[There are a few " @@ -3759,7 +3759,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1570 msgid "" "Other commonly used signals are `SIGHUP`, `SIGUSR1`, and `SIGUSR2`. Since " "these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond " @@ -3767,7 +3767,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1575 msgid "" "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web " "server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting `httpd` " @@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1582 msgid "" "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, man:" "init[8], PID 1, is special. Running `/bin/kill -s KILL 1` is a quick, and " @@ -3787,13 +3787,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1585 #, no-wrap msgid "Shells" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1592 msgid "" "A _shell_ provides a command line interface for interacting with the " "operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and " @@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1597 msgid "" "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might " "feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as man:tcsh[1]. A Linux(R) " @@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1602 msgid "" "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the " "first few letters of a command or filename and presses kbd:[Tab], the shell " @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1608 msgid "" "But the shell only shows `rm foo`. It was unable to complete the filename " "because both `foobar` and `football` start with `foo`. Some shells sound a " @@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1614 msgid "" "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. " "Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's " @@ -3848,151 +3848,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1616 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Environment Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1620 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "`USER`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1625 #, no-wrap msgid "Current logged in user's name." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1626 #, no-wrap msgid "`PATH`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1628 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1629 #, no-wrap msgid "`DISPLAY`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1631 #, no-wrap msgid "Network name of the Xorg display to connect to, if available." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1632 #, no-wrap msgid "`SHELL`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1634 #, no-wrap msgid "The current shell." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERM`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1637 #, no-wrap msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1638 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERMCAP`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1640 #, no-wrap msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1641 #, no-wrap msgid "`OSTYPE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1643 #, no-wrap msgid "Type of operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1644 #, no-wrap msgid "`MACHTYPE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "The system's CPU architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1647 #, no-wrap msgid "`EDITOR`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1649 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred text editor." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1650 #, no-wrap msgid "`PAGER`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1652 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1653 #, no-wrap msgid "`MANPATH`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1654 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1660 msgid "" "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In man:tcsh[1] " "and man:csh[1], use `setenv` to set environment variables. In man:sh[1] and " @@ -4002,24 +4002,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1664 #, no-wrap msgid "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1667 msgid "The equivalent command for `bash` would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1671 #, no-wrap msgid "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1675 msgid "" "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type " "a `$` character in front of its name on the command line. For example, " @@ -4027,7 +4027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1680 msgid "" "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special " "representations of data. The most common meta-character is `\\*`, which " @@ -4038,7 +4038,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1683 msgid "" "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from " "the shell by starting it with a backslash (`\\`). For example, `echo $TERM` " @@ -4047,13 +4047,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1685 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use `chsh`. " "Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the `EDITOR` " @@ -4062,20 +4062,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1693 msgid "" "Alternately, use `chsh -s` which will set the specified shell without " "opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to `bash`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1697 #, no-wrap msgid "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash\n" msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1701 +msgid "" +"Enter your password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change your " +"shell. Log off and log in again to start using the new shell." +msgstr "" + #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1707 msgid "" "The new shell _must_ be present in `/etc/shells`. If the shell was " "installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in crossref:" @@ -4085,24 +4092,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1711 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1714 msgid "Then, rerun man:chsh[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1716 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1720 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful " "tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect " @@ -4112,7 +4119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1723 msgid "" "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a " "command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the " @@ -4120,13 +4127,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1727 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls > directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "The directory contents will now be listed in `directory_listing.txt`. Some " "commands can be used to read input, such as man:sort[1]. To sort this " @@ -4134,13 +4141,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1736 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "" "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input " "into another file, one could redirect the output of man:sort[1] by mixing " @@ -4148,13 +4155,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1744 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1752 msgid "" "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection " "using file descriptors. Every UNIX(R) system has file descriptors, which " @@ -4167,7 +4174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to " "be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. " @@ -4175,7 +4182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1758 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) pipe operator, \"|\" allows the output of one command to be " "directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows " @@ -4184,13 +4191,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1762 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1766 msgid "" "In that example, the contents of `directory_listing.txt` will be sorted and " "the output passed to man:less[1]. This allows the user to scroll through " @@ -4198,13 +4205,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1768 #, no-wrap msgid "Text Editors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1772 msgid "" "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files, so it is a good " "idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as " @@ -4212,7 +4219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1779 msgid "" "A simple editor to learn is man:ee[1], which stands for easy editor. To " "start this editor, type `ee _filename_` where _filename_ is the name of the " @@ -4225,7 +4232,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1784 msgid "" "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as man:vi[1], as " "part of the base system. Other editors, like package:editors/emacs[] and " @@ -4236,7 +4243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "" "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will " "automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the " @@ -4244,13 +4251,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1789 #, no-wrap msgid "Devices and Device Nodes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1794 msgid "" "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, " "including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD " @@ -4259,27 +4266,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1797 msgid "" "Each device has a device name and number. For example, `ada0` is the first " "SATA hard drive, while `kbd0` represents the keyboard." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1799 msgid "" "Most devices in FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device " "nodes, which are located in `/dev`." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1801 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Pages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1806 msgid "" "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual " "pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference " @@ -4288,78 +4295,78 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1810 #, no-wrap msgid "% man command\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1814 msgid "" "where _command_ is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to " "learn more about man:ls[1], type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1818 #, no-wrap msgid "% man ls\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1822 msgid "" "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. " "In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1824 msgid "User commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1825 msgid "System calls and error numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "Functions in the C libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "Device drivers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1828 msgid "File formats." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "Games and other diversions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "Miscellaneous information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "System maintenance and operation commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "System kernel interfaces." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the " "online manual. For example, there is a `chmod` user command and a `chmod()` " @@ -4368,13 +4375,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap msgid "% man 1 chmod\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1844 msgid "" "This will display the manual page for the user command man:chmod[1]. " "References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally " @@ -4383,32 +4390,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "" "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use `man -k` to search for " "keywords in the manual page descriptions:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1850 #, no-wrap msgid "% man -k mail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "" "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword \"mail\" in " "their descriptions. This is equivalent to using man:apropos[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1856 msgid "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in `/usr/sbin`, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1861 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -4416,12 +4423,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1864 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -4429,13 +4436,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1872 #, no-wrap msgid "GNU Info Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free " "Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may " @@ -4445,18 +4452,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1879 msgid "To use man:info[1], type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1883 #, no-wrap msgid "% info\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1886 msgid "" "For a brief introduction, type `h`. For a quick command reference, type `?`." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po index 3fff4cc88d..d64c1c111d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Appendix B. Bibliography" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:16 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Bibliography" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of " "the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces " @@ -51,110 +51,110 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:56 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Bibliography" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:59 #, no-wrap msgid "*Absolute FreeBSD: The Complete Guide To FreeBSD*, Third Edition, published by link:https://nostarch.com/absfreebsd3[No Starch Press], 2018. ISBN: 978-1593278922\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:60 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Storage Essentials*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/freebsd-mastery-storage-essentials/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1642350098\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Specialty Filesystems*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmspf/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350111\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: ZFS*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmzfs/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350005\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Advanced ZFS*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmaz/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2016. ISBN: 978-0692688687\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Jails*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmjail/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2019. ISBN: 978-1642350241\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Device Drivers: A Guide for the Intrepid*, published by link:https://nostarch.com/bsddrivers.htm[No Starch Press], 2012. ISBN: 978-1593272043\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 #, no-wrap msgid "*The Design And Implementation Of The Freebsd Operating System*, Second Edition, published by link:https://www.pearson.com/store/p/design-and-implementation-of-the-freebsd-operating-system-the/P200000000463/9780321968975[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2014. ISBN: 978-0321968975\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 #, no-wrap msgid "*UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook*, Fifth Edition, published by link:https://www.pearson.com/en-us/subject-catalog/p/unix-and-linux-system-administration-handbook/P200000000513/9780137460359[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2017. ISBN: 978-0134277554\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 #, no-wrap msgid "*Designing BSD Rootkits*, published by link:https://nostarch.com/rootkits.htm[No Starch Press], 2007. ISBN: 978-1593271428\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Jails using VNETs*, published in link:https://rderik.gumroad.com/l/uwOLZ[gumroad]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Reference" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "*The Book of PF: A No-Nonsense Guide to the OpenBSD Firewall*, Third Edition, published by link:https://nostarch.com/pf3[No Starch Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1593275891\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "*SSH Mastery: OpenSSH, PuTTY, Tunnels, and Keys*, Second Edition, 2018. ISBN: 978-1642350029\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) History" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Lion, John _Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code_. ITP Media " "Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Raymond, Eric S. _The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition_. MIT Press, " "1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/" @@ -162,14 +162,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Salus, Peter H. _A quarter century of UNIX_. Addison-Wesley Publishing " "Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. _The UNIX-HATERS " "Handbook_. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of " @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Don Libes, Sandy Ressler _Life with UNIX_ - special edition. Prentice-Hall, " "Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "_The BSD family tree_. https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-" "family-tree[https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-family-tree] or " @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 msgid "_Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "_Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)_. http://" "www.mckusick.com/csrg/[http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/]: The 4CD set covers " @@ -208,34 +208,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Kernighan, Brian _Unix: A History and a Memoir_. Kindle Direct Publishing, " "2020. ISBN 978-169597855-3" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "https://www.admin-magazin.de/[Admin Magazin] (in German), published by " "Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "https://www.bsdnow.tv/[BSD Now - Video Podcast], published by Jupiter " "Broadcasting LLC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/[FreeBSD Journal], published " "by S&W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po index a6abe845c6..fe3d28dd8c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 14. The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is " "referred to as \"the bootstrap process\", or \"booting\". FreeBSD's boot " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It " "demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything " @@ -68,49 +68,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:62 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will recognize:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in " "order to control the boot process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 msgid "The basics of setting device hints." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a " "FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and " "amd64 systems." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting " "dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until " @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "This problem parallels one in the book The Adventures of Baron Munchausen. " "A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and pulled himself out by " @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) is responsible for " "loading the operating system. The BIOS looks on the hard disk for the " @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older MBR standard, and the newer " "GUID Partition Table (GPT). GPT partitioning is often found on computers " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "The code within the MBR is typically referred to as a _boot manager_, " "especially when it interacts with the user. The boot manager usually has " @@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ msgstr "" #. There is extref:{faq}[a frequently asked question] about GRUB. Beyond the answer there, // #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "Users of GRUB should refer to https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub-" "documentation.html[GNU-provided documentation]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "If only one operating system is installed, the MBR searches for the first " "bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to " @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. " "The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state " @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize " "them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes " @@ -204,27 +204,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to " "interact with the FreeBSD boot process." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "The Boot Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "The boot manager code in the MBR is sometimes referred to as _stage zero_ of " "the boot process. By default, FreeBSD uses the boot0 boot manager." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "The MBR installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on [.filename]#/boot/" "boot0#. The size and capability of boot0 is restricted to 446 bytes due to " @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot0# Screenshot" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "" "F1 Win\n" @@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Default: F2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "Other operating systems will overwrite an existing MBR if they are installed " "after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the existing MBR with the " @@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "where _device_ is the boot disk, such as [.filename]#ad0# for the first IDE " "disk, [.filename]#ad2# for the first IDE disk on a second IDE controller, or " @@ -277,13 +277,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage One and Stage Two" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on " "the same area of the disk. Due to space constraints, they have been split " @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the " "boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where boot0, or any " @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "The first stage, [.filename]#boot1#, is very simple, since it can only be " "512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD _bsdlabel_, which " @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Stage two, [.filename]#boot2#, is slightly more sophisticated, and " "understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a " @@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot2# Screenshot" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "To replace the installed [.filename]#boot1# and [.filename]#boot2#, use " "`bsdlabel`, where _diskslice_ is the disk and slice to boot from, such as [." @@ -343,13 +343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -B diskslice\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "If just the disk name is used, such as [.filename]#ad0#, `bsdlabel` will " "create the disk in \"dangerously dedicated mode\", without slices. This is " @@ -358,20 +358,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage Three" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "The loader is the final stage of the three-stage bootstrap process. It is " "located on the file system, usually as [.filename]#/boot/loader#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "The loader is intended as an interactive method for configuration, using a " "built-in command set, backed up by a more powerful interpreter which has a " @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "During initialization, loader will probe for a console and for disks, and " "figure out which disk it is booting from. It will set variables " @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "The loader will then read [.filename]#/boot/loader.rc#, which by default " "reads in [.filename]#/boot/defaults/loader.conf# which sets reasonable " @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "Finally, by default, loader issues a 10 second wait for key presses, and " "boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If interrupted, the user is " @@ -410,202 +410,202 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Built-In Commands" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "autoboot _seconds_" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "boot [`-options`] [`kernelname`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an `unload` has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be used. If _kernelname_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "boot-conf" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified variables, most commonly `kernel`. This only makes sense if `unload` is used first, before changing some variables." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "help [`_topic_`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows help messages read from [.filename]#/boot/loader.help#. If the topic given is `index`, the list of available topics is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "include `_filename_` ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error immediately stops the `include`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "load [-t ``_type_``] `_filename_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the specified filename. Any arguments after _filename_ are passed to the file. If _filename_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "ls [-l] [``_path_``]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the path is not specified. If `-l` is specified, file sizes will also be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "lsdev [`-v`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are printed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "lsmod [`-v`]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays loaded modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are shown." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "more `_filename_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays the files specified, with a pause at each `LINES` displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "reboot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Immediately reboots the system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "set `_variable_`, set `_variable=value_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Sets the specified environment variables." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "unload" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Removes all loaded modules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel " "in single-user mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid " boot -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or " "another, specified kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "" " unload\n" @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "Use the qualified [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC/kernel# to refer to the default " "kernel that comes with an installation, or [.filename]#/boot/kernel.old/" @@ -622,14 +622,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel. Note that " "in this case it is not necessary the qualified name:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "unload\n" @@ -638,24 +638,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:299 msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid " load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Stage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "Once the kernel is loaded by either loader or by boot2, which bypasses " "loader, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as necessary. " @@ -664,67 +664,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "`-C`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot the root file system from a CDROM." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot into single-user mode." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process " "man:init[8], which is located at [.filename]#/sbin/init#, or the program " @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system " "are consistent. If a UFS file system is not, and `fsck` cannot fix the " @@ -743,13 +743,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "Single-User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "A user can specify this mode by booting with `-s` or by setting the " "`boot_single` variable in loader. It can also be reached by running " @@ -758,20 +758,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "If the user presses kbd:[Enter], the system will enter the default Bourne " "shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due " "to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It " @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:361 msgid "" "While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security " "risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any " @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "If the system `console` is changed to `insecure` in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, " "the system will first prompt for the `root` password before initiating " @@ -800,13 +800,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "An `insecure` console means that physical security to the console is " "considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the `root` password may " @@ -825,13 +825,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-User Mode" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "If init finds the file systems to be in order, or once the user has finished " "their commands in single-user mode and has typed `exit` to leave single-user " @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf# and system-specific details from [." @@ -851,20 +851,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to man:rc[8] " "and examine the scripts located in [.filename]#/etc/rc.d#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:394 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Hints" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "During initial system startup, the boot man:loader[8] reads man:device." "hints[5]. This file stores kernel boot information known as variables, " @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as " "demonstrated in <>. Variables can be added using `set`, " @@ -883,38 +883,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "Once the system is booted, man:kenv[1] can be used to dump all of the " "variables." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "The syntax for [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# is one variable per line, " "using the hash \"#\" as comment markers. Lines are constructed as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid " hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:416 msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid " set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "where `driver` is the device driver name, `unit` is the device driver unit " "number, and `keyword` is the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the " @@ -922,42 +922,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:426 msgid "`at`: specifies the bus which the device is attached to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:427 msgid "`port`: specifies the start address of the I/O to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:428 msgid "`irq`: specifies the interrupt request number to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:429 msgid "`drq`: specifies the DMA channel number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:430 msgid "`maddr`: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:431 msgid "`flags`: sets various flag bits for the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:432 msgid "`disabled`: if set to `1` the device is disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, " "viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer " @@ -965,13 +965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "Shutdown Sequence" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "Upon controlled shutdown using man:shutdown[8], man:init[8] will attempt to " "run the script [.filename]#/etc/rc.shutdown#, and then proceed to send all " @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support " "power management, use `shutdown -p now` to turn the power off immediately. " @@ -991,14 +991,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Modify group membership by referring to crossref:basics[users-" "synopsis,“Users and Basic Account Management”]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Power management requires man:acpi[4] to be loaded as a module or statically " "compiled into a custom kernel." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po index b02336aa20..d5cc366823 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 2. Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports different architectures including amd64, ARM(R), RISC-V(R), " "and PowerPC(R). Depending on the architecture and platform, different " @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:58 msgid "The image types are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Virtual Machine disk images, such as `qcow2`, `vmdk`, `vhd`, and raw device " "images. These are not installation images, but images that have FreeBSD " @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "SD card images, for embedded systems such as Raspberry Pi. These files must " "be uncompressed and written as a raw image to an SD card, from which the " @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Installation images to boot from an ISO or USB device to install FreeBSD on " "a drive for the usual desktop, laptop, or server system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter describes the third case, explaining how to install " "FreeBSD using the text-based installation program named bsdinstall. There " @@ -95,45 +95,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:67 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to obtain FreeBSD images and create FreeBSD installation media." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to start bsdinstall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "The questions bsdinstall will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture and " "version. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release " @@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware " "requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be " @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "*Back Up Important Data*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "Before installing any operating system, *always* backup all important data " "first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, " @@ -178,13 +178,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "*Decide Where to Install FreeBSD*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be " "skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, " @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple " "partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional _Master " @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or GPT partition. If all " "of the primary or GPT partitions are already in use, one must be freed for " @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at link:" "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software[List of " @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for " "creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong " @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to " "install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to " @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "*Collect Network Information*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to " "download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will " @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "If the network has a DHCP server, it can be used to provide automatic " "network configuration. If DHCP is not available, the following network " @@ -268,43 +268,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:133 msgid "Required Network Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:135 msgid "IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:136 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:137 msgid "IP address of default gateway" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:138 msgid "Domain name of the network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:139 msgid "IP addresses of the network's DNS servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "*Check for FreeBSD Errata*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD " "is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very " @@ -315,20 +315,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the link:https://" "www.FreeBSD.org/releases/[FreeBSD Release Information] page." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Prepare the Installation Media" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within " "another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, " @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "FreeBSD installation files are available at the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/" "where/[FreeBSD download page]. Each installation file's name includes the " @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "Installation files are available in several formats, compressed with man:" "xz[1] or uncompressed. The formats vary depending on computer architecture " @@ -353,12 +353,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:163 msgid "Installation file types:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "`*-bootonly.iso*`: This is the smallest installation file as it only " "contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required during " @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "`*-disc1.iso*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. This file should be burned to " @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "`*-dvd1.iso*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of " @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "`*-memstick.img*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. Write this file to a USB " @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "`*-mini-memstick.img*`: Like `*-bootonly.iso*`, does not include " "installation files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet " @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "After downloading the image file, download at least one _checksum_ file from " "the same directory. There are two _checksum_ files available, named after " @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "After downloading one of the files (or both), calculate the _checksum_ for " "the image file and compare it with the one shown in the _checksum_ file. " @@ -423,14 +423,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "Verifying the _checksum_ in FreeBSD can be done automatically using man:" "sha256sum[1] (and man:sha512sum[1]) by executing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sha256sum -c CHECKSUM.SHA256-FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64 FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso\n" @@ -438,20 +438,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, the image " "file is corrupt and must be downloaded again." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing an Image File to USB" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "The `\\*memstick.img` file is an _image_ of the complete contents of a " "memory stick. It _cannot_ be copied to the target device as a file. " @@ -460,20 +460,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the USB stick. This " "procedure will erase the existing data on the stick." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using `dd` to Write the Image* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "This example uses `/dev/da0` as the target device where the image will be " "written. Be *very careful* that the correct device is used as this command " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "The command-line utility is available on BSD, Linux(R), and Mac OS(R) " "systems. To burn the image using `dd`, insert the USB stick and determine " @@ -491,20 +491,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap -msgid "# dd if=FreeBSD-13.0-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync\n" +msgid "# dd if=FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "If this command fails, verify that the USB stick is not mounted and that the " "device name is for the disk, not a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "Some operating systems might require this command to be run with man:" "sudo[8]. The man:dd[1] syntax varies slightly across different platforms; " @@ -513,26 +513,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using Windows(R) to Write the Image* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the " "specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "*Obtaining Image Writer for Windows(R)*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "Image Writer for Windows(R) is a free application that can correctly write " "an image file to a memory stick. Download it from https://sourceforge.net/" @@ -541,13 +541,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "*Writing the Image with Image Writer*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Double-click the Win32DiskImager icon to start the program. Verify that the " "drive letter shown under `Device` is the drive with the memory stick. Click " @@ -559,20 +559,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting the Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before " "the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Your changes will now be written to disk. If you\n" @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a " "concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off " @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media " "which was prepared using the instructions in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different boot options supported" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-boot-options-menu.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can " "be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled " @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "The next section is used to toggle the available options to `On` or `Off` by " "pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will " @@ -726,21 +726,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "`ACPI Support`: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to " "`Off`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "`Safe Mode`: If the system still hangs during boot even with `ACPI Support` " "set to `Off`, try setting this option to `On`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "`Single User`: Toggle this option to `On` to fix an existing FreeBSD " "installation as described in crossref:boot[boot-singleuser,“Single-User " @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "`Verbose`: Toggle this option to `On` to see more detailed messages during " "the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of " @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "After making the needed selections, press kbd:[1] or kbd:[Backspace] to " "return to the main boot menu, then press kbd:[Enter] to continue booting " @@ -767,25 +767,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD installation welcome menu" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-choose-mode.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "Press kbd:[Enter] to select the default of btn:[Install] to enter the " "installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. " @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the " "upper- or lower-case kbd:[S] and then kbd:[Enter] to access a shell. At the " @@ -807,13 +807,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap msgid "Using bsdinstall" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "This section shows the order of the bsdinstall menus and the type of " "information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the " @@ -823,38 +823,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "Before starting the process, bsdinstall will load the keymap files as shown " "in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Loading" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap loading" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-loading.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "After the keymaps have been loaded, bsdinstall displays the menu shown in " "<>. Use the up and down arrows to select the keymap " @@ -863,25 +863,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Selection Menu" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap selection menu showing all supported keyboards" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Pressing kbd:[Esc] will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the " "choice of keymap is not clear, [.guimenuitem]#United States of America " @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "In addition, when selecting a different keymap, the user can try the keymap " "and ensure it is correct before proceeding, as shown in <> only appears when " "installing from a `-bootonly.iso` or `-mini-memstick.img`, as this " @@ -1060,75 +1060,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "Indicates that certain components have not been found and will be downloaded using the network." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-netinstall-files.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "Allocating Disk Space" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Choices" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows the different partition options. Example: Manual" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:436 msgid "bsdinstall gives the user four methods for allocating disk space:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "`Auto (ZFS)` partitioning creates a root-on-ZFS system with optional GELI " "encryption support for _boot environments_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "`Auto (UFS)` partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions using " "the `UFS` file system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "`Manual` partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions " "from menu options." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "`Shell` opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized " "partitions using command-line utilities like man:gpart[8], man:fdisk[8], and " @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk " "partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning " @@ -1144,13 +1144,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "Designing the Partition Layout" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "The default partition layout for file systems includes one file system for " "the entire system. When using `UFS` it may be worth considering the use of " @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "The size of the `/var` partition reflects the intended machine's usage. " "This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer spools. " @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in `/var/tmp`. When new software " "is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of the packages " @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "The `/usr` partition holds many of the files which support the system, " "including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At least 2 " @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. " "Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a " @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of " "physical memory (RAM). Systems with minimal RAM (less for larger-memory " @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "On larger systems with multiple SCSI disks or multiple IDE disks operating " "on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each " @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller " "write-heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. " @@ -1240,13 +1240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using UFS" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If " "multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be " @@ -1254,25 +1254,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows the list of disks on which FreeBSD can be installed" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-guided-disk.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the " "entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If btn:[Entire Disk] " @@ -1282,50 +1282,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:506 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu asking the user if he wants to use all the available space on the disk or wants to make a partition" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:506 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-entire-part.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:509 msgid "" "After the btn:[Entire Disk] option is chosen, bsdinstall displays a dialog " "indicating that the disk will be erased." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Confirmation" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating the user that all data on the disk will be deleted and asking for confirmation" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-ufs-warning.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "The next menu shows a list with the available partition scheme types. GPT " "is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers " @@ -1335,26 +1335,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Partition Scheme" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the user the different the different types of partition that exist and requesting one of them" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:523 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:528 msgid "" "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets " "the needs of the installation. Selecting btn:[Revert] will reset the " @@ -1365,25 +1365,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "Review Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing created partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-review.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to " "make changes before the selected drives are formatted. If changes need to " @@ -1393,76 +1393,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Confirmation" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating to the user that all changes will be written to disk and informing that if he decides to continue the existing data will be permanently deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-confirmation.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "To continue with the installation process, go to <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:548 msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:551 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "Manually Create Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the Partition Editor." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-create.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Highlight the installation drive (`ada0` in this example) and select btn:" "[Create] to display a menu of available partition schemes:" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different kind of partition schemes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "GPT is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older " "computers that are not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other " @@ -1470,73 +1470,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Schemes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "Abbreviation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "APM" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by PowerPC(R)." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD label without an MBR, sometimes called _dangerously dedicated mode_ as non-BSD disk utilities may not recognize it." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "GPT" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GUID Partition Table]." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "MBR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record[Master Boot Record]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select btn:" "[Create] again to create the partitions. The kbd:[Tab] key is used to move " @@ -1544,54 +1544,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting type" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "A standard FreeBSD GPT installation uses at least three partitions, " "including either UFS or ZFS:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:593 msgid "`freebsd-boot` or `efi` - Holds the FreeBSD boot code." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 msgid "`freebsd-ufs` - A FreeBSD UFS file system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "`freebsd-zfs` - A FreeBSD ZFS file system. More information about ZFS is " "available in crossref:zfs[zfs,The Z File System (ZFS)]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:596 msgid "`freebsd-swap` - FreeBSD swap space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "Refer to man:gpart[8] for descriptions of the available GPT partition types." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "Multiple file system partitions can be created. Some people prefer a " "traditional layout with separate partitions for `/`, `/var`, `/tmp`, and `/" @@ -1599,26 +1599,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Note that `/tmp` can be added later as a memory-based file system (man:" "tmpfs[5]) on systems with sufficient memory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:607 msgid "See <> for an example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "The `Size` may be entered with common abbreviations: _K_ for kilobytes, _M_ " "for megabytes, or _G_ for gigabytes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition " "sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with " @@ -1630,14 +1630,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "A `Mountpoint` is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If " "only a single UFS partition will be created, the mountpoint should be `/`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "The `Label` is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or " "numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or " @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical " "labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be " @@ -1658,13 +1658,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "For a traditional partition layout where the `/`, `/var`, `/tmp`, and `/usr` " "directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a GPT " @@ -1676,144 +1676,144 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD's `gptboot` expects the first UFS partition to be the `/" "` partition." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "Size" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountpoint" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-boot`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "`512K`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:659 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:669 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:674 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-ufs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:660 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "`2G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "`/`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "`exrootfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-swap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "`4G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "`exswap`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:670 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:672 #, no-wrap msgid "`exvarfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "`1G`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap msgid "`/tmp`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "`extmpfs`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:680 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "`exusrfs`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "After the custom partitions have been created, select btn:[Finish] to " "continue with the installation and go to <] to establish it or btn:[] to return to the main " @@ -2127,25 +2127,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "Pool Name" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the name of the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-pool-name.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "Select kbd:[S] to set the amount of swap. Enter the desired amount of swap, " "then select btn:[] to establish it or btn:[] to return to the " @@ -2153,25 +2153,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap Amount" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the amount of swap memory" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-swap-amount.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the btn:[>>> " "Install] option at the top of the menu. The installer then offers a last " @@ -2180,25 +2180,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Chance" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating to the user that the data will be lost" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "If GELI disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the " "passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks. Initialization of the " @@ -2206,56 +2206,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:774 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption Password" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the password to encrypt the devices." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password.png" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing Encryption" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the encryption is initializing." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-init-encription.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "The installation then proceeds normally. To continue with the installation, " "go to <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "When creating advanced installations, the bsdinstall partitioning menus may " "not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select " @@ -2266,14 +2266,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:793 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "Fetching Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, " "installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will " @@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the " "partitions. Next, in the case of a `bootonly media` or `mini memstick`, it " @@ -2289,19 +2289,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the download of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-fetching.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they " "have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation " @@ -2309,48 +2309,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "Verifying Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the verification of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-verifying.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:811 msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "Extracting Distribution Files" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the extraction of the different components." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-extracting.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, bsdinstall " "displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available " @@ -2358,20 +2358,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interfaces, Accounts, Time Zone, Services and Hardening" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:824 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the `root` Password" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "First, the `root` password must be set. While entering the password, the " "characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. The password must " @@ -2379,50 +2379,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing requesting the password for the root user." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-post-root-passwd.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. " "Select the interface to configure." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose a Network Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different network interfaces to configure." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the " "menu shown in <>. If a wireless network " @@ -2430,25 +2430,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing wireless network scanning." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (SSID); a " "short, unique name given to each network. SSIDs found during the scan are " @@ -2460,25 +2460,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different wireless networks to connect to." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected " "wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended over older " @@ -2489,50 +2489,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2 Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the wireless network password." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Next, choose whether or not an IPv4 address should be configured on the " "Ethernet or wireless interface:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv4 Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if IPv4 wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "There are two methods of IPv4 configuration. DHCP will automatically " "configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network " @@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:883 msgid "" "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a DHCP " "server is not available, obtain the information listed in <> creates the " @@ -3210,30 +3217,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1063 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter User Information" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting different information for the new user." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser2.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "`Username` - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is " "to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as " @@ -3242,28 +3249,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "`Full name` - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a " "description for the user account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "`Uid` - User ID. This is typically left blank so the system automatically " "assigns a value." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "`Login group` - The user's group. This is typically left blank to accept the " "default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "`Invite _user_ into other groups?` - Additional groups to which the user " "will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type " @@ -3271,12 +3278,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "`Login class` - Typically left blank for the default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "`Shell` - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for " "the user. Refer to crossref:basics[shells,Shells] for more information about " @@ -3284,61 +3291,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "`Home directory` - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "`Home directory permissions` - Permissions on the user's home directory. The " "default is usually correct." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1078 msgid "" "`Use password-based authentication?` - Typically `yes` so that the user is " "prompted to input their password at login." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "`Use an empty password?` - Typically `no` as empty or blank passwords are " "insecure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "`Use a random password?` - Typically `no` so that the user can set their own " "password in the next prompt." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "`Enter password` - The password for this user. Typed-in characters will not " "be shown on the screen." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "`Enter password again` - The password must be typed again for verification." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "`Lock out the account after creation?` - Typically `no` so that the user can " "log in." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "After entering all the details, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake " "was made, enter `no` to correct it. Once everything is correct, enter `yes` " @@ -3346,135 +3353,135 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "Exit User and Group Management" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the information of the new user and requesting if everything is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser3.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "" "If there are more users to add, answer the `Add another user?` question with " "`yes`. Enter `no` to finish adding users and continue the installation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "For more information on adding users and user management, see crossref:" "basics[users-synopsis,Users and Basic Account Management]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1094 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is " "provided to modify settings." msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing different options to perform before finishing the installation. Ex: Add user" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-finalconfiguration.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "" "Use this menu to make any changes or to do any additional configuration " "before completing the installation." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "`Add User` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "`Root Password` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "`Hostname` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "`Network` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "`Services` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1114 msgid "`System Hardening` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1115 msgid "`Time Zone` - Described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "`Handbook` - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "Once configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1121 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if you want to open a shell to make manual changes." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1121 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "bsdinstall will prompt for any additional configuration that needs to be " "done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit to a " @@ -3483,32 +3490,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "Complete the Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished and asking whether to reboot the system or access the Live CD." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-mainexit.png" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select btn:[Live CD] to " "boot the install media into Live CD mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "If the installation is complete, select btn:[Reboot] to reboot the computer " "and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD " @@ -3516,7 +3523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "" "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system " "finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the `login:` prompt, " @@ -3527,7 +3534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "The messages that appear during boot can be reviewed by pressing kbd:[Scroll-" "Lock] to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The kbd:[PgUp], kbd:[PgDn], and " @@ -3539,7 +3546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1150 msgid "" "If sshd was enabled in <>, the first boot might be a " "bit slower as the system generates SSH host keys. Subsequent boots will be " @@ -3548,7 +3555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n" @@ -3589,14 +3596,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:security[openssh,\"OpenSSH\"] for more information about " "fingerprints and SSH." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to " "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] for more information about installing " @@ -3604,7 +3611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "" "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from " "damage. _Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut " @@ -3615,20 +3622,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1203 msgid "" "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common " "problems people have reported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "" "Check the Hardware Notes listed on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/" "[FreeBSD Release Information] page for the version of FreeBSD to make sure " @@ -3636,7 +3643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1211 msgid "" "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the " "firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. " @@ -3646,7 +3653,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1214 msgid "" "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard BIOS unless " "there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade " @@ -3655,7 +3662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot or behaves strangely " "during the installation process, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes " @@ -3667,13 +3674,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "" "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add " "`hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"` to the file `/boot/loader.conf`. More " @@ -3682,13 +3689,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Live CD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" "The welcome menu of bsdinstall, shown in <>, " "provides a btn:[Live CD] option. This is useful for those who are still " @@ -3697,26 +3704,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "The following points should be noted before using the btn:[Live CD]:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is " "`root` and the password is blank." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "" "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be " "significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "" "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po index edc5d57504..5c5e7a167e 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 13. Configuration and Tuning" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration and Tuning" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. " "This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including " @@ -55,69 +55,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "The basics of [.filename]#rc.conf# configuration and [.filename]#/usr/local/" "etc/rc.d# startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to configure and test a network card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to use the various configuration files in [.filename]#/etc#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using man:sysctl[8] variables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation " "(crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection " "and require the installed services to be started upon system " @@ -128,20 +128,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, most included services, such as man:cron[8], are started through " "the system startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "Extended Application Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "Now that FreeBSD includes [.filename]#rc.d#, configuration of application " "startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key words discussed " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:93 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid ". /etc/rc.subr\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name=utility\n" @@ -177,19 +177,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "load_rc_config $name\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "run_rc_command \"$1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "This script will ensure that the provided `utility` will be started after " "the `DAEMON` pseudo-service. It also provides a method for setting and " @@ -215,20 +215,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "This application could then have the following line placed in [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, " "inclusion of the default functions provided in [.filename]#/etc/rc.subr#, " @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Services to Start Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Other services can be started using man:inetd[8]. Working with man:inetd[8] " "and its configuration is described in depth in crossref:network-" @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "In some cases, it may make more sense to use man:cron[8] to start system " "services. This approach has a number of advantages as man:cron[8] runs " @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "The `@reboot` feature of man:cron[8], may be used in place of the time " "specification. This causes the job to run when man:cron[8] is started, " @@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring man:cron[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is cron. This utility runs in " "the background and regularly checks [.filename]#/etc/crontab# for tasks to " @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, " "which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and " @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The " "`root` user can also have a user [.filename]#crontab# which can be used to " @@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n" @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Lines that begin with the `+#+` character are comments. A comment can be " "placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is " @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "The equals (`=`) character is used to define any environment settings. In " "this example, it is used to define the `SHELL` and `PATH`. If the `SHELL` is " @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: `minute`, " "`hour`, `mday`, `month`, `wday`, `who`, and `command`. The `minute` field is " @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The `\\*/5`, followed by " "several more `*` characters, specifies that `/usr/libexec/atrun` is invoked " @@ -371,24 +371,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a User Crontab" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:182 msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke `crontab` in editor mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -e\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first " "time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user " @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to " "set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in " @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to " "run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script " @@ -423,13 +423,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with " "the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the " @@ -437,13 +437,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/dru LOGNAME=dru /usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "The environment set by cron is discussed in man:crontab[5]. Checking that " "scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if " @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be " "installed and cron will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their " @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -l\n" @@ -467,12 +467,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:237 msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% crontab -r\n" @@ -480,13 +480,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:rc[8] system of startup scripts during system " "initialization and for managing services. The scripts listed in [." @@ -496,13 +496,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services " "will be started automatically at boot time as specified in man:rc.conf[5]. " @@ -511,13 +511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "If a `natd_enable=\"NO\"` line is already present, change the `NO` to " "`YES`. The man:rc[8] scripts will automatically load any dependent services " @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "Since the man:rc[8] system is primarily intended to start and stop services " "at system startup and shutdown time, the `start`, `stop` and `restart` " @@ -539,13 +539,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd onerestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "To check if a service is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, run the " "appropriate man:rc[8] script with `rcvar`. This example checks to see if " @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd rcvar\n" @@ -564,20 +564,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "The `# sshd` line is output from the above command, not a `root` console." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "To determine whether or not a service is running, use `status`. For " "instance, to verify that man:sshd[8] is running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sshd status\n" @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "In some cases, it is also possible to `reload` a service. This attempts to " "send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its " @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "The man:rc[8] system is used for network services and it also contributes to " "most of the system initialization. For instance, when the [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -602,20 +602,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only " "during system initialization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For " "example, man:yp[8] and other RPC-based services may fail to start until " @@ -627,40 +627,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is " "required by man:rc.subr[8] to \"enable\" the startup script:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:327 msgid "`PROVIDE`: Specifies the services this file provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. " "They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to man:rcorder[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "`REQUIRE`: Lists services which are required for this service. The script " "containing this key word will run _after_ the specified services." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "`BEFORE`: Lists services which depend on this service. The script containing " "this key word will run _before_ the specified services." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an " "administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of " @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "Additional information can be found in man:rc[8] and man:rc.subr[8]. Refer " "to extref:{rc-scripting}[this article] for instructions on how to create " @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "The principal location for system configuration information is [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#. This file contains a wide range of configuration information " @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# override the default settings in [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf#. The file containing the default settings " @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate " "site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to " @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:362 msgid "" "Whereas these entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# apply to this " "system only:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "Distribute [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to every system using an application " "such as rsync or puppet, while [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# remains " @@ -743,14 +743,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "Upgrading the system will not overwrite [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, so system " "configuration information will not be lost." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:379 msgid "" "Both [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# are " "parsed by man:sh[1]. This allows system operators to create complex " @@ -759,26 +759,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "Adding and configuring a network interface card (NIC) is a common task for " "any FreeBSD administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid "Locating the Correct Driver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "First, determine the model of the NIC and the chip it uses. FreeBSD " "supports a wide variety of NICs. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "If the NIC is supported, determine the name of the FreeBSD driver for the " "NIC. Refer to [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES# and [.filename]#/usr/src/" @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "The drivers for common NICs are already present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "kernel, meaning the NIC should be probed during boot. The system's boot " @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: <82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX> port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n" @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:420 msgid "" "If the driver for the NIC is not present in [.filename]#GENERIC#, but a " "driver is available, the driver will need to be loaded before the NIC can be " @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the NIC using man:kldload[8]. " "To also automatically load the driver at boot time, add the appropriate line " @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "Alternatively, statically compile support for the NIC into a custom kernel. " "Refer to [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES#, [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/" @@ -856,13 +856,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Windows(R) NDIS Drivers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics " "for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such " @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides \"native\" support for the Network Driver Interface " "Specification (NDIS). It includes man:ndisgen[8] which can be used to " @@ -884,28 +884,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:436 msgid "To use man:ndisgen[8], three things are needed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:438 msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:439 msgid "A Windows(R) XP driver binary with a [.filename]#.SYS# extension." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "A Windows(R) XP driver configuration file with a [.filename]#.INF# extension." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "Download the [.filename]#.SYS# and [.filename]#.INF# files for the specific " "NIC. Generally, these can be found on the driver CD or at the vendor's " @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, " "use a Windows(R) 32-bit driver. For FreeBSD/amd64, a Windows(R) 64-bit " @@ -922,20 +922,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel " "module. As `root`, use man:ndisgen[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "# ndisgen /path/to/W32DRIVER.INF /path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:460 msgid "" "This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it " "requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. " @@ -943,13 +943,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "In addition to the generated kernel module, the [.filename]#ndis.ko# and [." "filename]#if_ndis.ko# modules must be loaded. This should happen " @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload ndis\n" @@ -966,21 +966,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "The first command loads the man:ndis[4] miniport driver wrapper and the " "second loads the generated NIC driver." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "Check man:dmesg[8] to see if there were any load errors. If all went well, " "the output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ndis0: mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n" @@ -991,12 +991,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:491 msgid "From here, [.filename]#ndis0# can be configured like any other NIC." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "To configure the system to load the man:ndis[4] modules at boot time, copy " "the generated module, [.filename]#W32DRIVER_SYS.ko#, to [.filename]#/boot/" @@ -1004,19 +1004,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Network Card" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "Once the right driver is loaded for the NIC, the card needs to be " "configured. It may have been configured at installation time by man:" @@ -1024,12 +1024,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:506 msgid "To display the NIC configuration, enter the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig\n" @@ -1054,27 +1054,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:531 msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:533 msgid "[.filename]#dc0#: The first Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:534 msgid "[.filename]#dc1#: The second Ethernet interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:535 msgid "[.filename]#lo0#: The loopback device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is " "detected at boot to name the NIC. For example, [.filename]#sis2# is the " @@ -1082,40 +1082,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:541 msgid "" "In this example, [.filename]#dc0# is up and running. The key indicators are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:543 msgid "`UP` means that the card is configured and ready." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:544 msgid "The card has an Internet (`inet`) address, `192.168.1.3`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "It has a valid subnet mask (`netmask`), where `0xffffff00` is the same as " "`255.255.255.0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:546 msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, `192.168.1.255`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:547 msgid "The MAC address of the card (`ether`) is `00:a0:cc:da:da:da`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (`media: Ethernet " "autoselect (100baseTX )`). In this example, [.filename]#dc1# is " @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "The status of the link (`status`) is `active`, indicating that the carrier " "signal is detected. For [.filename]#dc1#, the `status: no carrier` status is " @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:551 msgid "If the man:ifconfig[8] output had shown something similar to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dc0: flags=8843 metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -1148,12 +1148,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:562 msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "The card must be configured as `root`. The NIC configuration can be " "performed from the command line with man:ifconfig[8] but will not persist " @@ -1162,25 +1162,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:573 msgid "Replace _dc0_ with the correct value for the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the " "NIC(s) may be already present. Double check [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# " @@ -1188,14 +1188,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "If there is no DHCP server, the NIC(s) must be configured manually. Add a " "line for each NIC present on the system, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "Replace [.filename]#dc0# and [.filename]#dc1# and the IP address information " "with the correct values for the system. Refer to the man page for the " @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "If the network is not using DNS, edit [.filename]#/etc/hosts# to add the " "names and IP addresses of the hosts on the LAN, if they are not already " @@ -1221,14 +1221,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "If there is no DHCP server and access to the Internet is needed, manually " "configure the default gateway and the nameserver:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc defaultrouter=\"your_default_router\"\n" @@ -1236,13 +1236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:610 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "Once the necessary changes to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# are saved, a reboot " "can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the system " @@ -1251,44 +1251,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "If a default gateway has been set in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, also issue " "this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "# service routing restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:632 msgid "Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the NICs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, man:ping[8] the " "interface itself, and then man:ping[8] another machine on the LAN:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.3\n" @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n" @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ping -c5 192.168.1.2\n" @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n" @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the IP address. If " "there is no DNS server on the network, [.filename]#/etc/hosts# must first be " @@ -1343,13 +1343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:672 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple " "things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services " @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through man:tuning[7]. " "Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can " @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "Some users experience one or two `device timeout` messages, which is normal " "for some cards. If they continue, or are bothersome, determine if the " @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "To resolve `watchdog timeout` errors, first check the network cable. Many " "cards require a PCI slot which supports bus mastering. On some old " @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "`No route to host` messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet " "to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified " @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "`ping: sendto: Permission denied` error messages are often caused by a " "misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules " @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, " "try setting the media selection mode from `autoselect` to the correct media " @@ -1416,13 +1416,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to " "the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network " @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "A given network interface has one \"real\" address, and may have any number " "of \"alias\" addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias " @@ -1438,13 +1438,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "Alias entries must start with `alias__0__` using a sequential number such as " "`alias0`, `alias1`, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the " @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, " "there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. " @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "For example, consider the case where the [.filename]#fxp0# interface is " "connected to two networks: `10.1.1.0` with a netmask of `255.255.255.0` and " @@ -1474,14 +1474,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# entries configure the adapter " "correctly for this scenario:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:747 msgid "" "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of IP address " "ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the " @@ -1504,19 +1504,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring System Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system " "administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect " @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:766 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a system logger, syslogd, to manage logging. By default, " "syslogd is started when the system boots. This is controlled by the " @@ -1538,20 +1538,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both " "local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Local Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "The configuration file, [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, controls what syslogd " "does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to " @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for " "each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of " @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -1621,12 +1621,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:825 msgid "In this example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "Line 8 matches all messages with a level of `err` or higher, as well as " "`kern.warning`, `auth.notice` and `mail.crit`, and sends these log messages " @@ -1634,21 +1634,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "Line 12 matches all messages from the `mail` facility at level `info` or " "above and logs the messages to [.filename]#/var/log/maillog#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "Line 17 uses a comparison flag (`=`) to only match messages at level `debug` " "and logs them to [.filename]#/var/log/debug.log#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:830 msgid "" "Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules " "following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the " @@ -1656,14 +1656,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "The available levels, in order from most to least critical are `emerg`, " "`alert`, `crit`, `err`, `warning`, `notice`, `info`, and `debug`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "The facilities, in no particular order, are `auth`, `authpriv`, `console`, " "`cron`, `daemon`, `ftp`, `kern`, `lpr`, `mail`, `mark`, `news`, `security`, " @@ -1672,20 +1672,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "To log everything of level `notice` and higher to [.filename]#/var/log/" "daemon.log#, add the following entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "daemon.notice /var/log/daemon.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to man:" "syslog[3] and man:syslogd[8]. For more information about [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -1694,13 +1694,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Management and Rotation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more " "difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate " @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "To know which actions to take, newsyslog reads its configuration file, [." "filename]#/etc/newsyslog.conf#. This file contains one line for each log " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# configuration file for newsyslog\n" @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed " "by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The `mode` " @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the " "rotation time, refer to man:newsyslog.conf[5]. Since newsyslog is run from " @@ -1794,13 +1794,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Remote Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number " "of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of " @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be " "configured using syslogd and newsyslog. This section demonstrates an " @@ -1819,13 +1819,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging " "information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the " @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, " "ensure that the firewall ruleset allows UDP port 514 for both the clients " @@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse " "entries in the local DNS. If the network does not have a DNS server, create " @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:935 msgid "" "On the log server, edit [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# to specify the name of " "the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and " @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:936 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+logclient.example.com\n" @@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each " "client. More information about the available facilities may be found in man:" @@ -1882,12 +1882,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:952 msgid "Next, configure [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "The first entry starts syslogd at system boot. The second entry allows log " "entries from the specified client. The `-v -v` increases the verbosity of " @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:967 msgid "" "Multiple `-a` options may be specified to allow logging from multiple " "clients. IP addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to " @@ -1912,23 +1912,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:969 msgid "Finally, create the log file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:973 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/logclient.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:976 msgid "At this point, syslogd should be restarted and verified:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:981 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:985 msgid "" "If a PID is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client " "configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult [." @@ -1944,27 +1944,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:990 msgid "" "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The " "client also keeps a local copy of its own logs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "Once a logging server has been configured, edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on " "the logging client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "" "syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "The first entry enables syslogd on boot up. The second entry prevents logs " "from being accepted by this client from other hosts (`-s`) and increases the " @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "Next, define the logging server in the client's [.filename]#/etc/syslog." "conf#. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, " @@ -1988,51 +1988,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "After saving the edit, restart syslogd for the changes to take effect:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1016 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "# service syslogd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "" "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use man:" "logger[1] on the client to send a message to syslogd:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "This message should now exist both in [.filename]#/var/log/messages# on the " "client and [.filename]#/var/log/logclient.log# on the log server." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging Log Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most " "likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo " @@ -2045,7 +2045,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1036 msgid "" "If the `ping` succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being " "received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the " @@ -2057,20 +2057,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console " "immediately after the restart:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which " "results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be " @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" @@ -2112,20 +2112,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the " "correct file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered " "before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data " @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or " "after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional " @@ -2149,175 +2149,175 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1100 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc# Layout" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "There are a number of directories in which configuration information is " "kept. These include:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1112 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/defaults#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "Default versions of system configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "Extra man:sendmail[8] configuration and other MTA configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1121 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ppp#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1126 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application subdirectories." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/rc.d#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rc[8] scripts for installed applications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/var/db#" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package database and the man:locate[1] database." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1133 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (DNS) is " "controlled by man:resolv.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "The most common entries to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "`nameserver`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1148 #, no-wrap msgid "The IP address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "`search`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1151 #, no-wrap msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "`domain`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "The local domain name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1156 msgid "A typical [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1162 #, no-wrap msgid "" "search example.com\n" @@ -2326,25 +2326,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1167 msgid "Only one of the `search` and `domain` options should be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1170 msgid "" "When using DHCP, man:dhclient[8] usually rewrites [.filename]#/etc/resolv." "conf# with information received from the DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1171 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/hosts#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "[.filename]#/etc/hosts# is a simple text database which works in conjunction " "with DNS and NIS to provide host name to IP address mappings. Entries for " @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1211 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -2394,40 +2394,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1214 msgid "The format of [.filename]#/etc/hosts# is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1218 #, no-wrap msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ...\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1221 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1225 #, no-wrap msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "Consult man:hosts[5] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning with man:sysctl[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "man:sysctl[8] is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This " "includes many advanced options of the TCP/IP stack and virtual memory system " @@ -2437,30 +2437,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "" "At its core, man:sysctl[8] serves two functions: to read and to modify " "system settings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "To view all readable variables:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1243 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" @@ -2468,12 +2468,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1254 msgid "To set a particular variable, use the _variable_=_value_ syntax:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1259 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" @@ -2481,14 +2481,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1262 msgid "" "Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or " "booleans, where a boolean is `1` for yes or `0` for no." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1265 msgid "" "To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to " "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#. For more information, refer to man:sysctl." @@ -2496,13 +2496,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#sysctl.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "The configuration file for man:sysctl[8], [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#, " "looks much like [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Values are set in a " @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users " "from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be " @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n" @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1284 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n" @@ -2536,27 +2536,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1287 #, no-wrap msgid "man:sysctl[8] Read-only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1290 msgid "" "In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only man:sysctl[8] values, " "which will require a reboot of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1292 msgid "" "For instance, on some laptop models the man:cardbus[4] device will not probe " "memory ranges and will fail with errors similar to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cbb0: Could not map register memory\n" @@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1302 msgid "" "The fix requires the modification of a read-only man:sysctl[8] setting. Add " "`hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1` to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# and " @@ -2572,13 +2572,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1304 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1311 msgid "" "The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options " "which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical " @@ -2592,19 +2592,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1312 #, no-wrap msgid "Sysctl Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.vmiodirenable`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1325 msgid "" "The `vfs.vmiodirenable` man:sysctl[8] variable may be set to either `0` " "(off) or `1` (on). It is set to `1` by default. This variable controls how " @@ -2624,13 +2624,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1326 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.write_behind`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1332 msgid "" "The `vfs.write_behind` man:sysctl[8] variable defaults to `1` (on). This " "tells the file system to issue media writes as full clusters are collected, " @@ -2641,13 +2641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1333 #, no-wrap msgid "`vfs.hirunningspace`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1339 msgid "" "The `vfs.hirunningspace` man:sysctl[8] variable determines how much " "outstanding write I/O may be queued to disk controllers system-wide at any " @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "" "There are various other buffer cache and VM page cache related man:sysctl[8] " "values. Modifying these values is not recommended as the VM system does a " @@ -2667,13 +2667,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1343 #, no-wrap msgid "`vm.swap_idle_enabled`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1351 msgid "" "The `vm.swap_idle_enabled` man:sysctl[8] variable is useful in large multi-" "user systems with many active login users and lots of idle processes. Such " @@ -2691,13 +2691,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1352 #, no-wrap msgid "`hw.ata.wc`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1360 msgid "" "Turning off IDE write caching reduces write bandwidth to IDE disks, but may " "sometimes be necessary due to data consistency issues introduced by hard " @@ -2712,18 +2712,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1362 msgid "For more information, refer to man:ata[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1363 #, no-wrap msgid "`SCSI_DELAY` (`kern.cam.scsi_delay`)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1370 msgid "" "The `SCSI_DELAY` kernel configuration option may be used to reduce system " "boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be responsible for `15` " @@ -2734,20 +2734,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1372 #, no-wrap msgid "Soft Updates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1377 msgid "" "To fine-tune a file system, use man:tunefs[8]. This program has many " "different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tunefs -n enable /filesystem\n" @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1386 msgid "" "A file system cannot be modified with man:tunefs[8] while it is mounted. A " "good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, " @@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1393 msgid "" "Soft Updates is recommended for UFS file systems as it drastically improves " "meta-data performance, mainly file creation and deletion, through the use of " @@ -2778,13 +2778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1394 #, no-wrap msgid "More Details About Soft Updates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "" "Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or " "directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file " @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1411 msgid "" "Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates " "synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change " @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1422 msgid "" "The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the " "default for a UFS file system mounted with `mount -o async`. Since all meta-" @@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "" "The usual solution for this problem is to implement _dirty region logging_, " "which is also referred to as _journaling_. Meta-data updates are still " @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1446 msgid "" "Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley FFS, solved this problem with Soft " "Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory and written out " @@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "" "The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as " "asynchronous updates and are faster than _logging_, which has to write the " @@ -2904,25 +2904,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1455 #, no-wrap msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1458 #, no-wrap msgid "File/Process Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1461 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.maxfiles`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1466 msgid "" "The `kern.maxfiles` man:sysctl[8] variable can be raised or lowered based " "upon system requirements. This variable indicates the maximum number of " @@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1469 msgid "" "Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale " "production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, " @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1475 msgid "" "In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of `kern.maxfiles` is derived " "from `maxusers` in the kernel configuration file. `kern.maxfiles` grows " @@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1481 msgid "" "The read-only man:sysctl[8] variable `kern.maxusers` is automatically sized " "at boot based on the amount of memory available in the system, and may be " @@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1489 msgid "" "In older releases, the system will auto-tune `maxusers` if it is set to `0`. " "footnote:[The auto-tuning algorithm sets maxusers equal to the amount of " @@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1494 msgid "" "`maxusers` does _not_ limit the number of users which can log into the " "machine. It instead sets various table sizes to reasonable values " @@ -2996,13 +2996,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1496 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.ipc.soacceptqueue`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1503 msgid "" "The `kern.ipc.soacceptqueue` man:sysctl[8] variable limits the size of the " "listen queue for accepting new `TCP` connections. The default value of " @@ -3015,13 +3015,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1505 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1516 msgid "" "The `NMBCLUSTERS` kernel configuration option dictates the amount of network " "Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server with a low " @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1519 msgid "" "The `kern.ipc.nmbclusters` loader tunable should be used to tune this at " "boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use of the " @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1524 msgid "" "For busy servers that make extensive use of the man:sendfile[2] system call, " "it may be necessary to increase the number of man:sendfile[2] buffers via " @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1528 msgid "" "Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling man:" "sendfile[2] on the non-blocking socket may result in the man:sendfile[2] " @@ -3068,13 +3068,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1530 #, no-wrap msgid "`net.inet.ip.portrange.*`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1542 msgid "" "The `net.inet.ip.portrange.*` man:sysctl[8] variables control the port " "number ranges automatically bound to `TCP` and `UDP` sockets. There are " @@ -3097,19 +3097,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1543 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Memory" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1545 #, no-wrap msgid "`kern.maxvnodes`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1552 msgid "" "A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing " "the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. " @@ -3120,12 +3120,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1554 msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1559 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.numvnodes\n" @@ -3133,12 +3133,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1567 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl kern.maxvnodes\n" @@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1573 msgid "" "If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing `kern." "maxvnodes` by a value of `1000`. Keep an eye on the number of `vfs." @@ -3156,13 +3156,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1575 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Swap Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1579 msgid "" "Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two " "methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new " @@ -3170,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1581 msgid "" "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why " "it should be done, refer to crossref:disks[swap-encrypting,“Encrypting " @@ -3178,13 +3178,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1583 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "" "Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a " "partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is " @@ -3194,18 +3194,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1590 msgid "Use `swapon` to add a swap partition to the system. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon /dev/ada1s1b\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1602 msgid "" "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it " "already contains data. Using `swapon` on a partition that contains data " @@ -3214,41 +3214,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "" "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1609 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1s1b\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1613 msgid "" "See man:fstab[5] for an explanation of the entries in [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab#. More information about `swapon` can be found in man:swapon[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1616 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Swap File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "" "These examples create a 512M swap file called [.filename]#/usr/swap0# " "instead of using a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "" "Using swap files requires that the module needed by man:md[4] has either " "been built into the kernel or has been loaded before swap is enabled. See " @@ -3257,61 +3257,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1628 msgid "Create the swap file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1632 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=512\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1635 msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1639 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1642 msgid "" "Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "md\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1649 msgid "" "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, " "use man:swapon[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1653 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon -aL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1658 #, no-wrap msgid "Power and Resource Management" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1668 msgid "" "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power " "and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits " @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1676 msgid "" "There are four major problems in APM. First, power management is done by " "the vendor-specific BIOS, separate from the operating system. For example, " @@ -3346,7 +3346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "The Plug and Play BIOS (PNPBIOS) was unreliable in many situations. PNPBIOS " "is 16-bit technology, so the operating system has to use 16-bit emulation in " @@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1685 msgid "" "The successor to APM is the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface " "(ACPI). ACPI is a standard written by an alliance of vendors to provide an " @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1688 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to configure ACPI on FreeBSD. It then offers " "some tips on how to debug ACPI and how to submit a problem report containing " @@ -3374,13 +3374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1690 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring ACPI" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1695 msgid "" "In FreeBSD the man:acpi[4] driver is loaded by default at system boot and " "should _not_ be compiled into the kernel. This driver cannot be unloaded " @@ -3392,14 +3392,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1700 msgid "" "ACPI and APM cannot coexist and should be used separately. The last one to " "load will terminate if the driver notices the other is running." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1705 msgid "" "ACPI can be used to put the system into a sleep mode with `acpiconf`, the `-" "s` flag, and a number from `1` to `5`. Most users only need `1` (quick " @@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "The man:acpi_video[4] driver uses link:https://uefi.org/specs/ACPI/6.4/" "Apx_B_Video_Extensions/Apx_B_Video_Extensions.html[ACPI Video Extensions] to " @@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1718 msgid "" "... # cat /var/run/devd.pipe !system=ACPI subsystem=Video type=brightness " "notify=62 !system=ACPI subsystem=Video type=brightness notify=63 !" @@ -3427,20 +3427,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1721 msgid "" "Other options are available using `sysctl`. Refer to man:acpi[4] and man:" "acpiconf[8] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1723 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Problems" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "ACPI is present in all modern computers that conform to the ia32 (x86) and " "amd64 (AMD) architectures. The full standard has many features including " @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1734 msgid "" "An ACPI-compliant system has various components. The BIOS and chipset " "vendors provide various fixed tables, such as FADT, in memory that specify " @@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "" "The ACPI driver must parse the fixed tables, implement an interpreter for " "the bytecode, and modify device drivers and the kernel to accept information " @@ -3477,7 +3477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1744 msgid "" "For ACPI to work correctly, all the parts have to work correctly. Here are " "some common problems, in order of frequency of appearance, and some possible " @@ -3486,13 +3486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1745 #, no-wrap msgid "Mouse Issues" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1749 msgid "" "In some cases, resuming from a suspend operation will cause the mouse to " "fail. A known work around is to add `hint.psm.0.flags=\"0x3000\"` to [." @@ -3500,13 +3500,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1750 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend/Resume" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1756 msgid "" "ACPI has three suspend to RAM (STR) states, `S1`-`S3`, and one suspend to " "disk state (STD), called `S4`. STD can be implemented in two separate " @@ -3516,14 +3516,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1759 msgid "" "Use `sysctl hw.acpi` to check for the suspend-related items. These example " "results are from a Thinkpad:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1764 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" @@ -3531,14 +3531,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "Use `acpiconf -s` to test `S3`, `S4`, and `S5`. An `s4bios` of one (`1`) " "indicates ``S4``BIOS support instead of `S4` operating system support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1774 msgid "" "When testing suspend/resume, start with `S1`, if supported. This state is " "most likely to work since it does not require much driver support. No one " @@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "" "A common problem with suspend/resume is that many device drivers do not " "save, restore, or reinitialize their firmware, registers, or device memory " @@ -3556,7 +3556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1783 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl debug.bootverbose=1\n" @@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1788 msgid "" "This test emulates the suspend/resume cycle of all device drivers without " "actually going into `S3` state. In some cases, problems such as losing " @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1790 msgid "" "If the previous test worked, on a laptop it is possible to configure the " "system to suspend into `S3` on lid close and resume when it is open back " @@ -3584,24 +3584,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1794 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1797 msgid "This change can be made persistent across reboots:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1801 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3' >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "Harder cases require additional hardware, such as a serial port and cable " "for debugging through a serial console, a Firewire port and cable for using " @@ -3609,7 +3609,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1811 msgid "" "To help isolate the problem, unload as many drivers as possible. If it " "works, narrow down which driver is the problem by loading drivers until it " @@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1817 msgid "" "Try loading a recent Linux(R) distribution to see if suspend/resume works on " "the same hardware. If it works on Linux(R), it is likely a FreeBSD driver " @@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1821 msgid "" "Finally, try disabling ACPI and enabling APM instead. If suspend/resume " "works with APM, stick with APM, especially on older hardware (pre-2000). It " @@ -3645,13 +3645,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1822 #, no-wrap msgid "System Hangs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "" "Most system hangs are a result of lost interrupts or an interrupt storm. " "Chipsets may have problems based on boot, how the BIOS configures interrupts " @@ -3660,7 +3660,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "" "Interrupt storms can be distinguished from lost interrupts by checking the " "output of `vmstat -i` and looking at the line that has `acpi0`. If the " @@ -3670,20 +3670,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "" "When dealing with interrupt problems, try disabling APIC support with `hint." "apic.0.disabled=\"1\"` in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1833 #, no-wrap msgid "Panics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1840 msgid "" "Panics are relatively rare for ACPI and are the top priority to be fixed. " "The first step is to isolate the steps to reproduce the panic, if possible, " @@ -3695,7 +3695,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1844 msgid "" "Then, try to isolate the problem by booting with ACPI disabled. If that " "works, isolate the ACPI subsystem by using various values of `debug.acpi." @@ -3703,13 +3703,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "System Powers Up After Suspend or Shutdown" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1851 msgid "" "First, try setting `hw.acpi.disable_on_poweroff=\"0\"` in [.filename]#/boot/" "loader.conf#. This keeps ACPI from disabling various events during the " @@ -3719,20 +3719,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1853 #, no-wrap msgid "BIOS Contains Buggy Bytecode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1857 msgid "" "Some BIOS vendors provide incorrect or buggy bytecode. This is usually " "manifested by kernel console messages like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1862 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ACPI-1287: *** Error: Method execution failed [\\\\_SB_.PCI0.LPC0.FIGD._STA] \\\\\n" @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1866 msgid "" "Often, these problems may be resolved by updating the BIOS to the latest " "revision. Most console messages are harmless, but if there are other " @@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1867 #, no-wrap msgid "Overriding the Default AML" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1871 msgid "" "The BIOS bytecode, known as ACPI Machine Language (AML), is compiled from a " "source language called ACPI Source Language (ASL). The AML is found in the " @@ -3763,7 +3763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1876 msgid "" "The goal of FreeBSD is for everyone to have working ACPI without any user " "intervention. Workarounds are still being developed for common mistakes " @@ -3776,7 +3776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1879 msgid "" "To help identify buggy behavior and possibly fix it manually, a copy can be " "made of the system's ASL. To copy the system's ASL to a specified file " @@ -3785,13 +3785,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1883 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -td > my.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1887 msgid "" "Some AML versions assume the user is running Windows(R). To override this, " "set `hw.acpi.osname=_\"Windows 2009\"_` in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, " @@ -3799,7 +3799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1891 msgid "" "Other workarounds may require [.filename]#my.asl# to be customized. If this " "file is edited, compile the new ASL using the following command. Warnings " @@ -3808,13 +3808,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1895 #, no-wrap msgid "# iasl -f my.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1899 msgid "" "Including `-f` forces creation of the AML, even if there are errors during " "compilation. Some errors, such as missing return statements, are " @@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1902 msgid "" "The default output filename for `iasl` is [.filename]#DSDT.aml#. Load this " "file instead of the BIOS's buggy copy, which is still present in flash " @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acpi_dsdt_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3838,7 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1911 msgid "" "Be sure to copy [.filename]#DSDT.aml# to [.filename]#/boot#, then reboot the " "system. If this fixes the problem, send a man:diff[1] of the old and new " @@ -3847,13 +3847,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1913 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting and Submitting Debugging Info" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "" "The ACPI driver has a flexible debugging facility. A set of subsystems and " "the level of verbosity can be specified. The subsystems to debug are " @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1925 msgid "" "Debugging output is not enabled by default. To enable it, add `options " "ACPI_DEBUG` to the custom kernel configuration file if ACPI is compiled into " @@ -3878,13 +3878,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1929 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /sys/modules/acpi/acpi && make clean && make ACPI_DEBUG=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "" "Copy the compiled [.filename]#acpi.ko# to [.filename]#/boot/kernel# and add " "the desired level and layer to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. The entries " @@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "debug.acpi.layer=\"ACPI_ALL_COMPONENTS ACPI_ALL_DRIVERS\"\n" @@ -3901,7 +3901,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1943 msgid "" "If the required information is triggered by a specific event, such as a " "suspend and then resume, do not modify [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. " @@ -3912,7 +3912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "Once the debugging information is gathered, it can be sent to {freebsd-acpi} " "so that it can be used by the FreeBSD ACPI maintainers to identify the root " @@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "" "Before submitting debugging information to this mailing list, ensure the " "latest BIOS version is installed and, if available, the embedded controller " @@ -3928,12 +3928,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1952 msgid "When submitting a problem report, include the following information:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1954 msgid "" "Description of the buggy behavior, including system type, model, and " "anything that causes the bug to appear. Note as accurately as possible when " @@ -3941,27 +3941,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "" "The output of `dmesg` after running `boot -v`, including any error messages " "generated by the bug." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1956 msgid "" "The `dmesg` output from `boot -v` with ACPI disabled, if disabling ACPI " "helps to fix the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "" "Output from `sysctl hw.acpi`. This lists which features the system offers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "The URL to a pasted version of the system's ASL. Do _not_ send the ASL " "directly to the list as it can be very large. Generate a copy of the ASL by " @@ -3969,20 +3969,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1962 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpidump -dt > name-system.asl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "" "Substitute the login name for _name_ and manufacturer/model for _system_. " "For example, use [.filename]#njl-FooCo6000.asl#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1973 msgid "" "Most FreeBSD developers watch the {freebsd-current}, but one should submit " "problems to {freebsd-acpi} to be sure it is seen. Be patient when waiting " @@ -3994,32 +3994,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1975 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1978 msgid "More information about ACPI may be found in the following locations:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "" "The FreeBSD ACPI Mailing List Archives (https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/" "freebsd-acpi/[https://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-acpi/])" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "The ACPI 2.0 Specification (http://acpi.info/spec.htm[http://acpi.info/spec." "htm])" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "man:acpi[4], man:acpi_thermal[4], man:acpidump[8], man:iasl[8], and man:" "acpidb[8]" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po index d6289eae69..9b439ce2b5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 25. Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer " "to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync " @@ -60,75 +60,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:61 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with freebsd-update or Git." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine " "copy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with Git or documentation " "ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and " "FreeBSD-CURRENT." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Properly set up the network connection (crossref:advanced-" "networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Throughout this chapter, `git` is used to obtain and update FreeBSD " "sources. Optionally, the package:devel/git[] port or package may be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Update" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer " "release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system " @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without " "the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary " @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases " "as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new " @@ -158,14 +158,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "If a man:crontab[5] utilizing the features of man:freebsd-update[8] exists, " "it must be disabled before upgrading the operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "This section describes the configuration file used by `freebsd-update`, " "demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to upgrade to a minor or " @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "The default configuration file for `freebsd-update` works as-is. Some users " "may wish to tweak the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-" @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The " "default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "To leave specified directories, such as [.filename]#/bin# or [.filename]#/" "sbin#, untouched during the update process, add their paths to this " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n" @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified " "directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic " @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n" @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "List of directories with configuration files that `freebsd-update` should " "attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of man:diff[1] patches " @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n" @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In " "cases where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have " @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n" @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "When this option is set to `yes`, `freebsd-update` will assume that the " "`Components` list is complete and will not attempt to make changes outside " @@ -303,14 +303,19 @@ msgid "" "file which belongs to the `Components` list." msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:177 +msgid "Refer to man:freebsd-update.conf[5] for more details." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Applying Security Patches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, " "allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using `freebsd-" @@ -319,7 +324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following " "commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are " @@ -328,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" @@ -336,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in " "order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any " @@ -345,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "Usually, the user needs to be prepared to reboot the system. To know if the " "system requires a reboot due to a kernel update, execute the commands " @@ -354,20 +359,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every " "day by adding this entry to [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "@daily root freebsd-update cron\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be " "applied. The `root` user will be sent an email so that the patches may be " @@ -375,14 +380,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "If anything goes wrong, `freebsd-update` has the ability to roll back the " "last set of changes with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update rollback\n" @@ -390,14 +395,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules " "were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "Only the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel can be automatically updated by " "`freebsd-update`. If a custom kernel is installed, it will have to be " @@ -407,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "Always keep a copy of the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel in [.filename]#/boot/" "GENERIC#. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of problems and in " @@ -416,7 +421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "Unless the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-update.conf# " "has been changed, `freebsd-update` will install the updated kernel sources " @@ -425,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "The updates distributed by `freebsd-update` do not always involve the " "kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the kernel " @@ -440,23 +445,81 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap -msgid "Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades" +msgid "Performing Minor and Major Version Upgrades" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" -"Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another, like from FreeBSD 9.0 " -"to FreeBSD 9.1, are called _minor version_ upgrades. _Major version_ " -"upgrades occur when FreeBSD is upgraded from one major version to another, " -"like from FreeBSD 9.X to FreeBSD 10.X. Both types of upgrades can be " -"performed by providing `freebsd-update` with a release version target." +"Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another are called _minor " +"version_ upgrades. An example:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:253 +msgid "FreeBSD 13.1 to 13.2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:255 +msgid "_Major version_ upgrades increase the major version number. An example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:257 +msgid "FreeBSD 12.4 to 13.2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:259 +msgid "" +"Both types of upgrade can be performed by providing `freebsd-update` with a " +"release version target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:265 +msgid "" +"After each new `RELEASE`, FreeBSD package build servers will, for a limited " +"period, *not* use the newer version of the operating system. This provides " +"continuity for the many users who do not upgrade immediately after a release " +"announcement. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:267 +msgid "" +"packages for users of 13.1 and 13.2 will be built on a server running 13.1, " +"until 13.1 reaches end of life" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:269 +msgid "and, critically:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:271 +msgid "a kernel module that is built on 13.1 might *not* be suitable for 13.2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:273 +msgid "" +"So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if your package requirements include " +"any kernel module:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*be prepared to build the module from source*.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# before " @@ -465,20 +528,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" -"The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 9.0 system, will upgrade it to " -"FreeBSD 9.1:" +"The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 13.1 system, will upgrade it to " +"FreeBSD 13.2:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap -msgid "# freebsd-update -r 9.1-RELEASE upgrade\n" +msgid "# freebsd-update -r 13.2-RELEASE upgrade\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "After the command has been received, `freebsd-update` will evaluate the " "configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather the " @@ -487,17 +550,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n" -"Fetching metadata signature for 9.0-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n" +"Fetching metadata signature for 13.1-RELEASE from update1.FreeBSD.org... done.\n" "Fetching metadata index... done.\n" "Inspecting system... done.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n" @@ -508,7 +571,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n" @@ -517,13 +580,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "At this point, `freebsd-update` will attempt to download all files required " "for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted with questions " @@ -531,24 +594,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to " "the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WARNING: This system is running a \"MYKERNEL\" kernel, which is not a\n" -"kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE.\n" +"kernel configuration distributed as part of FreeBSD 13.1-RELEASE.\n" "This kernel will not be updated: you MUST update the kernel manually\n" "before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel will be used as an intermediate step in the " @@ -556,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be " "applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload " @@ -570,7 +633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening " "in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all " @@ -580,15 +643,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:325 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:361 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update install\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is " "running with a custom kernel, use man:nextboot[8] to set the kernel for the " @@ -596,13 +659,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "# nextboot -k GENERIC\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "Before rebooting with the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel, make sure it contains " "all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and connect to the " @@ -615,19 +678,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:373 msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:352 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown -r now\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "Once the system has come back online, restart `freebsd-update` using the " "following command. Since the state of the process has been saved, `freebsd-" @@ -636,27 +699,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may " "only be two install phases instead of three." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall " "all ports and packages as described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "Before using `freebsd-update`, ensure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#. If a custom " @@ -666,7 +729,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how " "many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the `GENERIC` " @@ -676,7 +739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /cdrom\n" @@ -685,13 +748,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "Alternately, the `GENERIC` kernel may be rebuilt and installed from source:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -699,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "For this kernel to be identified as the `GENERIC` kernel by `freebsd-" "update`, the [.filename]#GENERIC# configuration file must not have been " @@ -708,20 +771,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "Rebooting into the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel is not required as `freebsd-" "update` only needs [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# to exist." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems " "after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application " @@ -732,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with " "fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not " @@ -742,26 +805,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "A rebuild of all installed applications can be accomplished with this " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "This command will display the configuration screens for each application " "that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those " @@ -770,7 +833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a " "final call to `freebsd-update` in order to tie up all the loose ends in the " @@ -778,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel was temporarily used, this is the time to " "build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in crossref:" @@ -786,20 +849,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now " "complete." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "System State Comparison" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be " "tested using `freebsd-update IDS`. This command evaluates the current " @@ -808,7 +871,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "This command is not a replacement for a real IDS such as package:security/" "snort[]. As `freebsd-update` stores data on disk, the possibility of " @@ -822,19 +885,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with " "the SHA256 hash values for both the known value in the release and the " @@ -842,7 +905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be " "easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ " @@ -850,7 +913,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more\n" @@ -861,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files " "have natural modifications. For example, [.filename]#/etc/passwd# will be " @@ -872,13 +935,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Bootcode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "The following manuals describe the upgrade process of bootcode and boot " "loaders: man:gpart[8], man:gptboot[8], man:gptzfsboot[8], and man:loader." @@ -886,13 +949,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Documentation Set" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an " "up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the " @@ -902,14 +965,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports " "Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, " "refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors " @@ -918,13 +981,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Documentation from Source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of " "tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools can " @@ -933,37 +996,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Once installed, use `git` to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git /usr/doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it " "run until it completes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:545 msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "# git pull\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to " "[.filename]#/usr/doc#, everything is ready for an update of the installed " @@ -971,12 +1034,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:555 msgid "A full update may be performed by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" @@ -984,19 +1047,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking a Development Branch" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended " "audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective " @@ -1004,13 +1067,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the \"bleeding edge\" of FreeBSD development and FreeBSD-" "CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical skill. Less " @@ -1019,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes " "works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that " @@ -1032,19 +1095,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:580 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:582 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of " "the source tree." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to " "spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the " @@ -1052,14 +1115,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for " "reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT should _not_ be considered a fast-track to getting new " "features before the next release as pre-release features are not yet fully " @@ -1069,12 +1132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:590 msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:592 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-current} and the {dev-commits-src-main} lists. This is " "_essential_ in order to see the comments that people are making about the " @@ -1083,14 +1146,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "The {dev-commits-src-main} list records the commit log entry for each change " "as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes to the whole " @@ -1099,7 +1162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:598 msgid "" "Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, `git` is used to " "check out the -CURRENT code from the `main` branch of the FreeBSD Git " @@ -1107,7 +1170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the " "sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches " @@ -1116,7 +1179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT, read [.filename]#/usr/src/Makefile# very " "carefully and follow the instructions in <>. Read the {freebsd-" @@ -1126,7 +1189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions " "for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always " @@ -1134,13 +1197,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are " "made. Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general " @@ -1153,7 +1216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" "Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development " "process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should " @@ -1161,7 +1224,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this " "cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-" @@ -1173,12 +1236,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:621 msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-stable} in order to stay informed of build dependencies " "that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues requiring special " @@ -1189,7 +1252,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:627 msgid "" "Join the relevant git list for the branch being tracked. For example, users " "tracking the {betarel-current-major}-STABLE branch should join the {dev-" @@ -1199,7 +1262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes for the whole " @@ -1207,7 +1270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-" "STABLE release from the crossref:mirrors[mirrors,FreeBSD mirror sites] or " @@ -1217,16 +1280,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "To compile or upgrade an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use " "`git` to check out the source for the desired branch. Branch names, such as " -"`stable/9`, are listed at link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releng/[www.freebsd." +"`stable/13`, are listed at link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releng/[www.freebsd." "org/releng]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE , read [.filename]#/usr/src/" "Makefile# carefully and follow the instructions in <>. Read the " @@ -1236,13 +1299,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "The N-number" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "When tracking down bugs it is important to know which versions of the source " "code have been used to create the system exhibiting an issue. FreeBSD " @@ -1251,7 +1314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% uname -v\n" @@ -1259,7 +1322,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "The final field gives information regarding the kernel name, the person that " "built it, and the location that it was compiled in. Looking at the 4th " @@ -1267,13 +1330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "main-n247514-031260d64c18\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "" "main\t\t<.>\n" @@ -1283,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Git branch name. Note: comparisons of n-numbers are only valid on branches " "published by the project (`main`, `stable/XX` and `releng/XX`). Local " @@ -1292,19 +1355,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:661 msgid "" "The n-number is a linear count of commits back to the start of the Git " "repository starting with the Git hash included in the line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:662 msgid "Git hash of the checked out tree" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "Sometimes a suffix of `-dirty` is present when the kernel was built in a " "tree with uncommitted changes. It is absent in this example because the " @@ -1312,14 +1375,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "The `git rev-list` command is used to find the n-number corresponding to a " "Git hash. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git rev-list --first-parent --count 031260d64c18 <.>\n" @@ -1327,17 +1390,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:673 msgid "git hash to translate (the hash from the above example is reused)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:674 msgid "The n-number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "Usually this number is not all that important. However, when bug fixes are " "committed, this number makes it easy to quickly determine whether the fix is " @@ -1352,13 +1415,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating FreeBSD from Source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD by compiling from source offers several advantages over " "binary updates. Code can be built with options to take advantage of " @@ -1370,21 +1433,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "This is a quick reference for the typical steps used to update FreeBSD by " "building from source. Later sections describe the process in more detail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:674 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "When switching from man:mergemaster[8] to man:etcupdate[8], the first run " "might merge changes incorrectly generating spurious conflicts. To prevent " @@ -1393,8 +1456,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:679 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# etcupdate extract <.>\n" @@ -1402,28 +1465,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:682 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "Bootstrap the database of stock [.filename]#/etc# files; for more " "information see man:etcupdate[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:684 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "Check the diff after bootstrapping. Trim any local changes that are no " "longer needed to reduce the chance of conflicts in future updates." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:714 msgid "Update and Build" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# git pull /usr/src <.>\n" @@ -1440,85 +1503,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "Get the latest version of the source. See <> for " "more information on obtaining and updating source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "Check [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING# for any manual steps required before or " "after building from source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:710 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:745 msgid "Go to the source directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:737 msgid "Compile the world, everything except the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "Compile and install the kernel. This is equivalent to `make buildkernel " "installkernel`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:741 msgid "Reboot the system to the new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/# required before " "installworld." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:747 msgid "Install the world." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:749 msgid "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:751 msgid "Restart the system to use the newly-built world and kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparing for a Source Update" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:757 msgid "" "Read [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING#. Any manual steps that must be performed " "before or after an update are described in this file." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Source" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "FreeBSD source code is located in [.filename]#/usr/src/#. The preferred " "method of updating this source is through the Git version control system. " @@ -1526,7 +1589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1536,20 +1599,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "This indicates that [.filename]#/usr/src/# is under version control and can " "be updated with man:git[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "# git pull /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "The update process can take some time if the directory has not been updated " "recently. After it finishes, the source code is up to date and the build " @@ -1557,13 +1620,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "*Obtaining the Source:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "If the output says `fatal: not a git repository`, the files there are " "missing or were installed with a different method. A new checkout of the " @@ -1571,61 +1634,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Versions and Repository Branches" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "uname -r Output" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Repository Path" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-RELEASE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "`releng/_X.Y_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "The Release version plus only critical security and bug fix patches. This branch is recommended for most users." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-STABLE`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "`stable/_X_`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The Release version plus all additional development on that branch. _STABLE_ refers to the Applications Binary Interface (ABI) not changing, so software compiled for earlier versions still runs. For example, software compiled to run on FreeBSD 10.1 will still run on FreeBSD 10-STABLE compiled later.\n" @@ -1634,61 +1697,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X_-CURRENT`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "`main`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "The latest unreleased development version of FreeBSD. The CURRENT branch can have major bugs or incompatibilities and is recommended only for advanced users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:817 msgid "Determine which version of FreeBSD is being used with man:uname[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# uname -r\n" -"10.3-RELEASE\n" +"13.2-RELEASE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "Based on <>, the source used to update " -"`10.3-RELEASE` has a repository path of `releng/10.3`. That path is used " +"`13.2-RELEASE` has a repository path of `releng/13.2`. That path is used " "when checking out the source:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /usr/src /usr/src.bak <.>\n" -"# git clone --branch releng/10.3 https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src <.>\n" +"# git clone --branch releng/13.2 https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src <.>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "Move the old directory out of the way. If there are no local modifications " "in this directory, it can be deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "The path from <> is added to the " "repository URL. The third parameter is the destination directory for the " @@ -1696,13 +1759,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "Building from Source" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "The _world_, or all of the operating system except the kernel, is compiled. " "This is done first to provide up-to-date tools to build the kernel. Then " @@ -1710,7 +1773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1719,25 +1782,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:853 msgid "The compiled code is written to [.filename]#/usr/obj#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "These are the basic steps. Additional options to control the build are " "described below." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "Performing a Clean Build" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "Some versions of the FreeBSD build system leave previously-compiled code in " "the temporary object directory, [.filename]#/usr/obj#. This can speed up " @@ -1746,19 +1809,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "# make cleanworld\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Number of Jobs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:877 msgid "" "Increasing the number of build jobs on multi-core processors can improve " "build speed. Determine the number of cores with `sysctl hw.ncpu`. " @@ -1770,30 +1833,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "Increasing the Number of Build Jobs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:883 msgid "Building the world and kernel with four jobs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -j4 buildworld buildkernel\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Only the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "A `buildworld` must be completed if the source code has changed. After " "that, a `buildkernel` to build a kernel can be run at any time. To build " @@ -1801,7 +1864,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:902 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1809,13 +1872,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Custom Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "The standard FreeBSD kernel is based on a _kernel config file_ called [." "filename]#GENERIC#. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes the most " @@ -1825,7 +1888,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "For example, someone developing a small embedded computer with severely " "limited RAM could remove unneeded device drivers or options to make the " @@ -1833,7 +1896,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "Kernel config files are located in [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/conf/#, " "where _arch_ is the output from `uname -m`. On most computers, that is " @@ -1842,7 +1905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "[.filename]#/usr/src# can be deleted or recreated, so it is preferable to " "keep custom kernel config files in a separate directory, like [.filename]#/" @@ -1852,7 +1915,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "A custom config file can be created by copying the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "config file. In this example, the new custom kernel is for a storage " @@ -1860,7 +1923,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:931 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC /root/STORAGESERVER\n" @@ -1869,40 +1932,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:934 msgid "" "[.filename]#/root/STORAGESERVER# is then edited, adding or removing devices " "or options as shown in man:config[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "The custom kernel is built by setting `KERNCONF` to the kernel config file " "on the command line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Compiled Code" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "After the `buildworld` and `buildkernel` steps have been completed, the new " "kernel and world are installed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:955 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1914,14 +1977,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "If a custom kernel was built, `KERNCONF` must also be set to use the new " "custom kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:967 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1933,13 +1996,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "Completing the Update" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "A few final tasks complete the update. Any modified configuration files are " "merged with the new versions, outdated libraries are located and removed, " @@ -1947,13 +2010,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "Merging Configuration Files with man:etcupdate[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "man:etcupdate[8] is a tool for managing updates to files that are not " "updated as part of an installworld such as files located in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -1964,7 +2027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:986 msgid "" "In general, man:etcupdate[8] does not need any specific arguments for its " "job. There is however a handy in between command for sanity checking what " @@ -1972,37 +2035,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate diff\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:993 msgid "This command allows the user to audit configuration changes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "If man:etcupdate[8] is not able to merge a file automatically, the merge " "conflicts can be resolved with manual interaction by issuing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1000 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate resolve\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "Merging Configuration Files with man:mergemaster[8]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1024 msgid "" "man:mergemaster[8] provides a way to merge changes that have been made to " "system configuration files with new versions of those files. man:" @@ -2012,13 +2075,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -Ui\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "If a file must be manually merged, an interactive display allows the user to " "choose which portions of the files are kept. See man:mergemaster[8] for " @@ -2026,59 +2089,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking for Outdated Files and Libraries" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "Some obsolete files or directories can remain after an update. These files " "can be located:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "and deleted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1049 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "Some obsolete libraries can also remain. These can be detected with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1057 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "and deleted with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "Programs which were still using those old libraries will stop working when " "the library has been deleted. These programs must be rebuilt or replaced " @@ -2086,7 +2149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "When all the old files or directories are known to be safe to delete, " "pressing kbd:[y] and kbd:[Enter] to delete each file can be avoided by " @@ -2094,32 +2157,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "# make BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES=yes delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "Restarting After the Update" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "The last step after updating is to restart the computer so all the changes " "take effect:" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of " "disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download " @@ -2131,7 +2194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, " "known as a _build set_. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run " @@ -2142,7 +2205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "Select a machine to be the _test machine_, which will test software updates " "before they are put into production. This _must_ be a machine that can " @@ -2151,7 +2214,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "All the machines in this build set need to mount [.filename]#/usr/obj# and [." "filename]#/usr/src# from the build machine via NFS. For multiple build " @@ -2160,7 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/src.conf# on " "all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means " @@ -2173,7 +2236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in " "<>, but do not install anything on the build machine. Instead, " @@ -2185,7 +2248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "" "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use " "the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines " @@ -2193,7 +2256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1136 msgid "" "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to " "share [.filename]#/usr/ports# via NFS to all the machines in the build set. " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po index 8176a454b0..a6128ce365 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial software" +msgid "This chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop environments, including web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial software" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: part @@ -31,1105 +31,2027 @@ msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 7. Desktop Applications" +msgid "Chapter 7. Desktop Environments" msgstr "" -#. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:15 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:14 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap -msgid "Desktop Applications" +msgid "Desktop Environments" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it " -"is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over {numports} " -"applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a " -"customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This " -"chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including " -"web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial " -"software." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather " -"than configuring one from scratch should refer to https://ghostbsd." -"org[GhostBSD], https://www.midnightbsd.org[MidnightBSD] or https://nomadbsd." -"org[NomadBSD]." +"is also well suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over {numports} " +"applications available in the FreeBSD ports tree, it is straightforward to " +"build a customized desktop that can run a wide variety of desktop " +"applications. This chapter demonstrates how to install popular desktop " +"environments as well as desktop applications such as web browsers, " +"productivity software, document viewers, and financial software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:65 -msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:59 +msgid "Prerequisites:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" -"Install additional software using packages or ports as described in crossref:" -"ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." +"Readers of this chapter should already understand how to install either the " +"crossref:x11[x11,X Window System] or crossref:wayland[wayland,Wayland] on " +"FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" -"Install X and a window manager as described in crossref:x11[x11,The X Window " -"System]." +"Readers are instructed throughout this chapter to install official packages. " +"Refer to the section on crossref:ports[ports-using,using the ports " +"collection] to build customized packages from ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" -"For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to " -"crossref:multimedia[multimedia,Multimedia]." +"This section describes how to install and configure some popular desktop " +"environments on a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a " +"simple window manager to a complete suite of desktop applications." msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:72 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap -msgid "Browsers" +msgid "Supported desktop environments" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the " -"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[www] category of the Ports Collection " -"contains many browsers which can be installed as a package or compiled from " -"the Ports Collection." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1090 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"The KDE and GNOME desktop environments include their own HTML browser. " -"Refer to crossref:x11[x11-wm,“Desktop Environments”] for more information on " -"how to set up these complete desktops." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1090 +#, no-wrap +msgid "License" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Some lightweight browsers include package:www/dillo2[], package:www/links[], " -"and package:www/w3m[]." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1090 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers " -"and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile " -"from ports, or has any major dependencies." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "KDE Plasma" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:88 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:196 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:403 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap -msgid "Application Name" +msgid "GPL 2.0 or later" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:89 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:197 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:404 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap -msgid "Resources Needed" +msgid "x11/kde5" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:90 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:198 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:405 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:553 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap -msgid "Installation from Ports" +msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap -msgid "Notes" +msgid "x11/gnome" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:93 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap -msgid "Firefox" +msgid "XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:94 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:99 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "medium" +msgid "GPL, LGPL, BSD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:95 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:100 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:105 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:203 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:213 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:217 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:430 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:558 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:563 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "x11-wm/xfce4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MATE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap -msgid "heavy" +msgid "GPL 2.0, LGPL 2.0" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD, Linux(R), and localized versions are available" +msgid "x11/mate" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:98 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap -msgid "Konqueror" +msgid "Cinnamon" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap -msgid "Requires KDE libraries" +msgid "x11/cinnamon" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:103 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chromium" +msgid "LXQT" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "Requires Gtk+" +msgid "GPL, LGPL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "x11-wm/lxqt" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" -"Firefox is an open source browser that features a standards-compliant HTML " -"display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved " -"security, and more. Firefox is based on the Mozilla codebase." +"KDE Plasma is an easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a " +"suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu " +"and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, internationalization, and a " +"centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration. More information on KDE " +"can be found at the link:https://kde.org/[KDE homepage]. For FreeBSD-" +"specific information, consult the link:https://freebsd.kde.org/[FreeBSD " +"homepage at KDE]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install KDE Plasma meta package" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:114 -msgid "To install the package of the latest release version of Firefox, type:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:112 +msgid "" +"To install the KDE Plasma meta package with KDE Frameworks, Plasma Desktop " +"and Applications execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install firefox\n" +msgid "# pkg install kde5\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimal KDE Plasma installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:121 -msgid "To instead install Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) version, use:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:122 +msgid "To install a minimal KDE Plasma execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install firefox-esr\n" +msgid "# pkg install plasma5-plasma\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:129 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" -"The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of " -"Firefox from source code. This example builds package:www/firefox[], where " -"`firefox` can be replaced with the ESR or localized version to install." +"This installation is *really* minimal. Konsole must be installed separately " +"executing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/www/firefox\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# pkg install konsole\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:141 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure KDE Plasma" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" -"Konqueror is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a " -"multimedia viewer. Supports WebKit as well as its own KHTML. WebKit is a " -"rendering engine used by many modern browsers including Chromium." +"KDE Plasma uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware " +"abstraction. This application is automatically installed as a dependency of " +"KDE Plasma." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:143 -msgid "Konqueror can be installed as a package by typing:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:234 +msgid "Enable D-BUS service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install konqueror\n" +msgid "# sysrc dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:150 -msgid "To install from the Ports Collection:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:153 +msgid "To increase messages size execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11-fm/konqueror/\n" -"# make install clean\n" +"sysctl net.local.stream.recvspace=65536\n" +"sysctl net.local.stream.sendspace=65536\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:162 -msgid "" -"Chromium is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, " -"faster, and more stable web browsing experience. Chromium features tabbed " -"browsing, popup blocking, extensions, and much more. Chromium is the open " -"source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based." +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start KDE Plasma" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:164 -msgid "Chromium can be installed as a package by typing:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:165 +msgid "" +"The preferred KDE Plasma display manager is package:x11/sddm[]. To install " +"package:x11/sddm[], execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install chromium\n" +msgid "# pkg install sddm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, Chromium can be compiled from source using the Ports " -"Collection:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:528 +msgid "Enable SDDM service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/www/chromium\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# sysrc sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:181 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" -"The executable for Chromium is [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chrome#, not [." -"filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#." +"The keyboard language can be set in SDDM by running the following command " +"(for Spanish, for example):" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:184 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap -msgid "Productivity" +msgid "# sysrc sddm_lang=\"es_ES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" -"When it comes to productivity, users often look for an office suite or an " -"easy-to-use word processor. While some <> like " -"KDE provide an office suite, there is no default productivity package. " -"Several office suites and graphical word processors are available for " -"FreeBSD, regardless of the installed window manager." +"A second method to start KDE Plasma is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. " +"For this to work, the following line is needed in ~/.xinitrc:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:191 -msgid "" -"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity " -"software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to " -"compile from ports, or has any major dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:407 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap -msgid "Major Dependencies" +msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Calligra" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:197 +msgid "" +"GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for " +"starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and " +"applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy for applications to " +"cooperate and be consistent with each other." msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:207 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:208 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:409 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:410 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:414 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:415 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:419 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:420 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:425 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:429 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap -msgid "light" +msgid "Install GNOME meta pacakge" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:569 -#, no-wrap -msgid "KDE" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:202 +msgid "" +"To install the GNOME meta package with GNOME Desktop and Applications, " +"execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:206 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:248 -#, no-wrap -msgid "AbiWord" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:210 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap -msgid "Gtk+ or GNOME" +msgid "# pkg install gnome\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:211 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap -msgid "The Gimp" +msgid "Minimal GNOME installation" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:215 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:427 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Gtk+" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 +msgid "" +"To install the GNOME-lite meta package with a GNOME desktop slimmed down for " +"only the basics, execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:216 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:294 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Apache OpenOffice" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:218 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "huge" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap -msgid "JDK(TM) and Mozilla" +msgid "# pkg install gnome-lite\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:221 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:346 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap -msgid "LibreOffice" +msgid "Configure GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:222 -#, no-wrap -msgid "somewhat heavy" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:223 +msgid "" +"GNOME requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to " +"mount this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:224 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap -msgid "Gtk+, or KDE/ GNOME, or JDK(TM)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" -"The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed " -"separately from KDE. Calligra includes standard components that can be " -"found in other office suites. Words is the word processor, Sheets is the " -"spreadsheet program, Stage manages slide presentations, and Karbon is used " -"to draw graphical documents." +"# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" +"proc /proc procfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" -"In FreeBSD, package:editors/calligra[] can be installed as a package or a " -"port. To install the package:" +"GNOME uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " +"This application is automatically installed as a dependency of GNOME." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install calligra\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:241 +msgid "It is often desirable to also start all GNOME services." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:241 -msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:243 +msgid "Enable GNOME services in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# sysrc gnome_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:252 -msgid "" -"AbiWord is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to " -"Microsoft(R) Word. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly." +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" -"AbiWord can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary " -"ones like Microsoft(R) [.filename]#.rtf#." +"GNOME Display Manager is the preferred display manager for GNOME. GDM is " +"installed as part of the GNOME package." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:256 -msgid "To install the AbiWord package:" +msgid "Enable GDM in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install abiword\n" +msgid "# sysrc gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" -"If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports " -"Collection:" +"A second method to start GNOME is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " +"this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword\n" -"# make install clean\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The GIMP" +msgid "% echo \"exec gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" -"For image authoring or picture retouching, The GIMP provides a sophisticated " -"image manipulation program. It can be used as a simple paint program or as " -"a quality photo retouching suite. It supports a large number of plugins and " -"features a scripting interface. The GIMP can read and write a wide range of " -"file formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets." +"XFCE is a desktop environment based on the GTK+, lightweight and provides a " +"simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a " +"main panel with menus, applets, and application launchers, provides a file " +"manager and sound manager, and is themeable. Since it is fast, light, and " +"efficient, it is ideal for older or slower machines with memory limitations." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ==== #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:278 -msgid "To install the package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install gimp\n" +msgid "Install XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:285 -msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:281 +msgid "To install the XFCE meta package, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# pkg install xfce\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:293 -msgid "" -"The graphics category (https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/graphics/[freebsd.org/" -"ports/graphics/]) of the Ports Collection contains several GIMP-related " -"plugins, help files, and user manuals." +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" -"Apache OpenOffice is an open source office suite which is developed under " -"the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's Incubator. It includes all of " -"the applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word " -"processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and drawing program. Its user " -"interface is similar to other office suites, and it can import and export in " -"various popular file formats. It is available in a number of different " -"languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell " -"checkers, and dictionaries." +"XFCE requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " +"this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" -"The word processor of Apache OpenOffice uses a native XML file format for " -"increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a " -"macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. Apache " -"OpenOffice is stable and runs natively on Windows(R), Solaris(TM), Linux(R), " -"FreeBSD, and Mac OS(R) X. More information about Apache OpenOffice can be " -"found at http://openoffice.org/[openoffice.org]. For FreeBSD specific " -"information refer to http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/[porting." -"openoffice.org/freebsd/]." +"XFCE uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " +"This application is automatically installed as a dependency of XFCE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:308 -msgid "To install the Apache OpenOffice package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:510 +msgid "Enable D-BUS in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:312 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install apache-openoffice\n" +msgid "Start XFCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" -"Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch Apache " -"OpenOffice:" +"package:x11/lightdm[] is a display manager that supports different display " +"technologies and is a good choice as it is very lightweight, requires little " +"memory usage, and has fast performance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:390 +msgid "To install it, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap -msgid "% openoffice-X.Y.Z\n" +msgid "# pkg install lightdm lightdm-gtk-greeter\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:323 -msgid "" -"where _X.Y.Z_ is the version number of the installed version of Apache " -"OpenOffice. The first time Apache OpenOffice launches, some questions will " -"be asked and a [.filename]#.openoffice.org# folder will be created in the " -"user's home directory." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:463 +msgid "Enable lightdm in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:467 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# sysrc lightdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" -"If the desired Apache OpenOffice package is not available, compiling the " -"port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a " -"fairly long time to compile:" +"A second method to start XFCE is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " +"this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "% echo '. /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc' > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:336 -msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:" +#. What does "traditional metaphors" mean? +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:340 +msgid "The MATE Desktop Environment is the continuation of GNOME 2." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:340 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:342 +msgid "" +"It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using " +"traditional metaphors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap -msgid "# make LOCALIZED_LANG=your_language install clean\n" +msgid "Install MATE meta package" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" -"Replace _your_language_ with the correct language ISO-code. A list of " -"supported language codes is available in [.filename]#files/Makefile." -"localized#, located in the port's directory." +"To install the MATE meta package that includes the MATE Desktop with some " +"extra applications such as text editor, archiver manager, etc., execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install mate\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimal MATE installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:357 +msgid "" +"To install the MATE lite meta package with MATE desktop slimmed down for " +"only the basics, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install mate-base\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:364 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure MATE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:368 +msgid "" +"MATE requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " +"this file system automatically during system startup:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:378 +msgid "" +"MATE uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " +"This application is automatically installed as a dependency of MATE. Enable " +"D-BUS in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start MATE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:405 +msgid "" +"A second method to start MATE is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " +"this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:409 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session mate-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:418 +msgid "" +"Cinnamon is a UNIX(R) desktop which provides advanced innovative features " +"and a traditional user experience. The desktop layout is similar to Gnome " +"2. The underlying technology is forked from Gnome Shell. The emphasis is " +"put on making users feel at home and providing them with an easy to use and " +"comfortable desktop experience." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:420 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install Cinnamon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:423 +msgid "To install the Cinnamon package, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:427 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install cinnamon\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure Cinnamon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:434 +msgid "" +"Cinnamon requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to " +"mount this file system automatically during system startup:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:444 +msgid "" +"Cinnamon uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware " +"abstraction. This application is automatically installed as a dependency of " +"Cinnamon. Enable D-BUS in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:451 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Cinnamon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:456 +msgid "To install it execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:471 +msgid "" +"A second method to start Cinnamon is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. " +"For this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:475 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session cinnamon-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:483 +msgid "" +"LXQt is an advanced, easy-to-use, and fast desktop environment based on Qt " +"technologies. It has been tailored for users who value simplicity, speed, " +"and an intuitive interface. Unlike most desktop environments, LXQt also " +"works fine with less powerful machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install LXQT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:488 +msgid "To install the LXQT meta package, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install lxqt\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure LXQT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:499 +msgid "" +"LXQT requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " +"this file system automatically during system startup:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:508 +msgid "" +"LXQT uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " +"This application is automatically installed as a dependency of LXQT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start LXQT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:521 +msgid "" +"The preferred LXQT display manager is package:x11/sddm[]. To install " +"package:x11/sddm[], execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:535 +msgid "" +"The keyboard language can be set in SDDM by running the following command " +"(for example, for Spanish):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:543 +msgid "" +"A second method to start LXQT is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " +"this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:547 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session startlxqt\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:550 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:553 +msgid "" +"This section describes how to install and configure some popular web " +"browsers on a FreeBSD system, from full web browsers with high resource " +"consumption to command line web browsers with reduced resource usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:554 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1092 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resources Needed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:923 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MPL 2.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/firefox[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Heavy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:632 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chromium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BSD-3 and others" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/chromium[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:651 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Iridium browser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:572 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/iridium[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:664 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Falkon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/falkon[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:680 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Konqueror" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:582 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:x11-fm/konqueror[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1018 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Medium" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:693 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Gnome Web (Epiphany)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:798 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GPL 3.0 or later" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:587 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/epiphany[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:705 +#, no-wrap +msgid "qutebrowser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/qutebrowser[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dillo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:597 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/dillo2[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:801 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Light" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:733 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Links" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:602 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/links[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "w3m" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:768 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MIT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:www/w3m[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:616 +msgid "" +"Firefox is an open source browser that features a standards-compliant HTML " +"display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved " +"security, and more. Firefox is based on the Mozilla codebase." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:618 +msgid "" +"To install the package of the latest release version of Firefox, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:622 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install firefox\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:625 +msgid "" +"To instead install Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) version, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:629 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install firefox-esr\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:637 +msgid "" +"Chromium is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, " +"faster, and more stable web browsing experience. Chromium features tabbed " +"browsing, popup blocking, extensions, and much more. Chromium is the open " +"source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:639 +msgid "To install Chromium, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:643 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install chromium\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" -"LibreOffice is a free software office suite developed by http://www." -"documentfoundation.org/[documentfoundation.org]. It is compatible with " -"other major office suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a " -"rebranded fork of Apache OpenOffice and includes applications found in a " -"complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, " -"presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a " -"tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a " -"number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to " -"interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries." +"The executable for Chromium is [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chrome#, not [." +"filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:655 +msgid "" +"Iridium is a free, open, and libre browser modification of the Chromium code " +"base, with privacy being enhanced in several key areas. Automatic " +"transmission of partial queries, keywords, metrics to central services is " +"inhibited and only occurs with consent." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:657 +msgid "To install Iridium, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:661 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install iridium\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:671 +msgid "" +"Falkon is a new-ish and very fast QtWebEngine browser. It aims to be a " +"lightweight web browser available on all major platforms. Falkon has all " +"standard functions you expect from a web browser. It includes bookmarks, " +"history (both also in sidebar) and tabs. Beyond that, you block ads with a " +"builtin AdBlock plugin, block Flash content with Click2Flash and edit the " +"local CA Certificates database with an SSL Manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:673 +msgid "To install Falkon, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install falkon\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:684 +msgid "" +"Konqueror is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a " +"multimedia viewer. It supports WebKit, a rendering engine used by many " +"modern browsers including Chromium, as well as its own KHTML engine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:686 +msgid "To install Konqueror, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:690 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install konqueror\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:696 +msgid "" +"Gnome Web (Epiphany) is a web browser designed to be as lightweight and fast " +"as possible, at the expense of many of the features found in other browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:698 +msgid "To install Gnome Web (Epiphany), execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:702 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install epiphany\n" +msgstr "" + +#. What are these and how does this information help in this context? +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:709 +msgid "" +"Qutebrowser is a keyboard-focused browser with a minimal GUI. It is based " +"on Python and PyQt5 and free software, licensed under the GPL." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:711 +msgid "" +"It was inspired by other browsers/addons like dwb and Vimperator/Pentadactyl." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:713 +msgid "To install qutebrowser, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:717 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install qutebrowser\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:724 +msgid "" +"Dillo aims to be a multiplatform alternative browser that is small, stable, " +"developer-friendly, usable, fast, and extensible. This new, experimental " +"version of Dillo is based upon FLTK toolkit, rather than GTK1, and has been " +"substantially rewritten." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:726 +msgid "To install Dillo, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install dillo2\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:736 +msgid "" +"A lynx-like WWW browser with text and graphics modes with many features like " +"displaying tables, menus, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:738 +msgid "To install Links, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:742 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install links\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:748 +msgid "" +"w3m is a pager/text-based web browser. It is a similar application to Lynx, " +"but it has several features Lynx doesn't have like rendering tables and " +"rendering frames." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:750 +msgid "To install w3m, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install w3m\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:757 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Development tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:760 +msgid "" +"This section describes how to install and configure some popular development " +"tools on a FreeBSD system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:761 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported development tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:804 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Visual Studio Code" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:769 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:editors/vscode[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:817 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Qt Creator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:773 +#, no-wrap +msgid "QtGPL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:devel/qtcreator[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:777 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kdevelop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:778 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GPL 2.0 or later and LGPL 2.0 or later" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:devel/kdevelop[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:850 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Eclipse IDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:783 +#, no-wrap +msgid "EPL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:784 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:java/eclipse[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:864 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Vim" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:788 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VIM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:789 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:editors/vim[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:881 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Neovim" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:793 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Apache 2.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:editors/neovim[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:895 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNU Emacs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:799 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:editors/emacs[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:808 +msgid "" +"Visual Studio Code is a type of tool that combines the simplicity of a code " +"editor with what developers need for their core edit-build-debug cycle. It " +"provides comprehensive editing and debugging support, an extensibility " +"model, and lightweight integration with existing tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:810 +msgid "To install Visual Studio Code, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:814 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install vscode\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:821 +msgid "" +"Qt Creator is a cross-platform IDE (integrated development environment) " +"tailored to the needs of Qt developers. Functionalities included with Qt " +"Creator are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:823 +msgid "code editor with C++, QML and ECMAscript support;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:824 +msgid "rapid code navigation tools;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:825 +msgid "static code checking and style hints as you type;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:826 +msgid "context sensitive help;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:827 +msgid "visual debugger;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:828 +msgid "integrated GUI layout and forms designer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:830 +msgid "To install Qt Creator, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:834 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install qtcreator\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:837 +#, no-wrap +msgid "kdevelop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:841 +msgid "" +"Open source, feature-full, plugin extensible IDE for C/C++ and other " +"programming languages. It is based on KDevPlatform and the KDE and Qt " +"libraries, and it has been under development since 1998." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:843 +msgid "To install kdevelop, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:847 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install kdevelop\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:357 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" -"The word processor of LibreOffice uses a native XML file format for " -"increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a " -"macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. LibreOffice " -"is stable and runs natively on Windows(R), Linux(R), FreeBSD, and Mac OS(R) " -"X. More information about LibreOffice can be found at http://www." -"libreoffice.org/[libreoffice.org]." +"The Eclipse Platform is an open extensible IDE for anything and yet nothing " +"in particular. The Eclipse Platform provides building blocks and a " +"foundation for constructing and running integrated software-development " +"tools. The Eclipse Platform allows tool builders to independently develop " +"tools that integrate with other people's tools." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:359 -msgid "To install the English version of the LibreOffice package:" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:857 +msgid "To install Eclipse IDE, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install libreoffice\n" +msgid "# pkg install eclipse\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:868 msgid "" -"The editors category (https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors/[freebsd.org/" -"ports/editors/]) of the Ports Collection contains several localizations for " -"LibreOffice. When installing a localized package, replace `libreoffice` " -"with the name of the localized package." +"Vim is a highly configurable text editor built to enable efficient text " +"editing. It is an improved version of the vi editor distributed with most " +"UNIX systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" -"Once the package is installed, type the following command to run LibreOffice:" +"Vim is often called a \"programmer's editor,\" and so useful for programming " +"that many consider it an entire IDE. It's not just for programmers, " +"though. Vim is perfect for all kinds of text editing, from composing email " +"to editing configuration files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:874 +msgid "To install Vim, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap -msgid "% libreoffice\n" +msgid "# pkg install vim\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" -"During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a [.filename]#." -"libreoffice# folder will be created in the user's home directory." +"Neovim is an aggressive refactor of package:editors/vim[]. It represents a " +"complete overhaul of the codebase with many sanity improvements, including " +"sensible defaults, a built-in terminal emulator, asynchronous plugin " +"architecture, and powerful APIs designed for speed and extensibility. It " +"retains full compatibility with almost all Vim plugins and scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:380 -msgid "" -"If the desired LibreOffice package is not available, compiling the port is " -"still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly " -"long time to compile. This example compiles the English version:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:888 +msgid "To install Neovim, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# pkg install neovim\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:391 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" -"To build a localized version, `cd` into the port directory of the desired " -"language. Supported languages can be found in the editors category (https://" -"www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors/[freebsd.org/ports/editors/]) of the Ports " -"Collection." +"GNU Emacs is an extensible, customizable, free/libre text editor. At its " +"core is an interpreter for Emacs Lisp, a dialect of the Lisp programming " +"language with extensions to support text editing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:901 +msgid "To install GNU Emacs, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:905 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install emacs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap -msgid "Document Viewers" +msgid "Desktop office productivity" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:913 msgid "" -"Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of UNIX(R) " -"and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This " -"section demonstrates how to install the following document viewers:" +"When it comes to productivity, users often look for an office suite or an " +"easy-to-use word processor. While some desktop environments like <> provide an office suite, there is no default " +"productivity package. Several office suites and graphical word processors " +"are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the installed desktop environments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:915 +msgid "" +"This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity " +"software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to " +"compile from ports, or has any major dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:916 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported Desktop office productivity suites" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:408 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap -msgid "Xpdf" +msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap -msgid "FreeType" +msgid "package:editors/libreoffice[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:413 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:455 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap -msgid "gv" +msgid "Calligra Suite" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap -msgid "Xaw3d" +msgid "LGPL and GPL" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:418 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:477 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap -msgid "Geeqie" +msgid "package:editors/calligra[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:423 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap -msgid "ePDFView" +msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:519 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap -msgid "Okular" +msgid "package:editors/abiword[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" -"For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, Xpdf provides a light-" -"weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the " -"standard X fonts and does not require any additional toolkits." +"LibreOffice is a free software office suite developed by http://www." +"documentfoundation.org/[The Document Foundation]. It is compatible with " +"other major office suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a " +"rebranded fork of Apache OpenOffice and includes applications found in a " +"complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, " +"presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a " +"tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a " +"number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to " +"interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries. More information about " +"LibreOffice can be found at http://www.libreoffice.org/[libreoffice.org]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:439 -msgid "To install the Xpdf package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:948 +msgid "To install LibreOffice, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:952 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install xpdf\n" +msgid "# pkg install libreoffice\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:446 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:492 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:590 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:612 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:634 -msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:957 +msgid "" +"The LibreOffice package comes by default only in English. To have a " +"localized version of LibreOffice it is necessary to install a language " +"pack. For example, for the version localized in Spanish, it is necessary to " +"install the package package:editors/libreoffice-es[] with the command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# pkg install libreoffice-es\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:454 -msgid "" -"Once the installation is complete, launch `xpdf` and use the right mouse " -"button to activate the menu." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:964 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Calligra" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" -"gv is a PostScript(R) and PDF viewer. It is based on ghostview, but has a " -"nicer look as it is based on the Xaw3d widget toolkit. gv has many " -"configurable features, such as orientation, paper size, scale, and anti-" -"aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with either the keyboard or " -"the mouse." +"The KDE Plasma desktop environment includes an office suite which can be " +"installed separately from KDE Plasma. Calligra includes standard components " +"that can be found in other office suites. Words is the word processor, " +"Sheets is the spreadsheet program, Stage manages slide presentations, and " +"Karbon is used to draw graphical documents." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:463 -msgid "To install gv as a package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:971 +msgid "To install Calligra, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install gv\n" +msgid "# pkg install calligra\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:470 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:512 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:532 -msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:475 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/print/gv\n" -"# make install clean\n" +"AbiWord is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to " +"Microsoft(R) Word. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" -"Geeqie is a fork from the unmaintained GQView project, in an effort to move " -"development forward and integrate the existing patches. Geeqie is an image " -"manager which supports viewing a file with a single click, launching an " -"external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also features a slideshow mode " -"and some basic file operations, making it easy to manage image collections " -"and to find duplicate files. Geeqie supports full screen viewing and " -"internationalization." +"AbiWord can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary " +"ones like Microsoft(R) [.filename]#.rtf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:485 -msgid "To install the Geeqie package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:986 +msgid "To install AbiWord, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install geeqie\n" +msgid "# pkg install abiword\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:497 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:993 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "Document Viewers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" -"ePDFView is a lightweight `PDF` document viewer that only uses the Gtk+ and " -"Poppler libraries. It is currently under development, but already opens " -"most `PDF` files (even encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support " -"for printing using CUPS." +"Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of UNIX(R) " +"and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This " +"section demonstrates how to install the following document viewers:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:505 -msgid "To install ePDFView as a package:" +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:998 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported Document Viewers" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:509 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install epdfview\n" +msgid "Okular" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:517 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1094 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "GPL 2.0" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:523 -msgid "" -"Okular is a universal document viewer based on KPDF for KDE. It can open " -"many document formats, including `PDF`, PostScript(R), DjVu, `CHM`, `XPS`, " -"and ePub." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1006 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:graphics/okular[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:525 -msgid "To install Okular as a package:" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1040 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Evince" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:529 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install okular\n" +msgid "package:graphics/evince[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:537 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:540 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap -msgid "Finance" +msgid "package:graphics/epdfview[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1067 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Xpdf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1021 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:graphics/xpdf[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1023 +#, no-wrap +msgid "light" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1029 +msgid "Okular is a universal document viewer, part of the KDE Plasma project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "" -"For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-" -"to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread " -"file formats, such as the formats used by Quicken and Excel." +"Okular combines excellent functionality with the versatility of supporting " +"different kind of documents, like PDF, Postscript, DjVu, CHM, XPS, ePub and " +"others." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:546 -msgid "This section covers these programs:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1033 +msgid "To install Okular, execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:571 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap -msgid "GnuCash" +msgid "# pkg install okular\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:560 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:565 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GNOME" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1045 +msgid "" +"Evince is a document viewer for multiple document formats including PDF and " +"Postscript. Part of the GNOME project. The goal of evince is to replace " +"document viewers such as ggv and gpdf with a single, simple application." msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:597 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Gnumeric" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1047 +msgid "To install Evince, execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:619 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1051 #, no-wrap -msgid "KMyMoney" +msgid "# pkg install evince\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" -"GnuCash is part of the GNOME effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, " -"applications to end-users. GnuCash can be used to keep track of income and " -"expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive interface " -"while remaining professional." +"ePDFView is a lightweight PDF document viewer that only uses the Gtk+ and " +"Poppler libraries. The aim of ePDFView is to make a simple PDF document " +"viewer, similar to Evince but without using the GNOME libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1060 +msgid "To install ePDFView, execute:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1064 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install epdfview\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" -"GnuCash provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and " -"many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a " -"single transaction into several more detailed pieces. GnuCash can import " -"and merge Quicken QIF files. It also handles most international date and " -"currency formats." +"For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, Xpdf provides a light-" +"weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the " +"standard X fonts and does not require any additional toolkits." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:583 -msgid "To install the GnuCash package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1073 +msgid "To install Xpdf, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install gnucash\n" +msgid "# pkg install xpdf\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:595 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1080 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "Finance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" -"Gnumeric is a spreadsheet program developed by the GNOME community. It " -"features convenient automatic guessing of user input according to the cell " -"format with an autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a " -"number of popular formats, including Excel, Lotus 1-2-3, and Quattro Pro. " -"It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of the usual cell " -"formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more." +"For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-" +"to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread " +"file formats, such as the formats used by Quicken and Excel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:605 -msgid "To install Gnumeric as a package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1086 +msgid "This section covers these programs:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:609 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1087 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install gnumeric\n" +msgid "Supported Finance programs" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:617 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "KMyMoney" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1095 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:finance/kmymoney[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GnuCash" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1099 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GPL 2.0 and GPL 3.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:finance/gnucash[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "KMyMoney is a personal finance application created by the KDE community. " "KMyMoney aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal " @@ -1140,20 +2062,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:627 -msgid "To install KMyMoney as a package:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1113 +msgid "To install KMyMoney, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install kmymoney-kde4\n" +msgid "# pkg install kmymoney\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1125 +msgid "" +"GnuCash is part of the GNOME effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, " +"applications to end-users. GnuCash can be used to keep track of income and " +"expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive interface " +"while remaining professional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1130 +msgid "" +"GnuCash provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and " +"many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a " +"single transaction into several more detailed pieces. GnuCash can import " +"and merge Quicken QIF files. It also handles most international date and " +"currency formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1132 +msgid "To install GnuCash, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "# pkg install gnucash\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po index 1d6677df78..10c37e74f7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 19. Storage" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Storage" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This " "includes SCSI and IDE disks, CD and DVD media, memory-backed disks, and USB " @@ -55,80 +55,80 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use USB storage devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to use CD and DVD media on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up memory disks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,configure and install a new " "FreeBSD kernel]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "This section describes how to add a new SATA disk to a machine that " "currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer and install " @@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Inspect [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot# to ensure the new disk was found. " "In this example, the newly added SATA drive will appear as [.filename]#ada1#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. " "The http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning " @@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be " "removed with `gpart delete`. See man:gpart[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To " "improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT ada1\n" @@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See man:" "gpart[8] for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:106 msgid "The disk partition information can be viewed with `gpart show`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% gpart show ada1\n" @@ -198,61 +198,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:117 msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "An empty directory is created as a _mountpoint_, a location for mounting the " "new disk in the original disk's file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /newdisk\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "Finally, an entry is added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# so the new disk will " "be mounted automatically at startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:138 msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /newdisk\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already " "present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk " @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting [." "filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#. In this example, there is only one SATA " @@ -271,12 +271,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:156 msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "If the disk was formatted with the http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning scheme, it may show as \"corrupted\" " @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart recover ada0\n" @@ -305,14 +305,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new " "partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last " "partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the " @@ -334,24 +334,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:197 msgid "Disable the swap partition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Delete the third partition, specified by the `-i` flag, from the disk _ada0_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart delete -i 3 ada0\n" @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted " "file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file " @@ -374,13 +374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the " "desired size. The partition to resize is specified with `-i`, and the new " @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart resize -i 2 -s 47G -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -403,14 +403,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "Recreate the swap partition and activate it. If no size is specified with `-" "s`, all remaining space is used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -424,13 +424,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "Grow the UFS file system to use the new capacity of the resized partition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# growfs /dev/ada0p2\n" @@ -443,33 +443,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "If the file system is ZFS, the resize is triggered by running the `online` " "subcommand with `-e`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool online -e zroot /dev/ada0p2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use " "the newly-available disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, USB thumbdrives, and " "CD and DVD burners, use the Universal Serial Bus (USB). FreeBSD provides " @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "USB 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, including Haswell " "(Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a `failed with error 19` " @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "Support for USB storage devices is built into the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the following lines are present " @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:umass[4] driver which uses the SCSI subsystem to access " "USB storage devices. Since any USB device will be seen as a SCSI device by " @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a USB storage " "device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the device so that it " @@ -526,13 +526,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "To test the USB configuration, plug in the USB device. Use `dmesg` to " "confirm that the drive appears in the system message buffer. It should look " @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: on usbus0\n" @@ -555,21 +555,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "The brand, device node ([.filename]#da0#), speed, and size will differ " "according to the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Since the USB device is seen as a SCSI one, `camcontrol` can be used to list " "the USB storage devices attached to the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -577,14 +577,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "Alternately, `usbconfig` can be used to list the device. Refer to man:" "usbconfig[8] for more information about this command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# usbconfig\n" @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "If the device has not been formatted, refer to <> for " "instructions on how to format and create partitions on the USB drive. If " @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling `vfs." "usermount` as described below, should not be considered safe from a security " @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all " "users of the device a member of the `operator` group using man:pw[8]. Next, " @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[localrules=5]\n" @@ -628,20 +628,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "If internal SCSI disks are also installed in the system, change the second " "line as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "This will exclude the first three SCSI disks ([.filename]#da0# to [." "filename]#da2#) from belonging to the `operator` group. Replace _3_ with " @@ -650,38 +650,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:389 msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by " "adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs.usermount=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use `sysctl` to set this " "variable now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be " "mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the " @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/username\n" @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "Suppose a USB thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device [.filename]#/dev/da0s1# " "appears. If the device is formatted with a FAT file system, the user can " @@ -716,31 +716,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:430 msgid "Before the device can be unplugged, it _must_ be unmounted first:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "% umount /mnt/username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar " "to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n" @@ -750,31 +750,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "Automounting Removable Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "USB devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting this line in [." "filename]#/etc/auto_master#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:456 msgid "Then add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -785,14 +785,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "Reload the configuration if man:autofs[5] and man:devd[8] are already " "running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount restart\n" @@ -800,30 +800,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "man:autofs[5] can be set to start at boot by adding this line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:482 msgid "man:autofs[5] requires man:devd[8] to be enabled, as it is by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:484 msgid "Start the services immediately with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in " "[.filename]#/media/#. The directory is named after the file system label. " @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted " "after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted " @@ -849,26 +849,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "# automount -fu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and USB memory sticks. It " "can be used with any block device, including optical drives or iSCSILUNs." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using CD Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "Compact Disc (CD) media provide a number of features that differentiate them " "from conventional disks. They are designed so that they can be read " @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and " "duplicating audio and data CDs. This chapter demonstrates the use of " @@ -889,13 +889,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for SCSI, USB, and ATAPICD " "readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that need to " @@ -903,12 +903,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:527 msgid "For a SCSI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -918,12 +918,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:537 msgid "For a USB burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -939,12 +939,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:553 msgid "For an ATAPI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n" @@ -954,40 +954,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel " "configuration file if the burner is an ATAPI device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "device atapicam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded " "at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run `dmesg` and look for an " "entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device name in the " @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% dmesg | grep cd\n" @@ -1008,20 +1008,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a CD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `cdrecord` can be used to burn CDs. This command is installed " "with the package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "While `cdrecord` has many options, basic usage is simple. Specify the name " "of the ISO file to burn and, if the system has multiple burner devices, " @@ -1029,20 +1029,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "To determine the device name of the burner, use `-scanbus` which might " "produce results like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cdrecord -scanbus\n" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "Locate the entry for the CD burner and use the three numbers separated by " "commas as the value for `dev`. In this case, the Yamaha burner device is " @@ -1079,14 +1079,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the " "burner:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -1094,20 +1094,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Use the numeric values for `scbus`, `target`, and `lun`. For this example, " "`1,0,0` is the device name to use." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing Data to an ISO File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "In order to produce a data CD, the data files that are going to make up the " "tracks on the CD must be prepared before they can be burned to the CD. In " @@ -1119,13 +1119,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the " "limitations of the standard ISO 9660 file system, and will exclude files " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by " "the standard. In particular, `-R` enables the Rock Ridge extensions common " @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "For CDs that are going to be used only on FreeBSD systems, `-U` can be used " "to disable all filename restrictions. When used with `-R`, it produces a " @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "The last option of general use is `-b`. This is used to specify the " "location of a boot image for use in producing an \"El Torito\" bootable CD. " @@ -1166,18 +1166,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:684 msgid "The resulting ISO image can be mounted as a memory disk with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0\n" @@ -1185,21 +1185,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "One can then verify that [.filename]#/mnt# and [.filename]#/tmp/myboot# are " "identical." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "There are many other options available for `mkisofs` to fine-tune its " "behavior. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "It is possible to copy a data CD to an image file that is functionally " "equivalent to the image file created with `mkisofs`. To do so, use [." @@ -1208,25 +1208,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:707 msgid "" "The resulting image file can be burned to CD as described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data CDs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "Once an ISO has been burned to a CD, it can be mounted by specifying the " "file system type, the name of the device containing the CD, and an existing " @@ -1234,13 +1234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "Since `mount` assumes that a file system is of type `ufs`, an `Incorrect " "super block` error will occur if `-t cd9660` is not included when mounting a " @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "While any data CD can be mounted this way, disks with certain ISO 9660 " "extensions might behave oddly. For example, Joliet disks store all " @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "In order to do this character conversion with the help of `-C`, the kernel " "requires the [.filename]#cd9660_iconv.ko# module to be loaded. This can be " @@ -1266,20 +1266,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with " "`kldload`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "Occasionally, `Device not configured` will be displayed when trying to mount " "a data CD. This usually means that the CD drive has not detected a disk in " @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "Sometimes, a SCSICD drive may be missed because it did not have enough time " "to answer the bus reset. To resolve this, a custom kernel can be created " @@ -1299,20 +1299,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "This tells the SCSI bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, to give the CD " "drive every possible chance to answer the bus reset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "It is possible to burn a file directly to CD, without creating an ISO 9660 " "file system. This is known as burning a raw data CD and some people do this " @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data CD. In order to " "retrieve the data burned to such a CD, the data must be read from the raw " @@ -1329,31 +1329,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:769 msgid "In order to mount a data CD, the data must be written using `mkisofs`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "Duplicating Audio CDs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "To duplicate an audio CD, extract the audio data from the CD to a series of " "files, then write these files to a blank CD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "<> describes how to duplicate and burn an audio CD. If the " "FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 and the device is ATAPI, the `atapicam` " @@ -1361,13 +1361,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Duplicating an Audio CD" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "The package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port installs `cdda2wav`. This " "command can be used to extract all of the audio tracks, with each track " @@ -1375,13 +1375,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one CD device " "on the system. Refer to the `cdda2wav` manual page for instructions on how " @@ -1390,30 +1390,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:792 msgid "Use `cdrecord` to write the [.filename]#.wav# files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "Make sure that _2,0_ is set appropriately, as described in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using DVD Media" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "Compared to the CD, the DVD is the next generation of optical media storage " "technology. The DVD can hold more data than any CD and is the standard for " @@ -1421,12 +1421,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:807 msgid "Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "DVD-R: This was the first DVD recordable format available. The DVD-R " "standard is defined by the http://www.dvdforum.org/forum.shtml[DVD Forum]. " @@ -1434,14 +1434,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "DVD-RW: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R standard. A DVD-RW can " "be rewritten about 1000 times." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "DVD-RAM: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as a removable hard " "drive. However, this media is not compatible with most DVD-ROM drives and " @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:812 msgid "" "DVD+RW: This is a rewritable format defined by the https://en.wikipedia.org/" "wiki/DVD%2BRW_Alliance[DVD+RW Alliance]. A DVD+RW can be rewritten about " @@ -1458,19 +1458,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:813 msgid "DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the DVD+RW format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "A single layer recordable DVD can hold up to 4,700,000,000 bytes which is " "actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is 1024 bytes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. " "For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on " @@ -1480,20 +1480,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "To perform DVD recording, use man:growisofs[1]. This command is part of the " "package:sysutils/dvd+rw-tools[] utilities which support all DVD media types." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:831 msgid "" "These tools use the SCSI subsystem to access the devices, therefore " "<> must be loaded or statically compiled into " @@ -1503,28 +1503,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:833 msgid "" "DMA access must also be enabled for ATAPI devices, by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:838 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1070 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:840 msgid "" "Before attempting to use dvd+rw-tools, consult the http://fy.chalmers.se/" "~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html[Hardware Compatibility Notes]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "For a graphical user interface, consider using package:sysutils/k3b[] which " "provides a user friendly interface to man:growisofs[1] and many other " @@ -1532,13 +1532,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning Data DVDs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] is a front-end to <>, it will invoke " "man:mkisofs[8] to create the file system layout and perform the write on the " @@ -1547,20 +1547,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in [.filename]#/path/to/data#, use " "the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "In this example, `-J -R` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to create an ISO 9660 " "file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge extensions. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "For the initial session recording, `-Z` is used for both single and multiple " "sessions. Replace _/dev/cd0_, with the name of the DVD device. Using `-dvd-" @@ -1578,18 +1578,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:867 msgid "To burn a pre-mastered image, such as _imagefile.iso_, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:875 msgid "" "The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the " "media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use `-speed=`. " @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid " "file system must be created by passing `-udf -iso-level 3` to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -1609,36 +1609,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:884 msgid "To create this type of ISO file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:891 msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:898 msgid "" "When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are " "required for man:growisofs[1] to burn that image on a disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "Be sure to use an up-to-date version of package:sysutils/cdrtools[], which " "contains man:mkisofs[8], as an older version may not contain large files " @@ -1647,13 +1647,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a DVD-Video" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-" "UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure " @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in " "the same way as any other image. If `dvdauthor` was used to make the DVD " @@ -1671,13 +1671,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "`-dvd-video` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to instruct it to create a DVD-" "Video file system layout. This option implies the `-dvd-compat` man:" @@ -1685,13 +1685,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD+RW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "Unlike CD-RW, a virgin DVD+RW needs to be formatted before first use. It is " "_recommended_ to let man:growisofs[1] take care of this automatically " @@ -1700,14 +1700,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:929 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin DVD+RW " "medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the DVD+RW can be burned as " @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:935 msgid "" "To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a " "DVD+RW, the media does not need to be blanked first. Instead, write over " @@ -1723,13 +1723,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "The DVD+RW format supports appending data to a previous recording. This " "operation consists of merging a new session to the existing one as it is not " @@ -1738,57 +1738,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:946 msgid "For example, to append data to a DVD+RW, use the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:951 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "The same man:mkisofs[8] options used to burn the initial session should be " "used during next writes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "Use `-dvd-compat` for better media compatibility with DVD-ROM drives. When " "using DVD+RW, this option will not prevent the addition of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:961 msgid "To blank the media, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:967 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "A DVD-RW accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential and restricted " "overwrite. By default, DVD-RW discs are in sequential format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "A virgin DVD-RW can be directly written without being formatted. However, a " "non-virgin DVD-RW in sequential format needs to be blanked before writing a " @@ -1796,19 +1796,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:976 msgid "To blank a DVD-RW in sequential mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:981 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1025 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:987 msgid "" "A full blanking using `-blank=full` will take about one hour on a 1x media. " "A fast blanking can be performed using `-blank`, if the DVD-RW will be " @@ -1817,40 +1817,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] automatically attempts to detect fast blanked media " "and engage DAO write, `-use-the-force-luke=dao` should not be required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any DVD-RW as this " "format is more flexible than the default of incremental sequential." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "To write data on a sequential DVD-RW, use the same instructions as for the " "other DVD formats:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "" "To append some data to a previous recording, use `-M` with man:" "growisofs[1]. However, if data is appended on a DVD-RW in incremental " @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1012 msgid "" "A DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format does not need to be blanked before a " "new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with `-Z`. It is also " @@ -1868,25 +1868,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "To put a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format, the following command must " "be used:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1021 msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-Session" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "Few DVD-ROM drives support multi-session DVDs and most of the time only read " "the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and DVD-RW in sequential format can accept " @@ -1895,14 +1895,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "" "Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, " "DVD-R, or DVD-RW in sequential format, will add a new session to the disc:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "Using this command with a DVD+RW or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode " "will append data while merging the new session to the existing one. The " @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end " "and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data " @@ -1920,20 +1920,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "For More Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "To obtain more information about a DVD, use `dvd+rw-mediainfo _/dev/cd0_` " "while the disc in the specified drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "More information about dvd+rw-tools can be found in man:growisofs[1], on the " "http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/[dvd+rw-tools web site], and in " @@ -1941,20 +1941,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "When creating a problem report related to the use of dvd+rw-tools, always " "include the output of `dvd+rw-mediainfo`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "DVD-RAM writers can use either a SCSI or ATAPI interface. For ATAPI " "devices, DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to [." @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "A DVD-RAM can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any other hard drive, " "the DVD-RAM must be formatted before it can be used. In this example, the " @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/acd0 bs=2k count=1\n" @@ -1979,49 +1979,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "The DVD device, [.filename]#acd0#, must be changed according to the " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "Once the DVD-RAM has been formatted, it can be mounted as a normal hard " "drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "Once mounted, the DVD-RAM will be both readable and writeable." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Steps to Format a Floppy*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "" "A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This " "is usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media " @@ -2031,20 +2031,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first " "floppy drive and issue:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "" "After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by " "the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported " @@ -2052,18 +2052,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "To write the disk label, use man:bsdlabel[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The " "floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a " @@ -2071,18 +2071,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with man:" "mount_msdosfs[8]. One can also install and use package:emulators/mtools[] " @@ -2090,18 +2090,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1139 #, no-wrap msgid "Using NTFS Disks" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "This section explains how to mount NTFS disks in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "" "NTFS (New Technology File System) is a proprietary journaling file system " "developed by Microsoft(R). It has been the default file system in Microsoft " @@ -2111,37 +2111,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1151 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Steps to Mount a NTFS Disk*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1154 msgid "" "Before using a FUSE file system we need to load the man:fusefs[5] kernel " "module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload fusefs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=fusefs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "Install the actual NTFS file system from packages as in the example (see " "crossref:ports[pkgng-intro,Using pkg for Binary Package Management]) or from " @@ -2149,32 +2149,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1172 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install fusefs-ntfs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "Last we need to create a directory where the file system will be mounted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1179 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /mnt/usb\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1182 msgid "" "Suppose a USB disk is plugged in. The disk partition information can be " "viewed with man:gpart[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show da0\n" @@ -2183,62 +2183,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "We can mount the disk using the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1195 #, no-wrap msgid "# ntfs-3g /dev/da0s1 /mnt/usb/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1197 msgid "The disk is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1199 msgid "Additionally, an entry can be added to /etc/fstab:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1203 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da0s1 /mnt/usb\tntfs mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g,noauto,rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "Now the disk can be now mounted with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1210 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /mnt/usb\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1213 msgid "The disk can be unmounted with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1217 #, no-wrap msgid "# umount /mnt/usb/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1221 #, no-wrap msgid "Backup Basics" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1224 msgid "" "Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to " "recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, " @@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1227 msgid "" "The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the " "data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable " @@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1229 msgid "" "Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This " "provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow " @@ -2262,28 +2262,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "" "File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or " "previous versions of files." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another " "system on the network using a scheduled package:net/rsync[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1232 msgid "" "Hardware or software RAID, which minimizes or avoids downtime when a disk " "fails." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could " "create a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored " @@ -2293,20 +2293,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and " "manage backups on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1245 msgid "" "The traditional UNIX(R) programs for backing up a file system are man:" "dump[8], which creates the backup, and man:restore[8], which restores the " @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1249 msgid "" "If `dump` is used on the root directory, it will not back up [.filename]#/" "home#, [.filename]#/usr# or many other directories since these are typically " @@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "When used to restore data, `restore` stores temporary files in [.filename]#/" "tmp/# by default. When using a recovery disk with a small [.filename]#/" @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "When using `dump`, be aware that some quirks remain from its early days in " "Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R),circa 1975. The default parameters assume a " @@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "It is possible to backup a file system across the network to a another " "system or to a tape drive attached to another computer. While the man:" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1263 msgid "" "Instead, one can use `dump` and `restore` in a more secure fashion over an " "SSH connection. This example creates a full, compressed backup of [." @@ -2366,13 +2366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1264 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1271 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n" @@ -2380,39 +2380,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "This example sets `RSH` in order to write the backup to a tape drive on a " "remote system over a SSH connection:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1276 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh with `RSH` Set" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1282 #, no-wrap msgid "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1285 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1288 msgid "" "Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring " "specified files and directories as needed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1292 msgid "" "A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is man:" "tar[1]. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R) and by default " @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves " "it to [.filename]#/tmp/mybackup.tgz#. When creating a backup file, make " @@ -2430,19 +2430,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz .\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1308 msgid "" "To restore the entire backup, `cd` into the directory to restore into and " "specify the name of the backup. Note that this will overwrite any newer " @@ -2452,19 +2452,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1309 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1315 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1320 msgid "" "There are dozens of available switches which are described in man:tar[1]. " "This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to specify which " @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, man:" "cpio[1] is a good choice. Unlike `tar`, `cpio` does not know how to walk " @@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1326 msgid "" "For example, a list of files can be created using `ls` or `find`. This " "example creates a recursive listing of the current directory which is then " @@ -2490,19 +2490,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ls` and `cpio` to Make a Recursive Backup of the Current Directory" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1333 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1339 msgid "" "A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by `tar` and " "`cpio` is man:pax[1]. Over the years, the various versions of `tar` and " @@ -2512,30 +2512,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1341 msgid "The `pax` equivalent to the previous examples would be:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `pax`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1348 #, no-wrap msgid "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax .\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1352 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1357 msgid "" "While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to " "combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any " @@ -2544,7 +2544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1361 msgid "" "For SCSI tape devices, FreeBSD uses the man:sa[4] driver and the [." "filename]#/dev/sa0#, [.filename]#/dev/nsa0#, and [.filename]#/dev/esa0# " @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `mt` is used to control operations of the tape drive, such as " "seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks to the tape. " @@ -2565,75 +2565,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "This utility supports many operations. Refer to man:mt[1] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1373 msgid "" "To write a single file to tape using `tar`, specify the name of the tape " "device and the file to backup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "To recover files from a `tar` archive on tape into the current directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1384 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xvf /dev/sa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1388 msgid "" "To backup a UFS file system, use `dump`. This examples backs up [." "filename]#/usr# without rewinding the tape when finished:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1392 #, no-wrap msgid "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "" "To interactively restore files from a `dump` file on tape into the current " "directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1399 #, no-wrap msgid "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1402 #, no-wrap msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1406 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can " "be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make " @@ -2643,45 +2643,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1408 msgid "Popular utilities include Amanda, Bacula, rsync, and duplicity." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1409 #, no-wrap msgid "Emergency Recovery" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following " "steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1414 msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1416 msgid "`gpart show`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1417 msgid "`more /etc/fstab`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "`dmesg`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1422 msgid "" "Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure " "location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation " @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1427 msgid "" "The installation media for FreeBSD/i386 {rel112-current}-RELEASE does not " "include a rescue shell. For this version, instead download and burn a " @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1433 msgid "" "Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. " "Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These " @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1435 msgid "" "For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote " "location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by " @@ -2719,13 +2719,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1437 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of " "memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents " @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1445 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:md[4] driver is used to provide support for memory " "disks. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes this driver. When using a " @@ -2742,19 +2742,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1449 #, no-wrap msgid "device md\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1458 msgid "" "To mount an existing file system image, use `mdconfig` to specify the name " "of the ISO file and a free unit number. Then, refer to that unit number to " @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f diskimage.iso -u 0\n" @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1468 msgid "" "Notice that `-t cd9660` was used to mount an ISO format. If a unit number " "is not specified with `-u`, `mdconfig` will automatically allocate an unused " @@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1472 msgid "" "When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released " "back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use `mdconfig` to " @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1477 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -2800,20 +2800,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1480 msgid "" "To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type " "`mdconfig -l`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1482 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1487 msgid "" "FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated " "from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly " @@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1492 msgid "" "To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of `swap` and the " "size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory disk with a file " @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1506 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t swap -s 5m -u 1\n" @@ -2849,14 +2849,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1510 msgid "" "To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to " "use. This example creates an empty 5MB file named [.filename]#newimage#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1516 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=newimage bs=1k count=5k\n" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1519 msgid "" "Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it " "with the UFS file system, mount the memory disk, and verify the size of the " @@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f newimage -u 0\n" @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1538 msgid "" "It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system " "using `mdconfig`. FreeBSD also comes with `mdmfs` which automatically " @@ -2901,46 +2901,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1542 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with `mdmfs`, use this one " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1549 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "" "If the unit number is not specified, `mdmfs` will automatically select an " "unused memory device. For more details about `mdmfs`, refer to man:mdmfs[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1555 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1558 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with crossref:config[soft-updates," "Soft Updates]: file system snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "" "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and " "treat them as a file. Snapshot files must be created in the file system " @@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1567 msgid "" "The un-alterable `snapshot` file flag is set by man:mksnap_ffs[8] after " "initial creation of a snapshot file. man:unlink[1] makes an exception for " @@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1570 msgid "" "Snapshots are created using man:mount[8]. To place a snapshot of [." "filename]#/var# in the file [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap#, use the " @@ -2970,49 +2970,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1574 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1577 msgid "Alternatively, use man:mksnap_ffs[8] to create the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1581 #, no-wrap msgid "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1584 msgid "" "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as [.filename]#/var#, " "using man:find[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1588 #, no-wrap msgid "# find /var -flags snapshot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1591 msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because " "the snapshot can be transferred to CDs or tape." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1594 msgid "" "The file system integrity checker, man:fsck[8], may be run on the snapshot. " "Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should " @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "Running man:dump[8] on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is " "consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. man:" @@ -3029,14 +3029,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To man:" "mount[8] the snapshot [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap# run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1601 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1607 msgid "" "The frozen [.filename]#/var# is now available through [.filename]#/mnt#. " "Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot " @@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1612 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1615 msgid "" "For more information about `softupdates` and file system snapshots, " "including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at http://" @@ -3069,13 +3069,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1617 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "" "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of " "files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. " @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1624 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the UFS file " "system. To configure quotas on the ZFS file system, refer to crossref:" @@ -3092,18 +3092,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1628 msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" @@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1637 msgid "" "In this example, the `1` indicates quota support. If the value is instead " "`0`, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -3120,24 +3120,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1641 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1644 msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1648 #, no-wrap msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1654 msgid "" "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by " "man:quotacheck[8]. This program insures that the data in the quota database " @@ -3147,13 +3147,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1658 #, no-wrap msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1663 msgid "" "Finally, edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to enable disk quotas on a per-file " "system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add `userquota` " @@ -3162,26 +3162,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1667 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1671 msgid "" "To enable group quotas, use `groupquota` instead. To enable both user and " "group quotas, separate the options with a comma:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1675 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1680 msgid "" "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system " "as [.filename]#quota.user# and [.filename]#quota.group#. Refer to man:" @@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and [.filename]#/etc/" "rc# will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial " @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1685 msgid "" "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run " "man:quotacheck[8], man:quotaon[8], or man:quotaoff[8]. However, one should " @@ -3206,36 +3206,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1686 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Quota Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1693 #, no-wrap msgid "# quota -v\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1696 msgid "" "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits " "for each file system that quotas are enabled on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1698 msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with `edquota`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1702 msgid "" "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space " "a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. " @@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1707 msgid "" "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no " "further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For " @@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1711 msgid "" "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace " "period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit " @@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1715 msgid "" "In the following example, the quota for the `test` account is being edited. " "When `edquota` is invoked, the editor specified by `EDITOR` is opened in " @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1724 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# edquota -u test\n" @@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. " "One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode " @@ -3295,18 +3295,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1734 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1737 msgid "The new quota limits take effect upon exiting the editor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1742 msgid "" "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can " "be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use `-" @@ -3316,24 +3316,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1746 #, no-wrap msgid "# edquota -p test 10000-19999\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1749 msgid "For more information, refer to man:edquota[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1750 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1756 msgid "" "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use man:quota[1]. " "A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a " @@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1760 msgid "" "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not " "show in the output of `quota`, even if the user has a quota limit assigned " @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" @@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1771 msgid "" "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 " "kbytes on [.filename]#/usr# and has 5 days of grace period left. The " @@ -3371,13 +3371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1772 #, no-wrap msgid "Quotas over NFS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1776 msgid "" "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the NFS server. The man:rpc." "rquotad[8] daemon makes quota information available to `quota` on NFS " @@ -3385,37 +3385,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1778 msgid "" "On the NFS server, enable `rpc.rquotad` by removing the `+#+` from this line " "in [.filename]*/etc/inetd.conf*:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1782 #, no-wrap msgid "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1785 msgid "Then, restart `inetd`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1789 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1792 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1797 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data " "access. File permissions and crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory Access Control] " @@ -3427,7 +3427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1801 msgid "" "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive " "or powered-down computer, the GEOM-based cryptographic subsystems built into " @@ -3439,7 +3439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on " "FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using `gbde` and then " @@ -3447,13 +3447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1805 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1810 msgid "" "The objective of the man:gbde[4] facility is to provide a formidable " "challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a _cold_ storage " @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1815 msgid "" "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each " "disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit AES in " @@ -3475,31 +3475,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1817 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for gbde which can be loaded with this " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1821 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1824 msgid "" "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1826 msgid "`options GEOM_BDE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1828 msgid "" "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that " "will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as [.filename]#/" @@ -3507,18 +3507,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1830 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with gbde" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "Add the New Hard Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1835 msgid "" "Install the new drive to the system as explained in <>. For " "the purposes of this example, a new hard drive partition has been added as [." @@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3537,18 +3537,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1845 msgid "Create a Directory to Hold `gbde` Lock Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1849 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /etc/gbde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "" "The gbde lock file contains information that gbde requires to access " "encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, gbde will not be " @@ -3558,12 +3558,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1855 msgid "Initialize the `gbde` Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1860 msgid "" "A gbde partition must be initialized before it can be used. This " "initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the " @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" @@ -3588,7 +3588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1879 msgid "" "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase " "used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The " @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1883 msgid "" "This initialization creates a lock file for the gbde partition. In this " "example, it is stored as [.filename]#/etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock#. Lock files " @@ -3608,7 +3608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "" "Lock files _must_ be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted " "partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to " @@ -3616,18 +3616,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1891 msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1895 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1899 msgid "" "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during " "the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device " @@ -3635,7 +3635,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1906 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -3645,12 +3645,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1909 msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can " "be created on the device. This example creates a UFS file system with soft " @@ -3659,23 +3659,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1917 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1927 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /private\n" @@ -3683,17 +3683,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1930 msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1932 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% df -H\n" @@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1947 msgid "" "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to " "the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be " @@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1953 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. " "After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted " @@ -3734,7 +3734,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "" "sysinstall is incompatible with gbde-encrypted devices. All [.filename]#*." "bde# devices must be detached from the kernel before starting sysinstall or " @@ -3743,19 +3743,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1968 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1972 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1977 msgid "" "An alternative cryptographic GEOM class is available using `geli`. This " "control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing " @@ -3763,37 +3763,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1979 msgid "" "Utilizes the man:crypto[9] framework and automatically uses cryptographic " "hardware when it is available." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "" "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as AES, Blowfish, and 3DES." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the " "encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1984 msgid "" "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it " "is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the " @@ -3801,19 +3801,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1985 msgid "" "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap " "partitions and temporary file systems." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1987 msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in man:geli[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1993 msgid "" "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be " "used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under [." @@ -3825,18 +3825,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1995 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with `geli`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1997 msgid "Load `geli` Support" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1999 msgid "" "Support for `geli` is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure " "the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following " @@ -3844,31 +3844,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2003 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2006 msgid "To load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2010 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_eli\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these " "lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2018 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" @@ -3876,12 +3876,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2021 msgid "Generate the Master Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2028 msgid "" "The following commands generate a master key that all data will be encrypted " "with. This key can never be changed. Rather than using it directly, it is " @@ -3893,7 +3893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2035 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" @@ -3903,39 +3903,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2038 msgid "" "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method " "of securing the master key can be used in isolation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2041 msgid "" "If the key file is given as \"-\", standard input will be used. For " "example, this command generates three key files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2045 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2048 msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2050 msgid "" "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the " "passphrase:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2055 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" @@ -3943,12 +3943,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2058 msgid "This creates a new device with an [.filename]#.eli# extension:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2063 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" @@ -3956,19 +3956,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2066 msgid "Create the New File System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2068 msgid "" "Next, format the device with the UFS file system and mount it on an existing " "mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2074 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" @@ -3977,12 +3977,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2077 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2088 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df -H\n" @@ -3996,7 +3996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2091 msgid "" "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the [.filename]#/" "private# partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into " @@ -4005,7 +4005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2096 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /private\n" @@ -4013,7 +4013,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2099 msgid "" "An [.filename]#rc.d# script is provided to simplify the mounting of `geli`-" "encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to [." @@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2104 #, no-wrap msgid "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" @@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2114 msgid "" "This configures [.filename]#/dev/da2# as a `geli` provider with a master key " "of [.filename]#/root/da2.key#. The system will automatically detach the " @@ -4045,13 +4045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2116 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2123 msgid "" "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to " "protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with " @@ -4063,7 +4063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2126 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using " "man:gbde[8] or man:geli[8] encryption. It assumes that [.filename]#/dev/" @@ -4071,13 +4071,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2127 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2131 msgid "" "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any " "sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition " @@ -4085,20 +4085,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2135 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2138 msgid "" "To encrypt the swap partition using man:gbde[8], add the `.bde` suffix to " "the swap line in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2143 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4106,14 +4106,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2146 msgid "" "To instead encrypt the swap partition using man:geli[8], use the `.eli` " "suffix:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 msgid "" "By default, man:geli[8] uses the AES algorithm with a key length of 128 " "bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these " @@ -4130,13 +4130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2157 #, no-wrap msgid "aalgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2160 msgid "" "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data " "has not been tampered with. See man:geli[8] for a list of supported " @@ -4144,39 +4144,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 #, no-wrap msgid "ealgo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2164 msgid "" "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See man:geli[8] for a list " "of supported algorithms." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2165 #, no-wrap msgid "keylen" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2168 msgid "" "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See man:geli[8] " "for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2169 #, no-wrap msgid "sectorsize" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2173 msgid "" "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger " "sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. " @@ -4184,14 +4184,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2175 msgid "" "This example configures an encrypted swap partition using the Blowfish " "algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -4199,25 +4199,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2182 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2185 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be " "verified using `swapinfo`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2187 msgid "If man:gbde[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4226,12 +4226,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2196 msgid "If man:geli[8] is being used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -4240,13 +4240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2205 #, no-wrap msgid "Highly Available Storage (HAST)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2211 msgid "" "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business " "applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such " @@ -4260,89 +4260,89 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2213 msgid "The following are the main features of HAST:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "Can be used to mask I/O errors on local hard drives." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified " "during the downtime of a node are synchronized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2218 msgid "" "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a " "robust and durable storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2221 msgid "After reading this section, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "How to integrate CARP and man:devd[8] to build a robust storage system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2227 msgid "Before reading this section, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems " "(crossref:config[config-tuning,Configuration and Tuning])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "" "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (crossref:partiv[network-" "communication,\"Network Communication\"])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2233 msgid "" "The HAST project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from " "http://www.omc.net/[http://www.omc.net/] and http://www.transip.nl/[http://" @@ -4350,13 +4350,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2234 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Operation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2238 msgid "" "HAST provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical " "machines: the _primary_ node and the _secondary_ node. These two machines " @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2242 msgid "" "Since HAST works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of " "the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also " @@ -4374,14 +4374,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2244 msgid "" "The physical components of the HAST system are the local disk on primary " "node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2248 msgid "" "HAST operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file " "systems and applications. HAST provides regular GEOM providers in [." @@ -4390,7 +4390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2252 msgid "" "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to " "the remote disk over TCP/IP. Each read operation is served from the local " @@ -4399,7 +4399,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2256 msgid "" "HAST tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is " "important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide " @@ -4409,14 +4409,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "There are many ways to handle synchronization. HAST implements several " "replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2261 msgid "" "_memsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data " @@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2262 msgid "" "_fullsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the " "local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the " @@ -4435,7 +4435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2263 msgid "" "_async_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication " @@ -4444,37 +4444,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2264 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2267 msgid "The HAST framework consists of several components:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2269 msgid "" "The man:hastd[8] daemon which provides data synchronization. When this " "daemon is started, it will automatically load `geom_gate.ko`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "The userland management utility, man:hastctl[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "" "The man:hast.conf[5] configuration file. This file must exist before " "starting hastd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2273 msgid "" "Users who prefer to statically build `GEOM_GATE` support into the kernel " "should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild " @@ -4483,13 +4483,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2277 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2283 msgid "" "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in primary-" "secondary operation using HAST to replicate the data between the two. The " @@ -4501,14 +4501,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2287 msgid "" "Configuration of HAST is done using [.filename]#/etc/hast.conf#. This file " "should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resource test {\n" @@ -4524,12 +4524,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2303 msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to man:hast.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2307 msgid "" "It is also possible to use host names in the `remote` statements if the " "hosts are resolvable and defined either in [.filename]#/etc/hosts# or in the " @@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2311 msgid "" "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the HAST pool can be created. " "Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the " @@ -4545,7 +4545,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl create test\n" @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2322 msgid "" "It is _not_ possible to use GEOM providers with an existing file system or " "to convert an existing storage to a HAST-managed pool. This procedure needs " @@ -4562,7 +4562,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2326 msgid "" "A HAST node's `primary` or `secondary` role is selected by an administrator, " "or software like Heartbeat, using man:hastctl[8]. On the primary node, " @@ -4570,35 +4570,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2330 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role primary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2333 msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, `hastb`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2337 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role secondary test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2340 msgid "Verify the result by running `hastctl` on each node:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2344 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl status test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2350 msgid "" "Check the `status` line in the output. If it says `degraded`, something is " "wrong with the configuration file. It should say `complete` on each node, " @@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2355 msgid "" "The next step is to create a file system on the GEOM provider and mount it. " "This must be done on the `primary` node. Creating the file system can take " @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" @@ -4626,7 +4626,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2365 msgid "" "Once the HAST framework is configured properly, the final step is to make " "sure that HAST is started automatically during system boot. Add this line " @@ -4634,19 +4634,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2369 #, no-wrap msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2371 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2375 msgid "" "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is " "resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the " @@ -4655,7 +4655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) is " "used to provide for automatic failover at the IP layer. CARP allows " @@ -4668,7 +4668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2385 msgid "" "The HAST pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to " "the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it " @@ -4678,7 +4678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2389 msgid "" "In the event of CARP interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating " "system generates a man:devd[8] event, making it possible to watch for state " @@ -4689,14 +4689,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2391 msgid "" "To catch state changes on the CARP interfaces, add this configuration to [." "filename]#/etc/devd.conf# on each node:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -4720,26 +4720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2412 msgid "" "If the systems are running FreeBSD 10 or higher, replace [.filename]#carp0# " "with the name of the CARP-configured interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2415 msgid "" "Restart man:devd[8] on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2419 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2423 msgid "" "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system " "generates a notification, allowing the man:devd[8] subsystem to run the " @@ -4749,18 +4749,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2425 msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2429 #, no-wrap msgid "#!/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Original script by Freddie Cash \n" @@ -4769,7 +4769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" @@ -4777,7 +4777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming primary\n" @@ -4786,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# logging\n" @@ -4795,13 +4795,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2446 #, no-wrap msgid "# end of user configurable stuff\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$1\" in\n" @@ -4811,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" @@ -4822,7 +4822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" @@ -4835,7 +4835,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2472 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" @@ -4847,7 +4847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" @@ -4858,13 +4858,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2480 #, no-wrap msgid "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" @@ -4876,13 +4876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2489 #, no-wrap msgid "\t;;\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tsecondary)\n" @@ -4890,7 +4890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" @@ -4913,43 +4913,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2513 msgid "" "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes primary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2515 msgid "Promotes the HAST pool to primary on the other node." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "Checks the file system under the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "Mounts the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2519 msgid "When a node becomes secondary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2521 msgid "Unmounts the HAST pool." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2522 msgid "Degrades the HAST pool to secondary." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2527 msgid "" "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does " "not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any " @@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2533 msgid "" "For this example, a standard UFS file system was used. To reduce the time " "needed for recovery, a journal-enabled UFS or ZFS file system can be used " @@ -4965,20 +4965,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2536 msgid "" "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at http://" "wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST[http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2537 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2542 msgid "" "HAST should generally work without issues. However, as with any other " "software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The " @@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2546 msgid "" "When troubleshooting HAST, the debugging level of man:hastd[8] should be " "increased by starting `hastd` with `-d`. This argument may be specified " @@ -4996,13 +4996,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2548 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2553 msgid "" "_Split-brain_ occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate " "with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous " @@ -5011,7 +5011,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2557 msgid "" "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, " "or perform the merge manually. Then, let HAST perform full synchronization " @@ -5020,7 +5020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2563 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl role init test\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po index c3041a1e7d..c2f0acb4a1 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 26. DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by Sun(TM) as a tool " "for locating performance bottlenecks in production and pre-production " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features " "for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and " "experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to " @@ -78,61 +78,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the Illumos project at http://" "dtrace.org/guide[DTrace Guide]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:68 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:70 msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Differences between the Solaris(TM) DTrace implementation and the one " "provided by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "Implementation Differences" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in Solaris(TM), " "differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, DTrace is " @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload dtraceall\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded " "when `dtrace` is run." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the `DDB_CTF` kernel option to enable support for loading `CTF` " "data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. `CTF` is the Solaris(TM) " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for Solaris(TM). Most " "notable is the `dtmalloc` provider, which allows tracing `malloc()` by type " @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Due to security differences, only `root` may use DTrace on FreeBSD. " "Solaris(TM) has a few low level security checks which do not yet exist in " @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License (`CDDL`) " "license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see [.filename]#/usr/src/cddl/" @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling DTrace Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options KDTRACE_HOOKS\n" @@ -228,25 +228,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:127 msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "options KDTRACE_FRAME\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "This option provides support for `FBT`. While DTrace will work without this " "option, there will be limited support for function boundary tracing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace " "kernel modules have been loaded using `kldload dtraceall`, the system will " @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "Finally, install the current DTrace Toolkit, a collection of ready-made " "scripts for collecting system information. There are scripts to check open " @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "The scripts found in [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace# have been specifically " "ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will " @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. " "This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in " @@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DTrace" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more _probes_, or instrumentation " "points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the " @@ -306,19 +306,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "# dtrace -l | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "Each probe has an `ID`, a `PROVIDER` (dtrace or fbt), a `MODULE`, and a " "`FUNCTION NAME`. Refer to man:dtrace[1] for more information about this " @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the " "fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the [.filename]#hotkernel# " @@ -334,14 +334,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "The [.filename]#hotkernel# script is designed to identify which function is " "using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/dtrace-toolkit\n" @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "As instructed, use the kbd:[Ctrl+C] key combination to stop the process. " "Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and " @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" @@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run " "the script with `-m`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "The [.filename]#procsystime# script captures and prints the system call time " "usage for a given process `ID` (`PID`) or process name. In the following " @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" @@ -439,13 +439,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "As shown, the `read()` system call used the most time in nanoseconds while " "the `getpid()` system call used the least amount of time." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po index 91c6e74a4c..c530a31d10 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-01 13:49-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Appendix C. Resources on the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:16 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources on the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "The rapid pace of FreeBSD progress makes print media impractical as a means " "of following the latest developments. Electronic resources are the best, if " @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "The most important points of contact with the FreeBSD user community are " "outlined below. There is a possibly more up to date list on the link:" @@ -63,3245 +63,305 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Websites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"The link:https://forums.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Forums] provide a web based " -"discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"The link:https://wiki.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Wiki] provides various bits of " -"information that hadn't yet made it into the Handbook." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Documentation website] doesn't " -"provide just the Users's Handbook; there are other handbooks and articles " -"that are worth a read." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/browser-based-" -"edition/[FreeBSD Journal] is a free, professionally-edited, bi-monthly " -"technical magazine released by link:https://freebsdfoundation.org[FreeBSD " -"Foundation]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"The link:http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences[BSDConferences YouTube " -"Channel] provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences " -"around the world. This is a great way to watch key developers give " -"presentations about new work in FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"link:https://www.freebsd.org/status/[FreeBSD Status Reports] are released " -"every three months and track progress of FreeBSD development." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"There's a link:https://www.reddit.com/r/freebsd/[FreeBSD-focused Reddit " -"group] at r/freebsd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"link:https://superuser.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Super User] and link:" -"https://serverfault.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Server Fault], the Stack " -"Exchange services for system administrators." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Discord[FreeBSD Discord server], a " -"communications and community-building service, where FreeBSD community " -"members can socialise, obtain support or support others, learn, contribute, " -"collaborate, and stay up to date with all things FreeBSD-related." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[IRC channels], a widely " -"implemented, technically mature, open standard text chat." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:76 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening " -"a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide " -"variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions " -"to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and " -"more accurate response." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"The charters for the various lists are given at the bottom of this " -"document. _Please read the charter before joining or sending mail to any " -"list_. Most list subscribers receive many hundreds of FreeBSD related " -"messages every day, and the charters and rules for use are meant to keep the " -"signal-to-noise ratio of the lists high. To do less would see the mailing " -"lists ultimately fail as an effective communications medium for the Project." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"_To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test message to " -"{freebsd-test}._ Please do not send test messages to any other list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see extref:{freebsd-" -"questions-article}[How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions " -"mailing list]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Before posting to any list, please learn about how to best use the mailing " -"lists, such as how to help avoid frequently-repeated discussions, by reading " -"the extref:{mailing-list-faq}[Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions] (FAQ) " -"document." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Archives are kept for all of the mailing lists and can be searched using the " -"link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/search/[FreeBSD World Wide Web server]. The " -"keyword searchable archive offers an excellent way of finding answers to " -"frequently asked questions and should be consulted before posting a " -"question. Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD mailing " -"lists are archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a concern, " -"consider using a disposable secondary email address and posting only public " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:103 -#, no-wrap -msgid "List Summary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"_General lists:_ The following are general lists which anyone is free (and " -"encouraged) to join:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:111 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:172 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:437 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:461 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:507 -#, no-wrap -msgid "List" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:113 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:174 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:439 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Purpose" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-accessibility-url}[freebsd-accessibility]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:116 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD accessibility discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:117 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-advocacy-url}[freebsd-advocacy]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:119 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD Evangelism" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:120 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:641 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-announce-url}[freebsd-announce]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:122 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Important events and Project milestones (moderated)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:123 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:650 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-arch-url}[freebsd-arch]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:125 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Architecture and design discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:126 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:668 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-bugbusters-url}[freebsd-bugbusters]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:128 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussions pertaining to the maintenance of the FreeBSD problem report database and related tools" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:129 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:674 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-bugs-url}[freebsd-bugs]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:131 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Bug reports" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:132 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:680 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-chat-url}[freebsd-chat]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Non-technical items related to the FreeBSD community" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:135 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:687 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-chromium-url}[freebsd-chromium]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:138 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:701 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-current-url}[freebsd-current]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:140 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:881 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-isp-url}[freebsd-isp]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:143 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Issues for Internet Service Providers using FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:144 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:844 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-jobs-url}[freebsd-jobs]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:146 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD employment and consulting opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:147 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-quarterly-calls-url}[freebsd-quarterly-calls]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Calls for quarterly status reports (moderated)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:150 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:983 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-questions-url}[freebsd-questions]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 -#, no-wrap -msgid "User questions and technical support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:153 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1011 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-security-notifications-url}[freebsd-security-notifications]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Security notifications (moderated)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:156 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1023 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-stable-url}[freebsd-stable]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion concerning the use of FreeBSD-STABLE" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:159 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-test-url}[freebsd-test]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:161 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Where to send test messages instead of to one of the actual lists" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:162 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-women-url}[freebsd-women]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD advocacy for women" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"_Technical lists:_ The following lists are for technical discussion. Read " -"the charter for each list carefully before joining or sending mail to one as " -"there are firm guidelines for their use and content." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:175 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:638 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-acpi-url}[freebsd-acpi]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:177 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ACPI and power management development" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:178 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-amd64-url}[freebsd-amd64]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to AMD64 systems (moderated)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:181 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-apache-url}[freebsd-apache]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion about Apache related ports" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:184 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-arm-url}[freebsd-arm]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to ARM(R) processors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:187 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-atm-url}[freebsd-atm]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:189 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using ATM networking with FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:190 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:662 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-bluetooth-url}[freebsd-bluetooth]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using Bluetooth(R) technology in FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:193 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:692 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-cloud-url}[freebsd-cloud]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:195 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD on cloud platforms (EC2, GCE, Azure, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:196 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-cluster-url}[freebsd-cluster]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:198 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using FreeBSD in a clustered environment" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-database-url}[freebsd-database]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussing database use and development under FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:202 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:709 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-desktop-url}[freebsd-desktop]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:204 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:715 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{dev-ci-url}[dev-ci]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Build and test reports from the Continuous Integration servers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:208 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:720 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{dev-reviews-url}[dev-reviews]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:210 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Notifications of the FreeBSD review system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:211 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:725 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-doc-url}[freebsd-doc]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:213 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Creating FreeBSD related documents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:214 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:732 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-drivers-url}[freebsd-drivers]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Writing device drivers for FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:217 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:738 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-dtrace-url}[freebsd-dtrace]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:220 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:744 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-eclipse-url}[freebsd-eclipse]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:222 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:223 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-elastic-url}[freebsd-elastic]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:225 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific ElasticSearch discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:226 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:753 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-embedded-url}[freebsd-embedded]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:228 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using FreeBSD in embedded applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:229 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:761 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-emulation-url}[freebsd-emulation]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:231 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS(R)/Windows(R)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:232 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:766 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-enlightenment-url}[freebsd-enlightenment]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting Enlightenment and Enlightenment applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:235 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-erlang-url}[freebsd-erlang]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:237 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Erlang discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:772 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-firewire-url}[freebsd-firewire]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:240 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD FireWire(R) (iLink, IEEE 1394) technical discussion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:241 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:778 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-fortran-url}[freebsd-fortran]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:243 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Fortran on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:783 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-fs-url}[freebsd-fs]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:246 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File systems" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:247 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:789 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-games-url}[freebsd-games]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Support for Games on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:250 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:796 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-gecko-url}[freebsd-gecko]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:252 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Gecko Rendering Engine issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:253 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:803 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-geom-url}[freebsd-geom]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:255 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GEOM-specific discussions and implementations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:256 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:809 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-git-url}[freebsd-git]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:258 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion of git use in the FreeBSD project" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:259 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:816 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-gnome-url}[freebsd-gnome]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:261 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting GNOME and GNOME applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:262 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:862 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-hackers-url}[freebsd-hackers]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:264 -#, no-wrap -msgid "General technical discussion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:265 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-haskell-url}[freebsd-haskell]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Haskell issues and discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:268 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:871 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-hardware-url}[freebsd-hardware]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:270 -#, no-wrap -msgid "General discussion of hardware for running FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:271 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-i18n-url}[freebsd-i18n]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD Internationalization" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:274 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:822 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-infiniband-url}[freebsd-infiniband]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:276 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Infiniband on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:277 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:827 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ipfw-url}[freebsd-ipfw]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Technical discussion concerning the redesign of the IP firewall code" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:280 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:833 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-isdn-url}[freebsd-isdn]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:282 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ISDN developers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:283 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-jail-url}[freebsd-jail]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion about the man:jail[8] facility" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:286 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:838 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-java-url}[freebsd-java]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:288 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Java(TM) developers and people porting JDK(TM)s to FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:289 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:856 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-kde-url}[freebsd-kde]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:291 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting KDE and KDE applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:292 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-mips-url}[freebsd-mips]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:294 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to MIPS(R)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:295 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:887 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-mono-url}[freebsd-mono]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:297 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:298 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-multimedia-url}[freebsd-multimedia]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:300 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Multimedia applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:301 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-new-bus-url}[freebsd-new-bus]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:303 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Technical discussions about bus architecture" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:304 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-net-url}[freebsd-net]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:306 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Networking discussion and TCP/IP source code" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:307 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-numerics-url}[freebsd-numerics]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:309 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussions of high quality implementation of libm functions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:892 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ocaml-url}[freebsd-ocaml]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:312 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific OCaml discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:313 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:900 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-office-url}[freebsd-office]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:315 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Office applications on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:316 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:912 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-performance-url}[freebsd-performance]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:318 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Performance tuning questions for high performance/load installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:319 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-perl-url}[freebsd-perl]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:321 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Maintenance of a number of Perl-related ports" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:322 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:921 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-pf-url}[freebsd-pf]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:324 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:325 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:928 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-pkg-url}[freebsd-pkg]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:327 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Binary package management and package tools discussion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:328 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:935 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-pkg-fallout-url}[freebsd-pkg-fallout]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:330 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Fallout logs from package building" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:331 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:940 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-pkgbase-url}[freebsd-pkgbase]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:333 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Packaging the FreeBSD base system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:334 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:945 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-platforms-url}[freebsd-platforms]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:336 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Concerning ports to non Intel(R) architecture platforms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:337 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:951 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-url}[freebsd-ports]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:339 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion of the Ports Collection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:340 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:957 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-announce-url}[freebsd-ports-announce]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:342 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Important news and instructions about the Ports Collection (moderated)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:343 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:963 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ports-bugs-url}[freebsd-ports-bugs]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:345 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion of the ports bugs/PRs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:346 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ppc-url}[freebsd-ppc]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:348 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to the PowerPC(R)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:349 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:969 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-proliant-url}[freebsd-proliant]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:351 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:352 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:975 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-python-url}[freebsd-python]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:354 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Python issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:355 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-rc-url}[freebsd-rc]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:357 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion related to the [.filename]#rc.d# system and its development" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:358 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-realtime-url}[freebsd-realtime]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:360 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Development of realtime extensions to FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:361 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-risc-url}[freebsd-risc]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:363 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to RISC-V(R) systems" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:364 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:989 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ruby-url}[freebsd-ruby]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:366 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:367 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:998 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-scsi-url}[freebsd-scsi]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:369 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The SCSI subsystem" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:370 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1004 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-security-url}[freebsd-security]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:372 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Security issues affecting FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:373 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1018 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-snapshots-url}[freebsd-snapshots]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:375 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:376 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-sparc64-url}[freebsd-sparc64]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting FreeBSD to SPARC(R) based systems" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:379 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1033 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-standards-url}[freebsd-standards]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:381 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD's conformance to the C99 and the POSIX(R) standards" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:382 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-sysinstall-url}[freebsd-sysinstall]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:384 -#, no-wrap -msgid "man:sysinstall[8] development" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:385 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-tcltk-url}[freebsd-tcltk]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:387 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD-specific Tcl/Tk discussions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:388 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1043 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-testing-url}[freebsd-testing]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:390 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Testing on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:391 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1048 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-tex-url}[freebsd-tex]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:393 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:394 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-threads-url}[freebsd-threads]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:396 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Threading in FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:397 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-tokenring-url}[freebsd-tokenring]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:399 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Support Token Ring in FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:400 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1055 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-toolchain-url}[freebsd-toolchain]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:402 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:403 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1067 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-translators-url}[freebsd-translators]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:405 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Translating FreeBSD documents and programs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:406 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1061 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-transport-url}[freebsd-transport]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:408 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:409 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1073 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-usb-url}[freebsd-usb]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:411 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussing FreeBSD support for USB" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:412 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1084 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-virtualization-url}[freebsd-virtualization]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:414 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:415 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-vuxml-url}[freebsd-vuxml]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:417 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion on VuXML infrastructure" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:418 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-x11-url}[freebsd-x11]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:420 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Maintenance and support of X11 on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:421 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1104 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-xen-url}[freebsd-xen]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:423 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen(TM) - implementation and usage" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1110 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-xfce-url}[freebsd-xfce]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:426 -#, no-wrap -msgid "XFCE for FreeBSD - porting and maintaining" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:427 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1118 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-zope-url}[freebsd-zope]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:428 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Zope for FreeBSD - porting and maintaining" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:432 -msgid "" -"_Limited lists:_ The following lists are for more specialized (and " -"demanding) audiences and are probably not of interest to the general " -"public. It is also a good idea to establish a presence in the technical " -"lists before joining one of these limited lists in order to understand the " -"communications etiquette involved." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:440 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:876 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-hubs-url}[freebsd-hubs]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:442 -#, no-wrap -msgid "People running mirror sites (infrastructural support)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:443 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1078 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-user-groups-url}[freebsd-user-groups]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:445 -#, no-wrap -msgid "User group coordination" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:446 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1091 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-wip-status-url}[freebsd-wip-status]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:448 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:449 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1098 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-wireless-url}[freebsd-wireless]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:450 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools, device driver development" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:454 -msgid "" -"_Digest lists:_ All of the above lists are available in a digest format. " -"Once subscribed to a list, the digest options can be changed in the account " -"options section." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:456 -msgid "" -"_Commit message lists:_ The following lists are for people interested in " -"seeing the log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:462 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:508 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Source area" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:465 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:510 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Area Description (source for)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:466 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-doc-all-url}[dev-commits-doc-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:467 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:512 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:516 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:524 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/doc#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:469 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the doc repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:470 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-ports-all-url}[dev-commits-ports-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:471 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:475 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:479 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:528 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:532 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:536 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/ports#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the ports repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:474 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-ports-main-url}[dev-commits-ports-main]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:477 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the \"main\" branch of the ports repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:478 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-ports-branches-url}[dev-commits-ports-branches]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:481 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the quarterly branches of the ports repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:482 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-src-all-url}[dev-commits-src-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:483 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:487 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:540 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:544 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:552 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:560 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:564 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:568 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:572 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:576 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:580 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:584 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:588 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:592 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:596 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:600 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:604 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/src#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:485 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the src repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:486 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-src-main-url}[dev-commits-src-main]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:489 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the \"main\" branch of the src repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:490 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{dev-commits-src-branches-url}[dev-commits-src-branches]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:492 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to all stable branches of the src repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:495 -msgid "" -"_SVN lists:_ The following lists are for people interested in seeing the SVN " -"log messages for changes to various areas of the source tree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:501 -msgid "" -"Only SVN log messages are sent to SVN lists. After the SVN to Git " -"Migration, the following lists no longer receive new commit messages and are " -"unavailable for subscribing. The lists' addresses are pointing to their " -"respective archives." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:511 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-doc-all-url}[svn-doc-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:514 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the doc Subversion repository (except for [.filename]#user#, [.filename]#projects# and [.filename]#translations#)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:515 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-doc-head-url}[svn-doc-head]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:518 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the doc Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:519 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-doc-projects-url}[svn-doc-projects]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:520 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/doc/projects#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:522 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#projects# area of the doc Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:523 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-doc-svnadmin-url}[svn-doc-svnadmin]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:526 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the doc Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:527 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-ports-all-url}[svn-ports-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:530 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the ports Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:531 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-ports-head-url}[svn-ports-head]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:534 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the ports Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:535 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-ports-svnadmin-url}[svn-ports-svnadmin]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:538 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the ports Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:539 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-all-url}[svn-src-all]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:542 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the src Subversion repository (except for [.filename]#user# and [.filename]#projects#)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:543 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-head-url}[svn-src-head]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:546 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the \"head\" branch of the src Subversion repository (the FreeBSD-CURRENT branch)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:547 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-projects-url}[svn-src-projects]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:548 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/projects#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:550 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#projects# area of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:551 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-release-url}[svn-src-release]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:554 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#releases# area of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:555 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-releng-url}[svn-src-releng]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:558 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#releng# branches of the src Subversion repository (the security / release engineering branches)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:559 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-url}[svn-src-stable]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:562 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the all stable branches of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:563 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-6-url}[svn-src-stable-6]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:566 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/6# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:567 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-7-url}[svn-src-stable-7]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:570 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/7# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:571 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-8-url}[svn-src-stable-8]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:574 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/8# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:575 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-9-url}[svn-src-stable-9]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:578 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/9# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:579 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-10-url}[svn-src-stable-10]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:582 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/10# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:583 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-11-url}[svn-src-stable-11]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:586 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/11# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:587 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-12-url}[svn-src-stable-12]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:590 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the [.filename]#stable/12# branch of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:591 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-stable-other-url}[svn-src-stable-other]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:594 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the older [.filename]#stable# branches of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-svnadmin-url}[svn-src-svnadmin]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:598 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the administrative scripts, hooks, and other configuration data of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:599 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-user-url}[svn-src-user]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:602 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the experimental [.filename]#user# area of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:603 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{svn-src-vendor-url}[svn-src-vendor]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:605 -#, no-wrap -msgid "All changes to the vendor work area of the src Subversion repository" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:608 -#, no-wrap -msgid "How to Subscribe" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:612 -msgid "" -"To subscribe to a list, click the list name at {mailing-lists-url}. The " -"page that is displayed should contain all of the necessary subscription " -"instructions for that list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:615 -msgid "" -"To actually post to a given list, send mail to mailto:listname@FreeBSD." -"org[listname@FreeBSD.org]. It will then be redistributed to mailing list " -"members world-wide." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:618 -msgid "" -"To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every " -"email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to " -"mailto:listname+unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org[listname+unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org] to " -"unsubscribe." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:621 -msgid "" -"It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a " -"technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the " -"{freebsd-announce}, which is intended for infrequent traffic." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:623 -#, no-wrap -msgid "List Charters" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:628 -msgid "" -"_All_ FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered " -"to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will " -"result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD Postmaster mailto:" -"postmaster@FreeBSD.org[postmaster@FreeBSD.org], after which, on a third " -"offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered " -"from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are " -"necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it " -"would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its " -"mechanisms are." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:630 -msgid "Rules of the road:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:632 -msgid "" -"The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic charter of the list it " -"is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should " -"contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only " -"detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not " -"be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the {freebsd-" -"chat} is freely available and should be used instead." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:633 -msgid "" -"No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a " -"clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there " -"is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most " -"esoteric mixes (say \"-stable & -scsi\"), there really is no reason to post " -"to more than one list at a time. If a message is received with multiple " -"mailing lists on the `Cc` line, trim the `Cc` line before replying. _The " -"person who replies is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the " -"originator might have been._" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:634 -msgid "" -"Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not " -"allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of " -"netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do " -"so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not " -"specifically enforced. _However_, there are also very few cases where such " -"content would fit within the charter of a list and it would therefore " -"probably rate a warning (or ban) on that basis alone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:635 -msgid "" -"Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly " -"prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the " -"offender is advertising by spam." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:637 -msgid "_Individual list charters:_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:640 -msgid "_ACPI and power management development_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:643 -msgid "_Important events / milestones_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:649 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for people interested only in occasional " -"announcements of significant FreeBSD events. This includes announcements " -"about snapshots and other releases. It contains announcements of new " -"FreeBSD capabilities. It may contain calls for volunteers etc. This is a " -"low volume, strictly moderated mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:652 -msgid "_Architecture and design discussions_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:656 -msgid "" -"This list is for discussion of the FreeBSD architecture. Messages will " -"mostly be kept strictly technical in nature. Examples of suitable topics " -"are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:658 -msgid "" -"How to re-vamp the build system to have several customized builds running at " -"the same time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:659 -msgid "What needs to be fixed with VFS to make Heidemann layers work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:660 -msgid "" -"How do we change the device driver interface to be able to use the same " -"drivers cleanly on many buses and architectures." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:661 -msgid "How to write a network driver." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:664 -msgid "_Bluetooth(R) in FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:667 -msgid "" -"This is the forum where FreeBSD's Bluetooth(R) users congregate. Design " -"issues, implementation details, patches, bug reports, status reports, " -"feature requests, and all matters related to Bluetooth(R) are fair game." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:670 -msgid "_Coordination of the Problem Report handling effort_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:673 -msgid "" -"The purpose of this list is to serve as a coordination and discussion forum " -"for the Bugmeister, his Bugbusters, and any other parties who have a genuine " -"interest in the PR database. This list is not for discussions about " -"specific bugs, patches or PRs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:676 -msgid "_Bug reports_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:679 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for reporting bugs in FreeBSD. Whenever possible, " -"bugs should be submitted using the link:https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/" -"enter_bug.cgi[web interface]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:682 -msgid "_Non technical items related to the FreeBSD community_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:686 -msgid "" -"This list contains the overflow from the other lists about non-technical, " -"social information. It includes discussion about whether Jordan looks like " -"a toon ferret or not, whether or not to type in capitals, who is drinking " -"too much coffee, where the best beer is brewed, who is brewing beer in their " -"basement, and so on. Occasional announcements of important events (such as " -"upcoming parties, weddings, births, new jobs, etc) can be made to the " -"technical lists, but the follow ups should be directed to this -chat list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:689 -msgid "_FreeBSD-specific Chromium issues_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:691 -msgid "" -"This is a list for the discussion of Chromium support for FreeBSD. This is a " -"technical list to discuss development and installation of Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:694 -msgid "_Running FreeBSD on various cloud platforms_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:696 -msgid "" -"This list discusses running FreeBSD on Amazon EC2, Google Compute Engine, " -"Microsoft Azure, and other cloud computing platforms." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:697 -#, no-wrap -msgid "_FreeBSD core team_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:700 -msgid "" -"This is an internal mailing list for use by the core members. Messages can " -"be sent to it when a serious FreeBSD-related matter requires arbitration or " -"high-level scrutiny." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:703 -msgid "_Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-CURRENT_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:708 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-CURRENT. It includes warnings " -"about new features coming out in -CURRENT that will affect the users, and " -"instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -CURRENT. Anyone running " -"\"CURRENT\" must subscribe to this list. This is a technical mailing list " -"for which strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:711 -msgid "_Using and improving FreeBSD on the desktop_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:714 -msgid "" -"This is a forum for discussion of FreeBSD on the desktop. It is primarily a " -"place for desktop porters and users to discuss issues and improve FreeBSD's " -"desktop support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:717 -msgid "_Continuous Integration reports of build and test results_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:719 -msgid "All Continuous Integration reports of build and test results" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:722 -msgid "_Notifications of work in progress in FreeBSD's review tool_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:724 -msgid "" -"Automated notifications of work in progress for review in FreeBSD's review " -"tools, including patches." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:727 -msgid "_Documentation Project_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:731 -msgid "" -"This mailing list is for the discussion of issues and projects related to " -"the creation of documentation for FreeBSD. The members of this mailing list " -"are collectively referred to as \"The FreeBSD Documentation Project\". It " -"is an open list; feel free to join and contribute!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:734 -msgid "_Writing device drivers for FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:737 -msgid "" -"This is a forum for technical discussions related to device drivers on " -"FreeBSD. It is primarily a place for device driver writers to ask questions " -"about how to write device drivers using the APIs in the FreeBSD kernel." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:740 -msgid "_Using and working on DTrace in FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:743 -msgid "" -"DTrace is an integrated component of FreeBSD that provides a framework for " -"understanding the kernel as well as user space programs at run time. The " -"mailing list is an archived discussion for developers of the code as well as " -"those using it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:746 -msgid "" -"_FreeBSD users of Eclipse IDE, tools, rich client applications and ports._" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:748 -msgid "" -"The intention of this list is to provide mutual support for everything to do " -"with choosing, installing, using, developing and maintaining the Eclipse " -"IDE, tools, rich client applications on the FreeBSD platform and assisting " -"with the porting of Eclipse IDE and plugins to the FreeBSD environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:750 -msgid "" -"The intention is also to facilitate exchange of information between the " -"Eclipse community and the FreeBSD community to the mutual benefit of both." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:752 -msgid "" -"Although this list is focused primarily on the needs of Eclipse users it " -"will also provide a forum for those who would like to develop FreeBSD " -"specific applications using the Eclipse framework." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:755 -msgid "_Using FreeBSD in embedded applications_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:760 -msgid "" -"This list discusses topics related to using FreeBSD in embedded systems. " -"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is " -"expected. For the purpose of this list, embedded systems are those " -"computing devices which are not desktops and which usually serve a single " -"purpose as opposed to being general computing environments. Examples " -"include, but are not limited to, all kinds of phone handsets, network " -"equipment such as routers, switches and PBXs, remote measuring equipment, " -"PDAs, Point Of Sale systems, and so on." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:763 -msgid "_Emulation of other systems such as Linux/MS-DOS(R)/Windows(R)_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:765 -msgid "" -"This is a forum for technical discussions related to running programs " -"written for other operating systems on FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:768 -msgid "_Enlightenment_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:771 -msgid "" -"Discussions concerning the Enlightenment Desktop Environment for FreeBSD " -"systems. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " -"content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:774 -msgid "_FireWire(R) (iLink, IEEE 1394)_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:777 -msgid "" -"This is a mailing list for discussion of the design and implementation of a " -"FireWire(R) (aka IEEE 1394 aka iLink) subsystem for FreeBSD. Relevant " -"topics specifically include the standards, bus devices and their protocols, " -"adapter boards/cards/chips sets, and the architecture and implementation of " -"code for their proper support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:780 -msgid "_Fortran on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:782 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for discussion of Fortran related ports on FreeBSD: " -"compilers, libraries, scientific and engineering applications from laptops " -"to HPC clusters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:785 -msgid "_File systems_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:788 -msgid "" -"Discussions concerning FreeBSD filesystems. This is a technical mailing " -"list for which strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:791 -msgid "_Games on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:795 -msgid "" -"This is a technical list for discussions related to bringing games to " -"FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting games to " -"FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals " -"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:798 -msgid "_Gecko Rendering Engine_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:800 -msgid "This is a forum about Gecko applications using FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:802 -msgid "" -"Discussion centers around Gecko Ports applications, their installation, " -"their development and their support within FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:805 -msgid "_GEOM_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:808 -msgid "" -"Discussions specific to GEOM and related implementations. This is a " -"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:811 -msgid "_Use of git in the FreeBSD project_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:815 -msgid "" -"Discussions of how to use git in FreeBSD infrastructure including the github " -"mirror and other uses of git for project collaboration. Discussion area for " -"people using git against the FreeBSD github mirror. People wanting to get " -"started with the mirror or git in general on FreeBSD can ask here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:818 -msgid "_GNOME_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:821 -msgid "" -"Discussions concerning The GNOME Desktop Environment for FreeBSD systems. " -"This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is " -"expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:824 -msgid "_Infiniband on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:826 -msgid "" -"Technical mailing list discussing Infiniband, OFED, and OpenSM on FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:829 -msgid "_IP Firewall_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:832 -msgid "" -"This is the forum for technical discussions concerning the redesign of the " -"IP firewall code in FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which " -"strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:835 -msgid "_ISDN Communications_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:837 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of ISDN " -"support for FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:840 -msgid "_Java(TM) Development_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:842 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for people discussing the development of " -"significant Java(TM) applications for FreeBSD and the porting and " -"maintenance of JDK(TM)s." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:846 -msgid "_Jobs offered and sought_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:849 -msgid "" -"This is a forum for posting employment notices specifically related to " -"FreeBSD and resumes from those seeking FreeBSD-related employment. This is " -"_not_ a mailing list for general employment issues since adequate forums for " -"that already exist elsewhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:852 -msgid "" -"Note that this list, like other `FreeBSD.org` mailing lists, is distributed " -"worldwide. Be clear about the geographic location and the extent to which " -"telecommuting or assistance with relocation is available." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:855 -msgid "" -"Email should use open formats only - preferably plain text, but basic " -"Portable Document Format (PDF), HTML, and a few others are acceptable to " -"many readers. Closed formats such as Microsoft(R) Word ([.filename]#.doc#) " -"will be rejected by the mailing list server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:858 -msgid "_KDE_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:861 -msgid "" -"Discussions concerning KDE on FreeBSD systems. This is a technical mailing " -"list for which strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:864 -msgid "_Technical discussions_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:870 -msgid "" -"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD. This is the " -"primary technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively working on " -"FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals " -"interested in following the technical discussion are also welcome. This is " -"a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:873 -msgid "_General discussion of FreeBSD hardware_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:875 -msgid "" -"General discussion about the types of hardware that FreeBSD runs on, various " -"problems and suggestions concerning what to buy or avoid." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:878 -msgid "_Mirror sites_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:880 -msgid "Announcements and discussion for people who run FreeBSD mirror sites." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:883 -msgid "_Issues for Internet Service Providers_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:886 -msgid "" -"This mailing list is for discussing topics relevant to Internet Service " -"Providers (ISPs) using FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which " -"strictly technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:889 -msgid "_Mono and C# applications on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:891 -msgid "" -"This is a list for discussions related to the Mono development framework on " -"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " -"working on porting Mono or C# applications to FreeBSD, to bring up problems " -"or discuss alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the " -"technical discussion are also welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:894 -msgid "_FreeBSD-specific OCaml discussions_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" -"This is a list for discussions related to the OCaml support on FreeBSD. " -"This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on OCaml " -"ports, 3rd party libraries and frameworks. Individuals interested in the " -"technical discussion are also welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:902 -msgid "_Office applications on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:904 -msgid "" -"Discussion centers around office applications, their installation, their " -"development and their support within FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:905 -#, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-ops-announce-url}[freebsd-ops-announce]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:907 -msgid "_Project Infrastructure Announcements_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:909 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for people interested in changes and issues related " -"to the FreeBSD.org Project infrastructure." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:911 -msgid "" -"This moderated list is strictly for announcements: no replies, requests, " -"discussions, or opinions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:914 -msgid "_Discussions about tuning or speeding up FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:920 -msgid "" -"This mailing list exists to provide a place for hackers, administrators, and/" -"or concerned parties to discuss performance related topics pertaining to " -"FreeBSD. Acceptable topics includes talking about FreeBSD installations " -"that are either under high load, are experiencing performance problems, or " -"are pushing the limits of FreeBSD. Concerned parties that are willing to " -"work toward improving the performance of FreeBSD are highly encouraged to " -"subscribe to this list. This is a highly technical list ideally suited for " -"experienced FreeBSD users, hackers, or administrators interested in keeping " -"FreeBSD fast, robust, and scalable. This list is not a question-and-answer " -"list that replaces reading through documentation, but it is a place to make " -"contributions or inquire about unanswered performance related topics." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:923 -msgid "_Discussion and questions about the packet filter firewall system_" +"The link:https://forums.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Forums] provide a web based " +"discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" -"Discussion concerning the packet filter (pf) firewall system in terms of " -"FreeBSD. Technical discussion and user questions are both welcome. This " -"list is also a place to discuss the ALTQ QoS framework." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:930 -msgid "_Binary package management and package tools discussion_" +"The link:https://wiki.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Wiki] provides various bits of " +"information that hadn't yet made it into the Handbook." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" -"Discussion of all aspects of managing FreeBSD systems by using binary " -"packages to install software, including binary package toolkits and formats, " -"their development and support within FreeBSD, package repository management, " -"and third party packages." +"The link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Documentation website] doesn't " +"provide just the Users's Handbook; there are other handbooks and articles " +"that are worth a read." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" -"Note that discussion of ports which fail to generate packages correctly " -"should generally be considered as ports problems, and so inappropriate for " -"this list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:937 -msgid "_Fallout logs from package building_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:939 -msgid "All packages building failures logs from the package building clusters" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:942 -msgid "_Packaging the FreeBSD base system._" +"The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/browser-based-" +"edition/[FreeBSD Journal] is a free, professionally-edited, bi-monthly " +"technical magazine released by link:https://freebsdfoundation.org[FreeBSD " +"Foundation]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" -"Discussions surrounding implementation and issues regarding packaging the " -"FreeBSD base system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:947 -msgid "_Porting to Non Intel(R) platforms_" +"The link:http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences[BSDConferences YouTube " +"Channel] provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences " +"around the world. This is a great way to watch key developers give " +"presentations about new work in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" -"Cross-platform FreeBSD issues, general discussion and proposals for non " -"Intel(R) FreeBSD ports. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly " -"technical content is expected." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:953 -msgid "_Discussion of \"ports\"_" +"link:https://www.freebsd.org/status/[FreeBSD Status Reports] are released " +"every three months and track progress of FreeBSD development." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" -"Discussions concerning FreeBSD's \"ports collection\" ([.filename]#/usr/" -"ports#), ports infrastructure, and general ports coordination efforts. This " -"is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." +"There's a link:https://www.reddit.com/r/freebsd/[FreeBSD-focused Reddit " +"group] at r/freebsd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" -"_Important news and instructions about the FreeBSD \"Ports Collection\"_" +"link:https://superuser.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Super User] and link:" +"https://serverfault.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Server Fault], the Stack " +"Exchange services for system administrators." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" -"Important news for developers, porters, and users of the \"Ports Collection" -"\" ([.filename]#/usr/ports#), including architecture/infrastructure changes, " -"new capabilities, critical upgrade instructions, and release engineering " -"information. This is a low-volume mailing list, intended for announcements." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:965 -msgid "_Discussion of \"ports\" bugs_" +"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Discord[FreeBSD Discord server], a " +"communications and community-building service, where FreeBSD community " +"members can socialise, obtain support or support others, learn, contribute, " +"collaborate, and stay up to date with all things FreeBSD-related." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" -"Discussions concerning problem reports for FreeBSD's \"ports collection\" ([." -"filename]#/usr/ports#), proposed ports, or modifications to ports. This is " -"a technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." +"link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[IRC channels], a widely " +"implemented, technically mature, open standard text chat." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:971 -msgid "_Technical discussion of FreeBSD on HP ProLiant server platforms_" +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mailing Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" -"This mailing list is to be used for the technical discussion of the usage of " -"FreeBSD on HP ProLiant servers, including the discussion of ProLiant-" -"specific drivers, management software, configuration tools, and BIOS " -"updates. As such, this is the primary place to discuss the hpasmd, " -"hpasmcli, and hpacucli modules." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:977 -msgid "_Python on FreeBSD_" +"The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening " +"a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide " +"variety of lists on a number of different FreeBSD topics. Sending questions " +"to the most appropriate mailing list will invariably assure a faster and " +"more accurate response." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:982 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" -"This is a list for discussions related to improving Python-support on " -"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working " -"on porting Python, its third party modules and Zope stuff to FreeBSD. " -"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also " -"welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:985 -msgid "_User questions_" +"_To test the ability to send email to FreeBSD lists, send a test message to " +"{freebsd-test}._ Please do not send test messages to any other list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for questions about FreeBSD. Do not send \"how to" -"\" questions to the technical lists unless the question is quite technical." +"When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see extref:{freebsd-" +"questions-article}[How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions " +"mailing list]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:991 -msgid "_FreeBSD-specific Ruby discussions_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:90 +msgid "Before posting to any list, please:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" -"This is a list for discussions related to the Ruby support on FreeBSD. This " -"is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals working on Ruby ports, " -"third party libraries and frameworks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:997 -msgid "Individuals interested in the technical discussion are also welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1000 -msgid "_SCSI subsystem_" +"learn about how to best use the mailing lists, such as how to help avoid " +"frequently-repeated discussions, by reading the extref:{mailing-list-faq}" +"[Mailing List Frequently Asked Questions] (FAQ) document" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for people working on the SCSI subsystem for " -"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " -"content is expected." +"search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted what " +"you intend to post." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1006 -msgid "_Security issues_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:95 +msgid "Archive search interfaces include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1010 -msgid "" -"FreeBSD computer security issues (DES, Kerberos, known security holes and " -"fixes, etc). This is a technical mailing list for which strictly technical " -"discussion is expected. Note that this is not a question-and-answer list, " -"but that contributions (BOTH question AND answer) to the FAQ are welcome." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:97 +msgid "https://www.freebsd.org/search/[] (DuckDuckGo)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1013 -msgid "_Security Notifications_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:98 +msgid "https://lists.freebsd.org/search[] (Experimental search engine)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" -"Notifications of FreeBSD security problems and fixes. This is not a " -"discussion list. The discussion list is FreeBSD-security." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1020 -msgid "_FreeBSD Development Snapshot Announcements_" +"Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD mailing lists are " +"archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a concern, consider " +"using a disposable secondary email address and posting only public " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1022 -msgid "" -"This list provides notifications about the availability of new FreeBSD " -"development snapshots for the head/ and stable/ branches." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:103 +msgid "FreeBSD-provided archives:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1025 -msgid "_Discussions about the use of FreeBSD-STABLE_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:105 +msgid "do not present links as links" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1032 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for users of FreeBSD-STABLE. \"STABLE\" is the " -"branch where development continues after a RELEASE, including bug fixes and " -"new features. The ABI is kept stable for binary compatibility. It includes " -"warnings about new features coming out in -STABLE that will affect the " -"users, and instructions on steps that must be taken to remain -STABLE. " -"Anyone running \"STABLE\" should subscribe to this list. This is a " -"technical mailing list for which strictly technical content is expected." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:106 +msgid "do not present inline images" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1035 -msgid "_C99 POSIX Conformance_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:107 +msgid "do not present HTML content of HTML messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" -"This is a forum for technical discussions related to FreeBSD Conformance to " -"the C99 and the POSIX standards." +"The FreeBSD public mailing lists can be consulted link:{mailing-lists-url}" +"[here]." msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1038 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap -msgid "link:{freebsd-teaching-url}[freebsd-teaching]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1040 -msgid "_Teaching with FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1042 -msgid "Non technical mailing list discussing teaching with FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1045 -msgid "_Testing on FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1047 -msgid "" -"Technical mailing list discussing testing on FreeBSD, including ATF/Kyua, " -"test build infrastructure, port tests to FreeBSD from other operating " -"systems (NetBSD, ...), etc." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1050 -msgid "_Porting TeX and its applications to FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1054 -msgid "" -"This is a technical mailing list for discussions related to TeX and its " -"applications on FreeBSD. It is for individuals actively working on porting " -"TeX to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss alternative solutions. " -"Individuals interested in following the technical discussion are also " -"welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1057 -msgid "_Maintenance of FreeBSD's integrated toolchain_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1060 -msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for discussions related to the maintenance of the " -"toolchain shipped with FreeBSD. This could include the state of Clang and " -"GCC, but also pieces of software such as assemblers, linkers and debuggers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1063 -msgid "_Discussions of transport level network protocols in FreeBSD_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1066 -msgid "" -"The transport mailing list exists for the discussion of issues and designs " -"around the transport level protocols in the FreeBSD network stack, including " -"TCP, SCTP and UDP. Other networking topics, including driver specific and " -"network protocol issues should be discussed on the {freebsd-net}." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1069 -msgid "_Translating FreeBSD documents and programs_" +msgid "How to Subscribe" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" -"A discussion list where translators of FreeBSD documents from English into " -"other languages can talk about translation methods and tools. New members " -"are asked to introduce themselves and mention the languages they are " -"interested in translating." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1075 -msgid "_Discussing FreeBSD support for USB_" +"To subscribe to a list, click the list name at {mailing-lists-url}. The " +"page that is displayed should contain all of the necessary subscription " +"instructions for that list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" -"This is a mailing list for technical discussions related to FreeBSD support " -"for USB." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1080 -msgid "_User Group Coordination List_" +"To actually post to a given list, send mail to mailto:listname@FreeBSD." +"org[listname@FreeBSD.org]. It will then be redistributed to mailing list " +"members world-wide." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" -"This is the mailing list for the coordinators from each of the local area " -"Users Groups to discuss matters with each other and a designated individual " -"from the Core Team. This mail list should be limited to meeting synopsis " -"and coordination of projects that span User Groups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1086 -msgid "_Discussion of various virtualization techniques supported by FreeBSD_" +"To unsubscribe from a list, click on the URL found at the bottom of every " +"email received from the list. It is also possible to send an email to " +"mailto:listname+unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org[listname+unsubscribe@FreeBSD.org] to " +"unsubscribe." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" -"A list to discuss the various virtualization techniques supported by " -"FreeBSD. On one hand the focus will be on the implementation of the basic " -"functionality as well as adding new features. On the other hand users will " -"have a forum to ask for help in case of problems or to discuss their use " -"cases." +"It is important to keep discussion in the technical mailing lists on a " +"technical track. To only receive important announcements, instead join the " +"{freebsd-announce}, which is intended for infrequent traffic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1093 -msgid "_FreeBSD Work-In-Progress Status_" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Lists Basic Rules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" -"This mailing list can be used by developers to announce the creation and " -"progress of FreeBSD related work. Messages will be moderated. It is " -"suggested to send the message \"To:\" a more topical FreeBSD list and only " -"\"BCC:\" this list. This way the WIP can also be discussed on the topical " -"list, as no discussion is allowed on this list." +"_All_ FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered " +"to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will " +"result in two (2) written warnings from the FreeBSD Postmaster mailto:" +"postmaster@FreeBSD.org[postmaster@FreeBSD.org], after which, on a third " +"offense, the poster will removed from all FreeBSD mailing lists and filtered " +"from further posting to them. We regret that such rules and measures are " +"necessary at all, but today's Internet is a pretty harsh environment, it " +"would seem, and many fail to appreciate just how fragile some of its " +"mechanisms are." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1100 -msgid "_Discussions of 802.11 stack, tools device driver development_" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:134 +msgid "Rules of the road:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" -"The FreeBSD-wireless list focuses on 802.11 stack (sys/net80211), device " -"driver and tools development. This includes bugs, new features and " -"maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1106 -msgid "_Discussion of the FreeBSD port to Xen(TM) - implementation and usage_" +"The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic description of the list " +"it is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should " +"contain technical discussion. Ongoing irrelevant chatter or flaming only " +"detracts from the value of the mailing list for everyone on it and will not " +"be tolerated. For free-form discussion on no particular topic, the {freebsd-" +"chat} is freely available and should be used instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" -"A list that focuses on the FreeBSD Xen(TM) port. The anticipated traffic " -"level is small enough that it is intended as a forum for both technical " -"discussions of the implementation and design details as well as " -"administrative deployment issues." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1112 -msgid "_XFCE_" +"No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a " +"clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there " +"is already a great deal of subscriber overlap and except for the most " +"esoteric mixes (say \"-stable & -scsi\"), there really is no reason to post " +"to more than one list at a time. If a message is received with multiple " +"mailing lists on the `Cc` line, trim the `Cc` line before replying. _The " +"person who replies is still responsible for cross-posting, no matter who the " +"originator might have been._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" -"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the XFCE environment to " -"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " -"working on porting XFCE to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss " -"alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical " -"discussion are also welcome." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1120 -msgid "_Zope_" +"Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not " +"allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of " +"netiquette, like excerpting or reposting private mail when permission to do " +"so was not and would not be forthcoming, are frowned upon but not " +"specifically enforced." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" -"This is a forum for discussions related to bring the Zope environment to " -"FreeBSD. This is a technical mailing list. It is for individuals actively " -"working on porting Zope to FreeBSD, to bring up problems or discuss " -"alternative solutions. Individuals interested in following the technical " -"discussion are also welcome." +"Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly " +"prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the " +"offender is advertising by spam." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the " "distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering " @@ -3310,7 +370,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All " "attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be " @@ -3318,74 +378,74 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:150 msgid "application/octet-stream" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:151 msgid "application/pdf" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 msgid "application/pgp-signature" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:153 msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:154 msgid "message/rfc822" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 msgid "multipart/alternative" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:156 msgid "multipart/related" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:157 msgid "multipart/signed" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 msgid "text/html" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:159 msgid "text/plain" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:160 msgid "text/x-diff" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:161 msgid "text/x-patch" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content " "types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "If an email contains both an HTML and a plain text version, the HTML version " "will be removed. If an email contains only an HTML version, it will be " @@ -3393,93 +453,93 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Usenet Newsgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in " "which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:179 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 msgid "link:news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd[de.comp.os.unix.bsd] (German)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:181 msgid "link:news:fr.comp.os.bsd[fr.comp.os.bsd] (French)" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "Other UNIX(R) Newsgroups of Interest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:185 msgid "link:news:comp.unix[comp.unix]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.questions[comp.unix.questions]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:187 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.admin[comp.unix.admin]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:188 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.programmer[comp.unix.programmer]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:189 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.shell[comp.unix.shell]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:190 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.misc[comp.unix.misc]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:191 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd[comp.unix.bsd]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:194 msgid "link:news:comp.windows.x[comp.windows.x]" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po index c908fd5b6b..a6a4008a70 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 22. Other File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Other File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "File systems are an integral part of any operating system. They allow users " "to upload and store files, provide access to data, and make hard drives " @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a multitude of " "other file systems so that data from other operating systems can be accessed " @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "There are different levels of FreeBSD support for the various file systems. " "Some require a kernel module to be loaded and others may require a toolset " @@ -78,63 +78,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:69 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:71 msgid "The difference between native and supported file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Which file systems are supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "How to enable, configure, access, and make use of non-native file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:75 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:77 msgid "Understand UNIX(R) and crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD basics]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,kernel " "configuration and compilation]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:79 msgid "Feel comfortable crossref:ports[ports,installing software] in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with crossref:disks[disks,disks], storage, and device " "names in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux(R) File Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for several Linux(R) file systems. This " "section demonstrates how to load support for and how to mount the supported " @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "ext2 / ext3 / ext4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Kernel support for ext2 file systems has been available since FreeBSD 2.2. " "The man:ext2fs[5] driver allows the FreeBSD kernel to both read and write to " @@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:95 msgid "Journalling and encryption are not supported yet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "To access an ext file system, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD " "partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [." @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po index a0ab8d8b3e..d79ca2edb9 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 32. Firewalls" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewalls" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that " "flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of \"rules\" to " @@ -58,28 +58,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used " "to do one or more of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal " "network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of " "the public Internet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "Support network address translation (NAT), which allows an internal network " "to use private IP addresses and share a single connection to the public " @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: PF, IPFW, and " "IPFILTER, also known as IPF. FreeBSD also provides two traffic shapers for " @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different " "requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should " @@ -108,47 +108,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:74 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:76 msgid "How to define packet filtering rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 msgid "How to use and configure the PF firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFW firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFILTER firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:82 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet " "control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an " @@ -159,13 +159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewall Concepts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the " "values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets " @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to [.filename]#/etc/services#. " "Alternatively, visit http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -190,14 +190,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "Check out this link for http://web.archive.org/web/20150803024617/http://www." "sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php[port numbers used by Trojans]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how " "the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data " @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "A firewall ruleset can be either \"exclusive\" or \"inclusive\". An " "exclusive firewall allows all traffic through except for the traffic " @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making " "it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. " @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this " "chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "Security can be tightened further using a \"stateful firewall\". This type " "of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows traffic which " @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets " "comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the " @@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:134 msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If " "the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed " @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "NAT stands for _Network Address Translation_. NAT function enables the " "private LAN behind the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, " @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "NAT will automatically translate the private LAN IP address for each system " "on the LAN to the single public IP address as packets exit the firewall " @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for " "private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, " @@ -297,22 +297,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:150 msgid "`10.0.0.0/8`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 msgid "`172.16.0.0/12`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 msgid "`192.168.0.0/16`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "When working with the firewall rules, be _very careful_. Some " "configurations _can lock the administrator out_ of the server. To be on the " @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "PF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's PF firewall has been " "included as an integrated part of the base system. PF is a complete, full-" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for PF in the http://" "www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ]. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough PF " @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "When reading the http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ], keep in mind that " "FreeBSD's version of PF has diverged substantially from the upstream OpenBSD " @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "The {freebsd-pf} is a good place to ask questions about configuring and " "running the PF firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on PF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "demonstrates how to enable PF and ALTQ. It also provides several examples " @@ -369,31 +369,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling PF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "To use PF, its kernel module must be first loaded. This section describes " "the entries that can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to enable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:188 msgid "Start by adding `pf_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pf_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Additional options, described in man:pfctl[8], can be passed to PF when it " "is started. Add or change this entry in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and " @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "PF will not start if it cannot find its ruleset configuration file. By " "default, FreeBSD does not ship with a ruleset and there is no [.filename]#/" @@ -417,26 +417,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Logging support for PF is provided by man:pflog[4]. To enable logging " "support, add `pflog_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pflog_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "The following lines can also be added to change the default location of the " "log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to man:pflog[4] when it " @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\" # where pflogd should store the logfile\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "Finally, if there is a LAN behind the firewall and packets need to be " "forwarded for the computers on the LAN, or NAT is required, enable the " @@ -460,20 +460,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, PF can be started with logging support by " "typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service pf start\n" @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "By default, PF reads its configuration rules from [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# " "and modifies, drops, or passes packets according to the rules or definitions " @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "To control PF, use `pfctl`. <> summarizes some useful options to " "this command. Refer to man:pfctl[8] for a description of all available " @@ -499,104 +499,104 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful `pfctl` Options" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -e`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Enable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -d`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Disable PF." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Flush all NAT, filter, state, and table rules and reload [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -s [ rules \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "nat \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "states ]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Report on the filter rules, NAT rules, or state table." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Check [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# for errors, but do not load ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "package:security/sudo[] is useful for running commands like `pfctl` that " "require elevated privileges. It can be installed from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the PF firewall, consider " "installing the package:sysutils/pftop[] package or port. Once installed, " @@ -605,13 +605,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "PF Rulesets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts " "with the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several " @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any " "services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. " @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block in all\n" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule " "allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state " @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "In addition to keeping state, PF provides _lists_ and _macros_ which can be " "defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to " @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "PF understands port names as well as port numbers, as long as the names are " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This example creates two macros. The " @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Even though UDP is considered to be a stateless protocol, PF is able to " "track some state information. For example, when a UDP request is passed " @@ -700,34 +700,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they " "can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:341 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "If there are no syntax errors, `pfctl` will not output any messages during " "the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to load them:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "Including `-n` causes the rules to be interpreted only, but not loaded. " "This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all times, the last " @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Adding `-v` to a `pfctl` ruleset verify or load will display the fully " "parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded. This is extremely useful " @@ -744,13 +744,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running PF to " "act as a gateway for at least one other machine. The gateway needs at least " @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "First, enable the gateway to let the machine forward the network traffic it " "receives on one interface to another interface. This sysctl setting will " @@ -768,31 +768,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:376 msgid "To forward IPv6 traffic, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "To enable these settings at system boot, use man:sysrc[8] to add them to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc gateway_enable=yes\n" @@ -800,12 +800,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:391 msgid "Verify with `ifconfig` that both of the interfaces are up and running." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Next, create the PF rules to allow the gateway to pass traffic. While the " "following rule allows stateful traffic from hosts of the internal network to " @@ -814,26 +814,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal " "interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For " "a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder " @@ -842,13 +842,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "The `interface:network` notation can be replaced with a macro to make the " "ruleset even more readable. For example, a `$localnet` macro could be " @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "If required, `$localnet` could even be defined as a list of networks. " "Whatever the specific needs, a sensible `$localnet` definition could be used " @@ -867,13 +867,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the " "internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and " @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "For dialup users, the external interface will use [.filename]#tun0#. For an " "ADSL connection, specifically those using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), the " @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n" @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "This ruleset introduces the `nat` rule which is used to handle the network " "address translation from the non-routable addresses inside the internal " @@ -915,14 +915,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the " "network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n" @@ -930,12 +930,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:464 msgid "to use in the main pass rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n" @@ -943,25 +943,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables SSH on the external " "interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:480 msgid "This macro definition and rule allows DNS and NTP for internal clients:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:485 #, no-wrap msgid "" "udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n" @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Note the `quick` keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset consists of " "several rules, it is important to understand the relationships between the " @@ -982,13 +982,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an FTP Proxy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "Configuring working FTP rules can be problematic due to the nature of the " "FTP protocol. FTP pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in " @@ -996,26 +996,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:502 msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "The protocol demands the use of at least two TCP connections (control and " "data) on separate ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected " "ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any " "potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure " @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "For those situations when FTP is required, PF provides redirection of FTP " "traffic to a small proxy program called man:ftp-proxy[8], which is included " @@ -1035,29 +1035,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:512 msgid "To enable the FTP proxy, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:519 msgid "Then start the proxy by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftp-proxy start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to [.filename]#/" "etc/pf.conf#. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert the " @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" @@ -1073,48 +1073,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:535 msgid "Second, a pass rule is needed to allow FTP traffic in to the proxy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "Third, redirection and NAT rules need to be defined before the filtering " "rules. Insert this `rdr` rule immediately after the `nat` rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:545 msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:552 msgid "where `$proxy` expands to the address the proxy daemon is bound to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Save [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#, load the new rules, and verify from a client " "that FTP connections are working:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network " "need to contact FTP servers elsewhere. This basic configuration should work " @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "For ways to run an FTP server protected by PF and man:ftp-proxy[8], " "configure a separate `ftp-proxy` in reverse mode, using `-R`, on a separate " @@ -1135,13 +1135,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing ICMP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a TCP/IP network " "rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), which was designed " @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "The ICMP protocol sends and receives _control messages_ between hosts and " "gateways, mainly to provide feedback to a sender about any unusual or " @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "From a firewall perspective, some ICMP control messages are vulnerable to " "known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic pass " @@ -1169,20 +1169,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "One solution is to let all ICMP traffic from the local network through while " "stopping all probes from outside the network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n" @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "Additional options are available which demonstrate some of PF's " "flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all ICMP messages, one can " @@ -1199,25 +1199,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:602 msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:607 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "If other types of ICMP packets are needed, expand `icmp_types` to a list of " "those packet types. Type `more /usr/src/sbin/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c` to see " @@ -1228,14 +1228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "Since Unix `traceroute` uses UDP by default, another rule is needed to allow " "Unix `traceroute`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n" @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Since `TRACERT.EXE` on Microsoft Windows systems uses ICMP echo request " "messages, only the first rule is needed to allow network traces from those " @@ -1253,13 +1253,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "Path MTU Discovery" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one " "consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a " @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "TCP/IP uses a process known as path MTU discovery to determine the right " "packet size for a connection. This process sends packets of varying sizes " @@ -1283,33 +1283,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified " "to support the new ICMP type:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "PF allows filtering on all variations of ICMP types and codes. The list of " "possible types and codes are documented in man:icmp[4] and man:icmp6[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Tables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given " "time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. " @@ -1320,13 +1320,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "table { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "In this example, the `192.168.2.0/24` network is part of the table, except " "for the address `192.168.2.5`, which is excluded using the `!` operator. It " @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.2.0/24\n" @@ -1343,42 +1343,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:673 msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "table persist file \"/etc/clients\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:680 msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto tcp from to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "A table's contents can be manipulated live, using `pfctl`. This example " "adds another network to the table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal " "for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the " @@ -1391,26 +1391,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect SSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "Those who run SSH on an external interface have probably seen something like " "this in the authentication logs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" @@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is " "trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the " @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "If external SSH access is needed for legitimate users, changing the default " "port used by SSH can offer some protection. However, PF provides a more " @@ -1441,26 +1441,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "table persist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while " "allowing legitimate access:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block quick from \n" @@ -1471,28 +1471,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed " "to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "`max-src-conn` is the number of simultaneous connections allowed from one " "host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "`max-src-conn-rate` is the rate of new connections allowed from any single " "host (_15_) per number of seconds (_5_)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "`overload ` means that any host which exceeds these limits gets " "its address added to the `bruteforce` table. The ruleset blocks all traffic " @@ -1500,21 +1500,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "Finally, `flush global` says that when a host reaches the limit, that all " "(`global`) of that host's connections will be terminated (`flush`)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "These rules will _not_ block slow bruteforcers, as described in http://home." "nuug.no/\\~peter/hailmary2013/[http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if " "a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to " @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n" @@ -1533,13 +1533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "*It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which " "does not apply exclusively to SSH, and it is not always optimal to entirely " @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a " "web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign " @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow " "incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an IP address that is " @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "For situations like these, pfctl provides the ability to expire table " "entries. For example, this command will remove `` table entries " @@ -1574,13 +1574,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:790 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "Similar functionality is provided by package:security/expiretable[], which " "removes table entries which have not been accessed for a specified period of " @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Once installed, expiretable can be run to remove `` table " "entries older than a specified age. This example removes all entries older " @@ -1596,19 +1596,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Protecting Against SPAM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "Not to be confused with the spamd daemon which comes bundled with " "spamassassin, package:mail/spamd[] can be configured with PF to provide an " @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and SPAM is mainly sent " "from a few spammer friendly networks and a large number of hijacked " @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" "When an SMTP connection from an address in a blocklist is received, spamd " "presents its banner and immediately switches to a mode where it answers SMTP " @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up spamd with " "automatically updated blocklists. Refer to the man pages which are " @@ -1644,13 +1644,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring spamd" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "Install the package:mail/spamd[] package or port. To use spamd's greylisting " "features, man:fdescfs[5] must be mounted at [.filename]#/dev/fd#. Add the " @@ -1658,29 +1658,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:828 msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount fdescfs\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:835 msgid "Next, edit the PF ruleset to include:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "table persist\n" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "The two tables `` and `` are essential. SMTP traffic " "from an address listed in `` but not in `` is redirected " @@ -1700,14 +1700,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "The next step is to configure spamd in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd." "conf# and to add some [.filename]#rc.conf# parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "The installation of package:mail/spamd[] includes a sample configuration " "file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample#) and a man page for [." @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a " "`+#+` comment sign contains the block which defines the `all` list, which " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "all:\\\n" @@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:862 msgid "" "This entry adds the desired blocklists, separated by colons (`:`). To use " "an allowlist to subtract addresses from a blocklist, add the name of the " @@ -1741,12 +1741,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:864 msgid "This is followed by the specified blocklist's definition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "traplist:\\\n" @@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "where the first line is the name of the blocklist and the second line " "specifies the list type. The `msg` field contains the message to display to " @@ -1769,14 +1769,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "The definition of the specified allowlist is similar, but omits the `msg` " "field since a message is not needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "allowlist:\\\n" @@ -1786,13 +1786,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "*Choose Data Sources with Care:* +\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:895 msgid "" "Using all the blocklists in the sample [.filename]#spamd.conf# will block " "large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file to " @@ -1801,20 +1801,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "Next, add this entry to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Additional flags are " "described in the man page specified by the comment:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "When finished, reload the ruleset, start spamd by typing `service obspamd " "start`, and complete the configuration using `spamd-setup`. Finally, create " @@ -1823,14 +1823,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start " "getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "PF also supports _greylisting_, which temporarily rejects messages from " "unknown hosts with _45n_ codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which try " @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the http://" "www.greylisting.org/[greylisting.org] web site. The most amazing thing " @@ -1850,49 +1850,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:920 msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring Greylisting" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "Make sure that man:fdescfs[5] is mounted as described in Step 1 of the " "previous Procedure." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "To run spamd in greylisting mode, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Refer to the spamd man page for descriptions of additional related " "parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service obspamd restart\n" @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "Behind the scenes, the spamdb database tool and the spamlogd whitelist " "updater perform essential functions for the greylisting feature. spamdb is " @@ -1909,20 +1909,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Hygiene" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "This section describes how `block-policy`, `scrub`, and `antispoof` can be " "used to make the ruleset behave sanely." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "The `block-policy` is an option which can be set in the `options` part of " "the ruleset, which precedes the redirection and filtering rules. This " @@ -1933,20 +1933,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "If not set, the default policy is `drop`. To change the `block-policy`, " "specify the desired value:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "set block-policy return\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "In PF, `scrub` is a keyword which enables network packet normalization. " "This process reassembles fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have " @@ -1957,13 +1957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "Some services, such as NFS, require specific fragment handling options. " "Refer to https://home.nuug.no/\\~peter/pf/en/scrub.html[https://home.nuug.no/" @@ -1971,20 +1971,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "This example reassembles fragments, clears the \"do not fragment\" bit, and " "sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "The `antispoof` mechanism protects against activity from spoofed or forged " "IP addresses, mainly by blocking packets appearing on interfaces and in " @@ -1992,14 +1992,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as " "well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "" "antispoof for $ext_if\n" @@ -2007,13 +2007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address " "translation, one may have to compensate for other people's " @@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then " "used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly " @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n" @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n" @@ -2050,13 +2050,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ALTQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, ALTQ can be used with PF to provide Quality of Service (QOS). " "Once ALTQ is enabled, queues can be defined in the ruleset which determine " @@ -2064,14 +2064,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "Before enabling ALTQ, refer to man:altq[4] to determine if the drivers for " "the network cards installed on the system support it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "ALTQ is not available as a loadable kernel module. If the system's " "interfaces support ALTQ, create a custom kernel using the instructions in " @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options ALTQ\n" @@ -2094,31 +2094,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "CBQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "Class Based Queuing (CBQ) is used to divide a connection's bandwidth into " "different classes or queues to prioritize traffic based on filter rules." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "RED" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1041 msgid "" "Random Early Detection (RED) is used to avoid network congestion by " "measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the minimum and " @@ -2127,26 +2127,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "RIO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "In Random Early Detection In and Out (RIO) mode, RED maintains multiple " "average queue lengths and multiple threshold values, one for each QOS level." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "HFSC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (HFSC) is described in " "http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/\\~hzhang/HFSC/main.html[http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/" @@ -2154,20 +2154,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "PRIQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "Priority Queuing (PRIQ) always passes traffic that is in a higher queue " "first." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1052 msgid "" "More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are " "available at the https://web.archive.org/web/20151109213426/http://www." @@ -2175,13 +2175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "IPFW is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD which supports both IPv4 and " "IPv6. It is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter " @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1061 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# which " "defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice users " @@ -2201,102 +2201,102 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "This section describes how to enable IPFW, provides an overview of its rule " "syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets for common configuration scenarios." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPFW" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "IPFW is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPFW." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "For those users who wish to statically compile IPFW support into a custom " "kernel, see <>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPFW at boot time, add " "`firewall_enable=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1076 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another " "line which specifies the type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_type=\"open\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "The available types are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "`open`: passes all traffic." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "`client`: protects only this machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "`simple`: protects the whole network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "`closed`: entirely disables IP traffic except for the loopback interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "`workstation`: protects only this machine using stateful rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "`UNKNOWN`: disables the loading of firewall rules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "" "[.filename]#filename#: full path of the file containing the firewall ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "If `firewall_type` is set to either `client` or `simple`, modify the default " "rules found in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# to fit the configuration of the " @@ -2304,12 +2304,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "Note that the `filename` type is used to load a custom ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the `firewall_script` " "variable to the absolute path of an _executable script_ that includes IPFW " @@ -2318,24 +2318,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "To enable logging through man:syslogd[8], include this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1112 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logging=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Only firewall rules with the `log` option will be logged. The default rules " "do not include this option and it must be manually added. Therefore it is " @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "There is no [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# variable to set logging limits. To " "limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, specify " @@ -2352,49 +2352,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo \"net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "To enable logging through a dedicated interface named `ipfw0`, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logif=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "Then use tcpdump to see what is being logged:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "# tcpdump -t -n -i ipfw0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "There is no overhead due to logging unless tcpdump is attached." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits " "now, also set the `sysctl` value specified above:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service ipfw start\n" @@ -2402,13 +2402,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Rule Syntax" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "When a packet enters the IPFW firewall, it is compared against the first " "rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a time, moving from top to " @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "When creating an IPFW rule, keywords must be written in the following " "order. Some keywords are mandatory while other keywords are optional. The " @@ -2434,14 +2434,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "`_CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC " "SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS_`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It " "is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipfw[8] " @@ -2450,24 +2450,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "CMD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "Every rule must start with `ipfw add`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1184 #, no-wrap msgid "RULE_NUMBER" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1188 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a number from `1` to `65534`. The number is " "used to indicate the order of rule processing. Multiple rules can have the " @@ -2476,13 +2476,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1189 #, no-wrap msgid "SET_NUMBER" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a set number from `0` to `31`. Sets can be " "individually disabled or enabled, making it possible to quickly add or " @@ -2491,14 +2491,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1195 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1940 #, no-wrap msgid "ACTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1197 msgid "" "A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified " "action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of " @@ -2506,14 +2506,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1199 msgid "" "`allow | accept | pass | permit`: these keywords are equivalent and allow " "packets that match the rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "" "`check-state`: checks the packet against the dynamic state table. If a " "match is found, execute the action associated with the rule which generated " @@ -2524,31 +2524,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1207 msgid "" "`count`: updates counters for all packets that match the rule. The search " "continues with the next rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1209 msgid "" "`deny | drop`: either word silently discards packets that match this rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1212 msgid "Additional actions are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1213 #, no-wrap msgid "LOG_AMOUNT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1219 msgid "" "When a packet matches a rule with the `log` keyword, a message will be " "logged to man:syslogd[8] with a facility name of `SECURITY`. Logging only " @@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1224 msgid "" "Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, " "and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator " @@ -2569,26 +2569,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1226 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "" "This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found " "in [.filename]#/etc/protocols#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1229 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" "The `from` keyword must be followed by the source address or a keyword that " "represents the source address. An address can be represented by `any`, `me` " @@ -2600,27 +2600,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1236 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2006 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_PORT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "" "An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from " "[.filename]#/etc/services#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1238 #, no-wrap msgid "DST" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "" "The `to` keyword must be followed by the destination address or a keyword " "that represents the destination address. The same keywords and addresses " @@ -2628,28 +2628,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1243 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2019 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_PORT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1244 msgid "" "An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name " "from [.filename]#/etc/services#." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1246 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1970 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1249 msgid "" "Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name " "suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include `in` or " @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1251 msgid "" "When a `keep-state` rule is matched, the firewall will create a dynamic rule " "which matches bidirectional traffic between the source and destination " @@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1256 msgid "" "The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-" "flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter " @@ -2678,21 +2678,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1259 msgid "" "Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for a description of " "each available option." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1261 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2047 #, no-wrap msgid "Example Ruleset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1265 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset " "script named [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#. In this example, all connection " @@ -2701,20 +2701,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "" "When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily " "setting this tunable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1273 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "This sets the default policy of man:ipfw[8] to be more permissive than the " "default `deny ip from any to any`, making it slightly more difficult to get " @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1281 msgid "" "The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a Bourne shell script " "and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the `cmd` variable so that " @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1287 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Set rules command prefix\n" @@ -2750,14 +2750,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1294 msgid "" "The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and " "on the loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1299 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n" @@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n" @@ -2773,27 +2773,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in " "the dynamic rules table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1309 #, no-wrap msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems " "can create to hosts on the Internet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to public DNS\n" @@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n" @@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n" @@ -2824,7 +2824,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound email connections\n" @@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1337 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound ping\n" @@ -2841,7 +2841,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1340 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound NTP\n" @@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound SSH\n" @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# deny and log all other outbound connections\n" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1351 msgid "" "The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the " "internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with " @@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1364 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n" @@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny public pings\n" @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1370 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ident\n" @@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all Netbios services.\n" @@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1379 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny fragments\n" @@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n" @@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1386 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n" @@ -2943,7 +2943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n" @@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1392 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow inbound SSH connections\n" @@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n" @@ -2967,14 +2967,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "" "The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the " "ruleset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Everything else is denied and logged\n" @@ -2982,13 +2982,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1406 #, no-wrap msgid "In-kernel NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1411 msgid "" "FreeBSD's IPFW firewall has two implementations of NAT: the userland " "implementation man:natd[8], and the more recent in-kernel NAT " @@ -2999,7 +2999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1415 msgid "" "To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a " "gateway. This system must have two NICs, where one is connected to the " @@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "" "Some additional configuration is needed in order to enable the in-kernel NAT " "facility of IPFW. To enable in-kernel NAT support at boot time, the " @@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1424 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "" "When `firewall_nat_enable` is set but `firewall_enable` is not, it will have " "no effect and do nothing. This is because the in-kernel NAT implementation " @@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1437 msgid "" "When the ruleset contains stateful rules, the positioning of the NAT rule is " "critical and the `skipto` action is used. The `skipto` action requires a " @@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT it is necessary to disable TCP segmentation offloading " "(TSO) due to the architecture of man:libalias[3], a library implemented as a " @@ -3072,13 +3072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1456 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.tcp.tso=\"0\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1465 msgid "" "A NAT instance will also be configured. It is possible to have multiple NAT " "instances each with their own configuration. For this example only one NAT " @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1470 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw disable one_pass\n" @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1476 msgid "" "The inbound NAT rule is inserted _after_ the two rules which allow all " "traffic on the trusted and loopback interfaces and after the reassemble rule " @@ -3120,7 +3120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1480 msgid "" "The reassemble rule was not needed with userland man:natd[8] because the " "internal workings of the IPFW `divert` action already takes care of " @@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1483 msgid "" "The NAT instance and rule number used in this example does not match with " "the default NAT instance and rule number created by [.filename]#rc." @@ -3138,7 +3138,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1493 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0 # exclude LAN traffic\n" @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "The outbound rules are modified to replace the `allow` action with the " "`$skip` variable, indicating that rule processing will continue at rule " @@ -3159,14 +3159,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1501 msgid "" "Remember that IPFW's performance is largely determined by the number of " "rules present in the ruleset." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Authorized outbound packets\n" @@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1516 msgid "" "The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which " "removes the `via $pif` in order to catch both inbound and outbound rules. " @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1522 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 999 deny log all from any to any\n" @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "In this example, rules `100`, `101`, `125`, `1000`, and `1001` control the " "address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that the entries " @@ -3206,7 +3206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1537 msgid "" "Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound HTTP " "session over port 80. When the first outbound packet enters the firewall, " @@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1542 msgid "" "On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only " "authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to " @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1550 msgid "" "Transitioning from userland man:natd[8] to in-kernel NAT might appear " "seamless at first but there is small catch. When using the GENERIC kernel, " @@ -3257,13 +3257,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1552 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Redirection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1558 msgid "" "The drawback with NAT in general is that the LAN clients are not accessible " "from the Internet. Clients on the LAN can make outgoing connections to the " @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1561 msgid "" "For example, an IRC server runs on client `A` and a web server runs on " "client `B`. For this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 " @@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1565 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT all configuration is done in the NAT instance " "configuration. For a full list of options that an in-kernel NAT instance " @@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1571 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n" @@ -3300,12 +3300,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1574 msgid "To configure the above example setup, the arguments should be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1582 msgid "" "After adding these arguments to the configuration of NAT instance 1 in the " "above ruleset, the TCP ports will be port forwarded to the LAN client " @@ -3321,7 +3321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1588 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw -q nat 1 config if $pif same_ports unreg_only reset \\\n" @@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1592 msgid "" "Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with `redirect_port`. " "For example, _tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 2000-3000_ would redirect all " @@ -3339,13 +3339,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1593 #, no-wrap msgid "Address Redirection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1599 msgid "" "Address redirection is useful if more than one IP address is available. " "Each LAN client can be assigned its own external IP address by man:ipfw[8], " @@ -3359,7 +3359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1601 msgid "" "The `redirect_addr` syntax is as below, where `localIP` is the internal IP " "address of the LAN client, and `publicIP` the external IP address " @@ -3367,18 +3367,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1605 #, no-wrap msgid "redirect_addr localIP publicIP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1608 msgid "In the example, the arguments would read:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1613 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_addr 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n" @@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1617 msgid "" "Like `redirect_port`, these arguments are placed in a NAT instance " "configuration. With address redirection, there is no need for port " @@ -3394,20 +3394,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1620 msgid "" "The external IP addresses on the man:ipfw[8] machine must be active and " "aliased to the external interface. Refer to man:rc.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1621 #, no-wrap msgid "Userspace NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "" "Let us start with a statement: the userspace NAT implementation: man:" "natd[8], has more overhead than in-kernel NAT. For man:natd[8] to translate " @@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "" "To enable the userpace NAT daemon man:natd[8] at boot time, the following is " "a minimum configuration in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Where " @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1640 msgid "" "In general, the above ruleset as explained for in-kernel NAT can also be " "used together with man:natd[8]. The exceptions are the configuration of the " @@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif\n" @@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1650 msgid "" "To configure port or address redirection, a similar syntax as with in-kernel " "NAT is used. Although, now, instead of specifying the configuration in our " @@ -3464,13 +3464,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1654 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1661 msgid "" "The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per " "line. For more information about the configuration file and possible " @@ -3478,7 +3478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -3486,13 +3486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1671 #, no-wrap msgid "The IPFW Command" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1676 msgid "" "`ipfw` can be used to make manual, single rule additions or deletions to the " "active firewall while it is running. The problem with using this method is " @@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1680 msgid "" "`ipfw` is a useful way to display the running firewall rules to the console " "screen. The IPFW accounting facility dynamically creates a counter for each " @@ -3513,31 +3513,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1682 msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1686 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "" "To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the " "rule was matched:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1693 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -t list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1697 msgid "" "The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for " "matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule " @@ -3546,63 +3546,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1701 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -a list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1704 msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1708 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1711 msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d -e list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1718 msgid "To zero the counters:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1722 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1725 msgid "To zero the counters for just the rule with number _NUM_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1729 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero NUM\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1731 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Firewall Messages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1738 msgid "" "Even with the logging facility enabled, IPFW will not generate any rule " "logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the " @@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1742 msgid "" "Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of " "log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are " @@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "" "The `IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5` kernel option limits the number of " "consecutive messages sent to man:syslogd[8], concerning the packet matching " @@ -3637,26 +3637,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1751 #, no-wrap msgid "last message repeated 45 times\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1754 msgid "" "All logged packets messages are written by default to [.filename]#/var/log/" "security#, which is defined in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1756 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Rule Script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1762 msgid "" "Most experienced IPFW users create a file containing the rules and code them " "in a manner compatible with running them as a script. The major benefit of " @@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1767 msgid "" "This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the man:sh[1], man:" "csh[1], and man:tcsh[1] shells. Symbolic substitution fields are prefixed " @@ -3678,12 +3678,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1769 msgid "Start the rules file like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1787 #, no-wrap msgid "" "############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n" @@ -3704,39 +3704,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1790 msgid "" "The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic " "substitution fields are populated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "" "If the above example was in [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#, the rules could be " "reloaded by the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1796 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1799 msgid "" "[.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules# can be located anywhere and the file can have " "any name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1801 msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ipfw -q -f flush\n" @@ -3749,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1814 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Kernel Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1818 msgid "" "In order to statically compile IPFW support into a custom kernel, refer to " "the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the " @@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n" @@ -3780,20 +3780,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "IPFW can be loaded as a kernel module: options above are built by default as " "modules or can be set at runtime using tunables." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1839 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1842 msgid "" "IPFILTER, also known as IPF, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which " "has been ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, " @@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1845 msgid "" "IPFILTER is a kernel-side firewall and NAT mechanism that can be controlled " "and monitored by userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted " @@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1848 msgid "" "IPF was originally written using a rule processing logic of \"the last " "matching rule wins\" and only used stateless rules. Since then, IPF has " @@ -3819,7 +3819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1851 msgid "" "The IPF FAQ is at http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html[http://www.phildev." "net/ipf/index.html]. A searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is " @@ -3827,27 +3827,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on IPF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "provides examples of rules that contain the `quick` and `keep state` options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1855 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPF" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "IPF is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPF." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1861 msgid "" "For users who prefer to statically compile IPF support into a custom kernel, " "refer to the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring " @@ -3855,7 +3855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1868 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFILTER\n" @@ -3865,7 +3865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1871 msgid "" "where `options IPFILTER` enables support for IPFILTER, `options " "IPFILTER_LOG` enables IPF logging using the [.filename]#ipl# packet logging " @@ -3876,7 +3876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1875 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPF at boot time, add the following " "entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. These entries will also enable " @@ -3886,7 +3886,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1886 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfilter_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipf firewall\n" @@ -3900,12 +3900,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1889 msgid "If NAT functionality is needed, also add these lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1895 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" @@ -3914,18 +3914,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1898 msgid "Then, to start IPF now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1902 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ipfilter start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1906 msgid "" "To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using " "`ipf`. The following command can be used to replace the currently running " @@ -3933,20 +3933,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1910 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" "where `-Fa` flushes all the internal rules tables and `-f` specifies the " "file containing the rules to load." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1916 msgid "" "This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the " "running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the " @@ -3955,20 +3955,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1918 msgid "" "Refer to man:ipf[8] for details on the other flags available with this " "command." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1919 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Rule Syntax" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1925 msgid "" "This section describes the IPF rule syntax used to create stateful rules. " "When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the `quick` keyword appears in " @@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1928 msgid "" "When creating rules, a `+#+` character is used to mark the start of a " "comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that rule's " @@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "" "The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, " "from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. " @@ -3999,14 +3999,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "" "`_ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to " "DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE_`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1939 msgid "" "This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not " "an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipf[5] for a " @@ -4015,7 +4015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1944 msgid "" "The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that " "rule. Every rule _must_ have an action. The following actions are " @@ -4023,97 +4023,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1946 msgid "`block`: drops the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1948 msgid "`pass`: allows the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1950 msgid "`log`: generates a log record." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1952 msgid "" "`count`: counts the number of packets and bytes which can provide an " "indication of how often a rule is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1954 msgid "`auth`: queues the packet for further processing by another program." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1956 msgid "" "`call`: provides access to functions built into IPF that allow more complex " "actions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "`decapsulate`: removes any headers in order to process the contents of the " "packet." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1959 #, no-wrap msgid "DIRECTION" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1961 msgid "" "Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of " "these keywords:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1963 msgid "`in`: the rule is applied against an inbound packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1965 msgid "`out`: the rule is applied against an outbound packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1967 msgid "`all`: the rule applies to either direction." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1969 msgid "" "If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along " "with the direction. An example would be `in on fxp0`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1973 msgid "" "Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must " "be used in the order shown here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1975 msgid "" "`log`: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents of the packet's " "headers will be written to the man:ipl[4] packet log pseudo-device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1977 msgid "" "`quick`: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION specified by the rule " "occurs and no further processing of any following rules will occur for this " @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "" "`on`: must be followed by the interface name as displayed by man:" "ifconfig[8]. The rule will only match if the packet is going through the " @@ -4129,21 +4129,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "When using the `log` keyword, the following qualifiers may be used in this " "order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1984 msgid "" "`body`: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet contents will be " "logged after the headers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1986 msgid "" "`first`: if the `log` keyword is being used in conjunction with a `keep " "state` option, this option is recommended so that only the triggering packet " @@ -4151,20 +4151,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1989 msgid "" "Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to " "man:ipf[5] for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1990 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1996 msgid "" "The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs " "to specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. " @@ -4176,13 +4176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1997 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_ADDR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2001 msgid "" "The `from` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which " "represents the source of the packet. The source can be a hostname, an IP " @@ -4191,7 +4191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2005 msgid "" "There is no way to match ranges of IP addresses which do not express " "themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length notation. The " @@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2010 msgid "" "The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it " "requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must " @@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2012 msgid "" "A number of different comparison operators are supported: `=` (equal to), `!" "=` (not equal to), `<` (less than), `>` (greater than), `<=` (less than or " @@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2014 msgid "" "To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between `<>` (less than " "and greater than ), `><` (greater than and less than ), or `:` (greater than " @@ -4225,13 +4225,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2015 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_ADDR" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2018 msgid "" "The `to` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents " "the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can be a hostname, " @@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2023 msgid "" "Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. " "However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the " @@ -4248,13 +4248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2024 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2027 msgid "" "If `tcp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be specified as letters, " "where each letter represents one of the possible TCP flags used to determine " @@ -4263,20 +4263,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2030 msgid "" "If `icmp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, the ICMP type to match can be " "specified. Refer to man:ipf[5] for the allowable types." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2031 #, no-wrap msgid "STATE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2035 msgid "" "If a `pass` rule contains `keep state`, IPF will add an entry to its dynamic " "state table and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. IPF can " @@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2042 msgid "" "In IPF, packets destined to go out through the interface connected to the " "public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the " @@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2046 msgid "" "Several keywords can be added after `keep state`. If used, these keywords " "set various options that control stateful filtering, such as setting " @@ -4312,14 +4312,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2050 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows " "services matching `pass` rules and blocks all others." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2053 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the loopback interface ([.filename]#lo0#) and the IP address " "`127.0.0.1` for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain " @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2059 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on loopback interface\n" @@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2064 msgid "" "The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and " "control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more " @@ -4349,14 +4349,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2066 msgid "" "These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted LAN interface " "named [.filename]#xl0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2072 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n" @@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2075 msgid "" "The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should " "have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched " @@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2079 msgid "" "This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named " "[.filename]#dc0#. These rules keep state and identify the specific services " @@ -4384,7 +4384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2085 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n" @@ -4393,7 +4393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2091 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n" @@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2098 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n" @@ -4416,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n" @@ -4425,7 +4425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2106 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow email\n" @@ -4434,7 +4434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2109 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow NTP\n" @@ -4442,7 +4442,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2112 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow FTP\n" @@ -4450,7 +4450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow SSH\n" @@ -4458,7 +4458,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow ping\n" @@ -4466,7 +4466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2121 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log everything else\n" @@ -4474,7 +4474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2125 msgid "" "This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface " "blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets " @@ -4482,7 +4482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2139 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n" @@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2143 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n" @@ -4508,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# block source routed packets\n" @@ -4517,7 +4517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n" @@ -4525,7 +4525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2153 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block anything with special options\n" @@ -4533,7 +4533,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block public pings and ident\n" @@ -4542,7 +4542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block incoming Netbios services\n" @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2167 msgid "" "Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the `log first` option, " "run `ipfstat -hio` to evaluate how many times the rule has been matched. A " @@ -4561,7 +4561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2170 msgid "" "The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are " "allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all " @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n" @@ -4579,7 +4579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2179 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n" @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n" @@ -4595,20 +4595,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2184 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring NAT" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2187 msgid "" "To enable NAT, add these statements to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and specify " "the name of the file containing the NAT rules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2198 msgid "" "NAT rules are flexible and can accomplish many different things to fit the " "needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax presented here has " @@ -4626,20 +4626,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2200 msgid "" "The basic syntax for a NAT rule is as follows, where `map` starts the rule " "and _IF_ should be replaced with the name of the external interface:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2204 #, no-wrap msgid "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2209 msgid "" "The _LAN_IP_RANGE_ is the range of IP addresses used by internal clients. " "Usually, it is a private address range such as `192.168.1.0/24`. The " @@ -4648,7 +4648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "In IPF, when a packet arrives at the firewall from the LAN with a public " "destination, it first passes through the outbound rules of the firewall " @@ -4665,7 +4665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple " "subnets, the process of funneling every private IP address into a single " @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2222 msgid "" "The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By " "adding the `portmap` keyword, NAT can be directed to only use source ports " @@ -4682,26 +4682,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2226 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "" "Alternately, use the `auto` keyword which tells NAT to determine the ports " "that are available for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2233 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2238 msgid "" "The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when " "there are too many LAN addresses to fit into a single public address and a " @@ -4711,14 +4711,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2241 msgid "" "The range of public IP addresses can be specified using a netmask or CIDR " "notation. These two rules are equivalent:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n" @@ -4726,7 +4726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2251 msgid "" "A common practice is to have a publically accessible web server or mail " "server segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these " @@ -4737,26 +4737,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2255 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2258 msgid "" "If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all " "external HTTP requests to `10.0.10.25`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2262 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2267 msgid "" "IPF has a built in FTP proxy which can be used with NAT. It monitors all " "outbound traffic for active or passive FTP connection requests and " @@ -4766,7 +4766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "" "In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound FTP traffic " "from the internal LAN. The second rule passes the FTP traffic from the " @@ -4775,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" @@ -4784,7 +4784,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2280 msgid "" "The FTP `map` rules go before the NAT rule so that when a packet matches an " "FTP rule, the FTP proxy creates temporary filter rules to let the FTP " @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2283 msgid "" "Without the FTP proxy, the following firewall rules would instead be " "needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above `1024` need to be " @@ -4801,7 +4801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2289 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n" @@ -4810,7 +4810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n" @@ -4818,7 +4818,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n" @@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2299 msgid "" "Whenever the file containing the NAT rules is edited, run `ipnat` with `-CF` " "to delete the current NAT rules and flush the contents of the dynamic " @@ -4835,54 +4835,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2303 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2306 msgid "To display the NAT statistics:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2310 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2313 msgid "To list the NAT table's current mappings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2317 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2320 msgid "" "To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing " "and active rules and table entries:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2324 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -v\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2326 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing IPF Statistics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2330 msgid "" "IPF includes man:ipfstat[8] which can be used to retrieve and display " "statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the " @@ -4891,12 +4891,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2332 msgid "The default `ipfstat` output looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2352 #, no-wrap msgid "" "input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n" @@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2358 msgid "" "Several options are available. When supplied with either `-i` for inbound " "or `-o` for outbound, the command will retrieve and display the appropriate " @@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2364 #, no-wrap msgid "" "@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -4938,7 +4938,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2368 msgid "" "Include `-h` to prefix each rule with a count of how many times the rule was " "matched. For example, `ipfstat -oh` displays the outbound internal rules " @@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2374 #, no-wrap msgid "" "2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -4955,7 +4955,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2380 msgid "" "To display the state table in a format similar to man:top[1], use `ipfstat -" "t`. When the firewall is under attack, this option provides the ability to " @@ -4965,13 +4965,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2381 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2385 msgid "" "IPF provides `ipmon`, which can be used to write the firewall's logging " "information in a human readable format. It requires that `options " @@ -4980,7 +4980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2388 msgid "" "This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a " "continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. " @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" @@ -5000,7 +5000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2399 msgid "" "Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as " "which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they " @@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2404 msgid "" "Once the logging facility is enabled in [.filename]#rc.conf# and started " "with `service ipmon start`, IPF will only log the rules which contain the " @@ -5020,14 +5020,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2407 msgid "" "By default, `ipmon -Ds` mode uses `local0` as the logging facility. The " "following logging levels can be used to further segregate the logged data:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n" @@ -5037,83 +5037,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2417 msgid "" "In order to setup IPF to log all data to [.filename]#/var/log/ipfilter.log#, " "first create the empty file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2421 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2424 msgid "" "Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following " "statement to [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2428 #, no-wrap msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2431 msgid "" "To activate the changes and instruct man:syslogd[8] to read the modified [." "filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, run `service syslogd reload`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2433 msgid "" "Do not forget to edit [.filename]#/etc/newsyslog.conf# to rotate the new log " "file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2436 msgid "" "Messages generated by `ipmon` consist of data fields separated by white " "space. Fields common to all messages are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2438 msgid "The date of packet receipt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2439 msgid "" "The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, " "minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 msgid "The group and rule number of the rule in the format `@0:17`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 msgid "" "The action: `p` for passed, `b` for blocked, `S` for a short packet, `n` did " "not match any rules, and `L` for a log rule." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 msgid "" "The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated " "by a comma, the -> symbol, and the destination address and port. For " @@ -5121,19 +5121,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "`PR` followed by the protocol name or number: for example, `PR tcp`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 msgid "" "`len` followed by the header length and total length of the packet: for " "example, `len 20 40`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2448 msgid "" "If the packet is a TCP packet, there will be an additional field starting " "with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to any flags that were set. " @@ -5141,7 +5141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2451 msgid "" "If the packet is an ICMP packet, there will be two fields at the end: the " "first always being \"icmp\" and the next being the ICMP message and sub-" @@ -5150,13 +5150,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2453 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "" "Blacklistd is a daemon listening to sockets awaiting to receive " "notifications from other daemons about connection attempts that failed or " @@ -5170,7 +5170,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2465 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to set up blacklistd, configure it, and provides " "examples on how to use it. Readers should be familiar with basic firewall " @@ -5180,13 +5180,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2466 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Blacklistd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2472 msgid "" "The main configuration for blacklistd is stored in man:blacklistd.conf[5]. " "Various command line options are also available to change blacklistd's run-" @@ -5196,30 +5196,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2476 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc blacklistd_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2479 msgid "To start the service manually, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2483 #, no-wrap msgid "# service blacklistd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2485 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Blacklistd Ruleset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2490 msgid "" "Rules for blacklistd are configured in man:blacklistd.conf[5] with one entry " "per line. Each rule contains a tuple separated by spaces or tabs. Rules " @@ -5228,18 +5228,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2491 #, no-wrap msgid "Local Rules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2494 msgid "An example blacklistd.conf entry for a local rule looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2499 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[local]\n" @@ -5247,7 +5247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2503 msgid "" "All rules that follow the `[local]` section are treated as local rules " "(which is the default), applying to the local machine. When a `[remote]` " @@ -5256,7 +5256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2511 msgid "" "Seven fields separated by either tabs or spaces define a rule. The first " "four fields identify the traffic that should be blocklisted. The three " @@ -5267,20 +5267,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2515 #, no-wrap msgid "[address|interface][/mask][:port]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2519 msgid "" "Addresses can be specified as IPv4 in numeric format or IPv6 in square " "brackets. An interface name like `_em0_` can also be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2523 msgid "" "The socket type is defined by the second field. TCP sockets are of type " "`stream`, whereas UDP is denoted as `dgram`. The example above uses TCP, " @@ -5288,7 +5288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2527 msgid "" "A protocol can be used in the third field of a blacklistd rule. The " "following protocols can be used: `tcp`, `udp`, `tcp6`, `udp6`, or numeric. " @@ -5297,7 +5297,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2530 msgid "" "In the fourth field, the effective user or owner of the daemon process that " "is reporting the event is defined. The username or UID can be used here, as " @@ -5305,7 +5305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2533 msgid "" "The packet filter rule name is declared by the fifth field, which starts the " "behavior part of the rule. By default, blacklistd puts all blocks under a " @@ -5313,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2539 #, no-wrap msgid "" "anchor \"blacklistd/*\" in on $ext_if\n" @@ -5322,7 +5322,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2545 msgid "" "For separate blocklists, an anchor name can be used in this field. In other " "cases, the wildcard will suffice. When a name starts with a hyphen (`-`) it " @@ -5331,20 +5331,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2549 #, no-wrap msgid "ssh stream * * -ssh 3 24h\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2552 msgid "" "With such a rule, any new blocklist rules are added to an anchor called " "`blacklistd-ssh`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2556 msgid "" "To block whole subnets for a single rule violation, a `/` in the rule name " "can be used. This causes the remaining portion of the name to be " @@ -5353,13 +5353,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2560 #, no-wrap msgid "22 stream tcp * */24 3 24h\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2566 msgid "" "It is important to specify the proper protocol here. IPv4 and IPv6 " "treat /24 differently, that is the reason why `*` cannot be used in the " @@ -5367,14 +5367,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2569 msgid "" "This rule defines that if any one host in that network is misbehaving, " "everything else on that network will be blocked, too." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2573 msgid "" "The sixth field, called `nfail`, sets the number of login failures required " "to blocklist the remote IP in question. When a wildcard is used at this " @@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2576 msgid "" "The last field in a blacklistd rule definition specifies how long a host is " "blocklisted. The default unit is seconds, but suffixes like `m`, `h`, and " @@ -5392,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2580 msgid "" "The example rule in its entirety means that after three times authenticating " "to SSH will result in a new PF block rule for that host. Rule matches are " @@ -5403,13 +5403,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2581 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Rules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2587 msgid "" "Remote rules are used to specify how blacklistd changes its behavior " "depending on the remote host currently being evaluated. Each field in a " @@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2592 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[remote]\n" @@ -5426,7 +5426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2597 msgid "" "The address field can be an IP address (either v4 or v6), a port or both. " "This allows setting special rules for a specific remote address range like " @@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2603 msgid "" "The name fields is different though: the equal sign (`=`) in a remote rule " "tells blacklistd to use the value from the matching local rule. It means " @@ -5448,7 +5448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2607 msgid "" "A custom number of failures in the `nfail` column can be defined for an " "address. This is useful for exceptions to a specific rule, to maybe allow " @@ -5457,20 +5457,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2609 msgid "" "Remote rules allow a stricter enforcement of limits on attempts to log in " "compared to attempts coming from a local network like an office." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2610 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2615 msgid "" "There are a few software packages in FreeBSD that can utilize blacklistd's " "functionality. The two most prominent ones are man:ftpd[8] and man:sshd[8] " @@ -5479,42 +5479,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2619 #, no-wrap msgid "UseBlacklist yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2622 msgid "Restart sshd afterwards to make these changes take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2624 msgid "" "Blacklisting for man:ftpd[8] is enabled using `-B`, either in [.filename]#/" "etc/inetd.conf# or as a flag in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2628 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_flags=\"-B\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2631 msgid "That is all that is needed to make these programs talk to blacklistd." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2632 #, no-wrap msgid "Blacklistd Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2637 msgid "" "Blacklistd provides the user with a management utility called man:" "blacklistctl[8]. It displays blocked addresses and networks that are " @@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2643 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blacklistctl dump -b\n" @@ -5532,7 +5532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2649 msgid "" "This example shows that there were 6 out of three permitted attempts on port " "22 coming from the address range `213.0.123.128/25`. There are more " @@ -5543,14 +5543,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2651 msgid "" "To see the remaining time that this host will be on the blocklist, add `-r` " "to the previous command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2657 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blacklistctl dump -br\n" @@ -5559,20 +5559,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2660 msgid "" "In this example, there are 36s seconds left until this host will not be " "blocked any more." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2661 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Hosts from the Block List" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2672 msgid "" "Sometimes it is necessary to remove a host from the block list before the " "remaining time expires. Unfortunately, there is no functionality in " @@ -5588,7 +5588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2679 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pfctl -a blacklistd/22 -t port22 -T show\n" @@ -5598,20 +5598,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2682 msgid "" "After identifying the address to be unblocked from the list, the following " "command removes it from the list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2686 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -a blacklistd/22 -t port22 -T delete 213.0.123.128/25\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2690 msgid "" "The address is now removed from PF, but will still show up in the " "blacklistctl list, since it does not know about any changes made in PF. The " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po index 32e1128ae2..1c3c252094 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 20. GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the GEOM framework permits access and control to classes, such " "as Master Boot Records and BSD labels, through the use of providers, or the " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM framework in FreeBSD. " "This includes the major RAID control utilities which use the framework for " @@ -66,60 +66,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:62 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:64 msgid "What type of RAID support is available through GEOM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the " "various RAID levels." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through " "GEOM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (crossref:disks[disks,Storage])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID0 - Striping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be " "performed through the use of hardware RAID controllers. The GEOM disk " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "In RAID0, data is split into blocks that are written across all the drives " "in the array. As seen in the following illustration, instead of having to " @@ -139,26 +139,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Striping Illustration" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "striping.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Each disk in a RAID0 stripe must be of the same size, since I/O requests are " "interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "RAID0 does _not_ provide any redundancy. This means that if one disk in the " "array fails, all of the data on the disks is lost. If the data is " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "The process for creating a software, GEOM-based RAID0 on a FreeBSD system " "using commodity disks is as follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to " @@ -175,24 +175,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Creating a Stripe of Unformatted ATA Disks*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:103 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_stripe\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root " "partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as [.filename]#/" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create " "the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned " @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3\n" @@ -219,20 +219,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume " "and install the default bootstrap code:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "This process should create two other devices in [.filename]#/dev/stripe# in " "addition to [.filename]#st0#. Those include [.filename]#st0a# and [." @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -255,18 +255,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, " "place the volume information in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. In this example, a " @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /stripe\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module must also be automatically loaded " "during system initialization, by adding a line to [.filename]#/boot/loader." @@ -291,19 +291,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "RAID1, or _mirroring_, is the technique of writing the same data to more " "than one disk drive. Mirrors are usually used to guard against data loss " @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates " "a mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing " @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and " "capacity, but man:gmirror[8] does not require that. Mirrors created with " @@ -337,14 +337,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any " "major disk operation, make a full backup first." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "While man:dump[8] is used in these procedures to copy file systems, it does " "not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See man:tunefs[8] " @@ -352,13 +352,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Metadata Issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata " "should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are " @@ -367,20 +367,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "GPT metadata can be erased with man:gpart[8]. This example erases both " "primary and backup GPT partition tables from disk [.filename]#ada8#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart destroy -F ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one " "step using man:gmirror[8]. Here, the example disk [.filename]#ada8# is " @@ -388,26 +388,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, " "use `gmirror clear` to remove it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror clear ada8\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "man:gmirror[8] stores one block of metadata at the end of the disk. As GPT " "partition schemes also store metadata at the end of the disk, mirroring " @@ -417,13 +417,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. Two new disks, [.filename]#ada1# and [.filename]#ada2#, " @@ -432,32 +432,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module must either be built into the " "kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel module now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror load\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:240 msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "[.filename]#gm0# is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new mirror. " "After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in [.filename]#/" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "MBR and bsdlabel partition tables can now be created on the mirror with man:" "gpart[8]. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with " @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the " "existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already " @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0\n" @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -517,16 +517,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:287 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the MBR and bsdlabel and " "setting the active slice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0\n" @@ -535,12 +535,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:295 msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "File systems from the original [.filename]#ada0# disk can now be copied onto " "the mirror with man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/etc/fstab# to point to the new mirror file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf# is edited to load the module at " @@ -597,15 +597,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:336 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:539 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been " "copied. The BIOS will see the mirror as two individual drives rather than a " @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "See <> if there are problems booting. Powering " "down and disconnecting the original [.filename]#ada0# disk will allow it to " @@ -622,18 +622,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:345 msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. A new disk, [.filename]#ada1#, has been connected to the " @@ -646,17 +646,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:355 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:362 msgid "Check the media size of the original disk with `diskinfo`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3\n" @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity " "is not any larger than the original [.filename]#ada0# drive, man:gnop[8] is " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geom zero load\n" @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "Since [.filename]#gzero.nop# does not store any data, the mirror does not " "see it as connected. The mirror is told to \"forget\" unconnected " @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#gm0#, view the partition table on [." "filename]#ada0#. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is some " @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, " "as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte " @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by " "one sector on [.filename]#mirror/gm0#. The procedure will be explained " @@ -732,14 +732,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied " "using `gpart backup` and `gpart restore`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart backup ada0 > table.ada0\n" @@ -747,14 +747,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "These commands create two files, [.filename]#table.ada0# and [." "filename]#table.ada0s1#. This example is from a 1 TB drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice " "and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -809,19 +809,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two " "files can be used without modification." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:461 msgid "Now restore the partition table into [.filename]#mirror/gm0#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0 < table.ada0\n" @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "Check the partition table with `gpart show`. This example has [." "filename]#gm0s1a# for [.filename]#/#, [.filename]#gm0s1d# for [.filename]#/" @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -863,21 +863,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at " "the end of the disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will " "vary to match the original disk, [.filename]#ada0#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -888,27 +888,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "Adjust [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to use the new partitions on the mirror. " "Back up this file first by copying it to [.filename]#/etc/fstab.orig#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, replacing [.filename]#/dev/ada0# with [." "filename]#mirror/gm0#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -921,14 +921,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, edit [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to load it at boot:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with " "man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]. Each file system dumped with `dump -L` will " @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Restart the system, booting from [.filename]#ada1#. If everything is " "working, the system will boot from [.filename]#mirror/gm0#, which now " @@ -961,21 +961,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single [." "filename]#ada1# disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "After booting from [.filename]#mirror/gm0# successfully, the final step is " "inserting [.filename]#ada0# into the mirror." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" "When [.filename]#ada0# is inserted into the mirror, its former contents will " "be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that [." @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror insert gm0 ada0\n" @@ -995,14 +995,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use `gmirror " "status` to view the progress." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror status\n" @@ -1012,12 +1012,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:590 msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n" @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "[.filename]#mirror/gm0# now consists of the two disks [.filename]#ada0# and " "[.filename]#ada1#, and the contents are automatically synchronized with each " @@ -1037,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "If the system no longer boots, BIOS settings may have to be changed to boot " "from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive can be used for " @@ -1051,20 +1051,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror " "device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Loader variables:\n" @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Manual root filesystem specification:\n" @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "" " e.g. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n" @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ? List valid disk boot devices\n" @@ -1102,13 +1102,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "mountroot>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "Forgetting to load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# module in [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.conf# can cause this problem. To fix it, boot from a FreeBSD " @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror load\n" @@ -1125,19 +1125,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf#, adding a line to load the mirror " "module:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:654 msgid "Save the file and reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Other problems that cause `error 19` require more effort to fix. Although " "the system should boot from [.filename]#ada0#, another prompt to select a " @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" @@ -1158,13 +1158,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without " "causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if [." @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the " "failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers " @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a " "\"degraded\" mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to forget drives " @@ -1192,13 +1192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror forget gm0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the " "instructions in <>. Then the replacement disk, [." @@ -1206,13 +1206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. " "This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. " @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "Progress can be monitored with `gmirror status`, which shows drives that are " "being synchronized and the percentage of completion. During " @@ -1230,13 +1230,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "RAID3 is a method used to combine several disk drives into a single volume " "with a dedicated parity disk. In a RAID3 system, data is split up into a " @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a RAID3 array. Each " "disk must be of the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or " @@ -1260,26 +1260,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a software RAID3 on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:719 msgid "" "While it is theoretically possible to boot from a RAID3 array on FreeBSD, " "that configuration is uncommon and is not advised." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Dedicated RAID3 Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, support for RAID3 is implemented by the man:graid3[8] GEOM " "class. Creating a dedicated RAID3 array on FreeBSD requires the following " @@ -1287,44 +1287,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "First, load the [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# kernel module by issuing one of " "the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid3 load\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:735 msgid "or:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_raid3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new " "directory to use as the mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:746 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /multimedia\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:749 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, " "and create the new RAID3 device. The final device listed will act as the " @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3\n" @@ -1345,14 +1345,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "Partition the newly created [.filename]#gr0# device and put a UFS file " "system on it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0\n" @@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -1369,25 +1369,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:774 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:777 msgid "The RAID3 array is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system " "reboots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# module must be loaded before the array can be " "mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system " @@ -1395,13 +1395,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "The following volume information must be added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# in " "order to automatically mount the array's file system during the system boot " @@ -1409,19 +1409,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "Software RAID Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just " "a ROM, that allows the computer to boot from a RAID array. After booting, " @@ -1432,14 +1432,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "Several levels of RAID are supported, depending on the hardware in use. See " "man:graid[8] for a complete list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "man:graid[8] requires the [.filename]#geom_raid.ko# kernel module, which is " "included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel starting with FreeBSD 9.1. If " @@ -1447,13 +1447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "Software RAID devices often have a menu that can be entered by pressing " "special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can be used to create " @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "`graid label` is used to create a new array. The motherboard used for this " "example has an Intel software RAID chipset, so the Intel metadata format is " @@ -1471,14 +1471,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new " "array. Back up existing data first!" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -1494,13 +1494,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:840 msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:848 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "The array device appears in [.filename]#/dev/raid/#. The first array is " "called [.filename]#r0#. Additional arrays, if present, will be [." @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "The BIOS menu on some of these devices can create arrays with special " "characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special characters, " @@ -1527,19 +1527,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Volumes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "Some software RAID devices support more than one _volume_ on an array. " "Volumes work like partitions, allowing space on the physical drives to be " @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "Volumes appear as additional [.filename]#rX# entries in [.filename]#/dev/" "raid/#. An array with two volumes will show [.filename]#r0# and [." @@ -1566,20 +1566,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "See man:graid[8] for the number of volumes supported by different software " "RAID devices." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing " "single drive to a man:graid[8] array without reformatting. To avoid data " @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:888 msgid "" "The drive must be partitioned with the MBR partitioning scheme. GPT or other " "partitioning schemes with metadata at the end of the drive will be " @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive " "to hold the man:graid[8] metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the " @@ -1604,33 +1604,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then " "create a single-drive mirror with that drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "man:graid[8] metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused " "space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the " "second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is " @@ -1638,13 +1638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have " "failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new " @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the " "newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be " @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -1673,20 +1673,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Drives from the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their " "metadata erased:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid remove raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -1696,32 +1696,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:942 #, no-wrap msgid "Stopping the Array" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The " "array will be restarted when the system is booted." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid stop raid/r0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:953 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Array Status" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the " "mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to " @@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "Some types of arrays, like `RAID0` or `CONCAT`, may not be shown in the " "status report if disks have failed. To see these partially-failed arrays, " @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status -ga\n" @@ -1756,13 +1756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:977 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Arrays" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the " "last volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed " @@ -1770,20 +1770,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:986 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid delete raid/r0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "Drives may unexpectedly contain man:graid[8] metadata, either from previous " "use or manufacturer testing. man:graid[8] will detect these drives and " @@ -1792,13 +1792,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Boot the system. At the boot menu, select `2` for the loader prompt. Enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "" "OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" @@ -1806,33 +1806,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "The system will boot with man:graid[8] disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "As a workaround, man:graid[8] array detection can be disabled by adding" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1013 msgid "to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "To permanently remove the man:graid[8] metadata from the affected drive, " "boot a FreeBSD installation CD-ROM or memory stick, and select `Shell`. Use " @@ -1840,19 +1840,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "Delete the volume by name:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "" "If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. " "After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the " "metadata has been removed, the `kern.geom.raid.enable=0` entry in [." @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM Gate Network" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "GEOM provides a simple mechanism for providing remote access to devices such " "as disks, CDs, and file systems through the use of the GEOM Gate network " @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Similar to NFS, which is discussed in crossref:network-servers[network-nfs," "\"Network File System (NFS)\"], ggated is configured using an exports file. " @@ -1888,26 +1888,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, " "start ggated:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "# ggated\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or " "changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to man:ggated[8] " @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "To access the exported device on the client machine, first use `ggatec` to " "specify the IP address of the server and the device name of the exported " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d\n" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "The device on the server may now be accessed through [.filename]#/mnt# on " "the client. For more details about `ggatec` and a few usage examples, refer " @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server " "or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to " @@ -1951,20 +1951,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with `umount` so that the " "resource is available to other clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Disk Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as " "devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. " @@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "One solution is to chain SCSI devices in order so a new device added to the " "SCSI card will be issued unused device numbers. But what about USB devices " @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1104 msgid "" "A better solution is to use `glabel` to label the disk devices and use the " "labels in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. Since `glabel` stores the label in the " @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "" "`glabel` can create both transient and permanent labels. Only permanent " "labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to man:glabel[8] for more " @@ -2006,13 +2006,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Types and Examples" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "" "Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file " "system labels can be created with man:tunefs[8] or man:newfs[8]. These " @@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "" "Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created " "in [.filename]#/dev/label# and are suited to experimentation. A temporary " @@ -2032,49 +2032,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "To create a permanent label for a UFS2 file system without destroying any " "data, issue the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "A label should now exist in [.filename]#/dev/ufs# which may be added to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run `tunefs`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1144 msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1148 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "" "From this point on, so long as the [.filename]#geom_label.ko# kernel module " "is loaded at boot with [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# or the `GEOM_LABEL` " @@ -2083,36 +2083,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1154 msgid "" "File systems may also be created with a default label by using the `-L` flag " "with `newfs`. Refer to man:newfs[8] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1156 msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "# glabel destroy home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1163 msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1170 msgid "" "By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should " "be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another " @@ -2124,14 +2124,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "Reboot the system, and at the man:loader[8] prompt, press kbd:[4] to boot " "into single user mode. Then enter the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1187 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a\n" @@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1192 msgid "" "The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, " "edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and replace the conventional device names, with " @@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -2169,14 +2169,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "" "The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up " "normally and `mount` will show:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1222 msgid "" "The man:glabel[8] class supports a label type for UFS file systems, based on " "the unique file system id, `ufsid`. These labels may be found in [." @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% glabel status\n" @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1233 msgid "" "In the above example, [.filename]#ad4s1d# represents [.filename]#/var#, " "while [.filename]#ad4s1f# represents [.filename]#/usr#. Using the `ufsid` " @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 /var ufs rw 2 2\n" @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "" "Any partitions with `ufsid` labels can be mounted in this way, eliminating " "the need to manually create permanent labels, while still enjoying the " @@ -2234,13 +2234,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1243 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS Journaling Through GEOM" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1249 msgid "" "Support for journals on UFS file systems is available on FreeBSD. The " "implementation is provided through the GEOM subsystem and is configured " @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that " "make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes " @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and " "inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and " @@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for `gjournal`. To " "automatically load the [.filename]#geom_journal.ko# kernel module at boot " @@ -2279,26 +2279,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1264 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel " "configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1271 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system " "using the following steps. In this example, [.filename]#da4# is a new SCSI " @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gjournal load\n" @@ -2314,21 +2314,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "This will load the module and create a [.filename]#/dev/da4.journal# device " "node on [.filename]#/dev/da4#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "A UFS file system may now be created on the journaled device, then mounted " "on an existing mount point:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -O 2 -J /dev/da4.journal\n" @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual " "slice. For instance, if [.filename]#ad4s1# and [.filename]#ad4s2# are both " @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1302 msgid "" "Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using `tunefs`. " "However, _always_ make a backup before attempting to alter an existing file " @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1304 msgid "" "It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the " "article extref:{gjournal-desktop}[Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po index 1f0539a439..47f52b7411 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction.adoc:8 msgid "" "Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use " -"of _FreeBSD {rel131-current}-RELEASE_ and _FreeBSD {rel124-current}-" +"of _FreeBSD {rel132-current}-RELEASE_ and _FreeBSD {rel124-current}-" "RELEASE_. This book is the result of ongoing work by many individuals. " "Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to update and " "expand this document should send email to the {freebsd-doc}." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po index 33b2f7f83f..580923e683 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 1. Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various " "aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development " @@ -55,43 +55,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:57 msgid "After reading this chapter you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:59 msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 msgid "And of course: where the name \"FreeBSD\" comes from." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "FreeBSD is an Open Source, standards-compliant Unix-like operating system " "for x86 (both 32 and 64 bit), ARM(R), AArch64, RISC-V(R), MIPS(R), POWER(R), " @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "_Liberal Open Source license_, which grants you rights to freely modify and " "extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and " @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "_Strong TCP/IP networking_ - FreeBSD implements industry standard protocols " "with ever increasing performance and scalability. This makes it a good match " @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "_Fully integrated OpenZFS support_, including root-on-ZFS, ZFS Boot " "Environments, fault management, administrative delegation, support for " @@ -130,21 +130,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "_Extensive security features_, from the Mandatory Access Control framework " "to Capsicum capability and sandbox mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "_Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and " "the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build your own, customized ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "_Documentation_ - in addition to the Handbook and books from different " "authors that cover topics ranging from system administration to kernel " @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "_Simple and consistent repository structure and build system_ - FreeBSD uses " "a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. " @@ -164,21 +164,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "_Staying true to Unix philosophy_, preferring composability instead of " "monolithic \"all in one\" daemons with hardcoded behavior." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "_Binary compatibility_ with Linux, which makes it possible to run many Linux " "binaries without the need for virtualisation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite release from Computer Systems Research " "Group (CSRG) at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the " @@ -192,13 +192,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your " "own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is freely available, the system " "can also be customized to an almost unheard-of degree for special " @@ -220,44 +220,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "_Internet Services:_ The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes " "it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:97 msgid "Web servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 msgid "Firewalls and NAT (\"IP masquerading\") gateways" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 msgid "FTP servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 msgid "Email servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 msgid "And more..." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "_Education:_ Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering " "field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer " @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "_Research:_ With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an " "excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other " @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep " "people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC " @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_Embedded:_ FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems " "upon. With support for the ARM(R), MIPS(R) and PowerPC(R) platforms, coupled " @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_Desktop:_ FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution " "using the freely available X11 server and Wayland display server. FreeBSD " @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_Software Development:_ The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full suite of " "development tools including a full C/C++ compiler and debugger suite. " @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on " "either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Obtaining " @@ -327,16 +327,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "FreeBSD has been known for its web serving capabilities. A list of link:" -"https://www.freebsdfoundation.org/about/testimonials/[testimonials from " +"https://freebsdfoundation.org/about-us/testimonials/[testimonials from " "companies basing their products and services on FreeBSD] can be found at the " "FreeBSD Foundation website. Wikipedia also maintains a link:https://en." "wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD[list of products based " @@ -344,13 +344,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "About the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "The following section provides some background information on the project, " "including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the " @@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as " "the brainchild of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate " @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order " "to fix a number of problems that the patchkit mechanism was just not capable " @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point " "suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the " @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's " "support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. " @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, " "released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (\"Net/2\") " @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon " "as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the " @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself " "from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. " @@ -454,14 +454,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving " "the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the {rel-" "head}-CURRENT (main) branch, and snapshot releases of {rel-head} are " @@ -470,13 +470,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used " "for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant " @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public " "License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly " @@ -502,13 +502,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "The development of FreeBSD is a extref:{dev-model}[very open and flexible " "process], being literally built from the contributions of thousands of " @@ -521,23 +521,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, " "whether working independently or in close cooperation:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "The Git repositories[[development-cvs-repository]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by " -"link:http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/[CVS] (Concurrent Versions System), a freely " +"link:https://www.nongnu.org/cvs/[CVS] (Concurrent Versions System), a freely " "available source code control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to " "using link:https://subversion.apache.org/[SVN] (Subversion). The switch was " "deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by CVS were becoming " @@ -556,13 +556,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "The committers list[[development-committers]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "The _committers_ are the people who have _push_ access to the Git " "repository, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source " @@ -574,13 +574,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD core team[[development-core]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "The _FreeBSD core team_ would be equivalent to the board of directors if the " "FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to " @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when " "it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project " @@ -604,15 +604,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Foundation[[development-foundation]]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" -"The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org[FreeBSD Foundation] is a 501(c)(3), " +"The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/[FreeBSD Foundation] is a 501(c)(3), " "US-based, non-profit organization dedicated to supporting and promoting the " "FreeBSD Project and community worldwide. The Foundation funds software " "development via project grants and provides staff to immediately respond to " @@ -628,13 +628,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Outside contributors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the " "users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost " @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "extref:{contributors}[The FreeBSD Contributors List] is a long and growing " "one, so why not join it by extref:{contributing}[contributing something back " @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric " "circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the " @@ -667,20 +667,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the " "same dedication its current people have to its continued success!" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Third Party Programs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software " "collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. The list of " @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled \"package\", which can " "be installed with a simple command (`pkg install`) by those who do not wish " @@ -704,13 +704,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Documentation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "All supported FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer to install " "additional documentation under [.filename]#/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd# " @@ -719,13 +719,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install en-freebsd-doc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "For localized versions replace the \"en\" with the language prefix of " "choice. Be aware that some of the localised versions might be out of date " @@ -735,29 +735,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:259 msgid "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/handbook_en.pdf`" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:262 msgid "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/faq_en.pdf`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "You can always find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD." "org/[The Documentation Portal]." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po index 19236e3600..2cbe79cf02 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 16. Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "Since system administration is a difficult task, many tools have been " "developed to make life easier for the administrator. These tools often " @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "Jails build upon the man:chroot[2] concept, which is used to change the root " "directory of a set of processes. This creates a safe environment, separate " @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Jails improve on the concept of the traditional chroot environment in " "several ways. In a traditional chroot environment, processes are only " @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:75 msgid "A jail is characterized by four elements:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "A directory subtree: the starting point from which a jail is entered. Once " "inside the jail, a process is not permitted to escape outside of this " @@ -100,26 +100,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:78 msgid "A hostname: which will be used by the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "An IP address: which is assigned to the jail. The IP address of a jail is " "often an alias address for an existing network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "A command: the path name of an executable to run inside the jail. The path " "is relative to the root directory of the jail environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Jails have their own set of users and their own `root` account which are " "limited to the jail environment. The `root` account of a jail is not " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "This chapter provides an overview of the terminology and commands for " "managing FreeBSD jails. Jails are a powerful tool for both system " @@ -136,28 +136,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:88 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:90 msgid "What a jail is and what purpose it may serve in FreeBSD installations." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:91 msgid "How to build, start, and stop a jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "The basics of jail administration, both from inside and outside the jail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Jails are a powerful tool, but they are not a security panacea. While it is " "not possible for a jailed process to break out on its own, there are several " @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "Most of these attacks can be mitigated by ensuring that the jail root is not " "accessible to unprivileged users in the host environment. As a general " @@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "Terms Related to Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "To facilitate better understanding of parts of the FreeBSD system related to " "jails, their internals and the way they interact with the rest of FreeBSD, " @@ -190,26 +190,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chroot[8] (command)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "Utility, which uses man:chroot[2] FreeBSD system call to change the root " "directory of a process and all its descendants." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chroot[2] (environment)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "The environment of processes running in a \"chroot\". This includes " "resources such as the part of the file system which is visible, user and " @@ -218,26 +218,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "man:jail[8] (command)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "The system administration utility which allows launching of processes within " "a jail environment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "host (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "The controlling system of a jail environment. The host system has access to " "all the hardware resources available, and can control processes both outside " @@ -247,26 +247,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "hosted (system, process, user, etc.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "A process, user or other entity, whose access to resources is restricted by " "a FreeBSD jail." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "Some administrators divide jails into the following two types: \"complete\" " "jails, which resemble a real FreeBSD system, and \"service\" jails, " @@ -278,19 +278,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "To install a Jail from the Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "The man:bsdinstall[8] tool can be used to fetch and install the binaries " "needed for a jail. This will walk through the picking of a mirror, which " @@ -299,26 +299,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdinstall jail /here/is/the/jail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Once the command is complete, the next step is configuring the host to run " "the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "To install a Jail from an ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "To install the userland from installation media, first create the root " "directory for the jail. This can be done by setting the `DESTDIR` variable " @@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:154 msgid "Start a shell and define `DESTDIR`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sh\n" @@ -339,14 +339,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "Mount the install media as covered in man:mdconfig[8] when using the install " "ISO:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/`mdconfig -f cdimage.iso` /mnt\n" @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Extract the binaries from the tarballs on the install media into the " "declared destination. Minimally, only the base set needs to be extracted, " @@ -362,40 +362,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:173 msgid "To install just the base system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar -xf base.txz -C $DESTDIR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:180 msgid "To install everything except the kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "# for set in base ports; do tar -xf $set.txz -C $DESTDIR ; done\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "To build and install a Jail from source" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:190 msgid "The man:jail[8] manual page explains the procedure for building a jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setenv D /here/is/the/jail\n" @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "Selecting a location for a jail is the best starting point. This is where " "the jail will physically reside within the file system of the jail's host. A " @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "If you have already rebuilt your userland using `make world` or `make " "buildworld`, you can skip this step and install your existing userland into " @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "This command will populate the directory subtree chosen as jail's physical " "location on the file system with the necessary binaries, libraries, manual " @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "The `distribution` target for make installs every needed configuration file. " "In simple words, it installs every installable file of [.filename]#/usr/src/" @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "Mounting the man:devfs[8] file system inside a jail is not required. On the " "other hand, any, or almost any application requires access to at least one " @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "Once a jail is installed, it can be started by using the man:jail[8] " "utility. The man:jail[8] utility takes four mandatory arguments which are " @@ -476,19 +476,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "Jails are often started at boot time and the FreeBSD [.filename]#rc# " "mechanism provides an easy way to do this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:223 msgid "Configure jail parameters in [.filename]#jail.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "" "www {\n" @@ -502,18 +502,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:238 msgid "Configure jails to start at boot time in [.filename]#rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "jail_enable=\"YES\" # Set to NO to disable starting of any jails\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "The default startup of jails configured in man:jail.conf[5], will run the [." "filename]#/etc/rc# script of the jail, which assumes the jail is a complete " @@ -522,21 +522,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "For a full list of available options, please see the man:jail.conf[5] manual " "page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "man:service[8] can be used to start or stop a jail by hand, if an entry for " "it exists in [.filename]#jail.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service jail start www\n" @@ -544,14 +544,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "Jails can be shut down with man:jexec[8]. Use man:jls[8] to identify the " "jail's `JID`, then use man:jexec[8] to run the shutdown script in that jail." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" @@ -561,19 +561,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "More information about this can be found in the man:jail[8] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "Fine Tuning and Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "There are several options which can be set for any jail, and various ways of " "combining a host FreeBSD system with jails, to produce higher level " @@ -581,14 +581,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "Some of the options available for tuning the behavior and security " "restrictions implemented by a jail installation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Some of the high-level applications for jail management, which are available " "through the FreeBSD Ports Collection, and can be used to implement overall " @@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "System Tools for Jail Tuning in FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Fine tuning of a jail's configuration is mostly done by setting man:" "sysctl[8] variables. A special subtree of sysctl exists as a basis for " @@ -614,42 +614,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:291 msgid "`security.jail.set_hostname_allowed: 1`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:292 msgid "`security.jail.socket_unixiproute_only: 1`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:293 msgid "`security.jail.sysvipc_allowed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:294 msgid "`security.jail.enforce_statfs: 2`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:295 msgid "`security.jail.allow_raw_sockets: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:296 msgid "`security.jail.chflags_allowed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:297 msgid "`security.jail.jailed: 0`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "These variables can be used by the system administrator of the _host system_ " "to add or remove some of the limitations imposed by default on the `root` " @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "The base system of FreeBSD contains a basic set of tools for viewing " "information about the active jails, and attaching to a jail to run " @@ -672,14 +672,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "Print a list of active jails and their corresponding jail identifier (JID), " "IP address, hostname and path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Attach to a running jail, from its host system, and run a command inside the " "jail or perform administrative tasks inside the jail itself. This is " @@ -689,19 +689,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 1 tcsh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "High-Level Administrative Tools in the FreeBSD Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Among the many third-party utilities for jail administration, one of the " "most complete and useful is package:sysutils/ezjail[]. It is a set of " @@ -710,13 +710,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "Keeping Jails Patched and up to Date" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Jails should be kept up to date from the host operating system as attempting " "to patch userland from within the jail may likely fail as the default " @@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "To update the jail to the latest patch release of the version of FreeBSD it " "is already running, then execute the following commands on the host:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail fetch\n" @@ -742,27 +742,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "To upgrade the jail to a new major or minor version, first upgrade the host " "system as described in crossref:cutting-edge[freebsdupdate-" "upgrade,“Performing Major and Minor Version Upgrades”]. Once the host has " "been upgraded and rebooted, the jail can then be upgraded. For example to " -"upgrade from 12.0-RELEASE to 12.1-RELEASE, on the host run:" +"upgrade from 12.2-RELEASE to 12.3-RELEASE, on the host run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail --currently-running 12.0-RELEASE -r 12.1-RELEASE upgrade\n" +"# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail --currently-running 12.2-RELEASE -r 12.3-RELEASE upgrade\n" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail install\n" "# service jail restart myjail\n" "# freebsd-update -b /here/is/the/jail install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Then, if it was a major version upgrade, reinstall all installed packages " "and restart the jail again. This is required because the ABI version " @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg -j myjail upgrade -f\n" @@ -778,13 +778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Multiple Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "The management of multiple jails can become problematic because every jail " "has to be rebuilt from scratch whenever it is upgraded. This can be time " @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "This section demonstrates one method to resolve this issue by safely sharing " "as much as is possible between jails using read-only man:mount_nullfs[8] " @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "Simpler solutions exist, such as ezjail, which provides an easier method of " "administering FreeBSD jails but is less versatile than this setup. ezjail " @@ -810,46 +810,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:375 msgid "The goals of the setup described in this section are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Create a simple and easy to understand jail structure that does not require " "running a full installworld on each and every jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:378 msgid "Make it easy to add new jails or remove existing ones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:379 msgid "Make it easy to update or upgrade existing jails." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:380 msgid "Make it possible to run a customized FreeBSD branch." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "Be paranoid about security, reducing as much as possible the possibility of " "compromise." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:382 msgid "Save space and inodes, as much as possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "This design relies on a single, read-only master template which is mounted " "into each jail and one read-write device per jail. A device can be a " @@ -858,67 +858,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:388 msgid "The file system layout is as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:390 msgid "The jails are based under the [.filename]#/home# partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:391 msgid "Each jail will be mounted under the [.filename]#/home/j# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "The template for each jail and the read-only partition for all of the jails " "is [.filename]#/home/j/mroot#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "A blank directory will be created for each jail under the [.filename]#/home/" "j# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Each jail will have a [.filename]#/s# directory that will be linked to the " "read-write portion of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "Each jail will have its own read-write system that is based upon [." "filename]#/home/j/skel#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "The read-write portion of each jail will be created in [.filename]#/home/js#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating the Template" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:401 msgid "This section describes the steps needed to create the master template." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "It is recommended to first update the host FreeBSD system to the latest -" "RELEASE branch using the instructions in crossref:cutting-" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "First, create a directory structure for the read-only file system which will " "contain the FreeBSD binaries for the jails. Then, change directory to the " @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -946,14 +946,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "Next, prepare a FreeBSD Ports Collection for the jails as well as a FreeBSD " "source tree, which is required for mergemaster:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -963,12 +963,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:426 msgid "Create a skeleton for the read-write portion of the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/skel /home/j/skel/home /home/j/skel/usr-X11R6 /home/j/skel/distfiles\n" @@ -980,14 +980,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "Use mergemaster to install missing configuration files. Then, remove the " "extra directories that mergemaster creates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mergemaster -t /home/j/skel/var/tmp/temproot -D /home/j/skel -i\n" @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "Now, symlink the read-write file system to the read-only file system. Ensure " "that the symlinks are created in the correct [.filename]#s/# locations as " @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j/mroot\n" @@ -1021,20 +1021,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:463 msgid "" "As a last step, create a generic [.filename]#/home/j/skel/etc/make.conf# " "containing this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "WRKDIRPREFIX?= /s/portbuild\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "This makes it possible to compile FreeBSD ports inside each jail. Remember " "that the ports directory is part of the read-only system. The custom path " @@ -1043,13 +1043,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "The jail template can now be used to setup and configure the jails in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This example demonstrates the creation of 3 jails: " @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, so that the read-only " "template for the jails and the read-write space will be available in the " @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/home/j/mroot /home/j/ns nullfs ro 0 0\n" @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "To prevent fsck from checking nullfs mounts during boot and dump from " "backing up the read-only nullfs mounts of the jails, the last two columns " @@ -1085,12 +1085,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:494 msgid "Configure the jails in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jail_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "The `jail__name__rootdir` variable is set to [.filename]#/usr/home# instead " "of [.filename]#/home# because the physical path of [.filename]#/home# on a " @@ -1121,26 +1121,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "Create the required mount points for the read-only file system of each jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /home/j/ns /home/j/mail /home/j/www\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "Install the read-write template into each jail using package:sysutils/" "cpdup[]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/js\n" @@ -1150,15 +1150,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "In this phase, the jails are built and prepared to run. First, mount the " "required file systems for each jail, and then start them:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:540 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount -a\n" @@ -1166,14 +1166,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "The jails should be running now. To check if they have started correctly, " "use `jls`. Its output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# jls\n" @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "At this point, it should be possible to log onto each jail, add new users, " "or configure daemons. The `JID` column indicates the jail identification " @@ -1193,19 +1193,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "# jexec 3 tcsh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The design of this setup provides an easy way to upgrade existing jails " "while minimizing their downtime. Also, it provides a way to roll back to " @@ -1213,14 +1213,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "The first step is to upgrade the host system. Then, create a new temporary " "read-only template in [.filename]#/home/j/mroot2#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /home/j/mroot2\n" @@ -1232,14 +1232,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "The `installworld` creates a few unnecessary directories, which should be " "removed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chflags -R 0 var\n" @@ -1247,12 +1247,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:591 msgid "Recreate the read-write symlinks for the master file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ln -s s/etc etc\n" @@ -1265,25 +1265,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:604 msgid "Next, stop the jails:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "# service jail stop\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "Unmount the original file systems as the read-write systems are attached to " "the read-only system ([.filename]#/s#):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /home/j/ns/s\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Move the old read-only file system and replace it with the new one. This " "will serve as a backup and archive of the old read-only file system should " @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /home/j\n" @@ -1315,27 +1315,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "At this point the new read-only template is ready, so the only remaining " "task is to remount the file systems and start the jails:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Use `jls` to check if the jails started correctly. Run `mergemaster` in " "each jail to update the configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Jails with ezjail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "Creating and managing multiple jails can quickly become tedious and error-" "prone. Dirk Engling's ezjail automates and greatly simplifies many jail " @@ -1347,27 +1347,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "Additional benefits and features are described in detail on the ezjail web " "site, https://erdgeist.org/arts/software/ezjail/[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing ezjail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "Installing ezjail consists of adding a loopback interface for use in jails, " "installing the port or package, and enabling the service." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "To keep jail loopback traffic off the host's loopback network interface " "`lo0`, a second loopback interface is created by adding an entry to [." @@ -1375,22 +1375,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:668 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "cloned_interfaces=\"lo1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "The second loopback interface `lo1` will be created when the system starts. " "It can also be created manually without a restart:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:677 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif cloneup\n" @@ -1398,14 +1398,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "Jails can be allowed to use aliases of this secondary loopback interface " "without interfering with the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "Inside a jail, access to the loopback address `127.0.0.1` is redirected to " "the first IP address assigned to the jail. To make the jail loopback " @@ -1415,17 +1415,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:684 msgid "Give each jail a unique loopback address in the `127.0.0.0/8` netblock." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:685 msgid "Install package:sysutils/ezjail[]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/ezjail\n" @@ -1433,44 +1433,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:693 msgid "Enable ezjail by adding this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "The service will automatically start on system boot. It can be started " "immediately for the current session:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ezjail start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" "With ezjail installed, the basejail directory structure can be created and " "populated. This step is only needed once on the jail host computer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "In both of these examples, `-p` causes the ports tree to be retrieved with " "man:portsnap[8] into the basejail. That single copy of the ports directory " @@ -1480,39 +1480,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:721 msgid "To Populate the Jail with FreeBSD-RELEASE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "For a basejail based on the FreeBSD RELEASE matching that of the host " -"computer, use `install`. For example, on a host computer running FreeBSD 10-" -"STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD -10 will be installed in the " -"jail):" +"computer, use `install`. For example, on a host computer running FreeBSD 13-" +"STABLE, the latest RELEASE version of FreeBSD 13 will be installed in the " +"jail)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin install -p\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:731 msgid "To Populate the Jail with `installworld`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "The basejail can be installed from binaries created by `buildworld` on the " "host with `ezjail-admin update`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD 10-STABLE has been built from source. The jail " "directories are created. Then `installworld` is executed, installing the " @@ -1520,13 +1520,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i -p\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "The host's [.filename]#/usr/src# is used by default. A different source " "directory on the host can be specified with `-s` and a path, or set with " @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "The basejail's ports tree is shared by other jails. However, downloaded " "distfiles are stored in the jail that downloaded them. By default, these " @@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "The FTP protocol is used by default to download packages for the " "installation of the basejail. Firewall or proxy configurations can prevent " @@ -1554,37 +1554,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:764 #, no-wrap msgid "ezjail_ftphost=http://ftp.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:767 msgid "See the crossref:mirrors[mirrors,mirrors] section for a list of sites." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Starting a New Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "New jails are created with `ezjail-admin create`. In these examples, the " "`lo1` loopback interface is used as described above." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Create and Start a New Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "Create the jail, specifying a name and the loopback and network interfaces " "to use, along with their IP addresses. In this example, the jail is named " @@ -1592,13 +1592,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dnsjail 'lo1|127.0.1.1,em0|192.168.1.50'\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "Most network services run in jails without problems. A few network " "services, most notably man:ping[8], use _raw network sockets_. In jails, " @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Occasionally, a jail genuinely needs raw sockets. For example, network " "monitoring applications often use man:ping[8] to check the availability of " @@ -1618,59 +1618,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "export jail_jailname_parameters=\"allow.raw_sockets=1\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "Do not enable raw network sockets unless services in the jail actually " "require them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:806 msgid "Start the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin start dnsjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:813 msgid "Use a console on the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "The jail is operating and additional configuration can be completed. " "Typical settings added at this point include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:824 msgid "Set the `root` Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:826 msgid "Connect to the jail and set the `root` user's password:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin console dnsjail\n" @@ -1681,12 +1681,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:837 msgid "Time Zone Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:841 msgid "" "The jail's time zone can be set with man:tzsetup[8]. To avoid spurious " "error messages, the man:adjkerntz[8] entry in [.filename]#/etc/crontab# can " @@ -1696,36 +1696,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:842 msgid "DNS Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "Enter domain name server lines in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so DNS works " "in the jail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:845 msgid "Edit [.filename]#/etc/hosts#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "Change the address and add the jail name to the `localhost` entries in [." "filename]#/etc/hosts#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:848 msgid "Configure [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Enter configuration settings in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This is much " "like configuring a full computer. The host name and IP address are not set " @@ -1733,14 +1733,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "With the jail configured, the applications for which the jail was created " "can be installed." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "Some ports must be built with special options to be used in a jail. For " "example, both of the network monitoring plugin packages package:net-mgmt/" @@ -1749,19 +1749,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Operating System" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Because the basejail's copy of the userland is shared by the other jails, " "updating the basejail automatically updates all of the other jails. Either " @@ -1769,33 +1769,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "To build the world from source on the host, then install it in the basejail, " "use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -b\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "If the world has already been compiled on the host, install it in the " "basejail with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -i\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:888 msgid "" "Binary updates use man:freebsd-update[8]. These updates have the same " "limitations as if man:freebsd-update[8] were being run directly. The most " @@ -1804,20 +1804,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "Update the basejail to the latest patched release of the version of FreeBSD " "on the host. For example, updating from RELEASE-p1 to RELEASE-p2." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -u\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "To upgrade the basejail to a new version, first upgrade the host system as " "described in crossref:cutting-edge[freebsdupdate-upgrade,“Performing Major " @@ -1829,35 +1829,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# file /usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh\n" -"/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked (uses shared libs), for FreeBSD 9.3, stripped\n" +"/usr/jails/basejail/bin/sh: ELF 64-bit LSB executable, x86-64, version 1 (FreeBSD), dynamically linked, interpreter /libexec/ld-elf.so.1, for FreeBSD 13.0, FreeBSD-style, stripped\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" -"Now use this information to perform the upgrade from `9.3-RELEASE` to the " +"Now use this information to perform the upgrade from `13.0-RELEASE` to the " "current version of the host system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap -msgid "# ezjail-admin update -U -s 9.3-RELEASE\n" +msgid "# ezjail-admin update -U -s 13.0-RELEASE\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "After updating the basejail, man:mergemaster[8] must be run to update each " "jail's configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "How to use man:mergemaster[8] depends on the purpose and trustworthiness of " "a jail. If a jail's services or users are not trusted, then man:" @@ -1865,13 +1865,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "man:mergemaster[8] on Untrusted Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "Delete the link from the jail's [.filename]#/usr/src# into the basejail and " "create a new [.filename]#/usr/src# in the jail as a mountpoint. Mount the " @@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:932 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rm /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" @@ -1889,23 +1889,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:935 msgid "Get a console in the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin console jailname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:943 msgid "Inside the jail, run `mergemaster`. Then exit the jail console:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1914,98 +1914,98 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:952 msgid "Finally, unmount the jail's [.filename]#/usr/src#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:956 #, no-wrap msgid "# umount /usr/jails/jailname/usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:961 #, no-wrap msgid "man:mergemaster[8] on Trusted Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "If the users and services in a jail are trusted, man:mergemaster[8] can be " "run from the host:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "# mergemaster -U -D /usr/jails/jailname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "After a major version update it is recommended by package:sysutils/ezjail[] " "to make sure your `pkg` is of the correct version. Therefore enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:985 msgid "to upgrade or downgrade to the appropriate version." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Ports" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "The ports tree in the basejail is shared by the other jails. Updating that " "copy of the ports tree gives the other jails the updated version also." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:994 msgid "The basejail ports tree is updated with man:portsnap[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin update -P\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "Stopping and Starting Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "ezjail automatically starts jails when the computer is started. Jails can " "be manually stopped and restarted with `stop` and `start`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop sambajail\n" @@ -2013,44 +2013,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "By default, jails are started automatically when the host computer starts. " "Autostarting can be disabled with `config`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1021 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r norun seldomjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "This takes effect the next time the host computer is started. A jail that " "is already running will not be stopped." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "Enabling autostart is very similar:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin config -r run oftenjail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "Archiving and Restoring Jails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "" "Use `archive` to create a [.filename]#.tar.gz# archive of a jail. The file " "name is composed from the name of the jail and the current date. Archive " @@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "The archive file can be copied elsewhere as a backup, or an existing jail " "can be restored from it with `restore`. A new jail can be created from the " @@ -2068,12 +2068,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "Stop and archive a jail named `wwwserver`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin stop wwwserver\n" @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "Create a new jail named `wwwserver-clone` from the archive created in the " "previous step. Use the [.filename]#em1# interface and assign a new IP " @@ -2092,85 +2092,85 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create -a /usr/jails/ezjail_archives/wwwserver-201407271153.13.tar.gz wwwserver-clone 'lo1|127.0.3.1,em1|192.168.1.51'\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "Full Example: BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "Putting the BINDDNS server in a jail improves security by isolating it. " "This example creates a simple caching-only name server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "The jail will be called `dns1`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "The jail will use IP address `192.168.1.240` on the host's `re0` interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "The upstream ISP's DNS servers are at `10.0.0.62` and `10.0.0.61`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "The basejail has already been created and a ports tree installed as shown in " "<>." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "Running BIND in a Jail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "Create a cloned loopback interface by adding a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "Immediately create the new loopback interface:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "Create the jail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "# ezjail-admin create dns1 'lo1|127.0.2.1,re0|192.168.1.240'\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "Start the jail, connect to a console running on it, and perform some basic " "configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ezjail-admin start dns1\n" @@ -2185,14 +2185,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1117 msgid "" "Temporarily set the upstream DNS servers in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so " "ports can be downloaded:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nameserver 10.0.0.62\n" @@ -2200,25 +2200,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "Still using the jail console, install package:dns/bind99[]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -C /usr/ports/dns/bind99 install clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "Configure the name server by editing [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/namedb/named." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "Create an Access Control List (ACL) of addresses and networks that are " "permitted to send DNS queries to this name server. This section is added " @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "...\n" @@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acl \"trusted\" {\n" @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options {\n" @@ -2253,27 +2253,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "Use the jail IP address in the `listen-on` setting to accept DNS queries " "from other computers on the network:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlisten-on\t{ 192.168.1.240; };\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "A simple caching-only DNS name server is created by changing the " "`forwarders` section. The original file contains:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/*\n" @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "Uncomment the section by removing the `/\\*` and `*/` lines. Enter the IP " "addresses of the upstream DNS servers. Immediately after the `forwarders` " @@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tforwarders {\n" @@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1184 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tallow-query { any; };\n" @@ -2311,23 +2311,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "Enable the service in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "named_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "Start and test the name server:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service named start\n" @@ -2337,38 +2337,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "A response that includes" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1208 #, no-wrap msgid ";; Got answer;\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1212 msgid "" "shows that the new DNS server is working. A long delay followed by a " "response including" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1216 #, no-wrap msgid ";; connection timed out; no servers could be reached\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "shows a problem. Check the configuration settings and make sure any local " "firewalls allow the new DNS access to the upstream DNS servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "" "The new DNS server can use itself for local name resolution, just like other " "local computers. Set the address of the DNS server in the client computer's " @@ -2376,13 +2376,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "nameserver 192.168.1.240\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/jails/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "" "A local DHCP server can be configured to provide this address for a local " "DNS server, providing automatic configuration on DHCP clients." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po index 89034e57bb..8e6840717a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 9. Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible " "for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, " @@ -56,56 +56,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:61 msgid "When to build a custom kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to take a hardware inventory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to install the new kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be " "executed as `root`." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large " "program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the " @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in " "modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as " @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. " "Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not " @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. " "This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD " @@ -144,14 +144,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the " "system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. " @@ -162,21 +162,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices " "which are not present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there " "is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Kernel modules exist in [.filename]#/boot/kernel# and may be dynamically " "loaded into the running kernel using man:kldload[8]. Most kernel drivers " @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n" @@ -193,33 +193,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid " if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "Adding `if_ath_load=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# will load " "this module dynamically at boot time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "In some cases, there is no associated module in [.filename]#/boot/kernel#. " "This is mostly true for certain subsystems." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding the System Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform " "an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the " @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Some versions of Microsoft(R) Windows(R) have a System icon which can be " "used to access Device Manager." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use man:dmesg[8] to " "determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. " @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psm0: irq 12 on atkbdc0\n" @@ -255,28 +255,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom " "kernel configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "If the output of `dmesg` does not display the results of the boot probe " "output, instead read the contents of [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "Another tool for finding hardware is man:pciconf[8], which provides more " "verbose output. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pciconf -lv\n" @@ -288,14 +288,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "This output shows that the [.filename]#ath# driver located a wireless " "Ethernet device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "The `-k` flag of man:man[1] can be used to provide useful information. For " "example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# man -k Atheros\n" @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that " "drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel " @@ -320,20 +320,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom " "kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "If [.filename]#/usr/src/# does not exist or it is empty, source has not been " "installed. Source can be installed with Git using the instructions in " @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "Once source is installed, review the contents of [.filename]#/usr/src/sys#. " "This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:185 msgid "" "Do not make edits to [.filename]#GENERIC#. Instead, copy the file to a " "different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name " @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "[.filename]#MYKERNEL# can now be customized with any `ASCII` text editor. " "The default editor is vi, though an easier editor for beginners, called ee, " @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a " "keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief " @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken " "kernel. For example, if the man:ata[4] driver is removed from the kernel " @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional " "descriptions are contained in [.filename]#NOTES#, which can be found in the " @@ -412,21 +412,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy " "to a location outside of [.filename]#/usr/src#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a " "symbolic link to the file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "An `include` directive is available for use in configuration files. This " "allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making " @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include GENERIC\n" @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\n" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences " "from a [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features " @@ -476,63 +476,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following " "command as `root`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:261 msgid "" "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source " "code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Building a Kernel*\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:267 msgid "Change to this directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel " "configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration " "file. This command will copy the new kernel to [.filename]#/boot/kernel/" @@ -540,20 +540,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, " "refer to <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are " "rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit [." @@ -561,58 +561,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of " "using the default of building all modules:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build " "process:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "Additional variables are available. Refer to man:make.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "If Something Goes Wrong" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom " "kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "`config` fails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "If `config` fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an " "example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed " @@ -620,19 +620,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "config: line 17: syntax error\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "`make` fails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "If `make` fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration " "file which is not severe enough for `config` to catch. Review the " @@ -641,13 +641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel does not boot" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! " "Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from " @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try " "to build it again. One helpful resource is [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "When troubleshooting a kernel make sure to keep a copy of a kernel that is " "known to work, such as [.filename]#GENERIC#. This is important because " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /boot/kernel /boot/kernel.bad\n" @@ -687,13 +687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel works, but man:ps[1] does not" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have " "been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po index 00088946b3..27c821328b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 24. Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all " "over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, " @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The term internationalization has been shortened to i18n, which represents " "the number of letters between the first and the last letters of " @@ -67,62 +67,62 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of " "FreeBSD. After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How locale names are constructed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:73 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party " "applications]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Localization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, " "country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts " @@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "The _LanguageCode_ and _CountryCode_ are used to determine the country and " "the specific language variation. <> provides some " @@ -144,83 +144,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Language and Country Codes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "en_US" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "English, United States" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "ru_RU" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian, Russia" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "zh_TW" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:108 msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale -a | more\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:115 msgid "To determine the current locale setting:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and " "CP437, are described in man:multibyte[3]. The active list of character sets " @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using " "ASCII characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide " @@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:132 msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the " "locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the " @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Locale settings are configured either in a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# " "or in the startup file of the user's shell: [.filename]#~/.profile#, [." @@ -269,29 +269,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:143 msgid "Two environment variables should be set:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:145 msgid "`LANG`, which sets the locale" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 msgid "`MM_CHARSET`, which sets the MIME character set used by applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also " "be set for specific application configuration and Xorg configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the " "<> method, which is the recommended method, and the " @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Classes Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required " "environment variables for locale name and MIME character sets for every " @@ -315,14 +315,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the [." "filename]#.login_conf# of an individual user's home directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:\\\n" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "Here is an example of a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# that sets the " "variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are " @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for " "localization. The following variables in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# are " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" @@ -371,12 +371,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:193 msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" @@ -386,127 +386,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "See man:login.conf[5] for more details about these variables. Note that it " "already contains pre-defined _russian_ class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, remember to execute the " "following command to update the capability database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "For an end user, the `cap_mkdb` command will need to be run on their [." "filename]#~/.login_conf# for any changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "In addition to manually editing [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#, several " "utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "When using `vipw` to add new users, specify the _language_ to set the locale:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "When using `adduser` to add new users, the default language can be pre-" "configured for all new users or specified for an individual user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "If all new users use the same language, set `defaultclass=_language_` in [." "filename]#/etc/adduser.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required " "locale at this prompt:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter login class: default []:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:240 msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking `adduser`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser -class language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:247 msgid "If `pw` is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw useradd user_name -L language\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "To change the login class of an existing user, `chpass` can be used. Invoke " "it as superuser and provide the username to edit as the argument." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "# chpass user_name\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Startup File Method" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires " "manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file " @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for " "the `csh` shell. These are the equivalent settings for [.filename]#~/." @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure Xorg in [.filename]#~/." "xinitrc# also depends upon the shell. The first example is for the `sh` " @@ -551,25 +551,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "Console Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of " "available fonts, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts`. To configure the " @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "font8x16=font_name\n" @@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "To see the list of available screenmaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/" "scrnmaps`. Do not include the [.filename]#.scm# suffix when specifying " @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "To see the list of available keymaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps`. " "When specifying the _keymap_name_, do not include the [.filename]#.kbd# " @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "The `keychange` entry is usually needed to program function keys to match " "the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined " @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Next, set the correct console terminal type in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# for " "all virtual terminal entries. <> summarizes the available " @@ -638,109 +638,109 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "Character Set" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Type" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l1`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-7" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l7`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-R" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25r`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-U" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25u`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "CP437 (VGA default)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "US-ASCII" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that " "language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are " @@ -749,101 +749,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:374 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "Language" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Location" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/big5con[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:380 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/cce[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/zhcon[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:386 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:389 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:443 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:446 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:449 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:452 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:455 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:458 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:461 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:464 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:467 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:470 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:473 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:476 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:479 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:482 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:485 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:488 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/kon2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-14dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-16dot[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "If moused is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, additional configuration " "may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the man:syscons[4] driver " @@ -853,19 +853,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "mousechar_start=3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "Xorg Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] describes how to install and configure " "Xorg. When configuring Xorg for localization, additional fonts and input " @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "The X Input Method (XIM) protocol is an Xorg standard for inputting non-" "English characters. <> summarizes the input method applications " @@ -885,246 +885,246 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Input Methods" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Method" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:422 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:425 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:434 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:437 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/gcin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-chewing[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/oxim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-fcitx[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-pinyin[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-mozc[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/im-ja[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kinput2[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-canna[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-prime[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-skk[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tomoe[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-uim[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput3[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/uim-anthy[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:497 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:500 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:503 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:506 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/ibus-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/imhangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/nabi[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-hangul[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-tables[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:512 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/xvnkb[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/x-unikey[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding i18n Applications" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "i18n applications are programmed using i18n kits under libraries. These " "allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and " @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "The link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[FreeBSD Ports Collection] contains " "many applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for " @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:530 msgid "" "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is " "usually done in the port's [.filename]#Makefile# or by passing a value to " @@ -1152,13 +1152,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for " @@ -1166,13 +1166,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. Refer to <\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 11. Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides optional binary compatibility with Linux(R), allowing users " "to install and run unmodified Linux binaries. It is available for the i386, " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "Some Linux-specific operating system features are not yet supported; this " "mostly happens with functionality specific to hardware or related to system " @@ -63,73 +63,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to enable Linux binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to install additional Linux shared libraries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to install Linux applications on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The implementation details of Linux compatibility in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "Know how to install crossref:ports[ports,additional third-party software]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "By default, Linux binary compatibility is not enabled. To enable it at boot " "time, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:82 msgid "Once enabled, it can be started without rebooting by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "# service linux start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/linux# script will load necessary kernel modules " "and mount filesystems expected by Linux applications under [.filename]#/" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Linux binaries linked dynamically (which is the vast majority) also require " "Linux shared libraries to be installed - they can run on top of the FreeBSD " @@ -153,18 +153,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "CentOS Base System from FreeBSD Packages" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:100 msgid "This method is not yet available for arm64." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "The easiest way to install Linux libraries is to install package:emulators/" "linux_base-c7[] package or port, which places the CentOS 7-derived base " @@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux_base-c7\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides packages for some Linux binary applications. For example, " "to install Sublime Text 4, along with all the Linux libraries it depends on, " @@ -186,19 +186,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux-sublime-text4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian / Ubuntu Base System with man:debootstrap[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "An alternative way of providing Linux shared libraries is by using package:" "sysutils/debootstrap[]. This has the advantage of providing a full Debian " @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "After debootstrapping, man:chroot[8] into the newly created directory and " "install software in a way typical for the Linux distribution inside, for " @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot /compat/ubuntu /bin/bash\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "It is possible to debootstrap into [.filename]#/compat/linux#, but it is " "discouraged to avoid collisions with files installed from FreeBSD ports and " @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "compat.linux.emul_path=\"/compat/ubuntu\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "This sysctl controls the kernel's path translation mechanism; see man:" "linux[4] for details. Please note that changing it might cause trouble for " @@ -252,26 +252,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The Linux compatibility layer is a work in progress. Consult https://wiki." "freebsd.org/Linuxulator[FreeBSD Wiki - Linuxulator] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "A list of all Linux-related man:sysctl[8] knobs can be found in man:linux[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Some applications require specific filesystems to be mounted. This is " "normally handled by the [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/linux# script, but can be " @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "linux_mounts_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Filesystems mounted by the rc script will not work for Linux processes " "inside chroots or jails; if needed, configure them in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "devfs /compat/linux/dev devfs rw,late 0 0\n" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "Since the Linux binary compatibility layer has gained support for running " "both 32- and 64-bit Linux binaries (on 64-bit x86 hosts), it is no longer " @@ -312,20 +312,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "For base system subdirectories created with man:debootstrap[8], use the " "instructions above instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "If a Linux application complains about missing shared libraries after " "configuring Linux binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the " @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "From a Linux system using the same CPU architecture, `ldd` can be used to " "determine which shared libraries the application needs. For example, to " @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldd linuxdoom\n" @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the Linux " "system into [.filename]#/compat/linux# on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "If a Linux shared library already exists with a matching major revision " "number to the first column of the `ldd` output, it does not need to be " @@ -384,12 +384,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:210 msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n" @@ -397,18 +397,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:218 msgid "and `ldd` indicates that a binary requires a later version:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the " "last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. " @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that Linux " "binaries depend on only the first few times that a Linux program is " @@ -435,13 +435,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "Branding Linux ELF Binaries" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel uses several methods to determine if the binary to be " "executed is a Linux one: it checks the brand in the ELF file header, looks " @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" @@ -460,26 +460,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD ELF binary and a " "Linux binary, use man:brandelf[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing a Linux RPM Based Application" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "To install a Linux RPM-based application, first install the package:" "archivers/rpm4[] package or port. Once installed, `root` can use this " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /compat/linux\n" @@ -495,25 +495,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "If necessary, `brandelf` the installed ELF binaries. Note that this will " "prevent a clean uninstall." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:272 msgid "If DNS does not work or this error appears:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n" @@ -521,12 +521,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:280 msgid "configure [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "order hosts, bind\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "This specifies that [.filename]#/etc/hosts# is searched first and DNS is " "searched second. When [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# does not " @@ -544,13 +544,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "This section describes how Linux binary compatibility works and is based on " "an email written to {freebsd-chat} by Terry Lambert mailto:tlambert@primenet." @@ -559,14 +559,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "FreeBSD has an abstraction called an \"execution class loader\". This is a " "wedge into the man:execve[2] system call." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "Historically, the UNIX(R) loader examined the magic number (generally the " "first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to see if it was a binary known to the " @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "If it was not the binary type for the system, the man:execve[2] call " "returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start executing it as shell " @@ -582,21 +582,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "Later, a hack was made for man:sh[1] to examine the first two characters, " "and if they were `:\\n`, it invoked the man:csh[1] shell instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback " "to the `#!` loader for running shell interpreters or shell scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "For the Linux ABI support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. " "The ELF loader looks for a specialized _brand_, which is a comment section " @@ -604,20 +604,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "For Linux binaries to function, they must be _branded_ as type `Linux` using " "man:brandelf[1]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "# brandelf -t Linux file\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "When the ELF loader sees the `Linux` brand, the loader replaces a pointer in " "the `proc` structure. All system calls are indexed through this pointer. " @@ -627,14 +627,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "The Linux system call vector contains, among other things, a list of " "`sysent[]` entries whose addresses reside in the kernel module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "When a system call is called by the Linux binary, the trap code dereferences " "the system call function pointer off the `proc` structure, and gets the " @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "Linux mode dynamically _reroots_ lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to " "`union` file system mounts. First, an attempt is made to look up the file " @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "In effect, there is a Linux kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various " "underlying functions that implement all of the services provided by the " @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an ABI implementation. It " "is sometimes called \"Linux emulation\" because the implementation was done " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po index fd0040b939..40424c9afa 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 17. Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the POSIX(R).1e draft. These " "security mechanisms include file system Access Control Lists (crossref:" @@ -63,76 +63,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the MAC framework and the set of pluggable security " "policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:65 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:67 msgid "The terminology associated with the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "The capabilities of MAC security policy modules as well as the difference " "between a labeled and non-labeled policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use " "the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Which MAC security policy modules are included in FreeBSD and how to " "configure them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to implement a more secure environment using the MAC framework." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "How to test the MAC configuration to ensure the framework has been properly " "implemented." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Improper MAC configuration may cause loss of system access, aggravation of " "users, or inability to access the features provided by Xorg. More " @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes " "and the example settings should _not_ be implemented on a production " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the " "MAC framework, the development of new MAC security policy modules will not " @@ -164,18 +164,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:97 msgid "The following key terms are used when referring to the MAC framework:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "_compartment_: a set of programs and data to be partitioned or separated, " "where users are given explicit access to specific component of a system. A " @@ -185,21 +185,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "_integrity_: the level of trust which can be placed on data. As the " "integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust that data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "_level_: the increased or decreased setting of a security attribute. As the " "level increases, its security is considered to elevate as well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "_label_: a security attribute which can be applied to files, directories, or " "other items in the system. It could be considered a confidentiality stamp. " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "_multilabel_: this property is a file system option which can be set in " "single-user mode using man:tunefs[8], during boot using man:fstab[5], or " @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "_single label_: a policy where the entire file system uses one label to " "enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever `multilabel` is not " @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "_object_: an entity through which information flows under the direction of a " "_subject_. This includes directories, files, fields, screens, keyboards, " @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_subject_: any active entity that causes information to flow between " "_objects_ such as a user, user process, or system process. On FreeBSD, this " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_policy_: a collection of rules which defines how objectives are to be " "achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items are to be handled. " @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_high-watermark_: this type of policy permits the raising of security levels " "for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In most cases, the " @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_low-watermark_: this type of policy permits lowering security levels for " "the purpose of accessing information which is less secure. In most cases, " @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "_sensitivity_: usually used when discussing Multilevel Security (MLS). A " "sensitivity level describes how important or secret the data should be. As " @@ -286,13 +286,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "Understanding MAC Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "A MAC label is a security attribute which may be applied to subjects and " "objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the administrator must " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access " "control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of " @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By " "default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be " @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every " "subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access " @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "A single label policy is somewhat similar to DAC as `root` configures the " "policies so that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access " @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a UFS file system by " "passing `multilabel` to man:tunefs[8]. A multi label policy permits each " @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label " "security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that " @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "The following command will set `multilabel` on the specified UFS file " "system. This may only be done in single-user mode and is not a requirement " @@ -371,20 +371,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -l enable /\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Some users have experienced problems with setting the `multilabel` flag on " "the root partition. If this is the case, please review <>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi " "label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. " @@ -396,13 +396,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed " "using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface " @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "All configuration may be done using `setfmac`, which is used to set MAC " "labels on system objects, and `setpmac`, which is used to set the labels on " @@ -420,13 +420,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac biba/high test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without " "error. A common error is `Permission denied` which usually occurs when the " @@ -442,14 +442,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "The system administrator may use `setpmac` to override the policy module's " "settings by assigning a different label to the invoked process:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/high test\n" @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "For currently running processes, such as sendmail, `getpmac` is usually used " "instead. This command takes a process ID (PID) in place of a command name. " @@ -470,20 +470,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "Predefined Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three " "predefined labels: `low`, `equal`, and `high`, where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "`low` is considered the lowest label setting an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to objects or " @@ -491,21 +491,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "`equal` sets the subject or object to be disabled or unaffected and should " "only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "`high` grants an object or subject the highest setting available in the Biba " "and MLS policy modules." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Such policy modules include man:mac_biba[4], man:mac_mls[4] and man:" "mac_lomac[4]. Each of the predefined labels establishes a different " @@ -514,13 +514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "Numeric Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "The Biba and MLS policy modules support a numeric label which may be set to " "indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This numeric level is " @@ -530,20 +530,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "may be interpreted as \"Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 and 6: " "(grade 5 ...\")" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade " "with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last " @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects " "reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, " @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to " "construct a relationship known as _dominance_, in which a subject dominates " @@ -574,13 +574,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "User Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly " "interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured " @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "To set the user class default label which will be enforced by MAC, add a " "`label` entry. An example `label` entry containing every policy module is " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label " "after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example " @@ -639,14 +639,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "After any change to [.filename]#login.conf#, the login class capability " "database must be rebuilt using `cap_mkdb`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user " "classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to " @@ -654,13 +654,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interface Labels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data " "across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the " @@ -670,20 +670,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "When setting the MAC label on network interfaces, `maclabel` may be passed " "to `ifconfig`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "This example will set the MAC label of `biba/equal` on the `bge0` " "interface. When using a setting similar to `biba/high(low-high)`, the " @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used " "to disable the MAC label on network interfaces. Setting the label to " @@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning the Security Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "Before implementing any MAC policies, a planning phase is recommended. " "During the planning stages, an administrator should consider the " @@ -715,25 +715,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "How to classify information and resources available on the target systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of " "restrictions that should be applied." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:308 msgid "Which MAC modules will be required to achieve this goal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur " "_before_ a MAC implementation is used on production systems. Since " @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "Consider how the MAC framework augments the security of the system as a " "whole. The various security policy modules provided by the MAC framework " @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework " "which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required " @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "A system utilizing MAC guarantees that a user will not be permitted to " "change security attributes at will. All user utilities, programs, and " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct " "security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access " @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only " "certain users should be permitted access to man:ssh[1], the man:" @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall " "security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought " @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use " "and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable " @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Implementing MAC is much like implementing a firewall since care must be " "taken to prevent being completely locked out of the system. The ability to " @@ -835,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Available MAC Policies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:355 msgid "" "The default FreeBSD kernel includes `options MAC`. This means that every " "module included with the MAC framework can be loaded with `kldload` as a run-" @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security " "requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies " @@ -860,28 +860,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:363 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_seeotheruids.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:365 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:367 msgid "Boot option: `mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "The man:mac_seeotheruids[4] module extends the `security.bsd.see_other_uids` " "and `security.bsd.see_other_gids sysctl` tunables. This option does not " @@ -890,14 +890,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "After loading the module, the following `sysctl` tunables may be used to " "control its features:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled` enables the module and implements the " "default settings which deny users the ability to view processes and sockets " @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled` allows specified groups to " "be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, use the `security.mac." @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled` is used to exempt specific " "primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, `security.mac." @@ -922,28 +922,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:381 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_bsdextended.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:383 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BSDEXTENDED`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:385 msgid "Boot option: `mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] module enforces a file system firewall. It " "provides an extension to the standard file system permissions model, " @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "The rule list may be entered using man:ugidfw[8] which has a syntax similar " "to man:ipfw[8]. More tools can be written by using the functions in the man:" @@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "After the man:mac_bsdextended[4] module has been loaded, the following " "command may be used to list the current rule configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw list\n" @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. " "To create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves `root` " @@ -989,13 +989,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks " "all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks " @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw set 2 subject uid user1 object uid user2 mode n\n" @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "Instead of `user1`, `not uid _user2_` could be used in order to enforce the " "same access restrictions for all users. However, the `root` user is " @@ -1020,35 +1020,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect " "use could block access to certain parts of the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:432 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_ifoff.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:434 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_IFOFF`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:436 msgid "Boot option: `mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "The man:mac_ifoff[4] module is used to disable network interfaces on the fly " "and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system boot. It " @@ -1056,34 +1056,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Most of this module's control is performed through these `sysctl` tunables:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "loopback, man:lo[4], interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "Berkeley Packet Filter interface, man:bpf[4]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled` enables or disables traffic on all other " "interfaces." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "One of the most common uses of man:mac_ifoff[4] is network monitoring in an " "environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the boot " @@ -1093,28 +1093,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:453 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_portacl.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:455 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `MAC_PORTACL`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:457 msgid "Boot option: `mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "The man:mac_portacl[4] module is used to limit binding to local TCP and UDP " "ports, making it possible to allow non-`root` users to bind to specified " @@ -1122,34 +1122,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "Once loaded, this module enables the MAC policy on all sockets. The " "following tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.enabled` enables or disables the policy completely." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.port_high` sets the highest port number that man:" "mac_portacl[4] protects." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt`, when set to a non-zero value, exempts " "the `root` user from this policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.rules` specifies the policy as a text string of the " "form `rule[,rule,...]`, with as many rules as needed, and where each rule is " @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which " "run as `root`. For man:mac_portacl[4] to allow non-privileged processes to " @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023\n" @@ -1177,67 +1177,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:479 msgid "" "To prevent the `root` user from being affected by this policy, set `security." "mac.portacl.suser_exempt` to a non-zero value." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "To allow the `www` user with UID 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing " "`root` privilege:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "This next example permits the user with the UID of 1001 to bind to TCP ports " "110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Partition Policy" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:503 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_partition.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:505 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_PARTITION`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:507 msgid "Boot option: `mac_partition_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "The man:mac_partition[4] policy drops processes into specific \"partitions\" " "based on their MAC label. Most configuration for this policy is done using " @@ -1245,14 +1245,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "`security.mac.partition.enabled` enables the enforcement of MAC process " "partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their " "processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted " @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "This example adds `top` to the label set on users in the `insecure` class. " "All processes spawned by users in the `insecure` class will stay in the " @@ -1270,72 +1270,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac partition/13 top\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:526 msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps Zax\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's " "currently running processes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps -ZU trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "Users can see processes in ``root``'s label unless the man:" "mac_seeotheruids[4] policy is loaded." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:548 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_mls.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:550 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_MLS`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:552 msgid "Boot option: `mac_mls_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "The man:mac_mls[4] policy controls access between subjects and objects in " "the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "In MLS environments, a \"clearance\" level is set in the label of each " "subject or object, along with compartments. Since these clearance levels " @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Anything labeled with `mls/low` will have a low clearance level and not be " "permitted to access information of a higher level. This label also prevents " @@ -1355,14 +1355,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "`mls/equal` should be placed on objects which should be exempt from the " "policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "`mls/high` is the highest level of clearance possible. Objects assigned this " "label will hold dominance over all other objects in the system; however, " @@ -1370,18 +1370,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:564 msgid "MLS provides:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Fixed rules of `no read up, no write down`. This means that a subject can " "have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -1390,12 +1390,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:569 msgid "" "A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple " "sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and " @@ -1403,61 +1403,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:571 msgid "The following `sysctl` tunables are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:573 msgid "`security.mac.mls.enabled` is used to enable or disable the MLS policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.ptys_equal` labels all man:pty[4] devices as `mls/equal` " "during creation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled` revokes access to objects after their " "label changes to a label of a lower grade." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.max_compartments` sets the maximum number of compartment " "levels allowed on a system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "To manipulate MLS labels, use man:setfmac[8]. To assign a label to an object:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac mls/5 test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:585 msgid "To get the MLS label for the file [.filename]#test#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "# getfmac test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:592 msgid "" "Another approach is to create a master policy file in [.filename]#/etc/# " "which specifies the MLS policy information and to feed that file to " @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "When using the MLS policy module, an administrator plans to control the flow " "of sensitive information. The default `block read up block write down` sets " @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and " "groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be " @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "Some example situations for the MLS policy module include an e-commerce web " "server, a file server holding critical company information, and financial " @@ -1494,28 +1494,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:605 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Biba Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:608 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_biba.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:610 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BIBA`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:612 msgid "Boot option: `mac_biba_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "The man:mac_biba[4] module loads the MAC Biba policy. This policy is " "similar to the MLS policy with the exception that the rules for information " @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "In Biba environments, an \"integrity\" label is set on each subject or " "object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-" @@ -1533,12 +1533,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:622 msgid "Supported labels are `biba/low`, `biba/equal`, and `biba/high`, where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "`biba/low` is considered the lowest integrity an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write access to objects or " @@ -1546,14 +1546,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "`biba/equal` should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from " "the policy." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "`biba/high` permits writing to objects set at a lower label, but does not " "permit reading that object. It is recommended that this label be placed on " @@ -1561,19 +1561,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:628 msgid "Biba provides:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity " "categories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "Fixed rules are `no write up, no read down`, the opposite of MLS. A subject " "can have write access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -1582,50 +1582,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:633 msgid "Integrity levels instead of MLS sensitivity levels." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:635 msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.enabled` is used to enable or disable enforcement of the " "Biba policy on the target machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.ptys_equal` is used to disable the Biba policy on man:" "pty[4] devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled` forces the revocation of access to " "objects if the label is changed to dominate the subject." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use `setfmac` and " "`getfmac`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/low test\n" @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that " "information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes " @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to " "partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to " @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject " "and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity " @@ -1673,28 +1673,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:669 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_lomac.ko#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:671 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_LOMAC`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:673 msgid "Boot option: `mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:675 msgid "" "Unlike the MAC Biba policy, the man:mac_lomac[4] policy permits access to " "lower integrity objects only after decreasing the integrity level to not " @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with " "the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an " @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with " "integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and " @@ -1722,14 +1722,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "Like the Biba and MLS policies, `setfmac` and `setpmac` are used to place " "labels on system objects:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" @@ -1737,19 +1737,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "The auxiliary grade `low` is a feature provided only by the MACLOMAC policy." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "User Lock Down" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than " "fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store " @@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "For this scenario, the man:mac_bsdextended[4] and man:mac_seeotheruids[4] " "policy modules could co-exist and block access to system objects while " @@ -1765,31 +1765,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:702 msgid "Begin by adding the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] security policy module may be activated by adding " "this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "Default rules stored in [.filename]#/etc/rc.bsdextended# will be loaded at " "system initialization. However, the default entries may need modification. " @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, " "try logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run `ps aux` to see " @@ -1808,14 +1808,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "Do not try to test with the `root` user unless the specific ``sysctl``s have " "been modified to block super user access." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "When a new user is added, their man:mac_bsdextended[4] rule will not be in " "the ruleset list. To update the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy " @@ -1823,13 +1823,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the Nagios " "network monitoring system in a MAC environment. This is meant as an example " @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:740 msgid "" "This example requires `multilabel` to be set on each file system. It also " "assumes that package:net-mgmt/nagios-plugins[], package:net-mgmt/nagios[], " @@ -1848,20 +1848,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "Create an Insecure User Class" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to [.filename]#/etc/" "login.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "insecure:\\\n" @@ -1890,46 +1890,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:773 msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid ":label=biba/high:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:780 msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:789 msgid "Set the `root` user to the default class using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod root -L default\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:798 msgid "" "All user accounts that are not `root` will now require a login class. The " "login class is required, otherwise users will be refused access to common " @@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# for x in `awk -F: '($3 >= 1001) && ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\\n" @@ -1945,12 +1945,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:806 msgid "Next, drop the `nagios` and `www` accounts into the insecure class:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw usermod nagios -L insecure\n" @@ -1958,25 +1958,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "Create the Contexts File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "A contexts file should now be created as [.filename]#/etc/policy.contexts#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# System:\n" @@ -1984,13 +1984,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -1998,13 +1998,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For Nagios:\n" @@ -2028,13 +2028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For apache\n" @@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of " "information. In this specific configuration, users, including `root`, " @@ -2051,26 +2051,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "This file will be read after running `setfsmac` on every file system. This " "example sets the policy on the root file system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "Next, add these edits to the main section of [.filename]#/etc/mac.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default_labels file ?biba\n" @@ -2080,20 +2080,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:871 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, add the following lines to [.filename]#/boot/" "loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "And the following line to the network card configuration stored in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If the primary network configuration is done via " @@ -2110,19 +2110,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing the Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "First, ensure that the web server and Nagios will not be started on system " "initialization and reboot. Ensure that `root` cannot access any of the " @@ -2132,12 +2132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:895 msgid "If all seems well, Nagios, Apache, and Sendmail can now be started:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /etc/mail && make stop && \\\n" @@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check " "the log files for error messages. If needed, use man:sysctl[8] to disable " @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "The `root` user can still change the security enforcement and edit its " "configuration files. The following command will permit the degradation of " @@ -2163,13 +2163,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac biba/10 csh\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "To block this from happening, force the user into a range using man:login." "conf[5]. If man:setpmac[8] attempts to run a command outside of the " @@ -2178,79 +2178,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "The `multilabel` flag does not stay enabled on the root ([.filename]#/#) partition" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:929 msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and set the root partition to `ro` for read-" "only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 msgid "Reboot into single user mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 msgid "Run `tunefs -l enable` on [.filename]#/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 msgid "Reboot the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "Run `mount -urw`[.filename]#/# and change the `ro` back to `rw` in [." "filename]#/etc/fstab# and reboot the system again." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:938 msgid "" "Double-check the output from `mount` to ensure that `multilabel` has been " "properly set on the root file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "After establishing a secure environment with MAC, Xorg no longer starts" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "This could be caused by the MAC `partition` policy or by a mislabeling in " "one of the MAC labeling policies. To debug, try the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "Check the error message. If the user is in the `insecure` class, the " "`partition` policy may be the culprit. Try setting the user's class back to " @@ -2259,27 +2259,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:948 msgid "" "Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, Xorg, " "and the [.filename]#/dev# entries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:949 msgid "" "If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a " "description of the environment to the {freebsd-questions}." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "The `_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf` error appears" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the `root` user to " "another user in the system. This message usually occurs when the user has a " @@ -2292,18 +2292,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "The system no longer recognizes `root`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:959 msgid "When this occurs, `whoami` returns `0` and `su` returns `who are you?`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by man:sysctl[8] or " "the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, the login " @@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:967 msgid "" "This may also happen if a policy restricts access to [.filename]#master." "passwd#. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the file under " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po index 06091bd605..da9ed943a3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 30. Electronic Mail" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Electronic Mail" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "\"Electronic Mail\", better known as email, is one of the most widely used " "forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic introduction to " @@ -58,110 +58,110 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic " "mail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 msgid "Where basic Sendmail configuration files are located in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to block spammers from illegally using a mail server as a relay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing " "Sendmail." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set up the system to send mail only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to use mail with a dialup connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as mutt, to send and receive " "email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to download mail from a remote POP or IMAP server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Properly set up a network connection (crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-" "networking,Advanced Networking])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Properly set up the DNS information for a mail host (crossref:network-" "servers[network-servers,Network Servers])." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Components" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User " "Agent (MUA), the Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), a mail host, a remote or local " @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agent (MUA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The Mail User Agent (MUA) is an application which is used to compose, send, " "and receive emails. This application can be a command line program, such as " @@ -188,13 +188,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) is responsible for receiving incoming mail and " "delivering outgoing mail. FreeBSD ships with Sendmail as the default MTA, " @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving " "mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the " @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "To access mailboxes remotely, a POP or IMAP server is required as these " "protocols allow users to connect to their mailboxes from remote locations. " @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Several POP and IMAP servers are available in the Ports Collection. These " "include package:mail/qpopper[], package:mail/imap-uw[], package:mail/courier-" @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "It should be noted that both POP and IMAP transmit information, including " "username and password credentials, in clear-text. To secure the " @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "The Domain Name System (DNS) and its daemon `named` play a large role in the " "delivery of email. In order to deliver mail from one site to another, the " @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "In addition to mapping hostnames to IP addresses, DNS is responsible for " "storing information specific to mail delivery, known as Mail eXchanger MX " @@ -280,14 +280,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "To view the MX records for a domain, specify the type of record. Refer to " "man:host[1], for more details about this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% host -t mx FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -295,20 +295,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:network-servers[network-dns,\"Domain Name System (DNS)\"] " "for more information about DNS and its configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "Sendmail Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "Sendmail is the default MTA installed with FreeBSD. It accepts mail from " "MUAs and delivers it to the appropriate mail host, as defined by its " @@ -317,20 +317,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "The configuration files for Sendmail are located in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. " "This section describes these files in more detail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/access#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "This access database file defines which hosts or IP addresses have access to " "the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as " @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "Examples of using these options for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be " "found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, [.filename]#/etc/mail/access." @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make " "entries in [.filename]#/etc/mail/access#, but do not put a comment symbol " @@ -386,13 +386,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" @@ -400,13 +400,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/aliases#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to " "users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to " @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root: localuser\n" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) " "on the right. The first entry expands the `root` mailbox to the `localuser` " @@ -440,20 +440,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, run `newaliases` to update and initialize the " "aliases database." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "This is the master configuration file for Sendmail. It controls the overall " "behavior of Sendmail, including everything from rewriting email addresses to " @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "The master Sendmail configuration file can be built from man:m4[1] macros " "that define the features and behavior of Sendmail. Refer to [.filename]#/" @@ -471,20 +471,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Whenever changes to this file are made, Sendmail needs to be restarted for " "the changes to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/virtusertable#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real " "mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in [." @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "virtusertable.sample# to further demonstrate its format. The following " @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root@example.com root\n" @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address " "matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on " @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" @@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/relay-domains#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "In a default FreeBSD installation, Sendmail is configured to only send mail " "from the host it is running on. For example, if a POP server is available, " @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "The most straightforward solution is to add the ISP's FQDN to [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/relay-domains#. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per " @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "" "your.isp.example.com\n" @@ -568,14 +568,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "After creating or editing this file, restart Sendmail with `service sendmail " "restart`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the " "user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send " @@ -584,13 +584,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "FreeBSD comes with Sendmail already installed as the MTA which is in charge " "of outgoing and incoming mail. However, the system administrator can change " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Once a new MTA is installed, configure and test the new software before " "replacing Sendmail. Refer to the documentation of the new MTA for " @@ -607,20 +607,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "Once the new MTA is working, use the instructions in this section to disable " "Sendmail and configure FreeBSD to use the replacement MTA." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Disable Sendmail" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "If Sendmail's outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it is " "replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system " @@ -632,14 +632,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "In order to completely disable Sendmail, add or edit the following lines in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -649,33 +649,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "To only disable Sendmail's incoming mail service, use only this entry in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "More information on Sendmail's startup options is available in man:rc." "sendmail[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "Replace the Default MTA" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "When a new MTA is installed using the Ports Collection, its startup script " "is also installed and startup instructions are mentioned in its package " @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service sendmail stop\n" @@ -692,20 +692,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "To start the replacement MTA at system boot, add its configuration line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This entry enables the Postfix MTA:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "postfix_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Some extra configuration is needed as Sendmail is so ubiquitous that some " "software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check [.filename]#/" @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Some alternative MTAs provide their own compatible implementations of the " "Sendmail command-line interface in order to facilitate using them as drop-in " @@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:354 msgid "The default [.filename]#/etc/mail/mailer.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# $FreeBSD$\n" @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "When any of the commands listed on the left are run, the system actually " "executes the associated command shown on the right. This system makes it " @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "Some MTAs, when installed using the Ports Collection, will prompt to update " "this file for the new binaries. For example, Postfix will update the file " @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "If the installation of the MTA does not automatically update [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/mailer.conf#, edit this file in a text editor so that it points to " @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail /usr/local/sbin/ssmtp\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. " "Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly " @@ -816,19 +816,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "Why do I have to use the FQDN for hosts on my site?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "The host may actually be in a different domain. For example, in order for a " "host in `foo.bar.edu` to reach a host called `mumble` in the `bar.edu` " @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "This is because the version of BIND which ships with FreeBSD no longer " "provides default abbreviations for non-FQDNs other than the local domain. " @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "In older versions of BIND, the search continued across `mumble.bar.edu`, and " "`mumble.edu`. RFC 1535 details why this is considered bad practice or even " @@ -854,29 +854,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:417 msgid "As a good workaround, place the line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "search foo.bar.edu bar.edu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:424 msgid "instead of the previous:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "domain foo.bar.edu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "into [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. However, make sure that the search " "order does not go beyond the \"boundary between local and public " @@ -884,20 +884,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "How can I run a mail server on a dial-up PPP host?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "Connect to a FreeBSD mail gateway on the LAN. The PPP connection is non-" "dedicated." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "One way to do this is to get a full-time Internet server to provide " "secondary MX services for the domain. In this example, the domain is " @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.com. MX 10 example.com.\n" @@ -914,14 +914,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Only one host should be specified as the final recipient. For Sendmail, add " "`Cw example.com` in [.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf# on `example.com`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "When the sending MTA attempts to deliver mail, it will try to connect to the " "system, `example.com`, over the PPP link. This will time out if the " @@ -932,12 +932,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:455 msgid "Use something like this as a login script:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "When creating a separate login script for users, instead use `sendmail -" "qRexample.com` in the script above. This will force all mail in the queue " @@ -955,14 +955,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "A further refinement of the situation can be seen from this example from the " "{freebsd-isp}:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "> we provide the secondary MX for a customer. The customer connects to\n" @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "" "In the privacy flags section of sendmail.cf, there is a\n" @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Remove restrictqrun to allow non-root users to start the queue processing.\n" @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# If we are the best MX for a host, try directly instead of generating\n" @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "" "That way a remote site will deliver straight to you, without trying\n" @@ -1015,26 +1015,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and " "setting up mail for an entire domain." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:506 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as [.filename]#/" "etc/resolv.conf# is configured or the network has access to a configured DNS " @@ -1043,17 +1043,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:512 msgid "Run a DNS server for the domain." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:513 msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the FQDN for the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent " "static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a " @@ -1062,30 +1062,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "Make sure that the lowest-numbered MX record in DNS points to the host's " "static IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 msgid "Make sure there is no MX entry in the DNS for the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:524 msgid "Try this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hostname\n" @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "In this example, mail sent directly to mailto:yourlogin@example.FreeBSD." "org[yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org] should work without problems, assuming " @@ -1103,12 +1103,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:536 msgid "For this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -1117,14 +1117,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `hub` under the " "same username instead of being sent directly to your host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that " "carries mail routing information is the MX entry. If no MX record exists, " @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:551 msgid "The MX entry for `freefall.FreeBSD.org` at one time looked like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "`freefall` had many MX entries. The lowest MX number is the host that " "receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some " @@ -1156,20 +1156,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be " "most useful. Your ISP can provide this service." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail for a Domain" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "When configuring an MTA for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain " "should be diverted to the MTA so that users can receive their mail on the " @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "To make life easiest, a user account with the same _username_ should exist " "on both the MTA and the system with the MUA. Use man:adduser[8] to create " @@ -1185,14 +1185,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "The MTA must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the " "network. This is done in the DNS configuration with an MX record:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" @@ -1200,21 +1200,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the MTA no matter where the A " "record points. The mail is sent to the MX host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "This must be configured on a DNS server. If the network does not run its " "own DNS server, talk to the ISP or DNS provider." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "The following is an example of virtual email hosting. Consider a customer " "with the domain `customer1.org`, where all the mail for `customer1.org` " @@ -1222,13 +1222,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:597 #, no-wrap msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "An `A` record is _not_ needed for `customer1.org` in order to only handle " "email for that domain. However, running `ping` against `customer1.org` will " @@ -1236,53 +1236,53 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Tell the MTA which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. " "Either of the following will work for Sendmail:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:606 msgid "" "Add the hosts to [.filename]#/etc/mail/local-host-names# when using the " "`FEATURE(use_cw_file)`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:607 msgid "Add a `Cwyour.host.com` line to [.filename]#/etc/sendmail.cf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up to Send Only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a " "relay. Some examples are:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as man:" "mail[1], using the ISP's mail relay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to " "pass off all mail to a relay for processing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "While any MTA is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be " "difficult to properly configure a full-featured MTA just to handle " @@ -1291,21 +1291,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:621 msgid "" "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one " "from running a \"mail server\"." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to install the package:mail/" "ssmtp[] port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" @@ -1313,14 +1313,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "Once installed, package:mail/ssmtp[] can be configured with [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Use the real email address for `root`. Enter the ISP's outgoing mail relay " "in place of `mail.example.com`. Some ISPs call this the \"outgoing mail " @@ -1338,14 +1338,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:646 msgid "" "Make sure to disable Sendmail, including the outgoing mail service. See " "<> for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:648 msgid "" "package:mail/ssmtp[] has some other options available. Refer to the examples " "in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ssmtp# or the manual page of ssmtp for more " @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "Setting up ssmtp in this manner allows any software on the computer that " "needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the ISP's usage " @@ -1361,13 +1361,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Mail with a Dialup Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "When using a static IP address, one should not need to adjust the default " "configuration. Set the hostname to the assigned Internet name and Sendmail " @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "When using a dynamically assigned IP address and a dialup PPP connection to " "the Internet, one usually has a mailbox on the ISP's mail server. In this " @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "In order to retrieve mail from the ISP's mailbox, install a retrieval agent " "from the Ports Collection. package:mail/fetchmail[] is a good choice as it " @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "" "MYADDR:\n" @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "When using Sendmail to deliver mail to non-local accounts, configure " "Sendmail to process the mail queue as soon as the Internet connection is " @@ -1413,13 +1413,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:676 #, no-wrap msgid " !bg su user -c \"sendmail -q\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "In this example, there is an account for `user` on `bsd.home`. In the home " "directory of `user` on `bsd.home`, create a [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# which " @@ -1427,20 +1427,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.net protocol pop3 fetchall pass MySecret\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "This file should not be readable by anyone except `user` as it contains the " "password `MySecret`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "In order to send mail with the correct `from:` header, configure Sendmail to " "use mailto:user@example.net[user@example.net] rather than mailto:user@bsd." @@ -1449,12 +1449,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:691 msgid "The following [.filename]#.mc# should suffice:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "" "VERSIONID(`bsd.home.mc version 1.0')\n" @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "Refer to the previous section for details of how to convert this file into " "the [.filename]#sendmail.cf# format. Do not forget to restart Sendmail " @@ -1484,13 +1484,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "Configuring SMTP authentication on the MTA provides a number of benefits. " "SMTP authentication adds a layer of security to Sendmail, and provides " @@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "Install package:security/cyrus-sasl2[] from the Ports Collection. This port " "supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication " @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "After installing package:security/cyrus-sasl2[], edit [.filename]#/usr/local/" "lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf#, or create it if it does not exist, and add the " @@ -1515,37 +1515,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "Next, install package:security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd[] and add the following " "line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:738 msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "# service saslauthd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "This daemon serves as a broker for Sendmail to authenticate against the " "FreeBSD man:passwd[5] database. This saves the trouble of creating a new " @@ -1554,12 +1554,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and add the following lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "These lines provide Sendmail the proper configuration options for linking to " "package:cyrus-sasl2[] at compile time. Make sure that package:cyrus-sasl2[] " @@ -1575,12 +1575,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:757 msgid "Recompile Sendmail by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" @@ -1592,14 +1592,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "This compile should not have any problems if [.filename]#/usr/src# has not " "changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "After Sendmail has been compiled and reinstalled, edit [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "freebsd.mc# or the local [.filename]#.mc#. Many administrators choose to use " @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnl set SASL options\n" @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "These options configure the different methods available to Sendmail for " "authenticating users. To use a method other than pwcheck, refer to the " @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "Finally, run man:make[1] while in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. That will run the " "new [.filename]#.mc# and create a [.filename]#.cf# named either [." @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "To test the configuration, use a MUA to send a test message. For further " "investigation, set the `LogLevel` of Sendmail to `13` and watch [.filename]#/" @@ -1644,20 +1644,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "For more information, refer to http://www.sendmail.org/~ca/email/auth." "html[SMTP authentication]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "A MUA is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email " "\"evolves\" and becomes more complex, MUAs are becoming increasingly " @@ -1668,13 +1668,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "`mail`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "man:mail[1] is the default MUA installed with FreeBSD. It is a console based " "MUA that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive text-" @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Although `mail` does not natively support interaction with POP or IMAP " "servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local [.filename]#mbox# " @@ -1691,18 +1691,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:804 msgid "In order to send and receive email, run `mail`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "% mail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "The contents of the user's mailbox in [.filename]#/var/mail# are " "automatically read by `mail`. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility " @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" @@ -1724,14 +1724,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "Messages can now be read by typing kbd:[t] followed by the message number. " "This example reads the first email:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& t 1\n" @@ -1746,20 +1746,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers. " "To display the list of messages again, press kbd:[h]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "If the email requires a reply, press either kbd:[R] or kbd:[r] `mail` keys. " "kbd:[R] instructs `mail` to reply only to the sender of the email, while kbd:" @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& R 1\n" @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "In order to send a new email, press kbd:[m], followed by the recipient email " "address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address " @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& mail root@localhost\n" @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" @@ -1815,14 +1815,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "While using `mail`, press kbd:[?] to display help at any time. Refer to man:" "mail[1] for more help on how to use `mail`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "man:mail[1] was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them " "poorly. Newer MUAs handle attachments in a more intelligent way. Users who " @@ -1831,90 +1831,102 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:891 msgid "mutt is a powerful MUA, with many features, including:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:893 msgid "The ability to thread messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:894 msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 msgid "MIME support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:896 msgid "Maildir support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 msgid "Highly customizable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "Refer to http://www.mutt.org[http://www.mutt.org] for more information on " "mutt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "mutt may be installed using the package:mail/mutt[] port. After the port " "has been installed, mutt can be started by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "% mutt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "mutt will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in " "[.filename]#/var/mail#. If no mails are found, mutt will wait for commands " "from the user. The example below shows mutt displaying a list of messages:" msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:912 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mutt email client showing a list of messages" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press kbd:[Enter]. An " "example of mutt displaying email can be seen below:" msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mutt email client displaying an email" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:917 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:922 msgid "" "Similar to man:mail[1], mutt can be used to reply only to the sender of the " "message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1923,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:928 msgid "" "By default, mutt uses the man:vi[1] editor for creating and replying to " "emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the [." @@ -1933,7 +1945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "To compose a new mail message, press kbd:[m]. After a valid subject has " "been given, mutt will start man:vi[1] so the email can be written. Once the " @@ -1943,14 +1955,20 @@ msgid "" "be seen below:" msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:937 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mutt email client showing the summary screen" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:941 msgid "" "mutt contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by " "pressing kbd:[?]. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where " @@ -1958,19 +1976,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "alpine is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "alpine has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which " "allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local " @@ -1981,7 +1999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:956 msgid "" "The current version of alpine may be installed using the package:mail/" "alpine[] port. Once the port has installed, alpine can be started by " @@ -1989,13 +2007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "% alpine\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "The first time alpine runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief " "introduction, as well as a request from the alpine development team to send " @@ -2005,14 +2023,20 @@ msgid "" "anonymous message. An example of the greeting page is shown below:" msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:967 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alpine email client showing the greeting page" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:967 #, no-wrap msgid "pine1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor " "keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, " @@ -2022,35 +2046,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "The default directory opened by alpine is [.filename]#inbox#. To view the " "message index, press kbd:[I], or select the [.guimenuitem]#MESSAGE INDEX# " "option shown below:" msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:976 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alpine email client showing the default directory" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:976 #, no-wrap msgid "pine2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:980 msgid "" "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be " "navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by " "pressing kbd:[Enter]." msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:981 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alpine email client showing the message index" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:981 #, no-wrap msgid "pine3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:986 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by alpine. " "Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An " @@ -2058,14 +2094,20 @@ msgid "" "current message being displayed." msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:987 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alpine email client showing an email" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:987 #, no-wrap msgid "pine4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "Replying to an email in alpine is done using the pico editor, which is " "installed by default with alpine. pico makes it easy to navigate the " @@ -2074,14 +2116,20 @@ msgid "" "kbd:[Ctrl+X]. alpine will ask for confirmation before sending the message." msgstr "" +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:994 +#, no-wrap +msgid "alpine email client showing the message compose window" +msgstr "" + #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:994 #, no-wrap msgid "pine5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "alpine can be customized using the [.guimenuitem]#SETUP# option from the " "main menu. Consult http://www.washington.edu/alpine/[http://www.washington." @@ -2089,13 +2137,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1000 #, no-wrap msgid "Using fetchmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "" "fetchmail is a full-featured IMAP and POP client. It allows users to " "automatically download mail from remote IMAP and POP servers and save it " @@ -2105,31 +2153,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "Support for the POP3, APOP, KPOP, IMAP, ETRN and ODMR protocols." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "Ability to forward mail using SMTP, which allows filtering, forwarding, and " "aliasing to function normally." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "May be run in daemon mode to check periodically for new messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "Can retrieve multiple mailboxes and forward them, based on configuration, to " "different local users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "This section explains some of the basic features of fetchmail. This utility " "requires a [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# configuration in the user's home " @@ -2140,13 +2188,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod 600 .fetchmailrc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1024 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#.fetchmailrc# serves as an example for downloading " "a single user mailbox using POP. It tells fetchmail to connect to `example." @@ -2155,20 +2203,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "poll example.com protocol pop3 username \"joesoap\" password \"XXX\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "" "The next example connects to multiple POP and IMAP servers and redirects to " "different local usernames where applicable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "" "poll example.com proto pop3:\n" @@ -2179,7 +2227,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "fetchmail can be run in daemon mode by running it with `-d`, followed by the " "interval (in seconds) that fetchmail should poll servers listed in [." @@ -2188,26 +2236,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "% fetchmail -d 600\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "More information on fetchmail can be found at http://www.fetchmail.info/" "[http://www.fetchmail.info/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "Using procmail" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "procmail is a powerful application used to filter incoming mail. It allows " "users to define \"rules\" which can be matched to incoming mails to perform " @@ -2220,13 +2268,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1064 #, no-wrap msgid "\"|exec /usr/local/bin/procmail || exit 75\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "The following section displays some basic procmail rules, as well as brief " "descriptions of what they do. Rules must be inserted into a [.filename]#." @@ -2234,19 +2282,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "The majority of these rules can be found in man:procmailex[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "To forward all mail from mailto:user@example.com[user@example.com] to an " "external address of mailto:goodmail@example2.com[goodmail@example2.com]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2255,14 +2303,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1081 msgid "" "To forward all mails shorter than 1000 bytes to an external address of " "mailto:goodmail@example2.com[goodmail@example2.com]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1087 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2271,14 +2319,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "To send all mail sent to mailto:alternate@example.com[alternate@example.com] " "to a mailbox called [.filename]#alternate#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2287,12 +2335,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "To send all mail with a subject of \"Spam\" to [.filename]#/dev/null#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" @@ -2301,14 +2349,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "A useful recipe that parses incoming `FreeBSD.org` mailing lists and places " "each list in its own mailbox:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "" ":0\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po index a9b17b1bee..7420ce49c6 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Appendix A. Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The official mirrors of the FreeBSD project are made up of many machines " "operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct " @@ -57,108 +57,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:58 msgid "Official mirrors service:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Service Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "More information" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "**download.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://download.FreeBSD.org/[https] link:ftp://download.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:67 #, no-wrap msgid "Same content as `ftp.FreeBSD.org`, `ftp` is a legacy name; `download.FreeBSD.org` is recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 #, no-wrap msgid "**git.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "git over `https` and `ssh`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "More details on link:https://docs.freebsd.org/en/books/handbook/mirrors/#git[using git] section." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "**pkg.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pkg[8] over `http` and `https`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Official FreeBSD package repositories used by the man:pkg[8] program." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "**vuxml.FreeBSD.org** / **www.VuXML.org**" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://www.vuxml.org/[https]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Project VuXML web page. `pkg audit` fetches the list of vulnerabilities from this service." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:81 msgid "All official mirrors support IPv4 and IPv6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "The FreeBSD website (https://www.FreeBSD.org and https://docs.FreeBSD.org) " "are not hosted in the GeoDNS Infrastructure; there are ongoing studies of " @@ -166,772 +166,772 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "http://ftp-archive.FreeBSD.org is not in the GeoDNS Infrastructure, hosted " "in only one location (US)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The project is looking for new locations; those willing to sponsor, please " "reach out to the Cluster Administrators team for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:89 msgid "Mirror list maintained by the community and other companies:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Country" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "Australia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-australia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "Austria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-austria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.at.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.at.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Brazil icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-brazil-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Bulgaria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-bulgaria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "Czech Republic icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-czech-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Denmark icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-denmark-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Finland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-finland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "France icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-france-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Germany icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-germany-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Greece icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-greece-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Japan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-japan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Korea icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-korea-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:https://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:198 #, no-wrap msgid "link:rsync://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Latvia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-latvia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "Netherlands icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-netherlands-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "New Zealand icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-new-zealand-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Norway icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-norway-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.no.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Poland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-poland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "Russia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-russia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "Slovenia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-slovenia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.si.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "South Africa icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Sweden icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-sweden-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.se.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Taiwan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-taiwan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Ukraine icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-ukraine-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "United Kingdom icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-uk-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "United States of America icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-us-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp11.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp14.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp14.FreeBSD.org[rsync] (Former official tier 1)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "The current list of protocols supported by the community mirrors was last " "updated on 2022-01-31, and it's not guaranteed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Git" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:290 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's base source code and documentation. As of " @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "Git is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-update` " "(crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD Update”]) " @@ -949,45 +949,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Git on a FreeBSD system and use it " "to create a local copy of a FreeBSD source code repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:304 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:306 msgid "Git can be installed from the Ports Collection, or as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Git" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `git " "clone`. This directory of files is called the _working tree_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "Git uses URLs to designate a repository. There are three different " "repositories, `src` for the FreeBSD system source code, `doc` for " @@ -998,115 +998,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Git Repository URL Table" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Item" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "Git URL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via HTTPS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "External mirrors maintained by project members are also available; please " "refer to the <> section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:339 msgid "To clone a copy of the FreeBSD system source code repository:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone -o freebsd https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "The `-o freebsd` option specifies the origin; by convention in the FreeBSD " "documentation, the origin is assumed to be `freebsd`. Because the initial " @@ -1115,14 +1115,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Initially, the working tree contains source code for the `main` branch, " "which corresponds to CURRENT. To switch to 13-STABLE instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1130,14 +1130,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "The working tree can be updated with `git pull`. To update [.filename]#/usr/" "src# created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1145,126 +1145,126 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:368 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:522 msgid "" "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that " "have changed." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "Web-based repository browser" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project uses cgit as the web-based repository browser: link:" "https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "For Developers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "For information about write access to repositories see the extref:" "{committers-guide}[Committer's Guide, git-mini-primer]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "External mirrors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "Those mirrors are not hosted in FreeBSD.org but still maintained by the " "project members. Users and developers are welcome to pull or browse " -"repositories on those mirrors. Pull requests for the `doc` GitHub " -"repository are being accepted; otherwise, the project workflow with those " +"repositories on those mirrors. Pull requests for the `doc` and `src` GitHub " +"repositories are being accepted; otherwise, the project workflow with those " "mirrors is still under discussion." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "Codeberg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:385 msgid "doc: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:386 msgid "ports: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:387 msgid "src: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "GitHub" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:390 msgid "doc: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:391 msgid "ports: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 msgid "src: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "GitLab" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:395 msgid "doc: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:396 msgid "ports: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:397 msgid "src: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "The main mailing list for general usage and questions about git in the " "FreeBSD project is https://lists.freebsd.org/subscription/freebsd-" @@ -1273,72 +1273,72 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH host keys" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:406 msgid "gitrepo.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:seWO5D27ySURcx4bknTNKlC1mgai0whP443PAKEvvZA`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "lNR6i4BEOaaUhmDHBA1WJsO7H3KtvjE2r5q4sOxtIWo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:f453CUEFXEJAXlKeEHV+ajJfeEfx9MdKQUD7lIscnQI`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:411 msgid "git.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:/UlirUAsGiitupxmtsn7f9b7zCWd0vCs4Yo/tpVWP9w`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "y1ljKrKMD3lDObRUG3xJ9gXwEIuqnh306tSyFd1tuZE`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:416 msgid "These are also published as SSHFP records in DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Subversion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's source code and documentation. Changes from " @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "Subversion is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-" "update` (crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD " @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Subversion on a FreeBSD system and " "use it to create a local copy of a FreeBSD repository. Additional " @@ -1370,13 +1370,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Svnlite" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "A lightweight version of Subversion is already installed on FreeBSD as " "`svnlite`. The port or package version of Subversion is only needed if the " @@ -1384,26 +1384,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "The only difference from normal Subversion use is that the command name is " "`svnlite`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "If `svnlite` is unavailable or the full version of Subversion is needed, " "then it must be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:452 msgid "Subversion can be installed from the Ports Collection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion\n" @@ -1411,31 +1411,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:460 msgid "Subversion can also be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install subversion\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Subversion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `svn`. The " "files in this directory are called a _local working copy_." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "Move or delete an existing destination directory before using `checkout` for " "the first time. Checkout over an existing non-`svn` directory can cause " @@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "Subversion uses URLs to designate a repository, taking the form of " "_protocol://hostname/path_. The first component of the path is the FreeBSD " @@ -1456,30 +1456,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "A checkout from a given repository is performed with a command like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:488 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/repository/branch lwcdir\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:491 msgid "where:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "_repository_ is one of the Project repositories: `base`, `ports`, or `doc`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "_branch_ depends on the repository used. `ports` and `doc` are mostly " "updated in the `head` branch, while `base` maintains the latest version of -" @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "_lwcdir_ is the target directory where the contents of the specified branch " "should be placed. This is usually [.filename]#/usr/ports# for `ports`, [." @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "This example checks out the Source Tree from the FreeBSD repository using " "the HTTPS protocol, placing the local working copy in [.filename]#/usr/" @@ -1505,43 +1505,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "Because the initial checkout must download the full branch of the remote " "repository, it can take a while. Please be patient." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "After the initial checkout, the local working copy can be updated by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update lwcdir\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:515 msgid "To update [.filename]#/usr/src# created in the example above, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn update /usr/src\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "An alternate way of updating the local working copy after checkout is " "provided by the [.filename]#Makefile# in the [.filename]#/usr/ports#, [." @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1559,24 +1559,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "Subversion Mirror Sites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:537 msgid "The FreeBSD Subversion repository is:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:541 #, no-wrap msgid "svn.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "This is a publicly accessible mirror network that uses GeoDNS to select an " "appropriate back end server. To view the FreeBSD Subversion repositories " @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "HTTPS is the preferred protocol, but the [.filename]#security/ca_root_nss# " "package will need to be installed in order to automatically validate " @@ -1593,13 +1593,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "For More Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:551 msgid "" "For other information about using Subversion, please see the \"Subversion " "Book\", titled http://svnbook.red-bean.com/[Version Control with " @@ -1608,18 +1608,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "CD and DVD Sets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:556 msgid "FreeBSD CD and DVD sets are available from several online retailers:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD Mall, Inc.\n" @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Getlinux\n" @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po index 945d5946f3..11fde618e7 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high fidelity output from a FreeBSD system" +msgid "The multimedia chapter provides an overview of multimedia support on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: part @@ -35,2373 +35,1462 @@ msgid "Chapter 8. Multimedia" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high " -"fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record " -"and play back audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (`MP3`), Waveform Audio File " -"(`WAV`), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. The FreeBSD Ports Collection " -"contains many applications for editing recorded audio, adding sound effects, " -"and controlling attached MIDI devices." -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" -"FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and ``DVD``s. The FreeBSD " -"Ports Collection contains applications to encode, convert, and playback " -"various video media." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV " -"tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the " -"applications which are available for using these devices." +"The multimedia chapter provides an overview of multimedia support on " +"FreeBSD. Multimedia applications and technologies have become an integral " +"part of modern computing, and FreeBSD provides robust and reliable support " +"for a wide range of multimedia hardware and software. This chapter covers " +"various multimedia components such as audio, video, and image processing. " +"It also discusses various media formats and codecs, as well as tools and " +"applications for multimedia creation and playback. Additionally, the " +"chapter covers multimedia system configuration, troubleshooting, and " +"optimization. Whether you are a multimedia enthusiast or a professional " +"content creator, FreeBSD offers a robust platform for multimedia work. This " +"chapter aims to help get the most out of FreeBSD's multimedia capabilities, " +"providing useful information and practical examples to help get started." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:66 -msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:" +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:68 -msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:69 -msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:70 -msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:71 -msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback." +msgid "" +"By default, FreeBSD will automatically detect the sound card used by the " +"system. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. The list of " +"supported sound cards can be consulted in man:sound[4]." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block = 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:72 -msgid "Play ``DVD``s, [.filename]#.mpg#, and [.filename]#.avi# files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:73 -msgid "Rip `CD` and `DVD` content into files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:74 -msgid "Configure a TV card." +msgid "" +"It is only necessary to load the sound card module if FreeBSD has not " +"detected it correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:75 -msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:76 -msgid "Configure an image scanner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:77 -msgid "Configure a Bluetooth headset." +msgid "" +"Where it is not known which sound card the system has, or which module to " +"use, the `snd_driver` metadriver can be loaded by executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:79 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "# kldload snd_driver\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" -"Know how to install applications as described in crossref:ports[ports," -"Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." +"Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the " +"following line in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:83 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card" +msgid "snd_driver_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card " -"and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. " -"Check the supported audio devices list of the link:{u-rel120-hardware}" -"[Hardware Notes] to see if the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it " -"uses." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Testing Sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" -"In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The " -"easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with man:" -"kldload[8]. This example loads the driver for a built-in audio chipset " -"based on the Intel specification:" +"To confirm the sound card is detected the following command can be executed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap -msgid "# kldload snd_hda\n" +msgid "% dmesg | grep pcm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to [." -"filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. The line for this driver is:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:718 +msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap -msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\"\n" +msgid "" +"pcm0: at nid 26,22 and 24 on hdaa0\n" +"pcm1: at nid 29 on hdaa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"Other available sound modules are listed in [.filename]#/boot/defaults/" -"loader.conf#. When unsure which driver to use, load the [." -"filename]#snd_driver# module:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:107 +msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap -msgid "# kldload snd_driver\n" +msgid "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Installed devices:\n" +"pcm0: (play/rec) default\n" +"pcm1: (rec)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" -"This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and " -"can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also " -"possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to [.filename]#/" -"boot/loader.conf#." +"If no `pcm` devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver " +"was loaded. If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" -"To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the " -"[.filename]#snd_driver# metadriver, type `cat /dev/sndstat`." +"man:beep[1] can be used to produce some noise, confirming that the sound " +"card is working:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:119 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap -msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support" +msgid "% beep\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for " -"the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a " -"kernel, refer to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD " -"Kernel]." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" -"When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the " -"audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:" +"FreeBSD has different utilities to set and display sound card mixer values " +"built on the FreeBSD Sound System:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:129 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap -msgid "device sound\n" +msgid "Supported mixer packages" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:133 -msgid "" -"Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-" -"in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, " -"use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:748 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:137 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap -msgid "device snd_hda\n" +msgid "License" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for " -"the driver." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:750 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Package" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the " -"card to be added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#. During the boot " -"process, man:loader[8] reads this file and passes the settings to the " -"kernel. For example, an old Creative SoundBlaster(R) 16 ISA non-PnP card " -"will use the man:snd_sbc[4] driver in conjunction with `snd_sb16`. For this " -"card, the following lines must be added to the kernel configuration file:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:384 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Toolkit" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:150 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"device snd_sbc\n" -"device snd_sb16\n" +msgid "man:mixer[8]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"If the card uses the `0x220` I/O port and IRQ `5`, these lines must also be " -"added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:306 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BSD-2" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:161 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n" -"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n" -"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n" -"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n" -"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\"\n" +msgid "Included in base system" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"The syntax used in [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# is described in man:" -"sound[4] and the manual page for the driver of the sound card." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:389 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CLI" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:168 -msgid "" -"The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other " -"settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to man:snd_sbc[4] " -"for more information about this card." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "dsbmixer" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:170 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap -msgid "Testing Sound" +msgid "package:audio/dsbmixer[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:175 -msgid "" -"After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the " -"sound card should be detected. To confirm, run `dmesg | grep pcm`. This " -"example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 chipset:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:399 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Qt" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:181 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"pcm0: at nid 5 on hdaa0\n" -"pcm1: at nid 6 on hdaa0\n" -"pcm2: at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1\n" +msgid "KDE Plasma audio widget" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:184 -msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:760 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GPL 2.0" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:193 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cat /dev/sndstat\n" -"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n" -"Installed devices:\n" -"pcm0: (play)\n" -"pcm1: (play)\n" -"pcm2: (play/rec) default\n" +msgid "package:audio/plasma5-plasma-pa[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:198 -msgid "" -"The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no [.filename]#pcm# " -"devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver was loaded " -"or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common problems " -"and their solutions." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:158 +#, no-wrap +msgid "mixertui" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:201 -msgid "" -"If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the `CD` or " -"`DVD` drive is properly connected to the sound card, one can insert an audio " -"`CD` in the drive and play it with man:cdcontrol[1]:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:audio/mixertui[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:205 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap -msgid "% cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1\n" +msgid "TUI" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:210 -msgid "" -"Audio ``CD``s have specialized encodings which means that they should not be " -"mounted using man:mount[8]." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Graphics Card Sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" -"Various applications, such as package:audio/workman[], provide a friendlier " -"interface. The package:audio/mpg123[] port can be installed to listen to " -"MP3 audio files." +"Graphics cards often come with their own integrated sound devices, and it " +"may be unclear which is being used as the default device. To confirm, run " +"dmesg and look for the pcm entries to identify how the system is enumerating " +"the outputs. Execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:216 -msgid "" -"Another quick way to test the card is to send data to [.filename]#/dev/dsp#:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:219 +msgid "The output looks something like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "% cat filename > /dev/dsp\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" -"where [.filename]#filename# can be any type of file. This command should " -"produce some noise, confirming that the sound card is working." +"pcm0: at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n" +"pcm1: at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n" +"pcm2: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n" +"pcm3: at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n" +"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n" +"pcm4: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" +"pcm5: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" +"pcm6: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" +"pcm7: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:229 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" -"The [.filename]#/dev/dsp*# device nodes will be created automatically as " -"needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not appear in the " -"output of man:ls[1]." +"The graphics card (NVIDIA(R)) has been enumerated before the sound card " +"(Realtek(R)), with the sound card appearing as `pcm4`. The system can be " +"configured to use the sound card as the default device by executing the " +"following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:232 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting up Bluetooth Sound Devices" +msgid "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" -"Connecting to a Bluetooth device is out of scope for this chapter. Refer to " -"crossref:advanced-networking[network-bluetooth,“Bluetooth”] for more " -"information." +"To make this change permanent add the next line to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl." +"conf#:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:238 -msgid "" -"To get Bluetooth sound sink working with FreeBSD's sound system, users have " -"to install package:audio/virtual_oss[] first:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:242 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install virtual_oss\n" +msgid "Automatically Switching to Headphones" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" -"package:audio/virtual_oss[] requires `cuse` to be loaded into the kernel:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# kldload cuse\n" +"Some systems may struggle with switching between audio outputs, but " +"fortunately FreeBSD allows automatic switchover to be configured in [." +"filename]#device.hints#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:252 -msgid "To load `cuse` during system startup, run this command:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:212 +msgid "" +"Identify how the system is enumerating the audio outputs by executing the " +"following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap -msgid "# echo 'cuse_load=yes' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" +msgid "" +"pcm0: at nid 23 and 26 on hdaa0\n" +"pcm1: at nid 22 on hdaa0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:259 -msgid "" -"To use headphones as a sound sink with package:audio/virtual_oss[], users " -"need to create a virtual device after connecting to a Bluetooth audio device:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:227 +msgid "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap -msgid "# virtual_oss -C 2 -c 2 -r 48000 -b 16 -s 768 -R /dev/null -P /dev/bluetooth/headphones -d dsp\n" +msgid "" +"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config=\"as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones\" \n" +"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid26.config=\"as=2 seq=0 device=speakers\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" -"_headphones_ in this example is a hostname from [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/" -"hosts#. `BT_ADDR` could be used instead." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:272 -msgid "Refer to man:virtual_oss[8] for more information." +"Keep in mind that these values are for the example indicated above. They " +"may vary depending on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting Sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:277 -msgid "" -"<> lists some common error messages " -"and their solutions:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:244 +msgid "Some common error messages and their solutions:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Error Messages" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "Solution" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap -msgid "`sb_dspwr(XX) timed out`" +msgid "`xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap -msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly." +msgid "Type `fstat \\" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap -msgid "`bad irq XX`" +msgid "grep dsp` to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound support." msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:295 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same." +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:262 +msgid "" +"Programs using package:audio/pulseaudio[] might need to restart the package:" +"audio/pulseaudio[] daemon for the changes in `hw.snd.default_unit` to take " +"effect. Alternatively, package:audio/pulseaudio[] settings can be changed " +"on the fly. man:pacmd[1] opens a command line connection to the package:" +"audio/pulseaudio[] daemon:" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:296 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap -msgid "`xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory`" +msgid "" +"# pacmd\n" +"Welcome to PulseAudio 14.2! Use \"help\" for usage information.\n" +">>>\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:300 -#, no-wrap -msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device." +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:272 +msgid "" +"The following command changes the default sink to card number 4 as in the " +"previous example:" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:301 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap -msgid "`xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!`" +msgid "set-default-sink 4\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:303 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Type `fstat \\" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:282 +msgid "" +"Do not use the `exit` command to exit the command line interface. That will " +"kill the package:audio/pulseaudio[] daemon. Use kbd:[Ctrl+D] instead." msgstr "" -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:304 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap -msgid "grep dsp` to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:310 -msgid "" -"Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with " -"`HDMI`. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before the sound card " -"meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default playback " -"device. To check if this is the case, run dmesg and look for `pcm`. The " -"output looks something like this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:330 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"...\n" -"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" -"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n" -"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n" -"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n" -"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n" -"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n" -"pcm0: at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n" -"pcm1: at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n" -"pcm2: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n" -"pcm3: at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n" -"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n" -"pcm4: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" -"pcm5: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" -"pcm6: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" -"pcm7: at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" -"...\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:334 -msgid "" -"In this example, the graphics card (`NVidia`) has been enumerated before the " -"sound card (`Realtek ALC889`). To use the sound card as the default " -"playback device, change `hw.snd.default_unit` to the unit that should be " -"used for playback:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:338 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=n\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:343 -msgid "" -"where `n` is the number of the sound device to use. In this example, it " -"should be `4`. Make this change permanent by adding the following line to [." -"filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:347 -#, no-wrap -msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:355 -msgid "" -"Programs using package:audio/pulseaudio[] might need to restart the package:" -"audio/pulseaudio[] daemon for the changes in `hw.snd.default_unit` to take " -"effect. Alternatively, package:audio/pulseaudio[] settings can be changed " -"on the fly. man:pacmd[1] opens a command line connection to the package:" -"audio/pulseaudio[] daemon:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:361 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# pacmd\n" -"Welcome to PulseAudio 14.2! Use \"help\" for usage information.\n" -">>>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:365 -msgid "" -"The following command changes the default sink to card number 4 as in the " -"previous example:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:369 -#, no-wrap -msgid "set-default-sink 4\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:375 -msgid "" -"Do not use the `exit` command to exit the command line interface. That will " -"kill the package:audio/pulseaudio[] daemon. Use kbd:[Ctrl+D] instead." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:378 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources" +msgid "Audio players" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:382 -msgid "" -"It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to " -"play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses \"Virtual Sound Channels\" to multiplex " -"the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" -"Three man:sysctl[8] knobs are available for configuring virtual channels:" +"This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD " +"Ports Collection which can be used for audio playback." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:390 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4\n" -"# sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4\n" -"# sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:396 -msgid "" -"This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number " -"for everyday use. Both `dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4` and `dev.pcm.0.rec." -"vchans=4` are configurable after a device has been attached and represent " -"the number of virtual channels [.filename]#pcm0# has for playback and " -"recording. Since the [.filename]#pcm# module can be loaded independently of " -"the hardware drivers, `hw.snd.maxautovchans` indicates how many virtual " -"channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to man:" -"pcm[4] for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:401 -msgid "" -"The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in " -"use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or " -"sound daemons." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:404 -msgid "" -"The correct [.filename]#pcm# device will automatically be allocated " -"transparently to a program that requests [.filename]#/dev/dsp0#." +msgid "Audio players packages" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels" +msgid "Elisa" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:410 -msgid "" -"The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the " -"source code of the man:pcm[4] driver. While sound card mixer levels can be " -"changed using man:mixer[8] or third-party applications and daemons, this is " -"not a permanent solution. To instead set default mixer values at the driver " -"level, define the appropriate values in [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#, as " -"seen in this example:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:414 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap -msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\"\n" +msgid "LGPL 3.0" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:417 -msgid "" -"This will set the volume channel to a default value of `50` when the man:" -"pcm[4] module is loaded." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:419 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "MP3 Audio" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:422 -msgid "" -"This section describes some `MP3` players available for FreeBSD, how to rip " -"audio `CD` tracks, and how to encode and decode ``MP3``s." +msgid "package:audio/elisa[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap -msgid "MP3 Players" +msgid "GNOME Music" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:432 -msgid "" -"A popular graphical `MP3` player is Audacious. It supports Winamp skins and " -"additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic " -"equalizer, and more. Those familiar with Winamp will find Audacious simple " -"to use. On FreeBSD, Audacious can be installed from the package:multimedia/" -"audacious[] port or package. Audacious is a descendant of XMMS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:436 -msgid "" -"The package:audio/mpg123[] package or port provides an alternative, command-" -"line `MP3` player. Once installed, specify the `MP3` file to play on the " -"command line. If the system has multiple audio devices, the sound device " -"can also be specified:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:443 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3\n" -"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n" -" version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n" -" free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n" +msgid "package:audio/gnome-music[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:446 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n" -"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:449 -msgid "Additional `MP3` players are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." +msgid "GTK+" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:451 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Ripping `CD` Audio Tracks" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:455 -msgid "" -"Before encoding a `CD` or `CD` track to `MP3`, the audio data on the `CD` " -"must be ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw `CD` " -"Digital Audio (`CDDA`) data to `WAV` files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:457 -msgid "" -"The `cdda2wav` tool, which is installed with the package:sysutils/cdrtools[] " -"suite, can be used to rip audio information from ``CD``s." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:459 -msgid "" -"With the audio `CD` in the drive, the following command can be issued as " -"`root` to rip an entire `CD` into individual, per track, `WAV` files:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -B\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:467 -msgid "" -"In this example, the `-D _0,1,0_` indicates the `SCSI` device [." -"filename]#0,1,0# containing the `CD` to rip. Use `cdrecord -scanbus` to " -"determine the correct device parameters for the system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:469 -msgid "To rip individual tracks, use `-t` to specify the track:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:473 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 7\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:476 -msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap -msgid "# cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:484 -msgid "" -"To rip from an `ATAPI` (`IDE`) `CDROM` drive, specify the device name in " -"place of the `SCSI` unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an IDE " -"drive:" +msgid "Audacious" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:488 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap -msgid "# cdda2wav -D /dev/acd0 -t 7\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:491 -msgid "" -"Alternately, `dd` can be used to extract audio tracks on `ATAPI` drives, as " -"described in crossref:disks[duplicating-audiocds,“Duplicating Audio CDs”]." +msgid "package:multimedia/audacious[]" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:493 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:497 -msgid "" -"Lame is a popular `MP3` encoder which can be installed from the package:" -"audio/lame[] port. Due to patent issues, a package is not available." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:499 -msgid "" -"The following command will convert the ripped `WAV` file [.filename]#audio01." -"wav# to [.filename]#audio01.mp3#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:504 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# lame -h -b 128 --tt \"Foo Song Title\" --ta \"FooBar Artist\" --tl \"FooBar Album\" \\\n" -"--ty \"2014\" --tc \"Ripped and encoded by Foo\" --tg \"Genre\" audio01.wav audio01.mp3\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:511 -msgid "" -"The specified 128 kbits is a standard `MP3` bitrate while the 160 and 192 " -"bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the larger the " -"size of the resulting `MP3`. The `-h` turns on the \"higher quality but a " -"little slower\" mode. The options beginning with `--t` indicate `ID3` tags, " -"which usually contain song information, to be embedded within the `MP3` " -"file. Additional encoding options can be found in the lame manual page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:514 -msgid "" -"In order to burn an audio `CD` from ``MP3``s, they must first be converted " -"to a non-compressed file format. XMMS can be used to convert to the `WAV` " -"format, while mpg123 can be used to convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation " -"(`PCM`) audio data format." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:516 -msgid "" -"To convert [.filename]#audio01.mp3# using mpg123, specify the name of the " -"`PCM` file:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mpg123 -s audio01.mp3 > audio01.pcm\n" +msgid "MOC (music on console)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:523 -msgid "To use XMMS to convert a `MP3` to `WAV` format, use these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:525 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap -msgid "Procedure: Converting to `WAV` Format in XMMS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:527 -msgid "Launch XMMS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:528 -msgid "Right-click the window to bring up the XMMS menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:529 -msgid "Select `Preferences` under `Options`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:530 -msgid "Change the Output Plugin to \"Disk Writer Plugin\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:531 -msgid "Press `Configure`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:532 -msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to." +msgid "package:audio/moc[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" -"Load the `MP3` file into XMMS as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings " -"turned off." +"Elisa is a music player developed by the KDE community that strives to be " +"simple and nice to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:534 -msgid "" -"Press `Play`. The XMMS will appear as if it is playing the `MP3`, but no " -"music will be heard. It is actually playing the `MP3` to a file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:535 -msgid "" -"When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was " -"before in order to listen to ``MP3``s again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:540 -msgid "" -"Both the `WAV` and `PCM` formats can be used with cdrecord. When using " -"`WAV` files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each " -"track. This sound is the header of the `WAV` file. The package:audio/sox[] " -"port or package can be used to remove the header:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:322 +msgid "To install Elisa, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap -msgid "% sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 track.wav track.raw\n" +msgid "# pkg install elisa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" -"Refer to crossref:disks[creating-cds,“Creating and Using CD Media”] for more " -"information on using a `CD` burner in FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:549 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Video Playback" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:554 -msgid "" -"Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the " -"video card. While Xorg supports a wide variety of video cards, not all " -"provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of extensions supported " -"by the Xorg server using the card, run `xdpyinfo` while Xorg is running." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:557 -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various " -"players and options. Since some `DVD` applications look for `DVD` media in " -"[.filename]#/dev/dvd# by default, or have this device name hardcoded in " -"them, it might be useful to make a symbolic link to the proper device:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:561 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd\n" +"GNOME Music is the new GNOME music playing application. It aims to combine " +"an elegant and immersive browsing experience with simple and straightforward " +"controls." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:565 -msgid "" -"Due to the nature of man:devfs[5], manually created links will not persist " -"after a system reboot. In order to recreate the symbolic link automatically " -"when the system boots, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/devfs." -"conf#:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:335 +msgid "To install GNOME Music, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap -msgid "link cd0 dvd\n" +msgid "# pkg install gnome-music\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" -"`DVD` decryption invokes certain functions that require write permission to " -"the `DVD` device." +"Audacious is an open source audio player. A descendant of XMMS, it plays " +"your music how you want it, without stealing away your computer's resources " +"from other tasks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:574 -msgid "" -"To enhance the shared memory Xorg interface, it is recommended to increase " -"the values of these man:sysctl[8] variables:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:348 +msgid "To install Audacious, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:579 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n" -"kern.ipc.shmall=32768\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap -msgid "Determining Video Capabilities" +msgid "# pkg install audacious-qt6 audacious-plugins-qt6\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:586 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" -"There are several possible ways to display video under Xorg and what works " -"is largely hardware dependent. Each method described below will have " -"varying quality across different hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:588 -msgid "Common video interfaces include:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 -msgid "Xorg: normal output using shared memory." +"Audacious supports OSS natively, but must be configured in the settings on " +"the Audio tab." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" -"XVideo: an extension to the Xorg interface which allows video to be directly " -"displayed in drawable objects through a special acceleration. This extension " -"provides good quality playback even on low-end machines. The next section " -"describes how to determine if this extension is running." +"MOC (music on console) is a console audio player designed to be powerful and " +"easy to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" -"`SDL`: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for many operating " -"systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed which make " -"efficient use of sound and graphics. `SDL` provides a low-level abstraction " -"to the hardware which can sometimes be more efficient than the Xorg " -"interface. On FreeBSD, `SDL` can be installed using the package:devel/" -"sdl20[] package or port." +"MOC plays smoothly, regardless of system or I/O load, because it handles the " +"output buffer in a separate thread. It does not cause gaps between files, " +"because the next file to be played is pre-cached while playing the current " +"file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:593 -msgid "" -"`DGA`: the Direct Graphics Access is an Xorg extension which allows a " -"program to bypass the Xorg server and directly alter the framebuffer. As it " -"relies on a low-level memory mapping, programs using it must be run as " -"`root`. The `DGA` extension can be tested and benchmarked using man:dga[1]. " -"When `dga` is running, it changes the colors of the display whenever a key " -"is pressed. To quit, press kbd:[q]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 -msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:596 -#, no-wrap -msgid "XVideo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:599 -msgid "To check whether this extension is running, use `xvinfo`:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:368 +msgid "To install MOC (music on console), execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap -msgid "% xvinfo\n" +msgid "# pkg install moc\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:606 -msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:677 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" -" screen #0\n" -" Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n" -" number of ports: 1\n" -" port base: 43\n" -" operations supported: PutImage\n" -" supported visuals:\n" -" depth 16, visualID 0x22\n" -" depth 16, visualID 0x23\n" -" number of attributes: 5\n" -" \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n" -" client settable attribute\n" -" client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n" -" \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n" -" client settable attribute\n" -" client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" -" \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n" -" client settable attribute\n" -" client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" -" \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n" -" client settable attribute\n" -" client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n" -" \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n" -" client settable attribute\n" -" client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n" -" maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n" -" Number of image formats: 7\n" -" id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n" -" guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" -" bits per pixel: 16\n" -" number of planes: 1\n" -" type: YUV (packed)\n" -" id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n" -" guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" -" bits per pixel: 12\n" -" number of planes: 3\n" -" type: YUV (planar)\n" -" id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n" -" guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" -" bits per pixel: 12\n" -" number of planes: 3\n" -" type: YUV (planar)\n" -" id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n" -" guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" -" bits per pixel: 16\n" -" number of planes: 1\n" -" type: RGB (packed)\n" -" depth: 0\n" -" red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n" -" id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n" -" guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" -" bits per pixel: 16\n" -" number of planes: 1\n" -" type: RGB (packed)\n" -" depth: 0\n" -" red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n" -" id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n" -" guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n" -" bits per pixel: 6\n" -" number of planes: 3\n" -" type: YUV (packed)\n" -" id: 0x0\n" -" guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n" -" bits per pixel: 0\n" -" number of planes: 0\n" -" type: RGB (packed)\n" -" depth: 1\n" -" red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:680 -msgid "" -"The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every " -"implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:682 -msgid "If the result instead looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:688 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n" -"screen #0\n" -"no adaptors present\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:692 -msgid "" -"XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be " -"more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of " -"rendering video, depending on the video card and processor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:694 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap -msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video" +msgid "Video players" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD " "Ports Collection which can be used for video playback." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:699 -#, no-wrap -msgid "MPlayer and MEncoder" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:703 -msgid "" -"MPlayer is a command-line video player with an optional graphical interface " -"which aims to provide speed and flexibility. Other graphical front-ends to " -"MPlayer are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:707 -msgid "" -"MPlayer can be installed using the package:multimedia/mplayer[] package or " -"port. Several compile options are available and a variety of hardware " -"checks occur during the build process. For these reasons, some users prefer " -"to build the port rather than install the package." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:712 -msgid "" -"When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine " -"the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, " -"MPlayer will not be able to display that type of video format. Use the " -"arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, " -"press kbd:[Enter] to continue the port compile and installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:716 -msgid "" -"By default, the package or port will build the `mplayer` command line " -"utility and the `gmplayer` graphical utility. To encode videos, compile the " -"package:multimedia/mencoder[] port. Due to licensing restrictions, a " -"package is not available for MEncoder." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:719 -msgid "" -"The first time MPlayer is run, it will create [.filename]#~/.mplayer# in the " -"user's home directory. This subdirectory contains default versions of the " -"user-specific configuration files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:722 -msgid "" -"This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a " -"complete description of its numerous options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:724 -msgid "" -"To play the file [.filename]#testfile.avi#, specify the video interfaces " -"with `-vo`, as seen in the following examples:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:728 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% mplayer -vo xv testfile.avi\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:733 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% mplayer -vo sdl testfile.avi\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:738 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% mplayer -vo x11 testfile.avi\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:743 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mplayer -vo dga testfile.avi\n" +msgid "Video players packages" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:748 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' testfile.avi\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:751 -msgid "" -"It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance " -"depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:754 -msgid "" -"To play a `DVD`, replace [.filename]#testfile.avi# with `dvd://_N_ -dvd-" -"device _DEVICE_`, where _N_ is the title number to play and _DEVICE_ is the " -"device node for the `DVD`. For example, to play title 3 from [.filename]#/" -"dev/dvd#:" +msgid "MPlayer" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:758 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:764 -msgid "" -"The default `DVD` device can be defined during the build of the MPlayer port " -"by including the `WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device` option. By " -"default, the device is [.filename]#/dev/cd0#. More details can be found in " -"the port's [.filename]#Makefile.options#." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:768 -msgid "" -"To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of " -"keybindings, run `mplayer -h` or read mplayer(1)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:770 -msgid "" -"Additional playback options include `-fs -zoom`, which engages fullscreen " -"mode, and `-framedrop`, which helps performance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:772 -msgid "" -"Each user can add commonly used options to their [.filename]#~/.mplayer/" -"config# like so:" +msgid "package:multimedia/mplayer[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:778 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"vo=xv\n" -"fs=yes\n" -"zoom=yes\n" +msgid "SMPlayer" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:782 -msgid "" -"`mplayer` can be used to rip a `DVD` title to a [.filename]#.vob#. To dump " -"the second title from a `DVD`:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:786 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd\n" +msgid "package:multimedia/smplayer[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:789 -msgid "The output file, [.filename]#out.vob#, will be in `MPEG` format." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:792 -msgid "" -"Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with UNIX(R) video should " -"consult http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/[mplayerhq.hu/DOCS] as it is " -"technically informative. This documentation should be considered as " -"required reading before submitting any bug reports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:796 -msgid "" -"Before using `mencoder`, it is a good idea to become familiar with the " -"options described at http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder." -"html[mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html]. There are innumerable ways " -"to improve quality, lower bitrate, and change formats, and some of these " -"options may make the difference between good or bad performance. Improper " -"combinations of command line options can yield output files that are " -"unplayable even by `mplayer`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:798 -msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:434 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VLC media player" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:802 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap -msgid "% mencoder input.avi -oac copy -ovc copy -o output.avi\n" +msgid "package:multimedia/vlc[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:805 -msgid "To rip to a file, use `-dumpfile` with `mplayer`." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Kodi (XBMC)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:809 -msgid "" -"To convert [.filename]#input.avi# to the MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio " -"encoding, first install the package:audio/lame[] port. Due to licensing " -"restrictions, a package is not available. Once installed, type:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:402 +#, no-wrap +msgid "package:multimedia/kodi[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:814 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% mencoder input.avi -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n" -"\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o output.avi\n" +msgid "X11" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" -"This will produce output playable by applications such as `mplayer` and " -"`xine`." +"MPlayer is a multimedia player and encoder suite which runs on many " +"platforms and works on the command line. It plays a terrific number of " +"different file formats and codecs including popular DivX, XviD, H.264 " +"streams as well as DVD and SVCDs along with many popular audio codecs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:820 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#input.avi# can be replaced with `dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd` " -"and run as `root` to re-encode a `DVD` title directly. Since it may take a " -"few tries to get the desired result, it is recommended to instead dump the " -"title to a file and to work on the file." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:413 +msgid "To install MPlayer, execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:822 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap -msgid "The xine Video Player" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:826 -msgid "" -"xine is a video player with a reusable base library and a modular executable " -"which can be extended with plugins. It can be installed using the package:" -"multimedia/xine[] package or port." +msgid "# pkg install mplayer\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:829 -msgid "" -"In practice, xine requires either a fast CPU with a fast video card, or " -"support for the XVideo extension. The xine video player performs best on " -"XVideo interfaces." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:420 +msgid "For examples of how MPlayer works see man:mplayer[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" -"By default, the xine player starts a graphical user interface. The menus " -"can then be used to open a specific file." +"SMPlayer intends to be a complete front-end for MPlayer, from basic features " +"like playing videos, DVDs, and VCDs to more advanced features like support " +"for MPlayer filters and more." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:834 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, xine may be invoked from the command line by specifying the " -"name of the file to play:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:427 +msgid "To install SMPlayer, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:431 #, no-wrap -msgid "% xine -g -p mymovie.avi\n" +msgid "# pkg install smplayer\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" -"Refer to http://www.xine-project.org/faq[xine-project.org/faq] for more " -"information and troubleshooting tips." +"VLC media player is a highly portable multimedia player for various audio " +"and video formats (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, DivX, mp3, ogg, and more) as well " +"as DVD's, VCD's, and various streaming protocols. It can also be used as a " +"server to stream in unicast or multicast in IPv4 or IPv6 on a high-bandwidth " +"network. VLC also has the ability to transcode media on-the-fly for " +"streaming or saving to disk." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:843 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The Transcode Utilities" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:441 +msgid "To install VLC, execute:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:847 -msgid "" -"Transcode provides a suite of tools for re-encoding video and audio files. " -"Transcode can be used to merge video files or repair broken files using " -"command line tools with stdin/stdout stream interfaces." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install vlc\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" -"In FreeBSD, Transcode can be installed using the package:multimedia/" -"transcode[] package or port. Many users prefer to compile the port as it " -"provides a menu of compile options for specifying the support and codecs to " -"compile in. If an option is not selected, Transcode will not be able to " -"encode that format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required " -"formats. When finished, press kbd:[Enter] to continue the port compile and " -"installation." +"Kodi (formerly known as XBMC) is a free and open source cross-platform media-" +"player and entertainment hub. It allows users to play and view most videos, " +"music, podcasts, and other digital media files from local and network " +"storage media and the internet." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:855 -msgid "" -"This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file " -"(PAL VCD):" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:454 +msgid "To install Kodi, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% transcode -i input.avi -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd\n" -"% mplex -f 1 -o output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa\n" +msgid "# pkg install kodi\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:864 -msgid "" -"The resulting `MPEG` file, [.filename]#output_vcd.mpg#, is ready to be " -"played with MPlayer. The file can be burned on a `CD` media to create a " -"video `CD` using a utility such as package:multimedia/vcdimager[] or package:" -"sysutils/cdrdao[]." +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Conferencing and Meetings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" -"In addition to the manual page for `transcode`, refer to http://www." -"transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode[transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode] for " -"further information and examples." +"A FreeBSD desktop environment can be used to join video conferences. This " +"section will explain how to configure the webcam and which videoconferencing " +"applications are supported on FreeBSD." msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:868 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap -msgid "TV Cards" +msgid "Setting Up the Webcam" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" -"TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most " -"cards accept composite video via an `RCA` or S-video input and some cards " -"include a `FM` radio tuner." +"To allow FreeBSD access to the webcam and perform its configuration it is " +"necessary to install certain utilities:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" -"FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree " -"Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the man:bktr[4] driver. This " -"driver supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. Before purchasing a TV " -"card, consult man:bktr[4] for a list of supported tuners." +"package:multimedia/webcamd[] is a daemon that enables the use of hundreds of " +"different USB based webcam and DVB USB devices." msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:877 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Loading the Driver" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:473 +msgid "" +"package:multimedia/pwcview[] is an application that can be used to view the " +"video stream of the webcam." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:881 -msgid "" -"In order to use the card, the man:bktr[4] driver must be loaded. To " -"automate this at boot time, add the following line to [.filename]#/boot/" -"loader.conf#:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:475 +msgid "To install the required utilities, execute:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap -msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\"\n" +msgid "# pkg install webcamd pwcview\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" -"Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a " -"custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel " -"configuration file:" +"Enable the man:webcamd[8] service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start it at system " +"boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"device\t bktr\n" -"device\tiicbus\n" -"device\tiicbb\n" -"device\tsmbus\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:900 -msgid "" -"These additional devices are necessary as the card components are " -"interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel." +msgid "# sysrc webcamd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" -"To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV " -"card should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:" +"The user must belong to the `webcamd` group. To add the user to `webcamd` " +"group execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"bktr0: mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n" -"iicbb0: on bti2c0\n" -"iicbus0: on iicbb0 master-only\n" -"iicbus1: on iicbb0 master-only\n" -"smbus0: on bti2c0\n" -"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner.\n" +msgid "# pw groupmod webcamd -m username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" -"The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is " -"possible to override some of the detected parameters using man:sysctl[8] or " -"custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force the tuner to a " -"Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration " -"file:" +"Since package:multimedia/webcamd[] needs the man:cuse[3] module this module " +"must be loaded by executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap -msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6\n" +msgid "# kldload cuse\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:924 -msgid "or, use man:sysctl[8]:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:504 +msgid "To load man:cuse[3] at system boot, execute the command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap -msgid "# sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6\n" +msgid "# kld_list += \"cuse\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" -"Refer to man:bktr[4] for a description of the available man:sysctl[8] " -"parameters and kernel options." +"Once the utilities have been installed the list of available webcams can be " +"shown with man:webcamd[8]:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:932 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap -msgid "Useful Applications" +msgid "# webcamd -l\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:935 -msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:937 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:523 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"package:multimedia/fxtv[] provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/video " -"capture capabilities." +"webcamd [-d ugen0.2] -N SunplusIT-Inc-HP-TrueVision-HD-Camera -S unknown -M 0 <.>\n" +"webcamd [-d ugen1.3] -N Realtek-802-11n-WLAN-Adapter -S 00e04c000001 -M 0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:938 -msgid "" -"package:multimedia/xawtv[] is another TV application with similar features." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:525 +msgid "Available webcam" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:939 -msgid "" -"package:audio/xmradio[] provides an application for using the FM radio tuner " -"of a TV card." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:527 +msgid "Configure the available webcam executing the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:941 -msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:531 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# sysrc webcamd_0_flags=\"-d ugen0.2\" <.>\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:942 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Troubleshooting" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:537 +msgid "" +"Note here that if this is a plug-and-play USB webcam, changing the USB port " +"to which it is connected will change the output from `webcamd -l`, and the " +"entry in rc.conf might need to be updated. For laptops that use USB " +"integrated webcams, this should not be an issue." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" -"If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video " -"capture chip and the tuner are supported by man:bktr[4] and that the right " -"configuration options were used. For more support or to ask questions about " -"supported TV cards, refer to the {freebsd-multimedia} mailing list." +"The man:webcamd[8] service must be started by executing the following " +"command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:948 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap -msgid "MythTV" +msgid "# service webcamd start\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:953 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:552 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (`PVR`) " -"application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup MythTV on " -"FreeBSD. Refer to http://www.mythtv.org/wiki/[mythtv.org/wiki] for more " -"information on how to use MythTV." +"Starting webcamd.\n" +"webcamd 1616 - - Attached to ugen0.2[0]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:556 msgid "" -"MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be " -"installed on the same system or on different machines." +"package:multimedia/pwcview[] can be used to check the proper functioning of " +"the webcam. The following command can be used to execute package:multimedia/" +"pwcview[]:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:960 -msgid "" -"The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the package:multimedia/mythtv-" -"frontend[] package or port. Xorg must also be installed and configured as " -"described in crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System]. Ideally, this system " -"has a video card that supports X-Video Motion Compensation (`XvMC`) and, " -"optionally, a Linux Infrared Remote Control (`LIRC`)-compatible remote." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:560 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% pwcview -f 30 -s vga\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:964 -msgid "" -"To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the package:" -"multimedia/mythtv[] package or port. A MySQL(TM) database server is also " -"required and should automatically be installed as a dependency. Optionally, " -"this system should have a tuner card and sufficient storage to hold recorded " -"data." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:563 +msgid "Then package:multimedia/pwcview[] will display the webcam:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:965 +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap -msgid "Hardware" +msgid "pwcview showing Absolute FreeBSD 3rd edition as an example" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:973 -msgid "" -"MythTV uses Video for Linux (`V4L`) to access video input devices such as " -"encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with `USB` DVB-S/C/T " -"cards as they are well supported by the package:multimedia/webcamd[] package " -"or port which provides a `V4L` userland application. Any Digital Video " -"Broadcasting (`DVB`) card supported by webcamd should work with MythTV. A " -"list of known working cards can be found at https://wiki.freebsd.org/" -"WebcamCompat[wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat]. Drivers are also available for " -"Hauppauge cards in the package:multimedia/pvr250[] and package:multimedia/" -"pvrxxx[] ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface that does " -"not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to licensing " -"restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must be compiled." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:975 -msgid "" -"The https://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC[wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC] page contains a " -"list of all available `DVB` drivers." +#. type: Target for macro image +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pwcview.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend" +msgid "Meetings software status" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:979 -msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:570 +msgid "" +"FreeBSD currently supports the following tools used to carry out " +"videoconferences." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:983 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install mythtv\n" +msgid "Meeting software" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:986 -msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Firefox status" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:991 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv\n" -"# make install\n" +msgid "Chromium status" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:994 -msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:576 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Website" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:998 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mysql -uroot -p < /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql\n" +msgid "Microsoft Teams" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1001 -msgid "Then, configure the backend:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:598 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Does not work" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1005 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap -msgid "# mythtv-setup\n" +msgid "Works" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1008 -msgid "Finally, start the backend:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:581 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://teams.live.com[]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1013 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# sysrc mythbackend_enable=yes\n" -"# service mythbackend start\n" +msgid "Google Meet" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1016 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:586 #, no-wrap -msgid "Image Scanners" +msgid "link:https://meet.google.com/[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1020 -msgid "" -"In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by SANE (Scanner Access Now " -"Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. SANE will also " -"use some FreeBSD device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:587 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1025 -msgid "" -"FreeBSD supports both `SCSI` and `USB` scanners. Depending upon the scanner " -"interface, different device drivers are required. Be sure the scanner is " -"supported by SANE prior to performing any configuration. Refer to http://" -"www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html[http://www.sane-project.org/" -"sane-supported-devices.html] for more information about supported scanners." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:591 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://zoom.us[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1028 -msgid "" -"This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by " -"FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use SANE on a " -"FreeBSD system." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitsi" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1030 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap -msgid "Checking the Scanner" +msgid "link:https://meet.jit.si/[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1034 -msgid "" -"The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes the device drivers needed to " -"support `USB` scanners. Users with a custom kernel should ensure that the " -"following lines are present in the custom kernel configuration file:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:597 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BigBlueButton" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1042 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"device usb\n" -"device uhci\n" -"device ohci\n" -"device ehci\n" -"device xhci\n" +msgid "link:https://bigbluebutton.org/[]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:604 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Image Scanners" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" -"To determine if the `USB` scanner is detected, plug it in and use `dmesg` to " -"determine whether the scanner appears in the system message buffer. If it " -"does, it should display a message similar to this:" +"In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by link:http://www.sane-" +"project.org[SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy)], which is available in the " +"FreeBSD Ports Collection." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1050 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap -msgid "ugen0.2: at usbus0\n" +msgid "Checking the Scanner" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" -"In this example, an EPSON Perfection(R) 1650 `USB` scanner was detected on [." -"filename]#/dev/ugen0.2#." +"Before attempting any configuration it is important to check the scanner is " +"supported by SANE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:614 msgid "" -"If the scanner uses a `SCSI` interface, it is important to know which `SCSI` " -"controller board it will use. Depending upon the `SCSI` chipset, a custom " -"kernel configuration file may be needed. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel " -"supports the most common `SCSI` controllers. Refer to [.filename]#/usr/src/" -"sys/conf/NOTES# to determine the correct line to add to a custom kernel " -"configuration file. In addition to the `SCSI` adapter driver, the following " -"lines are needed in a custom kernel configuration file:" +"With the scanner connected, run the following command to get all connected " +"USB devices:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"device scbus\n" -"device pass\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1067 -msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:" +msgid "# usbconfig list\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n" -"pass2: Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n" -"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers\n" +"ugen4.2: at usbus4, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=LOW (1.5Mbps) pwr=ON (70mA)\n" +"ugen4.3: at usbus4, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=LOW (1.5Mbps) pwr=ON (100mA)\n" +"ugen3.2: at usbus3, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1076 -msgid "" -"If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to " -"manually force detection by performing a `SCSI` bus scan with `camcontrol`:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:630 +msgid "Run the following command to obtain the `idVendor` and the `idProduct`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap +msgid "# usbconfig -d 3.2 dump_device_desc\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" -"# camcontrol rescan all\n" -"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n" -"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n" -"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n" -"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful\n" +"Note here that the scanner is a plug-and-play device, and changing the USB " +"port to which it is connected will change the output from `usbconfig list`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1087 -msgid "The scanner should now appear in the `SCSI` devices list:" +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:646 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ugen3.2: at usbus3, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# camcontrol devlist\n" -" at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n" -" at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n" -" at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n" -" at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)\n" +"bLength = 0x0012\n" +"bDescriptorType = 0x0001\n" +"bcdUSB = 0x0200\n" +"bDeviceClass = 0x0000 \n" +"bDeviceSubClass = 0x0000\n" +"bDeviceProtocol = 0x0000\n" +"bMaxPacketSize0 = 0x0040\n" +"idVendor = 0x03f0\n" +"idProduct = 0x8911\n" +"bcdDevice = 0x0100\n" +"iManufacturer = 0x0001 \n" +"iProduct = 0x0002 \n" +"bNumConfigurations = 0x0001\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" -"Refer to man:scsi[4] and man:camcontrol[8] for more details about `SCSI` " -"devices on FreeBSD." +"Once the `idVendor` and the `idProduct` have been obtained, it is necessary " +"to check in the link:http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs." +"html[list of supported devices of SANE] if the scanner is supported by " +"filtering by the idProduct." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "SANE Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" -"The SANE system provides the access to the scanner via backends (package:" -"graphics/sane-backends[]). Refer to http://www.sane-project.org/sane-" -"supported-devices.html[http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices." -"html] to determine which backend supports the scanner. A graphical scanning " -"interface is provided by third party applications like Kooka (package:" -"graphics/kooka[]) or XSane (package:graphics/xsane[]). SANE's backends are " -"enough to test the scanner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1107 -msgid "To install the backends from binary package:" +"SANE provides the access to the scanner via backends. To be able to scan " +"with FreeBSD the package:graphics/sane-backends[] package must be installed " +"by running the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sane-backends\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1114 -msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:679 +msgid "" +"Some USB scanners require firmware to be loaded. Like the HP scanner used " +"in the example above, which needs the package package:print/hplip[] " +"installed." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1119 -#, no-wrap +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-backends\n" -"# make install clean\n" +"After installing the necessary packages man:devd[8] must be configured to " +"allow FreeBSD access to the scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" -"After installing the package:graphics/sane-backends[] port or package, use " -"`sane-find-scanner` to check the scanner detection by the SANE system:" +"Add the `saned.conf` file to [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/devd/saned.conf# " +"with the following content:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# sane-find-scanner -q\n" -"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3\n" +"notify 100 {\n" +" match \"system\" \"USB\";\n" +" match \"subsystem\" \"INTERFACE\";\n" +" match \"type\" \"ATTACH\";\n" +" match \"cdev\" \"ugen[0-9].[0-9]\";\n" +" match \"vendor\" \"0x03f0\"; <.>\n" +" match \"product\" \"0x8911\"; <.>\n" +" action \"chown -L cups:saned /dev/\\$cdev && chmod -L 660 /dev/\\$cdev\";\n" +"};\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1131 -msgid "" -"The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node " -"used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model " -"may or may not appear." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" -"Some `USB` scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to sane-find-" -"scanner(1) and sane(7) for details." +"`vendor`: Is the idVendor obtained previously by running the `usbconfig -d " +"3.2 dump_device_desc` command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" -"Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The " -"SANE backends include `scanimage` which can be used to list the devices and " -"perform an image acquisition. Use `-L` to list the scanner devices. The " -"first example is for a `SCSI` scanner and the second is for a `USB` scanner:" +"`product`: Is the idProduct obtained previously by running the `usbconfig -d " +"3.2 dump_device_desc` command." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1147 -#, no-wrap +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" -"# scanimage -L\n" -"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n" +"After that man:devd[8] must be restarted by running the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1150 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# scanimage -L\n" -"device 'epson2:libusb:000:002' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner\n" +msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" -"In this second example, `epson2` is the backend name and `libusb:000:002` " -"means [.filename]#/dev/ugen0.2# is the device node used by the scanner." +"The SANE backends include man:scanimage[1] which can be used to list the " +"devices and perform an image acquisition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:711 msgid "" -"If `scanimage` is unable to identify the scanner, this message will appear:" +"Execute man:scanimage[1] with `-L` argument to list the scanner devices:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# scanimage -L\n" -"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n" -"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n" -"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n" -"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1169 -msgid "" -"If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/sane.d/# and define the scanner device used. For example, if the " -"undetected scanner model is an EPSON Perfection(R) 1650 and it uses the " -"`epson2` backend, edit [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf#. When " -"editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In " -"this case, add the following line:" +msgid "# scanimage -L\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap -msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2\n" +msgid "device `hpaio:/usb/Deskjet_1050_J410_series?serial=XXXXXXXXXXXXXX' is a Hewlett-Packard Deskjet_1050_J410_series all-in-one\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" -"Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right " -"backend name and the device node:" +"If man:scanimage[1] is not able to identify the scanner, this message will " +"appear:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1184 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:732 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Once `scanimage -L` sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and the " -"scanner is now ready to use." +"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n" +"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n" +"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n" +"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:735 msgid "" -"While `scanimage` can be used to perform an image acquisition from the " -"command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform " -"image scanning. Applications like Kooka or XSane are popular scanning " -"frontends. They offer advanced features such as various scanning modes, " -"color correction, and batch scans. XSane is also usable as a GIMP plugin." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1190 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Scanner Permissions" +"Once man:scanimage[1] sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and " +"the scanner is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" -"In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write " -"permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous " -"example, the `USB` scanner uses the device node [.filename]#/dev/ugen0.2# " -"which is really a symlink to the real device node [.filename]#/dev/" -"usb/0.2.0#. The symlink and the device node are owned, respectively, by the " -"`wheel` and `operator` groups. While adding the user to these groups will " -"allow access to the scanner, it is considered insecure to add a user to " -"`wheel`. A better solution is to create a group and make the scanner device " -"accessible to members of this group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1199 -msgid "This example creates a group called `_usb_`:" +"To activate the service and have it run at boot execute the following " +"command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupadd usb\n" +msgid "# sysrc saned_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" -"Then, make the [.filename]#/dev/ugen0.2# symlink and the [.filename]#/dev/" -"usb/0.2.0# device node accessible to the `usb` group with write permissions " -"of `0660` or `0664` by adding the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/devfs." -"rules#:" +"While man:scanimage[1] can be used to perform an image acquisition from the " +"command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform " +"image scanning." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1212 +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"[system=5]\n" -"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n" -"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb\n" +msgid "Graphical scanner programs" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1217 -msgid "" -"It happens the device node changes with the addition or removal of devices, " -"so one may want to give access to all USB devices using this ruleset instead:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1223 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"[system=5]\n" -"add path 'ugen*' mode 0660 group usb\n" -"add path 'usb/*' mode 0666 group usb\n" +msgid "skanlite" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1228 -msgid "Refer to man:devfs.rules[5] for more information about this file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1230 -msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in /etc/rc.conf:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1234 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap -msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\"\n" +msgid "graphics/skanlite" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1237 -msgid "And, restart the man:devfs[8] system:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:755 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GNOME Simple Scan" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1241 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap -msgid "# service devfs restart\n" +msgid "GPL 3.0" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1244 -msgid "" -"Finally, add the users to `_usb_` in order to allow access to the scanner:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:758 +#, no-wrap +msgid "graphics/simple-scan" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1248 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod usb -m joe\n" +msgid "XSANE" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:1250 -msgid "For more details refer to man:pw[8]." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:762 +#, no-wrap +msgid "graphics/xsane" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po index af36f74015..9d9e075229 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 31. Network Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on " "UNIX(R) systems. This includes installing, configuring, testing, and " @@ -56,100 +56,100 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:59 msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to manage the inetd daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up the Network File System (NFS)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "How to set up the Network Information Server (NIS) for centralizing and " "sharing user accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to set FreeBSD up to act as an LDAP server or client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using DHCP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (DNS)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set up the Apache HTTP Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "How to set up a file and print server for Windows(R) clients using Samba." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the " "Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to set up iSCSI." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:73 msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:75 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 msgid "Network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Installation of additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "The inetd Super-Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "The man:inetd[8] daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server because " "it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting multiple " @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Primarily, inetd is used to spawn other daemons, but several trivial " "protocols are handled internally, such as chargen, auth, time, echo, " @@ -170,18 +170,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:89 msgid "This section covers the basics of configuring inetd." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Configuration of inetd is done by editing [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#. " "Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be " @@ -192,51 +192,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "After saving your edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "To start inetd now, so that it listens for the service you configured, type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "Once inetd is started, it needs to be notified whenever a modification is " "made to [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Reloading the inetd Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited " "beyond removing the `+#+`. In some situations, it may be appropriate to " @@ -244,23 +244,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:130 msgid "As an example, this is the default entry for man:ftpd[8] over IPv4:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:137 msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "service-name\n" @@ -273,18 +273,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:150 msgid "where:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "service-name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This determines which port inetd " @@ -293,115 +293,115 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "socket-type" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Either `stream`, `dgram`, `raw`, or `seqpacket`. Use `stream` for TCP " "connections and `dgram` for UDP services." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:163 msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocol Name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Explanation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp or tcp4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "udp or udp4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "udp6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp46" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "udp46" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "Both UDP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-" "ip]]]:: In this field, `wait` or `nowait` must be specified. `max-child`, " @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "`wait|nowait` indicates whether or not the service is able to handle its own " "socket. `dgram` socket types must use `wait` while `stream` daemons, which " @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "The maximum number of child daemons inetd may spawn is set by `max-child`. " "For example, to limit ten instances of the daemon, place a `/10` after " @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "`max-connections-per-ip-per-minute` limits the number of connections from " "any particular IP address per minute. Once the limit is reached, further " @@ -440,63 +440,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:209 msgid "An example can be seen in the default settings for man:fingerd[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "user" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as `root`, " "`daemon`, or `nobody`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by inetd " "internally, use `internal`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program-arguments" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on " "invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use `internal`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Command-Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Like most server daemons, inetd has a number of options that can be used to " "modify its behavior. By default, inetd is started with `-wW -C 60`. These " @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "To change the default options which are passed to inetd, add an entry for " "`inetd_flags` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If inetd is already running, " @@ -514,18 +514,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:238 msgid "The available rate limiting options are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "-c maximum" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each " "service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service " @@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "-C rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a " "single IP address per minute. May be overridden on a per-service basis by " @@ -547,26 +547,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "-R rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, " "where the default is `256`. A rate of `0` allows an unlimited number." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "-s maximum" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single " "IP address at any one time, where the default is unlimited. May be " @@ -575,20 +575,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "Additional options are available. Refer to man:inetd[8] for the full list of " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "Many of the daemons which can be managed by inetd are not security-" "conscious. Some daemons, such as fingerd, can provide information that may " @@ -599,20 +599,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "By default, TCP wrappers are enabled. Consult man:hosts_access[5] for more " "information on placing TCP restrictions on various inetd invoked daemons." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Network File System (NFS), which allows a server to " "share directories and files with clients over a network. With NFS, users " @@ -621,19 +621,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:276 msgid "NFS has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses include:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a " "single location and accessed by clients on the network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "Several clients may need access to the [.filename]#/usr/ports/distfiles# " "directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the source " @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central NFS " "server on which all user home directories are stored. Users can log into a " @@ -649,14 +649,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Administration of NFS exports is simplified. For example, there is only one " "file system where security or backup policies must be set." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the " "network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and " @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "NFS consists of a server and one or more clients. The client remotely " "accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In order for this " @@ -674,76 +674,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:288 msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "Daemon" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "nfsd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS daemon which services requests from NFS clients." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "mountd" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS mount daemon which carries out requests received from nfsd." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "rpcbind" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "This daemon allows NFS clients to discover which port the NFS server is using." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "Running man:nfsiod[8] on the client can improve performance, but is not " "required." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "The file systems which the NFS server will share are specified in [." "filename]#/etc/exports#. Each line in this file specifies a file system to " @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/exports# entries demonstrate how to export " "file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems and " @@ -765,20 +765,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "This example shows how to export [.filename]#/cdrom# to three hosts named " "_alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "/cdrom -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "The `-ro` flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from " "making any changes to the exported file system. This example assumes that " @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "The next example exports [.filename]#/home# to three clients by IP address. " "This can be useful for networks without DNS or [.filename]#/etc/hosts# " @@ -797,13 +797,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "This next example exports [.filename]#/a# so that two clients from different " "domains may access that file system. The `-maproot=root` allows `root` on " @@ -814,13 +814,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if [." "filename]#/usr# is a single file system, these entries would be invalid as " @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n" @@ -837,25 +837,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:362 msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports client\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "The following is an example of a valid export list, where [.filename]#/usr# " "and [.filename]#/exports# are local file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n" @@ -869,14 +869,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "To enable the processes required by the NFS server at boot time, add these " "options to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -885,18 +885,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:392 msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "Whenever the NFS server is started, mountd also starts automatically. " "However, mountd only reads [.filename]#/etc/exports# when it is started. To " @@ -905,48 +905,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "# service mountd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:408 msgid "Refer to man:nfsv4[4] for a description of an NFS Version 4 setup." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "To enable NFS clients, set this option in each client's [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:419 msgid "Then, run this command on each NFS client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsclient start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In " "these examples, the server's name is `server` and the client's name is " @@ -955,44 +955,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount server:/home /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "The files and directories in [.filename]#/home# will now be available on " "`client`, in the [.filename]#/mnt# directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:444 msgid "Refer to man:fstab[5] for a description of all available options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable " "locking, add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on both the client and " @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1008,12 +1008,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:457 msgid "Then start the applications:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lockd start\n" @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "If locking is not required on the server, the NFS client can be configured " "to lock locally by including `-L` when running mount. Refer to man:" @@ -1029,13 +1029,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "Automating Mounts with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] automount facility is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.1-" "RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions of FreeBSD, " @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] facility is a common name for several components that, " "together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems " @@ -1058,14 +1058,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] virtual filesystem is mounted on specified mountpoints by " "man:automount[8], usually invoked during boot." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "Whenever a process attempts to access a file within the man:autofs[5] " "mountpoint, the kernel will notify man:automountd[8] daemon and pause the " @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "The primary autofs configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/auto_master#. It " "assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an explanation of [." @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "There is a special automounter map mounted on [.filename]#/net#. When a " "file is accessed within this directory, man:autofs[5] looks up the " @@ -1095,20 +1095,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting an Export with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "In this example, `showmount -e` shows the exported file systems that can be " "mounted from the NFS server, `foobar`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "The output from `showmount` shows [.filename]#/usr# as an export. When " "changing directories to [.filename]#/host/foobar/usr#, man:automountd[8] " @@ -1128,25 +1128,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "To enable man:autofs[5] at boot time, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:523 msgid "Then man:autofs[5] can be started by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] map format is the same as in other operating systems. " "Information about this format from other sources can be useful, like the " @@ -1164,20 +1164,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Consult the man:automount[8], man:automountd[8], man:autounmountd[8], and " "man:auto_master[5] manual pages for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Information System (NIS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "Network Information System (NIS) is designed to centralize administration of " "UNIX(R)-like systems such as Solaris(TM), HP-UX, AIX(R), Linux, NetBSD, " @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "NIS is a Remote Procedure Call (RPC)-based client/server system that allows " "a group of machines within an NIS domain to share a common set of " @@ -1197,112 +1197,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:547 msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the NIS protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terms and Processes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:551 msgid "Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by NIS:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1895 #, no-wrap msgid "Term" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS domain name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS servers and clients share an NIS domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpcbind[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "This service enables RPC and must be running in order to run an NIS server or act as an NIS client." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypbind[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "This service binds an NIS client to its NIS server. It will take the NIS domain name and use RPC to connect to the server. It is the core of client/server communication in an NIS environment. If this service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access the NIS server." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypserv[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "This is the process for the NIS server. If this service stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to NIS requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the ypbind process may need to be restarted on these clients." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpc.yppasswdd[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "This process only runs on NIS master servers. This daemon allows NIS clients to change their NIS passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the NIS master server and change their passwords there." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Types" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:577 msgid "There are three types of hosts in an NIS environment:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:579 msgid "NIS master server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information " "and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the NIS " @@ -1314,12 +1314,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 msgid "NIS slave servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "NIS slave servers maintain copies of the NIS master's data files in order to " "provide redundancy. Slave servers also help to balance the load of the " @@ -1328,17 +1328,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 msgid "NIS clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:590 msgid "NIS clients authenticate against the NIS server during log on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "Information in many files can be shared using NIS. The [.filename]#master." "passwd#, [.filename]#group#, and [.filename]#hosts# files are commonly " @@ -1348,13 +1348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "This section describes a sample NIS environment which consists of 15 FreeBSD " "machines with no centralized point of administration. Each machine has its " @@ -1365,120 +1365,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:603 msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine name" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine role" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "`ellington`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS master" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "`coltrane`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.3`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS slave" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "`basie`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.4`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "Faculty workstation" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "`bird`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.5`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Client machine" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "`cli[1-11]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.[6-17]`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Other client machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "If this is the first time an NIS scheme is being developed, it should be " "thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of network size, several " @@ -1486,13 +1486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a NIS Domain Name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the " "NIS domain that it is part of. This is how multiple servers on one network " @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their NIS " "domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause confusion when trying " @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the NIS domain name to " "be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or more machines on the " @@ -1522,13 +1522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Physical Server Requirements" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a " "NIS server. Since NIS clients depend upon the availability of the server, " @@ -1540,13 +1540,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the NIS Master Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "The canonical copies of all NIS files are stored on the master server. The " "databases used to store the information are called NIS maps. In FreeBSD, " @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "NIS master and slave servers handle all NIS requests through man:ypserv[8]. " "This daemon is responsible for receiving incoming requests from NIS clients, " @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "Setting up a master NIS server can be relatively straight forward, depending " "on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in NIS support, it " @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t<.>\n" @@ -1584,26 +1584,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:681 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "This automates the start up of the NIS server processes when the system " "boots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "This enables the man:rpc.yppasswdd[8] daemon so that users can change their " "NIS password from a client machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are " "also NIS clients. It is generally a good idea to force the servers to bind " @@ -1616,14 +1616,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server " "by adding these additional lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -1631,17 +1631,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:698 msgid "This enables running client stuff as well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain` and bind to itself." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" "After saving the edits, type `/etc/netstart` to restart the network and " "apply the values defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Before initializing " @@ -1649,19 +1649,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ypserv start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing the NIS Maps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "NIS maps are generated from the configuration files in [.filename]#/etc# on " "the NIS master, with one exception: [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. This " @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd\n" @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any " "user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the NIS clients, such as " @@ -1688,14 +1688,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "Ensure that the [.filename]#/var/yp/master.passwd# is neither group or world " "readable by setting its permissions to `600`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "After completing this task, initialize the NIS maps. FreeBSD includes the " "man:ypinit[8] script to do this. When generating maps for the master " @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# ypinit -m test-domain\n" @@ -1727,13 +1727,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "[..output from map generation..]\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "" "NIS Map update completed.\n" @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This will create [.filename]#/var/yp/Makefile# from [.filename]#/var/yp/" "Makefile.dist#. By default, this file assumes that the environment has a " @@ -1751,19 +1751,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding New Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the " "master NIS server and the NIS maps rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user " @@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw useradd jsmith\n" @@ -1782,20 +1782,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The user could also be added using `adduser jsmith` instead of `pw useradd " "smith`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a NIS Slave Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "To set up an NIS slave server, log on to the slave server and edit [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# as for the master server. Do not generate any NIS " @@ -1806,19 +1806,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" @@ -1826,13 +1826,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n" @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "This will generate a directory on the slave server called [.filename]#/var/" "yp/test-domain# which contains copies of the NIS master server's maps. " @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "20 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n" @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically " "attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may " @@ -1917,20 +1917,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, run `/etc/netstart` on the slave server in " "order to start the NIS services." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up an NIS Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "An NIS client binds to an NIS server using man:ypbind[8]. This daemon " "broadcasts RPC requests on the local network. These requests specify the " @@ -1946,19 +1946,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:878 msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an NIS client:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and add the following lines in order to set " "the NIS domain name and start man:ypbind[8] during network startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n" @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "To import all possible password entries from the NIS server, use `vipw` to " "remove all user accounts except one from [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. " @@ -1978,14 +1978,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:895 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in " "the NIS server's password maps an account on the client. There are many " @@ -1995,27 +1995,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "To import all possible group entries from the NIS server, add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/group#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "+:*::\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "To start the NIS client immediately, execute the following commands as the " "superuser:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/netstart\n" @@ -2023,20 +2023,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "After completing these steps, running `ypcat passwd` on the client should " "show the server's [.filename]#passwd# map." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "Since RPC is a broadcast-based service, any system running ypbind within the " "same domain can retrieve the contents of the NIS maps. To prevent " @@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n" @@ -2066,7 +2066,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "If man:ypserv[8] receives a request from an address that matches one of " "these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address fails to " @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "crossref:security[tcpwrappers,\"TCP Wrapper\"] is an alternate mechanism for " "providing access control instead of [.filename]#securenets#. While either " @@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "Servers using [.filename]#securenets# may fail to serve legitimate NIS " "clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of these implementations " @@ -2098,7 +2098,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:955 msgid "" "The use of TCP Wrapper increases the latency of the NIS server. The " "additional delay may be long enough to cause timeouts in client programs, " @@ -2108,13 +2108,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 #, no-wrap msgid "Barring Some Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "In this example, the `basie` system is a faculty workstation within the NIS " "domain. The [.filename]#passwd# map on the master NIS server contains " @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are " "present in the NIS database, use `vipw` to add `-_username_` with the " @@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "" "basie# cat /etc/master.passwd\n" @@ -2159,19 +2159,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "basie#\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Netgroups" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes " "unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of NIS: " @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of " "users and machines. Their use is comparable to UNIX(R) groups, where the " @@ -2188,134 +2188,134 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "To expand on the example used in this chapter, the NIS domain will be " "extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 and 28.3:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Users" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "User Name(s)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "`alpha`, `beta`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department employees" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "`charlie`, `delta`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department apprentices" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "`echo`, `foxtrott`, `golf`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "employees" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "`able`, `baker`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "interns" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Name(s)" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "`war`, `death`, `famine`, `pollution`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "`pride`, `greed`, `envy`, `wrath`, `lust`, `sloth`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "`one`, `two`, `three`, `four`, ..." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "`trashcan`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to use this system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to " "one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all " @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "The first step is the initialization of the NIS`netgroup` map. In FreeBSD, " "this map is not created by default. On the NIS master server, use an editor " @@ -2335,14 +2335,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT " "apprentices, employees, and interns:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1057 #, no-wrap msgid "" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" @@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name " "of the netgroup. Each set of parentheses represents either a group of one " @@ -2362,26 +2362,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are " "valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "The NIS domain for the account. Accounts may be imported from other NIS " "domains into a netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. " "Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See man:netgroup[5] for " @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are " "case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way " @@ -2397,7 +2397,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "Some non-FreeBSD NIS clients cannot handle netgroups containing more than 15 " "entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating several sub-netgroups " @@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGGRP1 (,joe1,domain) (,joe2,domain) (,joe3,domain) [...]\n" @@ -2416,19 +2416,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a " "single netgroup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "To activate and distribute the new NIS map:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# cd /var/yp\n" @@ -2436,7 +2436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "This will generate the three NIS maps [.filename]#netgroup#, [." "filename]#netgroup.byhost# and [.filename]#netgroup.byuser#. Use the map " @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup\n" @@ -2453,7 +2453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "The output of the first command should resemble the contents of [.filename]#/" "var/yp/netgroup#. The second command only produces output if host-specific " @@ -2462,25 +2462,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "To configure a client, use man:vipw[8] to specify the name of the netgroup. " "For example, on the server named `war`, replace this line:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup `IT_EMP` will be " "imported into this system's password database and only those users are " @@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "This configuration also applies to the `~` function of the shell and all " "routines which convert between user names and numerical user IDs. In other " @@ -2500,20 +2500,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the " "shell in those entries with [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "" "Make sure that extra line is placed _after_ `+@IT_EMP:::::::::`. Otherwise, " "all user accounts imported from NIS will have [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin# " @@ -2521,14 +2521,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "To configure the less important servers, replace the old `+:::::::::` on the " "servers with these lines:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -2537,12 +2537,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be " "useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the " @@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is " "possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. " @@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with " "the policy changes. In this scenario, the [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# " @@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@BOXNAME:::::::::\n" @@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1190 msgid "" "Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need " "to modify the local versions of [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# ever again. " @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1228 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Define groups of users first\n" @@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1232 msgid "" "It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When " "deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups " @@ -2661,13 +2661,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Formats" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "NIS requires that all hosts within an NIS domain use the same format for " "encrypting passwords. If users have trouble authenticating on an NIS " @@ -2677,14 +2677,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1240 msgid "" "To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of [." "filename]#/etc/login.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "In this example, the system is using the DES format for password hashing. " "Other possible values include `blf` for Blowfish, `md5` for MD5, `sha256` " @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1254 msgid "" "If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in " "the NIS domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving " @@ -2712,13 +2712,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1258 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1263 msgid "" "The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until " "each user changes their password _after_ the login capability database is " @@ -2726,13 +2726,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1266 #, no-wrap msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1272 msgid "" "The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application layer " "protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects using a " @@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1275 msgid "" "This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an LDAP server on " "a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator already has a design " @@ -2756,13 +2756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1276 #, no-wrap msgid "LDAP Terminology and Structure" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "LDAP uses several terms which should be understood before starting the " "configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of _attributes_. " @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "An example LDAP entry looks like the following. This example searches for " "the entry for the specified user account (`uid`), organizational unit " @@ -2782,7 +2782,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldapsearch -xb \"uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\"\n" @@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# trhodes, users, example.com\n" @@ -2808,8 +2808,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1308 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1581 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# search result\n" @@ -2818,8 +2818,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1311 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1584 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# numResponses: 2\n" @@ -2827,14 +2827,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1314 msgid "" "This example entry shows the values for the `dn`, `mail`, `cn`, `uid`, and " "`telephoneNumber` attributes. The cn attribute is the RDN." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1316 msgid "" "More information about LDAP and its terminology can be found at http://www." "openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html[http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/" @@ -2842,26 +2842,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1318 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an LDAP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1322 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not provide a built-in LDAP server. Begin the configuration by " "installing package:net/openldap-server[] package or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1326 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openldap-server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "" "There is a large set of default options enabled in the extref:{linux-users}" "[package, software]. Review them by running `pkg info openldap-server`. If " @@ -2871,20 +2871,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1334 msgid "" "The installation creates the directory [.filename]#/var/db/openldap-data# to " "hold the data. The directory to store the certificates must be created:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1345 msgid "" "The next phase is to configure the Certificate Authority. The following " "commands must be executed from [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap/" @@ -2896,13 +2896,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1349 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1354 msgid "" "The entries for the prompts may be generic _except_ for the `Common Name`. " "This entry must be _different_ than the system hostname. If this will be a " @@ -2911,20 +2911,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1357 msgid "" "The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. " "Input this command and follow the prompts:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1361 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the " "`Common Name` attribute. The Certificate Signing Request must be signed " @@ -2932,20 +2932,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1369 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "" "The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign " "the client certificates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr\n" @@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1381 msgid "" "Remember to use the same `Common Name` attribute when prompted. When " "finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have been generated " @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1384 msgid "" "The daemon running the OpenLDAP server is [.filename]#slapd#. Its " "configuration is performed through [.filename]#slapd.ldif#: the old [." @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1391 msgid "" "http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/slapdconf2.html[Configuration examples] " "for [.filename]#slapd.ldif# are available and can also be found in [." @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "" "The Certificate Authority, server certificate and server private key files " "must be specified here. It is recommended to let the clients choose the " @@ -3020,14 +3020,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1420 msgid "" "The second section is about the backend modules and can be configured as " "follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3046,14 +3046,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1439 msgid "" "The third section is devoted to load the needed `ldif` schemas to be used by " "the databases: they are essential." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n" @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1450 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include: file:///usr/local/etc/openldap/schema/core.ldif\n" @@ -3072,12 +3072,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "Next, the frontend configuration section:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Frontend settings\n" @@ -3114,14 +3114,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "" "Another section is devoted to the _configuration backend_, the only way to " "later access the OpenLDAP server configuration is as a global super-user." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1498 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n" @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1503 msgid "" "The default administrator username is `cn=config`. Type [." "filename]#slappasswd# in a shell, choose a password and use its hash in " @@ -3142,12 +3142,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1505 msgid "The last section is about the database backend:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#######################################################################\n" @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1534 msgid "" "This database hosts the _actual contents_ of the LDAP directory. Types " "other than `mdb` are available. Its super-user, not to be confused with the " @@ -3184,7 +3184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1537 msgid "" "This http://www.openldap.org/devel/gitweb.cgi?p=openldap.git;a=tree;f=tests/" "data/regressions/its8444;h=8a5e808e63b0de3d2bdaf2cf34fecca8577ca7fd;" @@ -3195,49 +3195,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "When the configuration is completed, [.filename]#slapd.ldif# must be placed " "in an empty directory. It is recommended to create it as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1547 msgid "Import the configuration database:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1551 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/slapadd -n0 -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/ -l /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.ldif\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1554 msgid "Start the [.filename]#slapd# daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1558 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "" "Option `-d` can be used for debugging, as specified in slapd(8). To verify " "that the server is running and working:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts\n" @@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3260,33 +3260,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1589 msgid "" "The server must still be trusted. If that has never been done before, " "follow these instructions. Install the OpenSSL package or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1593 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1596 msgid "" "From the directory where [.filename]#ca.crt# is stored (in this example, [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap#), run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1600 #, no-wrap msgid "# c_rehash .\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1604 msgid "" "Both the CA and the server certificate are now correctly recognized in their " "respective roles. To verify this, run this command from the [." @@ -3294,13 +3294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1608 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl verify -verbose -CApath . server.crt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1612 msgid "" "If [.filename]#slapd# was running, restart it. As stated in [.filename]#/" "usr/local/etc/rc.d/slapd#, to properly run [.filename]#slapd# at boot the " @@ -3308,7 +3308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1624 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd# does not provide debugging at boot. Check [.filename]#/" "var/log/debug.log#, [.filename]#dmesg -a# and [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -3327,7 +3327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1627 msgid "" "The following example adds the group `team` and the user `john` to the " "`domain.example` LDAP database, which is still empty. First, create the " @@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1636 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat domain.ldif\n" @@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1641 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1652 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=team,ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1665 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: uid=john,ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1671 msgid "" "See the OpenLDAP documentation for more details. Use [." "filename]#slappasswd# to replace the plain text password `secret` with a " @@ -3406,13 +3406,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1675 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapadd -W -D \"cn=mdbadmin,dc=domain,dc=example\" -f domain.ldif\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1680 msgid "" "Modifications to the _global configuration_ section can only be performed by " "the global super-user. For example, assume that the option " @@ -3421,7 +3421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1687 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat global_mod\n" @@ -3431,18 +3431,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "Then, apply the modifications:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1694 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapmodify -f global_mod -x -D \"cn=config\" -W\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1699 msgid "" "When asked, provide the password chosen in the _configuration backend_ " "section. The username is not required: here, `cn=config` represents the DN " @@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1701 msgid "" "If something goes wrong, or if the global super-user cannot access the " "configuration backend, it is possible to delete and re-write the whole " @@ -3459,33 +3459,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1705 #, no-wrap msgid "# rm -rf /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1709 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd.ldif# can then be edited and imported again. Please, " "follow this procedure only when no other solution is available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "" "This is the configuration of the server only. The same machine can also " "host an LDAP client, with its own separate configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1714 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1721 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows a system to connect to " "a network in order to be assigned the necessary addressing information for " @@ -3499,14 +3499,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1724 msgid "" "This section describes how to use the built-in DHCP client. It then " "describes how to install and configure a DHCP server." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:bpf[4] device is needed by both the DHCP server and DHCP " "client. This device is included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel that is " @@ -3515,20 +3515,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "It should be noted that [.filename]#bpf# also allows privileged users to run " "network packet sniffers on that system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1735 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a DHCP Client" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1739 msgid "" "DHCP client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, making it easy to " "configure a newly installed system to automatically receive its networking " @@ -3538,7 +3538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "" "When `dhclient` is executed on the client machine, it begins broadcasting " "requests for configuration information. By default, these requests use UDP " @@ -3552,7 +3552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "" "By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its DHCP client runs in the " "background, or _asynchronously_. Other startup scripts continue to run " @@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "Background DHCP works well when the DHCP server responds quickly to the " "client's requests. However, DHCP may take a long time to complete on some " @@ -3571,20 +3571,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1757 msgid "" "This line in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# is used to configure background or " "asynchronous mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1761 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "" "This line may already exist if the system was configured to use DHCP during " "installation. Replace the _fxp0_ shown in these examples with the name of " @@ -3593,37 +3593,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1767 msgid "" "To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during " "startup while DHCP completes, use \"`SYNCDHCP`\":" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1771 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1775 msgid "" "Additional client options are available. Search for `dhclient` in man:rc." "conf[5] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "The DHCP client uses the following files:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1779 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/dhclient.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1783 msgid "" "The configuration file used by `dhclient`. Typically, this file contains " "only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. This " @@ -3631,23 +3631,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1784 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1786 msgid "" "More information about the command itself can be found in man:dhclient[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient-script#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1790 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-specific DHCP client configuration script. It is described in " "man:dhclient-script[8], but should not need any user modification to " @@ -3655,25 +3655,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1793 msgid "" "The DHCP client keeps a database of valid leases in this file, which is " "written as a log and is described in man:dhclient.leases[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1796 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Configuring a DHCP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1800 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a DHCP " "server using the Internet Systems Consortium (ISC) implementation of the " @@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1803 msgid "" "The installation of package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] installs a sample " "configuration file. Copy [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example# to " @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1806 msgid "" "The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts " "which define the information that is provided to DHCP clients. For example, " @@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.org\";<.>\n" @@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1816 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default-lease-time 600;<.>\n" @@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1821 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n" @@ -3726,7 +3726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1826 #, no-wrap msgid "" "host fantasia {\n" @@ -3736,14 +3736,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "" "This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to " "clients. Refer to man:resolv.conf[5] for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "" "This option specifies a comma separated list of DNS servers that the client " "should use. They can be listed by their Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN), " @@ -3751,19 +3751,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "" "The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to " "override this value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client " "request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be " @@ -3771,7 +3771,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "" "The default of `none` disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing this to " "`interim` configures the DHCP server to update a DNS server whenever it " @@ -3781,7 +3781,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 msgid "" "This line creates a pool of available IP addresses which are reserved for " "allocation to DHCP clients. The range of addresses must be valid for the " @@ -3789,21 +3789,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet " "specified before the opening `{` bracket." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1837 msgid "" "Specifies the hardware MAC address of a client so that the DHCP server can " "recognize the client when it makes a request." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1838 msgid "" "Specifies that this host should always be given the same IP address. Using " "the hostname is correct, since the DHCP server will resolve the hostname " @@ -3811,21 +3811,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "" "This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), " "installed with the server, for details and examples." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1843 msgid "" "Once the configuration of [.filename]#dhcpd.conf# is complete, enable the " "DHCP server in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1848 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3833,54 +3833,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1851 msgid "" "Replace the `dc0` with the interface (or interfaces, separated by " "whitespace) that the DHCP server should listen on for DHCP client requests." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1853 msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1857 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1860 msgid "" "Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the dhcpd " "service to be stopped and then started using man:service[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1863 msgid "" "The DHCP server uses the following files. Note that the manual pages are " "installed with the server software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1865 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1867 msgid "More information about the dhcpd server can be found in dhcpd(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1868 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1871 msgid "" "The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that " "should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the " @@ -3889,12 +3889,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhcpd.leases#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1875 msgid "" "The DHCP server keeps a database of leases it has issued in this file, which " "is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which gives a slightly " @@ -3902,12 +3902,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1876 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1880 msgid "" "This daemon is used in advanced environments where one DHCP server forwards " "a request from a client to another DHCP server on a separate network. If " @@ -3917,13 +3917,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1883 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "" "Domain Name System (DNS) is the protocol through which domain names are " "mapped to IP addresses, and vice versa. DNS is coordinated across the " @@ -3934,123 +3934,123 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1890 msgid "The following table describes some of the terms associated with DNS:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1891 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Terminology" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1897 #, no-wrap msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1898 #, no-wrap msgid "Forward DNS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1900 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of hostnames to IP addresses." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "Origin" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1903 #, no-wrap msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "Resolver" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1906 #, no-wrap msgid "A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone information." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "Reverse DNS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1909 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of IP addresses to hostnames." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1910 #, no-wrap msgid "Root zone" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1912 #, no-wrap msgid "The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root directory." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1913 #, no-wrap msgid "Zone" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1914 #, no-wrap msgid "An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the DNS administered by the same authority." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "Examples of zones:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "`.` is how the root zone is usually referred to in documentation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "`org.` is a Top Level Domain (TLD) under the root zone." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "`example.org.` is a zone under the `org.`TLD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "" "`1.168.192.in-addr.arpa` is a zone referencing all IP addresses which fall " "under the `192.168.1.*`IP address space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1926 msgid "" "As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. " "For example, `example.org.` is more specific than `org.`, as `org.` is more " @@ -4060,61 +4060,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1927 #, no-wrap msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1930 msgid "" "Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and " "caching (also known as resolving) name servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1932 msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "" "One wants to serve DNS information to the world, replying authoritatively to " "queries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "" "A domain, such as `example.org`, is registered and IP addresses need to be " "assigned to hostnames under it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1936 msgid "An IP address block requires reverse DNS entries (IP to hostname)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1937 msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1939 msgid "A caching name server is needed when:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1941 msgid "" "A local DNS server may cache and respond more quickly than querying an " "outside name server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "When one queries for `www.FreeBSD.org`, the resolver usually queries the " "uplink ISP's name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching " @@ -4124,13 +4124,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1946 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1951 msgid "" "Unbound is provided in the FreeBSD base system. By default, it will provide " "DNS resolution to the local machine only. While the base system package can " @@ -4140,25 +4140,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "To enable Unbound, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1957 #, no-wrap msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1960 msgid "" "Any existing nameservers in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# will be configured " "as forwarders in the new Unbound configuration." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "" "If any of the listed nameservers do not support DNSSEC, local DNS resolution " "will fail. Be sure to test each nameserver and remove any that fail the " @@ -4167,24 +4167,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1970 #, no-wrap msgid "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "Once each nameserver is confirmed to support DNSSEC, start Unbound:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1978 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound onestart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "This will take care of updating [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so that " "queries for DNSSEC secured domains will now work. For example, run the " @@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1988 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% drill -S FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -4201,7 +4201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2004 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DNSSEC Trust tree:\n" @@ -4222,13 +4222,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2008 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache HTTP Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2012 msgid "" "The open source Apache HTTP Server is the most widely used web server. " "FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, but it can be installed " @@ -4236,7 +4236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2015 msgid "" "This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2._x_ of the " "Apache HTTP Server on FreeBSD. For more detailed information about Apache 2." @@ -4245,13 +4245,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2021 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file is installed as [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache2x/httpd.conf#, where _x_ represents the " @@ -4260,13 +4260,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2022 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2025 msgid "" "Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the Apache installation. " "Binaries are stored in the [.filename]#bin# and [.filename]#sbin# " @@ -4275,26 +4275,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2026 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerAdmin you@example.com`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2029 msgid "" "Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This " "address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2030 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerName www.example.com:80`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2035 msgid "" "Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for " "the server. For example, `www` can be used instead of the actual hostname. " @@ -4304,13 +4304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2036 #, no-wrap msgid "`DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2_x_/data\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2039 msgid "" "The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests " "are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to " @@ -4318,7 +4318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2043 msgid "" "It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default Apache " "configuration file before making changes. When the configuration of Apache " @@ -4327,44 +4327,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2045 msgid "" "To launch Apache at system startup, add the following line to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2049 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2052 msgid "" "If Apache should be started with non-default options, the following line may " "be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to specify the needed flags:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2056 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_flags=\"\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2059 msgid "If apachectl does not report configuration errors, start `httpd` now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2063 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "" "The `httpd` service can be tested by entering `http://_localhost_` in a web " "browser, replacing _localhost_ with the fully-qualified domain name of the " @@ -4373,33 +4373,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "" "The Apache configuration can be tested for errors after making subsequent " "configuration changes while `httpd` is running using the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2073 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 configtest\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2078 msgid "" "It is important to note that `configtest` is not an man:rc[8] standard, and " "should not be expected to work for all startup scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2080 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2086 msgid "" "Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one Apache server. The " "virtual hosts can be _IP-based_ or _name-based_. IP-based virtual hosting " @@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2089 msgid "" "To setup Apache to use name-based virtual hosting, add a `VirtualHost` block " "for each website. For example, for the webserver named `www.domain.tld` " @@ -4418,7 +4418,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2096 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4428,7 +4428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2101 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4438,14 +4438,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2104 msgid "" "For each virtual host, replace the values for `ServerName` and " "`DocumentRoot` with the values to be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2106 msgid "" "For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official " "Apache documentation at: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/[http://httpd." @@ -4453,13 +4453,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2107 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache Modules" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2111 msgid "" "Apache uses modules to augment the functionality provided by the basic " "server. Refer to http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/[http://httpd." @@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2116 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the package:www/apache24[] " "port. Type `make config` within [.filename]#/usr/ports/www/apache24# to see " @@ -4479,13 +4479,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2117 #, no-wrap msgid "SSL support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2124 msgid "" "At one in point in time, support for SSL inside of Apache required a " "secondary module called [.filename]#mod_ssl#. This is no longer the case " @@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2126 msgid "" "After the configuration of SSL is complete, the following line must be " "uncommented in the main [.filename]#http.conf# to activate the changes on " @@ -4507,13 +4507,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2130 #, no-wrap msgid "#Include etc/apache24/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2137 msgid "" "SSL version two and version three have known vulnerability issues. It is " "highly recommended TLS version 1.2 and 1.3 be enabled in place of the older " @@ -4522,7 +4522,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2144 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SSLProtocol all -SSLv3 -SSLv2 +TLSv1.2 +TLSv1.3\n" @@ -4530,7 +4530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2147 msgid "" "To complete the configuration of SSL in the web server, uncomment the " "following line to ensure that the configuration will be pulled into Apache " @@ -4538,7 +4538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2152 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Secure (SSL/TLS) connections\n" @@ -4546,14 +4546,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2155 msgid "" "The following lines must also be uncommented in the [.filename]#httpd.conf# " "to fully support SSL in Apache:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2161 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule authn_socache_module libexec/apache24/mod_authn_socache.so\n" @@ -4562,7 +4562,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2165 msgid "" "The next step is to work with a certificate authority to have the " "appropriate certificates installed on the system. This will set up a chain " @@ -4570,13 +4570,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2166 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_perl#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2170 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# module makes it possible to write Apache modules " "in Perl. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server " @@ -4585,7 +4585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2173 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# can be installed using the package:www/mod_perl2[] " "package or port. Documentation for using this module can be found at http://" @@ -4594,13 +4594,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2174 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_php#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2178 msgid "" "_PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor_ (PHP) is a general-purpose scripting language " "that is especially suited for web development. Capable of being embedded " @@ -4609,25 +4609,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2180 msgid "" "Support for PHP for Apache and any other feature written in the language, " "can be added by installing the appropriate port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2182 msgid "For all supported versions, search the package database using `pkg`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2186 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search php\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2191 msgid "" "A list will be displayed including the versions and additional features they " "provide. The components are completely modular, meaning features are " @@ -4636,20 +4636,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2195 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mod_php74\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2198 msgid "" "If any dependency packages need to be installed, they will be installed as " "well." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2201 msgid "" "By default, PHP will not be enabled. The following lines will need to be " "added to the Apache configuration file located in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" @@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2210 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4669,7 +4669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2213 msgid "" "In addition, the `DirectoryIndex` in the configuration file will also need " "to be updated and Apache will either need to be restarted or reloaded for " @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "Support for many of the PHP features may also be installed by using `pkg`. " "For example, to install support for XML or SSL, install their respective " @@ -4685,33 +4685,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2220 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74-xml php74-openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "As before, the Apache configuration will need to be reloaded for the changes " "to take effect, even in cases where it was just a module install." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "" "To perform a graceful restart to reload the configuration, issue the " "following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2229 #, no-wrap msgid "# apachectl graceful\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2233 msgid "" "Once the install is complete, there are two methods of obtaining the " "installed PHP support modules and the environmental information of the " @@ -4720,26 +4720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2237 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2243 #, no-wrap msgid "# php -i |less\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2246 msgid "" "It is necessary to pass the output to a pager, such as the `more` or `less` " "to easier digest the amount of output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2250 msgid "" "Finally, to make any changes to the global configuration of PHP there is a " "well documented file installed into [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/php.ini#. At " @@ -4750,13 +4750,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2251 #, no-wrap msgid "HTTP2 Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2256 msgid "" "Apache support for the HTTP2 protocol is included by default when installing " "the port with `pkg`. The new version of HTTP includes many improvements " @@ -4766,7 +4766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "When Apache is configured to only use HTTP2, web browsers will require " "secure, encrypted HTTPS connections. When Apache is configured to use both " @@ -4775,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2262 msgid "" "While this change does require administrators to make changes, they are " "positive and equate to a more secure Internet for everyone. The changes are " @@ -4783,7 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2267 msgid "" "This configuration depends on the previous sections, including TLS support. " "It is recommended those instructions be followed before continuing with this " @@ -4791,7 +4791,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2270 msgid "" "Start the process by enabling the http2 module by uncommenting the line in [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf# and replace the mpm_prefork " @@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule http2_module libexec/apache24/mod_http2.so\n" @@ -4807,7 +4807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2283 msgid "" "There is a separate [.filename]#mod_http2# port that is available. It " "exists to deliver security and bug fixes quicker than the module installed " @@ -4817,7 +4817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2287 msgid "" "There are two methods to implement HTTP2 in Apache; one way is globally for " "all sites and each VirtualHost running on the system. To enable HTTP2 " @@ -4825,20 +4825,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2291 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols h2 http/1.1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2296 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 over plaintext, use h2h2chttp/1.1 in the [.filename]#httpd." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2300 msgid "" "Having the h2c here will allow plaintext HTTP2 data to pass on the system " "but is not recommended. In addition, using the http/1.1 here will allow " @@ -4847,7 +4847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2302 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 for individual VirtualHosts, add the same line within the " "VirtualHost directive in either [.filename]#httpd.conf# or [.filename]#httpd-" @@ -4855,7 +4855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2304 msgid "" "Reload the configuration using the `apachectl`[parameter]#reload# command " "and test the configuration either by using either of the following methods " @@ -4863,18 +4863,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2308 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep \"HTTP/2.0\" /var/log/httpd-access.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2311 msgid "This should return something similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2318 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.1.205 - - [18/Oct/2020:18:34:36 -0400] \"GET / HTTP/2.0\" 304 -\n" @@ -4884,14 +4884,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "The other method is using the web browser's built in site debugger or " "`tcpdump`; however, using either method is beyond the scope of this document." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2324 msgid "" "Support for HTTP2 reverse proxy connections by using the [." "filename]#mod_proxy_http2.so# module. When configuring the ProxyPass or " @@ -4899,26 +4899,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Websites" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2329 msgid "" "In addition to mod_perl and mod_php, other languages are available for " "creating dynamic web content. These include Django and Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2330 #, no-wrap msgid "Django" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2336 msgid "" "Django is a BSD-licensed framework designed to allow developers to write " "high performance, elegant web applications quickly. It provides an object-" @@ -4930,7 +4930,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2340 msgid "" "Django depends on [.filename]#mod_python#, and an SQL database engine. In " "FreeBSD, the package:www/py-django[] port automatically installs [." @@ -4941,7 +4941,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2343 msgid "" "Once Django is installed, the application will need a project directory " "along with the Apache configuration in order to use the embedded Python " @@ -4950,7 +4950,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2345 msgid "" "To configure Apache to pass requests for certain URLs to the web " "application, add the following to [.filename]#httpd.conf#, specifying the " @@ -4958,7 +4958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2356 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -4972,20 +4972,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2359 msgid "" "Refer to https://docs.djangoproject.com[https://docs.djangoproject.com] for " "more information on how to use Django." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2360 #, no-wrap msgid "Ruby on Rails" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2365 msgid "" "Ruby on Rails is another open source web framework that provides a full " "development stack. It is optimized to make web developers more productive " @@ -4994,20 +4994,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2367 msgid "" "Refer to http://guides.rubyonrails.org[http://guides.rubyonrails.org] for " "more information on how to use Ruby on Rails." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2369 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2373 msgid "" "The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides users with a simple way to " "transfer files to and from an FTP server. FreeBSD includes FTP server " @@ -5015,7 +5015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2377 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the " "FTP server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to man:ftpd[8] for " @@ -5023,13 +5023,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2384 msgid "" "The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be " "allowed access to the FTP server. A FreeBSD system has a number of system " @@ -5040,7 +5040,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2388 msgid "" "In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users " "without preventing them completely from using FTP. This can be accomplished " @@ -5049,7 +5049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2393 msgid "" "To enable anonymous FTP access to the server, create a user named `ftp` on " "the FreeBSD system. Users will then be able to log on to the FTP server " @@ -5061,7 +5061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2398 msgid "" "There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to " "be displayed to FTP clients. The contents of [.filename]#/etc/ftpwelcome# " @@ -5073,42 +5073,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2400 msgid "" "Once the FTP server has been configured, set the appropriate variable in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to start the service during boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2404 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2407 msgid "To start the service now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2411 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2414 msgid "Test the connection to the FTP server by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2418 #, no-wrap msgid "% ftp localhost\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2423 msgid "" "The ftpd daemon uses man:syslog[3] to log messages. By default, the system " "log daemon will write messages related to FTP in [.filename]#/var/log/" @@ -5117,13 +5117,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2427 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2436 msgid "" "Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous FTP " "server. In particular, think twice about allowing anonymous users to upload " @@ -5134,13 +5134,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2439 #, no-wrap msgid "File and Print Services for Microsoft(R) Windows(R) Clients (Samba)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "" "Samba is a popular open source software package that provides file and print " "services using the SMB/CIFS protocol. This protocol is built into " @@ -5152,7 +5152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2449 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the Samba client libraries can be installed using the package:" "net/samba413[] port or package. The client provides the ability for a " @@ -5161,7 +5161,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2452 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a Samba server by " "installing the same package:net/samba413[] port or package. This allows the " @@ -5171,20 +5171,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2453 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2457 msgid "" "Samba is configured in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf#. This file " "must be created before Samba can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "" "A simple [.filename]#smb4.conf# to share directories and printers with " "Windows(R) clients in a workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups " @@ -5193,7 +5193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2470 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[global]\n" @@ -5206,7 +5206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n" @@ -5223,76 +5223,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2485 #, no-wrap msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2488 msgid "" "Settings that describe the network are added in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "smb4.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2489 #, no-wrap msgid "`workgroup`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2491 msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "`netbios name`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2495 msgid "" "The NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default, it is the " "same as the first component of the host's DNS name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2496 #, no-wrap msgid "`server string`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2498 msgid "" "The string that will be displayed in the output of `net view` and some other " "networking tools that seek to display descriptive text about the server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2499 #, no-wrap msgid "`wins support`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2502 msgid "" "Whether Samba will act as a WINS server. Do not enable support for WINS on " "more than one server on the network." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2504 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2508 msgid "" "The most important settings in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf# are the " "security model and the backend password format. These directives control " @@ -5300,13 +5300,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2509 #, no-wrap msgid "`security`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2513 msgid "" "The most common settings are `security = share` and `security = user`. If " "the clients use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the " @@ -5316,7 +5316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2516 msgid "" "In share level security, clients do not need to log onto the server with a " "valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared " @@ -5324,13 +5324,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2517 #, no-wrap msgid "`passdb backend`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2523 msgid "" "Samba has several different backend authentication models. Clients may be " "authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL database, or a modified password " @@ -5341,13 +5341,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2524 #, no-wrap msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the `SambaSAMAccount` database for " "Windows(R) clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts " @@ -5355,13 +5355,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2532 #, no-wrap msgid "# pdbedit -a username\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2536 msgid "" "This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to " "the https://wiki.samba.org[Official Samba Wiki] for additional information " @@ -5369,31 +5369,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2537 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Samba" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2540 msgid "" "To enable Samba at boot time, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2544 #, no-wrap msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2547 msgid "To start Samba now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service samba_server start\n" @@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2559 msgid "" "Samba consists of three separate daemons. Both the nmbd and smbd daemons " "are started by `samba_enable`. If winbind name resolution is also required, " @@ -5411,24 +5411,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2563 #, no-wrap msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2566 msgid "Samba can be stopped at any time by typing:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2570 #, no-wrap msgid "# service samba_server stop\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2574 msgid "" "Samba is a complex software suite with functionality that allows broad " "integration with Microsoft(R) Windows(R) networks. For more information " @@ -5437,13 +5437,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2576 #, no-wrap msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2582 msgid "" "Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as " "many network services require the computers on a network to share the same " @@ -5453,7 +5453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2584 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes man:ntpd[8] which can be configured to query other NTP " "servers to synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services " @@ -5461,7 +5461,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2587 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure ntpd on FreeBSD. Further " "documentation can be found in [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/ntp/# in HTML " @@ -5469,13 +5469,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2588 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2592 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the built-in ntpd can be used to synchronize a system's clock. " "ntpd is configured using man:rc.conf[5] variables and [.filename]#/etc/ntp." @@ -5483,7 +5483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2595 msgid "" "ntpd communicates with its network peers using UDP packets. Any firewalls " "between your machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP " @@ -5491,13 +5491,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2596 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# file" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2606 msgid "" "ntpd reads [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# to determine which NTP servers to " "query. Choosing several NTP servers is recommended in case one of the " @@ -5515,13 +5515,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2607 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2612 msgid "" "This is a simple example of an [.filename]#ntp.conf# file. It can safely be " "used as-is; it contains the recommended `restrict` options for operation on " @@ -5529,7 +5529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2620 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Disallow ntpq control/query access. Allow peers to be added only\n" @@ -5539,7 +5539,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2624 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow unrestricted access from localhost for queries and control.\n" @@ -5548,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2627 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add a specific server.\n" @@ -5556,7 +5556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2631 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add FreeBSD pool servers until 3-6 good servers are available.\n" @@ -5565,7 +5565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Use a local leap-seconds file.\n" @@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2640 msgid "" "The format of this file is described in man:ntp.conf[5]. The descriptions " "below provide a quick overview of just the keywords used in the sample file " @@ -5581,7 +5581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2646 msgid "" "By default, an NTP server is accessible to any network host. The `restrict` " "keyword controls which systems can access the server. Multiple `restrict` " @@ -5593,7 +5593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2652 msgid "" "The `server` keyword specifies a single server to query. The file can " "contain multiple server keywords, with one server listed on each line. The " @@ -5605,7 +5605,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2656 msgid "" "The `leapfile` keyword specifies the location of a file containing " "information about leap seconds. The file is updated automatically by man:" @@ -5614,13 +5614,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2657 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2661 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_enable=YES` to start ntpd at boot time. Once `ntpd_enable=YES` " "has been added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, ntpd can be started immediately " @@ -5628,20 +5628,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2665 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ntpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2669 msgid "" "Only `ntpd_enable` must be set to use ntpd. The [.filename]#rc.conf# " "variables listed below may also be set as needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2673 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_sync_on_start=YES` to allow ntpd to step the clock any amount, one " "time at startup. Normally ntpd will log an error message and exit if the " @@ -5650,44 +5650,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2675 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_oomprotect=YES` to protect the ntpd daemon from being killed by " "the system attempting to recover from an Out Of Memory (OOM) condition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2677 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_config=` to the location of an alternate [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2679 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_flags=` to contain any other ntpd flags as needed, but avoid using " "these flags which are managed internally by [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd#:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2681 msgid "`-p` (pid file location)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2682 msgid "`-c` (set `ntpd_config=` instead)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2684 #, no-wrap msgid "ntpd and the unpriveleged `ntpd` user" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2691 msgid "" "ntpd on FreeBSD can start and run as an unpriveleged user. Doing so " "requires the man:mac_ntpd[4] policy module. The [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd# " @@ -5699,101 +5699,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2693 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following in `ntpd_flags` requires manual " "configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2695 msgid "-f or --driftfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2696 msgid "-i or --jaildir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2697 msgid "-k or --keyfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2698 msgid "-l or --logfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2699 msgid "-s or --statsdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2701 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following keywords in [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "requires manual configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2703 msgid "crypto" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2704 msgid "driftfile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2705 msgid "key" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 msgid "logdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2707 msgid "statsdir" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2709 msgid "To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd` you must:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2711 msgid "" "Ensure that the `ntpd` user has access to all the files and directories " "specified in the configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2712 msgid "" "Arrange for the `mac_ntpd` module to be loaded or compiled into the kernel. " "See man:mac_ntpd[4] for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2713 msgid "Set `ntpd_user=\"ntpd\"` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2714 #, no-wrap msgid "Using NTP with a PPP Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2719 msgid "" "ntpd does not need a permanent connection to the Internet to function " "properly. However, if a PPP connection is configured to dial out on demand, " @@ -5803,7 +5803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2730 #, no-wrap msgid "" "set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" @@ -5817,34 +5817,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2733 msgid "" "For more details, refer to the `PACKET FILTERING` section in man:ppp[8] and " "the examples in [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2737 msgid "" "Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from " "functioning since replies never reach the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2740 #, no-wrap msgid "iSCSI Initiator and Target Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2744 msgid "" "iSCSI is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike NFS, which works at " "the file system level, iSCSI works at the block device level." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2748 msgid "" "In iSCSI terminology, the system that shares the storage is known as the " "_target_. The storage can be a physical disk, or an area representing " @@ -5853,7 +5853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2752 msgid "" "The clients which access the iSCSI storage are called _initiators_. To " "initiators, the storage available through iSCSI appears as a raw, " @@ -5862,7 +5862,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2755 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based iSCSI target and initiator. This " "section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an " @@ -5870,13 +5870,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2757 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Target" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2760 msgid "" "To configure an iSCSI target, create the [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file, add a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to make sure the " @@ -5885,7 +5885,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2763 msgid "" "The following is an example of a simple [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file. Refer to man:ctl.conf[5] for a more complete " @@ -5893,8 +5893,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2772 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "portal-group pg0 {\n" @@ -5905,7 +5905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2775 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -5914,8 +5914,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2782 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tlun 0 {\n" @@ -5926,7 +5926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2787 msgid "" "The first entry defines the `pg0` portal group. Portal groups define which " "network addresses the man:ctld[8] daemon will listen on. The `discovery-" @@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2790 msgid "" "It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal " "group called `default`. In this case, the difference between `default` and " @@ -5946,7 +5946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2798 msgid "" "The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: " "a machine serving iSCSI or a named group of LUNs. This example uses the " @@ -5959,7 +5959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2800 msgid "" "The `auth-group no-authentication` line allows all initiators to connect to " "the specified target and `portal-group pg0` makes the target reachable " @@ -5967,7 +5967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2808 msgid "" "The next section defines the LUN. To the initiator, each LUN will be " "visible as a separate disk device. Multiple LUNs can be defined for each " @@ -5978,31 +5978,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2810 msgid "" "Next, to make sure the man:ctld[8] daemon is started at boot, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2814 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2817 msgid "To start man:ctld[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2821 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2825 msgid "" "As the man:ctld[8] daemon is started, it reads [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf#. " "If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this command so that the " @@ -6010,19 +6010,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2829 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2832 #, no-wrap msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2836 msgid "" "The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, " "granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and " @@ -6030,7 +6030,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2843 #, no-wrap msgid "" "auth-group ag0 {\n" @@ -6040,7 +6040,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -6054,7 +6054,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2864 msgid "" "The `auth-group` section defines username and password pairs. An initiator " "trying to connect to `iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0` must first specify a " @@ -6065,7 +6065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2867 msgid "" "It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a " "shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified " @@ -6073,7 +6073,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -6082,13 +6082,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2883 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2889 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator described in this section is supported starting with " "FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the iSCSI initiator available in older " @@ -6096,7 +6096,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2894 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator requires that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is running. This " "daemon does not use a configuration file. To start it automatically at " @@ -6104,24 +6104,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2898 #, no-wrap msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2901 msgid "To start man:iscsid[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2905 #, no-wrap msgid "# service iscsid start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2909 msgid "" "Connecting to a target can be done with or without an [.filename]#/etc/iscsi." "conf# configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of " @@ -6129,33 +6129,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2910 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2913 msgid "" "To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the IP address of the " "portal and the name of the target:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2917 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2921 msgid "" "To verify if the connection succeeded, run `iscsictl` without any " "arguments. The output should look similar to this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6163,7 +6163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2930 msgid "" "In this example, the iSCSI session was successfully established, with [." "filename]#/dev/da0# representing the attached LUN. If the `iqn.2012-06.com." @@ -6172,13 +6172,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2934 #, no-wrap msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2938 msgid "" "Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For " "example, this message usually means that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is not " @@ -6186,7 +6186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6194,14 +6194,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2946 msgid "" "The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong IP " "address or port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2951 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6209,12 +6209,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2954 msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2959 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6222,12 +6222,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2962 msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2967 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -6235,31 +6235,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2970 msgid "To specify a CHAP username and secret, use this syntax:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2974 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2977 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2980 msgid "" "To connect using a configuration file, create [.filename]#/etc/iscsi.conf# " "with contents like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "t0 {\n" @@ -6272,7 +6272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2997 msgid "" "The `t0` specifies a nickname for the configuration file section. It will " "be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to use. The other " @@ -6282,38 +6282,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2999 msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3003 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -An t0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3006 msgid "" "Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, " "use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3010 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -Aa\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3013 msgid "" "To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in [.filename]#/" "etc/iscsi.conf#, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3018 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po index 13c2b9f50c..2a6b95ec1c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 4. Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the " "base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies " @@ -58,51 +58,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:60 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:62 msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to manage binary packages using pkg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 msgid "What to do if a software installation fails." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Overview of Software Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "A FreeBSD _port_ is a collection of files designed to automate the process " "of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a " @@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the " "source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "However, over link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[{numports}] third-party " "applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these " @@ -126,13 +126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is " "used to install an application and a dependent library is not already " @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an " "application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A " @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their " "own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for " @@ -157,40 +157,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Package Benefits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed " "tarball containing the source code for the application." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as " "Firefox, KDE Plasma, or GNOME, this can be important on a slow system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in " "compiling software on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Benefits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have " "to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are " "installed. For example, NGINX(R) can be configured with a wide variety of " @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to " "specify certain settings. For example, NGINX(R) is available as a `nginx` " @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such " "software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the " @@ -224,54 +224,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through " "source code in order to look for potential problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the {freebsd-ports} and the " "{freebsd-ports-bugs}." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" -"Before installing any application, check https://vuxml.freebsd.org/[] for " -"security issues related to the application or type `pkg audit -F` to check " -"all installed applications for known vulnerabilities." +"Before installing an application, check https://vuxml.freebsd.org/[] for " +"security issues related to the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:111 +msgid "" +"To check for known vulnerabilities of installed applications use use `pkg " +"audit -F`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to " "install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are " "a number of ways to find software to install:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the " "available applications, at link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/[Ports " @@ -280,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Dan Langille maintains https://www.freshports.org/[FreshPorts] which " "provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the " @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a " "site like https://sourceforge.net/[SourceForge] or https://github.com/" @@ -299,41 +305,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "Search the binary package repository for an application using the man:pkg[8] " "command" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pkg for Binary Package Management" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "man:pkg[8] provides an interface for manipulating\tpackages: registering, " "adding, removing and upgrading packages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD " "mirrors, managing packages with man:pkg[8] can be sufficient." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "However, for those sites building from source a separate <> will be needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Since man:pkg[8] only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement " "for such tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both " @@ -342,13 +348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting Started with pkg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "All supported versions of FreeBSD now contain `/usr/sbin/pkg` a.k.a man:" "pkg[7]. This is a small placeholder that has just the minimum functionality " @@ -356,40 +362,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "An Internet working connection is required for the bootstrap process to " "succeed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:150 msgid "Run man:pkg[8] command line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:156 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:256 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:288 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:323 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:350 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:395 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:450 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:477 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:507 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:532 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:536 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The package management tool is not yet installed on your system.\n" @@ -397,7 +403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and if you confirm that is your " "intention, download the man:pkg[8] tarball, install man:pkg[8] from it, " @@ -406,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "More recent versions of man:pkg[7] understand `pkg -N` as a test to see if " "man:pkg[8] is installed without triggering the installation, and conversely, " @@ -415,7 +421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Usage information for pkg is available in the man:pkg[8] manual page or by " "running `pkg` without additional arguments. Additional pkg configuration " @@ -423,25 +429,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "Each pkg command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "To read the manual page for `pkg install`, for example, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg help install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks " "which can be performed using man:pkg[8]. Each demonstrated command provides " @@ -450,13 +456,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "Quarterly and Latest Ports Branches" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "The `Quarterly` branch provides users with a more predictable and stable " "experience for port and package installation and upgrades. This is done " @@ -471,72 +477,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:195 -msgid "To switch from quarterly to latest run the following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:200 -#, no-wrap +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" -"# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" -"# cp /etc/pkg/FreeBSD.conf /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:203 -msgid "" -"Edit the file `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf` and change the string " -"_quarterly_ to _latest_ in the `url:` line." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:205 -msgid "The result should be similar to the following:" +"To switch man:pkg[8] from Quarterly to Latest run the following commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"FreeBSD: {\n" -" url: \"pkg+http://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\",\n" -" mirror_type: \"srv\",\n" -" signature_type: \"fingerprints\",\n" -" fingerprints: \"/usr/share/keys/pkg\",\n" -" enabled: yes\n" -"}\n" +"# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" +"# echo 'FreeBSD: { url: \"pkg+http://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" -"And finally run this command to update from the new (latest) repository " -"metadata." +"Then run this command to update the local package repositories catalogues " +"for the Latest branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg update -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure pkg" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" -"man:pkg.conf[5] is the system-wide configuration file used by the\tman:" -"pkg[8] tools. The default location of this file is `/usr/local/etc/pkg." -"conf`." +"man:pkg.conf[5] is the system-wide configuration file used by the man:pkg[8] " +"tools. The default location of this file is `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not need to have a `pkg.conf` file. Many installations will " "work well with no `pkg.conf` at all or with an empty `pkg.conf` (other than " @@ -544,12 +525,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:223 msgid "Lines in the file beginning with a \"#\" are\tcomments and are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "The file is in UCL format. For more information on the syntax of man:" "libucl[3], please visit the link:https://github.com/vstakhov/libucl[official " @@ -557,38 +538,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "The following types of options are recognized - boolean, string and list " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "A boolean option is marked as enabled if one of the following values is " "specified in the configuration file - YES, TRUE and ON." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Searching Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:235 msgid "To search a package man:pkg-search[8] can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search nginx\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "" "modsecurity3-nginx-1.0.3 Instruction detection and prevention engine / nginx Wrapper\n" @@ -608,13 +589,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Fetching Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "To install a binary package man:pkg-install[8] can be used. This command " "uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install " @@ -622,13 +603,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install curl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -638,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be INSTALLED:\n" @@ -654,13 +635,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be installed: 9\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 11 MiB more space.\n" @@ -668,26 +649,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with this action? [y/N]\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as " "dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ca_root_nss-3.83 Root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n" @@ -703,30 +684,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "To fetch a package and install it later or in another place use man:pkg-" "fetch[8]. For example, to download `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg fetch -d -o /usr/home/user/packages/ nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:333 msgid "`-d`: used to fetch all the dependencies" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:334 msgid "`-o`: used to specify the download directory" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -736,7 +717,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be FETCHED:\n" @@ -745,13 +726,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be fetched: 2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 2 MiB more space.\n" @@ -759,37 +740,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with fetching packages? [y/N]:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "To install the downloaded packages man:pkg-install[8] can be used as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/home/user/packages/\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install nginx-lite-1.22.1,3.pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by " "running man:pkg-info[8] which, when run without any switches, will list the " @@ -797,18 +778,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:374 msgid "For example, to see which version of pkg is installed, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pkg-1.19.0\n" @@ -837,45 +818,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "WWW: https://github.com/freebsd/pkg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions using man:pkg-" "upgrade[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the " "repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "Auditing Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party " "applications. To address this, pkg includes a built-in auditing mechanism. " @@ -884,13 +865,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Fetching vuln.xml.xz: 100% 976 KiB 499.5kB/s 00:02 \n" @@ -905,30 +886,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with man:pkg-delete[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:456 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg delete curl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -936,7 +917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -944,20 +925,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:487 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be removed: 1\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 4 MiB.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with deinstallation packages? [y/N]: y\n" @@ -966,13 +947,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically Removing Unused Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer " "required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies (leaf " @@ -981,13 +962,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:490 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg autoremove\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -995,7 +976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -1003,19 +984,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 723 KiB.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with deinstalling packages? [y/N]: \n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "Packages installed as dependencies are called _automatic_ packages. Non-" "automatic packages, i.e the packages that were explicity installed not as a " @@ -1023,13 +1004,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-list\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nginx\n" @@ -1038,7 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "`pkg prime-list` is an alias command declared in `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`. " "There are many others that can be used to query the package database of the " @@ -1047,13 +1028,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-origins\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "" "www/nginx\n" @@ -1062,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "This list can be used to rebuild all packages installed on a system using " "build tools such as package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] or package:ports-mgmt/" @@ -1070,56 +1051,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:547 msgid "Marking an installed package as automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 1 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Once a package is a leaf package and is marked as automatic, it gets " "selected by `pkg autoremove`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:556 msgid "Marking an installed package as _not_ automatic can be done using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 0 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring the Package Database" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Unlike the traditional package management system, pkg includes its own " "package database backup mechanism. This functionality is enabled by default." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set " "`daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"` in man:periodic.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the " "following command replacing _/path/to/pkg.sql_ with the location of the " @@ -1127,39 +1108,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -r /path/to/pkg.sql\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:584 msgid "" "If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed " "prior to being restored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "To run a manual backup of the pkg database, run the following command, " "replacing _/path/to/pkg.sql_ with a suitable file name and location:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg backup -d /path/to/pkg.sql\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Stale Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "By default, pkg stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by " "`PKG_CACHEDIR` in man:pkg.conf[5]. Only copies of the latest installed " @@ -1168,30 +1149,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:607 msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking and Unlocking Packages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "man:pkg-lock[8] is used to lock packages against reinstallation, " "modification or deletion. man:pkg-unlock[8] unlocks the named packages. " @@ -1202,35 +1183,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:622 msgid "For example, to lock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg lock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:629 msgid "And to unlock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg unlock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying Package Metadata" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version " "number changes. To address this, pkg has a built-in command to update " @@ -1240,31 +1221,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:643 msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/python3:lang/python311\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "As another example, to update package:lang/ruby31[] to package:lang/" "ruby32[], run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/ruby31:lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that " "are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a " @@ -1272,19 +1253,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install -Rf lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "The Ports Collection is a set of `Makefiles`, patches, and description " "files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual " @@ -1292,14 +1273,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of `/usr/" "ports`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "Before installing and using the Ports Collection, please be aware that it is " "generally ill-advised to use the Ports Collection in conjunction with the " @@ -1314,7 +1295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside " "each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each " @@ -1324,37 +1305,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "*Makefile*: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "*distinfo*: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:691 #, no-wrap msgid "*files/*: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-descr*: provides a more detailed description of the program.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-plist*: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:696 msgid "" "Some ports include `pkg-message` or other files to handle special " "situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer " @@ -1362,7 +1343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a " "`distfile`. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save " @@ -1370,13 +1351,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:701 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Ports Collection" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:705 msgid "" "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection " "must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of " @@ -1384,13 +1365,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Git Method*\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be " "maintained, or if running FreeBSD-CURRENT, Git can be used to obtain the " @@ -1399,14 +1380,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "Git must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If " "a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Git like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/git\n" @@ -1414,70 +1395,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, " "Git can be installed as a package:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:731 msgid "Check out a copy of the HEAD branch of the ports tree:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:735 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:738 msgid "Or, check out a copy of a quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap -msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2020Q3 /usr/ports\n" +msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2023Q1 /usr/ports\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:745 msgid "As needed, update `/usr/ports` after the initial Git checkout:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:749 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/ports pull\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:752 msgid "As needed, switch `/usr/ports` to a different quarterly branch:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap -msgid "# git -C /usr/ports switch 2020Q4\n" +msgid "# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Ports" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to " "install or remove software. The detailed description of available `make` " @@ -1485,7 +1466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as " "described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-" @@ -1499,14 +1480,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also " "requires superuser privilege." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be " "installed, then type `make install` at the prompt. Messages will indicate " @@ -1514,7 +1495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1539,7 +1520,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" @@ -1557,7 +1538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:817 msgid "" "Since `lsof` is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security " "warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, " @@ -1565,7 +1546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the " "directories listed in the `PATH` environment variable, to speed up lookup " @@ -1576,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:825 msgid "" "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all " "the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves " @@ -1585,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make clean\n" @@ -1594,20 +1575,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "To save this extra step, instead use `make install clean` when compiling the " "port." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "Customizing Ports Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable " "application components, provide security options, or allow for other " @@ -1621,7 +1602,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "When using `config-recursive`, the list of ports to configure are gathered " "by the `all-depends-list` target. It is recommended to run `make config-" @@ -1631,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:859 msgid "" "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to " "add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One " @@ -1643,7 +1624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:863 msgid "" "The ports system uses man:fetch[1] to download the source files, which " "supports various environment variables. The `FTP_PASSIVE_MODE`, " @@ -1653,7 +1634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:868 msgid "" "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, `make fetch` " "can be run within `/usr/ports`, to fetch all distfiles, or within a " @@ -1665,7 +1646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:871 msgid "" "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles " "repository, the `MASTER_SITES` variable can be used to override the download " @@ -1674,7 +1655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" @@ -1683,76 +1664,76 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "The `WRKDIRPREFIX` and `PREFIX` variables can override the default working " "and target directories. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:884 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/home/example/ports` and install everything " "under `/usr/local`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:891 #, no-wrap msgid "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/ports` and install it in `/usr/home/example/" "local`. And:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:898 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:901 msgid "will combine the two." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page " "for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Installed Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "Installed ports can be uninstalled using `pkg delete`. Examples for using " "this command can be found in the man:pkg-delete[8] manual page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:912 msgid "Alternately, `make deinstall` can be run in the port\\'s directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -1763,13 +1744,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" @@ -1777,7 +1758,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:930 msgid "" "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the " "port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be " @@ -1786,13 +1767,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:932 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports " "Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be " @@ -1800,7 +1781,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:940 msgid "" "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that " "the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating " @@ -1809,13 +1790,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg version -l \"<\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "Before attempting an upgrade, read `/usr/ports/UPDATING` from the top of the " "file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system " @@ -1828,27 +1809,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "Tools to Upgrade and Manage Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual " "upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "Historically, most installations used either Portmaster or Portupgrade. " "Synth is a newer alternative." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system " "administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using " @@ -1856,13 +1837,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portmaster" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] is a very small utility for upgrading " "installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD " @@ -1871,7 +1852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:979 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" @@ -1879,38 +1860,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:982 msgid "Portmaster defines four categories of ports:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:985 msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:986 msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:987 msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:989 msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portmaster -L\n" @@ -1934,7 +1915,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" @@ -1942,18 +1923,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -a\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1030 msgid "" "By default, Portmaster makes a backup package before deleting the existing " "port. If the installation of the new version is successful, Portmaster " @@ -1965,20 +1946,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1033 msgid "" "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add `-f` to upgrade " "and rebuild all ports:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1041 msgid "" "Portmaster can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading " "all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this " @@ -1986,26 +1967,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster shells/bash\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1050 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] is another utility that can be used to " "upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to " @@ -2013,7 +1994,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" @@ -2021,7 +2002,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan " "the list of installed ports using `pkgdb -F` and to fix all the " @@ -2029,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use `portupgrade -" "a`. Alternately, include `-i` to be asked for confirmation of every " @@ -2037,13 +2018,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1070 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -ai\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use " "`portupgrade _pkgname_`. It is very important to include `-R` to first " @@ -2051,13 +2032,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -R firefox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "If `-P` is included, Portupgrade searches for available packages in the " "local directories listed in `PKG_PATH`. If none are available locally, it " @@ -2068,13 +2049,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -PP gnome3\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "" "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if `-P` is specified, without " "building or installing anything, use `-F`. For further information on all " @@ -2082,20 +2063,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports and Disk Space" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building " "and installing a port, running `make clean` within the ports skeleton will " @@ -2106,13 +2087,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -C\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in `/usr/ports/" "distfiles` over time. To use Portupgrade to delete all the distfiles that " @@ -2120,57 +2101,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -D\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "" "Portupgrade can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently " "installed on the system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -DD\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "If Portmaster is installed, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster --clean-distfiles\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a " "distfile should be deleted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "In addition to these commands, package:ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves[] automates " "the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Packages with Poudriere" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "" "Poudriere is a `BSD`-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD " "packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation " @@ -2182,7 +2163,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "Poudriere is installed using the package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] package or " "port. The installation includes a sample configuration file `/usr/local/etc/" @@ -2191,7 +2172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1154 msgid "" "While `ZFS` is not required on the system running poudriere, it is " "beneficial. When `ZFS` is used, `ZPOOL` must be specified in `/usr/local/" @@ -2203,7 +2184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1158 msgid "" "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds " "will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with `RAM` or " @@ -2212,13 +2193,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1166 msgid "" "After configuration, initialize poudriere so that it installs a jail with " "the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail " @@ -2228,7 +2209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1213 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 13amd64 -v 13.1-RELEASE\n" @@ -2278,7 +2259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1220 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local -m git+https\n" @@ -2287,7 +2268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "On a single computer, poudriere can build ports with multiple " "configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom " @@ -2297,7 +2278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1229 msgid "" "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-" "specific `make.conf` in `/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d`. The filename in this " @@ -2308,13 +2289,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1231 msgid "" "Packages to be built are entered in `13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1238 #, no-wrap msgid "" "editors/emacs\n" @@ -2324,29 +2305,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1241 msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1245 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere options -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1248 msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1252 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere bulk -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1256 msgid "" "While running, pressing kbd:[Ctrl+t] displays the current state of the " "build. Poudriere also builds files in `/poudriere/logs/bulk/jailname` that " @@ -2354,27 +2335,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from " "the poudriere repository." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "For more information on using poudriere, see man:poudriere[8] and the main " "web site, https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1261 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1266 msgid "" "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the " "official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official " @@ -2384,7 +2365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" @@ -2393,7 +2374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines " "via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for " @@ -2402,7 +2383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1279 msgid "" "If the URL to the package repository is: `http://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, " "then the repository configuration file in `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom." @@ -2410,7 +2391,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1286 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" @@ -2420,13 +2401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "Post-Installation Considerations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or " "port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration " @@ -2435,7 +2416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in `/usr/" "local/etc`. In cases where an application has a large number of " @@ -2447,7 +2428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "Applications which provide documentation will install it into `/usr/local/" "share/doc` and many applications also install manual pages. This " @@ -2455,7 +2436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1297 msgid "" "Some applications run services which must be added to `/etc/rc.conf` before " "starting the application. These applications usually install a startup " @@ -2464,7 +2445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1302 msgid "" "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, " "nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This " @@ -2472,32 +2453,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "Users of man:csh[1] should run `rehash` to rebuild the known binary list in " "the shells `PATH`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1306 msgid "" "Use `pkg info` to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were " "installed with the application." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1308 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1311 msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the link:https://www." "FreeBSD.org/support/[Problem Report database]. If so, implementing the " @@ -2505,7 +2486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1314 msgid "" "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type `make maintainer` in the ports " "skeleton or read the port's `Makefile` to find the maintainer's email " @@ -2514,7 +2495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1320 msgid "" "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group " "maintainer represented by a extref:{mailing-list-faq}[mailing list]. Many, " @@ -2524,7 +2505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "In particular, ports maintained by mailto:ports@FreeBSD.org[ports@FreeBSD." "org] are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and " @@ -2533,7 +2514,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1326 msgid "" "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report " "using the instructions in extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem " @@ -2541,7 +2522,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed " "information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional " @@ -2549,7 +2530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <>." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po index ae762f2831..d406cbb386 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 29. PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (PPP) protocol which can be used to " "establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This " @@ -56,48 +56,48 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a PPP connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:64 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:66 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and PPP." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring PPP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up PPP connections using " "man:ppp[8]. The default FreeBSD kernel provides support for [." @@ -108,50 +108,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:77 msgid "In order to use a PPP connection, the following items are needed:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:79 msgid "A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 msgid "A dial-up modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 msgid "The dial-up number for the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 msgid "The login name and password assigned by the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "The IP address of one or more DNS servers. Normally, the ISP provides these " "addresses. If it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use DNS negotiation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:85 msgid "If any of the required information is missing, contact the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The following information may be supplied by the ISP, but is not necessary:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway. If this information is unknown, the " "ISP will automatically provide the correct value during connection setup. " @@ -159,14 +159,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The subnet mask. If the ISP has not provided one, `255.255.255.255` will be " "used in the man:ppp[8] configuration file. *" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "If the ISP has assigned a static IP address and hostname, it should be input " "into the configuration file. Otherwise, this information will be " @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common " "PPP connection scenarios. The required configuration file is [.filename]#/" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. " "These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines " "that end in a `:` start in the first column (beginning of the line) while " @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "In order to configure a PPP connection, first edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp." "conf# with the dial-in information for the ISP. This file is described as " @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 default:\n" @@ -236,58 +236,58 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 1" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Identifies the `default` entry. Commands in this entry (lines 2 through 9) " "are executed automatically when `ppp` is run." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 2" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the " "configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "set log phase tun\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 3" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Displays the version of man:ppp[8] to the PPP software running on the other " "side of the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 4" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where [." "filename]#COM1# is [.filename]#/dev/cuau0# and [.filename]#COM2# is [." @@ -295,33 +295,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 5" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Sets the connection speed. If `115200` does not work on an older modem, try " "`38400` instead." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 6 & 7" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to man:chat[8] for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any " "command in [.filename]#ppp.conf# may do this if the last character on the " @@ -329,24 +329,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 8" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:165 msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 9" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "Instructs the peer to confirm the DNS settings. If the local network is " "running its own DNS server, this line should be commented out, by adding a " @@ -354,37 +354,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 10" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:172 msgid "A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by man:ppp[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 11" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Identifies an entry called `provider`. This could be changed to the name of " "the ISP so that `load _ISP_` can be used to start the connection." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 12" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Use the phone number for the ISP. Multiple phone numbers may be specified " "using the colon (`:`) or pipe character (`|`) as a separator. To rotate " @@ -395,25 +395,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 13 & 14" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:186 msgid "Use the user name and password for the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 15" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this " "example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of " @@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 16" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static " "IP address has been obtained from the ISP or if it instead negotiates a " @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "If the ISP has allocated a static IP address and default gateway, replace _x." "x.x.x_ with the static IP address and replace _y.y.y.y_ with the IP address " @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "If the IP address changes whenever a connection is made, change this line to " "the following value. This tells man:ppp[8] to use the IP Configuration " @@ -452,19 +452,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 17" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The " "`HISADDR` will automatically be replaced with the gateway address specified " @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "Depending upon whether man:ppp[8] is started manually or automatically, a [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup# may also need to be created which contains " @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "provider:\n" @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "This file is also needed when the default gateway address is \"guessed\" in " "a static IP address configuration. In this case, remove line 17 from [." @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "By default, `ppp` must be run as `root`. To change this default, add the " "account of the user who should run `ppp` to the `network` group in [." @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Then, give the user access to one or more entries in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/" "ppp.conf# with `allow`. For example, to give `fred` and `mary` permission " @@ -519,40 +519,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "allow users fred mary\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the " "`default` section instead." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver " "addresses on demand." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "To enable these extensions with PPP version 1.x, the following lines might " "be added to the relevant section of [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "enable msext\n" @@ -561,12 +561,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:255 msgid "And for PPP version 2 and above:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "accept dns\n" @@ -575,27 +575,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, " "and a NetBIOS nameserver host." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "In version 2 and above, if the `set dns` line is omitted, PPP will use the " "values found in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "Some ISPs set their system up so that the authentication part of the " "connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP authentication " @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as " "passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted " @@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:277 msgid "The following alterations must be made:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "13 set authname MyUserName\n" @@ -627,70 +627,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 13" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name.Insert the correct value for " "_MyUserName_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 14" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password. Insert the correct value for " "_MyPassword_. You may want to add an additional line, such as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept PAP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:299 msgid "or" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept CHAP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both " "accepted by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "The ISP will not normally require a login to the server when using PAP or " "CHAP. Therefore, disable the \"set login\" string." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP Network Address Translation Capability" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. " "This functionality may be enabled by the following line in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -698,13 +698,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "nat enable yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option `-nat`. There is " "also [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# knob named `ppp_nat`, which is enabled by " @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf# options to enable incoming connections " @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n" @@ -728,51 +728,51 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:334 msgid "or do not trust the outside at all" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "nat deny_incoming yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Final System Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "While `ppp` is now configured, some edits still need to be made to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Working from the top down in this file, make sure the `hostname=` line is " "set:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "If the ISP has supplied a static IP address and name, use this name as the " "host name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "Look for the `network_interfaces` variable. To configure the system to dial " "the ISP on demand, make sure the [.filename]#tun0# device is added to the " @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n" @@ -788,20 +788,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "The `ifconfig_tun0` variable should be empty, and a file called [.filename]#/" "etc/start_if.tun0# should be created. This file should contain the line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp -auto mysystem\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp " "daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider " @@ -809,27 +809,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Make sure that the router program is set to `NO` with the following line in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "router_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "It is important that the `routed` daemon is not started, as `routed` tends " "to delete the default routing table entries created by `ppp`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not " "include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network " @@ -838,13 +838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "The downside is that `sendmail` is forced to re-examine the mail queue " "whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include `!bg` in [.filename]#ppp." @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 provider:\n" @@ -862,33 +862,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "An alternative is to set up a \"dfilter\" to block SMTP traffic. Refer to " "the sample files for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ppp`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:417 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "and then `dial provider` to start the PPP session, or, to configure `ppp` to " "establish sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and [." @@ -896,13 +896,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -auto provider\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "It is possible to talk to the `ppp` program while it is running in the " "background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been set up. To do " @@ -910,13 +910,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:431 #, no-wrap msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "This will tell PPP to listen to the specified UNIX(R) domain socket, asking " "clients for the specified password before allowing access. The `%d` in the " @@ -924,34 +924,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "Once a socket has been set up, the man:pppctl[8] program may be used in " "scripts that wish to manipulate the running program." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "crossref:serialcomms[dialup,“Dial-in Service”] provides a good description " "on enabling dial-up services using man:getty[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "An alternative to `getty` is package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port), a smarter " "version of `getty` designed with dial-up lines in mind." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "The advantages of using `mgetty` is that it actively _talks_ to modems, " "meaning if port is turned off in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# then the modem will " @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Later versions of `mgetty` (from 0.99beta onwards) also support the " "automatic detection of PPP streams, allowing clients scriptless access to " @@ -967,14 +967,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Refer to http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html[http://mgetty.greenie." "net/doc/mgetty_toc.html] for more information on `mgetty`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "By default the package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port comes with the `AUTO_PPP` " "option enabled allowing `mgetty` to detect the LCP phase of PPP connections " @@ -984,41 +984,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the " "package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port on his system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config# has the " "following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "This tells `mgetty` to run [.filename]#ppp-pap-dialup# for detected PPP " "connections." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "Create an executable file called [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup# " "containing the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "For each dial-up line enabled in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, create a " "corresponding entry in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. This will happily co-" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pap:\n" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password " "in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#, or alternatively add the following " @@ -1052,13 +1052,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "enable passwdauth\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "To assign some users a static IP number, specify the number as the third " "argument in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#. See [.filename]#/usr/share/" @@ -1066,13 +1066,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting PPP Connections" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "This section covers a few issues which may arise when using PPP over a modem " "connection. Some ISPs present the `ssword` prompt while others present " @@ -1082,26 +1082,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "Check the Device Nodes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the " "kernel configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "device uart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "The [.filename]#uart# device is already included in the `GENERIC` kernel, so " "no additional steps are necessary in this case. Just check the `dmesg` " @@ -1109,13 +1109,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "# dmesg | grep uart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "This should display some pertinent output about the [.filename]#uart# " "devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a " @@ -1126,13 +1126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting Manually" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling `ppp` is quick, easy, and " "a great way to debug a connection or just get information on how the ISP " @@ -1142,35 +1142,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:543 msgid "This second command sets the modem device to [.filename]#cuau1#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set speed 115200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:550 msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 kbps." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> enable dns\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "This tells `ppp` to configure the resolver and add the nameserver lines to [." "filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. If `ppp` cannot determine the hostname, it can " @@ -1178,19 +1178,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> term\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "This switches to \"terminal\" mode in order to manually control the modem." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1\n" @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "at\n" @@ -1207,20 +1207,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "Use `at` to initialize the modem, then use `atdt` and the number for the ISP " "to begin the dial in process." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:584 #, no-wrap msgid "CONNECT\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection " "problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve " @@ -1228,39 +1228,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Login:myusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the " "ISP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Pass:mypassword\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the ISP. Just " "like logging into FreeBSD, the password will not echo." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell or PPP:ppp\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "Depending on the ISP, this prompt might not appear. If it does, it is " "asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start `ppp`. In this " @@ -1268,47 +1268,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:616 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "Ppp ON example>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "Notice that in this example the first `p` has been capitalized. This shows " "that we have successfully connected to the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "We have successfully authenticated with our ISP and are waiting for the " "assigned IP address." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "We have made an agreement on an IP address and successfully completed our " "connection." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the " "outside world as currently the only established connection is with the " @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the " "Internet, which could be thrown into the background using kbd:[CTRL+z]. If " @@ -1328,13 +1328,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow CTS/RTS to off " "using `set ctsrts off`. This is mainly the case when connected to some PPP-" @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "An older modem may need `set parity even`. Parity is set at none be " "default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in traffic, on " @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "PPP may not return to the command mode, which is usually a negotiation error " "where the ISP is waiting for negotiating to begin. At this point, using " @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "If a login prompt never appears, PAP or CHAP authentication is most likely " "required. To use PAP or CHAP, add the following options to PPP before going " @@ -1371,33 +1371,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authname myusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "Where _myusername_ should be replaced with the username that was assigned by " "the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "Where _mypassword_ should be replaced with the password that was assigned by " "the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try " "to man:ping[8] an IP address. If there is 100 percent (100%) packet loss, " @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "domain example.com\n" @@ -1417,21 +1417,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "Where _x.x.x.x_ and _y.y.y.y_ should be replaced with the IP address of the " "ISP's DNS servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "To configure man:syslog[3] to provide logging for the PPP connection, make " "sure this line exists in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!ppp\n" @@ -1439,23 +1439,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:705 msgid "This section describes how to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:707 msgid "Here is an example of a working [.filename]#ppp.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name_of_service_provider:\n" @@ -1477,23 +1477,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:724 msgid "As `root`, run:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:731 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1503,13 +1503,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the " "connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE " @@ -1517,14 +1517,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided " "by the ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "As a last resort, one could try installing the package:net/rr-pppoe[] " "package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program your modem and " @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry " "in [.filename]#ppp.conf# as the provider part for `set device`. Refer to " @@ -1543,44 +1543,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "Do not forget to change _xl1_ to the proper device for the Ethernet card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:765 msgid "Do not forget to change _ISP_ to the profile." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "For additional information, refer to http://renaud.waldura.com/doc/freebsd/" "pppoe/[Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL] by Renaud Waldura." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "PPPoE with a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL Modem Dual Link" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in http://www." "faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html[RFC 2516]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl " "must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating [." @@ -1588,24 +1588,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:782 msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to " "talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL " @@ -1613,26 +1613,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over ATM (PPPoA)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "The following describes how to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA). PPPoA is a " "popular choice among European DSL providers." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "Using mpd" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "The mpd application can be used to connect to a variety of services, in " "particular PPTP services. It can be installed using the package:net/mpd5[] " @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "Once installed, configure mpd to suit the provider's settings. The port " "places a set of sample configuration files which are well documented in [." @@ -1652,12 +1652,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:811 msgid "This example [.filename]#mpd.conf# only works with mpd 4.x." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n" @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set ipcp no vjcomp\n" @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set iface route default\n" @@ -1704,23 +1704,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid " open\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:841 msgid "The username used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 msgid "The password used to authenticate with your ISP." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in [." "filename]#mpd.links#. An example [.filename]#mpd.links# to accompany the " @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1740,37 +1740,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:857 msgid "The IP address of FreeBSD computer running mpd." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 msgid "" "The IP address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel SpeedTouch(TM) Home defaults " "to `10.0.0.138`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following " "command as `root`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpd -b adsl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:867 msgid "To view the status of the connection:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig ng0\n" @@ -1779,26 +1779,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "Using mpd is the recommended way to connect to an ADSL service with FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pptpclient" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using " "package:net/pptpclient[]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "To use package:net/pptpclient[] to connect to a DSL service, install the " "port or package, then edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. An example " @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -1821,24 +1821,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:898 msgid "The username for the DSL provider." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 msgid "The password for your account." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "Since the account's password is added to [.filename]#ppp.conf# in plain text " "form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:909 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "This will open a tunnel for a PPP session to the DSL router. Ethernet DSL " "modems have a preconfigured LAN IP address to connect to. In the case of " @@ -1856,20 +1856,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "# pptp address adsl\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:928 msgid "" "If an ampersand (\"&\") is added to the end of this command, pptp will " "return the prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "A [.filename]#tun# virtual tunnel device will be created for interaction " "between the pptp and ppp processes. Once the prompt is returned, or the " @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig tun0\n" @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is " "usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of `pptp` " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po index 6f55d5145d..399d0308ce 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ msgid "Chapter 10. Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to " "eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be " @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of " "printing plain `ASCII` text. For printing to other types of files, see " @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:72 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:74 msgid "As `root`, create [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -96,59 +96,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:86 msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a `USB` port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:88 msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or \"printer\" port, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:95 msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "Replace _network-printer-name_ with the `DNS` host name of the network " "printer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:104 msgid "Enable LPD by editing [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, adding this line:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:109 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:112 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:386 msgid "Start the service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lpd start\n" @@ -156,32 +156,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:119 msgid "Print a test:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "If both lines do not start at the left border, but \"stairstep\" instead, " "see <>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Text files can now be printed with `lpr`. Give the filename on the command " "line, or pipe output directly into `lpr`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr textfile.txt\n" @@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Printer Connections" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small " "desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's `USB` port. " @@ -205,24 +205,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:150 msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "`USB`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "`USB` printers can be connected to any available `USB` port on the computer." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "When FreeBSD detects a `USB` printer, two device entries are created: [." "filename]#/dev/ulpt0# and [.filename]#/dev/unlpt0#. Data sent to either " @@ -233,20 +233,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "Parallel (`IEEE`-1284)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "The parallel port device is [.filename]#/dev/lpt0#. This device appears " "whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Vendors have largely moved away from these \"legacy\" ports, and many " "computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel " @@ -256,13 +256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial (RS-232)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in " "certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary " @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is [." "filename]#/dev/cuau0# or [.filename]#/dev/cuau1#. Serial `USB` adapters can " @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial " "printer. The most important are _baud rate_ or `BPS` (Bits Per Second) and " @@ -287,18 +287,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Network" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:186 msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "The `DNS` hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned " "a dynamic address by `DHCP`, `DNS` should be dynamically updated so that the " @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the LPD protocol. A " "print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data " @@ -317,19 +317,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:197 msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the " "fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, `USB` is preferred " @@ -341,26 +341,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Page Description Languages" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can " "understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or PDLs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "`ASCII`" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "Plain `ASCII` text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. " "Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an `A` in the " @@ -372,20 +372,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain `ASCII` text. This makes them " "more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "PostScript(R)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "PostScript(R) is almost the opposite of `ASCII`. Rather than simple text, a " "PostScript(R) program is a set of instructions that draw the final " @@ -396,20 +396,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out PostScript(R) compatibility as a " "cost-saving measure." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` (Printer Command Language)" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "`PCL` is an extension of `ASCII`, adding escape sequences for formatting, " "font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide `PCL5` " @@ -418,13 +418,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Host-Based" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple " "processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of " @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through " "proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the " @@ -442,13 +442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting PostScript(R) to Other PDLs" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce " "PostScript(R) output. This table shows the utilities available to convert " @@ -456,87 +456,87 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDLs" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDL" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Generated By" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` or `PCL5`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:270 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:274 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/ghostscript9-base[]" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=ljet4` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=cljet5` for color" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCLXL` or `PCL6`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=pxlmono` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=pxlcolor` for color" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`ESC/P2`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=uniprint`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "`XQX`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/foo2zjs[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports PostScript(R). " "Printers that support `PCL` are the next preferred. With package:print/" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support " "PostScript(R) or `PCL`. They often can print plain `ASCII` text files. " @@ -558,14 +558,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used " "at all because of proprietary PDLs. Avoid these printers when possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "Descriptions of many PDLs can be found at http://www.undocprint.org/formats/" "page_description_languages[]. The particular `PDL` used by various models " @@ -573,13 +573,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "Direct Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device " "without any setup. For example, a file called [.filename]#sample.txt# can " @@ -587,13 +587,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, " "but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and man:nc[1] can be used with " @@ -602,19 +602,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "LPD (Line Printer Daemon)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Printing a file in the background is called _spooling_. A spooler allows " "the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for " @@ -622,20 +622,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a spooler called man:lpd[8]. Print jobs are submitted with " "man:lpr[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the " "permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of " @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Printers are defined in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. An entry for each " "printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and " @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "The name of this printer. man:lpr[1] sends print jobs to the `lp` printer " "unless another printer is specified with `-P`, so the default printer should " @@ -672,71 +672,71 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the " "appropriate one for the connection type shown here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:362 msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:364 msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its " "own spooling directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:368 msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#/etc/printcap#, use man:chkprintcap[8] to test it " "for errors:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "# chkprintcap\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:377 msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:379 msgid "Enable man:lpd[8] in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "# service lpd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing with man:lpr[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:398 msgid "" "Documents are sent to the printer with `lpr`. A file to be printed can be " "named on the command line or piped into `lpr`. These two commands are " @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr doc.txt\n" @@ -753,25 +753,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "Printers can be selected with `-P`. To print to a printer called _laser_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:418 msgid "" "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to " "the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, " @@ -779,14 +779,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:420 msgid "" "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file " "might not even be plain text." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "_Filters_ allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to " "translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer " @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The filters discussed here are _input filters_ or _text filters_. These " "filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use man:su[1] to " @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "Filters are specified in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with the `if=` " "identifier. To use [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf# as a filter, " @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -825,12 +825,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:444 msgid "`if=` identifies the _input filter_ that will be used on incoming text." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "The backslash _line continuation_ characters at the end of the lines in [." "filename]#printcap# entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really " @@ -839,26 +839,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the " "end of each line. These lines will \"stairstep\" on a standard printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A printed file looks\n" @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and " "newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after " @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -885,46 +885,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:483 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:515 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:548 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:604 msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:490 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:521 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use the new filter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns " "will cause each line to start at the left side of the page." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "Fancy Plain Text on PostScript(R) Printers with package:print/enscript[]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "GNUEnscript converts plain text files into nicely-formatted PostScript(R) " "for printing on PostScript(R) printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long " @@ -935,12 +935,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:506 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/enscript# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -948,30 +948,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:528 msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing PostScript(R) to `PCL` Printers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Many programs produce PostScript(R) documents. However, inexpensive " "printers often only understand plain text or `PCL`. This filter converts " @@ -979,19 +979,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "Install the Ghostscript PostScript(R) interpreter, package:print/" "ghostscript9-base[], from the Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:539 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl# with these contents:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -999,37 +999,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "PostScript(R) input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to " "`PCL` before being sent on to the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:611 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use this new input filter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:563 msgid "Test the filter by sending a small PostScript(R) program to it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" @@ -1037,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "Smart Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the " "correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two " @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n" @@ -1085,30 +1085,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:615 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:618 msgid "Test the filter by printing PostScript(R) and plain text files." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Smart Filters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them " "correctly is challenging. package:print/apsfilter[] from the Ports " @@ -1118,13 +1118,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Queues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are really definitions of " "_queues_. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "As an example, consider a networked PostScript(R) laser printer in an " "office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want " @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "textprinter:\\\n" @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psprinter:\\\n" @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "Documents sent to `textprinter` will be formatted by the [.filename]#/usr/" "local/libexec/enscript# filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users " @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all " "kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, " @@ -1185,38 +1185,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control " "printer operation." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpq[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "man:lpq[1] shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other " "users are not shown." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:673 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -Plp\n" @@ -1225,12 +1225,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:682 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -a\n" @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "" "laser:\n" @@ -1249,25 +1249,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lprm[1]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "man:lprm[1] is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to " "remove their own jobs. `root` can remove any or all jobs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:703 msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lprm -Plp -\n" @@ -1280,14 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "Remove a single job from a printer. man:lpq[1] is used to find the job " "number." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:723 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq\n" @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lprm -Plp 5\n" @@ -1305,13 +1305,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:730 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpc[8]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "man:lpc[8] is used to check and modify printer status. `lpc` is followed by " "a command and an optional printer name. `all` can be used instead of a " @@ -1321,12 +1321,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:739 msgid "Show the status of all printers:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpc status all\n" @@ -1343,14 +1343,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs " "again:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc disable lp\n" @@ -1362,13 +1362,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc stop lp\n" @@ -1381,12 +1381,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:782 msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:790 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc restart lp\n" @@ -1397,14 +1397,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the " "problem to users:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc down lp Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" @@ -1414,12 +1414,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:803 msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc up lp\n" @@ -1429,31 +1429,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:813 msgid "See man:lpc[8] for more commands and options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Printers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. " "Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:821 #, no-wrap msgid "Aliases" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in [.filename]#/etc/" "printcap#. Additional names, or _aliases_, can be added after that name. " @@ -1461,37 +1461,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the " "Sales department print to their printer with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:841 msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to _their_ printer with" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:845 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales " "department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed " @@ -1501,13 +1501,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "Header Pages" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:858 msgid "" "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of " "pages produced by a busy shared printer. _Header pages_ were created to " @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected " "directly to the computer with a `USB`, parallel, or serial cable, or is " @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the `:sh:" "\\` (Suppress Header) line from the entry in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. " @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. " "Header page entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are ignored. Settings are " @@ -1545,38 +1545,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:874 msgid "Example files: [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "The _4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual_, [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/smm/07." "lpd/paper.ascii.gz#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "Manual pages: man:printcap[5], man:lpd[8], man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], man:" "lprm[1], man:lpq[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Printing Systems" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in man:" "lpd[8]. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional " @@ -1584,13 +1584,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "CUPS (Common UNIX(R) Printing System)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "CUPS is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. " "Using CUPS on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article: extref:{cups}" @@ -1598,13 +1598,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "HPLIP" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their " "inkjet and laser printers. The port is package:print/hplip[]. The main web " @@ -1615,13 +1615,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "LPRng" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:905 msgid "" "LPRng was developed as an enhanced alternative to man:lpd[8]. The port is " "package:sysutils/LPRng[]. For details and documentation, see http://www." diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po index 22d9e972b2..7b4ecd90ca 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 15. Security" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "Security, whether physical or virtual, is a topic so broad that an entire " "industry has evolved around it. Hundreds of standard practices have been " @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The " "FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third " @@ -64,86 +64,86 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:61 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up one-time password authentication." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure TCP Wrapper for use with man:inetd[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set up Kerberos on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to configure IPsec and create a VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure and use OpenSSH on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to use file system ACLs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "How to use pkg to audit third party software packages installed from the " "Ports Collection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits " "database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:76 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:78 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Additional security topics are covered elsewhere in this Handbook. For " "example, Mandatory Access Control is discussed in crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory " @@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system " "could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc " @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The CIA triad is a bedrock concept of computer security as customers and " "users expect their data to be protected. For example, a customer expects " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "To provide CIA, security professionals apply a defense in depth strategy. " "The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of security to prevent " @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not " "limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without " @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by " "accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing " "the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network " @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "The rest of this introduction describes how some of these basic security " "configurations are performed on a FreeBSD system. The rest of this chapter " @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Logins" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. Ensure " "that `root` has a strong password and that this password is not shared. " @@ -249,20 +249,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist. The first is to lock " "the account. This example locks the `toor` account:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw lock toor\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to [." "filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#. Only the superuser can change the shell for " @@ -270,26 +270,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin toor\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin# shell prevents the system from assigning " "a shell to the user when they attempt to login." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Permitted Account Escalation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "In some cases, system administration needs to be shared with other users. " "FreeBSD has two methods to handle this. The first one, which is not " @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "The second, and recommended, method to permit privilege escalation is to " "install the package:security/sudo[] package or port. This software provides " @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "After installation, use `visudo` to edit [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "sudoers#. This example creates a new `webadmin` group, adds the `trhodes` " @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd webadmin -M trhodes -g 6000\n" @@ -330,13 +330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Hashes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they " "should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt " @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Blowfish is not part of AES and is not considered compliant with any Federal " "Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Its use may not be permitted in " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the " "superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. " @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grep dru /etc/master.passwd\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class. For this example, the " "user is in the `default` login class and the hash algorithm is set with this " @@ -385,25 +385,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=sha512:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "To change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid " :passwd_format=blf:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "Then run `cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf` as described in <>. " "Note that this change will not affect any existing password hashes. This " @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "For remote logins, two-factor authentication should be used. An example of " "two-factor authentication is \"something you have\", such as a key, and " @@ -425,13 +425,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Policy Enforcement" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental " "aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, " @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password " "length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the [." @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line " "containing `pam_passwdqc.so` in [.filename]#/etc/pam.d/passwd#. Then, edit " @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "This example sets several requirements for new passwords. The `min` setting " "controls the minimum password length. It has five values because this " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "The `similar` setting denies passwords that are similar to the user's " "previous password. The `retry` setting provides a user with three " @@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message " "similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% passwd\n" @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You can now choose the new password.\n" @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected " "with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the " @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "Most password policies require passwords to expire after so many days. To " "set a password age time in FreeBSD, set `passwordtime` for the user's login " @@ -538,46 +538,46 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "# :passwordtime=90d:\\\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment " "symbol (`+#+`), save the edit, and run `cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the " "number of days to expiry and a username to `pw`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2015 -n trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and " "year. For more information, see man:pw[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "Detecting Rootkits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "A _rootkit_ is any unauthorized software that attempts to gain `root` access " "to a system. Once installed, this malicious software will normally open up " @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "A rootkit does do one thing useful for administrators: once detected, it is " "a sign that a compromise happened at some point. But, these types of " @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "After installation of this package or port, the system may be checked using " "the following command. It will produce a lot of information and will " @@ -606,13 +606,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "# rkhunter -c\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "After the process completes, a status message will be printed to the " "screen. This message will include the amount of files checked, suspect " @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Every administrator should know what is running on the systems they are " "responsible for. Third-party tools like rkhunter and package:sysutils/" @@ -634,13 +634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "Binary Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides " "the system administration and security teams information about system " @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides native support for a basic IDS system. While the nightly " "security emails will notify an administrator of changes, the information is " @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "The built-in `mtree` utility can be used to generate a specification of the " "contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, is used to generate " @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -c -K cksum,sha256digest -p /bin > /root/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" @@ -683,21 +683,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "The _3483151339707503_ represents the seed. This value should be " "remembered, but not shared." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "Viewing [.filename]#/root/.bin_cksum_mtree# should yield output similar to " "the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# user: root\n" @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# .\n" @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "The machine's hostname, the date and time the specification was created, and " "the name of the user who created the specification are included in this " @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current " "contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and " @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mtree -s 3483151339707503 -p /bin < /root/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:387 msgid "" "This should produce the same checksum for [.filename]#/bin# that was " "produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to " @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# touch /bin/cat\n" @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain " "binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing " @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "More advanced IDS systems exist, such as package:security/aide[]. In most " "cases, `mtree` provides the functionality administrators need. It is " @@ -796,13 +796,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "System Tuning for Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, many system features can be tuned using `sysctl`. A few of the " "security features which can be tuned to prevent Denial of Service (DoS) " @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "Any time a setting is changed with `sysctl`, the chance to cause undesired " "harm is increased, affecting the availability of the system. All changes " @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "By default, the FreeBSD kernel boots with a security level of `-1`. This is " "called \"insecure mode\" because immutable file flags may be turned off and " @@ -836,14 +836,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "Increasing the `securelevel` can break Xorg and cause other issues. Be " "prepared to do some debugging." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "The `net.inet.tcp.blackhole` and `net.inet.udp.blackhole` settings can be " "used to drop incoming SYN packets on closed ports without sending a return " @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "The `net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect` and `net.inet.ip.redirect` settings help " "prevent against _redirect attacks_. A redirect attack is a type of DoS " @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "Source routing is a method for detecting and accessing non-routable " "addresses on the internal network. This should be disabled as non-routable " @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "When a machine on the network needs to send messages to all hosts on a " "subnet, an ICMP echo request message is sent to the broadcast address. " @@ -884,25 +884,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:449 msgid "Some additional settings are documented in man:security[7]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "One-time Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "By default, versions of FreeBSD prior to 14.x include support for One-time " "Passwords In Everything (OPIE)." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "OPIE is no longer considered secure and has been removed from FreeBSD -" "CURRENT; it will not be available from 14.x onwards. If you wish to use OPIE " @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "OPIE is designed to prevent replay attacks, in which an attacker discovers a " "user's password and uses it to access a system. Since a password is only " @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "OPIE uses three different types of passwords. The first is the usual " "UNIX(R) or Kerberos password. The second is the one-time password which is " @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:482 msgid "" "There are two other pieces of data that are important to OPIE. One is the " "\"seed\" or \"key\", consisting of two letters and five digits. The other " @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "There are a few programs involved in this process. A one-time password, or " "a consecutive list of one-time passwords, is generated by passing an " @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "This section describes four different sorts of operations. The first is how " "to set up one-time-passwords for the first time over a secure connection. " @@ -973,20 +973,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing OPIE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:497 msgid "" "To initialize OPIE for the first time, run this command from a secure " "location:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiepasswd -c\n" @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ID unfurl OTP key is 499 to4268\n" @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "The `-c` sets console mode which assumes that the command is being run from " "a secure location, such as a computer under the user's control or an SSH " @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "When prompted, enter the secret password which will be used to generate the " "one-time login keys. This password should be difficult to guess and should " @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "The `ID` line lists the login name (`unfurl`), default iteration count " "(`499`), and default seed (`to4268`). When logging in, the system will " @@ -1037,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "Insecure Connection Initialization" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:530 msgid "" "To initialize or change the secret password on an insecure system, a secure " "connection is needed to some place where `opiekey` can be run. This might " @@ -1054,13 +1054,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "% opiepasswd\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating unfurl:\n" @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ID mark OTP key is 499 gr4269\n" @@ -1082,15 +1082,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:550 msgid "" "To accept the default seed, press kbd:[Return]. Before entering an access " "password, move over to the secure connection and give it the same parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:559 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey 498 to4268\n" @@ -1101,26 +1101,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Switch back over to the insecure connection, and copy the generated one-time " "password over to the relevant program." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating a Single One-time Password" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "After initializing OPIE and logging in, a prompt like this will be displayed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% telnet example.com\n" @@ -1130,13 +1130,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD/i386 (example.com) (ttypa)\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "login: \n" @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "The OPIE prompt provides a useful feature. If kbd:[Return] is pressed at " "the password prompt, the prompt will turn echo on and display what is " @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:589 msgid "" "At this point, generate the one-time password to answer this login prompt. " "This must be done on a trusted system where it is safe to run man:" @@ -1165,23 +1165,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:591 msgid "On the trusted system:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:602 msgid "Once the one-time password is generated, continue to log in." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating Multiple One-time Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "Sometimes there is no access to a trusted machine or secure connection. In " "this case, it is possible to use man:opiekey[1] to generate a number of one-" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% opiekey -n 5 30 zz99999\n" @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "The `-n 5` requests five keys in sequence, and `30` specifies what the last " "iteration number should be. Note that these are printed out in _reverse_ " @@ -1214,13 +1214,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "Restricting Use of UNIX(R) Passwords" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "OPIE can restrict the use of UNIX(R) passwords based on the IP address of a " "login session. The relevant file is [.filename]#/etc/opieaccess#, which is " @@ -1229,18 +1229,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:634 msgid "Here is a sample [.filename]#opieaccess#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "permit 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "This line allows users whose IP source address (which is vulnerable to " "spoofing) matches the specified value and mask, to use UNIX(R) passwords at " @@ -1248,20 +1248,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "If no rules in [.filename]#opieaccess# are matched, the default is to deny " "non-OPIE logins." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP Wrapper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper is a host-based access control system which extends the " "abilities of crossref:network-servers[network-inetd,“The inetd Super-" @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper should not be considered a replacement for a properly configured " "firewall. Instead, TCP Wrapper should be used in conjunction with a " @@ -1281,20 +1281,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "To enable TCP Wrapper in FreeBSD, add the following lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "" "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1302,12 +1302,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:665 msgid "Then, properly configure [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "Unlike other implementations of TCP Wrapper, the use of [.filename]#hosts." "deny# is deprecated in FreeBSD. All configuration options should be placed " @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either " "permit or block, depending on the options in [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#. " @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "Basic configuration usually takes the form of `daemon : address : action`, " "where `daemon` is the daemon which inetd started, `address` is a valid " @@ -1336,14 +1336,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "For example, to allow POP3 connections via the package:mail/qpopper[] " "daemon, the following lines should be appended to [.filename]#hosts.allow#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n" @@ -1351,24 +1351,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:688 msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart inetd:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "TCP Wrapper provides advanced options to allow more control over the way " "connections are handled. In some cases, it may be appropriate to return a " @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:706 msgid "" "Suppose that a situation occurs where a connection should be denied yet a " "reason should be sent to the host who attempted to establish that " @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The rest of the daemons are protected.\n" @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:719 msgid "" "In this example, the message \"You are not allowed to use _daemon name_ from " "_hostname_.\" will be returned for any daemon not configured in [." @@ -1410,14 +1410,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "It may be possible to launch a denial of service attack on the server if an " "attacker floods these daemons with connection requests." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "Another possibility is to use `spawn`. Like `twist`, `spawn` implicitly " "denies the connection and may be used to run external shell commands or " @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# We do not allow connections from example.com:\n" @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "This will deny all connection attempts from `*.example.com` and log the " "hostname, IP address, and the daemon to which access was attempted to [." @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "To match every instance of a daemon, domain, or IP address, use `ALL`. " "Another wildcard is `PARANOID` which may be used to match any host which " @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block possibly spoofed requests to sendmail:\n" @@ -1467,34 +1467,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "Using the `PARANOID` wildcard will result in denied connections if the " "client or server has a broken DNS setup." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "To learn more about wildcards and their associated functionality, refer to " "man:hosts_access[5]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "When adding new configuration lines, make sure that any unneeded entries for " "that daemon are commented out in [.filename]#hosts.allow#." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "Kerberos is a network authentication protocol which was originally created " "by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as a way to securely " @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:776 msgid "" "The only function of Kerberos is to provide the secure authentication of " "users and servers on the network. It does not provide authorization or " @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in RFC 4120. " "Several free implementations of this protocol are available, covering a wide " @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:787 msgid "" "In Kerberos users and services are identified as \"principals\" which are " "contained within an administrative grouping, called a \"realm\". A typical " @@ -1541,31 +1541,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "This section provides a guide on how to set up Kerberos using the Heimdal " "distribution included in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "For purposes of demonstrating a Kerberos installation, the name spaces will " "be as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:793 msgid "The DNS domain (zone) will be `example.org`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:794 msgid "The Kerberos realm will be `EXAMPLE.ORG`." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "Use real domain names when setting up Kerberos, even if it will run " "internally. This avoids DNS problems and assures inter-operation with other " @@ -1573,13 +1573,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Heimdal KDC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "The Key Distribution Center (KDC) is the centralized authentication service " "that Kerberos provides, the \"trusted third party\" of the system. It is " @@ -1590,30 +1590,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "While running a KDC requires few computing resources, a dedicated machine " "acting only as a KDC is recommended for security reasons." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:811 msgid "To begin, install the package:security/heimdal[] package as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install heimdal\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:818 msgid "Next, update [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# using `sysrc` as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc kdc_enable=yes\n" @@ -1621,12 +1621,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:826 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -1641,14 +1641,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "In this example, the KDC will use the fully-qualified hostname `kerberos." "example.org`. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the DNS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "Kerberos can also use the DNS to locate KDCs, instead of a `[realms]` " "section in [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#. For large organizations that have " @@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -1666,12 +1666,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:855 msgid "With the following lines being included in the `example.org` zone file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "" "_kerberos._udp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:868 msgid "" "In order for clients to be able to find the Kerberos services, they _must_ " "have either a fully configured [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# or a minimally " @@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:874 msgid "" "Next, create the Kerberos database which contains the keys of all principals " "(users and hosts) encrypted with a master password. It is not required to " @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kstash\n" @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:886 msgid "" "Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. " "The Kerberos administrative tool man:kadmin[8] can be used on the KDC in a " @@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin -l\n" @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "Lastly, while still in `kadmin`, create the first principal using `add`. " "Stick to the default options for the principal for now, as these can be " @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kadmin> add tillman\n" @@ -1753,12 +1753,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:911 msgid "Next, start the KDC services by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service kdc start\n" @@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "While there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is " "possible to confirm that the KDC is functioning by obtaining a ticket for " @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% kinit tillman\n" @@ -1782,12 +1782,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:927 msgid "Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using `klist`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% klist\n" @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:936 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Issued Expires Principal\n" @@ -1804,24 +1804,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:939 msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "% kdestroy\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Server to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:949 msgid "" "The first step in configuring a server to use Kerberos authentication is to " "ensure that it has the correct configuration in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "Next, create [.filename]#/etc/krb5.keytab# on the server. This is the main " "part of \"Kerberizing\" a service - it corresponds to generating a secret " @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "Of course, `kadmin` is a kerberized service; a Kerberos ticket is needed to " "authenticate to the network service, but to ensure that the user running " @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "After installing [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#, use `add --random-key` in " "`kadmin`. This adds the server's host principal to the database, but does " @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "Note that `ext_keytab` stores the extracted key in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." "keytab# by default. This is good when being run on the server being " @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin\n" @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using man:scp[1] or a " "removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab name to avoid " @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the KDC using its " "shared key, stored in [.filename]#krb5.keytab#. It is now ready for the " @@ -1926,33 +1926,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "After making this change, man:sshd[8] must be restarted for the new " "configuration to take effect: `service sshd restart`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Client to Use Kerberos" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in [.filename]#/" "etc/krb5.conf#. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it as needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "Test the client by using `kinit`, `klist`, and `kdestroy` from the client to " "obtain, show, and then delete a ticket for an existing principal. Kerberos " @@ -1964,14 +1964,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as " "`tcpdump` to confirm that no sensitive information is sent in the clear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "Various Kerberos client applications are available. With the advent of a " "bridge so that applications using SASL for authentication can use GSS-API " @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1024 msgid "" "Users within a realm typically have their Kerberos principal mapped to a " "local user account. Occasionally, one needs to grant access to a local user " @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "" "The [.filename]#.k5login# and [.filename]#.k5users# files, placed in a " "user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For example, if " @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tillman@example.org\n" @@ -2009,18 +2009,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "Refer to man:ksu[1] for more information about [.filename]#.k5users#." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "MIT Differences" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "" "The major difference between the MIT and Heimdal implementations is that " "`kadmin` has a different, but equivalent, set of commands and uses a " @@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to " "accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at http://web.mit.edu/" @@ -2040,14 +2040,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1046 msgid "" "When using MIT Kerberos as a KDC on FreeBSD, the following edits should also " "be made to [.filename]#rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kdc_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/kdc\"\n" @@ -2058,20 +2058,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "When configuring and troubleshooting Kerberos, keep the following points in " "mind:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1061 msgid "" "When using either Heimdal or MITKerberos from ports, ensure that the `PATH` " "lists the port's versions of the client applications before the system " @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, " "authentication may fail. crossref:network-servers[network-ntp,“Clock " @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "If the hostname is changed, the `host/` principal must be changed and the " "keytab updated. This also applies to special keytab entries like the `HTTP/` " @@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in DNS " "or, at a minimum, exist in [.filename]#/etc/hosts#. CNAMEs will work, but " @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "Some operating systems that act as clients to the KDC do not set the " "permissions for `ksu` to be setuid `root`. This means that `ksu` does not " @@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "With MITKerberos, to allow a principal to have a ticket life longer than the " "default lifetime of ten hours, use `modify_principal` at the man:kadmin[8] " @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "When running a packet sniffer on the KDC to aid in troubleshooting while " "running `kinit` from a workstation, the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is sent " @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has " "a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine " @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "When setting up [.filename]#krb5.dict# to prevent specific bad passwords " "from being used as described in man:kadmind[8], remember that it only " @@ -2160,13 +2160,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1070 #, no-wrap msgid "Mitigating Kerberos Limitations" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "Since Kerberos is an all or nothing approach, every service enabled on the " "network must either be modified to work with Kerberos or be otherwise " @@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "The KDC is a single point of failure. By design, the KDC must be as secure " "as its master password database. The KDC should have absolutely no other " @@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master " "key is only used to encrypt the Kerberos database and as a seed for the " @@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "If the KDC is unavailable, network services are unusable as authentication " "cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single master KDC and " @@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "Kerberos allows users, hosts and services to authenticate between " "themselves. It does not have a mechanism to authenticate the KDC to the " @@ -2215,50 +2215,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources and Further Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble.html[The Kerberos FAQ]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html[Designing an Authentication " "System: a Dialog in Four Scenes]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt[RFC 4120, The Kerberos Network " "Authentication Service (V5)]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/[MIT Kerberos home page]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "https://github.com/heimdal/heimdal/wiki[Heimdal Kerberos project wiki page]" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "OpenSSL is an open source implementation of the SSL and TLS protocols. It " "provides an encryption transport layer on top of the normal communications " @@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "The version of OpenSSL included in FreeBSD supports Transport Layer Security " "1.0/1.1/1.2/1.3 (TLSv1/TLSv1.1/TLSv1.2/TLSv1.3) network security protocols " @@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "OpenSSL is often used to encrypt authentication of mail clients and to " "secure web based transactions such as credit card payments. Some ports, " @@ -2287,13 +2287,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "DEFAULT_VERSIONS+= ssl=openssl\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "Another common use of OpenSSL is to provide certificates for use with " "software applications. Certificates can be used to verify the credentials " @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create and use certificates on a FreeBSD " "system. Refer to crossref:network-servers[ldap-config,“Configuring an LDAP " @@ -2316,20 +2316,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "For more information about SSL, read the free https://www.feistyduck.com/" "books/openssl-cookbook/[OpenSSL Cookbook]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating Certificates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "To generate a certificate that will be signed by an external CA, issue the " "following command and input the information requested at the prompts. This " @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha256 -newkey rsa:2048\n" @@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n" @@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "Other options, such as the expire time and alternate encryption algorithms, " "are available when creating a certificate. A complete list of options is " @@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "This command will create two files in the current directory. The " "certificate request, [.filename]#req.pem#, can be sent to a CA who will " @@ -2396,14 +2396,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "Alternately, if a signature from a CA is not required, a self-signed " "certificate can be created. First, generate the RSA key:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1186 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl genrsa -rand -genkey -out cert.key 2048\n" @@ -2415,14 +2415,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "Use this key to create a self-signed certificate. Follow the usual prompts " "for creating a certificate:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1207 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -key cert.key -out cert.crt -sha256\n" @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1212 msgid "" "This will create two new files in the current directory: a private key file " "[.filename]#cert.key#, and the certificate itself, [.filename]#cert.crt#. " @@ -2453,20 +2453,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1213 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Certificates" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1216 msgid "" "One use for a certificate is to encrypt connections to the Sendmail mail " "server in order to prevent the use of clear text authentication." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1221 msgid "" "Some mail clients will display an error if the user has not installed a " "local copy of the certificate. Refer to the documentation included with the " @@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and above, it is possible to create a self-signed " "certificate for Sendmail automatically. To enable this, add the following " @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1231 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sendmail_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "This will automatically create a self-signed certificate, [.filename]#/etc/" "mail/certs/host.cert#, a signing key, [.filename]#/etc/mail/certs/host.key#, " @@ -2501,13 +2501,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1240 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sendmail restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1244 msgid "" "If all went well, there will be no error messages in [.filename]#/var/log/" "maillog#. For a simple test, connect to the mail server's listening port " @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# telnet example.com 25\n" @@ -2541,20 +2541,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "" "If the `STARTTLS` line appears in the output, everything is working " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "VPN over IPsec" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "" "Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) is a set of protocols which sit on top of " "the Internet Protocol (IP) layer. It allows two or more hosts to " @@ -2565,12 +2565,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1279 msgid "IPsec is comprised of the following sub-protocols:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1281 msgid "" "_Encapsulated Security Payload (ESP)_: this protocol protects the IP packet " "data from third party interference by encrypting the contents using " @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "_Authentication Header (AH)_: this protocol protects the IP packet header " "from third party interference and spoofing by computing a cryptographic " @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "_IP Payload Compression Protocol (IPComp_): this protocol tries to increase " "communication performance by compressing the IP payload in order to reduce " @@ -2596,14 +2596,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "These protocols can either be used together or separately, depending on the " "environment." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1290 msgid "" "IPsec supports two modes of operation. The first mode, _Transport Mode_, " "protects communications between two hosts. The second mode, _Tunnel Mode_, " @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "IPsec support is enabled by default on FreeBSD 11 and later. For previous " "versions of FreeBSD, add these options to a custom kernel configuration file " @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1298 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPSEC IP security\n" @@ -2630,34 +2630,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1301 msgid "" "If IPsec debugging support is desired, the following kernel option should " "also be added:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "options IPSEC_DEBUG debug for IP security\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1309 msgid "" "This rest of this chapter demonstrates the process of setting up an IPsecVPN " "between a home network and a corporate network. In the example scenario:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1311 msgid "" "Both sites are connected to the Internet through a gateway that is running " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1312 msgid "" "The gateway on each network has at least one external IP address. In this " "example, the corporate LAN's external IP address is `172.16.5.4` and the " @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "The internal addresses of the two networks can be either public or private " "IP addresses. However, the address space must not overlap. In this example, " @@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1318 #, no-wrap msgid "" " corporate home\n" @@ -2682,13 +2682,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a VPN on FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1324 msgid "" "To begin, package:security/ipsec-tools[] must be installed from the Ports " "Collection. This software provides a number of applications which support " @@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "" "The next requirement is to create two man:gif[4] pseudo-devices which will " "be used to tunnel packets and allow both networks to communicate properly. " @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1333 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ifconfig gif0 create\n" @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1340 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ifconfig gif0 create\n" @@ -2722,14 +2722,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Verify the setup on each gateway, using `ifconfig gif0`. Here is the output " "from the home gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" @@ -2739,12 +2739,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1354 msgid "Here is the output from the corporate gateway:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gif0: flags=8051 mtu 1280\n" @@ -2754,14 +2754,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "Once complete, both internal IP addresses should be reachable using man:" "ping[8]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ping 10.0.0.5\n" @@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ping 10.246.38.1\n" @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1392 msgid "" "As expected, both sides have the ability to send and receive ICMP packets " "from the privately configured addresses. Next, both gateways must be told " @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1399 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# route add 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.5 255.255.255.0\n" @@ -2811,14 +2811,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1403 msgid "" "Internal machines should be reachable from each gateway as well as from " "machines behind the gateways. Again, use man:ping[8] to confirm:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# ping -c 3 10.0.0.8\n" @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1423 #, no-wrap msgid "" "home-gw# ping -c 3 10.246.38.107\n" @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1428 msgid "" "At this point, traffic is flowing between the networks encapsulated in a gif " "tunnel but without any encryption. Next, use IPSec to encrypt traffic using " @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "path pre_shared_key \"/usr/local/etc/racoon/psk.txt\"; #location of pre-shared key file\n" @@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1441 #, no-wrap msgid "" "padding\t# options are not to be changed\n" @@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1451 #, no-wrap msgid "" "timer\t# timing options. change as needed\n" @@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "" "listen\t# address [port] that racoon will listen on\n" @@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1470 #, no-wrap msgid "" "remote 192.168.1.12 [500]\n" @@ -2921,7 +2921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1479 #, no-wrap msgid "" " proposal {\n" @@ -2935,7 +2935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1488 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sainfo (address 10.246.38.0/24 any address 10.0.0.0/24 any)\t# address $network/$netmask $type address $network/$netmask $type ( $type being any or esp)\n" @@ -2949,21 +2949,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1491 msgid "" "For descriptions of each available option, refer to the manual page for [." "filename]#racoon.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1493 msgid "" "The Security Policy Database (SPD) needs to be configured so that FreeBSD " "and racoon are able to encrypt and decrypt network traffic between the hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1496 msgid "" "This can be achieved with a shell script, similar to the following, on the " "corporate gateway. This file will be used during system initialization and " @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "flush;\n" @@ -2982,25 +2982,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1507 msgid "" "Once in place, racoon may be started on both gateways using the following " "command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1511 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf -l /var/log/racoon.log\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1514 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "corp-gw# /usr/local/sbin/racoon -F -f /usr/local/etc/racoon/racoon.conf\n" @@ -3018,7 +3018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1533 msgid "" "To ensure the tunnel is working properly, switch to another console and use " "man:tcpdump[1] to view network traffic using the following command. Replace " @@ -3026,20 +3026,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1537 #, no-wrap msgid "corp-gw# tcpdump -i em0 host 172.16.5.4 and dst 192.168.1.12\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1541 msgid "" "Data similar to the following should appear on the console. If not, there " "is an issue and debugging the returned data will be required." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1547 #, no-wrap msgid "" "01:47:32.021683 IP corporatenetwork.com > 192.168.1.12.privatenetwork.com: ESP(spi=0x02acbf9f,seq=0xa)\n" @@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "" "At this point, both networks should be available and seem to be part of the " "same network. Most likely both networks are protected by a firewall. To " @@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw add 00201 allow log esp from any to any\n" @@ -3068,21 +3068,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1565 msgid "" "The rule numbers may need to be altered depending on the current host " "configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1568 msgid "" "For users of man:pf[4] or man:ipf[8], the following rules should do the " "trick:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1581 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass in quick proto esp from any to any\n" @@ -3098,14 +3098,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1584 msgid "" "Finally, to allow the machine to start support for the VPN during system " "initialization, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipsec_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3115,13 +3115,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1599 msgid "" "OpenSSH is a set of network connectivity tools used to provide secure access " "to remote machines. Additionally, TCP/IP connections can be tunneled or " @@ -3131,14 +3131,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1601 msgid "" "OpenSSH is maintained by the OpenBSD project and is installed by default in " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "" "When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers " "anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password " @@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1609 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to " "securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD " @@ -3159,13 +3159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1610 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1614 msgid "" "To log into a SSH server, use `ssh` and specify a username that exists on " "that server and the IP address or hostname of the server. If this is the " @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ssh user@example.com\n" @@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "" "SSH utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the authenticity of the " "server when the client connects. When the user accepts the key's " @@ -3199,14 +3199,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1632 msgid "" "Recent versions of OpenSSH only accept SSHv2 connections. SSH protocol " "version 1 is obsolete." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1635 msgid "" "Use man:scp[1] to securely copy a file to or from a remote machine. This " "example copies [.filename]#COPYRIGHT# on the remote system to a file of the " @@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1643 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" @@ -3225,14 +3225,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1646 msgid "" "Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key " "is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1651 msgid "" "The arguments passed to `scp` are similar to `cp`. The file or files to " "copy is the first argument and the destination to copy to is the second. " @@ -3242,20 +3242,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1654 msgid "" "To open an interactive session for copying files, use `sftp`. Refer to man:" "sftp[1] for a list of available commands while in an `sftp` session." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1656 #, no-wrap msgid "Key-based Authentication" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the " "remote machine using keys. To generate RSA authentication keys, use `ssh-" @@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1686 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-keygen -t rsa\n" @@ -3292,17 +3292,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "Type a passphrase here. It can contain spaces and symbols." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "Retype the passphrase to verify it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1693 msgid "" "The private key is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa# and the public key " "is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub#. The _public_ key must be " @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1702 msgid "" "Many users believe that keys are secure by design and will use a key without " "a passphrase. This is _dangerous_ behavior. An administrator can verify " @@ -3324,14 +3324,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1706 msgid "" "The options and files vary with different versions of OpenSSH. To avoid " "problems, consult man:ssh-keygen[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1709 msgid "" "If a passphrase is used, the user is prompted for the passphrase each time a " "connection is made to the server. To load SSH keys into memory and remove " @@ -3340,7 +3340,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "" "Authentication is handled by `ssh-agent`, using the private keys that are " "loaded into it. `ssh-agent` can be used to launch another application like " @@ -3348,7 +3348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1717 msgid "" "To use `ssh-agent` in a shell, start it with a shell as an argument. Add " "the identity by running `ssh-add` and entering the passphrase for the " @@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ssh-agent csh\n" @@ -3368,12 +3368,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1728 msgid "Enter the passphrase for the key." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1732 msgid "" "To use `ssh-agent` in Xorg, add an entry for it in [.filename]#~/.xinitrc#. " "This provides the `ssh-agent` services to all programs launched in Xorg. An " @@ -3381,13 +3381,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1736 #, no-wrap msgid "exec ssh-agent startxfce4\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "" "This launches `ssh-agent`, which in turn launches XFCE, every time Xorg " "starts. Once Xorg has been restarted so that the changes can take effect, " @@ -3395,95 +3395,84 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1742 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Tunneling" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1745 msgid "" "OpenSSH has the ability to create a tunnel to encapsulate another protocol " "in an encrypted session." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "The following command tells `ssh` to create a tunnel for telnet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1752 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com\n" +"% ssh -N -f -L 5023:localhost:23 user@foo.example.com\n" "%\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "This example uses the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1757 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-2`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1759 -msgid "Forces `ssh` to use version 2 to connect to the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1756 #, no-wrap msgid "`-N`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1759 msgid "" "Indicates no command, or tunnel only. If omitted, `ssh` initiates a normal " "session." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1760 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1762 msgid "Forces `ssh` to run in the background." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1763 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "Indicates a local tunnel in _localport:remotehost:remoteport_ format." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1766 #, no-wrap msgid "`user@foo.example.com`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "The login name to use on the specified remote SSH server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1773 msgid "" "An SSH tunnel works by creating a listen socket on `localhost` on the " "specified `localport`. It then forwards any connections received on " @@ -3494,23 +3483,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1775 msgid "" "This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure TCP protocols such as " "SMTP, POP3, and FTP, as seen in the following examples." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1776 #, no-wrap msgid "Create a Secure Tunnel for SMTP" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1789 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% ssh -2 -N -f -L 5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com\n" +"% ssh -N -f -L 5025:localhost:25 user@mailserver.example.com\n" "user@mailserver.example.com's password: *****\n" "% telnet localhost 5025\n" "Trying 127.0.0.1...\n" @@ -3520,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "" "This can be used in conjunction with `ssh-keygen` and additional user " "accounts to create a more seamless SSH tunneling environment. Keys can be " @@ -3529,13 +3518,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1794 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure Access of a POP3 Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1800 msgid "" "In this example, there is an SSH server that accepts connections from the " "outside. On the same network resides a mail server running a POP3 server. " @@ -3544,15 +3533,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1805 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% ssh -2 -N -f -L 2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com\n" +"% ssh -N -f -L 2110:mail.example.com:110 user@ssh-server.example.com\n" "user@ssh-server.example.com's password: ******\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1809 msgid "" "Once the tunnel is up and running, point the email client to send POP3 " "requests to `localhost` on port 2110. This connection will be forwarded " @@ -3560,13 +3549,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1811 #, no-wrap msgid "Bypassing a Firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1817 msgid "" "Some firewalls filter both incoming and outgoing connections. For example, " "a firewall might limit access from remote machines to ports 22 and 80 to " @@ -3575,22 +3564,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1819 msgid "" "The solution is to create an SSH connection to a machine outside of the " "network's firewall and use it to tunnel to the desired service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1824 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"% ssh -2 -N -f -L 8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org\n" +"% ssh -N -f -L 8888:music.example.com:8000 user@unfirewalled-system.example.org\n" "user@unfirewalled-system.example.org's password: *******\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "" "In this example, a streaming Ogg Vorbis client can now be pointed to " "`localhost` port 8888, which will be forwarded over to `music.example.com` " @@ -3598,57 +3587,57 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1829 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling the SSH Server" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "" "In addition to providing built-in SSH client utilities, a FreeBSD system can " "be configured as an SSH server, accepting connections from other SSH clients." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "To see if sshd is operating, use the man:service[8] command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1838 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd status\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "" "If the service is not running, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1848 msgid "" "This will start sshd, the daemon program for OpenSSH, the next time the " "system boots. To start it now:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1852 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1856 msgid "" "The first time sshd starts on a FreeBSD system, the system's host keys will " "be automatically created and the fingerprint will be displayed on the " @@ -3657,7 +3646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "Refer to man:sshd[8] for the list of available options when starting sshd " "and a more complete discussion about authentication, the login process, and " @@ -3665,20 +3654,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1860 msgid "" "At this point, the sshd should be available to all users with a username and " "password on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1861 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Server Security" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1865 msgid "" "While sshd is the most widely used remote administration facility for " "FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are common to any system exposed " @@ -3687,7 +3676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1868 msgid "" "It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the SSH server and from " "where using the `AllowUsers` keyword in the OpenSSH server configuration " @@ -3696,50 +3685,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1872 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1875 msgid "" "To allow `admin` to log in from anywhere, list that user without specifying " "an IP address:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1879 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers admin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1882 msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1886 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 admin\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1889 msgid "" "After making changes to [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config#, tell sshd to " "reload its configuration file by running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1893 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd reload\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1903 msgid "" "When this keyword is used, it is important to list each user that needs to " "log into this machine. Any user that is not specified in that line will be " @@ -3751,7 +3740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1909 msgid "" "In addition, users may be forced to use two factor authentication via the " "use of a public and private key. When required, the user may generate a key " @@ -3762,13 +3751,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1913 #, no-wrap msgid "AuthenticationMethods publickey\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "" "Do not confuse [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config# with [.filename]#/etc/ssh/" "ssh_config# (note the extra `d` in the first filename). The first file " @@ -3777,13 +3766,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1924 #, no-wrap msgid "Access Control Lists" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1928 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACLs) extend the standard UNIX(R) permission model in " "a POSIX(R).1e compatible way. This permits an administrator to take " @@ -3791,7 +3780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1931 msgid "" "The FreeBSD [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides ACL support for UFS file " "systems. Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the " @@ -3799,13 +3788,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1935 #, no-wrap msgid "options UFS_ACL\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1939 msgid "" "If this option is not compiled in, a warning message will be displayed when " "attempting to mount a file system with ACL support. ACLs rely on extended " @@ -3813,20 +3802,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1941 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to enable ACL support and provides some usage " "examples." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1942 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ACL Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1947 msgid "" "ACLs are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, `acls`, which may be " "added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. The mount-time flag can also be " @@ -3836,7 +3825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "" "The superblock flag cannot be changed by a remount using `mount -u` as it " "requires a complete `umount` and fresh `mount`. This means that ACLs cannot " @@ -3845,7 +3834,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1950 msgid "" "Setting the superblock flag causes the file system to always be mounted with " "ACLs enabled, even if there is not an [.filename]#fstab# entry or if the " @@ -3854,7 +3843,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "" "It is desirable to discourage accidental mounting without ACLs enabled " "because nasty things can happen if ACLs are enabled, then disabled, then re-" @@ -3867,14 +3856,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "File systems with ACLs enabled will show a plus (`+`) sign in their " "permission settings:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1966 #, no-wrap msgid "" "drwx------ 2 robert robert 512 Dec 27 11:54 private\n" @@ -3885,7 +3874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1969 msgid "" "In this example, [.filename]#directory1#, [.filename]#directory2#, and [." "filename]#directory3# are all taking advantage of ACLs, whereas [." @@ -3893,20 +3882,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1970 #, no-wrap msgid "Using ACLs" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "" "File system ACLs can be viewed using `getfacl`. For instance, to view the " "ACL settings on [.filename]#test#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1984 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% getfacl test\n" @@ -3919,7 +3908,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1989 msgid "" "To change the ACL settings on this file, use `setfacl`. To remove all of " "the currently defined ACLs from a file or file system, include `-k`. " @@ -3928,24 +3917,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1993 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -k test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1996 msgid "To modify the default ACL entries, use `-m`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2000 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -m u:trhodes:rwx,group:web:r--,o::--- test\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2005 msgid "" "In this example, there were no pre-defined entries, as they were removed by " "the previous command. This command restores the default options and assigns " @@ -3954,20 +3943,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2007 msgid "" "Refer to man:getfacl[1] and man:setfacl[1] for more information about the " "options available for these commands." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2009 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitoring Third Party Security Issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "In recent years, the security world has made many improvements to how " "vulnerability assessment is handled. The threat of system intrusion " @@ -3976,7 +3965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2018 msgid "" "Vulnerability assessment is a key factor in security. While FreeBSD " "releases advisories for the base system, doing so for every third party " @@ -3987,20 +3976,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2021 msgid "" "pkg polls a database for security issues. The database is updated and " "maintained by the FreeBSD Security Team and ports developers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2023 msgid "" "Please refer to crossref:ports[pkgng-intro,instructions] for installing pkg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2027 msgid "" "Installation provides man:periodic[8] configuration files for maintaining " "the pkg audit database, and provides a programmatic method of keeping it " @@ -4011,7 +4000,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2029 msgid "" "After installation, and to audit third party utilities as part of the Ports " "Collection at any time, an administrator may choose to update the database " @@ -4019,19 +4008,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2033 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2036 msgid "" "pkg displays messages any published vulnerabilities in installed packages:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2042 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Affected package: cups-base-1.1.22.0_1\n" @@ -4040,19 +4029,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2044 #, no-wrap msgid "1 problem(s) in your installed packages found.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2046 #, no-wrap msgid "You are advised to update or deinstall the affected package(s) immediately.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2050 msgid "" "By pointing a web browser to the displayed URL, an administrator may obtain " "more information about the vulnerability. This will include the versions " @@ -4061,20 +4050,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2052 msgid "" "pkg is a powerful utility and is extremely useful when coupled with package:" "ports-mgmt/portmaster[]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2054 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Security Advisories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2058 msgid "" "Like many producers of quality operating systems, the FreeBSD Project has a " "security team which is responsible for determining the End-of-Life (EoL) " @@ -4085,7 +4074,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2063 msgid "" "One task of the security team is to respond to reported security " "vulnerabilities in the FreeBSD operating system. Once a vulnerability is " @@ -4098,23 +4087,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2065 msgid "This section describes the format of a FreeBSD security advisory." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2066 #, no-wrap msgid "Format of a Security Advisory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "Here is an example of a FreeBSD security advisory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2075 #, no-wrap msgid "" "=============================================================================\n" @@ -4123,7 +4112,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "=============================================================================\n" @@ -4132,13 +4121,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2081 #, no-wrap msgid "Topic: BIND remote denial of service vulnerability\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2094 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Category: contrib\n" @@ -4156,7 +4145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2098 #, no-wrap msgid "" "For general information regarding FreeBSD Security Advisories,\n" @@ -4165,13 +4154,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2100 #, no-wrap msgid "I. Background\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIND 9 is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols.\n" @@ -4179,13 +4168,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2105 #, no-wrap msgid "II. Problem Description\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Because of a defect in handling queries for NSEC3-signed zones, BIND can\n" @@ -4195,13 +4184,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2112 #, no-wrap msgid "III. Impact\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2115 #, no-wrap msgid "" "An attacker who can send a specially crafted query could cause named(8)\n" @@ -4209,13 +4198,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2117 #, no-wrap msgid "IV. Workaround\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2120 #, no-wrap msgid "" "No workaround is available, but systems not running authoritative DNS service\n" @@ -4223,19 +4212,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2122 #, no-wrap msgid "V. Solution\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2124 #, no-wrap msgid "Perform one of the following:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1) Upgrade your vulnerable system to a supported FreeBSD stable or\n" @@ -4243,13 +4232,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2129 #, no-wrap msgid "2) To update your vulnerable system via a source code patch:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following patches have been verified to apply to the applicable\n" @@ -4257,7 +4246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2135 #, no-wrap msgid "" "a) Download the relevant patch from the location below, and verify the\n" @@ -4265,7 +4254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[FreeBSD 8.3, 8.4, 9.1, 9.2-RELEASE and 8.4-STABLE]\n" @@ -4275,7 +4264,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[FreeBSD 9.2-STABLE]\n" @@ -4285,13 +4274,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2147 #, no-wrap msgid "b) Execute the following commands as root:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -4299,7 +4288,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2153 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Recompile the operating system using buildworld and installworld as\n" @@ -4307,19 +4296,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2155 #, no-wrap msgid "Restart the applicable daemons, or reboot the system.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2157 #, no-wrap msgid "3) To update your vulnerable system via a binary patch:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Systems running a RELEASE version of FreeBSD on the i386 or amd64\n" @@ -4327,7 +4316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2163 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" @@ -4335,13 +4324,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2165 #, no-wrap msgid "VI. Correction details\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following list contains the correction revision numbers for each\n" @@ -4349,7 +4338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2178 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Branch/path Revision\n" @@ -4364,7 +4353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "To see which files were modified by a particular revision, run the\n" @@ -4373,43 +4362,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2184 #, no-wrap msgid "# svn diff -cNNNNNN --summarize svn://svn.freebsd.org/base\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2186 #, no-wrap msgid "Or visit the following URL, replacing NNNNNN with the revision number:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2188 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2190 #, no-wrap msgid "VII. References\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2192 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2198 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The latest revision of this advisory is available at\n" @@ -4418,7 +4407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2213 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iQIcBAEBCgAGBQJS1ZTYAAoJEO1n7NZdz2rnOvQP/2/68/s9Cu35PmqNtSZVVxVG\n" @@ -4438,12 +4427,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "Every security advisory uses the following format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2218 msgid "" "Each security advisory is signed by the PGP key of the Security Officer. The " "public key for the Security Officer can be verified at crossref:" @@ -4451,7 +4440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "The name of the security advisory always begins with `FreeBSD-SA-` (for " "FreeBSD Security Advisory), followed by the year in two digit format (`14:" @@ -4461,12 +4450,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "The `Topic` field summarizes the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2221 msgid "" "The `Category` refers to the affected part of the system which may be one of " "`core`, `contrib`, or `ports`. The `core` category means that the " @@ -4477,7 +4466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2222 msgid "" "The `Module` field refers to the component location. In this example, the " "`bind` module is affected; therefore, this vulnerability affects an " @@ -4485,7 +4474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "The `Announced` field reflects the date the security advisory was published. " "This means that the security team has verified that the problem exists and " @@ -4493,21 +4482,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "" "The `Credits` field gives credit to the individual or organization who " "noticed the vulnerability and reported it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "" "The `Affects` field explains which releases of FreeBSD are affected by this " "vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2226 msgid "" "The `Corrected` field indicates the date, time, time offset, and releases " "that were corrected. The section in parentheses shows each branch for which " @@ -4519,19 +4508,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2227 msgid "" "The `CVE Name` field lists the advisory number, if one exists, in the public " "http://cve.mitre.org[cve.mitre.org] security vulnerabilities database." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2228 msgid "The `Background` field provides a description of the affected module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2229 msgid "" "The `Problem Description` field explains the vulnerability. This can include " "information about the flawed code and how the utility could be maliciously " @@ -4539,21 +4528,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "The `Impact` field describes what type of impact the problem could have on a " "system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2231 msgid "" "The `Workaround` field indicates if a workaround is available to system " "administrators who cannot immediately patch the system ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2232 msgid "" "The `Solution` field provides the instructions for patching the affected " "system. This is a step by step tested and verified method for getting a " @@ -4561,27 +4550,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2233 msgid "" "The `Correction Details` field displays each affected Subversion branch with " "the revision number that contains the corrected code." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2234 msgid "" "The `References` field offers sources of additional information regarding " "the vulnerability." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2236 #, no-wrap msgid "Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "Process accounting is a security method in which an administrator may keep " "track of system resources used and their allocation among users, provide for " @@ -4589,7 +4578,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2244 msgid "" "Process accounting has both positive and negative points. One of the " "positives is that an intrusion may be narrowed down to the point of entry. " @@ -4599,27 +4588,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2248 msgid "" "If more fine-grained accounting is needed, refer to crossref:audit[audit," "Security Event Auditing]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2250 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling and Utilizing Process Accounting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2253 msgid "" "Before using process accounting, it must be enabled using the following " "commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2258 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc accounting_enable=yes\n" @@ -4627,7 +4616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2264 msgid "" "The accounting information is stored in files located in [.filename]#/var/" "account#, which is automatically created, if necessary, the first time the " @@ -4640,7 +4629,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2269 msgid "" "Once enabled, accounting will begin to track information such as CPU " "statistics and executed commands. All accounting logs are in a non-human " @@ -4652,33 +4641,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2272 msgid "" "To display the commands issued by users, use `lastcomm`. For example, this " "command prints out all usage of `ls` by `trhodes` on the `ttyp1` terminal:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2276 #, no-wrap msgid "# lastcomm ls trhodes ttyp1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2279 msgid "" "Many other useful options exist and are explained in man:lastcomm[1], man:" "acct[5], and man:sa[8]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2281 #, no-wrap msgid "Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2286 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides several methods for an administrator to limit the amount of " "system resources an individual may use. Disk quotas limit the amount of " @@ -4687,7 +4676,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2291 msgid "" "Limits to other resources, such as CPU and memory, can be set using either a " "flat file or a command to configure a resource limits database. The " @@ -4700,7 +4689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2294 msgid "" "`rctl` can be used to provide a more fine-grained method for controlling " "resource limits. This command supports more than user limits as it can also " @@ -4708,20 +4697,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2296 msgid "" "This section demonstrates both methods for controlling resources, beginning " "with the traditional method." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2298 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Login Classes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2304 msgid "" "In the traditional method, login classes and the resource limits to apply to " "a login class are defined in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#. Each user " @@ -4733,20 +4722,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2308 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, the [.filename]#/etc/login." "conf.db# must be updated by executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2312 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "Resource limits differ from the default login capabilities in two ways. " "First, for every limit, there is a _soft_ and _hard_ limit. A soft limit " @@ -4757,7 +4746,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2324 msgid "" "<> lists the most commonly used resource limits. All of " "the available resource limits and capabilities are described in detail in " @@ -4765,145 +4754,145 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2326 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Class Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2330 #, no-wrap msgid "Resource Limit" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2332 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2333 #, no-wrap msgid "coredumpsize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2335 #, no-wrap msgid "The limit on the size of a core file generated by a program is subordinate to other limits on disk usage, such as `filesize` or disk quotas. This limit is often used as a less severe method of controlling disk space consumption. Since users do not generate core files and often do not delete them, this setting may save them from running out of disk space should a large program crash." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2336 #, no-wrap msgid "cputime" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2338 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of CPU time a user's process may consume. Offending processes will be killed by the kernel. This is a limit on CPU _time_ consumed, not the percentage of the CPU as displayed in some of the fields generated by `top` and `ps`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2339 #, no-wrap msgid "filesize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2341 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum size of a file the user may own. Unlike disk quotas (crossref:disks[quotas,\"Disk Quotas\"]), this limit is enforced on individual files, not the set of all files a user owns." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2342 #, no-wrap msgid "maxproc" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2344 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum number of foreground and background processes a user can run. This limit may not be larger than the system limit specified by `kern.maxproc`. Setting this limit too small may hinder a user's productivity as some tasks, such as compiling a large program, start lots of processes." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2345 #, no-wrap msgid "memorylocked" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2347 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may request to be locked into main memory using man:mlock[2]. Some system-critical programs, such as man:amd[8], lock into main memory so that if the system begins to swap, they do not contribute to disk thrashing." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2348 #, no-wrap msgid "memoryuse" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2350 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum amount of memory a process may consume at any given time. It includes both core memory and swap usage. This is not a catch-all limit for restricting memory consumption, but is a good start." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2351 #, no-wrap msgid "openfiles" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2353 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum number of files a process may have open. In FreeBSD, files are used to represent sockets and IPC channels, so be careful not to set this too low. The system-wide limit for this is defined by `kern.maxfiles`." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2354 #, no-wrap msgid "sbsize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2356 #, no-wrap msgid "The limit on the amount of network memory a user may consume. This can be generally used to limit network communications." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2357 #, no-wrap msgid "stacksize" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2358 #, no-wrap msgid "The maximum size of a process stack. This alone is not sufficient to limit the amount of memory a program may use, so it should be used in conjunction with other limits." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2361 msgid "There are a few other things to remember when setting resource limits:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2363 msgid "" "Processes started at system startup by [.filename]#/etc/rc# are assigned to " "the `daemon` login class." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2364 msgid "" "Although the default [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is a good source of " "reasonable values for most limits, they may not be appropriate for every " @@ -4912,14 +4901,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2365 msgid "" "Xorg takes a lot of resources and encourages users to run more programs " "simultaneously." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2366 msgid "" "Many limits apply to individual processes, not the user as a whole. For " "example, setting `openfiles` to `50` means that each process the user runs " @@ -4929,7 +4918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2368 msgid "" "For further information on resource limits and login classes and " "capabilities in general, refer to man:cap.mkdb[1], man:getrlimit[2], and man:" @@ -4937,20 +4926,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2369 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling and Configuring Resource Limits" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2373 msgid "" "The `kern.racct.enable` tunable must be set to a non-zero value. Custom " "kernels require specific configuration:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options RACCT\n" @@ -4958,27 +4947,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted into the new kernel, `rctl` may be used to set " "rules for the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2383 msgid "" "Rule syntax is controlled through the use of a subject, subject-id, " "resource, and action, as seen in this example rule:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2387 #, no-wrap msgid "user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2392 msgid "" "In this rule, the subject is `user`, the subject-id is `trhodes`, the " "resource, `maxproc`, is the maximum number of processes, and the action is " @@ -4989,7 +4978,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2396 msgid "" "Some care must be taken when adding rules. Since this user is constrained " "to `10` processes, this example will prevent the user from performing other " @@ -4998,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2402 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% man test\n" @@ -5007,20 +4996,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2406 msgid "" "As another example, a jail can be prevented from exceeding a memory limit. " "This rule could be written as:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2410 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -a jail:httpd:memoryuse:deny=2G/jail\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2414 msgid "" "Rules will persist across reboots if they have been added to [.filename]#/" "etc/rctl.conf#. The format is a rule, without the preceding command. For " @@ -5028,7 +5017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block jail from using more than 2G memory:\n" @@ -5036,44 +5025,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2422 msgid "To remove a rule, use `rctl` to remove it from the list:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2426 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes:maxproc:deny=10/user\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2430 msgid "" "A method for removing all rules is documented in man:rctl[8]. However, if " "removing all rules for a single user is required, this command may be issued:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2434 #, no-wrap msgid "# rctl -r user:trhodes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2438 msgid "" "Many other resources exist which can be used to exert additional control " "over various `subjects`. See man:rctl[8] to learn about them." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2440 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Administration with Sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "" "System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions " "to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members " @@ -5086,7 +5075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2453 msgid "" "Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to " "authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another " @@ -5100,7 +5089,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2457 msgid "" "Sudo allows administrators to configure more rigid access to system commands " "and provide for some advanced logging features. As a tool, it is available " @@ -5109,13 +5098,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2461 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sudo\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2465 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, the installed `visudo` will open the " "configuration file with a text editor. Using `visudo` is highly recommended " @@ -5124,7 +5113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2469 msgid "" "The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for " "extensive configuration. In the following example, web application " @@ -5134,24 +5123,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2473 #, no-wrap msgid "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2476 msgid "The user may now start _webservice_ using this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2480 #, no-wrap msgid "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2486 msgid "" "While this configuration allows a single user access to the webservice " "service; however, in most organizations, there is an entire web team in " @@ -5161,38 +5150,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2490 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2493 msgid "" "Using the same man:pw[8] command, the user is added to the webteam group:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2497 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2500 msgid "" "Finally, this line in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/sudoers# allows any member " "of the webteam group to manage _webservice_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2504 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2509 msgid "" "Unlike man:su[1], Sudo only requires the end user password. This adds an " "advantage where users will not need shared passwords, a finding in most " @@ -5200,7 +5189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2513 msgid "" "Users permitted to run applications with Sudo only enter their own " "passwords. This is more secure and gives better control than man:su[1], " @@ -5209,7 +5198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2521 msgid "" "Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor " "authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to " @@ -5219,19 +5208,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2525 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2530 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Output" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2537 msgid "" "An advantage to implementing Sudo is the ability to enable session logging. " "Using the built in log mechanisms and the included sudoreplay command, all " @@ -5242,13 +5231,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2541 #, no-wrap msgid "Defaults iolog_dir=/var/log/sudo-io/%{user}\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2550 msgid "" "This directory will be created automatically after the logging is " "configured. It is best to let the system create directory with default " @@ -5258,7 +5247,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2554 msgid "" "Once this directive has been added to the [.filename]#sudoers# file, any " "user configuration can be updated with the request to log access. In the " @@ -5267,13 +5256,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2558 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: LOG_INPUT: LOG_OUTPUT: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2562 msgid "" "From this point on, all _webteam_ members altering the status of the " "_webservice_ application will be logged. The list of previous and current " @@ -5281,13 +5270,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2566 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay -l\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2570 msgid "" "In the output, to replay a specific session, search for the `TSID=` entry, " "and pass that to sudoreplay with no other options to replay the session at " @@ -5295,13 +5284,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2574 #, no-wrap msgid "# sudoreplay user1/00/00/02\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2581 msgid "" "While sessions are logged, any administrator is able to remove sessions and " "leave only a question of why they had done so. It is worthwhile to add a " @@ -5310,66 +5299,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2585 msgid "" "The `sudoreplay` is extremely extendable. Consult the documentation for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2587 #, no-wrap msgid "Using doas as an alternative to sudo" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2590 msgid "" "As an alternative to package:security/sudo[] package:security/doas[] can be " "used to provide the ability for users to get enhanced privileges." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2592 msgid "" "The doas utility is available via the ports collection in package:security/" "doas[] or via the man:pkg[8] utility." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2594 msgid "" "After the installation [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/doas.conf# must be " "configured to grant access for users for specific commands, or roles." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2596 msgid "" "The simpliest entry could be the following, which grants local_user root " "permissions without asking for its password when executing the doas command." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2600 #, no-wrap msgid "permit nopass local_user as root\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2603 msgid "For more configuration examples, please read man:doas.conf[5]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2605 msgid "" "After the installation and configuration of the `doas` utility, a command " "can now be executed with enhanced privileges, like for example." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:2609 #, no-wrap msgid "$ doas vi /etc/rc.conf\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po index 0c629fe3ef..7a938ef980 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 28. Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Communications" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "UNIX(R) has always had support for serial communications as the very first " "UNIX(R) machines relied on serial lines for user input and output. Things " @@ -57,117 +57,117 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:59 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to connect terminals to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to use a modem to dial out to remote hosts." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to allow remote users to login to a FreeBSD system with a modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to boot a FreeBSD system from a serial console." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:66 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig, configure and install a " "custom kernel]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Understand crossref:basics[basics, FreeBSD permissions and processes]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Have access to the technical manual for the serial hardware to be used with " "FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Terminology and Hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:75 msgid "The following terms are often used in serial communications:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "bps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:78 msgid "Bits per Second (bps) is the rate at which data is transmitted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "DTE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) is one of two endpoints in a serial " "communication. An example would be a computer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "DCE" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "Data Communications Equipment (DCE) is the other endpoint in a serial " "communication. Typically, it is a modem or serial terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "RS-232" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The original standard which defined hardware serial communications. It has " "since been renamed to TIA-232." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "When referring to communication data rates, this section does not use the " "term _baud_. Baud refers to the number of electrical state transitions made " @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "To connect a serial terminal to a FreeBSD system, a serial port on the " "computer and the proper cable to connect to the serial device are needed. " @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Cables and Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "There are several different kinds of serial cables. The two most common " "types are null-modem cables and standard RS-232 cables. The documentation " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "These two types of cables differ in how the wires are connected to the " "connector. Each wire represents a signal, with the defined signals " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "A null-modem cable switches the \"Transmitted Data\" pin of the connector on " "one end with the \"Received Data\" pin on the other end. The connector can " @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "A null-modem cable can be constructed using the pin connections summarized " "in <>, <>, and <>. While " @@ -229,346 +229,346 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "RS-232C Signal Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Acronyms" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Names" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:172 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:173 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:174 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:227 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:292 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "RD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "Received Data" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:130 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:168 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:231 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:232 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:296 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:297 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "TD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Transmitted Data" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:133 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:192 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:198 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:209 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:214 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:239 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:245 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:262 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:268 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:304 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:327 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:332 #, no-wrap msgid "DTR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Terminal Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:136 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:197 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:204 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:257 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:309 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "DSR" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Set Ready" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:139 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:203 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:210 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:250 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:263 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:315 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "DCD" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Carrier Detect" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:142 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:162 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:167 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:251 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:256 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:316 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "SG" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Signal Ground" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:145 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:180 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:191 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:269 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:279 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:334 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "RTS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "Request to Send" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:184 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:185 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:273 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:274 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:338 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:339 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "CTS" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "Clear to Send" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-25 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Signal" +msgstr "" + #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:156 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:158 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:221 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:223 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:286 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap -msgid "Signal" +msgid "Pin #" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:157 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:159 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:222 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:224 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:287 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap -msgid "Pin #" +msgid "7" msgstr "" #. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:163 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:264 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:270 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:278 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:329 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap -msgid "7" +msgid "connects to" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:164 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:168 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:176 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:182 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:194 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:200 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:206 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:212 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:227 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:235 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:241 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:247 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:253 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:259 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:265 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:292 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:294 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:300 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:306 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:312 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:318 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:330 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:336 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:342 -#, no-wrap -msgid "connects to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:169 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:177 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:228 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:236 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:171 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:175 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:230 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:234 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:299 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:181 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:189 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:240 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:246 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:260 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:266 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:305 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:311 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "4" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:183 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:187 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:252 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:254 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:317 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "5" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:193 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:199 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:207 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:213 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:325 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "20" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:195 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:242 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:258 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:307 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "6" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:211 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:272 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:276 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:313 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "8" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-9 to DB-9 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:248 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:264 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "DB-9 to DB-25 Null-Modem Cable" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "When one pin at one end connects to a pair of pins at the other end, it is " "usually implemented with one short wire between the pair of pins in their " @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "Serial ports are the devices through which data is transferred between the " "FreeBSD host computer and the terminal. Several kinds of serial ports " @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Most terminals have DB-25 ports. Personal computers may have DB-25 or DB-9 " "ports. A multiport serial card may have RJ-12 or RJ-45/ ports. See the " @@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:361 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, each serial port is accessed through an entry in [.filename]#/" "dev#. There are two different kinds of entries:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Call-in ports are named [.filename]#/dev/ttyuN# where _N_ is the port " "number, starting from zero. If a terminal is connected to the first serial " @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "Call-out ports are named [.filename]#/dev/cuauN# on FreeBSD versions 8.X and " "higher and [.filename]#/dev/cuadN# on FreeBSD versions 7.X and lower. Call-" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "FreeBSD also provides initialization devices ([.filename]#/dev/ttyuN.init# " "and [.filename]#/dev/cuauN.init# or [.filename]#/dev/cuadN.init#) and " @@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Port Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD supports four serial ports which are commonly known as [." "filename]#COM1#, [.filename]#COM2#, [.filename]#COM3#, and [." @@ -655,20 +655,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "To see if the system recognizes the serial ports, look for system boot " "messages that start with `uart`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep uart /var/run/dmesg.boot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "If the system does not recognize all of the needed serial ports, additional " "entries can be added to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#. This file already " @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "To determine the default set of terminal I/O settings used by the port, " "specify its device name. This example determines the settings for the call-" @@ -687,13 +687,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -a -f /dev/ttyu1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "System-wide initialization of serial devices is controlled by [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.d/serial#. This file affects the default settings of serial " @@ -706,13 +706,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.init clocal cs8 ixon ixoff\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "To prevent certain settings from being changed by an application, make " "adjustments to the locking device. For example, to lock the speed of [." @@ -720,26 +720,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "# stty -f /dev/ttyu5.lock 57600\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:418 msgid "" "Now, any application that opens [.filename]#ttyu5# and tries to change the " "speed of the port will be stuck with 57600 bps." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "Terminals provide a convenient and low-cost way to access a FreeBSD system " "when not at the computer's console or on a connected network. This section " @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "The original UNIX(R) systems did not have consoles. Instead, users logged " "in and ran programs through terminals that were connected to the computer's " @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "The ability to establish a login session on a serial port still exists in " "nearly every UNIX(R)-like operating system today, including FreeBSD. By " @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "Many terminals can be attached to a FreeBSD system. An older spare computer " "can be used as a terminal wired into a more powerful computer running " @@ -774,18 +774,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:436 msgid "FreeBSD supports three types of terminals:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "Dumb terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Dumb terminals are specialized hardware that connect to computers over " "serial lines. They are called \"dumb\" because they have only enough " @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "There are hundreds of kinds of dumb terminals made by many manufacturers, " "and just about any kind will work with FreeBSD. Some high-end terminals can " @@ -804,20 +804,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "Dumb terminals are popular in work environments where workers do not need " "access to graphical applications." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "Computers Acting as Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Since a dumb terminal has just enough ability to display, send, and receive " "text, any spare computer can be a dumb terminal. All that is needed is the " @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "This configuration can be useful. For example, if one user is busy working " "at the FreeBSD system's console, another user can do some text-only work at " @@ -834,47 +834,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "There are at least two utilities in the base-system of FreeBSD that can be " "used to work through a serial connection: man:cu[1] and man:tip[1]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "For example, to connect from a client system that runs FreeBSD to the serial " "connection of another system:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/cuauN\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "Ports are numbered starting from zero. This means that [.filename]#COM1# is " "[.filename]#/dev/cuau0#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "Additional programs are available through the Ports Collection, such as " "package:comms/minicom[]." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "X Terminals" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "X terminals are the most sophisticated kind of terminal available. Instead " "of connecting to a serial port, they usually connect to a network like " @@ -883,19 +883,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "This chapter does not cover the setup, configuration, or use of X terminals." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system to enable a login " "session on a serial terminal. It assumes that the system recognizes the " @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `init` reads [.filename]#/etc/ttys# and starts a `getty` process " "on the available terminals. The `getty` process is responsible for reading " @@ -918,14 +918,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "The default [.filename]#/etc/ttys# configures support for the first four " "serial ports, [.filename]#ttyu0# through [.filename]#ttyu3#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.9600\" dialup off secure\n" @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "When attaching a terminal to one of those ports, modify the default entry to " "set the required speed and terminal type, to turn the device `on` and, if " @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "<> configures two terminals in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#. The " "first entry configures a Wyse-50 connected to [.filename]#COM2#. The second " @@ -954,13 +954,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Terminal Entries" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyu1 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.38400\" wy50 on insecure \n" @@ -968,12 +968,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:519 msgid "The first field specifies the device name of the serial terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "The second field tells `getty` to initialize and open the line, set the line " "speed, prompt for a user name, and then execute the `login` program. The " @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "The third field is the type of terminal. For dial-up ports, `unknown` or " "`dialup` is typically used since users may dial up with practically any type " @@ -1000,14 +1000,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "The fourth field specifies if the port should be enabled. To enable logins " "on this port, this field must be set to `on`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "The final field is used to specify whether the port is secure. Marking a " "port as `secure` means that it is trusted enough to allow `root` to login " @@ -1019,28 +1019,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:546 msgid "" "After making any changes to [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, send a SIGHUP (hangup) " "signal to the `init` process to force it to re-read its configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:551 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:724 #, no-wrap msgid "# kill -HUP 1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "Since `init` is always the first process run on a system, it always has a " "process ID of `1`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "If everything is set up correctly, all cables are in place, and the " "terminals are powered up, a `getty` process should now be running on each " @@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:557 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting the Connection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Even with the most meticulous attention to detail, something could still go " "wrong while setting up a terminal. Here is a list of common symptoms and " @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "If no login prompt appears, make sure the terminal is plugged in and powered " "up. If it is a personal computer acting as a terminal, make sure it is " @@ -1070,14 +1070,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:567 msgid "" "Make sure the cable is connected firmly to both the terminal and the FreeBSD " "computer. Make sure it is the right kind of cable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "Make sure the terminal and FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity " "settings. For a video display terminal, make sure the contrast and " @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "Use `ps` to make sure that a `getty` process is running and serving the " "terminal. For example, the following listing shows that a `getty` is " @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ps -axww|grep ttyu\n" @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "If no `getty` process is running, make sure the port is enabled in [." "filename]#/etc/ttys#. Remember to run `kill -HUP 1` after modifying [." @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "If the `getty` process is running but the terminal still does not display a " "login prompt, or if it displays a prompt but will not accept typed input, " @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:592 msgid "" "If garbage appears instead of a login prompt, make sure the terminal and " "FreeBSD agree on the bps rate and parity settings. Check the `getty` " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "If characters appear doubled and the password appears when typed, switch the " "terminal, or the terminal emulation software, from \"half duplex\" or " @@ -1141,13 +1141,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "Dial-in Service" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "Configuring a FreeBSD system for dial-in service is similar to configuring " "terminals, except that modems are used instead of terminal devices. FreeBSD " @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "External modems are more convenient because they often can be configured via " "parameters stored in non-volatile RAM and they usually provide lighted " @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "Internal modems usually lack non-volatile RAM, so their configuration may be " "limited to setting DIP switches. If the internal modem has any signal " @@ -1173,14 +1173,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "When using an external modem, a proper cable is needed. A standard RS-232C " "serial cable should suffice." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "FreeBSD needs the RTS and CTS signals for flow control at speeds above 2400 " "bps, the CD signal to detect when a call has been answered or the line has " @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "Like other UNIX(R)-like operating systems, FreeBSD uses the hardware signals " "to find out when a call has been answered or a line has been hung up and to " @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the NS8250, NS16450, NS16550, and NS16550A-based RS-232C " "(CCITT V.24) communications interfaces. The 8250 and 16450 devices have " @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure a modem to receive " "incoming connections, how to communicate with the modem, and offers some " @@ -1224,13 +1224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "Modem Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "As with terminals, `init` spawns a `getty` process for each configured " "serial port used for dial-in connections. When a user dials the modem's " @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "There are two schools of thought regarding dial-up modems. One " "configuration method is to set the modems and systems so that no matter at " @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "The second method is to configure the RS-232 interface to vary its speed " "based on the remote user's connection speed. As `getty` does not understand " @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "When locking a modem's data communications rate at a particular speed, no " "changes to [.filename]#/etc/gettytab# should be needed. However, for a " @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1310,14 +1310,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:671 msgid "" "For a 28.8 Kbps modem, or to take advantage of compression on a 14.4 Kbps " "modem, use a higher communications rate, as seen in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1337,14 +1337,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "For a slow CPU or a heavily loaded system without 16550A-based serial ports, " "this configuration may produce `uart` \"silo\" errors at 57.6 Kbps." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "The configuration of [.filename]#/etc/ttys# is similar to <>, " "but a different argument is passed to `getty` and `dialup` is used for the " @@ -1352,13 +1352,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty xxx\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" "The `dialup` terminal type can be changed. For example, setting `vt102` as " "the default terminal type allows users to use VT102 emulation on their " @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:705 msgid "" "For a locked-speed configuration, specify the speed with a valid type listed " "in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#. This example is for a modem whose port speed " @@ -1374,13 +1374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty std.19200\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "In a matching-speed configuration, the entry needs to reference the " "appropriate beginning \"auto-baud\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#. To " @@ -1389,20 +1389,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "ttyu0 \"/usr/libexec/getty V19200\" dialup on\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "After editing [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, wait until the modem is properly " "configured and connected before signaling `init`:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "High-speed modems, like V.32, V.32bis, and V.34 modems, use hardware (`RTS/" "CTS`) flow control. Use `stty` to set the hardware flow control flag for " @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# stty -f /dev/ttyu1.init crtscts\n" @@ -1419,20 +1419,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "This section provides a few tips for troubleshooting a dial-up modem that " "will not connect to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Hook up the modem to the FreeBSD system and boot the system. If the modem " "has status indication lights, watch to see whether the modem's DTR indicator " @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:745 msgid "" "If the DTR indicator does not light, login to the FreeBSD system through the " "console and type `ps ax` to see if FreeBSD is running a `getty` process on " @@ -1451,13 +1451,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:749 #, no-wrap msgid " 114 ?? I 0:00.10 /usr/libexec/getty V19200 ttyu0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "If the second column contains a `d0` instead of a `??` and the modem has not " "accepted a call yet, this means that `getty` has completed its open on the " @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "If no `getty` processes are waiting to open the port, double-check that the " "entry for the port is correct in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#. Also, check [." @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "Next, try dialing into the system. Be sure to use 8 bits, no parity, and 1 " "stop bit on the remote system. If a prompt does not appear right away, or " @@ -1488,31 +1488,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:764 msgid "" "If there is still no `login:` prompt, check [.filename]#/etc/gettytab# again " "and double-check that:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:766 msgid "" "The initial capability name specified in the entry in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# " "matches the name of a capability in [.filename]#/etc/gettytab#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:767 msgid "Each `nx=` entry matches another [.filename]#gettytab# capability name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:768 msgid "Each `tc=` entry matches another [.filename]#gettytab# capability name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "If the modem on the FreeBSD system will not answer, make sure that the modem " "is configured to answer the phone when DTR is asserted. If the modem seems " @@ -1521,20 +1521,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "If it still does not work, try sending an email to the {freebsd-questions} " "describing the modem and the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "Dial-out Service" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "The following are tips for getting the host to connect over the modem to " "another computer. This is appropriate for establishing a terminal session " @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "This kind of connection can be helpful to get a file on the Internet if " "there are problems using PPP. If PPP is not working, use the terminal " @@ -1551,20 +1551,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a Stock Hayes Modem" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "A generic Hayes dialer is built into `tip`. Use `at=hayes` in [.filename]#/" "etc/remote#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "The Hayes driver is not smart enough to recognize some of the advanced " "features of newer modems messages like `BUSY`, `NO DIALTONE`, or `CONNECT " @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "The dial timeout for `tip` is 60 seconds. The modem should use something " "less, or else `tip` will think there is a communication problem. Try " @@ -1580,13 +1580,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `AT` Commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Create a \"direct\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote#. For example, if the " "modem is hooked up to the first serial port, [.filename]#/dev/cuau0#, use " @@ -1594,31 +1594,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:806 #, no-wrap msgid "cuau0:dv=/dev/cuau0:br#19200:pa=none\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "Use the highest bps rate the modem supports in the `br` capability. Then, " "type `tip cuau0` to connect to the modem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:812 msgid "Or, use `cu` as `root` with the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -lline -sspeed\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "_line_ is the serial port, such as [.filename]#/dev/cuau0#, and _speed_ is " "the speed, such as `57600`. When finished entering the AT commands, type `~." @@ -1626,13 +1626,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "The `@` Sign Does Not Work" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "The `@` sign in the phone number capability tells `tip` to look in [." "filename]#/etc/phones# for a phone number. But, the `@` sign is also a " @@ -1641,24 +1641,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "pn=\\@\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "Dialing from the Command Line" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:836 msgid "Put a \"generic\" entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote#. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tip115200|Dial any phone number at 115200 bps:\\\n" @@ -1668,23 +1668,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:846 msgid "This should now work:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "# tip -115200 5551234\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:853 msgid "Users who prefer `cu` over `tip`, can use a generic `cu` entry:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cu115200|Use cu to dial any number at 115200bps:\\\n" @@ -1692,24 +1692,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:861 msgid "and type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu 5551234 -s 115200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the bps Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "Put in an entry for `tip1200` or `cu1200`, but go ahead and use whatever bps " "rate is appropriate with the `br` capability. `tip` thinks a good default " @@ -1718,13 +1718,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "Accessing a Number of Hosts Through a Terminal Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Rather than waiting until connected and typing `CONNECT _host_` each time, " "use ``tip``'s `cm` capability. For example, these entries in [.filename]#/" @@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pain|pain.deep13.com|Forrester's machine:\\\n" @@ -1745,27 +1745,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:891 #, no-wrap msgid "Using More Than One Line with `tip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "This is often a problem where a university has several modem lines and " "several thousand students trying to use them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:896 msgid "" "Make an entry in [.filename]#/etc/remote# and use `@` for the `pn` " "capability:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university:\\\n" @@ -1775,12 +1775,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:906 msgid "Then, list the phone numbers in [.filename]#/etc/phones#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "" "big-university 5551111\n" @@ -1790,20 +1790,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "`tip` will try each number in the listed order, then give up. To keep " "retrying, run `tip` in a `while` loop." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Force Character" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:923 msgid "" "kbd:[Ctrl+P] is the default \"force\" character, used to tell `tip` that the " "next character is literal data. The force character can be set to any other " @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:928 msgid "" "Type `~sforce=_single-char_` followed by a newline. _single-char_ is any " "single character. If _single-char_ is left out, then the force character is " @@ -1821,26 +1821,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:930 msgid "" "To change the force character, specify the following in [.filename]#~/." "tiprc#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "force=single-char\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:937 #, no-wrap msgid "Upper Case Characters" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "This happens when kbd:[Ctrl+A] is pressed, which is ``tip``'s \"raise " "character\", specially designed for people with broken caps-lock keys. Use " @@ -1849,14 +1849,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "Here is a sample [.filename]#~/.tiprc# for Emacs users who need to type kbd:" "[Ctrl+2] and kbd:[Ctrl+A]:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "" "force=^^\n" @@ -1864,18 +1864,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:952 msgid "The `^^` is kbd:[Shift+Ctrl+6]." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfers with `tip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "When talking to another UNIX(R)-like operating system, files can be sent and " "received using `~p` (put) and `~t` (take). These commands run `cat` and " @@ -1884,40 +1884,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "There is no error checking, so another protocol, like zmodem, should " "probably be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:964 #, no-wrap msgid "Using zmodem with `tip`?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "To receive files, start the sending program on the remote end. Then, type " "`~C rz` to begin receiving them locally." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "To send files, start the receiving program on the remote end. Then, type " "`~C sz _files_` to send them to the remote system." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:973 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the Serial Console" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" "FreeBSD has the ability to boot a system with a dumb terminal on a serial " "port as a console. This configuration is useful for system administrators " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "As described in crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process], FreeBSD " "employs a three stage bootstrap. The first two stages are in the boot block " @@ -1936,20 +1936,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "In order to set up booting from a serial console, the boot block code, the " "boot loader code, and the kernel need to be configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:985 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:989 msgid "" "This section provides a fast overview of setting up the serial console. " "This procedure can be used when the dumb terminal is connected to [." @@ -1957,32 +1957,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring a Serial Console on [.filename]#COM1#" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "Connect the serial cable to [.filename]#COM1# and the controlling terminal." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "To configure boot messages to display on the serial console, issue the " "following command as the superuser:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:998 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'console=\"comconsole\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/ttys# and change `off` to `on` and `dialup` to `vt100` " "for the [.filename]#ttyu0# entry. Otherwise, a password will not be required " @@ -1990,55 +1990,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "Reboot the system to see if the changes took effect." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "If a different configuration is required, see the next section for a more in-" "depth configuration explanation." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "In-Depth Serial Console Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "This section provides a more detailed explanation of the steps needed to " "setup a serial console in FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring a Serial Console" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1013 msgid "Prepare a serial cable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "Use either a null-modem cable or a standard serial cable and a null-modem " "adapter. See <> for a discussion on serial cables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "Unplug the keyboard." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1020 msgid "" "Many systems probe for the keyboard during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) and " "will generate an error if the keyboard is not detected. Some machines will " @@ -2046,14 +2046,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "If the computer complains about the error, but boots anyway, no further " "configuration is needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "If the computer refuses to boot without a keyboard attached, configure the " "BIOS so that it ignores this error. Consult the motherboard's manual for " @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1032 msgid "" "Try setting the keyboard to \"Not installed\" in the BIOS. This setting " "tells the BIOS not to probe for a keyboard at power-on so it should not " @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1036 msgid "" "If the system has a PS/2(R) mouse, unplug it as well. PS/2(R) mice share " "some hardware with the keyboard and leaving the mouse plugged in can fool " @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "While most systems will boot without a keyboard, quite a few will not boot " "without a graphics adapter. Some systems can be configured to boot with no " @@ -2092,14 +2092,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "Plug a dumb terminal, an old computer with a modem program, or the serial " "port on another UNIX(R) box into the serial port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Add the appropriate `hint.uart.*` entries to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# " "for the serial port. Some multi-port cards also require kernel configuration " @@ -2108,14 +2108,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Create [.filename]#boot.config# in the root directory of the `a` partition " "on the boot drive." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "This file instructs the boot block code how to boot the system. In order to " "activate the serial console, one or more of the following options are " @@ -2123,14 +2123,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1055 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "`-h`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "Toggles between the internal and serial consoles. Use this to switch " "console devices. For instance, to boot from the internal (video) console, " @@ -2141,14 +2141,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1061 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1110 #, no-wrap msgid "`-D`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "Toggles between the single and dual console configurations. In the single " "configuration, the console will be either the internal console (video " @@ -2161,20 +2161,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "Makes the boot block probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the `-D` " "and `-h` options are automatically set." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "Due to space constraints in the current version of the boot blocks, `-P` is " "capable of detecting extended keyboards only. Keyboards with less than 101 " @@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "Use either `-P` to select the console automatically or `-h` to activate the " "serial console. Refer to man:boot[8] and man:boot.config[5] for more " @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "" "The options, except for `-P`, are passed to the boot loader. The boot " "loader will determine whether the internal video or the serial port should " @@ -2203,19 +2203,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "Boot the machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "When FreeBSD starts, the boot blocks echo the contents of [.filename]#/boot." "config# to the console. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/boot.config: -P\n" @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "The second line appears only if `-P` is in [.filename]#/boot.config# and " "indicates the presence or absence of the keyboard. These messages go to " @@ -2232,64 +2232,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Message goes to" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "none" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1107 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "internal console" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1110 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "serial console" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1113 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "serial and internal consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "`-Dh`" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`, keyboard present" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P`, keyboard absent" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "After the message, there will be a small pause before the boot blocks " "continue loading the boot loader and before any further messages are printed " @@ -2299,14 +2299,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "" "Press any key, other than kbd:[Enter], at the console to interrupt the boot " "process. The boot blocks will then prompt for further action:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1133 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "Verify that the above message appears on either the serial or internal " "console, or both, according to the options in [.filename]#/boot.config#. If " @@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1141 msgid "" "If there is no prompt on the serial terminal, something is wrong with the " "settings. Enter `-h` then kbd:[Enter] or kbd:[Return] to tell the boot " @@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1144 msgid "" "During the third stage of the boot process, one can still switch between the " "internal console and the serial console by setting appropriate environment " @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "This line in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# or [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf." "local# configures the boot loader and the kernel to send their boot messages " @@ -2350,20 +2350,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "console=\"comconsole\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "That line should be the first line of [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# so that " "boot messages are displayed on the serial console as early as possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1158 msgid "" "If that line does not exist, or if it is set to `console=\"vidconsole\"`, " "the boot loader and the kernel will use whichever console is indicated by `-" @@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "" "At the moment, the boot loader has no option equivalent to `-P` in the boot " "block, and there is no provision to automatically select the internal " @@ -2379,7 +2379,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1167 msgid "" "While it is not required, it is possible to provide a `login` prompt over " "the serial line. To configure this, edit the entry for the serial port in [." @@ -2389,13 +2389,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1169 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting a Faster Serial Port Speed" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "By default, the serial port settings are 9600 baud, 8 bits, no parity, and 1 " "stop bit. To change the default console speed, use one of the following " @@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and set `BOOT_COMCONSOLE_SPEED` to the new " "console speed. Then, recompile and install the boot blocks and the boot " @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /sys/boot\n" @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "" "If the serial console is configured in some other way than by booting with `-" "h`, or if the serial console used by the kernel is different from the one " @@ -2430,27 +2430,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1190 #, no-wrap msgid "options CONSPEED=19200\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "Add the `-S__19200__` boot option to [.filename]#/boot.config#, replacing " "`_19200_` with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "Add the following options to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. Replace " "`_115200_` with the speed to use." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "boot_multicons=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2460,13 +2460,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1204 #, no-wrap msgid "Entering the DDB Debugger from the Serial Line" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1209 msgid "" "To configure the ability to drop into the kernel debugger from the serial " "console, add the following options to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/serialcomms/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options BREAK_TO_DEBUGGER\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po index 22663c65ca..92fd52e884 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 27. USB Device Mode / USB OTG" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Device Mode / USB OTG" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of USB Device Mode and USB On The Go (USB OTG) " "in FreeBSD. This includes virtual serial consoles, virtual network " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "When running on hardware that supports USB device mode or USB OTG, like that " "built into many embedded boards, the FreeBSD USB stack can run in _device " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "There are two basic ways the hardware can provide the device mode " "functionality: with a separate \"client port\", which only supports the " @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "What FreeBSD presents to the USB host depends on the `hw.usb.template` " "sysctl. Some templates provide a single device, such as a serial terminal; " @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Note that in some cases, depending on the hardware and the hosts operating " "system, for the host to notice the configuration change, it must be either " @@ -104,50 +104,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:78 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:80 msgid "How to set up USB Device Mode functionality on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:81 msgid "How to configure the virtual serial port on FreeBSD." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "How to connect to the virtual serial port from various operating systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:83 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual USB network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:84 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to provide a virtual USB storage device." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Virtual Serial Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Device Mode Serial Ports" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Virtual serial port support is provided by templates number 3, 8, and 10. " "Note that template 3 works with Microsoft Windows 10 without the need for " @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "To enable USB device mode serial ports, add those lines to [.filename]#/etc/" "ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ttyU0\t\"/usr/libexec/getty 3wire\"\tvt100\tonifconsole secure\n" @@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:104 msgid "Then add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -190,19 +190,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:117 msgid "Reload the configuration if man:devd[8] is already running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:125 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "Make sure the necessary modules are loaded and the correct template is set " "at boot by adding those lines to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, creating it " @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umodem_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:133 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:199 msgid "To load the module and set the template without rebooting use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload umodem\n" @@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from FreeBSD" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -248,26 +248,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/ttyU0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "After pressing the kbd:[Enter] key a few times you will see a login prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from macOS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:158 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -275,31 +275,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/cu.usbmodemFreeBSD1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Linux" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "# minicom -D /dev/ttyACM0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to USB Device Mode Serial Ports from Microsoft Windows 10" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "To connect to a board configured to provide USB device mode serial ports, " "connect the USB host, such as a laptop, to the boards USB OTG or USB client " @@ -313,13 +313,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Device Mode Network Interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "Virtual network interfaces support is provided by templates number 1, 8, and " "10. Note that none of them works with Microsoft Windows. Other host " @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "" "if_cdce_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload if_cdce\n" @@ -344,20 +344,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Virtual Storage Device" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "The man:cfumass[4] driver is a USB device mode driver first available in " "FreeBSD 12.0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "Mass Storage target is provided by templates 0 and 10. Both man:" "usb_template[4] and man:cfumass[4] kernel modules must be loaded. man:" @@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Target Using the cfumass Startup Script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "The simplest way to set up a read-only USB storage target is to use the [." "filename]#cfumass# rc script. To configure it this way, copy the files to " @@ -382,24 +382,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "cfumass_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:230 msgid "To configure the target without restarting, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "# service cfumass start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "Differently from serial and network functionality, the template should not " "be set to 0 or 10 in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#. This is because the " @@ -408,13 +408,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring USB Mass Storage Using Other Means" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter provides detailed description of setting the target " "without using the cfumass rc file. This is necessary if e.g. one wants to " @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "USB Mass Storage does not require the man:ctld[8] daemon to be running, " "although it can be used if desired. This is different from iSCSI. Thus, " @@ -432,37 +432,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload cfumass\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "If [.filename]#cfumass.ko# has not been built into the kernel, [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.conf# can be set to load the module at boot:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "cfumass_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:264 msgid "A LUN can be created without the man:ctld[8] daemon:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "# ctladm create -b block -o file=/data/target0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "This presents the contents of the image file [.filename]#/data/target0# as a " "LUN to the USB host. The file must exist before executing the command. To " @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "man:ctld[8] can also be used to manage LUNs. Create [.filename]#/etc/ctl." "conf#, add a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to make sure man:ctld[8] is " @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "This is an example of a simple [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# configuration " "file. Refer to man:ctl.conf[5] for a more complete description of the " @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target naa.50015178f369f092 {\n" @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "The example creates a single target with a single LUN. The " "`naa.50015178f369f092` is a device identifier composed of 32 random " @@ -509,31 +509,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "To make sure the man:ctld[8] daemon is started at boot, add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:304 msgid "To start man:ctld[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "As the man:ctld[8] daemon is started, it reads [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf#. " "If this file is edited after the daemon starts, reload the changes so they " @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/usb-device-mode/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po index e389aeb075..878abed658 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 23. Virtualization" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtualization" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "Virtualization software allows multiple operating systems to run " "simultaneously on the same computer. Such software systems for PCs often " @@ -56,104 +56,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:58 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "The difference between a host operating system and a guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to install FreeBSD on the following virtualization platforms:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:63 -msgid "Parallels Desktop(Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R))" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:62 +msgid "Parallels Desktop(Apple(R) macOS(R))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:64 -msgid "VMware Fusion(Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R))" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:63 +msgid "VMware Fusion(Apple(R) macOS(R))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM)(Microsoft(R) Windows(R), Intel(R)-based Apple(R) macOS(R), " "Linux)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:65 msgid "bhyve(FreeBSD)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to tune a FreeBSD system for best performance under virtualization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Understand the crossref:basics[basics,basics of UNIX(R) and FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Know how to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall,install FreeBSD]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,set up a " "network connection]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party software]." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on Parallels Desktop for macOS(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Parallels Desktop for Mac(R) is a commercial software product available for " -"Intel(R) based Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 10.4.6 or higher. " -"FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once Parallels has " -"been installed on macOS(R), the user must configure a virtual machine and " -"then install the desired guest operating system." +"Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 10.14.6 or higher. FreeBSD is a " +"fully supported guest operating system. Once Parallels has been installed " +"on macOS(R), the user must configure a virtual machine and then install the " +"desired guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD on Parallels Desktop on Mac(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "The first step in installing FreeBSD on Parallels is to create a new virtual " -"machine for installing FreeBSD. Select [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD# as the menu:" -"Guest OS Type[] when prompted:" +"machine for installing FreeBSD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:87 +msgid "" +"Choose menu:Install Windows or another OS from a DVD or image file[] and " +"proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing Install Windows or another OS from a DVD or image file chosen" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image @@ -163,139 +175,128 @@ msgid "parallels-freebsd1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:91 +msgid "Select the FreeBSD image file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Choose a reasonable amount of disk and memory depending on the plans for " -"this virtual FreeBSD instance. 4GB of disk space and 512MB of RAM work well " -"for most uses of FreeBSD under Parallels:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing FreeBSD image file selected" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "parallels-freebsd2.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image +#. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd3.png" +msgid "Choose menu:Other as operating system[]." msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:97 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:99 +msgid "Choosing FreeBSD will cause boot error on startup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd4.png" +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing Other selected as operating system" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd5.png" +msgid "parallels-freebsd3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:102 -msgid "Select the type of networking and a network interface:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:104 +msgid "" +"Name the virtual machine and check menu:Customize settings before " +"installation[]" msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:103 +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd6.png" +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing the checkbox checked for customizing settings before installation" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd7.png" +msgid "parallels-freebsd4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:108 -msgid "Save and finish the configuration:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:109 +msgid "" +"When the configuration window pops up, go to menu:Hardware[] tab, choose " +"menu:Boot order[], and click menu:Advanced[]. Then, choose *EFI 64-bit* as " +"menu:BIOS[]." msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:109 +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd8.png" +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing EFI 64-bit chosen as BIOS" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd9.png" +msgid "parallels-freebsd5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" -"After the FreeBSD virtual machine has been created, FreeBSD can be installed " -"on it. This is best done with an official FreeBSD CD/DVD or with an ISO " -"image downloaded from an official FTP site. Copy the appropriate ISO image " -"to the local Mac(R) filesystem or insert a CD/DVD in the Mac(R)'s CD-ROM " -"drive. Click on the disc icon in the bottom right corner of the FreeBSD " -"Parallels window. This will bring up a window that can be used to associate " -"the CD-ROM drive in the virtual machine with the ISO file on disk or with " -"the real CD-ROM drive." +"Click menu:OK[], close the configuration window, and click menu:Continue[]." msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:119 +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd11.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"Once this association with the CD-ROM source has been made, reboot the " -"FreeBSD virtual machine by clicking the reboot icon. Parallels will reboot " -"with a special BIOS that first checks if there is a CD-ROM." +msgid "Parallels setup wizard showing the summary of the new virtual machine" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd10.png" +msgid "parallels-freebsd6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" -"In this case it will find the FreeBSD installation media and begin a normal " -"FreeBSD installation. Perform the installation, but do not attempt to " -"configure Xorg at this time." +"The virtual machine will automatically boot. Install FreeBSD following the " +"general steps." msgstr "" -#. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:129 +#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd12.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"When the installation is finished, reboot into the newly installed FreeBSD " -"virtual machine." +msgid "FreeBSD booted on Parallels" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "parallels-freebsd13.png" +msgid "parallels-freebsd7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on Parallels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on macOS(R) X with Parallels, " "there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to optimize the " @@ -303,13 +304,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:142 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:234 msgid "Set Boot Loader Variables" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "The most important step is to reduce the `kern.hz` tunable to reduce the CPU " "utilization of FreeBSD under the Parallels environment. This is " @@ -317,14 +318,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.hz=100\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD Parallels guest will use roughly 15% " "of the CPU of a single processor iMac(R). After this change the usage will " @@ -332,13 +333,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:154 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:246 msgid "Create a New Kernel Configuration File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "All of the SCSI, FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a " "custom kernel configuration file. Parallels provides a virtual network " @@ -347,13 +348,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:158 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:250 msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to " "the same local area network as the host Mac(R). This can be accomplished by " @@ -363,42 +364,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VMware Fusion for macOS(R)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "VMware Fusion for Mac(R) is a commercial software product available for " -"Intel(R) based Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 10.11 or higher. " -"FreeBSD is a fully supported guest operating system. Once VMware Fusion has " -"been installed on macOS(R), the user can configure a virtual machine and " -"then install the desired guest operating system." +"Apple(R) Mac(R) computers running macOS(R) 12 or higher. FreeBSD is a fully " +"supported guest operating system. Once VMware Fusion has been installed on " +"macOS(R), the user can configure a virtual machine and then install the " +"desired guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "The first step is to start VMware Fusion which will load the Virtual Machine " "Library. Click [.guimenuitem]#+->New# to create the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd01.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "This will load the New Virtual Machine Assistant. Choose [." "guimenuitem]#Create a custom virtual machine# and click [." @@ -406,13 +407,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd02.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Select [.guimenuitem]#Other# as the [.guimenuitem]#Operating System# and " "either [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD X# or [.guimenuitem]#FreeBSD X 64-bit#, as the " @@ -420,108 +421,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd03.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:174 msgid "Choose the firmware(UEFI is recommended):" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd04.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Choose [.guimenuitem]#Create a new virtual disk# and click [." "guimenuitem]#Continue#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd05.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:182 msgid "Check the configuration and click [.guimenuitem]#Finish#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd06.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "Choose the name of the virtual machine and the directory where it should be " "saved:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd07.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "Press command+E to open virtual machine settings and click [.guimenuitem]#CD/" "DVD#:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd08.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:194 msgid "Choose FreeBSD ISO image or from a CD/DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:209 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd09.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:198 msgid "Start the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:202 msgid "Install FreeBSD as usual:" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd11.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "Once the install is complete, the settings of the virtual machine can be " "modified, such as memory usage and the number of CPUs the virtual machine " @@ -529,27 +530,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "The System Hardware settings of the virtual machine cannot be modified while " "the virtual machine is running." msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd12.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "The status of the CD-ROM device. Normally the CD/DVD/ISO is disconnected " "from the virtual machine when it is no longer needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "The last thing to change is how the virtual machine will connect to the " "network. To allow connections to the virtual machine from other machines " @@ -560,26 +561,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "vmware-freebsd13.png" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "After modifying the settings, boot the newly installed FreeBSD virtual " "machine." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring FreeBSD on VMware Fusion" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "After FreeBSD has been successfully installed on macOS(R) X with VMware " "Fusion, there are a number of configuration steps that can be taken to " @@ -587,7 +588,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "The most important step is to reduce the `kern.hz` tunable to reduce the CPU " "utilization of FreeBSD under the VMware Fusion environment. This is " @@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:245 msgid "" "Without this setting, an idle FreeBSD VMware Fusion guest will use roughly " "15% of the CPU of a single processor iMac(R). After this change, the usage " @@ -603,7 +604,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "All of the FireWire, and USB device drivers can be removed from a custom " "kernel configuration file. VMware Fusion provides a virtual network adapter " @@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "The most basic networking setup uses DHCP to connect the virtual machine to " "the same local area network as the host Mac(R). This can be accomplished by " @@ -622,29 +623,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:256 msgid "Install drivers and open-vm-tools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:258 msgid "To run FreeBSD smoothly on VMWare, drivers should be installed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xf86-video-vmware xf86-input-vmmouse open-vm-tools\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Guest on VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "FreeBSD works well as a guest in VirtualBox(TM). The virtualization " "software is available for most common operating systems, including FreeBSD " @@ -652,60 +653,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:271 msgid "The VirtualBox(TM) guest additions provide support for:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:273 msgid "Clipboard sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:274 msgid "Mouse pointer integration." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:275 msgid "Host time synchronization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:276 msgid "Window scaling." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:277 msgid "Seamless mode." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:281 msgid "These commands are run in the FreeBSD guest." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "First, install the package:emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions[] package or " "port in the FreeBSD guest. This will install the port:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose-additions && make install clean\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:292 msgid "Add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vboxguest_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -713,26 +714,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "If man:ntpd[8] or man:ntpdate[8] is used, disable host time synchronization:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxservice_flags=\"--disable-timesync\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Xorg will automatically recognize the `vboxvideo` driver. It can also be " "manually entered in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -744,14 +745,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "To use the `vboxmouse` driver, adjust the mouse section in [.filename]#/etc/" "X11/xorg.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"InputDevice\"\n" @@ -761,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "HAL users should create the following [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/" "policy/90-vboxguest.fdi# or copy it from [.filename]#/usr/local/share/hal/" @@ -769,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -780,13 +781,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "\tCopyright (C) 2008-2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tThis file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE, as\n" @@ -799,7 +800,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tPlease contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa\n" @@ -821,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "Shared folders for file transfers between host and VM are accessible by " "mounting them using `mount_vboxvfs`. A shared folder can be created on the " @@ -831,32 +832,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "# vboxmanage sharedfolder add 'BSDBox' --name myshare --hostpath /mnt/bsdboxshare\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Note that the shared folder name must not contain spaces. Mount the shared " "folder from within the guest system like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount_vboxvfs -w myshare /mnt\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) is an actively developed, complete virtualization package, " "that is available for most operating systems including Windows(R), macOS(R), " @@ -870,20 +871,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing VirtualBox(TM)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) is available as a FreeBSD package or port in package:" "emulators/virtualbox-ose[]. The port can be installed using these commands:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/emulators/virtualbox-ose\n" @@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "One useful option in the port's configuration menu is the `GuestAdditions` " "suite of programs. These provide a number of useful features in guest " @@ -903,7 +904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "A few configuration changes are needed before VirtualBox(TM) is started for " "the first time. The port installs a kernel module in [.filename]#/boot/" @@ -911,39 +912,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vboxdrv\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "To ensure the module is always loaded after a reboot, add this line to [." "filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxdrv_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "To use the kernel modules that allow bridged or host-only networking, add " "this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and reboot the computer:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "vboxnet_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "The `vboxusers` group is created during installation of VirtualBox(TM). All " "users that need access to VirtualBox(TM) will have to be added as members of " @@ -951,20 +952,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod vboxusers -m yourusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "The default permissions for [.filename]#/dev/vboxnetctl# are restrictive and " "need to be changed for bridged networking:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:vboxusers /dev/vboxnetctl\n" @@ -972,14 +973,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "To make this permissions change permanent, add these lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/devfs.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "" "own vboxnetctl root:vboxusers\n" @@ -987,18 +988,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:458 msgid "To launch VirtualBox(TM), type from an Xorg session:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "% VirtualBox\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "For more information on configuring and using VirtualBox(TM), refer to the " "http://www.virtualbox.org[official website]. For FreeBSD-specific " @@ -1007,13 +1008,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "VirtualBox(TM) USB Support" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "VirtualBox(TM) can be configured to pass USB devices through to the guest " "operating system. The host controller of the OSE version is limited to " @@ -1022,27 +1023,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "For VirtualBox(TM) to be aware of USB devices attached to the machine, the " "user needs to be a member of the `operator` group." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod operator -m yourusername\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "Then, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules#, or create this " "file if it does not exist yet:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[system=10]\n" @@ -1050,44 +1051,44 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "To load these new rules, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:493 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"system\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:496 msgid "Then, restart devfs:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:514 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devfs restart\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "Restart the login session and VirtualBox(TM) for these changes to take " "effect, and create USB filters as necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "VirtualBox(TM) Host DVD/CD Access" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "Access to the host DVD/CD drives from guests is achieved through the sharing " "of the physical drives. Within VirtualBox(TM), this is set up from the " @@ -1100,26 +1101,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "HAL needs to run for VirtualBox(TM)DVD/CD functions to work, so enable it in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and start it if it is not already running:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:519 #, no-wrap msgid "hald_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hald start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "In order for users to be able to use VirtualBox(TM)DVD/CD functions, they " "need access to [.filename]#/dev/xpt0#, [.filename]#/dev/cdN#, and [." @@ -1129,7 +1130,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "" "perm cd* 0660\n" @@ -1138,13 +1139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Host with bhyve" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "The bhyve BSD-licensed hypervisor became part of the base system with " "FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This hypervisor supports a number of guests, " @@ -1156,7 +1157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "The bhyve design requires a processor that supports Intel(R) Extended Page " "Tables (EPT) or AMD(R) Rapid Virtualization Indexing (RVI) or Nested Page " @@ -1175,26 +1176,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparing the Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "The first step to creating a virtual machine in bhyve is configuring the " "host system. First, load the bhyve kernel module:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vmm\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "Then, create a [.filename]#tap# interface for the network device in the " "virtual machine to attach to. In order for the network device to " @@ -1204,7 +1205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig tap0 create\n" @@ -1216,39 +1217,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:584 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a FreeBSD Guest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "Create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine. Specify the " "size and name of the virtual disk:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G guest.img\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:595 msgid "Download an installation image of FreeBSD to install:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/12.2/FreeBSD-12.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso\n" -"FreeBSD-12.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso 100% of 230 MB 570 kBps 06m17s\n" +"# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/releases/ISO-IMAGES/13.1/FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso\n" +"FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso 366 MB 16 MBps 22s\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "FreeBSD comes with an example script for running a virtual machine in " "bhyve. The script will start the virtual machine and run it in a loop, so " @@ -1263,13 +1264,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap -msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 1 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img -i -I FreeBSD-12.2-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso guestname\n" +msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 1 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img -i -I FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "The virtual machine will boot and start the installer. After installing a " "system in the virtual machine, when the system asks about dropping in to a " @@ -1277,7 +1278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:620 msgid "" "Reboot the virtual machine. While rebooting the virtual machine causes " "bhyve to exit, the [.filename]#vmrun.sh# script runs `bhyve` in a loop and " @@ -1287,37 +1288,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /usr/share/examples/bhyve/vmrun.sh -c 4 -m 1024M -t tap0 -d guest.img guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Linux(R) Guest" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "In order to boot operating systems other than FreeBSD, the package:sysutils/" "grub2-bhyve[] port must be first installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:632 msgid "Next, create a file to use as the virtual disk for the guest machine:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap msgid "# truncate -s 16G linux.img\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Starting a virtual machine with bhyve is a two step process. First a kernel " "must be loaded, then the guest can be started. The Linux(R) kernel is " @@ -1327,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "(hd0) ./linux.img\n" @@ -1335,20 +1336,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "Use package:sysutils/grub2-bhyve[] to load the Linux(R) kernel from the ISO " "image:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r cd0 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "This will start grub. If the installation CD contains a [.filename]#grub." "cfg#, a menu will be displayed. If not, the `vmlinuz` and `initrd` files " @@ -1356,7 +1357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "grub> ls\n" @@ -1370,12 +1371,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:687 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:673 msgid "Now that the Linux(R) kernel is loaded, the guest can be started:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s 3:0,virtio-blk,./linux.img \\\n" @@ -1383,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:684 msgid "" "The system will boot and start the installer. After installing a system in " "the virtual machine, reboot the virtual machine. This will cause bhyve to " @@ -1392,21 +1393,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:702 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:724 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=linuxguest\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "Now the guest can be started directly from the virtual disk. Load the " "kernel:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# grub-bhyve -m device.map -r hd0,msdos1 -M 1024M linuxguest\n" @@ -1423,12 +1424,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:709 msgid "Boot the virtual machine:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 \\\n" @@ -1436,7 +1437,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "Linux(R) will now boot in the virtual machine and eventually present you " "with the login prompt. Login and use the virtual machine. When you are " @@ -1445,13 +1446,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "Booting bhyve Virtual Machines with UEFI Firmware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "In addition to bhyveload and grub-bhyve, the bhyve hypervisor can also boot " "virtual machines using the UEFI userspace firmware. This option may support " @@ -1459,7 +1460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "In order to make use of the UEFI support in bhyve, first obtain the UEFI " "firmware images. This can be done by installing package:sysutils/bhyve-" @@ -1467,14 +1468,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "With the firmware in place, add the flags `-l bootrom,_/path/to/firmware_` " "to your bhyve command line. The actual bhyve command may look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1485,14 +1486,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "package:sysutils/bhyve-firmware[] also contains a CSM-enabled firmware, to " "boot guests with no UEFI support in legacy BIOS mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1503,20 +1504,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphical UEFI Framebuffer for bhyve Guests" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "The UEFI firmware support is particularly useful with predominantly " "graphical guest operating systems such as Microsoft Windows(R)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "Support for the UEFI-GOP framebuffer may also be enabled with the `-s 29," "fbuf,tcp=_0.0.0.0:5900_` flags. The framebuffer resolution may be " @@ -1528,12 +1529,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:769 msgid "The resulting bhyve command would look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -AHP -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 31:0,lpc \\\n" @@ -1546,20 +1547,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "Note, in BIOS emulation mode, the framebuffer will cease receiving updates " "once control is passed from firmware to guest operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "Using ZFS with bhyve Guests" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "If ZFS is available on the host machine, using ZFS volumes instead of disk " "image files can provide significant performance benefits for the guest VMs. " @@ -1567,18 +1568,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create -V16G -o volmode=dev zroot/linuxdisk0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:795 msgid "When starting the VM, specify the ZFS volume as the disk drive:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bhyve -A -H -P -s 0:0,hostbridge -s 1:0,lpc -s 2:0,virtio-net,tap0 -s3:0,virtio-blk,/dev/zvol/zroot/linuxdisk0 \\\n" @@ -1586,13 +1587,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Machine Consoles" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "It is advantageous to wrap the bhyve console in a session management tool " "such as package:sysutils/tmux[] or package:sysutils/screen[] in order to " @@ -1606,7 +1607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload nmdm\n" @@ -1617,25 +1618,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "Ubuntu 13.10 handbook ttyS0\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "handbook login:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Virtual Machines" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:829 msgid "" "A device node is created in [.filename]#/dev/vmm# for each virtual machine. " "This allows the administrator to easily see a list of the running virtual " @@ -1643,7 +1644,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls -al /dev/vmm\n" @@ -1656,47 +1657,47 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:842 msgid "A specified virtual machine can be destroyed using `bhyvectl`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "# bhyvectl --destroy --vm=guestname\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "Persistent Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "In order to configure the system to start bhyve guests at boot time, the " "following configurations must be made in the specified files:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:855 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "net.link.tap.up_on_open=1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:862 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0 tap0\"\n" @@ -1705,13 +1706,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD as a Xen(TM)-Host" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "Xen is a GPLv2-licensed https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Hypervisor#Classification[type 1 hypervisor] for Intel(R) and ARM(R) " @@ -1725,7 +1726,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "Xen(TM) is a bare-metal hypervisor, which means that it is the first program " "loaded after the BIOS. A special privileged guest called the Domain-0 " @@ -1741,7 +1742,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "Xen(TM) can migrate VMs between different Xen(TM) servers. When the two xen " "hosts share the same underlying storage, the migration can be done without " @@ -1755,13 +1756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Requirements for Xen(TM) Dom0" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "To run the Xen(TM) hypervisor on a host, certain hardware functionality is " "required. Hardware virtualized domains require Extended Page Table (http://" @@ -1771,20 +1772,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "In order to run a FreeBSD Xen(TM) Dom0 the box must be booted using legacy " "boot (BIOS)." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:904 #, no-wrap msgid "Xen(TM) Dom0 Control Domain Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "Users of FreeBSD 11 should install the package:emulators/xen-kernel47[] and " "package:sysutils/xen-tools47[] packages that are based on Xen version 4.7. " @@ -1794,7 +1795,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:911 msgid "" "Configuration files must be edited to prepare the host for the Dom0 " "integration after the Xen packages are installed. An entry to [.filename]#/" @@ -1804,13 +1805,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'vm.max_wired=-1' >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:921 msgid "" "Another memory-related setting involves changing [.filename]#/etc/login." "conf#, setting the `memorylocked` option to `unlimited`. Otherwise, " @@ -1821,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sed -i '' -e 's/memorylocked=64K/memorylocked=unlimited/' /etc/login.conf\n" @@ -1829,18 +1830,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:929 msgid "Add an entry for the Xen(TM) console to [.filename]#/etc/ttys#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:933 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'xc0 \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\" xterm onifconsole secure' >> /etc/ttys\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:940 msgid "" "Selecting a Xen(TM) kernel in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# activates the " "Dom0. Xen(TM) also requires resources like CPU and memory from the host " @@ -1851,12 +1852,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:942 msgid "The following command is used for Xen 4.7 packages:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'hw.pci.mcfg=0' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" @@ -1866,14 +1867,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:952 msgid "" "For Xen versions 4.11 and higher, the following command should be used " "instead:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# echo 'if_tap_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" @@ -1882,7 +1883,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "Log files that Xen(TM) creates for the DomU VMs are stored in [.filename]#/" "var/log/xen#. Please be sure to check the contents of that directory if " @@ -1890,18 +1891,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:968 msgid "Activate the xencommons service during system startup:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc xencommons_enable=yes\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "These settings are enough to start a Dom0-enabled system. However, it lacks " "network functionality for the DomU machines. To fix that, define a bridged " @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:984 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" @@ -1919,18 +1920,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:987 msgid "Restart the host to load the Xen(TM) kernel and start the Dom0." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "# reboot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "After successfully booting the Xen(TM) kernel and logging into the system " "again, the Xen(TM) management tool `xl` is used to show information about " @@ -1938,7 +1939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1000 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl list\n" @@ -1947,7 +1948,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "The output confirms that the Dom0 (called `Domain-0`) has the ID `0` and is " "running. It also has the memory and virtual CPUs that were defined in [." @@ -1957,13 +1958,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "Xen(TM) DomU Guest VM Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "Unprivileged domains consist of a configuration file and virtual or physical " "hard disks. Virtual disk storage for the DomU can be files created by man:" @@ -1975,26 +1976,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap -msgid "# fetch ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/releases/ISO-IMAGES/12.0/FreeBSD-12.0-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso -o freebsd.iso\n" +msgid "# fetch https://download.freebsd.org/releases/ISO-IMAGES/13.1/FreeBSD-13.1-RELEASE-amd64-bootonly.iso -o freebsd.iso\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "A ZFS volume of 20 GB called [.filename]#xendisk0# is created to serve as " "the disk space for the VM." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create -V20G -o volmode=dev zroot/xendisk0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "" "The new DomU guest VM is defined in a file. Some specific definitions like " "name, keymap, and VNC connection details are also defined. The following [." @@ -2003,7 +2004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat freebsd.cfg\n" @@ -2023,12 +2024,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "These lines are explained in more detail:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "This defines what kind of virtualization to use. `hvm` refers to hardware-" "assisted virtualization or hardware virtual machine. Guest operating systems " @@ -2038,14 +2039,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "Name of this virtual machine to distinguish it from others running on the " "same Dom0. Required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1055 msgid "" "Quantity of RAM in megabytes to make available to the VM. This amount is " "subtracted from the hypervisor's total available memory, not the memory of " @@ -2053,7 +2054,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "Number of virtual CPUs available to the guest VM. For best performance, do " "not create guests with more virtual CPUs than the number of physical CPUs on " @@ -2061,7 +2062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "Virtual network adapter. This is the bridge connected to the network " "interface of the host. The `mac` parameter is the MAC address set on the " @@ -2070,14 +2071,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "Full path to the disk, file, or ZFS volume of the disk storage for this VM. " "Options and multiple disk definitions are separated by commas." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "Defines the Boot medium from which the initial operating system is " "installed. In this example, it is the ISO image downloaded earlier. Consult " @@ -2085,7 +2086,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "Options controlling VNC connectivity to the serial console of the DomU. In " "order, these are: active VNC support, define IP address on which to listen, " @@ -2095,20 +2096,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "After the file has been created with all the necessary options, the DomU is " "created by passing it to `xl create` as a parameter." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "# xl create freebsd.cfg\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "Each time the Dom0 is restarted, the configuration file must be passed to " "`xl create` again to re-create the DomU. By default, only the Dom0 is " @@ -2121,12 +2122,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1078 msgid "The output of `xl list` confirms that the DomU has been created." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1085 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl list\n" @@ -2136,7 +2137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "To begin the installation of the base operating system, start the VNC " "client, directing it to the main network address of the host or to the IP " @@ -2151,7 +2152,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl destroy freebsd\n" @@ -2159,7 +2160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "The machine can then be accessed again using the VNC viewer. This time, it " "will boot from the virtual disk where the operating system has been " @@ -2167,26 +2168,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "This section contains basic information in order to help troubleshoot issues " "found when using FreeBSD as a Xen(TM) host or guest." msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "Host Boot Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "Please note that the following troubleshooting tips are intended for Xen(TM) " "4.11 or newer. If you are still using Xen(TM) 4.7 and having issues " @@ -2194,7 +2195,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "" "In order to troubleshoot host boot issues you will likely need a serial " "cable, or a debug USB cable. Verbose Xen(TM) boot output can be obtained by " @@ -2203,21 +2204,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "" "`iommu=debug`: can be used to print additional diagnostic information about " "the iommu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "" "`dom0=verbose`: can be used to print additional diagnostic information about " "the dom0 build process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "`sync_console`: flag to force synchronous console output. Useful for " "debugging to avoid losing messages due to rate limiting. Never use this " @@ -2226,20 +2227,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "" "FreeBSD should also be booted in verbose mode in order to identify any " "issues. To activate verbose booting, run this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'boot_verbose=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "If none of these options help solving the problem, please send the serial " "boot log to mailto:freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org[freebsd-xen@FreeBSD.org] and " @@ -2248,20 +2249,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1132 #, no-wrap msgid "Guest Creation Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "Issues can also arise when creating guests, the following attempts to " "provide some help for those trying to diagnose guest creation issues." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "The most common cause of guest creation failures is the `xl` command " "spitting some error and exiting with a return code different than 0. If the " @@ -2270,7 +2271,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# xl -vvv create freebsd.cfg\n" @@ -2289,7 +2290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/virtualization/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "If the verbose output does not help diagnose the issue there are also QEMU " "and Xen(TM) toolstack logs in [.filename]#/var/log/xen#. Note that the name " diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po index ff14f54ad0..602f23a929 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 12. WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "WINE" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "https://www.winehq.org/[WINE], which stands for Wine Is Not an Emulator, is " "technically a software translation layer. It enables to install and run " @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/wine/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "It operates by intercepting system calls, or requests from the software to " "the operating system, and translating them from Windows(R) calls to calls " @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, it is not an emulator in the traditional sense. Many of these " "solutions operate by constructing an entire other computer using software " -"processes in place of hardware Virtualization (such as that provided by the " -"package:emulators/qemu[] port) operates in this way. One of the benefits of " -"this approach is the ability to install a full version of the OS in question " -"to the emulator. It means that the environment will not look any different " -"to applications than a real machine, and chances are good that everything " -"will work on it. The downside to this approach is the fact that software " -"acting as hardware is inherently slower than actual hardware. The computer " -"built in software (called the _guest_) requires resources from the real " -"machine (the _host_), and holds on to those resources for as long as it is " -"running." +"processes in place of hardware. Virtualization (such as that provided by " +"the package:emulators/qemu[] port) operates in this way. One of the " +"benefits of this approach is the ability to install a full version of the OS " +"in question to the emulator. It means that the environment will not look " +"any different to applications than a real machine, and chances are good that " +"everything will work on it. The downside to this approach is the fact that " +"software acting as hardware is inherently slower than actual hardware. The " +"computer built in software (called the _guest_) requires resources from the " +"real machine (the _host_), and holds on to those resources for as long as it " +"is running." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po index 8d11254671..335878d177 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ msgid "Chapter 5. The X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "The X Window System" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "An installation of FreeBSD using bsdinstall does not automatically install a " "graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and " @@ -56,813 +56,725 @@ msgid "" "a desktop environment or window manager." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the " -"Xorg should refer to https://ghostbsd.org[GhostBSD], https://www.midnightbsd." -"org[MidnightBSD] or https://nomadbsd.org[NomadBSD]." +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:59 +msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" -"For more information on the video hardware that Xorg supports, refer to the " -"http://www.x.org/[x.org] website." +"Know how to install additional third-party software as described in crossref:" +"ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:63 msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to install and configure Xorg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"How to install and configure several window managers and desktop " -"environments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to use TrueType(R) fonts in Xorg." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (XDM)." msgstr "" +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing Xorg" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:75 -msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:73 +msgid "On FreeBSD, Xorg can be installed as a package or port." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" -"Know how to install additional third-party software as described in crossref:" -"ports[ports,Installing Applications: Packages and Ports]." +"The binary meta package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for " +"customization:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap -msgid "Terminology" +msgid "# pkg install xorg\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" -"While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various " -"components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic " -"knowledge of these components can be useful." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "X server" +"Either of these installations results in the complete Xorg system being " +"installed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" -"X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a " -"\"client-server\" model. In this model, the \"X server\" runs on the " -"computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse attached. The server's " -"responsibility includes tasks such as managing the display, handling input " -"from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or output from other devices " -"such as a tablet or a video projector. This confuses some people, because " -"the X terminology is exactly backward to what they expect. They expect the " -"\"X server\" to be the big powerful machine down the hall, and the \"X " -"client\" to be the machine on their desk." +"The current user must be a member of the `video` group. To add a user to " +"`video` group, execute the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:90 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap -msgid "X client" +msgid "# pw groupmod video -m username\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:93 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" -"Each X application, such as XTerm or Firefox, is a \"client\". A client " -"sends messages to the server such as \"Please draw a window at these " -"coordinates\", and the server sends back messages such as \"The user just " -"clicked on the OK button\"." +"A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is " +"available in package:x11/xorg-minimal[]. Most of the documents, libraries, " +"and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these " +"additional components to function." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:97 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" -"In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients " -"commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server " -"on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful " -"system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server " -"takes place over the network." +"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " +"not require any manual configuration. Do not create `xorg.conf` or run a `-" +"configure` step unless automatic configuration fails." msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:98 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "window manager" +msgid "Graphic card drivers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" -"X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them " -"around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between " -"windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not " -"they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this " -"responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are http://" -"www.xwinman.org/[dozens of window managers] available. Each window manager " -"provides a different look and feel: some support virtual desktops, some " -"allow customized keystrokes to manage the desktop, some have a \"Start\" " -"button, and some are themeable, allowing a complete change of the desktop's " -"look-and-feel. Window managers are available in the [.filename]#x11-wm# " -"category of the Ports Collection." +"The following table shows the different graphics cards supported by FreeBSD, " +"which package should be installed and its corresponding module." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect " -"configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for " -"most configuration tasks." +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Graphic card packages" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:108 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap -msgid "desktop environment" +msgid "Brand" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME are considered to be desktop environments as they include an " -"entire suite of applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may " -"include office suites, web browsers, and games." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list +#. type: Table #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "focus policy" +msgid "Package" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy " -"provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving " -"keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently " -"active." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"One focus policy is called \"click-to-focus\". In this model, a window " -"becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the \"focus-follows-mouse\" " -"policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has focus and the focus " -"is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse is over the root " -"window, then this window is focused. In the \"sloppy-focus\" model, if the " -"mouse is moved over the root window, the most recently used window still has " -"the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only changed when the cursor enters " -"a new window, and not when exiting the current window. In the \"click-to-" -"focus\" policy, the active window is selected by mouse click. The window " -"may then be raised and appear in front of all other windows. All keystrokes " -"will now be directed to this window, even if the cursor is moved to another " -"window." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Intel(R)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"Different window managers support different focus models. All of them " -"support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other " -"policies. Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine " -"which focus models are available." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Open Source" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:130 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap -msgid "widgets" +msgid "drm-kmod" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be " -"clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, " -"radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used " -"to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget " -"toolkits, including Qt, used by KDE, and GTK+, used by GNOME. As a result, " -"applications will have a different look and feel, depending upon which " -"widget toolkit was used to create the application." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`i915kms`" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:138 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap -msgid "Installing Xorg" +msgid "AMD(R)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:141 -msgid "On FreeBSD, Xorg can be installed as a package or port." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`amdgpu` and `radeonkms`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for " -"customization:" +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NVIDIA(R)" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:147 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install xorg\n" +msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:150 -msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "nvidia-driver" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:155 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg\n" -"# make install clean\n" +msgid "`nvidia` or `nvidia-modeset`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:159 -msgid "" -"Either of these installations results in the complete Xorg system being " -"installed. Binary packages are the best option for most users." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "VESA" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:163 -msgid "" -"A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is " -"available in package:x11/xorg-minimal[]. Most of the documents, libraries, " -"and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these " -"additional components to function." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "xf86-video-vesa" msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:165 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap -msgid "Xorg Configuration" +msgid "vesa" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:168 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap -msgid "Quick Start" +msgid "SCFB" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:171 -msgid "Xorg supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "xf86-video-scfb" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:176 -msgid "" -"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " -"not require any manual configuration. Do not create [.filename]#xorg.conf# " -"or run a `-configure` step unless automatic configuration fails." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "scfb" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:180 -msgid "" -"If Xorg has been used on this computer before, move or remove any existing " -"configuration files:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Virtualbox" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:185 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc\n" -"# mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc\n" +msgid "virtualbox-ose-additions" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:188 -msgid "" -"Add the user who will run Xorg to the `video` or `wheel` group to enable 3D " -"acceleration when available. To add user _jru_ to whichever group is " -"available:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Virtualbox OSE additions include the `vboxvideo` driver." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:192 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod video -m jru || pw groupmod wheel -m jru\n" +msgid "VMware(R)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:195 -msgid "" -"The `TWM` window manager is included by default. It is started when Xorg " -"starts:" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "xf86-video-vmware" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:199 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap -msgid "% startx\n" +msgid "vmwgfx" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" -"On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to man:" -"vt[4] before switching back to the text console will work properly. See <>." +"The following command can be used to identify which graphics card is " +"installed in the system:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:204 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap -msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video" +msgid "% pciconf -lv|grep -B4 VGA\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:209 -msgid "" -"Access to [.filename]#/dev/dri# is needed to allow 3D acceleration on video " -"cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X to " -"either the `video` or `wheel` group. Here, man:pw[8] is used to add user " -"_slurms_ to the `video` group, or to the `wheel` group if there is no " -"`video` group:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:492 +msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:213 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pw groupmod video -m slurms || pw groupmod wheel -m slurms\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap -msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (`KMS`)" +msgid "" +"vgapci0@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a42 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" +" vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" +" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +" class = display\n" +" subclass = VGA\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:223 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" -"When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen " -"resolution for X, it must set the video output _mode_. Recent versions of " -"`Xorg` use a system inside the kernel to do these mode changes more " -"efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use man:sc[4], which is not aware of " -"the `KMS` system. The end result is that after closing X, the system " -"console is blank, even though it is still working. The newer man:vt[4] " -"console avoids this problem." +"If the graphics card is not supported by Intel(R), AMD(R) or NVIDIA(R) " +"drivers, then VESA or SCFB modules should be used. VESA module must be used " +"when booting in BIOS mode and SCFB module must be used when booting in UEFI " +"mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:225 -msgid "Add this line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to enable man:vt[4]:" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:175 +msgid "This command can be used to check the booting mode:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap -msgid "kern.vty=vt\n" +msgid "% sysctl machdep.bootmethod\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:232 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap -msgid "Configuration Files" +msgid "machdep.bootmethod: BIOS\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:236 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" -"Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually " -"create configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work." +"Intel(R) Graphics refers to the class of graphics chips that are integrated " +"on the same die as an Intel(R) CPU. Wikipedia offers link:https://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[a good overview " +"of the variations and names used for generations of Intel HD Graphics]." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:238 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Directory" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:197 +msgid "" +"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides a range of " +"kernel modules for use with Intel(R) Graphics cards. The Intel(R) driver " +"can be installed by executing the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:243 -msgid "" -"Xorg looks in several directories for configuration files. [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/X11/# is the recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. " -"Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating " -"system files." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install drm-kmod\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" -"Storing configuration files in the legacy [.filename]#/etc/X11/# still " -"works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD files " -"and is not recommended." +"Then add the module to `/etc/rc.conf` file, executing the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:248 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap -msgid "Single or Multiple Files" +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=i915kms\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:253 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" -"It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting " -"than the traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf#. These files are stored " -"in the [.filename]#xorg.conf.d/# subdirectory of the main configuration file " -"directory. The full path is typically [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg." -"conf.d/#." +"If a high CPU usage is noticed or excessive tearing with HD video, the " +"installation of package:multimedia/libva-intel-driver[] may help. To " +"install the package execute the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:255 -msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# pkg install libva-intel-driver mesa-libs mesa-dri\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:257 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" -"The traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf# still works, but is neither as " -"clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the [.filename]#xorg.conf.d/# " -"subdirectory." +"The package:graphics/drm-kmod[] package indirectly provides a range of " +"kernel modules for use with AMD(R) Graphics cards. The modules `amdgpu` and " +"`radeonkms` can be used depending the generation of the hardware. The " +"FreeBSD project maintains an link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Graphics/AMD-GPU-" +"Matrix[AMD graphics support matrix to determine which driver must be used]." msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:259 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Video Cards" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:229 +msgid "AMD(R) driver can be installed by executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" -"The Ports framework provides the drm graphics drivers necessary for X11 " -"operation on recent hardware. Users can use one of the following drivers " -"available from package:graphics/drm-kmod[]. These drivers use interfaces in " -"the kernel that are normally private. As such, it is strongly recommended " -"that the drivers be built via the ports system via the `PORTS_MODULES` " -"variable. With `PORTS_MODULES`, every time you build the kernel, the " -"corresponding port(s) containing kernel modules are re-built against the " -"updated sources. This ensures the kernel module stays in-sync with the " -"kernel itself. The kernel and ports trees should be updated together for " -"maximum compatibility. You can add `PORTS_MODULES` to your [.filename]#/etc/" -"make.conf# file to ensure all kernels you build rebuild this module. " -"Advanced users can add it to their kernel config files with the " -"`makeoptions` directive. If you run GENERIC and use freebsd-update, you can " -"just build the [.filename]#graphics/drm-kmod# or [.filename]#x11/nvidia-" -"driver# port after each `freebsd-update install` invocation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:275 -msgid "[.filename]#/etc/make.conf#" +"For post-HD7000 or Tahiti graphic cards add the module to `/etc/rc.conf` " +"file, executing the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"SYSDIR=path/to/src/sys\n" -"PORTS_MODULES=graphics/drm-kmod x11/nvidia-driver\n" +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=amdgpu\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" -"This will rebuild everything, but can select one or the other depending on " -"which GPU / graphics card you have." +"For older graphic cards (pre-HD7000 or pre-Tahiti) add the module to `/etc/" +"rc.conf` file, executing the following command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:285 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap -msgid "Intel KMS driver, Radeon KMS driver, AMD KMS driver" +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=radeonkms\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:287 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" -"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most Intel KMS driver graphics cards " -"provided by Intel." +"FreeBSD supports different versions of the proprietary NVIDIA(R) driver. " +"Users of newer graphics cards should install the package:x11/nvidia-driver[] " +"package. Those with older cards will have to check below which version " +"supports them." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:289 -msgid "Driver name: `i915kms`" +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported versions of NVIDIA(R) drivers" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:291 -msgid "" -"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most older Radeon KMS driver graphics " -"cards provided by AMD." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Supported hardware" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:293 -msgid "Driver name: `radeonkms`" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "x11/nvidia-driver-304" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:295 -msgid "" -"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on most newer AMD KMS driver graphics " -"cards provided by AMD." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/123712/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:297 -msgid "Driver name: `amdgpu`" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "x11/nvidia-driver-340" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:299 -msgid "" -"For reference, please see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[] or https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units[] for a list of supported GPUs." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/156167/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:301 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap -msgid "Intel(R)" +msgid "x11/nvidia-driver-390" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:303 -msgid "" -"3D acceleration is supported on most Intel(R) graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD " -"Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy " -"Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/191122/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:305 -msgid "Driver name: `intel`" +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "x11/nvidia-driver-470" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:307 -msgid "" -"For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units[]." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/191234/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:309 +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap -msgid "AMD(R) Radeon" +msgid "x11/nvidia-driver" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:311 -msgid "" -"2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the " -"HD6000 series." +#. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "link:https://www.nvidia.com/Download/driverResults.aspx/187164/en-us/[supported hardware]" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:313 -msgid "Driver name: `radeon`" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:281 +msgid "" +"Version 304 of the NVIDIA(R) graphics driver (nvidia-driver-304) does not " +"support xorg-server 1.20 or later." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:315 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" -"For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units[]." +"The latest NVIDIA(R) driver can be installed by running the following " +"command:" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:317 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap -msgid "NVIDIA" +msgid "# pkg install nvidia-driver\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:320 -msgid "" -"Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the [.filename]#x11# category of the " -"Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video card." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=nvidia-modeset\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" -"For reference, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units[]." +"The `nvidia` driver must be used if the packages x11/nvidia-driver-304 or " +"x11/nvidia-driver-340 have been installed." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:332 -msgid "" -"Kernel support for NVIDIA cards is found in either the [.filename]#x11/" -"nvidia-driver# port or the [.filename]#x11/nvidia-driver-xxx# port. Modern " -"cards use the former. Legacy cards use the -xxx ports, where xxx is one of " -"304, 340 or 390 indicating the version of the driver. For those, fill in " -"the `-xxx` using the http://download.nvidia.com/XFree86/FreeBSD-" -"x86_64/465.19.01/README/[ Supported NVIDIA GPU Products ] page. This page " -"lists the devices supported by different versions of the driver. Legacy " -"drivers run on both i386 and amd64. The current driver only supports " -"amd64. Read http://download.nvidia.com/XFree86/FreeBSD-x86_64/465.19.01/" -"README/[installation and configuration of NVIDIA driver] for details. While " -"we recommend this driver be rebuilt with each kernel rebuild for maximum " -"safety, it uses almost no private kernel interfaces and is usually safe " -"across kernel updates." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:334 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap -msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics" +msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=nvidia\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:338 -msgid "" -"Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those " -"built into the chipset or processor. _Optimus_ combines Intel(R) and NVIDIA " -"hardware. _Switchable Graphics_ or _Hybrid Graphics_ are a combination of " -"an Intel(R) or AMD(R) processor and an AMD(R) Radeon `GPU`." +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Xorg Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:340 -msgid "" -"Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and Xorg on FreeBSD " -"is not able to drive all versions of them." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:311 +msgid "Xorg supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:344 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" -"Some computers provide a `BIOS` option to disable one of the graphics " -"adapters or select a _discrete_ mode which can be used with one of the " -"standard video card drivers. For example, it is sometimes possible to " -"disable the NVIDIA `GPU` in an Optimus system. The Intel(R) video can then " -"be used with an Intel(R) driver." +"Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do " +"not require any manual configuration. Do not create [.filename]#xorg.conf# " +"or run a `Xorg -configure` step unless automatic configuration fails." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" -"`BIOS` settings depend on the model of computer. In some situations, both " -"``GPU``s can be left enabled, but creating a configuration file that only " -"uses the main `GPU` in the `Device` section is enough to make such a system " -"functional." +"Xorg looks in several directories for configuration files. [.filename]#/usr/" +"local/etc/X11/# is the *recommended* directory for these files on FreeBSD. " +"Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating " +"system files." msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:349 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap -msgid "Other Video Cards" +msgid "Single or Multiple Files" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" -"Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the [.filename]#x11-" -"drivers# directory of the Ports Collection." +"It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting " +"than the traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf#. These files are stored " +"in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/# subdirectory." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:356 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" -"Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with " -"the package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa[] driver. This driver is installed " -"by package:x11/xorg[]. It can also be installed manually as package:x11-" -"drivers/xf86-video-vesa[]. Xorg attempts to use this driver when a specific " -"driver is not found for the video card." +"The traditional single [.filename]#xorg.conf# still works, but is neither as " +"clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" +"X11/xorg.conf.d/# subdirectory." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:358 -msgid "" -"package:x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb[] is a similar nonspecialized video " -"driver that works on many `UEFI` and ARM(R) computers." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Video Cards" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:360 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:340 +msgid "" +"The driver for the graphics card can be specified in the [.filename]#/usr/" +"local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/# directory." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:362 -msgid "To set the Intel(R) driver in a configuration file:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:342 +msgid "To configure the Intel(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Intel(R) Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:368 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:348 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-intel.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" "\tDriver \"intel\"\n" -"\t# BusID \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:359 +msgid "To configure the AMD(R) driver in a configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Select AMD(R) Video Driver in a File" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:365 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-radeon.conf#" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:372 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"If more than one video card is present, the `BusID` identifier can be " -"uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of video card bus " -"``ID``s can be displayed with `pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display`." +"Section \"Device\"\n" +"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" +"\tDriver \"radeon\"\n" +"EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:383 -msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:376 +msgid "To configure the NVIDIA(R) driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select NVIDIA(R) Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:389 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:382 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-nvidia.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" "\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" -"\tDriver \"radeon\"\n" +"\tDriver \"nvidia\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:401 -msgid "To set the `VESA` driver in a configuration file:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:393 +msgid "To configure the VESA driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select `VESA` Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select VESA Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:407 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:399 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-vesa.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -872,23 +784,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:419 -msgid "To set the `scfb` driver for use with a `UEFI` or ARM(R) computer:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:410 +msgid "To configure the SCFB driver in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap -msgid "Select `scfb` Video Driver in a File" +msgid "Select SCFB Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:425 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:416 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-scfb.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Device\"\n" @@ -897,185 +809,201 @@ msgid "" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:436 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Monitors" -msgstr "" - #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" -"Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data " -"standard (`EDID`). Xorg uses `EDID` to communicate with the monitor and " -"detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the " -"most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor." +"To configure multiple video cards, the `BusID` can be added. A list of " +"video card bus ``ID``s can be displayed by executing:" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:443 -msgid "" -"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the " -"desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been " -"started with man:xrandr[1]." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:445 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using man:xrandr[1]" +msgid "" +"vgapci0@pci0:0:2:0: class=0x030000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a42 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" +" vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" +" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +" class = display\n" +"--\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 +#. type: delimited block . 4 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:447 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Run man:xrandr[1] without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and " -"detected monitor modes:" +"vgapci1@pci0:0:2:1: class=0x038000 rev=0x07 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x2a43 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20e4\n" +" vendor = 'Intel Corporation'\n" +" device = 'Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller'\n" +" class = display\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:465 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% xrandr\n" -"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" -"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n" -" 1920x1200 59.95*+\n" -" 1600x1200 60.00\n" -" 1280x1024 85.02 75.02 60.02\n" -" 1280x960 60.00\n" -" 1152x864 75.00\n" -" 1024x768 85.00 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" -" 832x624 74.55\n" -" 800x600 75.00 60.32\n" -" 640x480 75.00 60.00\n" -" 720x400 70.08\n" -"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" -"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +#. type: Block title +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:450 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Select Intel(R) Video Driver and NVIDIA(R) Video Driver in a File" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:469 -msgid "" -"This shows that the `DVI-0` output is being used to display a screen " -"resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors " -"are not attached to the `DisplayPort-0` and `HDMI-0` connectors." +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:455 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-drivers.conf#" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:472 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:463 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"Any of the other display modes can be selected with man:xrandr[1]. For " -"example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:" +"Section \"Device\"\n" +"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" +"\tDriver \"intel\"\n" +"\tBusID \"pci0:0:2:0\"\n" +"EndSection\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap -msgid "% xrandr --output DVI-0 --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60\n" +msgid "" +"Section \"Device\"\n" +"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n" +"\tDriver \"nvidia\"\n" +"\tBusID \"pci0:0:2:1\"\n" +"EndSection\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:479 -msgid "" -"A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for " -"a video projector." +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:473 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Monitors" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:483 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" -"The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the " -"name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver " -"calls `HDMI-1`, another might call `HDMI1`. So the first step is to run man:" -"xrandr[1] to list all the available outputs:" +"Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data " +"standard (`EDID`). Xorg uses `EDID` to communicate with the monitor and " +"detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the " +"most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:504 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% xrandr\n" -"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" -"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n" -" 1366x768 60.04*+\n" -" 1024x768 60.00\n" -" 800x600 60.32 56.25\n" -" 640x480 59.94\n" -"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" -" 1280x1024 60.02 + 75.02\n" -" 1280x960 60.00\n" -" 1152x864 75.00\n" -" 1024x768 75.08 70.07 60.00\n" -" 832x624 74.55\n" -" 800x600 72.19 75.00 60.32 56.25\n" -" 640x480 75.00 72.81 66.67 60.00\n" -" 720x400 70.08\n" -"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" -"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:480 +msgid "" +"Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the " +"desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been " +"started with man:xrandr[1]." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:507 -msgid "" -"Four outputs were found: the built-in panel `LVDS1`, and external `VGA1`, " -"`HDMI1`, and `DP1` connectors." +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:482 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using RandR (Resize and Rotate)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:510 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" -"The projector has been connected to the `VGA1` output. man:xrandr[1] is now " -"used to set that output to the native resolution of the projector and add " -"the additional space to the right side of the desktop:" +"Run man:xrandr[1] without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and " +"detected monitor modes:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap -msgid "% xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1\n" +msgid "% xrandr\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:519 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:523 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"`--auto` chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected by `EDID`. If the " -"resolution is not correctly detected, a fixed value can be given with `--" -"mode` instead of the `--auto` statement. For example, most projectors can " -"be used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with `--mode 1024x768`." +"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 2560 x 960, maximum 8192 x 8192\n" +"LVDS-1 connected 1280x800+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 261mm x 163mm\n" +" 1280x800 59.99*+ 59.81 59.91 50.00 \n" +" 1280x720 59.86 59.74 \n" +" 1024x768 60.00 \n" +" 1024x576 59.90 59.82 \n" +" 960x540 59.63 59.82 \n" +" 800x600 60.32 56.25 \n" +" 864x486 59.92 59.57 \n" +" 640x480 59.94 \n" +" 720x405 59.51 58.99 \n" +" 640x360 59.84 59.32 \n" +"VGA-1 connected primary 1280x960+1280+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 410mm x 257mm\n" +" 1280x1024 75.02 60.02 \n" +" 1440x900 74.98 60.07 \n" +" 1280x960 60.00* \n" +" 1280x800 74.93 59.81 \n" +" 1152x864 75.00 \n" +" 1024x768 75.03 70.07 60.00 \n" +" 832x624 74.55 \n" +" 800x600 72.19 75.00 60.32 56.25 \n" +" 640x480 75.00 72.81 66.67 59.94 \n" +" 720x400 70.08 \n" +"HDMI-1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +"DP-1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +"HDMI-2 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +"DP-2 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +"DP-3 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:528 +msgid "" +"This shows that the `VGA-1` output is being used to display a screen " +"resolution of 1280x960 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. The " +"`LVDS-1` is being used as a secondary monitor to display a screen resolution " +"of 1280x800 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors are not " +"attached to the `HDMI-1`, `HDMI-2`, `DP-1`, `DP-2` and `DP-3` connectors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:531 +msgid "" +"Any of the other display modes can be selected with man:xrandr[1]. For " +"example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:521 -msgid "" -"man:xrandr[1] is often run from [.filename]#.xinitrc# to set the appropriate " -"mode when X starts." +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:535 +#, no-wrap +msgid "% xrandr --output LVDS-1 --mode 1280x720 --rate 60\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:523 +#. type: Title ==== +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File" +msgid "Using the Xorg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:541 +msgid "The monitor configuration can also be set in a configuration file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:543 msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:530 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:548 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/10-monitor.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Section \"Screen\"\n" @@ -1087,401 +1015,170 @@ msgid "" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:545 -msgid "" -"The few monitors that do not have `EDID` can be configured by setting " -"`HorizSync` and `VertRefresh` to the range of frequencies supported by the " -"monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:546 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:550 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:558 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Monitor\"\n" -"\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" -"\tHorizSync 30-83 # kHz\n" -"\tVertRefresh 50-76 # Hz\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Devices" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:566 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Keyboards" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:569 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" -"The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a _layout_. " -"Layouts and other adjustable parameters are listed in man:xkeyboard-" -"config[7]." +"Xorg supports the vast majority of input devices via package:x11/libinput[]." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:576 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" -"A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set " -"the `XkbLayout` and `XkbVariant` options in an `InputClass`. This will be " -"applied to all input devices that match the class." +"Some desktop environments (such as KDE Plasma) provide a graphical UI for " +"setting these parameters. Check if this is the case before resorting to " +"manual configuration editing." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:578 -msgid "This example selects a French keyboard layout." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:574 +msgid "For example, to configure the keyboard layout:" msgstr "" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:583 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:579 +msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf#" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" -"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" -"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" -"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n" +"Section \"InputClass\"\n" +" Identifier \"Keyboard1\"\n" +" MatchIsKeyboard \"on\"\n" +" Option \"XkbLayout\" \"es, fr\"\n" +" Option \"XkbModel\" \"pc104\"\n" +" Option \"XkbVariant\" \",qwerty\"\n" +" Option \"XkbOptions\" \"grp:win_space_toggle\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:595 +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap -msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts" +msgid "Using Fonts in Xorg" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:601 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" -"Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through " -"these layouts by pressing kbd:[Alt+Shift]. package:x11/xxkb[] or package:" -"x11/sbxkb[] can be used for improved layout switching control and current " -"layout indicators." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:603 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf#" +"The default fonts that ship with Xorg are less than ideal for typical " +"desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged " +"and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely " +"unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 " +"(PostScript(R)) fonts available which can be readily used with Xorg." msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:611 +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:601 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" -"\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n" -"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n" -"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n" -"EndSection\n" +msgid "Type1 Fonts" msgstr "" -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Closing Xorg From the Keyboard" +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:607 +msgid "" +"The URW font collection (package:x11-fonts/urwfonts[]) includes high quality " +"versions of standard type1 fonts (Times Roman(TM), Helvetica(TM), " +"Palatino(TM) and others). The Freefonts collection (package:x11-fonts/" +"freefonts[]) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use " +"in graphics software such as the Gimp, and are not complete enough to serve " +"as screen fonts. In addition, Xorg can be configured to use TrueType(R) " +"fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the man:X[7] " +"manual page or <>." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" -"X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key " -"combination is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some " -"applications. Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard " -"`InputDevice` section:" +"To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the " +"following commands:" msgstr "" -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:621 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap -msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X" +msgid "# pkg install urwfonts\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:625 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf#" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:617 +msgid "" +"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server " +"detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration " +"file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/90-fonts.conf#), which " +"reads:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n" -"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n" -"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n" -"\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n" +"Section \"Files\"\n" +" FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"\n" "EndSection\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:638 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices" +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:626 +msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:643 +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:631 +#, no-wrap msgid "" -"If using package:xorg-server[] 1.20.8 or later under FreeBSD {rel121-" -"current} and not using man:moused[8], add `kern.evdev.rcpt_mask=12` to [." -"filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#." +"% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" +"% xset fp rehash\n" msgstr "" -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:647 +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" -"Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See man:" -"mousedrv[4] for a full list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:648 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Mouse Buttons" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:651 -msgid "" -"The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse `InputDevice` " -"section of [.filename]#xorg.conf#. To set the number of buttons to 7:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:652 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:656 -msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:663 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"InputDevice\"\n" -"\tIdentifier \"Mouse0\"\n" -"\tOption \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:668 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Manual Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:672 -msgid "" -"In some cases, Xorg autoconfiguration does not work with particular " -"hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For these cases, a " -"custom configuration file can be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:677 -msgid "" -"Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary " -"manual configuration can prevent proper operation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:681 -msgid "" -"A configuration file can be generated by Xorg based on the detected " -"hardware. This file is often a useful starting point for custom " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:683 -msgid "Generating an [.filename]#xorg.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:687 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# Xorg -configure\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:691 -msgid "" -"The configuration file is saved to [.filename]#/root/xorg.conf.new#. Make " -"any changes desired, then test that file (using `-retro` so there is a " -"visible background) with:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:695 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# Xorg -retro -config /root/xorg.conf.new\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:698 -msgid "" -"After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split " -"into smaller files in the normal location, [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/" -"xorg.conf.d/#." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:700 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using Fonts in Xorg" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:703 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Type1 Fonts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:712 -msgid "" -"The default fonts that ship with Xorg are less than ideal for typical " -"desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged " -"and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely " -"unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 " -"(PostScript(R)) fonts available which can be readily used with Xorg. For " -"instance, the URW font collection (package:x11-fonts/urwfonts[]) includes " -"high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (Times Roman(TM), " -"Helvetica(TM), Palatino(TM) and others). The Freefonts collection (package:" -"x11-fonts/freefonts[]) includes many more fonts, but most of them are " -"intended for use in graphics software such as the Gimp, and are not complete " -"enough to serve as screen fonts. In addition, Xorg can be configured to use " -"TrueType(R) fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see " -"the man:X[7] manual page or <>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:714 -msgid "" -"To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the " -"following commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:718 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install urwfonts\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:721 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:726 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts\n" -"# make install clean\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:730 -msgid "" -"And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server " -"detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration " -"file ([.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#), which reads:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:734 -#, no-wrap -msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:737 -msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:742 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts\n" -"% xset fp rehash\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:746 -msgid "" -"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is " -"added to the startup file ([.filename]#~/.xinitrc# for a normal `startx` " -"session, or [.filename]#~/.xsession# when logging in through a graphical " -"login manager like XDM). A third way is to use the new [.filename]#/usr/" -"local/etc/fonts/local.conf# as demonstrated in <>." +"This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is " +"added to the startup file ([.filename]#~/.xinitrc# for a normal `startx` " +"session, or [.filename]#~/.xsession# when logging in through a graphical " +"login manager like XDM). A third way is to use the new [.filename]#/usr/" +"local/etc/fonts/local.conf# as demonstrated in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "TrueType(R) Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Xorg has built in support for rendering TrueType(R) fonts. There are two " "different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module " "is used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font " "rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following " -"line to the `\"Module\"` section of [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#." +"line to the `\"Module\"` section of [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf." +"d/90-fonts.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:647 #, no-wrap msgid "Load \"freetype\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "Now make a directory for the TrueType(R) fonts (for example, [.filename]#/" "usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType#) and copy all of the TrueType(R) fonts into " @@ -1494,18 +1191,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:657 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mkfontscale\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:660 msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1513,14 +1210,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "Now add the TrueType(R) directory to the font path. This is just the same " "as described in <>:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType\n" @@ -1528,12 +1225,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:677 msgid "or add a `FontPath` line to [.filename]#xorg.conf#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "Now Gimp, LibreOffice, and all of the other X applications should now " "recognize the installed TrueType(R) fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with " @@ -1542,13 +1239,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "All fonts in Xorg that are found in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# and " "[.filename]#~/.fonts/# are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to " @@ -1557,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing " "properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file [.filename]#/usr/" @@ -1567,7 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make " "sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML " @@ -1575,7 +1272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" @@ -1584,7 +1281,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "As previously stated, all fonts in [.filename]#/usr/local/share/fonts/# as " "well as [.filename]#~/.fonts/# are already made available to Xft-aware " @@ -1593,26 +1290,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "/path/to/my/fonts\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the " "font caches:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "# fc-cache -f\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more " "readable and removes \"staircases\" from large text, but can cause eyestrain " @@ -1621,10 +1318,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" \n" +"\t\n" "\t \n" "\t\t14\n" "\t \n" @@ -1643,7 +1340,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-" "aliasing. This seems to be an issue with KDE, in particular. One possible " @@ -1651,7 +1348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\n" @@ -1673,17 +1370,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:765 msgid "" "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as `\"mono\"`), and " "then add:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" \n" +"\t\n" "\t \n" "\t\t mono\n" "\t \n" @@ -1694,7 +1391,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. " "Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. " @@ -1703,10 +1400,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" \n" +"\t\n" "\t \n" "\t\t Helvetica\n" "\t \n" @@ -1717,14 +1414,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "After editing [.filename]#local.conf#, make certain to end the file with the " "`` tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own [.filename]#~/." "config/fontconfig/fonts.conf#. This file uses the same `XML` format " @@ -1732,7 +1429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This " "basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components " @@ -1741,7 +1438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t \n" @@ -1755,1381 +1452,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:820 msgid "" "Depending on the sort of display, `rgb` may need to be changed to `bgr`, " "`vrgb` or `vbgr`: experiment and see which works best." msgstr "" -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:934 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The X Display Manager" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:938 -msgid "" -"Xorg provides an X Display Manager, XDM, which can be used for login session " -"management. XDM provides a graphical interface for choosing which display " -"server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a " -"login and password combination." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:942 -msgid "" -"This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on " -"FreeBSD. Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login " -"manager. Refer to <> for instructions on how to configure the " -"GNOME Display Manager and <> for instructions on how to " -"configure the KDE Display Manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:943 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Configuring XDM" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:947 -msgid "" -"To install XDM, use the package:x11/xdm[] package or port. Once installed, " -"XDM can be configured to run when the machine boots up by adding the " -"following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:951 -#, no-wrap -msgid "xdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:954 -msgid "XDM will run on the ninth virtual terminal by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:959 -msgid "" -"The XDM configuration directory is located in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/" -"xdm#. This directory contains several files used to change the behavior and " -"appearance of XDM, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the " -"desktop when XDM is running. <> summarizes the function " -"of each of these files. The exact syntax and usage of these files is " -"described in man:xdm[8]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:961 -#, no-wrap -msgid "XDM Configuration Files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:965 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:967 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:968 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#Xaccess#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:970 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The protocol for connecting to XDM is called the X Display Manager Connection Protocol (`XDMCP`). This file is a client authorization ruleset for controlling `XDMCP` connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any remote clients to connect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:971 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#Xresources#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:973 -#, no-wrap -msgid "This file controls the look and feel of the XDM display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the top in a large font and \"Login:\" and \"Password:\" prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file described in the Xorg documentation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:974 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#Xservers#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:976 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login choices." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:977 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#Xsession#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:979 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Default session script for logins which is run by XDM after a user has logged in. This points to a customized session script in [.filename]#~/.xsession#." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:980 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#Xsetup_#*" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:982 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named [.filename]#Xsetup_*#, where `*` is the local display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the background such as `xconsole`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:983 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#xdm-config#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:985 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:986 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#xdm-errors#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:988 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that XDM is trying to start hangs, look at this file for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's [.filename]#~/.xsession-errors# on a per-session basis." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:989 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[.filename]#xdm-pid#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:990 -#, no-wrap -msgid "The running process `ID` of XDM." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:992 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Configuring Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:996 -msgid "" -"By default, only users on the same system can login using XDM. To enable " -"users on other systems to connect to the display server, edit the access " -"control rules and enable the connection listener." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:998 -msgid "" -"To configure XDM to listen for any remote connection, comment out the " -"`DisplayManager.requestPort` line in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm/xdm-" -"config# by putting a `!` in front of it:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1004 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n" -"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n" -"DisplayManager.requestPort: 0\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1008 -msgid "" -"Save the edits and restart XDM. To restrict remote access, look at the " -"example entries in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xdm/Xaccess# and refer to " -"man:xdm[8] for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1010 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Desktop Environments" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1015 -msgid "" -"This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on " -"a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window " -"manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop " -"environments are available in the [.filename]#x11-wm# category of the Ports " -"Collection." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1017 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GNOME" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1023 -msgid "" -"GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for " -"starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and " -"applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy for applications to " -"cooperate and be consistent with each other. More information regarding " -"GNOME on FreeBSD can be found at https://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome[https://www." -"FreeBSD.org/gnome]. That web site contains additional documentation about " -"installing, configuring, and managing GNOME on FreeBSD." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1025 -msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1029 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install gnome\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1033 -msgid "" -"To instead build GNOME from ports, use the following command. GNOME is a " -"large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast " -"computer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1038 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome\n" -"# make install clean\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1042 -msgid "" -"GNOME requires [.filename]#/proc# to be mounted. Add this line to [." -"filename]#/etc/fstab# to mount this file system automatically during system " -"startup:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1046 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1124 -#, no-wrap -msgid "proc /proc procfs rw 0 0\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1051 -msgid "" -"GNOME uses D-Bus for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These " -"applications are automatically installed as dependencies of GNOME. Enable " -"them in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so they will be started when the system " -"boots:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1055 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1133 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1060 -msgid "" -"After installation, configure Xorg to start GNOME. The easiest way to do " -"this is to enable the GNOME Display Manager, GDM, which is installed as part " -"of the GNOME package or port. It can be enabled by adding this line to [." -"filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1064 -#, no-wrap -msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1068 -msgid "" -"It is often desirable to also start all GNOME services. To achieve this, " -"add a second line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1072 -#, no-wrap -msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1075 -msgid "GDM will start automatically when the system boots." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1079 -msgid "" -"A second method for starting GNOME is to type `startx` from the command-line " -"after configuring [.filename]#~/.xinitrc#. If this file already exists, " -"replace the line that starts the current window manager with one that starts " -"[.filename]#/usr/local/bin/gnome-session#. If this file does not exist, " -"create it with this command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1083 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1087 -msgid "" -"A third method is to use XDM as the display manager. In this case, create " -"an executable [.filename]#~/.xsession#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1091 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" > ~/.xsession\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1094 -#, no-wrap -msgid "KDE" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1100 -msgid "" -"KDE is another easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a " -"suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu " -"and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, internationalization, and a " -"centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration. More information on KDE " -"can be found at http://www.kde.org/[http://www.kde.org/]. For FreeBSD-" -"specific information, consult http://freebsd.kde.org/[http://freebsd.kde." -"org]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1102 -msgid "To install the KDE package, type:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1106 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install x11/kde5\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1111 -msgid "" -"To instead build the KDE port, use the following command. Installing the " -"port will provide a menu for selecting which components to install. KDE is " -"a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast " -"computer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1116 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11/kde5\n" -"# make install clean\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1120 -msgid "" -"KDE requires [.filename]#/proc# to be mounted. Add this line to [." -"filename]#/etc/fstab# to mount this file system automatically during system " -"startup:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1129 -msgid "" -"KDE uses D-Bus for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These " -"applications are automatically installed as dependencies of KDE. Enable " -"them in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so they will be started when the system " -"boots:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1138 -msgid "" -"Since KDE Plasma 5, the KDE Display Manager, KDM is no longer developed. A " -"possible replacement is SDDM. To install it, type:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1142 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install x11/sddm\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1145 -msgid "Add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1149 -#, no-wrap -msgid "sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1153 -msgid "" -"A second method for launching KDE Plasma is to type `startx` from the " -"command line. For this to work, the following line is needed in [." -"filename]#~/.xinitrc#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1157 -#, no-wrap -msgid "exec ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1161 -msgid "" -"A third method for starting KDE Plasma is through XDM. To do so, create an " -"executable [.filename]#~/.xsession# as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1165 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% echo \"exec ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xsession\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1168 -msgid "" -"Once KDE Plasma is started, refer to its built-in help system for more " -"information on how to use its various menus and applications." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Xfce" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1177 -msgid "" -"Xfce is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ toolkit used by GNOME. " -"However, it is more lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-" -"use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, " -"applets, and application launchers, provides a file manager and sound " -"manager, and is themeable. Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is " -"ideal for older or slower machines with memory limitations. More " -"information on Xfce can be found at http://www.xfce.org/[http://www.xfce." -"org]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1179 -msgid "To install the Xfce package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1183 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install xfce\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1186 -msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1191 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4\n" -"# make install clean\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1196 -msgid "" -"Xfce uses D-Bus for a message bus. This application is automatically " -"installed as dependency of Xfce. Enable it in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so " -"it will be started when the system boots:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1204 -msgid "" -"Unlike GNOME or KDE, Xfce does not provide its own login manager. In order " -"to start Xfce from the command line by typing `startx`, first create [." -"filename]#~/.xinitrc# with this command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1208 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1212 -msgid "" -"An alternate method is to use XDM. To configure this method, create an " -"executable [.filename]#~/.xsession#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1216 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% echo \". /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc\" > ~/.xsession\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1219 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1222 -msgid "" -"One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D " -"effects." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1224 -msgid "" -"Installing the Compiz Fusion package is easy, but configuring it requires a " -"few steps that are not described in the port's documentation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1226 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1231 -msgid "" -"Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-" -"based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good " -"performance. Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and " -"continue with the [.filename]#xorg.conf# configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1233 -msgid "" -"To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the extref:{faq}[FAQ question " -"on the subject, idp59950544]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1235 -msgid "" -"Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is " -"as simple as installing any other package." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1237 -msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1241 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install x11/nvidia-driver\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1245 -msgid "" -"The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system " -"startup. Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1249 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=\"nvidia\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1252 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, add the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1256 -#, no-wrap -msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1264 -msgid "" -"To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel issue a " -"command like `kldload nvidia`. However, it has been noted that some " -"versions of Xorg will not function properly if the driver is not loaded at " -"boot time. After editing [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, a reboot is " -"recommended. Improper settings in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# can cause " -"the system not to boot properly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1267 -msgid "" -"With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single " -"line in [.filename]#xorg.conf# to enable the proprietary driver:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1269 -msgid "Find the following line in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1273 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Driver \"nv\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1276 -msgid "and change it to:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1280 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Driver \"nvidia\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1284 -msgid "" -"Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. " -"Everything should work as usual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1286 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Configuring `xorg.conf` for Desktop Effects" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1289 -msgid "" -"To enable Compiz Fusion, [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf# needs to be " -"modified:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1291 -msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1297 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Extensions\"\n" -" Option \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1300 -msgid "" -"Locate the \"Screen\" section which should look similar to the one below:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1308 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Screen\"\n" -" Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" -" Device \"Card0\"\n" -" Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" -" ...\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1311 -msgid "and add the following two lines (after \"Monitor\" will do):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1316 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"DefaultDepth 24\n" -"Option \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1321 -msgid "" -"Locate the \"Subsection\" that refers to the screen resolution that you wish " -"to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the section that " -"follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any subsection, you " -"may add the relevant entry by hand:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1328 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"SubSection \"Display\"\n" -" Viewport 0 0\n" -" Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" -"EndSubSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1331 -msgid "" -"A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above " -"subsection to:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1339 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"SubSection \"Display\"\n" -" Viewport 0 0\n" -" Depth 24\n" -" Modes \"1280x1024\"\n" -"EndSubSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1342 -msgid "" -"Finally, confirm that the \"glx\" and \"extmod\" modules are loaded in the " -"\"Module\" section:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1349 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Module\"\n" -" Load \"extmod\"\n" -" Load \"glx\"\n" -" ...\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1352 -msgid "" -"The preceding can be done automatically with package:x11/nvidia-xconfig[] by " -"running (as root):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1358 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals\n" -"# nvidia-xconfig --composite\n" -"# nvidia-xconfig --depth=24\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1361 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1364 -msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion is as simple as any other package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1368 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1371 -msgid "" -"When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a " -"terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1376 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"% compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" -"% emerald --replace &\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1380 -msgid "" -"Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g., " -"Metacity if you are using GNOME) is replaced by Compiz Fusion. Emerald " -"takes care of the window decorations (i.e., close, minimize, maximize " -"buttons, title bars and so on)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1382 -msgid "" -"You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup " -"automatically (e.g., by adding to \"Sessions\" in a GNOME desktop):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1388 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#! /bin/sh\n" -"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &\n" -"emerald --replace &\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1391 -msgid "" -"Save this in your home directory as, for example, [.filename]#start-compiz# " -"and make it executable:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1395 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% chmod +x ~/start-compiz\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1398 -msgid "" -"Then use the GUI to add it to [.guimenuitem]#Startup Programs# (located in [." -"guimenuitem]#System#, [.guimenuitem]#Preferences#, [.guimenuitem]#Sessions# " -"on a GNOME desktop)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1400 -msgid "" -"To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute " -"(again as a normal user) the Compiz Config Settings Manager:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1404 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% ccsm\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1409 -msgid "" -"In GNOME, this can also be found in the [.guimenuitem]#System#, [." -"guimenuitem]#Preferences# menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1412 -msgid "" -"If you have selected \"gconf support\" during the build, you will also be " -"able to view these settings using `gconf-editor` under `apps/compiz`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1414 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1419 -msgid "" -"If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before " -"proceeding. In recent Xorg versions, the `InputDevice` sections in [." -"filename]#xorg.conf# are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To " -"restore the old behavior, add the following line to the `ServerLayout` or " -"`ServerFlags` section of this file:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1423 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1426 -msgid "" -"Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any " -"other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 5 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1433 -msgid "" -"This section contains partially outdated information. The HAL daemon (hald) " -"is no longer a part of the FreeBSD desktop setup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1437 -msgid "" -"As previously explained the hald daemon will, by default, automatically " -"detect your keyboard. There are chances that your keyboard layout or model " -"will not be correct, desktop environments like GNOME, KDE or Xfce provide " -"tools to configure the keyboard. However, it is possible to set the " -"keyboard properties directly either with the help of the man:setxkbmap[1] " -"utility or with a hald's configuration rule." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1440 -msgid "" -"For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french " -"layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for hald called [." -"filename]#x11-input.fdi# and saved in the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/" -"policy# directory. This file should contain the following lines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1452 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -" \n" -" \n" -"\t pc102\n" -"\t fr\n" -" \n" -" \n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1455 -msgid "" -"If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines " -"regarding the keyboard configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1457 -msgid "You will have to reboot your machine to force hald to read this file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1459 -msgid "" -"It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script " -"with this command line:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1463 -#, no-wrap -msgid "% setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1466 -msgid "" -"[.filename]#/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst# lists the various " -"keyboard, layouts and options available." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1471 -msgid "" -"The [.filename]#xorg.conf.new# configuration file may now be tuned to " -"taste. Open the file in a text editor such as man:emacs[1] or man:ee[1]. " -"If the monitor is an older or unusual model that does not support " -"autodetection of sync frequencies, those settings can be added to [." -"filename]#xorg.conf.new# under the `\"Monitor\"` section:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1481 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Monitor\"\n" -"\tIdentifier \"Monitor0\"\n" -"\tVendorName \"Monitor Vendor\"\n" -"\tModelName \"Monitor Model\"\n" -"\tHorizSync 30-107\n" -"\tVertRefresh 48-120\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1485 -msgid "" -"Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of " -"these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support " -"autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by " -"the manufacturer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1489 -msgid "" -"X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The " -"man:xset[1] program controls the time-outs and can force standby, suspend, " -"or off modes. If you wish to enable DPMS features for your monitor, you " -"must add the following line to the monitor section:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1493 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Option \"DPMS\"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1497 -msgid "" -"While the [.filename]#xorg.conf.new# configuration file is still open in an " -"editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. This is " -"defined in the `\"Screen\"` section:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1511 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Screen\"\n" -"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n" -"\tDevice \"Card0\"\n" -"\tMonitor \"Monitor0\"\n" -"\tDefaultDepth 24\n" -"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n" -"\t\tViewport 0 0\n" -"\t\tDepth 24\n" -"\t\tModes \"1024x768\"\n" -"\tEndSubSection\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1519 -msgid "" -"The `DefaultDepth` keyword describes the color depth to run at by default. " -"This can be overridden with the `-depth` command line switch to man:" -"Xorg[1]. The `Modes` keyword describes the resolution to run at for the " -"given color depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as " -"defined by the target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the " -"default color depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the " -"accepted resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1521 -msgid "" -"Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given " -"above." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1527 -msgid "" -"One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are " -"the Xorg log files, which contain information on each device that the Xorg " -"server attaches to. Xorg log file names are in the format of [.filename]#/" -"var/log/Xorg.0.log#. The exact name of the log can vary from [." -"filename]#Xorg.0.log# to [.filename]#Xorg.8.log# and so forth." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1531 -msgid "" -"If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common " -"location where man:Xorg[1] can find it. This is typically [.filename]#/etc/" -"X11/xorg.conf# or [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf#." -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1535 -#, no-wrap -msgid "# cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1540 -msgid "" -"The Xorg configuration process is now complete. Xorg may be now started " -"with the man:startx[1] utility. The Xorg server may also be started with " -"the use of man:xdm[8]." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1541 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Configuration with Intel(R) `i810` Graphics Chipsets" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1545 -msgid "" -"Configuration with Intel(R) i810 integrated chipsets requires the [." -"filename]#agpgart# AGP programming interface for Xorg to drive the card. " -"See the man:agp[4] driver manual page for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1549 -msgid "" -"This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. " -"Note on systems without the man:agp[4] driver compiled in the kernel, trying " -"to load the module with man:kldload[8] will not work. This driver has to be " -"in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or using [.filename]#/" -"boot/loader.conf#." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1550 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1555 -msgid "" -"This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts " -"to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working " -"configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in " -"getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1558 -msgid "" -"Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats " -"support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. " -"Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1560 -msgid "2560x1600" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1561 -msgid "1920x1200" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1562 -msgid "1680x1050" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1563 -msgid "1440x900" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1564 -msgid "1280x800" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1566 -msgid "" -"At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a " -"possible `Mode` in the `Section \"Screen\"` as such:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1580 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Screen\"\n" -"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n" -"Device \"Card0\"\n" -"Monitor \"Monitor0\"\n" -"DefaultDepth 24\n" -"SubSection \"Display\"\n" -"\tViewport 0 0\n" -"\tDepth 24\n" -"\tModes \"1680x1050\"\n" -"EndSubSection\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1583 -msgid "" -"Xorg is smart enough to pull the resolution information from the widescreen " -"via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the monitor can handle as far as " -"frequencies and resolutions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1587 -msgid "" -"If those `ModeLines` do not exist in the drivers, one might need to give " -"Xorg a little hint. Using [.filename]#/var/log/Xorg.0.log# one can extract " -"enough information to manually create a `ModeLine` that will work. Simply " -"look for information resembling this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1595 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n" -"(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz Image Size: 433 x 271 mm\n" -"(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680 h_sync: 1784 h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 h_border: 0\n" -"(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050 v_sync: 1053 v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 v_border: 0\n" -"(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48 V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30 H max: 94 kHz, PixClock max 170 MHz\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1599 -msgid "" -"This information is called EDID information. Creating a `ModeLine` from " -"this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct order:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1603 -#, no-wrap -msgid "ModeLine <4 horiz. timings> <4 vert. timings>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1606 -msgid "" -"So that the `ModeLine` in `Section \"Monitor\"` for this example would look " -"like this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1616 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Section \"Monitor\"\n" -"Identifier \"Monitor1\"\n" -"VendorName \"Bigname\"\n" -"ModelName \"BestModel\"\n" -"ModeLine \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n" -"Option \"DPMS\"\n" -"EndSection\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1619 -msgid "" -"Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new " -"widescreen monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1621 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1623 -#, no-wrap -msgid "I have installed Compiz Fusion, and after running the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons. What is wrong?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1627 -msgid "" -"You are probably missing a setting in [.filename]#/etc/X11/xorg.conf#. " -"Review this file carefully and check especially the `DefaultDepth` and " -"`AddARGBGLXVisuals` directives." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1628 -#, no-wrap -msgid "When I run the command to start Compiz Fusion, the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1632 -msgid "" -"If you check [.filename]#/var/log/Xorg.0.log#, you will probably find error " -"messages during the X startup. The most common would be:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1640 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"(EE) NVIDIA(0): Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n" -"(EE) NVIDIA(0): log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n" -"(EE) NVIDIA(0): server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module. If\n" -"(EE) NVIDIA(0): you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n" -"(EE) NVIDIA(0): reinstalling the NVIDIA driver.\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/x11/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" -"This is usually the case when you upgrade Xorg. You will need to reinstall " -"the package:x11/nvidia-driver[] package so glx is built again." +"For more information about how to install and configure fonts on FreeBSD, " +"please read the article link:{fonts}[Fonts and FreeBSD]." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po index 4ad7261726..e322e0de16 100644 --- a/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-21 20:00-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-20 20:56-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ msgid "Chapter 21. The Z File System (ZFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Title = -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:15 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:14 #, no-wrap msgid "The Z File System (ZFS)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:52 msgid "" "ZFS is an advanced file system designed to solve major problems found in " "previous storage subsystem software." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "Originally developed at Sun(TM), ongoing open source ZFS development has " "moved to the http://open-zfs.org[OpenZFS Project]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:56 msgid "ZFS has three major design goals:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "Data integrity: All data includes a <> of the " "data. ZFS calculates checksums and writes them along with the data. When " @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "Pooled storage: adding physical storage devices to a pool, and allocating " "storage space from that shared pool. Space is available to all file systems " @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Performance: caching mechanisms provide increased performance. <> is an advanced memory-based read cache. ZFS provides a second " @@ -88,18 +88,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:62 msgid "A complete list of features and terminology is in <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "What Makes ZFS Different" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "More than a file system, ZFS is fundamentally different from traditional " "file systems. Combining the traditionally separate roles of volume manager " @@ -123,37 +123,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start Guide" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "FreeBSD can mount ZFS pools and datasets during system initialization. To " "enable it, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:90 msgid "Then start the service:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "# service zfs start\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "The examples in this section assume three SCSI disks with the device names [." "filename]#da0#, [.filename]#da1#, and [.filename]#da2#. Users of SATA " @@ -161,29 +161,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "Single Disk Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:103 msgid "To create a simple, non-redundant pool using a single disk device:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create example /dev/da0\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:110 msgid "To view the new pool, review the output of `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" @@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "This output shows creating and mounting of the `example` pool, and that is " "now accessible as a file system. Create files for users to browse:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /example\n" @@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "This pool is not using any advanced ZFS features and properties yet. To " "create a dataset on this pool with compression enabled:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/compressed\n" @@ -231,30 +231,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "The `example/compressed` dataset is now a ZFS compressed file system. Try " "copying some large files to [.filename]#/example/compressed#." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:149 msgid "Disable compression with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set compression=off example/compressed\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:156 msgid "To unmount a file system, use `zfs umount` and then verify with `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs umount example/compressed\n" @@ -267,14 +267,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "To re-mount the file system to make it accessible again, use `zfs mount` and " "verify with `df`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs mount example/compressed\n" @@ -288,12 +288,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:183 msgid "Running `mount` shows the pool and file systems:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "Use ZFS datasets like any file system after creation. Set other available " "features on a per-dataset basis when needed. The example below creates a " @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create example/data\n" @@ -322,12 +322,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:206 msgid "Use `df` to see the data and space usage:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df\n" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "Notice that all file systems in the pool have the same available space. " "Using `df` in these examples shows that the file systems use the space they " @@ -351,12 +351,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:224 msgid "To destroy the file systems and then the pool that is no longer needed:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs destroy example/compressed\n" @@ -365,13 +365,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID-Z" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "Disks fail. One way to avoid data loss from disk failure is to use RAID. " "ZFS supports this feature in its pool design. RAID-Z pools require three or " @@ -379,19 +379,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "This example creates a RAID-Z pool, specifying the disks to add to the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool create storage raidz da0 da1 da2\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "Sun(TM) recommends that the number of devices used in a RAID-Z configuration " "be between three and nine. For environments requiring a single pool " @@ -401,25 +401,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "The previous example created the `storage` zpool. This example makes a new " "file system called `home` in that pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs create storage/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:264 msgid "Enable compression and store an extra copy of directories and files:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set copies=2 storage/home\n" @@ -427,14 +427,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "To make this the new home directory for users, copy the user data to this " "directory and create the appropriate symbolic links:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp -rp /home/* /storage/home\n" @@ -444,30 +444,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Users data is now stored on the freshly-created [.filename]#/storage/home#. " "Test by adding a new user and logging in as that user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:285 msgid "Create a file system snapshot to roll back to later:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs snapshot storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:292 msgid "ZFS creates snapshots of a dataset, not a single directory or file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "The `@` character is a delimiter between the file system name or the volume " "name. Before deleting an important directory, back up the file system, then " @@ -475,26 +475,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs rollback storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "To list all available snapshots, run `ls` in the file system's [.filename]#." "zfs/snapshot# directory. For example, to see the snapshot taken:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls /storage/home/.zfs/snapshot\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "Write a script to take regular snapshots of user data. Over time, snapshots " "can use up a lot of disk space. Remove the previous snapshot using the " @@ -502,33 +502,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs destroy storage/home@08-30-08\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "After testing, make [.filename]#/storage/home# the real [.filename]#/home# " "with this command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set mountpoint=/home storage/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Run `df` and `mount` to confirm that the system now treats the file system " "as the real [.filename]#/home#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "This completes the RAID-Z configuration. Add daily status updates about the " "created file systems to the nightly man:periodic[8] runs by adding this line " @@ -555,52 +555,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering RAID-Z" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Every software RAID has a method of monitoring its `state`. View the status " "of RAID-Z devices using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool status -x\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "If all pools are <> and everything is normal, the " "message shows:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "all pools are healthy\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "If there is a problem, perhaps a disk being in the <> state, the pool state will look like this:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "" " pool: storage\n" @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -627,60 +627,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:394 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:429 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:475 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:518 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:541 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:573 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:652 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:706 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:743 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:772 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:852 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:925 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:956 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1056 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1100 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1125 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1144 #, no-wrap msgid "errors: No known data errors\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "\"OFFLINE\" shows the administrator took [.filename]#da1# offline using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool offline storage da1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "Power down the computer now and replace [.filename]#da1#. Power up the " "computer and return [.filename]#da1# to the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool replace storage da1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "Next, check the status again, this time without `-x` to display all pools:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" @@ -691,8 +691,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:427 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tNAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -704,25 +704,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:431 msgid "In this example, everything is normal." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "Data Verification" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "ZFS uses checksums to verify the integrity of stored data. Creating file " "systems automatically enables them." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "Disabling Checksums is possible but _not_ recommended! Checksums take little " "storage space and provide data integrity. Most ZFS features will not work " @@ -731,20 +731,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "Verifying the data checksums (called _scrubbing_) ensures integrity of the " "`storage` pool with:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool scrub storage\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "The duration of a scrub depends on the amount of data stored. Larger " "amounts of data will take proportionally longer to verify. Since scrubbing " @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status storage\n" @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "Displaying the completion date of the last scrubbing helps decide when to " "start another. Routine scrubs help protect data from silent corruption and " @@ -772,18 +772,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:480 msgid "Refer to man:zfs[8] and man:zpool[8] for other ZFS options." msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "`zpool` Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "ZFS administration uses two main utilities. The `zpool` utility controls " "the operation of the pool and allows adding, removing, replacing, and " @@ -793,13 +793,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Storage Pools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "Creating a ZFS storage pool requires permanent decisions, as the pool " "structure cannot change after creation. The most important decision is " @@ -814,12 +814,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:500 msgid "Create a simple mirror pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -842,14 +842,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:520 msgid "" "To create more than one vdev with a single command, specify groups of disks " "separated by the vdev type keyword, `mirror` in this example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool mirror /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 mirror /dev/ada3 /dev/ada4\n" @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "Pools can also use partitions rather than whole disks. Putting ZFS in a " "separate partition allows the same disk to have other partitions for other " @@ -890,12 +890,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:551 msgid "Create a <> pool using partitions:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create mypool raidz2 /dev/ada0p3 /dev/ada1p3 /dev/ada2p3 /dev/ada3p3 /dev/ada4p3 /dev/ada5p3\n" @@ -907,9 +907,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:571 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:770 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:953 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "Destroy a pool that is no longer needed to reuse the disks. Destroying a " "pool requires unmounting the file systems in that pool first. If any " @@ -934,13 +934,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding and Removing Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "Two ways exist for adding disks to a pool: attaching a disk to an existing " "vdev with `zpool attach`, or adding vdevs to the pool with `zpool add`. " @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "A pool created with a single disk lacks redundancy. It can detect " "corruption but can not repair it, because there is no other copy of the " @@ -964,15 +964,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:596 msgid "" "Upgrade the single disk (stripe) vdev [.filename]#ada0p3# to a mirror by " "attaching [.filename]#ada1p3#:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:605 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1001,19 +1001,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "If you boot from pool 'mypool', you may need to update boot code on newly attached disk _ada1p3_.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "Assuming you use GPT partitioning and _da0_ is your new boot disk you may use the following command:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1055,10 +1055,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:650 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:683 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:741 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "When adding disks to the existing vdev is not an option, as for RAID-Z, an " "alternative method is to add another vdev to the pool. Adding vdevs " @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:664 msgid "" "ZFS stripes data across each of the vdevs. For example, with two mirror " "vdevs, this is effectively a RAID 10 that stripes writes across two sets of " @@ -1092,20 +1092,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "When attaching new devices to a boot pool, remember to update the bootcode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "Attach a second mirror group ([.filename]#ada2p3# and [.filename]#ada3p3#) " "to the existing mirror:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:676 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:703 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "Removing vdevs from a pool is impossible and removal of disks from a mirror " "is exclusive if there is enough remaining redundancy. If a single disk " @@ -1156,12 +1156,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:711 msgid "Remove a disk from a three-way mirror group:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:726 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1197,13 +1197,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking the Status of a Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "Pool status is important. If a drive goes offline or ZFS detects a read, " "write, or checksum error, the corresponding error count increases. The " @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1224,13 +1224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:774 #, no-wrap msgid "Clearing Errors" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "When detecting an error, ZFS increases the read, write, or checksum error " "counts. Clear the error message and reset the counts with `zpool clear " @@ -1240,13 +1240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing a Functioning Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "It may be desirable to replace one disk with a different disk. When " "replacing a working disk, the process keeps the old disk online during the " @@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:793 msgid "Replace a functioning device in the pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1273,19 +1273,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "When booting from the pool 'zroot', update the boot code on the newly attached disk 'ada2p3'.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "Assuming GPT partitioning is used and [.filename]#da0# is the new boot disk, use the following command:\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "" " gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 da0\n" @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1328,8 +1328,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:850 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1340,13 +1340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Failed Devices" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:862 msgid "" "When a disk in a pool fails, the vdev to which the disk belongs enters the " "<> state. The data is still available, but with " @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "If the vdev does not have any redundancy, or if devices have failed and " "there is not enough redundancy to compensate, the pool enters the <> pools, ideally at least once every " "month. The `scrub` operation is disk-intensive and will reduce performance " @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub mypool\n" @@ -1481,18 +1481,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:958 msgid "To cancel a scrub operation if needed, run `zpool scrub -s _mypool_`." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "Self-Healing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "The checksums stored with data blocks enable the file system to _self-" "heal_. This feature will automatically repair data whose checksum does not " @@ -1511,14 +1511,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "The next example shows this self-healing behavior by creating a mirrored " "pool of disks [.filename]#/dev/ada0# and [.filename]#/dev/ada1#." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:982 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool create healer mirror /dev/ada0 /dev/ada1\n" @@ -1530,8 +1530,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:989 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:993 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1552,14 +1552,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Copy some important data to the pool to protect from data errors using the " "self-healing feature and create a checksum of the pool for later comparison." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /some/important/data /healer\n" @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "Simulate data corruption by writing random data to the beginning of one of " "the disks in the mirror. To keep ZFS from healing the data when detected, " @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "" "This is a dangerous operation that can destroy vital data, shown here for " "demonstration alone. *Do not try* it during normal operation of a storage " @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool export healer\n" @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "" "The pool status shows that one device has experienced an error. Note that " "applications reading data from the pool did not receive any incorrect data. " @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "" "ZFS detected the error and handled it by using the redundancy present in the " "unaffected [.filename]#ada0# mirror disk. A checksum comparison with the " @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sha1 /healer >> checksum.txt\n" @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "Generate checksums before and after the intentional tampering while the pool " "data still matches. This shows how ZFS is capable of detecting and " @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1091 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool scrub healer\n" @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "" "The scrub operation reads data from [.filename]#ada0# and rewrites any data " "with a wrong checksum on [.filename]#ada1#, shown by the `(repairing)` " @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status healer\n" @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "" "After the scrubbing operation completes with all the data synchronized from " "[.filename]#ada0# to [.filename]#ada1#, <> the error " @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool clear healer\n" @@ -1759,20 +1759,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "" "The pool is now back to a fully working state, with all error counts now " "zero." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "Growing a Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1158 msgid "" "The smallest device in each vdev limits the usable size of a redundant " "pool. Replace the smallest device with a larger device. After completing a " @@ -1785,20 +1785,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "Start expansion by using `zpool online -e` on each device. After expanding " "all devices, the extra space becomes available to the pool." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "Importing and Exporting Pools" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "_Export_ pools before moving them to another system. ZFS unmounts all " "datasets, marking each device as exported but still locked to prevent use by " @@ -1812,18 +1812,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "Export a pool that is not in use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1177 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool export mypool\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1185 msgid "" "Importing a pool automatically mounts the datasets. If this is undesired " "behavior, use `zpool import -N` to prevent it. `zpool import -o` sets " @@ -1835,12 +1835,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "List all available pools for import:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1196 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import\n" @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1199 #, no-wrap msgid "" " mypool ONLINE\n" @@ -1860,12 +1860,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1202 msgid "Import the pool with an alternative root directory:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1210 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool import -o altroot=/mnt mypool\n" @@ -1876,13 +1876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1213 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1219 msgid "" "After upgrading FreeBSD, or if importing a pool from a system using an older " "version, manually upgrade the pool to the latest ZFS version to support " @@ -1892,12 +1892,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1221 msgid "Upgrade a v28 pool to support `Feature Flags`:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -1913,8 +1913,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1241 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "" " NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM\n" @@ -1925,8 +1925,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1245 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "errors: No known data errors\n" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following pools are formatted with legacy version numbers and are upgraded to use feature flags.\n" @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1251 #, no-wrap msgid "" "VER POOL\n" @@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1256 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Use 'zpool upgrade -v' for a list of available legacy versions.\n" @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1263 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Successfully upgraded 'mypool' from version 28 to feature flags.\n" @@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "The newer features of ZFS will not be available until `zpool upgrade` has " "completed. Use `zpool upgrade -v` to see what new features the upgrade " @@ -1982,12 +1982,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "Upgrade a pool to support new feature flags:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1282 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool status\n" @@ -2003,13 +2003,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1294 #, no-wrap msgid "All pools are formatted using feature flags.\n" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1298 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Some supported features are not enabled on the following pools. Once a\n" @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "POOL FEATURE\n" @@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1319 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enabled the following features on 'mypool':\n" @@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1326 msgid "" "Update the boot code on systems that boot from a pool to support the new " "pool version. Use `gpart bootcode` on the partition that contains the boot " @@ -2058,42 +2058,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1328 msgid "For legacy boot using GPT, use the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/pmbr -p /boot/gptzfsboot -i 1 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1335 msgid "For systems using EFI to boot, execute the following command:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1339 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart bootcode -p /boot/boot1.efifat -i 1 ada1\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "" "Apply the bootcode to all bootable disks in the pool. See man:gpart[8] for " "more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1346 #, no-wrap msgid "Displaying Recorded Pool History" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "ZFS records commands that change the pool, including creating datasets, " "changing properties, or replacing a disk. Reviewing history about a pool's " @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history\n" @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1366 msgid "" "The output shows `zpool` and `zfs` commands altering the pool in some way " "along with a timestamp. Commands like `zfs list` are not included. When " @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1369 msgid "" "`zpool history` can show even more information when providing the options `-" "i` or `-l`. `-i` displays user-initiated events as well as internally " @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -i\n" @@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1385 msgid "" "Show more details by adding `-l`. Showing history records in a long format, " "including information like the name of the user who issued the command and " @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1394 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool history -l\n" @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1400 msgid "" "The output shows that the `root` user created the mirrored pool with disks [." "filename]#/dev/ada0# and [.filename]#/dev/ada1#. The hostname `myzfsbox` is " @@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1403 msgid "" "Combine both options to `zpool history` to give the most detailed " "information possible for any given pool. Pool history provides valuable " @@ -2186,13 +2186,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1405 #, no-wrap msgid "Performance Monitoring" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "A built-in monitoring system can display pool I/O statistics in real time. " "It shows the amount of free and used space on the pool, read and write " @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1420 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat\n" @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1426 msgid "" "To continuously see I/O activity, specify a number as the last parameter, " "indicating an interval in seconds to wait between updates. The next " @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1431 msgid "" "Display even more detailed I/O statistics with `-v`. Each device in the " "pool appears with a statistics line. This is useful for seeing read and " @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1443 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zpool iostat -v \n" @@ -2248,13 +2248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1446 #, no-wrap msgid "Splitting a Storage Pool" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "" "ZFS can split a pool consisting of one or more mirror vdevs into two pools. " "Unless otherwise specified, ZFS detaches the last member of each mirror and " @@ -2265,26 +2265,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1455 #, no-wrap msgid "`zfs` Administration" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1459 msgid "" "The `zfs` utility can create, destroy, and manage all existing ZFS datasets " "within a pool. To manage the pool itself, use <>." msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1461 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Datasets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1471 msgid "" "Unlike traditional disks and volume managers, space in ZFS is _not_ " "preallocated. With traditional file systems, after partitioning and " @@ -2304,14 +2304,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1473 msgid "" "Create a new dataset and enable <> " "on it:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1508 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1511 msgid "" "Destroying a dataset is much quicker than deleting the files on the dataset, " "as it does not involve scanning the files and updating the corresponding " @@ -2357,12 +2357,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1513 msgid "Destroy the created dataset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1548 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1556 msgid "" "In modern versions of ZFS, `zfs destroy` is asynchronous, and the free space " "might take minutes to appear in the pool. Use `zpool get freeing " @@ -2414,13 +2414,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1558 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Destroying Volumes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1563 msgid "" "A volume is a special dataset type. Rather than mounting as a file system, " "expose it as a block device under [.filename]#/dev/zvol/poolname/dataset#. " @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1568 msgid "" "Format a volume with any file system or without a file system to store raw " "data. To the user, a volume appears to be a regular disk. Putting ordinary " @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1582 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs create -V 250m -o compression=on tank/fat32\n" @@ -2457,7 +2457,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1586 msgid "" "Destroying a volume is much the same as destroying a regular file system " "dataset. The operation is nearly instantaneous, but it may take minutes to " @@ -2465,13 +2465,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1588 #, no-wrap msgid "Renaming a Dataset" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "To change the name of a dataset, use `zfs rename`. To change the parent of " "a dataset, use this command as well. Renaming a dataset to have a different " @@ -2482,12 +2482,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1597 msgid "Rename a dataset and move it to be under a different parent dataset:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1633 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list\n" @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "Renaming snapshots uses the same command. Due to the nature of snapshots, " "rename cannot change their parent dataset. To rename a recursive snapshot, " @@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1648 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t snapshot\n" @@ -2548,13 +2548,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1651 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Dataset Properties" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1661 msgid "" "Each ZFS dataset has properties that control its behavior. Most properties " "are automatically inherited from the parent dataset, but can be overridden " @@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1668 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs set custom:costcenter=1234 tank\n" @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "" "To remove a custom property, use `zfs inherit` with `-r`. If the custom " "property is not defined in any of the parent datasets, this option removes " @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1681 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs inherit -r custom:costcenter tank\n" @@ -2599,13 +2599,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1684 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting and Setting Share Properties" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "Two commonly used and useful dataset properties are the NFS and SMB share " "options. Setting these defines if and how ZFS shares datasets on the " @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs get sharenfs mypool/usr/home\n" @@ -2626,18 +2626,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1702 msgid "To enable sharing of a dataset, enter:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1706 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set sharenfs=on mypool/usr/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "Set other options for sharing datasets through NFS, such as `-alldirs`, `-" "maproot` and `-network`. To set options on a dataset shared through NFS, " @@ -2645,19 +2645,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1714 #, no-wrap msgid "# zfs set sharenfs=\"-alldirs,-maproot=root,-network=192.168.1.0/24\" mypool/usr/home\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1717 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1731 msgid "" "<> are one of the most powerful features of " "ZFS. A snapshot provides a read-only, point-in-time copy of the dataset. " @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "" "Snapshots in ZFS provide a variety of features that even other file systems " "with snapshot functionality lack. A typical example of snapshot use is as a " @@ -2697,25 +2697,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1742 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1746 msgid "" "To create snapshots, use `zfs snapshot _dataset_@_snapshotname_`. Adding `-" "r` creates a snapshot recursively, with the same name on all child datasets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "Create a recursive snapshot of the entire pool:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1786 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -t all\n" @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "Snapshots are not shown by a normal `zfs list` operation. To list " "snapshots, append `-t snapshot` to `zfs list`. `-t all` displays both file " @@ -2764,7 +2764,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1795 msgid "" "Snapshots are not mounted directly, showing no path in the `MOUNTPOINT` " "column. ZFS does not mention available disk space in the `AVAIL` column, as " @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1802 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/usr/home\n" @@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1808 msgid "" "Displaying both the dataset and the snapshot together reveals how snapshots " "work in <> fashion. They save the changes (_delta_) made " @@ -2793,7 +2793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1818 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/passwd /var/tmp\n" @@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1823 msgid "" "The second snapshot contains the changes to the dataset after the copy " "operation. This yields enormous space savings. Notice that the size of the " @@ -2815,13 +2815,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1825 #, no-wrap msgid "Comparing Snapshots" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "" "ZFS provides a built-in command to compare the differences in content " "between two snapshots. This is helpful with a lot of snapshots taken over " @@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# zfs list -rt all mypool/var/tmp\n" @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "" "The command lists the changes between the specified snapshot (in this case " "`_mypool/var/tmp@my_recursive_snapshot_`) and the live file system. The " @@ -2854,55 +2854,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1852 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1854 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1855 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1857 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1858 #, no-wrap msgid "M" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1860 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1861 #, no-wrap msgid "R" msgstr "" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1862 #, no-wrap msgid "Renaming the path or file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1867 msgid "" "Comparing the output with the table, it becomes clear that ZFS added [." "filename]#passwd# after creating the snapshot `_mypool/var/" @@ -2911,21 +2911,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1869 msgid "" "Comparing two snapshots is helpful when using the ZFS replication feature to " "transfer a dataset to a different host for backup purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1871 msgid "" "Compare two snapshots by providing the full dataset name and snapshot name " "of both datasets:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1883 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /var/tmp/passwd /var/tmp/passwd.copy\n" @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/zfs/_index.adoc:1887 msgid "" "A backup administrator can compare two snapshots received from the sending " "host and determine the actual changes in the dataset. See the <